Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 13, 2021

Registration No. 333-259101

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1 to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ENGAGESMART, LLC

to be converted as described herein into a corporation named

ENGAGESMART, INC.*

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7389   83-2785225
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

30 Braintree Hill Office Park, Suite 101

Braintree, Massachusetts 02184

(781) 848-3733

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Charles Kallenbach

General Counsel

EngageSmart, LLC

30 Braintree Hill Office Park, Suite 101

Braintree, Massachusetts 02184

(781) 848-3733

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Ian D. Schuman

Stelios G. Saffos

Brittany D. Ruiz
Latham & Watkins LLP
1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

(212) 906-1200

 

Charles Kallenbach

General Counsel

EngageSmart, LLC

30 Braintree Hill Office Park, Suite 101

Braintree, Massachusetts 02184

(781) 848-3733

 

Ran D. Ben-Tzur

James D. Evans

Jennifer J. Hitchcock

Michael M. Shaw

Fenwick & West LLP

902 Broadway, Suite 14

New York, New York 10010

(212) 921-2001

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  


Table of Contents

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
   Shares to be
Registered(2)
   Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
Per Share(1)
   Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
   Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share

   16,732,500    $25.00    $418,312,500.00    $45,637.89

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
(2)   Includes the additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. See “Underwriting.”
(3)   The Registrant previously paid $10,910 of this amount in connection with a prior filing of the registration statement.
*   Prior to the closing of the offering to which this registration statement relates, EngageSmart, LLC intends to convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion and will change its name to EngageSmart, Inc.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

EngageSmart, LLC, the registrant whose name appears on the cover of this Registration Statement, is a Delaware limited liability company. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, EngageSmart, LLC will convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion, and will change its name to EngageSmart, Inc. As a result of the Corporate Conversion, all holders of LLC Shares of EngageSmart, LLC will become holders of shares of common stock of EngageSmart, Inc. Except as disclosed in the accompanying prospectus, the consolidated financial statements and other financial information included in this Registration Statement are those of EngageSmart, LLC and do not give effect to the Corporate Conversion.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and, neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated September 13, 2021

Prospectus

14,550,000 shares

 

 

LOGO

Common stock

This is an initial public offering of the common stock of EngageSmart, LLC (to be converted to EngageSmart, Inc., as further described herein). We are offering 13,000,000 shares of our common stock, and the selling stockholders named in this prospectus are offering 1,550,000 shares of our common stock.

We expect the public offering price to be between $23.00 and $25.00 per share. Currently, no public market exists for our common stock.

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “ESMT.”

 

     
        Per Share        Total  

Public offering price

     $                      $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

     $          $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

     $          $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

     $          $    
(1)    See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to five percent of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain persons associated with us. See “Underwriting—Directed share program.”

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional 620,054 and 1,562,446 of shares of our common stock, respectively, at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock offered by the selling stockholders, including upon the sale of shares of our common by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their option.

Certain entities affiliated with Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC, which we refer to as the cornerstone investors, have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of 2.1 million shares, or approximately $50.4 million, of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because these indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the cornerstone investors may decide to purchase more, fewer or no shares of our common stock in this offering, or the underwriters may decide to sell more, fewer or no shares of our common stock in this offering to the cornerstone investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount from any shares of common stock sold to the cornerstone investors as they will from any other shares of common stock sold to the public in this offering.

Investing in our common stock involves high degree of risk. See the “Risk factors” section beginning on page 19 of this prospectus for factors you should consider before investing in our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved, or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

The underwriters expect to deliver shares of our common stock against payment in New York, New York on                , 2021.

 

J.P. Morgan   Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   BofA Securities   Citigroup
Deutsche Bank Securities   Raymond James   Truist Securities   William Blair
KeyBanc Capital Markets   Needham & Company   Penserra Securities LLC   Roberts & Ryan   R. Seelaus & Co., LLC

                 , 2021.

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

Letter from Bob Bennett, Founder and CEO

“This shouldn’t be that hard.”

I have come back to this phrase time and time again over my career as an entrepreneur and CEO.

Prior to founding EngageSmart, I spent several years growing an electronic payments company. While electronic payment technology was already available, it seemed more difficult to use than it should have been. We delivered some great innovations at that company to address this problem, delighting end-users and creating highly attractive returns for our shareholders along the way.

Similarly, it was my personal experience and frustration around paying a utility bill that sparked our journey at EngageSmart. The simple premise that going paperless and paying a bill online “shouldn’t be that hard” led my co-founders and me to launch InvoiceCloud, the predecessor to EngageSmart. I believed that technology and innovation could be employed once again to simplify and streamline the bill payment process.

Over the past twelve years, we found many other “this shouldn’t be that hard” opportunities, such as scheduling a therapy appointment, opting for paperless billing, managing an insurance claim, making a charitable donation, and paying a medical bill. These are common tasks that we believe should be easy to perform in today’s world, but they have not been digitized at the rate of other common consumer experiences. At EngageSmart, our mission is to simplify customer and client engagement to allow our customers to focus their time and energy on initiatives that improve their businesses and better serve their communities. By delivering innovative solutions that meet today’s needs, and are continuously enhanced to meet future demands, EngageSmart enjoys a very big market opportunity with significant tailwinds.

Commercial and non-profit organizations like the ones we serve lack the expertise and resources to create their own digital user experiences. They instead rely on manual processes, or third-party software designed for a different era, to manage their client interactions. EngageSmart solutions are true SaaS, meaning they are single instance, multi-tenant software products. So when a new feature, such as pay by text, is introduced, all customers immediately and simultaneously receive the enhancement. No downloads, no uploads, no patches. It is like having a vehicle in your driveway that is regularly upgraded while you sleep.

With conviction that in life and business, you are declining if you are not growing, we have made organic growth our passion at EngageSmart. Our team has been motivated by growth from day one – personal and professional growth, growth for customers, employees, partners, shareholders, and organic growth for our business. We have intentionally chosen our end markets, our true SaaS architecture, our people, and our organizational structure with long-term growth in mind.

I am a serial entrepreneur who has been leading companies for the past thirty years. I love it! As a “math major,” I think in terms of problem-solving and building foundations that drive continuous improvement and sustained organic growth. At EngageSmart, our success is built on three key foundational principles: People, Product and Partnership.


Table of Contents

People

We are a people-first organization, and this extends beyond employees to include our customers, their clients, our partners, and our investors. Their opinions, needs, and aspirations drive us, and we strive to respond with transparency and a sense of urgency. We promote a customer-first organizational model that places customers at the top of our organizational chart, as shown below.

 

 

LOGO

All employees have the primary role of removing barriers for those above them, especially customers.

I am, quite happily and appropriately, at the very bottom of our company’s organization.

Good companies have good people, but it takes great people to make a great company. We are still in the early days of our journey, but we understand how to recruit, retain, and develop great people — this is the key to our success.

Product

We believe that the best product wins, and we are motivated by the ongoing pursuit of innovation and market leadership. Our software is mission critical for our customers and therefore difficult to replace, resulting in very high customer retention. While some software offerings grow complacent in this position, our collective competitive spirit drives us to constantly invest in our solutions and deepen the value they deliver.

For our InvoiceCloud product, this has meant steadily improving end-user digital adoption by expanding payment types, ongoing optimization of UI/UX, and deeper integrations with our software partners. At SimplePractice, we have seamlessly incorporated telehealth into the software (well before COVID-19), introduced features such as a professional website builder and continuing education opportunities, and launched Monarch, a marketplace for connecting our clinicians to therapy seekers. These are just a few examples, and the journey never ends.

It is worth reemphasizing that this ongoing innovation — and allowing all customers to benefit from it in real time — is driven by our true SaaS architecture, which we view as a key differentiator in our markets.

Partnership

At EngageSmart, we recognize that our solutions operate within an ecosystem, and we view all participants in this ecosystem as our partners. This includes our customers, the adjacent software and service providers they may use, and their clients. By viewing these constituents as partners and treating them as such, we accrue the benefit of focused product feedback and enhanced distribution, which have helped drive our organic growth.


Table of Contents

Our view of partnership also extends to our customers’ communities, where we hope to make an impact through engagement. Our customers play an incredibly important role in their communities by serving a wide variety of wellness seekers (mental and physical health), non-profits, taxpayers, utility customers, financial service consumers, and medical patients. We are proud of the small part we play in these communities by providing solutions that are easy to deploy and use, that address their unique functional requirements, and that turn complex processes like payments and self-service into engaging digital experiences.

Our success is a direct reflection of the success of our customers, partners, investors, and employees and I greatly appreciate their incredibly strong contributions to our growth, and their selfless support of our customers’ communities.

We have had a blast growing our company and believe we have just scratched the surface of our opportunity. Shareholders can expect us to continue our relentless focus on people, product, and partnership to drive growth. We invite you to join us as investors who love to grow and help our communities at the same time. I hope that you enjoy our story and we look forward to having you participate as we write our next chapter!

Sincerely,

Bob Bennett


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

     Page  

Market and industry data

     iii  

Trademarks, service marks, and trade names

     iii  

Basis of presentation

     iii  

Prospectus summary

     1  

Risk factors

     19  

Use of proceeds

     78  

Dividend policy

     79  

Capitalization

     80  

Dilution

     82  

Corporate Conversion

     84  

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     85  

Business

     110  

Management

     135  

Executive and director compensation

     142  

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     157  

Principal and selling stockholders

     161  

Description of capital stock

     165  

Description of indebtedness

     172  

Shares eligible for future sale

     175  

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

     178  

Underwriting

     183  

Legal matters

     193  

Experts

     193  

Where you can find more information

     193  

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

     194  

Index to financial statements

     F-1  

 

 

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared or that have been prepared on our behalf, or to which we have referred you. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered by this prospectus, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

i


Table of Contents

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                , 2021 (the 25th day after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Market and industry data

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry, competitive position and the markets in which we operate is based on information from independent industry and research organizations, other third-party sources and management estimates. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and other third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us upon reviewing such data, and our experience in, and knowledge of, such industry and markets, which we believe to be reasonable. In presenting this information, we have made certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets in which we operate. While we believe the market and industry data included in this prospectus and upon which the management estimates included herein are in part based are generally reliable, such information, is inherently uncertain and imprecise, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such data or the management estimates based on such data. Market and industry data are subject to change and may be limited by the availability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations inherent in any statistical survey of such data. Certain of these publications, studies and reports were published before the COVID-19 pandemic and therefore do not reflect any impact of COVID-19 on any specific market or globally. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of the future performance of the markets in which we operate and our future performance are necessarily subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk factors” and “Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such market and industry data or any other such estimates. The content of, or accessibility through, the sources and websites identified herein, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein, and any websites are an inactive textual reference only. In addition, references to the third-party publications and research reports named above are not intended to imply, and should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement of us by, the third-party producing any such publication or report.

Trademarks, service marks, and trade names

This prospectus includes our trademarks, service marks, and trade names, including but not limited to EngageSmart, InvoiceCloud, SimplePractice, HealthPay24 and DonorDrive, and our logo, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, service marks, or trade names to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties. Solely for convenience, trademarks, service marks, and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, , or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks, and trade names.

Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of EngageSmart, LLC, which is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes, and its subsidiaries. Prior to the closing of this offering, EngageSmart, LLC intends to convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion, and will change its name

 

iii


Table of Contents

to EngageSmart, Inc. All holders of shares of common stock of EngageSmart, LLC (“LLC Shares”) will become holders of shares of common stock of EngageSmart, Inc., as described under the heading “Corporate Conversion.” In this prospectus, we refer to all transactions related to our conversion to a corporation as the “Corporate Conversion.” We expect that the Corporate Conversion will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Presentation of financial information

EngageSmart, LLC was formed on December 7, 2018 as Hancock Parent, LLC and is a holding company with no material operating assets or operations. On December 11, 2018, EngageSmart, LLC entered a series of arrangements to indirectly acquire (the “InvoiceCloud Acquisition”), through its wholly-owned subsidiary Hancock Midco, LLC, 100% of the equity interest in Invoice Cloud, Inc. On February 11, 2019, Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a transitory merger company of Hancock Midco, LLC, merged into InvoiceCloud, with InvoiceCloud continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hancock Midco, LLC. For all of the periods reported in these consolidated financial statements, we have not and do not have any material operations on a standalone basis, and all of our material operations are carried out by our subsidiaries.

As a result of the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, this prospectus presents certain financial information for two periods, the Predecessor and Successor periods, which relate to the period preceding the Acquisition on February 11, 2019 and the period succeeding the Acquisition, respectively. References to the “Successor 2019 Period” refer to the period from February 11, 2019 to December 31, 2019, and references to the “Predecessor 2019 Period” refer to the period from January 1, 2019 to February 10, 2019. Financial information in the Predecessor 2019 Period principally relates to Invoice Cloud, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables or charts and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.

Non-GAAP measures and other data

Our consolidated financial statements and the other financial data included in this prospectus have been prepared in a manner that complies with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) and the regulations published by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). However, we use Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Adjusted Gross Margin as described in “Prospectus summary—Summary consolidated financial and operating information,” in various places in this prospectus. These non-GAAP financial measures are presented as supplemental disclosure and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, the financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Adjusted Gross Margin may differ from similarly titled measures presented by other companies.

See “Prospectus summary—Summary consolidated financial and operating information” for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, and a discussion of our management’s use of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Adjusted Gross Margin.

Throughout this prospectus, we also provide a number of key business metrics used by management and sometimes used by others in our industry. These and other key business metrics are discussed in more detail in the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

 

iv


Table of Contents

Certain definitions

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

 

EngageSmart,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company,” “Company,” and “our business” refer, prior to the Corporate Conversion discussed herein, to EngageSmart, LLC, and after the Corporate Conversion, to EngageSmart, Inc.

 

 

client” refers to individuals or entities that purchase goods or services from our customers.

 

 

customer” refers to individuals or entities with whom we directly contract to use our solutions.

 

 

Dollar-based net retention rate” is calculated as of the end of a given period by using (a) the revenue from all customers during the twelve months ending one year prior to such period as the denominator and (b) the revenue from all remaining customers during the twelve months ending as of the end of such period minus the revenue from all customers who are new customers during those twelve months as the numerator. We define new customers as customers with whom we have generated less than twelve months of revenue. Acquired businesses are reflected in our dollar-based net retention rate beginning one year following the date of acquisition.

 

 

Enterprise Solutions” refers to InvoiceCloud, HealthPay24 and DonorDrive solutions and the respective vertical markets and customers each such solution serves. Our Enterprise Solutions are characterized by their go-to-market strategy, as described in “Business—Our go-to-market strategy.”

 

 

NPS” refers to net promoter score, which can range from a low of negative 100 to a high of positive 100. NPS benchmarks can vary significantly by industry, but a score greater than zero represents a company that has more promoters than detractors.

For EngageSmart employees, NPS reflects employee responses to the following question—“How likely are you to recommend EngageSmart to a friend or colleague?” Responses of 9 or 10 are considered “promoters,” responses of 7 or 8 are considered neutral or “passives,” and responses of 6 or less are considered “detractors.” We then subtract the number of respondents who are detractors from the number of respondents who are promoters, divide that number by the total number of respondents, and then multiply the resulting figure by 100. Our methodology for calculating NPS reflects responses from our employees who choose to respond to the survey question. In particular, our NPS reflects responses given to us between January 1, 2020 and December 31, 2020 and reflects a sample size of 413 responses over that period. NPS gives no weight to employees who decline to answer the survey question.

For EngageSmart customers who use our SimplePractice solution, NPS reflects customer responses to the following question—“How likely are you to recommend SimplePractice to a friend?” Responses of 9 or 10 are considered “promoters,” responses of 7 or 8 are considered neutral or “passives,” and responses of 6 or less are considered “detractors.” We then subtract the number of respondents who are detractors from the number of respondents who are promoters, divide that number by the total number of respondents, and then multiply the resulting figure by 100. Our methodology for calculating NPS reflects responses from our customers who choose to respond to the survey question. In particular, our NPS reflects responses given to us between January 1, 2020 and December 31, 2020 and reflects a sample size of 4,830 responses over that period. NPS gives no weight to customers who decline to answer the survey question.

 

 

SMB Solutions” refers to the SimplePractice solution and the vertical market and customers such solution serves through its ecosystem of product offerings for health and wellness professionals. Our SMB Solutions are characterized by their go-to-market strategy, as described in “Business—Our go-to-market strategy.”

 

v


Table of Contents
 

Transactions Processed” refers to the number of accepted payment transactions, such as credit card and debit card transactions, automated clearing house (“ACH”) payments, emerging electronic payments, other communication, text messaging and interactive voice response transactions, and other payment transaction types, which are facilitated through our platform during a given period.

 

vi


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the sections titled “Risk factors,” “Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our mission

Our mission is to simplify customer and client engagement.

Overview

We are a leading provider of vertically-tailored customer engagement software and integrated payments capabilities. We offer single instance, multi-tenant, true Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) vertical solutions that are designed to simplify our customers’ engagement with their clients by driving digital adoption and self-service. As of June 30, 2021, we served over 68,000 customers in the SMB Solutions segment and over 3,000 customers in the Enterprise Solutions segment across five core verticals: Health & Wellness, Government, Utilities, Financial Services, and Giving. Our SaaS solutions are purpose-built for each vertical we serve and they simplify and automate mission-critical workflows such as scheduling, client onboarding, client communication, paperless billing, and electronic payment processing. In 2020, we estimate over 26 million consumers interacted with an EngageSmart solution. Our solutions transform our customers’ digital engagement and empower them to manage, improve, and grow their businesses.

We believe the end-markets we serve are burdened by legacy systems and processes that result in operational inefficiencies and relatively low digital adoption from consumers. At the same time, consumers increasingly demand the convenient self-service capabilities and intuitive, frictionless, and personalized digital experiences that have become commonplace in other industries. Existing solutions in our end-markets are often built on legacy, hosted, or on-premises infrastructure that can lack the flexibility, scalability, and integrations required to provide advanced digital engagement capabilities. This has created a tremendous opportunity for our solutions to improve the customer experience by either replacing or augmenting the information systems used by our customers. Our ability to leverage our true SaaS solutions to innovate quickly and deliver enhancements to our customers on an ongoing basis is a key competitive advantage. This allows us to consistently innovate to increase digital adoption and add value for our clients.

We believe our solutions address a massive market opportunity today. We estimate the revenue opportunity for our current solutions was approximately $28 billion in the United States in 2020. Our verticals are large, underpenetrated, and generally non-cyclical with significant whitespace, low digital adoption, and growing usage of software and payments. Many verticals are only just beginning their digital journeys, providing an attractive runway for growth.

 

1


Table of Contents

Today, our vertically-tailored SaaS solutions include:

 

LOGO

 

 

SimplePractice.    An end-to-end practice management and EHR platform that health and wellness professionals use to manage their practices. SimplePractice serves clinicians, who are our customers, throughout their career journey, allowing them to manage their practice development from licensure to private practice. SimplePractice optimizes and enhances the customer and their clients’ experience by enabling customers to engage with their clients across both virtual and in-person settings, schedule appointments, document cases, and handle all aspects of billing and insurance processing on one integrated platform. In 2020, SimplePractice helped its customers manage and see 3.9 million patients, and over 44 million appointments were scheduled through SimplePractice’s platform. Our platform also helps our customers build and grow their practices through the use of our online marketplace, Monarch, and other practice marketing solutions such as our integrated professional website builder. Through SimplePractice Learning, we help our customers grow as professionals through high quality, on-demand video continuing education courses created by experts across the health and wellness fields.

 

 

InvoiceCloud.    An electronic bill presentment and payment solution that helps our Government, Utility, and Financial Services customers digitize billing, client communications, and collections. We believe InvoiceCloud drives superior client digital adoption, which increases engagement and drives operational efficiency for our customers.

 

 

HealthPay24.    A patient engagement and payment platform that helps health systems, physician groups, dental practices, and medical billers efficiently drive patient self-pay collections.

 

 

DonorDrive.    A fundraising software platform that helps non-profits, healthcare organizations, and higher education institutions produce virtual events, launch branded donation campaigns, and create peer-to-peer fundraising experiences.

We sell our solutions through an efficient and diversified go-to-market strategy that includes digital marketing, direct sales, and strategic partnerships. As a product with self-service onboarding, SimplePractice is primarily distributed through inbound interest resulting from search engine optimization, word-of-mouth, paid customer referrals, and search engine marketing. For our solutions in our Enterprise Solutions segment, InvoiceCloud, HealthPay24, and DonorDrive, we go-to-market with a direct sales force, often in conjunction with strategic partners, such as back-end software providers, that provide lead generation and selling support. Our Enterprise products integrate directly with our customers’ back-end core systems, and we have over 300 unique

 

2


Table of Contents

integrations to customer billing and client management systems. These channel partnerships and deep integrations provide us greater reach into our vertical markets with pre-qualified leads that drive highly efficient sales processes and result in longer-term sticky customer relationships.

EngageSmart is a people-first organization with a unique culture centered on talent, vertical domain expertise, customer focus, product leadership, and efficient go-to-market strategies. We believe our people give us a competitive advantage, and we think of our customers, partners, and employees as our people. We promote a servant leadership model that places customers at the top of our organizational chart. We believe the best leaders empower their teams to excel and enable their customers to win. Our employee Net Promoter Score of 72 for 2020 is a reflection of our employees’ sense of empowerment and engagement. Engaged employees are imperative to achieving excellent customer service and strong company performance.

Our success in helping our customers simplify, streamline, and grow their businesses has allowed us to achieve significant growth. For the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated revenue of $8.2 million, $74.3 million and $146.6 million, respectively and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we generated revenue of $62.5 million and $99.2 million, respectively. For the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, we had total net loss of $39.1 million, $14.5 million and $6.7 million, respectively and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we had total net (loss) income of $(6.4) million and $0.3 million, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA was $(0.1) million, $4.5 million, and $22.0 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Successor 2019 Period and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $5.3 million and $15.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. See “—Summary consolidated financial and operating information—Key business metric and non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, to net (loss) income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Our industry

We believe a number of key trends are contributing to the adoption of modern, vertically-tailored business management software, customer engagement applications, and billing and payment solutions, including:

 

 

Consumer expectations of intuitive, frictionless, and personalized digital experiences.    Today, consumers expect convenient, efficient, digital-first experiences, and they increasingly expect to engage with providers, pay their bills, and complete their to-do lists seamlessly, from any device through elegant user interfaces.

 

 

Accelerating adoption of modern digital technologies.    Businesses are adopting digital technologies to increase growth, optimize business processes, reduce costs, and improve the client experience so their employees can focus on more critical priorities.

 

 

Decreasing barriers to software adoption.    While businesses in our Enterprise Solutions segment have the resources to implement, integrate, and maintain various point solutions, businesses in our SMB Solutions segment generally require simple, easy-to-use, end-to-end technology solutions. Given the advantages of true SaaS and innovations in cloud technology, software solutions have become more affordable and easier to implement and maintain, generating higher return on investment and lowering barriers for both businesses in our Enterprise Solutions segment and our SMB Solutions segment.

 

 

Increasing vertical- and sub vertical-specific software needs.    Businesses across verticals are specializing in order to better compete and align with evolving client preferences, which has resulted in increased demand for vertically-tailored software solutions to address industry-specific workflows.

 

3


Table of Contents
 

Ongoing market shift to electronic payment methods.    Consumer payment volumes continue to shift away from cash and checks in favor of electronic payment methods. Our customers value electronic payment methods as it is more cost effective and operationally efficient to service electronic payments than paper-based payments.

 

 

Legacy software vendors are partnering to modernize their solutions.    Businesses are expecting more from their software providers, and legacy vendors are increasingly partnering with next-gen solution providers to deliver a modern digital customer experience and extend the life of their core software systems.

 

 

Increasing value driven by integrating software and payments.    Businesses are increasingly recognizing the value of deep integration between their software tools and payment processing providers. This integration drives operating efficiencies, improved payment security and tracking, and a more seamless client experience compared to traditional standalone payment processing or paper-based billing and payment methods.

 

 

Cybersecurity threats are growing.    As cyber criminals have grown in sophistication and data breaches and ransomware attacks have become more prevalent, businesses are spending more time and resources to protect sensitive customer data, such as personal health records or consumer payment information.

Limitations of existing solutions

Today, our customers are increasingly turning to their software vendors to drive digital adoption, deliver self-service capabilities, and improve the consumer experience. However, the offerings available in the market often fail to meet the needs of our customers and have some or all of the following limitations:

 

 

Non-flexible, legacy technology infrastructure and manual processes.    Many existing solutions are built on legacy, hosted, or on-premises infrastructure and lack the flexibility, scalability, and integration required to provide advanced digital engagement capabilities and keep up with rapidly evolving consumer preferences. In addition, many businesses in our SMB Solutions segment lack internal IT resources and continue to rely on manual processes or disjointed point solutions to operate their businesses and engage with their clients.

 

 

Lack of vertical-specific functionality.    Existing solutions frequently offer broad, horizontal capabilities that apply a “one-size-fits-all” approach, and they aim to solve functional challenges across different verticals. These solutions may have broad functionality, but they frequently lack the vertical specialization required to meet consumers’ evolving expectations for seamless, frictionless, and personalized digital experiences.

 

 

Insufficient integrations.    Point solutions often lack the necessary integration of business data and operational workflows that our customers need to execute end-to-end processes. Generalized solutions that lack third-party integrations result in lower digital adoption than fully integrated solutions.

 

 

Lack of automation and self-service capabilities.    Existing solutions often require human involvement at various stages of the customer and client journey. These manual processes are prone to human error and lead to increased costs and additional challenges as businesses scale.

 

 

Inability to address evolving cybersecurity and privacy challenges.    The increase in cybercrime and the heightened attention around collecting and storing consumer data has led to an increased focus on data privacy and cybersecurity in software solutions. To meet these security and data privacy requirements, many legacy software providers are partnering with companies that provide deep domain knowledge in encryption methods and adhere to advanced security standards and techniques.

 

 

Cost and resource-intensity.    Existing software solutions often require significant capital, time, and technical talent to implement, which inhibits adoption. Once implemented, new version upgrades and adoption of feature releases require additional time and resources.

 

4


Table of Contents

Our market opportunity

We are dedicated to helping our customers simplify, streamline, and grow their businesses. We believe our solutions address a massive market opportunity. We estimate the revenue opportunity for our current solutions to be approximately $28 billion: $10 billion addressed by solutions in our SMB Solutions segment and $18 billion addressed by solutions in our Enterprise Solutions segment.

We derive our revenue opportunity in our SMB Solutions segment by taking the total number of health and wellness clinicians addressed by our SimplePractice solution using data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics and multiplying by the total spend opportunity per customer based on the current prevailing market price.

We derive our revenue opportunity in our Enterprise Solutions segment by taking the total number of bills per year in the United States, as estimated by Aite Group, and multiplying by our average revenue per transaction. The verticals that are currently included in our Enterprise total addressable market are Health & Wellness, Government, Utilities, Financial Services, and Giving.

We believe our market will expand as we continue to help businesses and organizations increase their digital adoption and provide the technology that enables them to do so. In our SMB Solutions and Enterprise Solutions segments, we expect our average revenue per customer to increase as our customers grow and increase their digital adoption and as we expand the breadth of our solutions.

What sets us apart

We believe we have a differentiated position in the market, built on the following strengths:

 

 

True SaaS solutions.    We offer true SaaS solutions that simplify customer engagement by driving digital adoption and self-service capabilities. By “true” SaaS, we mean our products are single instance, multi-tenant cloud software solutions. We believe our architecture enables us to innovate quickly and deliver new features to our customers simultaneously and at lower operating costs compared to legacy providers. Our true SaaS architecture also provides financial benefits to us through operational scalability.

 

 

Product leadership through ongoing innovation.    We strive to deliver the best software solutions in the verticals we target and to continue innovating around these products to maintain this product leadership. Our true SaaS model allows for our customers to benefit from this innovation on release without the cost or time delays of traditional software upgrades.

 

 

Vertical domain expertise.    We develop deep expertise in the industries we serve and recruit industry experts with vertical domain expertise to drive innovation and product development. Our approach enables us to deliver industry-tailored software solutions, including business management software, customer engagement applications, and billing and payment solutions, to address vertical-specific workflows and customer requirements.

 

 

Exceptional talent and culture.    We believe our unique culture enables us to attract, retain, and develop exceptional talent, which is a critical component of our success.

 

 

Customer focus.    We have a product-driven, customer-focused ethos, and we are dedicated to helping our customers simplify, streamline, and grow their businesses. We win when our customers win.

 

 

Effective go-to-market.    We have an efficient and diversified go-to-market strategy tailored to each vertical we serve. Our efficient go-to-market strategy across our solutions has generated an LTV: CAC ratio of more than 11x for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

 

5


Table of Contents

Our culture

At EngageSmart, we believe our culture is a competitive differentiator that drives our success. Our culture is built on four pillars: love, agency, connection, and impact.

 

 

Love.    We promote love for our teammates, our customers, and our partners. Our culture is one of commitment to customer success and a collaborative environment, where people come to work with the knowledge that their work has purpose and their individual contributions matter.

 

 

Agency.    We want to inspire agency in one another, in our customers, and in their clients. Agency gives people the permission to try new things, the autonomy to get things done without frustration, and access to more and better options.

 

 

Connection.    We believe the true aim of engagement is connection. Our solutions connect legacy industries with leading technologies and enable more meaningful connections between our customers and their clients.

 

 

Impact.    Our purpose is impact. In addition to bringing delight to the everyday experience between companies and their customers, we are committed to serving the community. This includes the places our teams are based and the entire planet.

Servant leadership permeates our organization and underpins our growth mindset. We believe the best leaders empower their teams to excel. Our employees feel empowered to respond rapidly, innovate quickly, and build effectively, enabling us to maintain product leadership and help our customers win in the marketplace.

Our employee NPS score of 72 for 2020 is a reflection of our employees’ sense of empowerment and engagement. We strive to hire exceptionally talented people who embrace our culture because it is critical to our success; it sets us apart and allows us to win.

Our growth strategies

We are focused on growing and scaling our business in a rapid yet sustainable and disciplined fashion. We intend to drive significant growth by executing the following key strategies:

 

 

Grow with existing customers.

 

 

Win new customers.

 

 

Build new, and enhance existing, products.

 

 

Expand into new verticals.

 

 

Pursue select strategic acquisitions.

New senior secured revolving credit facility

On September 9, 2021, we entered into a commitment letter with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., which provides for a new senior secured revolving credit facility with commitments in an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”) to be provided by JPMorgan Chase and a syndicate of other financial institutions. We expect to enter into the New Revolving Credit Facility on or about the closing of this offering.

Proceeds from the New Revolving Credit Facility are expected to be used by us and our subsidiaries to finance working capital and for other general corporate purposes.

 

6


Table of Contents

We expect that the agreement governing the terms of the New Revolving Credit Facility will contain customary covenants and conditions that will, among other things, limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens on assets, enter into agreements related to mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets or pay dividends and make distributions. We also expect that the terms of our New Revolving Credit Facility will require us to maintain a maximum total net leverage ratio. The terms of our financing arrangements are subject to change, including as a function of market conditions.

Summary risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. Our ability to execute our strategy is also subject to certain risks. The risks described under the heading “Risk factors” in this prospectus may cause us not to realize the full benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Below are some of these risks, any one of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects:

 

 

Our rapid growth may not be sustainable or indicative of our future growth.

 

 

Our business could be harmed if we fail to manage our infrastructure to support future growth.

 

 

Our risk management efforts may not be effective to prevent fraudulent activities, which could expose us to material financial losses and liability and otherwise harm our business.

 

 

If we are unable to attract new customers or convert trial customers into paying customers, our revenue growth and operating results will be adversely affected.

 

 

If we are not able to introduce new features or services successfully and to make enhancements to our solutions, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

 

Our business, financial condition, and results of operations depend substantially on our customers renewing their contracts for our solutions with us and expanding their use of our solutions. Any decline in our customer renewals or failure to convince our customers to broaden their use of solutions and related services would harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

 

We have incurred net losses on an annual basis since we were founded, anticipate increasing our operating expenses in the future, and may not achieve or sustain profitability.

 

 

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and regulations, and changing business needs, requirements, or preferences, our products may become less competitive and our growth rate could decline.

 

 

Real or perceived errors, failures, or bugs in our solutions could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects.

 

 

We may face intense competition, which could limit our ability to maintain or expand market share within our industry, and if we do not maintain or expand our market share, our business, financial condition, and operating results will be harmed.

 

 

If we are unsuccessful in establishing, growing, or maintaining strategic partnerships, our ability to compete could be impaired, and our operating results may suffer.

 

7


Table of Contents
 

We expect fluctuations in our quarterly operating results, making it difficult to project future results, and if we fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors with respect to our operating results, the market price of our common stock could decline.

 

 

We have in the past and may in the future acquire or invest in companies, which may divert our management’s attention and result in additional dilution to our stockholders. We may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions.

 

 

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of the material weakness is not effective or we fail to develop and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired.

 

 

General Atlantic will continue to have significant influence over EngageSmart after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

 

 

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, qualify for and intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Our corporate information

We were initially formed as Hancock Parent, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on December 7, 2018. On January 24, 2020, Hancock Parent, LLC changed its name to EngageSmart, LLC. Prior to the closing of this offering, EngageSmart, LLC intends to convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion and will change its name to EngageSmart, Inc. See “Corporate Conversion.” Our principal executive offices are located at 30 Braintree Hill Office Park, Suite 101, Braintree, Massachusetts 02184, and our telephone number is (781) 848-3733. Our corporate website address is www.engagesmart.com. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website shall not be deemed incorporated into and is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part. We have included our website in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

Corporate Conversion

We currently operate as a Delaware limited liability company under the name EngageSmart, LLC. Prior to the closing of this offering, EngageSmart, LLC intends to convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion and will change its name to EngageSmart, Inc. In this prospectus, we refer to all transactions related to our conversion to a corporation as the “Corporate Conversion.” As a result of the Corporate Conversion, all holders of LLC Shares will become holders of shares of common stock of EngageSmart, Inc. The number of shares of our common stock that holders of LLC Shares will be entitled to receive in the Corporate Conversion will be based on their relative rights as set forth in our limited liability company agreement.

The purpose of the Corporate Conversion is to reorganize our structure so that the entity that is offering our common stock to the public in this offering is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and so that our existing investors will own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company. For further information regarding the Corporate Conversion, see “Corporate Conversion.”

 

8


Table of Contents

Ownership structure

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion.

 

LOGO

Our Principal Stockholder

General Atlantic is a leading global growth equity firm providing capital and strategic support for growth companies. Drawing from more than 40 years of experience investing in over 400 global growth companies, General Atlantic partners with entrepreneurs and management teams who are building leading, high-growth businesses. As of June 30, 2021, the firm had more than $65 billion in assets under management and focuses on investments across five sectors, including consumer, financial services, healthcare, life sciences and technology.

Following this offering, General Atlantic will control approximately 60.4% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock (or 60.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). As a result, General Atlantic will control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets.

Because General Atlantic will control more than 50% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock, we will be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules for the NYSE. Therefore, we will be permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. See “Risk factors—Risks

 

9


Table of Contents

related to this offering and the ownership of our common stock—We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, qualify for and intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.”

In addition, we will enter into a stockholders’ agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement”) that will provide General Atlantic and Summit with the right to nominate a specified number of our directors and certain consent rights, in each case subject to certain ownership thresholds. See “Principal and selling stockholders” and “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement” for additional information.

Implications of being an emerging growth company

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year, or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

 

 

we will present in this prospectus only two years of audited consolidated financial statements, plus any required unaudited consolidated financial statements and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;

 

 

we will avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

 

we will provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

 

 

we will not require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from our competitors that are public companies or other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and therefore, we will not be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

10


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

13,000,000 shares.

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

1,550,000 shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

160,956,530 shares (or 161,576,584 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

 

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an aggregate of 620,054 and 1,562,446 additional shares of our common stock from us and the selling stockholders, respectively, at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $287.5 million, based upon an initial public offering price of $24.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $301.5 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility and create a public market for our common stock. We expect to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay in full the outstanding borrowings of approximately $114.2 million under our Credit Facilities. We currently intend to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including to fund our growth, acquire complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies, working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. We do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time. We will have broad discretion over the uses of any net proceeds in this offering to be used for general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders.

 

  See the section titled “Use of proceeds” for additional information.

 

Proposed NYSE symbol

“ESMT.”

 

11


Table of Contents

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to five percent of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, to certain individuals or entities, including our directors, employees, and certain other individuals or entities identified by management, through a directed share program. If purchased by these individuals or entities, these shares will not be subject to a lock-up restriction, except in the case of shares purchased by any director or executive officer. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of reserved shares sold to these individuals or entities. Any reserved shares not purchased by these individuals or entities will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock offered under this prospectus. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions” and “Underwriting—Directed share program.”

 

Indications of interest

The cornerstone investors have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of 2.1 million shares, or approximately $50.4 million, of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because these indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the cornerstone investors may decide to purchase more, fewer or no shares of our common stock in this offering, or the underwriters may decide to sell more, fewer or no shares of our common stock in this offering to the cornerstone investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount from any shares of common stock sold to the cornerstone investors as they will from any other shares of common stock sold to the public in this offering.

 

Controlled company

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 147,956,530 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion, and excludes:

 

 

10,966,531 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2021 under our Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option Plan (the “LLC Option Plan”), at a weighted average exercise price of $3.42 per share;

 

 

698,010 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under the LLC Option Plan after June 30, 2021, at a weighted average exercise price of $17.54 per share;

 

 

14,798,186 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Incentive Award Plan (“2021 Plan”) (including 312,500 shares issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units that we intend to grant to certain of our directors, executive officers and other employees in connection with this offering, referred to as the “IPO RSUs”), which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan; and

 

 

2,219,728 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

 

12


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus, including the number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering, assumes or gives effect to:

 

 

a 1-for-3 forward stock split effected on September 10, 2021, with all share, option, warrant and per share information for all periods presented in this prospectus adjusted to reflect such forward stock split on a retroactive basis (the “Stock Split”);

 

 

the completion of our Corporate Conversion, as a result of which all outstanding LLC Shares will be converted into an aggregate of 147,956,530 shares of common stock of EngageSmart, Inc.; and

 

 

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 2,182,500 additional shares of our common stock.

 

13


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial and operating information

The following tables present the summary historical consolidated financial and other data for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statements of operations data and statements of cash flows data for the period from January 1, 2019 through February 10, 2019 (“Predecessor 2019 Period”), the period from February 11, 2019 through December 31, 2019 (“Successor 2019 Period”) and the year ended December 31, 2020, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2021, from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our annual audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal, recurring adjustments that are necessary to present fairly the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full year. This data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Capitalization” sections of this prospectus and our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the periods and dates indicated included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

             
(in thousands, except
share and per share data)
  Predecessor
2019 Period
           Successor
2019 Period
    Year ended
December 31, 2020
    Six months ended
June 30, 2020
    Six months ended
June 30, 2021
 
 

Consolidated statement of operations:

             

Revenue

  $ 8,151         $ 74,281     $ 146,557     $ 62,534     $ 99,171  

Cost of revenue

    3,475           21,366       37,593       16,880       25,498  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    4,676           52,915       108,964       45,654       73,673  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Operating expenses:

             

General and administrative

    25,584           15,657       26,866       12,327       16,703  

Selling and marketing

    6,221           29,282       48,581       22,921       32,128  

Research and development

    11,140           12,583       20,788       9,781       14,815  

Contingent consideration net (benefit) expense

              (212     257             213  

Restructuring charges

                    2,434             89  

Amortization of intangible assets

    226           7,508       9,390       4,666       4,724  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    43,171           64,818       108,316       49,695       68,672  

 

14


Table of Contents
             
(in thousands, except share
and per share data)
  Predecessor
2019 Period
           Successor
2019 Period
    Year ended
December 31, 2020
    Six months
ended June 30,
2020
    Six months
ended June 30,
2021
 

(Loss) income from operations

  $ (38,495       $ (11,903   $ 648     $ (4,041   $ 5,001  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Other income (expense):

             

Interest expense

    (592         (7,206     (9,908     (5,113     (4,600

Other (expense) income, net

    (8         4       (44     32       (79
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

    (600         (7,202     (9,952     (5,081     (4,679
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (39,095         (19,105     (9,304     (9,122     322  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    40           (4,642     (2,626     (2,733     48  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income

  $ (39,135       $ (14,463   $ (6,678   $ (6,389   $ 274  
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

    (54            
 

 

 

             

Net loss attributable to Invoice Cloud, Inc.

  $ (39,081            
 

 

 

             

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common shareholders of Invoice Cloud, Inc. (Predecessor)/net (loss) income per share (Successor):

           

basic

  $ (2.37       $ (0.10   $ (0.05   $ (0.04)     $ 0.00  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

diluted

  $ (2.37       $ (0.10   $ (0.05   $ (0.04)     $ 0.00  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

             

basic

    16,494,778           142,363,806       145,647,226       144,779,493       147,778,379  

diluted

    16,494,778           142,363,806       145,647,226       144,779,493       150,323,994  

Pro forma net (loss) income per share
(unaudited)(1):

           

basic

            $ (0.05     $ 0.00  

diluted

            $ (0.05     $ 0.00  

 

15


Table of Contents
             
(in thousands, except share
and per share data)
  Predecessor
2019 Period
           Successor
2019 Period
    Year ended
December 31, 2020
    Six months
ended June 30,
2020
    Six months
ended June 30,
2021
 

Pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding (unaudited)(1):

           

basic

            145,647,226         147,778,379  

diluted

            145,647,226         150,323,994  
 

Consolidated statement of cash flows:

             

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ (143         $ (1,284)       $ 19,645       $1,858       $12,044  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (97         (354,781     (30,910     (28,504     (2,189

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    786    

 

 

      362,249       34,731       32,796       (7,444
(1)   We have presented pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2020 which consists of our historical net loss attributable to EngageSmart, LLC, divided by the pro forma basic and diluted weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion.

 

   
     As of June 30, 2021  
(in thousands)    Actual     Pro forma(1)     Pro forma
as adjusted(2)(3)
 

Consolidated balance sheet:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 31,761     $ 31,761     $ 206,261  

Total assets

     582,097       582,097       754,339  

Total liabilities

     151,755       151,755       37,754  

Accumulated members’/stockholders’ deficit

     (20,867     (20,867     (22,104

Total members’/stockholders’ equity

     430,342       430,342       716,585  

Working capital(4)

     18,305       18,305       194,540  

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data give effect to the Corporate Conversion as a result of which all outstanding LLC Shares will convert on a one-for-one basis into an aggregate of 147,956,530 shares of common stock. See “Corporate Conversion.”

 

(2)   The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) and (ii) this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as more fully described in “Use of proceeds,” including the effect of the repayment in full of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities.

 

(3)   Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $12.2 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions would increase (decrease) pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $22.6 million. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.

 

(4)   We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

 

16


Table of Contents

Key business metric and non-GAAP financial measures:

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key business metric and non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts, and make strategic decisions. The following table summarizes our key performance indicator and non-GAAP financial measures for each period presented below, which are unaudited.

 

             
      Predecessor
2019 Period
            Successor
2019 Period
    Year ended
December 31, 2020
    Six months ended
June 30, 2020
    Six months ended
June 30, 2021
 

Transactions Processed(1) (in millions)

     5.4            48.0       79.4       36.7       51.5  

Net (loss) income (in thousands)

   $ (39,135        $ (14,463   $ (6,678   $ (6,389   $ 274  

Net (loss) income margin

     (480.1)%            (19.5)%       (4.6)%       (10.2)%       0.3%  

Adjusted EBITDA(2) (in thousands)

   $ (59        $ 4,531     $ 22,039     $ 5,285     $ 15,683  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(2)

     (0.7)%            5.9%       15.0%       8.4%       15.8%  

Gross profit (in thousands)

   $ 4,676          $ 52,915     $ 108,964     $ 45,654     $ 73,673  

Gross profit margin

     57.4%            71.2%       74.3%       73.0%       74.3%  

Adjusted Gross Profit(2) (in thousands)

   $ 6,327          $ 60,561     $ 115,796     $ 49,069     $ 76,903  

Adjusted Gross Margin(2)

     77.6%    

 

 

       78.8%       78.7%       78.1%       77.5%  

 

(1)   See the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key business metric and Non-GAAP financial measures” included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of, and additional information about, this key business metric.

 

(2)   Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Gross Profit, and Adjusted Gross Margin are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Gross Profit, and Adjusted Gross Margin are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net loss, gross profit or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP.

 

    We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income excluding interest expense, net; provision (benefit) for income taxes; depreciation; and amortization of intangible assets, as further adjusted for transaction-related expenses, fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue, stock/equity-based compensation, and restructuring charges. We define Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue plus the fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue.

 

    We define Adjusted Gross Profit as gross profit as adjusted for fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue, amortization, stock/equity-based compensation, and transaction-related expenses. We define Adjusted Gross Margin as Adjusted Gross Profit divided by revenue plus the fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue.

 

    We caution investors that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Gross Profit, and Adjusted Gross Margin may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by our competitors, because not all companies and analysts calculate Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Gross Profit, and Adjusted Gross Margin in the same manner. We present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Gross Profit, and Adjusted Gross Margin because we consider these metrics to be an important supplemental measures of our performance and believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry. Management believes that investors’ understanding of our performance is enhanced by including these non-GAAP financial measures as a reasonable basis for comparing our ongoing results of operations.

 

    Management uses Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Gross Profit, and Adjusted Gross Margin:

 

   

as a measurement of operating performance because it assists us in comparing the operating performance of our business on a consistent basis, as it removes the impact of items not directly resulting from our core operations;

 

   

for planning purposes, including the preparation of our internal annual operating budget and financial projections;

 

   

to evaluate the performance and effectiveness of our operational strategies; and

 

   

to evaluate our capacity to expand our business.

By providing these non-GAAP financial measures, together with a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, we believe we are enhancing investors’ understanding of our business and our results of operations, as well as assisting investors in evaluating how well we are executing our strategic initiatives. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Gross Profit, and Adjusted Gross Margin have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as an alternative to, or a substitute for net loss, gross profit, or other financial statement data presented in our consolidated financial statements as indicators of financial performance. Some of the limitations are:

 

   

such measures do not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

   

such measures do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and such measures does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate such measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

 

17


Table of Contents

Due to these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Gross Profit, and Adjusted Gross Margin should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using these non-GAAP measures only supplementally. Each of the normal recurring adjustments and other adjustments described in this paragraph and in the reconciliation table below help management with a measure of our core operating performance over time by removing items that are not related to day-to-day operations.

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, which is net (loss) income:

 

             
(in thousands)    Predecessor
2019 Period
           Successor
2019 Period
    Year ended
December 31, 2020
    Six months ended
June 30, 2020
    Six months ended
June 30, 2021
 

Net (loss) income

   $ (39,135       $ (14,463   $ (6,678   $ (6,389     274  

Addbacks:

              

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     40           (4,642     (2,626     (2,733     48  

Interest expense, net

     592           7,206       9,903       5,108       4,600  

Amortization of intangible assets

     226           12,535       15,523       7,723       7,800  

Depreciation

     66           690       1,288       527       986  

Fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue

               2,611       543       285       94  

Stock/equity-based compensation(a)

     2,064           289       641       306       560  

Restructuring charges

                     2,434             89  

Transaction-related expenses(b)

     36,088           305       1,011       458       1,232  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (59       $ 4,531     $ 22,039     $ 5,285     $ 15,683  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     (0.7)%    

 

 

      5.9%       15.0%       8.4%       15.8%  

 

(a)   Represents non-cash expenses arising from the grant of stock awards to employees.

 

(b)   Represents accounting, legal, consulting, and other expenses associated with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition and the acquisitions described in the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and costs related to this offering.

The following table reconciles Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Margin to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, which is gross profit:

 

             
(in thousands)    Predecessor
2019 Period
            Successor
2019 Period
     Year ended
December 31, 2020
     Six months ended
June 30, 2020
     Six months ended
June 30, 2021
 

Gross profit

   $ 4,676          $ 52,915      $ 108,964        45,654        73,673  

Fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue

                2,611        543        285        94  

Amortization

                5,027        6,133        3,057        3,076  

Stock/equity-based compensation(a)

     28            8        14        7        8  

Transaction-related expenses(b)

     1,623                   142        66        52  
  

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted Gross Profit

   $ 6,327          $ 60,561      $ 115,796      $ 49,069      $ 76,903  

Adjusted Gross Margin

     77.6%                78.8%        78.7%        78.1%        77.5%  

 

(a)   Represents non-cash expenses arising from the grant of stock awards to employees.

 

(b)   Represents accounting, legal, consulting, and other expenses associated with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition and the acquisitions of PSN and TYH as further described in the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operation” and costs related to this offering.

 

18


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your original investment.

Risks related to our business and industry

Our rapid growth may not be sustainable or indicative of our future growth.

Our recent rapid growth may not be sustainable or indicative of our future growth. Even though the number of customers who use our solutions has grown rapidly in recent years, there can be no assurance that we will be able to attract new customers or retain existing customers. Our ability to attract new customers, retain revenue from existing customers, or increase adoption of our solutions by both new and existing customers is impacted by a number of factors, including:

 

 

our fees and certain of our customers’ ability to pass them on to clients;

 

 

our ability to timely expand the functionality and scope of our solutions;

 

 

our ability to maintain the rates at which our customers pay us and continue to use our solutions;

 

 

competitive factors, including the introduction of competing solutions, discount pricing and other strategies that may be implemented by our competitors;

 

 

for SimplePractice, our ability to continue to offer free trials at reasonable costs to us that attracts customers to our paid solution;

 

 

our ability to recruit, retain and develop the talent needed to continue to grow the business;

 

 

our ability to gain the domain knowledge in selected vertical markets needed to appropriately influence product and service roadmaps;

 

 

our ability to establish and/or maintain product leadership and growth in our vertical solutions;

 

 

our ability to establish and/or maintain efficient go-to-market strategies;

 

 

our ability to gain and synthesize the customer feedback needed to appropriately influence product and service roadmaps;

 

 

our ability to translate customer needs into working solutions that deliver enough value for customers to keep or select our solutions over competing providers;

 

 

our ability to make timely delivery of solutions to customers;

 

 

our ability to adequately train customers to use our solutions and enhancements to our solutions when available;

 

 

our ability to maintain high-quality customer support for customers and clients;

 

19


Table of Contents
 

our ability to attract and retain strategic partners;

 

 

our ability to expand into new industries and market segments;

 

 

actual or perceived privacy or security breaches;

 

 

the frequency and severity of any system outages, technological changes, or similar issues;

 

 

the impact of COVID-19;

 

 

our ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate, or invest in businesses, products, or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our solutions;

 

 

our ability to increase awareness of our brands and successfully compete with other companies; and

 

 

our focus on long-term value over short-term results, meaning that we may make strategic decisions that may not maximize our short-term revenue or profitability if we believe that the decisions are consistent with our mission and will improve our financial performance over the long-term.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to manage our infrastructure to support future growth.

The rapid growth we have experienced in our business places significant demands on our operational infrastructure. The scalability and flexibility of our solutions depend on the functionality of our technology and network infrastructure and its ability to handle increased traffic and demand for bandwidth. The growth in the number of customers and their clients using our solutions has increased the amount of data that we process. Any problems with the transmission of increased data could result in harm to our brand or reputation. Moreover, as our business grows, we will need to devote additional resources to improving our operational infrastructure and continuing to enhance its scalability in order to maintain the performance of our solutions, including customer support, risk and compliance operations, and other SaaS solutions services. Any failure of or delay in these efforts could result in service interruptions, impaired system performance, and reduced customer and client satisfaction. If sustained or repeated, these performance issues could reduce the attractiveness of our solutions to our customers and could result in lost customer opportunities and higher attrition rates, any of which could hurt our revenue growth, customer loyalty and our reputation. Even if our efforts to scale our business are successful, they will be expensive and complex, and require the dedication of significant management time and attention. We could also face inefficiencies or service disruptions as a result of our efforts to scale our internal infrastructure. We cannot be sure that the expansion and improvements to our internal infrastructure will be effectively implemented on a timely basis, if at all, and such failures could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Moreover, our rapid growth has placed, and will likely continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial, and other resources. We grew from approximately 420 full-time employees as of December 31, 2019 to more than 690 full-time employees as of June 30, 2021. We intend to further expand our overall business, including headcount, with no assurance that our revenue will continue to grow or grow sufficiently to offset the costs associated with increased headcount. As we grow, we will be required to continue to improve our operational and financial controls and reporting procedures, and we may not be able to do so effectively. Furthermore, some members of our management do not have significant experience managing a large public company, so our management may not be able to manage such growth effectively. In managing our growing operations, we are also subject to the risks of over-hiring, over-compensating our employees, and over-expanding our operating infrastructure. As a result, we may be unable to manage our expenses effectively in the future, which may negatively impact our gross profit or operating income.

 

20


Table of Contents

In addition, we believe that an important contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation and is rooted in a philosophy of aligning our success with that of our customers. As a result of our rapid growth, a significant portion of our employees have been with us for fewer than three years. As we continue to grow and develop the infrastructure of a public company, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a growing number of new employees, who are dispersed geographically, primarily in the U.S. Our geographically dispersed workforce may make it more difficult for our management to manage our growth effectively and preserve our corporate culture. In addition, we must preserve our ability to execute quickly in further developing our solutions and implementing new features and tools. As a result, we may find it difficult to maintain our corporate culture, which could limit our ability to innovate and operate effectively. Any failure to preserve our culture could also negatively affect our ability to recruit and retain personnel, to continue to perform at current levels, or to execute our business strategy effectively and efficiently.

Our risk management efforts may not be effective to prevent fraudulent activities, which could expose us to material financial losses and liability and otherwise harm our business.

We offer solutions that, among other things, automate the entire bill payment lifecycle, providing electronic bill presentment, client engagement, and payment processing for a large number of customers and clients. For some of our solutions, we share in the responsibility of verifying the identity of our customers and monitoring transactions for fraud. We and our customers have been in the past and will continue to be targeted by parties who seek to commit acts of financial fraud using techniques such as stolen identities and bank accounts, compromised business email accounts, employee or insider fraud, account takeover, false applications, and check fraud. We have in the past, and may in the future, suffer losses from acts of financial fraud committed by or against our customers, partners, clients, employees, or other third parties.

The techniques used to attempt to perpetrate fraud through our solutions are continually evolving, and we expend considerable resources to continue to monitor and combat them. In addition, when we introduce new products and functionality, or expand existing products, we may not be able to identify all risks created by the new products or functionality. Our risk management policies, procedures, techniques, and processes may not be sufficient to identify all of the risks to which we are exposed, to enable us to prevent or mitigate the risks we have identified, or to identify additional risks to which we may become subject in the future. Furthermore, our risk management policies, procedures, techniques, and processes may contain errors, or our employees or agents may commit mistakes or errors in judgment, as a result of which we may suffer large financial losses. The software-driven and highly automated nature of our solutions could enable criminals and those committing fraud to cause significant losses to our business. As greater numbers of customers, partners, and clients use our solutions, our exposure to material risk of losses from a single user, or from a small number of users, will increase.

Our current business and anticipated growth will continue to place significant demands on our risk management efforts, and we will need to continue developing and improving our existing risk management infrastructure, policies, procedures, techniques, and processes. As techniques used to perpetrate fraud evolve, we may need to modify our solutions to mitigate fraud risks. As our business grows and becomes more complex, we may be less able to forecast and carry appropriate reserves on our books for fraud related losses. Further, these types of fraudulent activities on our solutions can also expose us to civil and criminal liability and governmental and regulatory sanctions as well as potentially cause us to be in breach of our contractual obligations to our third-party partners.

If we are unable to attract new customers or convert trial customers into paying customers, our revenue growth and operating results will be adversely affected.

To increase our revenue, we must continue to attract new customers and increase sales to those customers. As our market matures, our solutions evolve, and competitors introduce lower cost or differentiated products or services that are perceived to compete with our solutions, our ability to sell our solutions could be impaired.

 

21


Table of Contents

Similarly, our sales could be adversely affected if customers or users perceive that features incorporated into alternative products reduce the need for our solutions or if they prefer to purchase products that are bundled with offerings by other companies. Further, in an effort to attract new customers, we may offer simpler, lower-priced solutions, which may reduce our profitability.

We rely upon our marketing strategy, most significantly in our SimplePractice solution, of offering risk-free trials of our solutions, and other inbound, digital marketing strategies to generate sales opportunities. Converting these trial customers to paid customers often requires extensive follow-up and engagement. Many prospective customers never convert from the trial version of our solutions to a paid version of our solutions. Further, we often depend on individuals within an organization who initiate the trial versions of our solutions being able to convince decision makers within their organization to convert to a paid version. To the extent that these users do not become, or are unable to convince others to become, paying customers, we will not realize the intended benefits of this marketing strategy, and our ability to grow our revenue, particularly in our SMB Solutions segment, will be adversely affected. As a result of these and other factors, we may be unable to attract new customers, which would have an adverse effect on our business, revenue, gross margins, and operating results.

If we are not able to introduce new features or services successfully and to make enhancements to our solutions, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers depends in part on our ability to enhance and improve our solutions and to introduce new features and services. For example, we introduced Monarch in 2021, which reinvents how clinicians connect with therapy seekers through an online marketplace. To grow our business and remain competitive, we must continue to enhance our solutions and develop features that reflect the constantly evolving nature of technology and our customers’ needs. The success of SimplePractice, InvoiceCloud, and any other solutions, products, enhancements, or developments depends on several factors: our anticipation of market changes, demands, and product features, including timely product introduction and conclusion, sufficient customer demand, cost effectiveness in our product development efforts and the proliferation of new technologies that are able to deliver competitive offerings at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely. In addition, because our solutions are designed to operate with a variety of systems, applications, data, and devices, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our solutions to keep pace with changes and updates in such systems. We may not be successful in developing these modifications and enhancements. Furthermore, the addition of features to our solutions will increase our research and development expenses. Any new features that we develop may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner or may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate sufficient revenue to justify the related expenses. It is difficult to predict customer adoption of new features. Such uncertainty limits our ability to forecast our future results of operations and subjects us to several challenges, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. If we cannot address such uncertainties and successfully develop new features, enhance our solutions, or otherwise overcome technological challenges and competing technologies, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We also offer certain additional services such as integration and training. If we cannot introduce new solutions or enhance our existing solutions to keep pace with changes in our customers’ deployment strategies, we may not be able to attract new customers, retain existing customers, and expand their use of our software or secure renewal contracts, which are important for the future of our business.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our business, financial condition, and results of operations depend substantially on our customers renewing their contracts for our solutions with us and expanding their use of our solutions. Any decline in our customer renewals or failure to convince our customers to broaden their use of solutions and related services would harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our solutions are term-based. In our Enterprise Solutions segment, the majority of our contracts have three-year terms, but we have many contracts which must be renewed on a quarterly basis. In our SMB Solutions segment, substantially all of our contracts must be renewed on a monthly basis. In order for us to maintain or improve our results of operations, it is important that our customers do not terminate their contracts with us, renew their contracts with us when their terms expire, and renew on the same or more favorable terms. For our transaction-based arrangements, it is important that our customers process significant volume with us. Our customers have no obligation to renew their contracts with us, and we may not be able to accurately predict customer renewal rates. In addition, the growth of our business depends in part on our customers expanding their use of solutions. Historically, some of our customers have elected not to renew their contracts with us for a variety of reasons, including as a result of changes in their strategic IT priorities, budgets, costs and, in some instances, due to competing offerings. Our renewal rates may also decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of other factors, including our customers’ satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solutions or our pricing, the effectiveness of our customer support services, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base, global economic conditions, and the other risk factors described herein. Our ability to sell additional functionality to our existing customers may require more sophisticated and costly sales efforts, especially for our larger customers with more senior management and established procurement functions. As a result, we cannot assure you that customers will renew their contracts with us or increase their usage of our solutions. If our customers do not renew their contracts with us or renew on less favorable terms or if we are unable to expand our customers’ use of our solutions, our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We have incurred net losses on an annual basis since we were founded, anticipate increasing our operating expenses in the future, and may not achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception. For the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period and the year ended December 31, 2020, we had net losses of $39.1 million, $14.5 million and $6.7 million, respectively, and (loss) income from operations of $(38.5) million, $(11.9) million and $0.6 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we had a net (loss) income of $(6.4) million and $0.3 million, respectively, and (loss) income from operations of $(4.0) million and $5.0 million, respectively. Our operating expenses may increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we continue to expend financial resources to grow our business, including to build new products and add features and functionality to existing products; expand our salesforce and marketing to win new customers; expand into new verticals; pursue strategic acquisitions or strategic investments; improve our technology infrastructure, including systems architecture, scalability, availability, performance and network security; comply with laws and regulations; purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for public companies; and invest in general administration, including increased legal and accounting expenses associated with being a public company. The increased costs associated with these and other investments we may make in our business may fail to generate the expected benefits. If we are unable to increase our revenue at a rate sufficient to offset the expected increase in our costs, our business, operating results, and financial condition will be harmed, and we may not be able to achieve or, if achieved, maintain profitability over the long term. In particular, we expect net loss may increase and Adjusted EBITDA may decline in the near-term as we incur increased operating costs associated with being a public company.

 

23


Table of Contents

Public company operations may prove to be more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. As a result, we may need to raise additional capital through equity and debt financings in order to fund our operations. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks and difficulties as we encounter them, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may suffer and your investment may be further diluted.

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and regulations, and changing business needs, requirements, or preferences, our products may become less competitive, and our growth rate could decline.

The market for our solutions is relatively new and subject to ongoing technological change, evolving industry standards and payment methods, shifting laws and regulations, and changing customer and client needs, requirements, and preferences. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to adapt and respond effectively to these changes on a timely basis, including launching new solutions. The success of any new solutions, or any enhancements or modifications to existing solutions, depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction, and market acceptance of such solutions, enhancements, and modifications. If we are unable to enhance our solutions or develop new solutions that keep pace with technological and regulatory change and achieve market acceptance, or if new technologies emerge that are able to deliver competitive solutions at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely than our products, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected. Moreover, we may experience delays in the development and introduction of new solutions due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Furthermore, modifications to our existing solutions or technology will increase our research and development expenses. Any of the foregoing could reduce the demand for our services, result in customer, partner and client dissatisfaction and adversely affect our business.

Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our solutions could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects.

Our solutions are complex, and therefore, undetected errors, failures or bugs have occurred in the past and may occur in the future. Our solutions are used in IT environments with different operating systems, system management software, applications, devices, databases, servers, storage, middleware, custom and third-party applications and equipment and networking configurations, which has in the past caused, and may in the future cause, errors or failures in the IT environment into which our solutions are deployed. This diversity increases the likelihood of errors or failures in those IT environments. Despite testing by us, real or perceived errors, failures or bugs may not be found until our customers use our solutions. Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our products could result in negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our solutions and harm our brand, weakening of our competitive position, claims by customers for losses sustained by them or failure to meet the stated service level commitments in our customer agreements. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose (and have in the past chosen), for customer relations or other reasons, to expend significant additional resources in order to help correct the problem. Any errors, failures or bugs in our software could impair our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers or expand their use of our software, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may face intense competition, which could limit our ability to maintain or expand market share within our industry, and if we do not maintain or expand our market share our business, financial condition, and operating results will be harmed.

We may face intense competition, which could limit our ability to maintain or expand market share within our industry, and if we do not maintain or expand our market share our business, financial condition, and operating results will be harmed. The market for vertically-tailored, customer engagement software and integrated

 

24


Table of Contents

payments is highly fragmented. We primarily compete with manual processes, point solution vendors, and legacy and modern solution providers. As costs fall and technology improves, increased market saturation may change the competitive landscape in favor of competitors with greater scale than we currently possess.

For our SimplePractice solution, we primarily compete against pen and paper, point solution vendors, and a number of horizontal and vertically-specialized solutions, including practice management software providers. For our solutions in our Enterprise Solutions segment, we primarily compete against bill presentment and payment systems internally developed by financial institutions, as well as legacy and modern solution providers. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater resources than we do. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, or customer requirements. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies or services to increase the availability of their products to the marketplace. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances may emerge that have greater market share, larger customer bases, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

Further, in light of these advantages, even if our solutions are more effective than the offerings of our competitors, current or potential customers might accept our competitors’ offerings in lieu of purchasing our solutions.

We also compete on the basis of price. We may be subject to pricing pressures as a result of, among other things, competition within the industry, consolidation of our customers, government action, and financial stress experienced by our customers. If our pricing experiences significant downward pressure or clients acquire or develop competing solutions and services, our business will be less profitable and our results of operations will be adversely affected.

We cannot be certain that we will be able to retain our current customers or expand our customer base in this competitive environment. If we do not retain current customers or expand our customer base, or if we have to renegotiate existing contracts, our business, financial condition, and results of operations will be harmed. If one or more of our competitors or potential competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could also adversely affect our ability to compete effectively and could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we are unsuccessful in establishing, growing or maintaining strategic partnerships, our ability to compete could be impaired, and our operating results may suffer.

We rely on integration of our various solutions into third-party software products, including customer information systems, enterprise risk management systems and accounting systems, which enables us to power such software products’ capabilities. We also rely on strategic partnerships to refer new customers to our solutions in our Enterprise Solutions segment, where we rely on a few strategic partners to help us generate a significant portion of the revenue for certain of our solutions. Although our relationships with strategic partners are independent of one another, if our reputation in the industries in which we operate were to suffer, or if we were unable to establish relationships with new strategic partners and grow our relationships with existing strategic partners, our growth prospects would weaken and our business, financial position, and operating results may be adversely affected. In addition, we have revenue sharing arrangements with certain of our strategic partners. If our strategic partners request a greater percentage of revenue from their referrals, our operating results will be adversely impacted.

 

25


Table of Contents

To grow our business, we will seek to expand our existing relationships and establish additional relationships with our partners. Establishing such relationships, particularly with core system providers and other large enterprises, entails extensive sales and marketing efforts with no guarantee of success. Sales and marketing to large organizations involve risks that may not be present, or that are present to a lesser extent, with sales and marketing to other, smaller organizations. We must invest significant time educating and selling to multiple management and technical decision-makers to obtain their support. In addition, we may be required to meet wide-ranging and detailed ancillary requirements. For example, insurance and consumer finance organizations generally require us to submit to an exhaustive security audit, given the sensitivity and importance of storing customer billing and payment data on our solutions. Adoption is also frequently subject to budget constraints and unplanned administrative, processing and other delays, including considerable efforts to negotiate and document relationships. Further, deployment of solutions and integration with partners’ software require significant efforts. If we are unable to increase adoption of our solutions by partners and manage the costs associated with marketing our solutions to potential partners and integrating with their systems, our business, operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected. In addition, if we are unsuccessful in establishing, growing or maintaining partnerships, our ability to compete could be impaired, and our operating results may suffer. If we lost one or more of our largest partnerships, we could also lose associated customer relationships or payment channels and our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

We expect fluctuations in our quarterly operating results, making it difficult to project future results, and if we fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors with respect to our operating results, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Our rapid growth makes it difficult for us to forecast our future operating results. Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of our future performance.

In addition to the other risks described herein, factors that may affect our operating results include the following:

 

 

fluctuations in demand for our solutions;

 

 

our ability to attract new customers and retain and increase adoption by our existing customers;

 

 

our ability to expand our relationships with our partners and identify and attract new partners;

 

 

changes in payment method preferences and channels by clients, which may affect our revenue, particularly as a result of interchange fees and other related transaction processing fees;

 

 

variations across the industries of our customers, which may affect payment methods used by clients and average payment amounts and, in turn, our revenue, particularly as a result of interchange fees and other related transaction processing fees;

 

 

the continued impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operating results, liquidity and financial condition and on our employees, customers, partners, clients and other key stakeholders;

 

 

changes in customer preference for cloud-based services as a result of security breaches in the industry or privacy concerns, or other security or reliability concerns regarding our products;

 

 

fluctuations or delays in purchasing decisions in anticipation of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;

 

26


Table of Contents
 

changes in customer and client budgets and in the timing of their budget and billing cycles and purchasing decisions;

 

 

changes in the implementation timeline of our solutions with new customers;

 

 

potential and existing customers choosing our competitors’ products or developing their own solutions in-house;

 

 

the development or introduction of new solutions that are easier to use or more advanced than our current solutions;

 

 

our ability to adapt to new forms of payment that become widely accepted, including cryptocurrencies;

 

 

the adoption or retention of more entrenched or rival services in the markets where we compete or plan to compete;

 

 

our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses;

 

 

the amount and timing of payment for operating expenses, particularly research and development and sales and marketing expenses, including commissions;

 

 

the amount and timing of non-cash expenses, including stock-based compensation, goodwill impairments and other non-cash charges;

 

 

the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, training and integrating new employees, and retaining and motivating existing employees;

 

 

the effects of acquisitions and their integration;

 

 

general economic conditions (including inflation), both domestically and internationally, as well as economic conditions specifically affecting industries in which our customers operate;

 

 

the impact of new accounting pronouncements;

 

 

changes in the competitive dynamics of our markets;

 

 

security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the delivery and use of our solutions from our payment vendors, technology vendors, and/or our own developed technology; and

 

 

awareness of our brand and our reputation in our target markets.

Any of these and other factors, or the cumulative effect of some of these factors, may cause our operating results to vary significantly. In addition, we expect to incur significant additional expenses due to the increased costs of operating as a public company. If the assumptions used to plan our business are incorrect, our revenue may fail to meet our expectations and we may fail to meet profitability expectations. Further, if our quarterly operating results fall below the expectations of investors and securities analysts who follow our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action lawsuits.

We have in the past and may in the future acquire or invest in companies, which may divert our management’s attention and result in additional dilution to our stockholders. We may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to grow our business in response to changing technologies, customer demands and competitive pressures. In some circumstances, we may choose to do so through the acquisition of businesses and technologies rather than through internal development. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Acquisitions” for a summary of recent acquisitions. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming and costly,

 

27


Table of Contents

and we may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions. The risks we face in connection with acquisitions include:

 

 

an acquisition may negatively affect our results of operations because it may require us to incur charges or assume substantial debt or other liabilities, may cause adverse tax consequences or unfavorable accounting treatment, may expose us to claims and disputes by stockholders and third parties, including intellectual property claims and disputes, or may not generate sufficient financial return to offset additional costs and expenses related to the acquisition;

 

 

we may encounter difficulties or unforeseen expenditures in integrating the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any company that we acquire, particularly if key personnel of the acquired company decide not to work for us;

 

 

we may not be able to realize anticipated synergies;

 

 

an acquisition may disrupt our ongoing business, divert resources, increase our expenses, and distract our management;

 

 

we may encounter challenges integrating the employees of the acquired company into our company culture;

 

 

we may encounter difficulties in, or may be unable to, successfully sell any acquired products;

 

 

our use of cash to pay for acquisitions would limit other potential uses for our cash;

 

 

if we incur debt to fund any acquisitions, such debt may subject us to material restrictions on our ability to conduct our business financial maintenance covenants; and

 

 

if we issue a significant amount of equity securities in connection with future acquisitions, existing stockholders may be diluted and earnings per share may decrease.

The occurrence of any of these risks could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, we face a variety of tax risks related to acquisitions, including that we may be required to make tax withholdings in various jurisdictions in connection with such transactions or as part of our continuing operations following a transaction, and that the companies or businesses we acquire may cause us to alter our international tax structure or otherwise create more complexity with respect to tax matters. Additionally, while we typically include indemnification provisions in our definitive agreements related to acquisitions and other strategic transactions, these indemnification provisions may be insufficient in the event that tax liabilities are greater than expected or in areas that are not fully covered by indemnification. If we are unable to adequately predict and address such tax issues as they arise, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We derive most of our revenue from InvoiceCloud and SimplePractice.

We derive most of our revenue from our InvoiceCloud and SimplePractice solutions, which comprised, in the aggregate, over 74%, 76% and 85% of our revenue for the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period and for the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively and 85% and 88% of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Our InvoiceCloud and SimplePractice solutions are sold in the highly competitive markets of billing/payments and healthcare, respectively, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to compete effectively in such markets in the future. Because we derive a significant majority of our revenue from our InvoiceCloud and SimplePractice solutions, any material decline in revenue derived from those solutions would have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

28


Table of Contents

The COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse impact on our employees, customers, partners, clients and other key stakeholders, which could materially and adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition.

The COVID-19 pandemic and efforts to control its spread have significantly curtailed the movement of people, goods and services in the United States, where we generate substantially all of our revenue, and worldwide, where we may target future growth. It has also caused extreme societal, economic and financial market volatility, resulting in business shutdowns and a global economic downturn. The magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and the magnitude and duration of its effect on business activity cannot be predicted with any certainty. In addition, as the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, we cannot predict how our business may be impacted.

In light of the uncertainty relating to the spread of COVID-19, we have taken precautionary measures intended to reduce the risk of the virus spreading to our employees, customers and partners, and we may take further precautionary measures. In particular, governmental authorities have at times instituted, and in the future may again institute, shelter-in-place policies and other restrictions in many jurisdictions in which we operate, including in Massachusetts, where our headquarters are located, and California, Texas, and other states where we maintain significant operations, which policies and restrictions have required us to implement remote working capabilities and temporarily eliminate corporate travel. Even as shelter-in-place policies or other governmental restrictions are lifted, we are taking, and expect to continue to take, a measured and careful approach to having employees return to offices and travel for business. These precautionary measures and policies could negatively impact employee productivity, training and collaboration or otherwise disrupt our business operations. In addition, such restrictions impact certain of our sales efforts, marketing efforts and implementations, adversely affecting the effectiveness of such efforts in some cases and potentially inhibiting future growth.

Our customers and partners were impacted and will continue to be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, which ultimately affects our business operations and results. The impact of COVID-19 differed across the verticals we serve. For our solutions in our SMB Solutions segment, clinicians accelerated adoption of our practice management software as they transitioned to virtual healthcare. Our pre-built features like telehealth, online scheduling, AutoPay, and secure messaging proved to be invaluable to our customers. For our solutions in our Enterprise Solutions segment, COVID-19 accelerated adoption of our online and automatic payment features, and we were able to provide customers the digital engagement and electronic payment capabilities they needed to serve their clients. On the other hand, certain solutions experienced a slowdown in usage. For example, elective procedures and nonessential hospital visits were delayed or canceled, and charities and nonprofits were unable to host large, in-person events given shelter-in-place policies. These headwinds were partially offset by our ability to offer digital engagement, such as virtual fundraising and online donations, which enabled our customers to continue hosting events.

Further, the extent and duration of working remotely exposes us, customers, partners and others with whom we have business relationships to increased risks of security breaches or incidents. The increase in remote working may also result in privacy, data protection, data security, and fraud risks, and our understanding of applicable legal and regulatory requirements, as well as the latest guidance from regulatory authorities in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, may be subject to legal or regulatory challenge, particularly as regulatory guidance evolves in response to pandemic-related developments. Furthermore, we may need to enhance the security of our solutions, our data and our internal IT infrastructure, which may require us to expend additional resources and may not be successful.

 

29


Table of Contents

More generally, the COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected economies and financial markets globally, potentially leading to a prolonged economic downturn, which could decrease technology spending, lengthen sales and implementation cycles, and adversely affect demand for our products and harm our business and operating results. The COVID-19 pandemic may delay, or prevent us from making collections and disrupt our ability to develop or enhance offerings. As the COVID-19 pandemic persists, government authorities and companies may continue to implement or reimpose restrictions or policies that could adversely impact consumer spending and payment volumes, global capital markets, the global economy and the market price of our common stock.

We are subject to economic risk, the business cycles and credit risk of our customers, partners and their clients, and the overall level of consumer, business and government spending, which could negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Industries in which we operate depend heavily on the overall level of consumer, business and government spending. We are exposed to general economic conditions that affect consumer confidence, consumer spending, consumer discretionary income and changes in consumer purchasing habits. A sustained deterioration in general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate or increases in interest rates may adversely affect our financial performance by reducing the number or average payment amounts of transactions made using electronic bill payments, reducing the number of customers that use our SimplePractice solution, and reducing other types of transactions through our solutions. Relatedly, a reduction in the amount of consumer spending could result in a decrease in our revenue and profit. For example, if our customers present fewer bills to clients using electronic billing or clients making electronic bill payments spend less per transaction, we will have fewer transactions relying on our solutions or lower transaction amounts, each of which would contribute to lower revenue. Additionally, in our SimplePractice solution, despite the cost benefits that we believe our practice management solutions provide, prospective healthcare provider customers may delay contract decisions or be reluctant to make any material changes in their established business methods based upon the economic climate. With a reduction in tax revenue, state and federal government healthcare programs, including reimbursement programs such as Medicaid or initiatives under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “ACA”), may be reduced or eliminated, which could negatively impact the payments that our healthcare provider customers receive. These developments could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Further, a downturn in the economy could force our customers or partners or their clients to close or declare bankruptcy, resulting in lower revenue and earnings for us and greater exposure to potential credit losses and future transaction declines. We have a certain amount of fixed and other costs, including rent and salaries, which could limit our ability to quickly adjust costs and respond to changes in our business and the economy. We are also subject to the risks of inflation, which may increase our costs, and we may not be able to charge more for our solutions to offset the increase in costs. Changes in economic conditions could also adversely affect our future revenue and profit and cause a materially adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing customers and new customers to access our solutions at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. We have in the past, and may in the future, experience service disruptions, outages and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes or failures, human or software errors, malicious acts, terrorism or capacity constraints. Capacity constraints could be due to a number of potential causes including technical failures, natural disasters, fraud or security attacks. In some instances, we may not be able to identify and/or remedy the cause or causes

 

30


Table of Contents

of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance as our solutions and customer implementations become more complex. If our solutions are unavailable or if our customers are unable to access features of our solutions within a reasonable amount of time or at all, or if other performance problems occur, our business, results of operations and financial conditions may be adversely affected.

We depend on third-party payment processors to process bill payments made through our solutions and our business, operating results and reputation could be harmed if we experience service interruptions related to our payment processors or additional consolidation among payment processors increases prices.

We depend on third-party payment processors to process bill payments made through our solutions, including payments made by or though credit and debit cards, ACH transfers, eChecks and PayPal. The per-transaction settlement fees we pay under our agreements are significant. Rapid industry consolidation and reduced competition among payment processors could lead to higher settlement fees that we are not able to pass along to our customers. We also rely on payment processors to collect and store payment card information and provide certain fraud detection services. Our multi-year agreements with payment processors contain industry-standard terms and conditions, including technical requirements for the facilitation of payments and the settlement of transactions and chargebacks. These agreements also obligate us to comply with payment networks’ security standards and guidelines, and to reimburse the payment processors for any fines they are assessed by payment networks as a result of any Payment Network Rule violations by us.

If any of our third-party payment processors were to terminate their relationship with us or cease providing us or our customers with payment processing services, whether as a result of a failure by us to meet our contractual obligations or for other reasons, or if any of them were to refuse to renew its agreement with us on commercially reasonable terms, we would need to engage one or more alternate payment processors. In that case, we could experience service interruptions and incur significant expenses in transitioning to or arranging for replacement payment processing services. Such interruptions could also negatively impact our reputation and our relationships with existing or potential customers and partners, as well as, under certain contracts with our customers, cause us to become obligated to provide service credits or refunds under our service level commitments. Likewise, our third-party payment processors have in the past and may in the future experience outages that have and may cause the temporarily loss of the ability to process transactions through our solutions. If any of our third-party payment processors fails to meet our standards and expectations, becomes compromised or suffers errors, outages or vulnerabilities, the ability to process transactions through our solutions may be interrupted or suspended until such issues have been remedied or we have engaged one or more alternate payment processors.

We might not implement our growth strategies successfully which would limit our growth and cause our stock price to decline.

Our future profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to implement successfully our growth strategies. See “Business—Our growth strategies.” We expect to invest substantial amounts to:

 

 

build new products and add features and functionality to existing products;

 

 

grow our salesforce and marketing to win new customers;

 

 

expand relationships with our existing customers;

 

 

expand into new verticals;

 

 

pursue strategic acquisitions or strategic investments;

 

31


Table of Contents
 

improve our technology infrastructure, including systems architecture, scalability, availability, performance and network security;

 

 

comply with regulatory requirements and risk management; and

 

 

expand into new channels, verticals and markets.

Our investment in these programs will affect adversely our short-term profitability. Additionally, we may fail to implement successfully these programs or to increase substantially adoption of our electronic payment method by customers who pay for the service. This would impact revenues adversely and cause our business to suffer.

We depend and rely upon SaaS technologies from third parties to operate our business, and interruptions or performance problems with these technologies may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We rely on hosted SaaS applications from third parties in order to operate critical functions of our business, including enterprise resource planning, order management, contract management billing, project management, and accounting and other operational activities. Some of these applications have in the past, and may in the future, become unavailable due to extended outages or interruptions and may also be no longer available on commercially reasonable terms. If that happens, our expenses could increase, our ability to manage finances could be interrupted and our processes for managing sales of our solutions and supporting our customers could be impaired until equivalent services, if available, are identified, obtained and implemented, all of which could adversely affect our business.

If we cannot maintain our company culture as we grow, our success and our business and competitive position may be harmed.

Engaged employees are imperative to achieving excellent customer service and strong company performance. We strive to hire exceptionally talented people who embrace our culture because it is critical to our success. See “Business—Our culture.” Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, which is critical to our growth, and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives. As we grow and develop the infrastructure of a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our culture. If we fail to maintain our company culture, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

We rely on the performance of senior management team and highly skilled personnel; if we are unable to retain or motivate key personnel or hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business would be harmed.

We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of our senior management team, particularly our Chief Executive Officer, President of SMB Solutions and President of Enterprise Solutions, and our highly skilled team members, including our sales personnel, customer services personnel and software engineers. We do not maintain key man insurance on any of our executive officers or key employees, except for our Chief Executive Officer. From time to time, there may be changes in our senior management team resulting from the termination or departure of our executive officers and key employees. Many members of our senior management team is employed on an at-will basis, which means that they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of any of our senior management could adversely affect our ability to build on the efforts they have undertaken and to execute our business plan, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our senior management.

Our ability to successfully pursue our growth strategy also depends on our ability to attract, motivate, retain and train other personnel. Competition for well-qualified personnel in all aspects of our business, including sales personnel, customer services personnel and software engineers, is intense. Our recruiting efforts focus on

 

32


Table of Contents

elite organizations, and our primary recruiting competition are well-known, high-paying technology companies. Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate existing employees. New hires require significant training and time before they achieve full productivity, particularly in new or developing sales territories. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we do business. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business would be adversely affected.

The market for our solutions may develop more slowly or differently than we expect.

It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our products, the entry of competitive products or the future growth rate and size of the cloud-based software and SaaS business software markets. The expansion of these markets depends on a number of factors, including: the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with cloud-based and SaaS business software as an alternative to legacy systems, as well as the ability of cloud-based software and SaaS providers to address heightened data security and privacy concerns. If we have a security incident or other cloud-based software and SaaS providers experience security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery or other similar problems, which is an increasing focus of the public and investors in recent years, the market for these applications as a whole, including our solutions, may be negatively affected. If cloud-based and SaaS business software does not continue to achieve market acceptance, or there is a reduction in demand caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, data security or privacy concerns, governmental regulation, competing technologies and products, or decreases in information technology spending or otherwise, the market for our solutions might not continue to develop or might develop more slowly than we expect, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The healthcare industry, which we primarily serve through our SimplePractice and HealthPay24 solutions, is rapidly evolving and the market for technology-enabled services that empower healthcare consumers is relatively immature and unproven. If we are not successful in promoting the benefits of our solutions in this industry, our growth may be limited.

The market for our healthcare-related solutions, which we primarily serve through our SimplePractice and HealthPay24 solutions, is subject to rapid and significant changes. The market for technology-enabled services that empower healthcare consumers is characterized by rapid technological change, new product and service introductions, increasing patient financial responsibility, consumerism and engagement, the ongoing shift to value-based care and reimbursement models, and the entrance of non-traditional competitors. In addition, there may be a limited-time opportunity to achieve and maintain a significant share of this market due in part to the rapidly evolving nature of the healthcare and technology industries and the substantial resources available to our existing and potential competitors. The market for technology-enabled services that empower healthcare consumers is relatively new and unproven, and it is uncertain whether this market will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market adoption.

In order to remain competitive, we are continually involved in a number of projects to compete with new market entrants by developing new services, growing our customer base and penetrating new markets. Some of these projects include the expansion of our integration capabilities with additional solutions. These projects carry risks, such as cost overruns, delays in delivery, performance problems and lack of acceptance by our customers. Our integration partners may also decide to develop and offer their own solutions that are similar to our own.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our success depends on providing high-quality solutions that healthcare providers use to improve clinical, financial and operational performance and which are used and positively received by patients. If we cannot adapt to rapidly evolving industry standards, technology and increasingly sophisticated and varied healthcare provider and patient needs, our existing technology could become undesirable, obsolete or harm our reputation. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic rapidly accelerated the adoption of telehealth technology by healthcare providers, patients, employers, health plans and other health industry participants, and we expect the regulatory environment for virtual healthcare solutions to continue to evolve. We must continue to invest significant resources in our personnel and technology in a timely and cost-effective manner in order to enhance our existing solutions and introduce new high-quality solutions that existing customers and potential new customers will want. Our operating results would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our existing customers or potential new customers, are not appropriately timed with market opportunity, are not effectively brought to market or significantly increase our operating costs. If our new or modified product and service innovations are not responsive to the preferences of healthcare providers and their patients, emerging industry standards or regulatory changes, are not appropriately timed with market opportunity or are not effectively brought to market, we may lose existing customers or be unable to obtain new customers and our results of operations may suffer.

In addition, we have limited insight into trends that might develop and affect our business. We might make errors in predicting and reacting to relevant business, legal and regulatory trends and healthcare changes, which could harm our business. If any of these events occur, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Finally, our competitors may have the ability to devote more financial and operational resources than we can to developing new technologies and services, including services that provide improved operating functionality, and adding features to their existing service offerings. If successful, their development efforts could render our services less desirable, resulting in the loss of our existing customers or a reduction in the fees we generate from our solutions.

If we fail to offer high-quality customer support, if we experience complaints regarding our customer support or if our support is more expensive than anticipated, our business and reputation could suffer.

Customers rely on our customer support services to resolve issues and realize the full benefits provided by our solutions. High-quality support is also important to maintain and drive further adoption by our existing customers and their clients. Certain of our solutions provide customer support to customers primarily over email, with some additional support provided over chat and through our solutions. If we do not help our customers and their clients quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, or if our support personnel or methods of providing support are insufficient to meet the needs of our customers and their clients, our ability to retain customers, increase adoption by our existing customers and acquire new customers could suffer, and our reputation with existing or potential customers could be harmed. In addition, customer and client complaints or negative publicity about our customer service could diminish confidence in and use of our products or services. Effective customer service requires significant expenses, which, if not managed properly, could negatively impact our profitability. If we are not able to meet the customer support needs of our customers and their clients during the hours that we currently provide support, we may need to increase our support coverage and provide additional support by other means and methods, which may reduce our profitability.

 

34


Table of Contents

If the fees we charge are unacceptable to our customers or their clients, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

We generate our revenue by either charging customers fees on a per-transaction basis or on a subscription basis. As the market for our solutions mature, or as new or existing competitors introduce new solutions that compete with ours, we may experience pricing pressure and be unable to renew our agreements with existing customers or attract new customers at fee levels that are consistent with our pricing models and operating budget. Our pricing strategies for new products we introduce may prove to be unappealing to our customers, and our competitors could choose to bundle certain offerings that are competitive with ours and offer them at lower prices. If this were to occur, it is possible that we would have to change our pricing strategies or reduce our prices, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Further, particularly in our Enterprise Solutions segment, a portion of our revenue is generated from customers that elect to pass on transaction fees to clients in the form of convenience fees. In certain markets, such as utilities and municipalities, convenience fees are commonplace. Despite the fact that such fees are relatively standard, they are often met with negative client perception, which could lead to heightened regulatory scrutiny and further pricing pressure or the use of our service or revenue may decline if alternative payment approaches with lower costs to the customer and equal or better convenience emerge than our existing online bill payment and convenience fee monetization model.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate, including the risks described herein. While these numbers are based on what we believe to be reasonable calculations for the applicable periods of measurement, there are inherent challenges in measuring such information. Even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of addressable users or companies covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our products at all or generate any particular level of revenue for us. Any expansion in our market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our solutions and those of our competitors. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements to which we are party potentially expose us to substantial liability for infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights, data protection and other losses.

In the normal course of business, we may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to third parties and may enter into commitments and guarantees under which we may be required to make payments. The duration of these agreements varies, and in certain cases, may be indefinite with no limit to our maximum potential payment exposure. Large payments under these agreements could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, although we carry general liability insurance, our insurance

 

35


Table of Contents

may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed or otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages with respect to claims alleging compromises of customer data, and any such coverage may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Our solutions must integrate with a variety of operating systems, and the hardware that enables clients to accept payment cards must interoperate with third-party mobile devices utilizing those operating systems. If we are unable to ensure that our solutions interoperate with such operating systems and devices, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

We are dependent on the ability of our solutions to integrate with a variety of operating systems, as well as web browsers that we do not control. Any changes in these systems that degrade the functionality of our solutions, impose additional costs or requirements on us, or give preferential treatment to competitors’ services, including their own services, could materially and adversely affect usage of our solutions. In addition, we rely on app marketplaces, such as the Apple App Store and Google Play, to drive downloads of our mobile apps. Apple, Google, or other operators of app marketplaces regularly make changes to their marketplaces, and those changes may make access to our solutions more difficult. In the event that it is difficult for our customers to access and use our solutions, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

We rely on Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, data center providers, other third parties and our own systems for providing our solutions to our customers, and any failure or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and negatively impact our relationships with clients, adversely affecting our brand and our business.

Our ability to deliver our solutions is dependent on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the Internet and other telecommunications services by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network connection with the necessary speed, data capacity and security for providing reliable Internet access and services and reliable telephone and facsimile services. Our services are designed to operate without interruption in accordance with our service level commitments.

However, we have experienced limited interruptions in these systems in the past, including server failures that temporarily slow down the performance of our services, and we may experience more significant interruptions in the future. We rely on internal systems as well as third-party suppliers, including cloud providers, to provide our services. Interruptions in these systems, whether due to system failures, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins or other catastrophic events, could affect the security or availability of our services and prevent or inhibit the ability of our partners to access our services. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of these systems or facilities, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could result in substantial costs to remedy those problems or negatively impact our relationship with our customers, our business, results of operations and financial condition. To operate without interruption, both we and our service providers must guard against:

 

 

damage from fire, power loss and other natural disasters;

 

telecommunications failures;

 

software and hardware errors, failures and crashes;

 

security breaches, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems; and

 

other potential interruptions.

Any disruption in the network access, telecommunications or co-location services provided by third-party providers or any failure of or by third- party providers’ systems or our own systems to handle current or higher volume of use could significantly harm our business. We exercise limited control over our third-party suppliers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with services they provide. We have experienced failures by third-party providers’ systems which resulted in a limited interruption of our system, although this failure did not

 

36


Table of Contents

result in any claims against us. Any errors, failures, interruptions or delays experienced in connection with these third-party technologies and information services or our own systems could negatively impact our relationships with customers and adversely affect our business and could expose us to third-party liabilities.

Although we maintain insurance for our business, the coverage under our policies may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost.

The reliability and performance of our Internet connections may be harmed by increased usage or by denial-of-service attacks. The Internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damages to portions of its infrastructure, and it could face outages and delays in the future. These outages and delays could reduce the level of Internet usage as well as the availability of the Internet to us for delivery of our Internet-based services.

Any future litigation, investigations or similar matters, or adverse facts and developments related thereto, could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

We have in the past, and/or may in the future, become subject to legal proceedings, claims, investigations, regulatory proceedings, or similar matters or actions that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our customers or their clients in connection with commercial disputes, employment claims made by our current or former employees, or claims regarding misappropriation of client data. In addition, the payment networks could impose fines on us or our third-party payment processor(s). Further, state or federal regulators could make inquiries and/or conduct investigations with respect to one or more of our solutions. Even if such claims do not have merit, litigation, investigations, regulatory proceedings, or similar matters might result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Insurance might not cover such matters, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such matters and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our operating results and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.

We rely on Microsoft Azure and Amazon Web Services for a substantial portion of our computing, storage, data processing, networking, and other services. Any disruption of or interference with our use of Microsoft Azure, Amazon Web Services or other third-party services could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We rely on Microsoft Azure and Amazon Web Services for a substantial portion of our computing, storage, data processing, networking, and other services. Any significant disruption of, or interference with, our use of Microsoft Azure or Amazon Web Services could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Microsoft Azure and Amazon Web Services have broad discretion to change and interpret the terms of service and other policies with respect to us, and those actions may be unfavorable to our business operations. Microsoft Azure and Amazon Web Services may also take actions beyond our control that could seriously harm our business, including discontinuing or limiting our access to one or more services, increasing pricing terms, terminating or seeking to terminate our contractual relationship altogether, or altering how we are able to process data in a way that is unfavorable or costly to us. Although we expect that we could obtain similar services from other third parties, if our arrangements with Microsoft Azure or Amazon Web Services were terminated, we could experience interruptions on our platform and in our ability to make our content available to users, as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging for alternative cloud infrastructure services. Any transition of the cloud services currently provided by Microsoft Azure or Amazon Web Services to another cloud provider would be difficult to implement and will cause us to incur significant time and expense.

 

37


Table of Contents

Additionally, we are vulnerable to service interruptions experienced by Microsoft Azure, Amazon Web Services, and other providers, and we have in the past, and expect in the future, to experience interruptions, delays, or outages in service availability due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human, hardware or software errors, hosting disruptions, and capacity constraints. Outages and capacity constraints could arise from a number of causes such as technical failures, natural disasters, fraud or security attacks. The level of service provided by these providers, or regular or prolonged interruptions in that service, could also affect the use of, and our users’ satisfaction with, our solutions and could harm our business and reputation. In addition, hosting costs will increase as user engagement grows, which could harm our business if we are unable to grow our revenue faster than the cost of using these services or the services of other providers. Any of these factors could further reduce our revenue or subject us to liability, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we are not able to develop, maintain and enhance awareness of our brands, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We believe that developing, maintaining, and enhancing awareness of our brands in a cost-effective manner, particularly among existing partners and new partners who refer customers to us, is critical to achieving acceptance of our solutions and attracting new customers. Brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or increase revenue, and even if such activities do, any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brands. For instance, our investments in our brands, particularly our relationships with our referral partners, and customer engagement and education may not generate a sufficient financial return. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brands, or continue to incur substantial expenses, we may fail to attract or retain customers necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad customer adoption of our solutions.

Our revenue is sensitive to shifts in payment methods.

A majority of our revenue is derived from transaction fees from our Enterprise and SMB Solutions segments, which are either absorbed by customers or paid by their clients, and the majority of bills paid through our solutions are paid via credit or debit cards. In general, we receive more revenue for card-based payments than for electronic check and ACH payments. Accordingly, if more clients start paying their bills through our solutions by electronic check, ACH or other payment methods with lower transaction fees, it could materially impact our operating results.

If we fail to meet our service level commitments, we could be obligated to provide credits or refunds or face contract terminations, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Certain of our agreements with our customers and partners contain service level commitments, including commitments regarding the accuracy of information and data we provide and how quickly we will respond to support inquiries. We have in the past, and may in the future, be unable to meet our stated service level commitments and/or suffer extended periods of unavailability or downtime. If we are unable to meet our stated service level commitments and/or suffer extended periods of unavailability or downtime, we may have to provide our customers and partners with service credits or refunds. In addition, certain customers could shift to using a different solution such that we would no longer be their exclusive payment provider and we could also face contract terminations, either of which would adversely affect our future revenue. Further, any extended service outages could adversely affect our reputation, revenue and operating results.

 

38


Table of Contents

Our use of international contractors subject us to additional risks which could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

While all of our employees are based in the United States, we have attempted to control our operating expenses by utilizing lower cost contractors and third parties in foreign countries such as Ukraine, Jamaica, and Costa Rica, and we may in the future expand our reliance on offshore labor to other countries. For example, we outsource certain of our call center operations to a third-party company in Jamaica. Countries outside of the United States may be subject to relatively higher degrees of political and social instability and may lack the infrastructure to withstand political unrest or natural disasters. The occurrence of natural disasters, pandemics, such as COVID-19, or political or economic instability in these countries could interfere with work performed by these labor sources, or could result in our having to replace or reduce these labor sources. Our vendors in other countries could potentially shut down suddenly for any reason, including financial problems or personnel issues. Such disruptions could decrease efficiency, increase our costs and have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

The practice of utilizing contractors based in foreign countries has come under increased scrutiny in the United States. Governmental authorities could seek to impose financial costs or restrictions on foreign companies providing services to customers or companies in the United States. Governmental authorities may attempt to prohibit or otherwise discourage us from sourcing services from offshore labor.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and other applicable anti-corruption laws and regulations prohibit certain types of payments by our employees, vendors and agents. Any violation of the applicable anti-corruption laws or regulations by us, our subsidiaries or our local agents could expose us to significant penalties, fines, settlements, costs and consent orders that may curtail or restrict our business as it is currently conducted and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks related to our legal and regulatory environment

We are required to comply with payment network operating rules, procedures and standards, and changes to such rules, procedures or standards, or payment network fees, could harm our business.

Payment networks, such as Visa, Mastercard, American Express, NACHA and INTERAC, establish their own operating rules, procedures and standards (the “Payment Network Rules”), that allocate liabilities and responsibilities among the payment networks and their participants. These rules, procedures and standards, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, (“PCI-DSS”), govern a variety of areas, including how consumers may use their cards, the security features of cards, security standards for processing, data protection, information security, and allocation of liability for certain acts or omissions, including liability in the event of a data breach. Participants are subject to audits by the payment networks to ensure compliance with applicable rules and standards.

Pursuant to our agreements with third-party payment processors we are required to comply with Payment Network Rules and have agreed to reimburse our third-party payment processors for any fines they are assessed by payment networks as a result of any Payment Network Rule violations by us. We may also be directly liable to the payment networks for any Payment Network Rule violations by us. The payment networks set and interpret the Payment Network Rules, and could adopt new operating rules, procedures or standards or interpret or reinterpret existing rules, procedures and standards that we or our processors might find difficult or even impossible to follow or comply with or costly to implement. These changes may be made for any number of reasons, including as a result of changes in the regulatory environment, to maintain or attract new participants or to serve the strategic initiatives of the networks, and may impose additional costs and expenses

 

39


Table of Contents

on or be disadvantageous to certain participants. For example, changes in the Payment Network Rules regarding chargebacks may affect our ability to dispute chargebacks and the amount of losses we incur from chargebacks. If we fail to make such changes or otherwise resolve the issue with the payment networks, the networks could pass on fines and assessments in respect of fraud or chargebacks related to our customers or disqualify the processing of transactions through our platform if satisfactory controls are not maintained, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. We also may seek to introduce new payment-related products in the future, which may entail additional compliance with the Payment Network Rules. As a result of any violations of the current Payment Network Rules or new rules being implemented, the networks may fine, penalize, or suspend the registration of participants for certain acts or omissions or the failure of the participants to comply with applicable rules, procedures and standards, existing customers, partners or other third parties may cease using or referring our services, prospective customers, partners or other third parties may choose to terminate negotiations with us, or delay or choose not to consider the use of our platform for their processing needs, and the networks could refuse to allow the processing of payments through our platform through their networks. Any of the foregoing could materially adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition.

From time to time, these networks increase the fees that they charge third-party payment processors. Our third-party payment processors have, in the past, and may, in the future, pass those fees onto us. We could attempt to pass these increases along to our customers, but this strategy might result in the loss of customers to competing solutions. If competitive practices prevent us from passing along the higher fees to our customers in the future, we may have to absorb all or a portion of such increases, which may reduce our revenue and earnings. In addition, interchange and other fees are subject to increased scrutiny by governmental agencies, and new laws or regulations could require greater pricing transparency of the breakdown in fees or fee limitations, which could lead to increased price-based competition, lower margins and higher rates of customer attrition and negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition. As a result of any increased fees, such payments could become prohibitively expensive for us or for our customers.

In connection with the operation of our business, we may collect, store, transfer, and otherwise process certain personal data and personally identifiable information. As a result, our business is subject to a variety of governmental and industry regulations, as well as other obligations related to privacy, data protection and information security. Any actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could result in litigation, fines, penalties, increased costs or adverse publicity and reputational damage that may negatively affect the value of our business and decrease the market price of our common stock.

We receive, store and process personal information and other sensitive or confidential customer data. In addition, we receive, store, handle, transmit, use and otherwise process personal and business information and other data from and about actual and prospective customers, as well as our employees and service providers. A wide variety of state, national, and international laws and regulations apply to our collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer, and other processing of personal information, with oversight by governmental authorities, including the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and various state local and foreign agencies Our data processing activities are also subject to contractual obligations and industry standard requirements. The legislative and regulatory landscapes for privacy, data protection and information security continue to evolve in jurisdictions worldwide which could affect our business. Failure to comply with any of these laws or regulations could result in litigation, enforcement actions, damages, fines, penalties or adverse publicity and reputational damage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

In the United States, various laws and regulations apply to the security, collection, processing, storage, use, disclosure and other processing of certain types of data, including, among others, the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, the Health Insurance Portability and

 

40


Table of Contents

Accountability Act of 1996 as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (collectively, “HIPAA”), and state laws relating to privacy and data security. Additionally, the FTC and many state attorneys general have interpreted and are continuing to interpret federal and state consumer protection laws to impose standards for the online collection, use, dissemination, processing and security of data.

All states in which we operate have laws that protect the privacy and security of sensitive and personal data. Certain U.S. state laws may be more stringent or broader in scope, or offer greater individual rights, with respect to sensitive and personal information than international, federal, or other state laws, and such laws may differ from each other, which may complicate compliance efforts. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”), which became operative on January 1, 2020 and became enforceable by the California Attorney General on July 1, 2020, along with related regulations which came into force on August 14, 2020, gives California consumers expanded privacy rights and protections, including the right to access and delete certain personal information, opt-out of certain sales of personal information and receive detailed information about how their personal information is collected, used and shared. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations and a private right of action for data breaches. This private right of action may increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. While certain information that we maintain in our role as a “business associate” under HIPAA may be exempt from the CCPA, other personal information that we process outside of our role as a HIPAA business associate for or about California consumers may be subject to the CCPA. Many of the CCPA’s requirements as applied to personal information of a business’s employees and related individuals are subject to a moratorium set to expire on January 1, 2023. The expiration of the moratorium may increase our compliance costs and our exposure to public and regulatory scrutiny, costly litigation, fines and penalties.

The CCPA has also been amended on multiple occasions, including as recently as March 15, 2021. Additionally, a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”) was passed in November 2020. Effective beginning on January 1, 2023, the CPRA imposes additional obligations on companies covered by the legislation and will significantly modify the CCPA, including by expanding California residents’ rights with respect to certain sensitive personal information. The CPRA also creates a new state agency that will be vested with authority to implement and enforce the CCPA and the CPRA. The interpretation and enforcement of the CCPA and many aspects of the CPRA remain unclear, and the effects of the CCPA and the CPRA are potentially significant. Provisions of the CCPA and CPRA may require us to modify our data collection or processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply and increase our potential exposure to regulatory enforcement and sanctions and litigation.

Certain other state laws impose similar privacy obligations, and all 50 states have laws including obligations to provide notification to affected individuals, state officers, and others in the event of security breaches involving unauthorized access to personal information. Further, the CCPA has prompted the enactment of several new state laws or amendments of existing state laws. For example, on March 2, 2021, Virginia enacted the Consumer Data Protection Act (“CDPA”) a comprehensive privacy statute that shares similarities with the CCPA, CPRA, and legislation proposed in other states. In addition, on July 7, 2021, Colorado enacted the Colorado Privacy Act (“COCPA”), becoming the third comprehensive consumer privacy law to be passed in the United States (after the CCPA and CDPA). The COCPA closely resembles the VCDPA, and will be enforced by the respective states’ Attorney General and district attorneys, although the two differ in many ways and once they become enforceable in 2023, we must comply with each if our operations fall within the scope of these newly enacted comprehensive mandates. Some observers have noted that the CCPA, CPRA, CDPA and COCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in other U.S. states and have prompted a number of proposals for new federal and state-level privacy legislation. This legislation, if passed, may add additional complexity require additional investment of resources in compliance programs, adversely impact our business

 

41


Table of Contents

strategies and increase our potential liability. To the extent multiple state-level laws are introduced with inconsistent or conflicting standards and there is no federal law to preempt such laws, compliance with such laws could be difficult and costly to achieve and we could be subject to fines and penalties in the event of non-compliance.

We are also subject to certain obligations under HIPAA, as well as certain state laws and related contractual obligations concerning the privacy and security of medical or health-related information. Among other provisions, HIPAA imposes obligations on certain healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearing houses (“covered entities”) relating to the privacy and security of protected health information (“PHI”). Under HIPAA, before disclosing PHI to a service provider for a business purpose, the covered entity must enter into a written agreement with the service provider (“business associate”) relating to HIPAA privacy and security requirements. In addition to our obligations under these agreements with our covered entity customers, we may also be directly liable for compliance with certain HIPAA provisions. Among other things, HIPAA requires business associates to: (1) maintain physical and technical and administrative safeguards to prevent PHI from misuse, (2) report security incidents and other inappropriate uses or disclosures of the information to the covered entity and (3) assist covered entities with certain of their duties under HIPAA, including responding to an individual’s request to access, correct, restrict, or provide a accounting of disclosures related to PHI that a covered entity, and an associated business associate, maintains about that individual. We have policies and safeguards in place intended to protect health information as required by HIPAA and have processes in place to assist us in complying with applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data and responding to any security incidents. Ongoing implementation and oversight of these measures involves significant time, effort and expense and we may have to dedicate additional time and resources to ensure compliance with HIPAA requirements. In addition, HIPAA requirements, and enforcement priorities, are subject to change, which may expose us to additional regulatory scrutiny and increase our costs for compliance. For example, on December 10, 2020, the Office of Civil Rights (“OCR”) within the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”), issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”), which would, among other things, reduce the length of time for a covered entity to respond to an individual’s right of access request.

For covered entities (i.e., certain of our customers), HIPAA mandates individual notification in instances of breaches of PHI and specifies that such notifications must be made “without unreasonable delay and in no case later than 60 calendar days after discovery of the breach,” though many state breach notification laws require notifications to be provided sooner. If a breach affects 500 patients or more, it must be reported to U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, without unreasonable delay, and HHS will post the name of the breaching entity on its public website. Breaches affecting 500 individuals or more in the same state or jurisdiction must also be reported to the local media. If a breach involves fewer than 500 people, the covered entity must record it in a log and notify HHS at least annually. In our role as a business associate, although HIPAA mandates only that the business associate provide notice of the breach of PHI to the covered entity, some of our customer agreements may require that we provide notifications to the affected individuals and regulators on the covered entity’s behalf. Any notifications, including notifications to the public, could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Penalties for failure to comply with a requirement of HIPAA vary significantly depending on the failure and could include requiring corrective actions, resolution agreements, and/or imposing civil monetary or criminal penalties. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit under HIPAA on behalf of state residents. Courts can award damages, costs and attorneys’ fees related to violations of HIPAA in such cases. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to sue us in civil court for HIPAA violations, its standards have been used as the basis for a duty of care claim in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of PHI. In addition, many states in which we operate and in which our customers are located also have laws that protect the privacy and security of health information, many of which

 

42


Table of Contents

differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts. Where state laws are more protective, we have to comply with the stricter provisions. In addition to imposing fines and penalties upon violators, some of these state laws also afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused, such as the CCPA.

Internationally, virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate has established its own data security, privacy and data protection legal frameworks with which our clients and partners must comply. For our clients and partners to comply with these various laws, rules, and regulations, our clients and partners may require us to enter into data processing agreements that may require us to implement certain privacy and data protection obligations. Failure to comply with and implement these contractual data protection obligations could result in breach of contract claims.

In particular, the EU General Data Protection Regulation and UK General Data Protection Regulation and UK Data Protection Act 2018 (together, the “GDPR”) regulate transfers of personal data subject to the GDPR to third countries that have not been found to provide adequate protection for such personal data, including the United States. Under the GDPR, a data exporter must implement appropriate safeguards such as the Standard Contractual Clauses (“SCCs”) approved by the European Commission (in the case of transfers from the European Economic Area (“EEA”)) or by the Information Commissioner’s Office (in the case of transfers from the UK) unless a specific derogation applies. Our clients or partners subject to the GDPR will need to comply with these requirements and may require us to enter into SCCs which require us to implement certain privacy obligations. Failure to implement these contractual obligations could result in breach of contract claims, expose us to third party beneficiary claims from data subjects, and to regulatory action by European data protection authorities. In July 2020 the European Court of Justice invalidated the EU-US Privacy Shield framework (an adequacy decision approved by the European Commission for transfers to the United States), which provided a mechanism for the transfer of data from European Union member states to the United States, on the grounds that the EU-US Privacy Shield failed to offer adequate protections to EU personal information transferred to the United States. The European Court also advised that SCCs were not alone sufficient to protect personal data transferred to the third countries such as the United States. Use of the data transfer mechanisms such as SCCs must now be assessed on a case-by-case basis by data exporters, with the assistance of data importers where required, taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country, in particular applicable surveillance laws and rights of individuals. Further, on June 4, 2021 the European Commission finalized new versions of the SCCs, with the Implementing Decision set to take effect on June 27, 2021. Under the Implementing Decision, organizations that rely on Standard Contractual Clauses to transfer data will have until December 27, 2022 to update any existing agreements, or any new agreements executed before September 27, 2021. As a result of this continued legislative activity and to comply with the Implementing Decision and the new Standard Contractual Clauses, our clients and partners may require us to enter into the new SCCs which will require us to implement additional safeguards to further enhance the security of data transferred out of the EEA/UK, which could increase our compliance costs, expose us to further liability for any breach of contract claims and therefore adversely affect our business. We may also experience hesitancy, reluctance, or refusal by European or multi-national customers to continue to use our products due to the potential risk exposure to such customers as a result of shifting business sentiment in the EEA regarding international data transfers and the data protection obligations imposed on them. We may find it necessary to establish systems to maintain personal data originating from the EEA in the EEA, which may involve substantial expense and may cause us to need to divert resources from other aspects of our business, all of which may adversely affect our business. We and our customers may face a risk of enforcement actions taken by European data protection authorities until the time, if any, that personal data transfers to us and by us from the EEA are legitimized under European law.

Changing definitions of personal information and information may also limit or inhibit our ability to operate or expand our business, including limiting strategic partnerships that may involve the sharing of data. Also, some

 

43


Table of Contents

jurisdictions require that certain types of data be retained on servers within these jurisdictions. Our failure to comply with applicable laws, directives, and regulations may result in enforcement action against us, including fines, and damage to our reputation, any of which may have an adverse effect on our business and operating results. The scope and interpretation of the laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and information security that are or may be applicable to us are often uncertain and may be conflicting, as a result of the rapidly evolving regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices, solutions or capabilities. As a result of the laws that are or may be applicable to us, and due to the sensitive nature of the information we collect, we have implemented policies and procedures to preserve and protect our data and our platform users’ data against loss, misuse, corruption, misappropriation caused by systems failures or unauthorized access. If our policies, procedures or measures relating to privacy, data protection, information security or the processing of data for marketing purposes or consumer communications fail to comply with laws, regulations, policies, legal obligations or industry standards, we may be subject to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, regulatory investigations, fines, penalties and negative publicity, and could cause our application providers, clients and partners to lose trust in us, and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different self-regulatory standards that may apply to us. One example of such a self-regulatory standard is the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, which relates to the processing of payment card information. In the event we are required to comply with the PCI-DSS but fail to do so, fines and other penalties could result, and we may suffer reputational harm and damage to our business. Further, our customers may expect us to comply with more stringent privacy and data security requirements than those imposed by laws, regulations or self-regulatory requirements, and we may be obligated contractually to comply with additional or different standards relating to our handling or protection of data on or by our offerings. Because the interpretation and application of privacy, data protection and information security laws, regulations, rules and other standards are still uncertain, it is possible that these laws, rules, regulations and other actual or alleged legal obligations, such as contractual or self-regulatory obligations, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the functionality of our platform. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits and other claims, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our software, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Further, any failure or perceived failure by us, or any third parties with which we do business, to comply with laws, regulations, policies (including our publicly posted privacy policies), procedures, measures, legal or contractual obligations, industry standards or regulatory guidance relating to privacy, data protection or information security may result in governmental investigations and enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties, or adverse publicity, and could cause our clients and partners to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results and financial condition. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards relating to privacy, data protection, information security, marketing and consumer communications, and we cannot predict the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations or any changed interpretation of existing laws or regulations may be inconsistent among jurisdictions and may conflict with our current or future practices, which could impair our ability to develop and market new functionality and maintain and grow our client base and increase revenue. Future restrictions on the collection, use, processing, storage, sharing or disclosure of various types of data, including financial information and other personal data, or additional requirements for express or implied consent of our clients, partners or consumers for the collection, use, processing, storage, sharing and disclosure of such information could require us to incur additional costs or modify our platform, possibly in a material manner, and could limit our ability to develop new functionality. Complying with these requirements and changing our policies and

 

44


Table of Contents

practices may be onerous and costly, and we may not be able to respond quickly or effectively to regulatory, legislative and other developments.

If we are not able to comply with these laws or regulations, or if we become liable under these laws or regulations, we could be directly harmed, including through fines and litigation, and we may be forced to implement new measures to reduce our exposure to this liability. This may require us to expend substantial resources or to discontinue certain products, which would negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, the increased attention focused upon liability issues as a result of lawsuits and legislative proposals could harm our reputation or otherwise adversely affect the growth of our business. Furthermore, any costs incurred as a result of this potential liability could harm our operating results.

If our healthcare-related solutions fail to provide accurate and timely information, or if our content or any other element of our solutions is associated with faulty clinical decisions or treatment, we could have liability to healthcare provider customers or patients, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our healthcare-related solutions and related content are utilized by our healthcare provider customers in managing the administrative tasks related to their practice, including making patient information, such as medical histories, treatment plans, medical conditions and the use of particular medications, easily accessible for the providers. If our healthcare-related solutions or content fail to provide accurate and timely information that are relied on by our healthcare provider customers and are associated with faulty clinical decisions or treatment, then healthcare provider customers or their patients could assert claims against us that could result in substantial costs to us, harm our reputation in the industry and cause demand for our services to decline, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we or our healthcare provider customers fail to comply with federal and state laws governing submission of false or fraudulent claims to government healthcare programs or financial relationships among healthcare providers, we or our healthcare provider customers may be subject to civil and criminal penalties or loss of eligibility to participate in government healthcare programs.

As a participant in the healthcare industry, our operations and relationships, and those of our healthcare and wellness provider customers, are regulated by a number of federal, state, and local governmental agencies. The impact of these regulations can adversely affect us. In addition, the inability of our healthcare provider customers to use our technology solutions in a manner that complies with those laws and regulations could affect the marketability of our technology solutions or even expose us to claims, litigation and substantial liability. A number of federal and state laws, including anti-kickback restrictions and laws prohibiting the submission of false or fraudulent claims, apply to healthcare providers and others that make, offer, seek or receive referrals or payments for items or services that may be paid for by any federal or state healthcare program and, in some instances, any private program. These laws are complex, and their application to our specific healthcare solutions, services, and relationships may not be clear and may be applied to our business in ways that we do not anticipate. Of particular importance are the following:

 

 

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (“AKS”), which prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate or other remuneration (other than those that satisfy specific “safe harbors”) in return for referring, ordering, leasing, purchasing, recommending or arranging for or to induce the referral of an individual or the ordering, purchasing or leasing of items or services covered, in whole or in part, by any government healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

 

 

the federal False Claims Act (the “FCA”), which imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that knowingly submit false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government or knowingly make, or cause

 

45


Table of Contents
 

to be made, a false statement in order to have a false claim paid. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal AKS constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. The government has prosecuted practice management service providers for causing the submission of false or fraudulent claims in violation of the FCA, and vendors of electronic health record (“EHR”) software for, among other things, misrepresenting the capabilities of their software and payment of kickbacks to certain customers in exchange for promoting their products in violation of the federal AKS and FCA. Moreover, suits filed under the FCA, known as qui tam actions, can be brought by any individual on behalf of the government and such individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement;

 

 

the criminal healthcare fraud provisions under HIPAA and related rules that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program or falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any material false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the AKS, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

 

 

similar state law provisions pertaining to anti-kickback and false claims issues, some of which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any payor, including patients and commercial insurers; and

 

 

state laws prohibiting fee-splitting or the sharing of professional services income with nonprofessional or business interests.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. These laws are complex and may change rapidly, and their application to our specific healthcare-related solutions, services, and relationships may not be clear and may be applied to our business in ways we do not anticipate. New payment structures, for example, such as accountable care organizations and other arrangements involving combinations of healthcare providers who share savings, potentially implicate anti-kickback and other fraud and abuse laws. In addition, errors created by our proprietary solutions that relate to entry, formatting, preparation or transmission of claims or reporting of quality or other data pursuant to value-based purchasing initiatives may be alleged or determined to cause the submission of false claims or otherwise be in violation of these laws.

If our EHR software, technology, practice management solutions or billing, coding, claims submission and other solutions, our marketing activities, or our financial arrangements with physicians and other licensed healthcare professionals in the position to refer business to us are found to be in violation of any of the government regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to substantial penalties, including administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, additional integrity oversight and reporting obligations, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Any action against us or our customers for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business and result in adverse publicity, any of which could adversely affect demand for our solutions, invalidate all or portions of some of our contracts with our customers, require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, require us to refund portions of our revenue, cause us to be disqualified from serving customers doing business with government payors, and give our customers the right to terminate our contracts with them, any one of which could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

46


Table of Contents

If our healthcare-related solutions fail to provide accurate billing and coding information, then healthcare provider customers or third parties, including government regulators, could assert claims against us that could result in substantial costs and harm to us.

Our SimplePractice solution allows clinicians to efficiently optimize patient outcomes by adding an assessment from a robust template library to a patient’s profile or adding a diagnosis and an ICD-10 code from an auto-populated list developed from information we source from the American Psychiatric Association and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services rather than create a treatment plan from scratch. Clinicians can also access Wiley Treatment Planners to choose from over 1,000 pre-written treatment goals, objectives, and interventions organized by commonly encountered problems in treating patients who seek mental health care. Even though we advise our health care provider customers that they are responsible for confirming the accuracy of such pre-populated information, if our healthcare-related solutions cause our healthcare provider customers to provide inaccurate billing and coding information and result in the submission of incorrect requests for payment, then healthcare provider customers or third parties, including government regulators, could assert claims against us that could result in substantial costs and harm to us.

Healthcare reform efforts in the U.S. are highly dynamic, subject to frequent change, and can be interpreted and enforced differently by new administrations, which can adversely affect our business.

Many of the federal healthcare reform initiatives of the last decade have impacted us and our healthcare provider customers and continue to evolve. The American Reinvestment & Recovery Act (“ARRA”), passed in 2009, included the “Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (“HITECH Act”). The HITECH Act introduced an incentive program linked to the “meaningful use” of EHR technology, an effort led by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) and the Office of the National Coordinator for Health IT (“ONC”). The ACA, passed in 2010, extended these incentive payments.

Currently, our SimplePractice solution includes an electronic medical records service that is not certified as EHR technology and we do not have a current intention to cause the certification of such solution. If we decide in the future to certify our EHR technology, we will need to comply with various standards and specifications that will be subject to change and to interpretation by the entities designated to certify our electronic healthcare technology. Additionally, if our services are not compliant with these evolving regulatory requirements, our market position and sales could be impaired, and we may have to invest significantly in changes to our solutions. Further, we could bear financial risk if we are alleged to have not appropriately complied with these regulations, even if the allegations are untrue.

The Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“MACRA”), enacted on April 16, 2015, established a new payment framework, called the Quality Payment Program, which modifies certain Medicare payments under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule to “eligible clinicians,” including physicians and other practitioners. Under MACRA, eligible clinicians must participate in either the Merit-Based Incentive Payment System (“MIPS”) or Advanced Alternative Payment Model (“Advanced APM”). MIPS generally consolidates three programs: the Physician Quality Reporting System, the Value-based Payment Modifier program, and the Medicare EHR incentive program. Under this consolidated system, eligible clinicians report on metrics related to quality, clinical practice improvement activities and the use of certified EHR technology. Eligible clinicians may receive a positive or negative payment adjustment based on their reported metrics as compared to their peers. Eligible clinicians are not required to participate in MIPS if they are part of an Advanced APM, which can include certain accountable care organizations and other new payment models. CMS has structured these programs to incentivize clinicians to join Advanced APMs instead of participating in MIPS, though its results to date have been mixed. As such, the implications of MACRA and MIPS are uncertain and will depend on future regulatory activity and healthcare provider activity in the marketplace. If in the future we decide to position our solutions for MACRA and MIPS, compliance with applicable standards will need to be continuously monitored, and there

 

47


Table of Contents

can be no assurances that we will be able to maintain such standards and compliance. Any failure to successfully adapt our solutions either to MACRA and MIPS, or to the shift towards Advanced APMs and other value-based payment models, could have a material effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Government programs, such as MIPS, have been implemented to accelerate the adoption and utilization of EHRs. Changes to government incentive programs related to EHRs could materially impact healthcare providers’ decisions to implement EHR systems or have other impacts that would be unfavorable to our business.

There have been and continue to be a number of legislative initiatives to contain healthcare costs. By way of example, the ACA made a number of substantial changes in the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Since its enactment, there have been judicial, executive and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and on June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Prior to the Supreme Court’s decision, President Biden had issued an executive order relating to the ACA, including an instruction to certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare. It is unclear how healthcare reform measures enacted by Congress or implemented by the Biden administration or other challenges to the ACA, if any, will impact the ACA. Additional state and federal healthcare policies and reform measures adopted in the future could have a material adverse impact on our customers and, as a result, our operational results or the manner in which we operate our business.

The adoption of interoperability standards and regulations regarding information blocking could have unexpected consequences for our business.

With the passing of the MACRA in 2015, the U.S. Congress declared it a national objective to achieve widespread exchange of health information through interoperable certified EHR technology nationwide by December 31, 2018. The 21st Century Cures Act (“Cures Act”), which was passed and signed into law in December 2016, includes provisions related to data interoperability, information blocking and patient access. In May 2020, ONC and CMS finalized and issued complementary rules that are intended to clarify provisions of the Cures Act regarding interoperability and information blocking, and include, among other things, requirements surrounding information blocking, changes to ONC’s health IT certification program and requirements that CMS-regulated payors make relevant claims/care data and provider directory information available through standardized patient access and provider directory application programming interfaces that connect to provider EHRs. The companion rules will transform the way in which healthcare providers, health IT developers, health information exchanges/health information networks (“HIEs/HINs”), and health plans share patient information, and create significant new requirements for healthcare industry participants. For example, the ONC rule, which went into effect on April 5, 2021, prohibits healthcare providers, health IT developers of certified health IT, and HIEs/HINs from engaging in practices that are likely to interfere with, prevent, materially discourage, or otherwise inhibit the access, exchange or use of electronic health information (“EHI”), also known as “information blocking.” To further support access and exchange of EHI, the ONC rule identifies eight “reasonable and necessary activities” as exceptions to information blocking activities, as long as specific conditions are met. From April 5, 2021, developers of EHRs and other health IT products, such as us, are subject to the “information blocking” condition of certification under the ONC rule, which includes a number of new certification and maintenance of certification requirements that have to be met in order to maintain approved federal government certification status. Meeting and maintaining this certification status will require additional development costs. We have made and continue to make investments in building data interoperability capabilities, and continue to evaluate the potential impact of the CMS and ONC final rules, and we anticipate

 

48


Table of Contents

significant impacts from the new information blocking rules. We also expect expanded surveillance by federal agencies of certified HIT and its use by our customers. Under the Cures Act, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) has the regulatory authority to investigate and assess civil monetary penalties of up to $1,000,000 against certified health IT developers found to be in violation of “information blocking.” Any failure to comply with these rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our and our customers’ and partners’ communications with existing and potential clients are subject to laws regulating telephone and email marketing practices, and our or their failure to comply with such communications laws could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition and significantly harm our reputation.

Our platform enables our customers and partners to communicate directly with their clients, including via email, text messages and telephone calls. Our platform also enables recording and monitoring of calls between our customers and partners and their clients for training and quality assurance purposes. On occasion, we also send communications directly to clients. These activities are subject to a variety of U.S. state and federal laws, rules, and regulations, such as the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 (the “TCPA”), the CAN-SPAM Act of 2003 (the “CAN-SPAM Act”), and others related to telemarketing, recording, and monitoring of communications. The TCPA prohibits companies from making telemarketing calls to numbers listed in the Federal Do-Not-Call Registry and imposes other obligations and limitations on making phone calls and sending text messages to consumers. The CAN-SPAM Act regulates commercial email messages and specifies penalties for the transmission of commercial email messages that do not comply with certain requirements, such as providing an opt-out mechanism for stopping future emails from senders. The TCPA, the CAN-SPAM Act and other communications laws, rules, and regulations are subject to varying interpretations by courts and governmental authorities and often require subjective interpretation, making it difficult to predict their application and therefore making compliance efforts more challenging. We and our customers and partners may be required to comply with these and similar laws, rules, and regulations. To comply with these laws, rules, and regulations, in some cases we rely on our customers and partners to obtain legally required consents from their consumers to receive communications sent using our platform. We cannot, however, be certain that our or their efforts to comply will always be successful. Our business could be adversely affected by changes to the application or interpretation of existing laws, rules and regulations governing our platform’s communication capabilities, or the enactment of new laws, rules and regulations, and by our and our customers’ and partners’ failure to comply with such laws, rules and regulations in using our platform. If any of these laws, rules or regulations were to significantly restrict our or our customers’ or partners’ ability to use our platform to communicate with existing and potential clients, we may not be able to develop adequate alternative communication modules for our platform. Further, our or our customers’ or partners’ non-compliance with these laws, rules, and regulations could result in significant financial penalties, litigation, including class action litigation, consent decrees and injunctions, adverse publicity, and other negative consequences, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition and significantly harm our reputation.

Our business is subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations. Liabilities or loss of business resulting from any actual or perceived failure to comply with laws and regulations, and regulatory or judicial interpretations thereof, including payments and other financial services-related laws and regulations, and increased costs or loss of business associated with compliance with those laws and regulations, could have an adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to a wide variety of local, state, federal, and international laws, rules, regulations, licensing and other authorization schemes, and industry standards in the United States and in other countries in which we operate. These laws, rules, regulations, licensing and other authorization schemes, and industry standards govern numerous areas that are important and material to our business. In addition to the privacy, data

 

49


Table of Contents

protection and information security, export control, import, economic and trade sanctions, and anti-money laundering and counter-terror financing-related laws, rules, and regulations described elsewhere in this prospectus, our business is also subject to, without limitation, laws, rules, and regulations applicable to securities, labor and employment, immigration, competition, and marketing and communications practices.

In addition, the laws, rules, regulations, licensing and other authorization schemes, and industry standards that govern our business, both directly and through our relationships with banks, payment networks, payment processors, and other financial services partners, include, or may in the future include, those relating to payments services, such as payment processing and settlement services, escheatment, and compliance with PCI-DSS, a set of requirements designed to ensure that all companies that process, store or transmit payment card information maintain a secure environment to protect cardholder data. These laws, rules, regulations, licensing and other authorization schemes, and industry standards are administered and enforced by multiple authorities and governing bodies in the United States, including the Department of the Treasury, self-regulatory organizations, and numerous state and local governmental authorities and regulatory agencies.

Laws, rules, regulations, licensing and other authorization schemes, and industry standards applicable to our business are increasing in number and subject to change and evolving interpretations and application, including by means of legislative changes, executive orders, and regulatory and judicial interpretations, and it can be difficult to predict how they may be applied to our business and the way we conduct our operations, particularly as we introduce new solutions and expand into new geographies.

We may not be able to respond quickly or effectively to regulatory, legislative, judicial, and other developments, and these changes may in turn impair our ability to offer our existing or planned solutions and increase our cost of doing business.

There can be no assurance that we and our employees and/or contractors will not violate or fail to comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations, licensing and other authorization schemes, and industry standards, or interpretations thereof, or will not otherwise face regulatory scrutiny for our historical and/or ongoing compliance with such laws, rules, regulations, or interpretations. Any failure or perceived failure by us or our employees or contractors to comply with existing or new laws, rules, regulations, licensing or other authorization schemes, industry standards, or orders of any governmental or regulatory authority (including changes to or expansion of the interpretation of those laws, regulations, standards or orders), may, among other things:

 

 

subject us to significant fines, penalties, criminal and civil lawsuits, license suspension or revocation, forfeiture of significant assets, audits, inquiries, whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations and enforcement actions in one or more jurisdictions levied by federal, state, local, or foreign regulators, state attorneys general and private plaintiffs who may be acting as private attorneys general pursuant to various applicable federal, state, and local laws;

 

 

result in additional compliance and licensure or other authorization requirements;

 

 

increase regulatory scrutiny of our business;

 

 

restrict our operations, product features, quality, and breadth and depth of functionality; and

 

 

force us to restrict or change our business practices or compliance program, make product or operational changes, or delay planned product launches or improvements.

Further, the complexity of U.S. federal and state regulatory and enforcement regimes could result in a single event giving rise to many overlapping investigations and legal and regulatory proceedings by multiple government authorities in different jurisdictions.

 

50


Table of Contents

Any of the foregoing could, individually or in the aggregate, harm our reputation as a trusted provider, damage our brand and business, cause us to lose existing customers and partners, prevent us from obtaining new customers and partners, require us to expend significant funds to remedy problems caused by breaches and to avert further breaches, expose us to legal risk and potential liability, and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Currently, we do not possess any permits, licenses or other authorizations from financial regulators. We believe the licensing and authorization requirements of federal and state regulatory agencies that regulate or supervise banks, payment processors, or other financial institutions or providers of payment services do not apply to us. While our business itself, and our related activities, are not currently subject to financial services-related regulation, the banks and payment processors that we partner with operate in a highly regulated landscape and there is a risk that those laws and regulations could become directly applicable to us and/or our contractual compliance with certain legal and regulatory obligations could become increasingly difficult and costly. As we expand into new jurisdictions, the number of foreign laws, rules, regulations, licensing and other authorization schemes and standards governing our business and activities will expand as well. In addition, as our business and products and services continue to develop and expand, we may become subject to additional laws, rules, regulations, licensing and other authorization schemes and standards. We may not always be able to accurately predict the scope or applicability of certain laws, rules, regulations, licensing and other authorization schemes or standards to our business and related activities, particularly as we expand into new areas of operations, which could have a significant negative effect on our existing business and our ability to pursue future plans.

In the future, as a result of the laws, rules and regulations that are or may become applicable to our business, we could be subject to investigations, inspections, examinations, and supervision, and resulting liability, including governmental fines, restrictions on our business, or other sanctions, and we could be forced to cease conducting certain aspects of our business with residents of certain jurisdictions, be forced to change our business practices in certain jurisdictions or be required to obtain additional licenses, certifications or regulatory approvals. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully implement changes to our business practices or obtain or maintain any such licenses, certifications or regulatory approvals, and, even if we were able to do so, there could be substantial costs and potential product changes involved in obtaining, maintaining and renewing such licenses, certifications and approvals, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business. In addition, we could be subject to fines or other enforcement action if we are found to violate disclosure, reporting, anti-money laundering, capitalization, corporate governance or other requirements of such licenses, certifications or approvals. These factors could impose substantial additional costs, involve considerable delay to the development or provision of our products or services, require significant and costly operational changes or prevent us from providing our products or services in any given market.

We are subject to laws and regulations regarding export control, import, economic and trade sanctions, anti-money laundering, and counter-terror financing that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to criminal or civil liability if we violate them.

Our solutions are subject to export control laws and regulations, including the Export Administration Regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and our activities may be subject to trade and economic sanctions, including U.S. economic and trade sanctions administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which we collectively refer to as trade controls. As such, a license may be required to export or re-export our products, or provide related services, to certain countries and customers. Further, our products incorporating encryption functionality may be subject to special controls applying to encryption items or certain reporting requirements. The process for obtaining necessary licenses may be time-consuming or unsuccessful, potentially causing delays in sales or losses of sales opportunities.

 

51


Table of Contents

If our solutions are accessed from a sanctioned country in violation of trade and economic sanctions, we could be subject to fines or other enforcement action. Although we have no knowledge that our activities have resulted in violations of trade controls, any failure by us or our partners to comply with applicable laws and regulations would have negative consequences for us, including reputational harm, government investigations and penalties.

In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permit and license requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries. Changes in our products or changes in export and import regulations in such countries may create delays in the introduction of our products into international markets, prevent customers with international operations from deploying our products globally or, in some cases, prevent or delay the export or import of our products to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import laws or regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing export, import or sanctions laws or regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such export, import or sanctions laws or regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export to or sell our products in international markets could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Pursuant to agreements with certain of our third-party payment processors, we also have obligations under anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing laws and regulations. There has been increased scrutiny in the United States and globally regarding compliance with these laws and regulations, which may require us to further revise or expand our compliance program, including the procedures we use to verify the identity of our customers, to comply with our contractual obligations.

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal or civil liability and harm our business.

We are subject to the FCPA, U.S. domestic bribery laws and other anti-corruption laws. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years and are interpreted broadly to generally prohibit companies, their employees and their third-party intermediaries from authorizing, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to recipients in the public sector. These laws also require that we keep accurate books and records and maintain internal controls and compliance procedures designed to prevent any such actions. Although we currently only maintain operations in the United States, we utilize contractors outside of the United States and if we increase our international cross-border operations abroad, we may engage with business partners and third-party intermediaries to market our services and to obtain necessary permits, licenses and other regulatory approvals. Our operations are dependent in part upon transmission bandwidth provided by third-party network providers and access to co-location facilities to house our servers, which in some countries may be state owned. Similarly, some of our customers may be state-owned, in each case exposing us to potential risks. In addition, we or our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. We cannot assure you that all of our employees and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. As we increase our international operations, our risks under these laws may increase.

 

52


Table of Contents

Detecting, investigating and resolving actual or alleged violations of anti-corruption laws can require a significant diversion of time, resources and attention from management. In addition, noncompliance with anti-corruption or anti-bribery laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, enforcement actions, fines, damages, other civil or criminal penalties, injunctions, suspension or debarment from contracting with certain persons, reputational harm, adverse media coverage and other collateral consequences. If any subpoenas are received or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal proceeding, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially harmed.

Risks related to our technology and intellectual property

If we are unable to ensure that our solutions interoperate with a variety of software suites, applications and other technologies that are developed by others, including our partners, or if there are performance issues with such third-party systems, our solutions will not operate effectively, we may become less competitive and our business, operating results and financial condition may be harmed.

Our solutions must integrate with a variety of software suites, applications and other technologies that are developed by third parties, and we need to continuously modify and enhance our solutions to adapt to changes in such software and other technologies. In particular, we have developed our solutions to be able to easily integrate with key third-party applications of our software partners. We are typically subject to standard terms and conditions of providers of software or other technology, which govern the distribution and operation of such software and other technologies and are subject to change by such providers from time to time. Our business will be harmed if any provider of such software or other technologies:

 

 

discontinues or limits our access to its software or other technologies;

 

 

modifies its terms of service or other legal terms or policies, including fees charged to, or other restrictions on us;

 

 

changes how information is accessed by us or our customers or partners or their clients;

 

 

has performance or other problems that affect the perception of our platform, products or services;

 

 

establishes exclusive or more favorable relationships with one or more of our competitors; or

 

 

develops or otherwise favors its own competitive offerings over our solutions.

For example, to deliver a comprehensive solution, our solutions integrate with offerings of popular software providers, including Oracle and SAP, through application programming interfaces (“APIs”) made available by these software providers. If any providers of software or other technologies change the features of their APIs, discontinue their support of such APIs, restrict our access to their APIs or alter the terms governing their use in a manner that is adverse to our business, we will not be able to provide synchronization capabilities, which could significantly diminish the value of our solutions and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Third-party services and products are constantly evolving, and we may not be able to modify our solutions to assure its compatibility with that of other third parties as they continue to develop or emerge in the future, or we may not be able to make such modifications in a timely and cost-effective manner. In addition, some of our competitors may be able to disrupt the operations or compatibility of our solutions with their products or services, or exert strong business influence on our ability to, and terms on which we, operate our solutions. Should any of our competitors modify their products or standards in a manner that degrades the functionality

 

53


Table of Contents

of our solutions or gives preferential treatment to our competitors or competitive products, whether to enhance their competitive position or for any other reason, the interoperability of our solutions with these products could decrease and our business, results of operations and financial condition would be harmed. If we are not permitted or able to integrate with these and other third-party software suites, applications and other technologies in the future, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be harmed.

Furthermore, the functionality of our solutions also depends on our and our partners’ ability to integrate our solutions with their offerings. These partners periodically update and change their systems, and although we have been able to adapt our solutions to their evolving needs in the past, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to do so in the future or in a way such that our customers or partners or their clients are satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or with the technical support services rendered. In particular, if we are unable to adapt to the needs of our partners’ platforms, software and solutions, our customers’ and partners’ operations may be disrupted, which could result in disputes with our customers or partners or their clients or other third parties and additional costs to address the situation. Additionally, our customers and partners may terminate their relationship with us and we may lose access to large numbers of customer referrals as a result.

Any negative publicity related to our solutions, regardless of its accuracy or whether the ultimate cause of any poor performance actually results from our solutions, or from the systems of our customers, partners or clients, may adversely affect our reputation, business, operating results and financial condition.

Interruptions or delays in the services provided by our third-party data centers or internet service providers could impair the delivery of our solutions. Any changes in the systems that these providers make available to us that degrade the functionality of our solutions, impose additional costs or requirements on us, or give preferential treatment to competitors’ services, including their own services, could materially and adversely affect usage of our solutions.

Our third-party service providers are ultimately responsible for maintaining their own network security, disaster recovery and system management procedures, and our review processes for such providers may be insufficient to identify, prevent or mitigate adverse events. The owners and operators of our current and future hosting facilities do not guarantee that our customers’ or partners’ or their clients’ access to our solutions will be uninterrupted, error-free or secure. We or our third-party service providers have in the past, may in the future experience, website disruptions, outages and other performance problems. We have periodically experienced service disruptions in the past, and we cannot assure you that we will not experience service interruptions or delays in the future. We depend on our third-party service providers to protect their infrastructure against damage, interruption and other performance problems, maintain their respective configuration, architecture and interconnection specifications and protect information stored by such providers, as well as on internet service providers to transmit data. We may also incur significant costs for using alternative equipment or taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, events that damage the data storage services we use.

Although we have disaster recovery plans that use multiple data storage locations, any incident affecting their infrastructure that may be caused by fire, flood, severe storm, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failures, unauthorized entry or intrusion, sabotage, criminal acts, intentional acts of vandalism and other misconduct, computer viruses and disabling devices, natural disasters, military actions, terrorist attacks, negligence, infrastructure changes, human or software errors, fraud, spikes in customer, partner or client usage and denial of service issues, hardware failures, improper operation, data loss, compromise or corruption, cybersecurity attacks, wars, hurricanes, tornadoes and other similar events beyond our control could negatively affect our solutions. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. Any prolonged service disruption affecting our solutions for any of the foregoing reasons could result in lengthy interruptions in the delivery of our solutions, cause system

 

54


Table of Contents

interruptions, prevent our customers, partners or clients from accessing their accounts online, damage our reputation with current and potential customers, partners or clients, expose us to liability, cause us to lose customers, partners or clients, cause the loss of critical data, prevent us from supporting our platform, products or services, result in regulatory investigations, enforcement actions and litigation or cause us to incur additional expense in investigating, remediating and responding to these disruptions and arranging for new facilities and support or otherwise harm our business.

Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. System failures or outages, including any potential disruptions due to significantly increased global demand on certain cloud-based systems during the COVID-19 pandemic, could compromise our ability to perform these functions in a timely manner, which could harm our ability to conduct business or delay our financial reporting. Such failures could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. In addition, certain of our third-party service providers are required to notify us if they experience a security breach or unauthorized disclosure of certain personal information, or, in some cases, confidential data or information of ours or our customers, partners or clients, and their failure to timely notify us of such a breach or disclosure may cause us to incur significant costs or otherwise harm our business.

Our solutions are accessed by many customers, partners and clients, often at the same time. As we continue to expand the number of our customers, partners and clients, and products available through our solutions, we may not be able to scale our technology to accommodate the increased capacity requirements, which may result in interruptions or delays in service. In addition, the failure of data centers, internet service providers or other third-party service providers to meet our capacity requirements could result in interruptions or delays in access to our solutions or impede our ability to grow our business and scale our operations. If our third-party infrastructure service agreements are terminated, or there is a lapse of service, interruption of internet service provider connectivity, or damage to data centers, we could experience interruptions in access to our solutions as well as delays and additional expense in arranging new facilities and services.

We also depend on third-party internet-hosting providers and continuous and uninterrupted access to the internet through third-party bandwidth providers to operate our business. If we lose the services of one or more of our internet-hosting or bandwidth providers for any reason or if their services are disrupted, for example due to viruses, ransomware, denial of service or other attacks on their systems, or due to human error, intentional bad acts, power loss, hardware failures, telecommunications failures, fires, wars, terrorist attacks, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes or similar catastrophic events, we could experience disruption in our ability to offer our solutions and adverse perception of our solutions’ reliability, or we could be required to retain the services of replacement providers, which could increase our operating costs and materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Furthermore, prolonged interruption in the availability, or reduction in the speed or other functionality, of our solutions could materially harm our reputation and business. Frequent or persistent interruptions in accessing our solutions could cause customers, partners or clients to believe that our solutions are unreliable, leading them to switch to our competitors or to avoid our solutions, and could permanently harm our reputation and business.

Additionally, as our customers and partners and their clients may use our solutions for critical transactions, any errors, defects or other infrastructure problems could result in damage to such customers’, partners’ or clients’ businesses. These customers, partners and clients could seek significant compensation from us for their losses and our insurance policies may be insufficient to cover a claim. Even if unsuccessful, this type of claim may be time-consuming and costly for us to defend. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

55


Table of Contents

We may experience software and technology defects, undetected errors, development delays or other performance problems in our software and other technology used as part of our solutions, which could damage customer and partner relations, harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, decrease our potential profitability and expose us to substantial liability.

Our software and other technology used as part of our solutions may contain undetected errors, viruses or defects when implemented or when new functionality is released, as we may modify, enhance, upgrade and implement new systems, procedures and controls to reflect changes in our business, technological advancements and changing industry trends. Despite extensive testing, from time to time we have discovered and may in the future discover defects or errors in our solutions. Any performance problems or defects in our solutions could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial conditions. Defects, errors or other similar performance problems or disruptions, whether in connection with day-to-day operations or otherwise, could be costly for us, adversely affect our customers’ or partners’ businesses, harm our reputation and result in reduced sales or a loss of, or delay in, the market acceptance of our solutions. In addition, if we have any such errors, defects or other performance problems, our customers or partners could seek to terminate, or elect not to renew, their contracts with us, delay or withhold payment or make claims against us. Any of these actions could result in liability, lost business, increased insurance costs, difficulty in collecting accounts receivable, costly litigation or adverse publicity, which could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Additionally, our software uses open source software and any defects or security vulnerabilities in such open source software could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, we rely on technologies and software supplied by third parties that may also contain undetected errors, viruses or defects. Software defects and errors or delays in electronic bill presentment or our facilitation of payment processing could result in additional development costs, diversion of technical and other resources from our other development efforts, loss of credibility with current or potential customers, partners and clients, harm to our reputation and exposure to liability claims, any of which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We use open source software in our solutions, which may pose particular risks to our proprietary software in a manner that could subject us to litigation or other actions, negatively affect our ability to sell our products or otherwise adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our solutions incorporate software modules licensed to us by third-party authors under “open source” licenses, and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software in our solutions in the future. Some open source licenses have so called “copy-left” provisions, which may require those who distribute open source software as part of their own software product to provide the source code to their software to licensees, and may also prohibit charging fees to licensees in connection with the licensing of the software product.

While we try to use open source code in a manner that we believe does not subject our proprietary solutions to copy-left provisions, the terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide, or distribute our solutions related to, the open source software subject to those licenses. In addition, the public availability of such software may make it easier for others to compromise our solutions. Although we generally monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our solutions to conditions we do not intend and to try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our proprietary source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, such use could inadvertently occur, or could be claimed to have occurred, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. Moreover, we cannot assure you that our processes for controlling our use of open source software in our solutions will be effective. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate it into their

 

56


Table of Contents

products. Likewise, we could become subject to lawsuits and face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, any open source software or derivative works that we have developed using such software, which could include our proprietary source code, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to make our software source code freely available, purchase a costly license or cease offering the implicated solutions. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our business, operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products. If we are held to have breached or failed to fully comply with all the terms and conditions of an open source software license, we could face infringement or other liability, or be required to seek costly licenses from third parties, to continue providing our offerings on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our solutions (which could involve substantial time and resources), to discontinue or delay the provision of our offerings if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

In addition to risks related to complying with applicable license requirements, a release of our proprietary code could also allow our competitors to create similar offerings with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of our competitive advantages. Furthermore, use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties, indemnification or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code.

If we fail to adequately obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our competitive position could be impaired, our reputation could be harmed and we may lose valuable assets, generate less revenue and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our intellectual property and proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as contractual provisions with our employees, independent contractors, consultants and third parties with whom we have relationships to establish and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate, may not afford complete protection and may not adequately permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. Further, despite our efforts to obtain and maintain intellectual property rights, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology, and we may not have adequate remedies in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology.

Various factors outside our control pose a threat to our intellectual property rights, as well as to our products, services and technologies. Although we have been issued patents in the United States and have additional patent applications pending, we may be unable to obtain patent protection for the technology covered in our patent applications or obtain the coverage originally sought. In addition, our existing patents, as well as the patents we obtain in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages or may be successfully challenged by third parties, which could result in them being narrowed in scope or declared invalid or unenforceable. For example, it is possible that third parties, including our competitors, may obtain patents relating to technologies that overlap or compete with our technology. If third parties obtain patent protection with respect to such technologies, they may assert that our technology infringes their patents and seek to charge us a licensing fee or otherwise preclude the use of our technology or file suit against us. We also may allow certain of our registered intellectual property rights, or our pending applications for intellectual property rights, to lapse or to become abandoned if we determine that obtaining or maintaining the applicable registered intellectual property rights is not worthwhile. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, there can be no guarantee that such rights will be sufficient to protect against others

 

57


Table of Contents

offering products or services that are substantially similar to ours, independently developing similar products, duplicating any of our products, designing around our patents, adopting trade names or domain names similar to ours, or attempting to copy aspects of our technology and using information that we consider proprietary to compete with us, thereby impeding our ability to promote our solutions and possibly leading to customer or client confusion.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer or otherwise obtain and use our products, technology, systems, methods, processes, intellectual property and other information that we regard as proprietary to create solutions that compete with ours. Policing unauthorized use of intellectual property and technology can be expensive and time consuming, and regardless of what measures we take, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to detect unauthorized uses. Even if we detect unauthorized uses, we cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully enforce our intellectual property, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as comprehensively as in the United States, if at all. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources. Further, our enforcement efforts may be met with defenses and counterclaims challenging the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights or may result in a court determining that our intellectual property rights are unenforceable. Any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, intellectual property laws may also compromise our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights. Failure to obtain or maintain protection of our trade secrets or other proprietary information could harm our competitive position and materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

In addition, while we rely in part on confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees and contractors involved in the development of material intellectual property for us, which place restrictions on the employees’ and contractors’ use and disclosure of this intellectual property these agreements may not be self-executing, sufficient in scope or enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each person or entity that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary information or otherwise developed intellectual property for us, including our technology and processes. Individuals that were involved in the development of intellectual property for us or who had access to our intellectual property but who are not subject to invention assignment agreements may make adverse ownership claims to our current and future intellectual property. Further, these agreements may be breached, and as a result, our trade secrets and other proprietary information may be disclosed or become known to our competitors, which could cause us to lose any competitive advantage, and we may not have adequate remedies for such breaches. Additionally, to the extent that our employees, independent contractors or other third parties with whom we do business use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting works of authorship, know-how and inventions. The loss of trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our solutions by copying functionality.

Obtaining and maintaining effective patent, copyright, trademark, service mark, trade secret and domain name protection is time-consuming and expensive. Accordingly, we do not and may not own registered trademarks for all trademarks and logos used in our business in the jurisdictions in which we operate or may operate in the future. We may also choose not to seek patent protection for all patentable inventions, and we have chosen not to seek the registration of copyrights in our software solutions. Further, we have and may in the future employ individuals who previously were employed by our competitors, and, as a result, those competitors may bring claims against such individuals or us alleging their intellectual property rights have been infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated.

 

58


Table of Contents

We and our customers and partners and their clients and other third parties that use our solutions obtain, provide and process a large amount of sensitive and personal data. Any real or perceived improper or unauthorized use of, disclosure of or access to such data could harm our reputation as a trusted brand, as well as have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We and our customers and partners and their clients and the third-party vendors and data centers that we use obtain, provide and process large amounts of sensitive and personal data, including data provided by and related to clients and their transactions, as well as other data of the counterparties to their payments. We face risks, including to our reputation as a trusted brand, in the handling and protection of this data, and these risks will increase as our business continues to expand to include new products and technologies.

Cybersecurity threats and attacks, privacy and security breaches, insider threats or other incidents and malicious internet-based activity continue to increase generally, evolve in nature and become more sophisticated, and providers of cloud-based services have frequently been targeted by such attacks, particularly in the financial technology sector. These cybersecurity challenges, including threats to our own IT infrastructure or those of our customers or partners or their clients or third-party service providers, may take a variety of forms ranging from stolen bank accounts, business email compromise, customer employee fraud, account takeover, check fraud or cybersecurity attacks, to “mega breaches” targeted against cloud-based services and other hosted software, which could be initiated by individual or groups of hackers or sophisticated cyber criminals. A cybersecurity incident or breach could result in loss, compromise, corruption or disclosure of confidential information, intellectual property and sensitive and personal data or data we rely on to provide our solutions and impair our ability to provide our solutions and meet our customers’ or partners’ or their clients’ requirements, or cause production downtimes and compromised data. We may be unable to anticipate or prevent techniques used in the future to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems because they change frequently and often are not detected until after an incident has occurred. As we increase our customer base and our brand becomes more widely known and recognized, third parties may increasingly seek to compromise our security controls or gain unauthorized access to our sensitive corporate information or our customers’ or partners’ or their clients’ sensitive and personal data. Information security risks for technology companies such as ours have significantly increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external parties as well as nation-state and nation-state-supported actors. Additionally, geopolitical events and resulting government activity could lead to information security threats and attacks by affected jurisdictions and their sympathizers. Given our business and the industries in which we operate, we believe that we are likely to continue to be a target of such threats and attacks.

We have administrative, technical and physical security measures in place, and we have policies and procedures in place to contractually require service providers to whom we disclose data to implement and maintain reasonable privacy, data protection and information security measures. However, if our privacy protection, data protection or information security measures or those of the previously mentioned third parties are inadequate or are breached as a result of third-party action, employee or contractor error, malfeasance, malware, phishing, hacking attacks, system error, software bugs or defects in our products, trickery, process failure, or otherwise, and, as a result, there is improper disclosure of, or someone obtains unauthorized access to or exfiltrates funds or sensitive and personal data, including personally identifiable information, on our systems or our partners’ systems, or if we suffer a ransomware or advanced persistent threat attack, or if any of the foregoing is reported or perceived to have occurred, our reputation and business could be damaged. Recent high-profile security breaches and related disclosures of sensitive and personal data suggest that the risk of such events is significant, even if privacy, data protection and information security measures are implemented and enforced. If sensitive and personal data is lost or improperly disclosed or threatened to be

 

59


Table of Contents

disclosed, we could incur significant costs associated with remediation and the implementation of additional security measures, and may incur significant liability and financial loss and be subject to regulatory scrutiny, investigations, proceedings and penalties.

In addition, because we leverage third-party service providers, including cloud, software, data center and other critical technology vendors to deliver our solutions to our customers, partners or clients and their customers, we rely heavily on the data security technology practices and policies adopted by these third-party service providers. Such third-party service providers have access to sensitive and personal data and other data about our customers, partners and employees, as well as clients using our solutions to pay the bills of our customers, and some of these providers in turn subcontract with other third-party service providers. Our ability to monitor our third-party service providers’ data security is limited. There have been and may continue to be significant supply chain attacks, and we cannot guarantee that our or our third-party service providers’ software or systems have not been breached or that they do not contain exploitable defects or bugs that could result in a breach of or disruption to our systems or the systems of third parties that support us and our services. A vulnerability in our third-party service providers’ software or systems, a failure of our third-party service providers’ safeguards, policies or procedures, or a breach of a third-party service provider’s software or systems could result in the compromise of the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our systems or the data housed in our third-party solutions. Techniques used to sabotage or obtain unauthorized access to systems are constantly evolving and our third-party service providers may face difficulties or delays in identifying breaches and compromises, and notifying us of any such breaches and compromises. This could cause us to face delays in responding to any such breach or compromise and providing any required notifications to clients or other third parties.

In addition, certain of our partners conduct regular audits of our cybersecurity program, and if any of them were to conclude that our systems and procedures are insufficiently rigorous, they could terminate their relationships with us, and our financial results and business would be adversely affected. Under our terms of service and our contracts with strategic partners, if there is a breach of payment information that we store, we could be liable to the partner for their losses and related expenses. Additionally, if our own confidential business information were improperly disclosed, our business could be materially and adversely affected. A core aspect of our business is the reliability and security of our solutions. Any perceived or actual breach of security, regardless of how it occurs or the extent of the breach, could have a significant impact on our reputation as a trusted brand, cause us to lose existing customers, partners and clients, prevent us from obtaining new customers, partners and clients, require us to expend significant funds to remedy problems caused by breaches and implement measures to prevent further breaches, and expose us to legal risk and potential liability including those resulting from governmental or regulatory investigations, class action litigation, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach or penalties for violation of security obligations and costs associated with remediation, such as fraud monitoring and forensics, all of which could divert resources and attention of our management and key personnel away from our business operations and materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Any actual or perceived security breach at a third-party service provider providing services to us or our customers, partners or clients could have similar effects. Further, as the current COVID-19 pandemic continues to result in a significant number of people working from home, these cybersecurity risks may be heightened by an increased attack surface across our business and those of our partners and service providers. We cannot guarantee that our efforts, or the efforts of those upon whom we rely and partner with, will be successful in preventing any such information security incidents or protecting sensitive and personal data that they obtain and process on our behalf.

 

60


Table of Contents

Federal and state regulations may require us or our customers or partners to notify governmental entities and individuals of data security incidents involving certain types of personal and sensitive data or information technology systems. Security compromises experienced by others in our industry, our customers or partners or their clients, our third-party service providers or us may lead to public disclosures and widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived, could erode client, customer or partner confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively impact our ability to attract new customers, partners and clients, cause existing customers, partners and clients to elect not to renew or expand their use of our solutions or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other actions or liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

In addition, some of our customers and partners contractually require notification of data security compromises and include representations and warranties in their contracts with us that our solutions comply with certain legal and technical standards related to data security and privacy and meet certain service levels. In our contracts, a data security compromise or operational disruption impacting us or one of our critical vendors, or system unavailability or damage due to other circumstances, may constitute a material breach and give rise to a customer’s or partner’s right to terminate their contract with us. In these circumstances, it may be difficult or impossible to cure such a breach in order to prevent customers or partners from potentially terminating their contracts with us. Furthermore, although our contracts typically include limitations on our potential liability, we cannot ensure that such limitations of liability would be adequate or apply to data security compromises.

While we maintain cybersecurity insurance, our insurance may be insufficient or may not cover all liabilities incurred by such attacks. We also cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be adequate for data handling or data security liabilities actually incurred, that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, litigation to pursue claims under our insurance policies or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, or denials of coverage, could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, operating results and financial condition.

We may in the future become subject to claims of intellectual property infringement or other intellectual property disputes, which are costly and time-consuming to defend against or pursue, and may subject us to significant liability and increased costs of doing business.

We may in the future become subject to and involved in lawsuits, disputes, legal proceedings or claims by third parties that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated their intellectual property. Even if we believe that particular intellectual property-related claims are without merit, litigation may be necessary to defend against these allegations. The ultimate outcome of any allegation is often uncertain and, regardless of the outcome, lawsuits, with or without merit, are time-consuming and expensive to resolve and they divert management’s time and attention and require us to, among other things, redesign or stop providing our solutions, pay substantial amounts to satisfy judgments or settle claims or lawsuits, pay substantial royalty or licensing fees, or satisfy indemnification obligations that we have with certain parties with whom we have commercial relationships. Although we carry insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. We cannot predict the outcome of lawsuits and cannot assure you that the results of any such actions will not have an adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

Companies in the software and technology industries, including some of our current and potential competitors, own significant numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition,

 

61


Table of Contents

many of these companies have the capability to dedicate greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. We cannot guarantee that our technologies will be able to withstand any third-party claims against their use. There is also a risk that the litigation may also involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners that have no relevant product revenue, and therefore, our patents may provide little or no deterrence as we would not be able to assert them against such entities or individuals. If a third party is able to obtain an injunction preventing us from accessing such third party’s intellectual property rights, or if we cannot license or develop alternative technology for any infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of our products or cease business activities related to such intellectual property. Any inability to license third-party technology in the future would have an adverse effect on our business or operating results and would adversely affect our ability to compete. We could also face trade name or trademark or service mark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered or unregistered trademarks or service marks, including trademarks or service marks that may incorporate variations of our brand names. Any such claims could damage our reputation, force us to rebrand and could adversely affect our growth prospects

We also are, and may in the future become, contractually obligated to indemnify our customers and partners in the event of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of a third party’s intellectual property rights. Responding to such claims, regardless of their merit, can be time-consuming, costly to defend and damaging to our reputation and brand.

Our business depends in part on intellectual property and proprietary rights and technology licensed from or otherwise made available to us by third parties.

Some of our business relies on key technologies developed or licensed by third parties. These third-party software components may become obsolete, defective or incompatible with future versions of our services, relationships with the third-party licensors or technology providers may deteriorate, or our agreements with the third-party licensors or technology providers may expire or be terminated. Additionally, some of these licenses or other grants of rights may not be available to us in the future on terms that are acceptable, or at all, or that allow our solutions to remain competitive. Our inability to obtain licenses or rights on favorable terms could have a material and adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Furthermore, incorporating intellectual property or proprietary rights licensed from or otherwise made available to us by third parties on a non-exclusive basis in our solutions could limit our ability to protect the intellectual property and proprietary rights in our services and our ability to restrict third parties from developing, selling or otherwise providing similar or competitive technology using the same third-party intellectual property or proprietary rights.

We believe we have all the necessary licenses and other grants of rights from third parties to use technology and software that we do not own. A third party could, however, allege that we are infringing its rights, which may deter our ability to obtain licenses or other grants of rights on commercially reasonable terms from the third party, if at all, or cause the third party to commence litigation against us. Our failure to obtain necessary licenses or other rights, or litigation or claims arising out of intellectual property matters, may harm or restrict our business. Even if we were able to obtain a license or other grant of rights, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to or otherwise made available to us. In addition, we could be found liable for significant monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right. Any such litigation or the failure to obtain any necessary licenses or other rights could adversely impact our business, financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

 

62


Table of Contents

Risks related to taxation matters

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes to offset taxable income or taxes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2020, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $47.7 million and $38.3 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2032. State net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2023. As of December 31, 2020, we had federal and state net operating losses that do not expire of $37.6 million and $4.2 million, respectively that are included in the cumulative balances above. Portions of these net operating loss carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Under the legislation enacted in 2017, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), as modified by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (the “CARES Act”), U.S. federal net operating losses incurred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020, is limited. It is uncertain how various states will respond to the Tax Act and the CARES Act. For state income tax purposes, there may be periods during which the use of net operating loss carryforwards is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.

In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. The completion of this offering, together with other transactions that have occurred since our inception, may trigger such an ownership change pursuant to Section 382. We may experience ownership changes as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our future results of operations by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

Changes in our effective tax rate or tax liability may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected due to several factors, including:

 

 

changes in the relative amounts of income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates;

 

 

changes in the United States tax laws and regulations or the interpretation of them, including the Tax Act, as modified by the CARES Act;

 

 

changes to our assessment about our ability to realize our deferred tax assets that are based on estimates of our future results, the prudence and feasibility of possible tax planning strategies, and the economic and political environments in which we do business;

 

 

the outcome of current and future tax audits, examinations, or administrative appeals; and

 

 

limitations or adverse findings regarding our ability to do business in some jurisdictions.

New income or other tax laws or regulations could be enacted at any time, which could adversely affect our business operations and financial performance. Further, existing tax laws and regulations could be interpreted, modified, or applied adversely to us. For example, the Tax Act enacted many significant changes to the U.S. tax

 

63


Table of Contents

laws. Future guidance from the IRS and other tax authorities with respect to the Tax Act may affect us, and certain aspects of the Tax Act could be repealed or modified in future legislation. For example, the CARES Act modified certain provisions of the Tax Act. Changes in corporate tax rates, the realization of net operating losses, and other deferred tax assets relating to our operations, the taxation of foreign earnings, and the deductibility of expenses under the Tax Act or future reform legislation could have a material impact on the value of our deferred tax assets and could increase our future U.S. tax expense.

New tax legislation may impact our results of operations and financial condition.

The U.S. government may enact significant changes to the taxation of business entities including, among others, an increase in the corporate income tax rate and the imposition of minimum taxes or surtaxes on certain types of income. The likelihood of these changes being enacted or implemented is unclear. We are currently unable to predict whether such changes will occur. If such changes are enacted or implemented, we are currently unable to predict the ultimate impact on our business.

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use, value added or similar taxes, and any such assessments could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Sales and use, value added and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly by jurisdiction. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable or that our presence in such jurisdictions is sufficient to require us to collect taxes, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Further, in June 2018, the Supreme Court held in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. that states could impose sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state sellers even if those sellers lack any physical presence within the states imposing the sales taxes. Under the Wayfair decision, a person requires only a “substantial nexus” with the taxing state before the state may subject the person to sales tax collection obligations therein. An increasing number of states (both before and after the publication of the Wayfair decision) have considered or adopted laws that attempt to impose sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state sellers. The Supreme Court’s Wayfair decision has removed a significant impediment to the enactment and enforcement of these laws, and it is possible that states may seek to tax out-of-state sellers on sales that occurred in prior tax years, which could create additional administrative burdens for us, put us at a competitive disadvantage if such states do not impose similar obligations on our competitors, and decrease our future sales, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks related to our indebtedness

Our debt obligations contain restrictions that impact our business and expose us to risks that could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

As of June 30, 2021, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described in “Use of proceeds,” we would have no outstanding indebtedness. We may incur additional indebtedness in the future, including borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility, which we plan to enter into as described in “Prospectus summary—New senior secured revolving credit facility.” Our indebtedness could have significant effects on our business, such as:

 

 

limiting our ability to borrow additional amounts to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our growth strategy and other purposes;

 

64


Table of Contents
 

limiting our ability to make investments, including acquisitions, loans and advances, and to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

 

requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on our borrowings, which would reduce availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, execution of our growth strategy and other general corporate purposes;

 

 

making us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions, in government regulation and in our business by limiting our ability to plan for and react to changing conditions;

 

 

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared with our competitors that have less debt; and

 

 

exposing us to risks inherent in interest rate fluctuations because our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, which could result in higher interest expense in the event of increases in interest rates.

In addition, we may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow from our operations to repay our indebtedness when it becomes due and to meet our other cash needs. If we are not able to pay our borrowings as they become due, we will be required to pursue one or more alternative strategies, such as selling assets, refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness or selling additional debt or equity securities. We may not be able to refinance our debt or sell additional debt or equity securities or our assets on favorable terms, if at all, and if we must sell our assets, it may negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Restrictions imposed by our indebtedness may materially limit our ability to operate our business and finance our future operations or capital needs.

The terms of our Credit Facilities, which we intend to repay in full and extinguish upon consummation of this offering, restrict, and we expect the terms of the New Revolving Credit Facility will restrict, us and our restricted subsidiaries from engaging in specified types of transactions. These covenants restrict our ability, and that of our restricted subsidiaries, to, among other things:

 

 

incur indebtedness;

 

 

incur certain liens;

 

 

make investments, loans, advances, guarantees and acquisitions;

 

 

pay dividends or make other distributions on equity interests, or redeem, repurchase or retire equity interests;

 

 

consolidate, merge or sell or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

 

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

 

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

 

alter the business conducted by us and our subsidiaries;

 

 

amend or modify governing documents and certain other documents; and

 

 

change our fiscal year.

A breach of any of these covenants, or any other covenant in the documents governing our Credit Facilities or our New Revolving Credit Facility, could result in a default or event of default under our Credit Facilities or our New Revolving Credit Facility. In the event of any event of default under our Credit Facilities or our New Revolving Credit Facility, the applicable lenders or agents could elect to terminate borrowing commitments and declare all borrowings and loans outstanding thereunder, together with accrued and unpaid interest and any

 

65


Table of Contents

fees and other obligations, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, or in the alternative, the applicable lenders or agents could exercise their rights under the security documents entered into in connection with our Credit Facilities or our New Revolving Credit Facility. We have pledged substantially all of our assets as collateral securing our Credit Facilities (and expect to pledge substantially all of our assets as collateral to secure our New Revolving Credit Facility) and any such exercise of remedies on any material portion of such collateral would likely materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If we were unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings and loans when due, and the applicable lenders proceeded against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness, we may be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. In the event the applicable lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. Any acceleration of amounts due under our Credit Facilities, the New Revolving Credit Facility, or other outstanding indebtedness would also likely have a material adverse effect on us.

Pursuant to our Credit Facilities, we are required to comply with certain financial covenants, including a maximum consolidated debt to revenue ratio and minimum liquidity and maximum consolidated total leverage ratio, as detailed in the section titled “Description of indebtedness.” We also expect our New Revolving Credit Facility to require us to maintain a maximum total net leverage ratio. Our ability to borrow under depends on our compliance with these financial covenants. Events beyond our control, including changes in general economic and business conditions, may affect our ability to satisfy the financial covenant. We cannot assure you that we will satisfy the financial covenant in the future, or that our lenders will waive any failure to satisfy the financial covenant.

The London Interbank Offered Rate calculation method may change and LIBOR is expected to be phased out after 2021.

Interest on our Credit Facilities which we intend to repay in full and extinguish upon consummation of this offering, and interest under our New Revolving Credit Facility, which we expect to enter into on or about the closing date of this offering, may be calculated based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). On July 27, 2017, the U.K.’s Financial Conduct Authority (the authority that administers LIBOR) announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2023. It is unclear whether new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021, or if alternative rates or benchmarks will be adopted. Changes in the method of calculating LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative rate or benchmark, may adversely affect interest rates and result in higher borrowing costs. This could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows, and liquidity. We cannot predict the effect of the potential changes to LIBOR or the establishment and use of alternative rates or benchmarks. We may need to renegotiate our Credit Facility or incur other indebtedness, and changes in the method of calculating LIBOR, or the use of an alternative rate or benchmark, may negatively impact the terms of such renegotiated credit facility or such other indebtedness. If changes are made to the method of calculating LIBOR or LIBOR ceases to exist, we may need to amend certain contracts and cannot predict what alternative rate or benchmark would be negotiated. This may result in an increase to our interest expense.

Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock

Our stock price may fluctuate significantly and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.

The market price of our common stock could vary significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. In the event of a drop in the market price of our common stock, you could lose a

 

66


Table of Contents

substantial part or all of your investment in our common stock. The following factors could affect our stock price:

 

 

our operating and financial performance and prospects;

 

 

quarterly variations in the rate of growth (if any) of our financial indicators, such as net income per share, net income and revenues;

 

 

the public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”);

 

 

strategic actions by our competitors;

 

 

changes in operating performance and the stock market valuations of other companies;

 

 

overall conditions in our industry and the markets in which we operate;

 

 

announcements related to litigation;

 

 

our failure to meet revenue or earnings estimates made by research analysts or other investors;

 

 

changes in revenue or earnings estimates, or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage, by equity research analysts;

 

 

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

 

issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts;

 

 

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;

 

 

changes in accounting principles, policies, guidance, interpretations, or standards;

 

 

additions or departures of key management personnel;

 

 

actions by our stockholders;

 

 

general market conditions;

 

 

economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance;

 

 

announcement by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

 

security breaches impacting us or other similar companies;

 

 

expiration of contractual lock-up agreements with our executive officers, directors and stockholders;

 

 

material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

the realization of any risks described under this “Risk factors” section, or other risks that may materialize in the future.

The stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

67


Table of Contents

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited.

Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities, debt or a combination of both. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms or at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our capital requirements. If we issue new debt securities, the debt holders would have rights senior to holders of our common stock to make claims on our assets and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If we issue additional equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, existing stockholders will experience dilution and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, you bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.

EngageSmart, LLC, and upon its formation, EngageSmart, Inc., do not generate any revenue and rely on dividends, distributions, and other payments, advances, and transfers of funds from its subsidiaries to meet its obligations.

We are a holding company that does not conduct any material revenue-generating business operations of our own. As a result, we are largely dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers, including for payments in respect of our indebtedness, from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay cash dividends and/or make loans or advances to us will be dependent upon their respective abilities to achieve sufficient cash flows after satisfying their respective cash requirements to enable the payment of such dividends or the making of such loans or advances. The agreements governing the indebtedness of our subsidiaries impose restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity, and capital resources.” Each of our subsidiaries is a distinct legal entity, and under certain circumstances legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from them and we may be limited in our ability to cause any future joint ventures to distribute their earnings to us. The deterioration of the earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could also limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and are able take advantage of reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies,” which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and have taken advantage of certain exemptions from various disclosure requirements applicable to companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” These exemptions include reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and historical financial statements. In addition, “emerging growth companies” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may decline or become more volatile and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital if and when we need it.

 

68


Table of Contents

We will incur significant costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, and the NYSE, our stock exchange, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. The rules governing management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to continue incurring significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In that regard, we may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. Furthermore, these rules and regulations require us to incur legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

Once we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed under “Prospectus summary—Implications of being an emerging growth company.” After we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur additional management time and cost to comply with the more stringent reporting requirements applicable to companies that are deemed accelerated filers or large accelerated filers, including complying with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of the material weakness is not effective, or we fail to develop and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired.

As we prepared the financial statements that are included in this prospectus, our management has determined that we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Specifically, the deficiencies we identified relate to a lack of certain defined processes and controls over information technology, in the areas of access management, segregation of duties, change management, data

 

69


Table of Contents

governance and program development, and defined processes and controls over the financial statement close process. These deficiencies, when aggregated, are a material weakness and could result in a material misstatement to our financial statements that may not be able to be prevented or detected. As a private company prior to this offering, we did not have sufficient resources assigned to ensure the necessary processes and controls to effectively implement information technology and financial statement close controls required of a public company.

We are taking the following actions to remediate this material weakness:

 

 

the hiring of additional accounting and finance resources with public company experience;

 

 

broadening the scope and improving the effectiveness of existing information technology general controls for identity and access management, segregation of duties, change management, data governance, and program development;

 

 

reviewing, strengthening, and developing policies related to each of these areas of information technology general controls;

 

 

engaging internal and external resources to assist us with remediation and monitoring remediation progress;

 

 

delivering periodic training to our team members, including but not limited to technology and accounting staff, on internal controls over financial reporting; and

 

 

strengthening our information technology compliance and accounting functions with additional experienced hires to assist in the expansion and effectiveness of the existing risk assessment, management processes and the design and implementation of controls responsive to those deficiencies.

We cannot assure you the measures we are taking to remediate the material weakness will be sufficient or that they will prevent future material weaknesses. Additional material weaknesses or failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations as a public company and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods.

Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event in the event our internal controls over financial reporting do not operate effectively. If we are not able to complete our initial assessment of our internal controls and otherwise implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that are filed with the SEC. If we are unable to remediate our existing material weakness or identify additional material weaknesses and are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an emerging growth company, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

70


Table of Contents

General Atlantic, L.P. (“General Atlantic”) will continue to have significant influence over EngageSmart after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

Upon the completion of this offering, General Atlantic will own approximately 60.4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or 60.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). As long as General Atlantic owns or controls a majority of our outstanding voting power, General Atlantic will have the ability to exercise substantial control over all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, irrespective of how our other stockholders may vote, including:

 

 

the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors;

 

 

any amendment of our articles of incorporation or bylaws; or

 

 

the approval of mergers and other significant corporate transactions, including a sale of substantially all of our assets.

Moreover, ownership of our shares by General Atlantic may also adversely affect the trading price for our common stock to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning shares of a company with a controlling stockholder. For example, the concentration of ownership held by General Atlantic could delay, defer, or prevent a change in control of our company or impede a merger, takeover, or other business combination which may otherwise be favorable for us. In addition, directors appointed by General Atlantic currently comprise a majority of the members of our board of directors. General Atlantic is also in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with our business, as well as businesses that are significant existing or potential customers. Some of the companies in which General Atlantic invests may compete with us. General Atlantic may acquire or seek to acquire assets complementary to our business that we seek to acquire and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us or may be more expensive for us to pursue, and as a result, the interests of General Atlantic may not coincide with the interests of our other stockholders. So long as General Atlantic continues to directly or indirectly own a significant amount of our equity, even if such amount is less than 50%, General Atlantic will continue to be able to substantially influence or effectively control our ability to enter into corporate transactions.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, qualify for and intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Following this offering, General Atlantic will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock, and as a result we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

 

 

a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

 

the nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

 

the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

 

there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

 

71


Table of Contents

We may utilize these exemptions as long as we remain a controlled company. See “Management.” Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. After we cease to be a “controlled company,” we will be required to comply with the above referenced requirements within one year.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our charter documents and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Amended Charter”) and our bylaws (“Bylaws”) will contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:

 

 

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

 

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

 

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

 

the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror;

 

 

the ability of our board of directors to alter our Bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

 

the required approval of, prior to the first date General Atlantic and its affiliated companies cease to beneficially own in aggregate at least 40% of our shares entitled to vote (the “Stockholder Consent Trigger Date”), at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares entitled to vote, and on or after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal certain provisions of our Amended Charter, including anti-takeover provisions related to our classified board of directors, voting in the election of directors, rights to fill board vacancies, the ability of our board of directors to alter our Amended Bylaws without stockholder approval, the inability of stockholders to act by written consent, exclusive right of the board of directors to call special meetings of stockholders, and choice of forum, and the required stockholder vote to amend the foregoing provisions of our Amended Charter, as described under “Description of capital stock—Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law and our Amended Charter and Amended Bylaws.

 

 

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent from and after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

 

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors or, prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, by the chairman of our board of directors at the written request of General Atlantic, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

 

 

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

 

72


Table of Contents

These and other provisions in our Amended Charter and our Bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, and result in the market price of our common stock being lower than it would be without these provisions. For more information, see “Description of capital stock—Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law and our Amended Charter and Amended Bylaws.”

Our Amended Charter will provide that certain courts in the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States for certain types of lawsuits will be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our Amended Charter will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), or of our Amended Charter or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The exclusive forum provision provides that it will not apply to claims arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws for which there is exclusive federal or concurrent federal and state jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to have consented to the provisions of our Amended Charter described above. Although we believe this exclusive forum provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws in the types of lawsuits to which each applies, the choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders. However, the enforceability of similar forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings. If a court were to find the exclusive choice of forum provision contained in our Amended Charter to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

Based on our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2021 and an initial public offering price of $24.00 per share, we expect that purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $22.79 per share, or $22.71 per share if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share and the initial public offering price. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors having paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. See “Dilution.”

 

73


Table of Contents

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional common stock or convertible securities in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise, which could adversely affect our stock price.

After the completion of this offering, we will have 489,043,470 shares of common stock authorized but unissued. Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue these shares of common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. At the closing of this offering, we will have approximately 10,966,531 options outstanding, which are exercisable into approximately 10,966,531 shares of common stock. We have reserved approximately 14,798,186 shares for future grant under our 2021 Plan and 2,219,728 shares for future grant under our ESPP. See “Executive and director compensation—Incentive award plans.” Any common stock that we issue, including under our 2021 Plan, ESPP or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, as well as under outstanding options would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.

From time to time in the future, we may also issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock pursuant to a variety of transactions, including acquisitions. Our issuance of additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock would dilute your ownership of us and the sale of a significant amount of such shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the perception in the public market that such sales may occur, could reduce our stock price.

After the completion of this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, we will have 160,956,530 shares of common stock outstanding. The number of outstanding shares of common stock includes 146,406,530 shares beneficially owned by General Atlantic, Summit and certain of our employees, that are “restricted securities,” as defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and eligible for sale in the public market subject to the requirements of Rule 144. We, each of our officers and directors, General Atlantic and all of our other existing stockholders have agreed that (subject to certain exceptions, including early release provisions as described in “Shares eligible for future sale—Lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions”), for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. See “Underwriting.” Following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, all of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding periods, and other limitations of Rule 144. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or any portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements at any time and for any reason. In addition, General Atlantic, Summit, Robert P. Bennett, our Chief Executive Officer and a director, and certain other stockholders have certain rights to require us to register the sale of common stock held by such stockholders, including in connection with underwritten offerings. Sales of significant amounts of stock in the public market upon expiration of lock-up agreements, the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of any lock-up agreements, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock or make it more difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. See “Shares eligible for future sale” for a discussion of the shares of common stock that may be sold into the public market in the future.

There has been no prior public market for our common stock and there can be no assurances that a viable public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained.

Prior to this offering, no public market for our shares of common stock existed and an active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop or be maintained after this offering. If you purchase shares

 

74


Table of Contents

of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in a competitive market. Rather, you will pay the price that we negotiated with the representatives of the underwriters, which may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. The price of our common stock in any such market may be higher or lower than the price that you pay in this offering. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Furthermore, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock.

In addition, the cornerstone investors have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of 2.1 million shares, or approximately $50.4 million, of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. These indications of interest have been made severally but not jointly. Because these indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the cornerstone investors may decide to purchase more, fewer or no shares of our common stock in this offering, or the underwriters may decide to sell more, fewer or no shares of our common stock in this offering to the cornerstone investors. If one or more of the cornerstone investors are allocated all or a portion of the shares in which they have indicated an interest in this offering or more, and purchase any such shares, such purchase could reduce the available public float for our shares if the cornerstone investors hold such shares long term.

The initial public offering price of our common stock may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering.

The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and representatives of the underwriters, based on numerous factors which we discuss in “Underwriters,” and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. If you purchase our common stock, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price.

We do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation of the value of our common stock.

We do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future on our common stock. We intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of outstanding debt. Our Credit Facilities contain, and any future indebtedness likely will contain, restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on us and our ability to pay dividends and make other restricted payments. As a result, any return to stockholders will be limited to any appreciation in the value of our common stock, which is not certain. While we may change this policy at some point in the future, we cannot assure you that we will make such a change. See “Dividend policy.”

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion over the uses of any net proceeds in this offering. Accordingly, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management and board of directors with respect to the use of those proceeds. Our management and board of directors may cause us to spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways that our stockholders may not desire or that may not yield a favorable return. The failure by our management and board of directors to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending the use of these funds, including funds to be used for the repayment of outstanding indebtedness, we may invest a portion of the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

 

75


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or publish negative reports, our stock price could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business or our market. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company issues adverse or misleading research or reports regarding us, our business model, our stock performance or our market, or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

We may issue preferred securities, the terms of which could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred securities having such designations, preferences, limitations, and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred securities could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred securities the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred securities could affect the residual value of the common stock.

General risk factors

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing standards of the NYSE, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems, and resources. Furthermore, several members of our management team do not have prior experience in running a public company. For example, the Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations. As a result of the complexity involved in complying with the rules and regulations applicable to public companies, our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Although we have already hired additional employees to assist us in complying with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our operating expenses. In addition, changing laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs, and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest substantial resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from business operations to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations, and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and

 

76


Table of Contents

practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed. We also expect that being a public company that is subject to these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly members who can serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers. As a result of the disclosure obligations required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which may result in an increased risk of threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, would divert the resources of our management and harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

GAAP is subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. The accounting for our business is complicated, particularly in the area of revenue recognition, and is subject to change based on the evolution of our business model, interpretations of relevant accounting principles, enforcement of existing or new regulations, and changes in SEC or other agency policies, rules, regulations, and interpretations of accounting regulations. Changes to our business model and accounting methods, principles, or interpretations could result in changes to our consolidated financial statements, including changes in revenue and expenses in any period, or in certain categories of revenue and expenses moving to different periods, may result in materially different financial results, and may require that we change how we process, analyze, and report financial information and our financial reporting controls.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and other market-specific or other relevant factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Critical accounting policies and estimates.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, and equity, and the amount of revenue and expenses. Significant estimates and judgments involve: revenue recognition, valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, valuation of contingent consideration liabilities, and the valuation of common stock/shares and equity-based awards. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

 

77


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $287.5 million, based upon an initial public offering price of $24.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $301.5 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock offered by the selling stockholders.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $12.2 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $22.6 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, facilitate an orderly distribution for the selling stockholders, and create a public market for our common stock. We expect to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay in full the outstanding borrowings of approximately $114.2 million under our Credit Facilities. We currently intend to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including to fund our growth, acquire complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies, working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. We do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time. We will have broad discretion over the uses of any net proceeds in this offering to be used for general corporate purposes.

The Credit Facilities mature on February 11, 2024, subject to certain permitted extensions. As of June 30, 2021, we had $112.3 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility, net of debt issuance costs. We have not drawn upon the Revolving Credit Facility, although $2.1 million has been pledged against the Revolving Credit Facility in the form of a line of credit, reducing our borrowing capacity. The Initial Term Loan Facility bears interest at the adjusted LIBO rate plus 3.25% per annum (7.5% as of June 30, 2021) and bears PIK interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum. The Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility bears interest at the adjusted LIBO rate plus 3.25% per annum (7.5% as of June 30, 2021) and bears PIK interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum. The Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at a rate of either the base rate plus 5.00% per annum or the adjusted LIBO rate plus 6.00% per annum. For additional information, see “Description of indebtedness.”

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and our investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering.

Pending the use of the net proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

78


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness, and therefore we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Furthermore, because we do not conduct any business operations of our own, our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock depends on receipt of cash distributions and dividends from our other direct and indirect subsidiaries. Our ability to pay dividends may be restricted by the terms of the Credit Facilities, any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred equity securities of us or our subsidiaries. See “Description of capital stock” and “Description of indebtedness.” Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with contractual restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our current and future indebtedness. Any such determination will also depend upon our business prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and availability and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. See “Risk factors—Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock—We do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation of the value of our common stock.”

 

79


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2021 on:

 

 

an actual basis;

 

 

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Corporate Conversion; and

 

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as more fully described in “Use of proceeds,” including the effect of the repayment in full of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities.

You should read this table together with the sections titled “Summary consolidated financial and operating information,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

   
     As of June 30, 2021  
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    Actual     Pro forma     Pro forma as
adjusted(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 31,761     $ 31,761     $ 206,261  
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt (including current portion)(2)(4):

      

Term Loan Facility(3)(5)

   $ 112,266     $ 112,266     $  

Revolving Loan Facility(3)

                  
  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 112,266     $ 112,266     $  

Members’/stockholders’ equity:

      

Class A-1 common shares, no par value; 97,209,436 shares issued and outstanding/authorized, actual; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     293,286              

Class A-2 common shares, no par value; 45,262,340 shares issued and outstanding/authorized, actual; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     136,559              

Class A-3 common shares, no par value; 5,484,754 shares issued and outstanding/authorized, actual; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     21,364      

Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; no shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 10,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                  

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; no shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, actual; 650,000,000 shares authorized and 147,956,530 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 650,000,000 shares authorized and 160,956,530 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

           148       161  

Additional paid-in capital

           451,061       738,528  

Accumulated members’/stockholders’ deficit

     (20,867     (20,867     (22,104
  

 

 

 

Total members’/stockholders’ equity

     430,342       430,342       716,585  
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 542,608     $ 542,608     $ 716,585  

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents
(1)   Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $12.2 million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares of our common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $22.6 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $24.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

(2)   See “Description of Indebtedness” for a description of our Credit Facilities. We expect to repay in full and extinguish our Credit Facilities with the proceeds from this offering. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

(3)   Net of $1.2 million of debt issuance costs for the Term Loan Facility. We have not drawn upon the Revolving Credit Facility, although $2.1 million has been pledged against the Revolving Credit Facility in the form of a line of credit, reducing our borrowing capacity.

 

(4)   On or about the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into the New Revolving Credit Facility arranged by certain syndicate lenders. Proceeds from the New Revolving Credit Facility are expected to be used to finance working capital and for other general corporate purposes. See “Prospectus summary—New senior secured revolving credit facility” for more information about the New Revolving Credit Facility.

 

(5)   Excludes $0.7 million of PIK interest incurred after June 30, 2021.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering reflected in the table above is based on 147,956,530 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and excludes:

 

 

10,966,531 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2021 under our LLC Option Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.42 per share;

 

 

698,010 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under the LLC Option Plan after June 30, 2021, at a weighted average exercise price of $17.54 per share;

 

 

14,798,186 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan (including 312,500 shares issuable upon the vesting and settlement of the IPO RSUs), which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan; and

 

 

2,219,728 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock were exercised in full, pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and number of shares of our common stock outstanding would be $220.3 million, $752.5 million, $730.6 million and 161,576,584, respectively.

 

81


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the book value of our tangible assets less the book value of our total liabilities divided by the number of shares of common stock then issued and outstanding after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion.

The historical net tangible book deficit as of June 30, 2021 was $(93.3) million or, $(0.63) per LLC Share. Historical net tangible book deficit per LLC Share represents the amounts of our tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the total number of LLC Shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion, our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of June 30, 2021 was $(93.3) million, or $(0.63) per share, based on 147,956,530 shares of our common stock outstanding after the Corporate Conversion. After giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as more fully described in “Use of proceeds,” including the effect of the repayment in full of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021 would have been approximately $195.2 million, or approximately $1.21 per share. This amount represents an immediate and substantial dilution of $22.79 per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock

           $ 24.00  

Historical net tangible book deficit per LLC Share as of June 30, 2021

   $ (0.63  

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share as of June 30, 2021 before this offering

     (0.63  

Increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

     1.84    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

       1.21  
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

     $ 22.79  

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.08, and dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $0.92, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. An increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.14 per share and decrease the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering to $22.65 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. A decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.13 per share and increase the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering to $22.92 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $13.0 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

82


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would be $1.29 per share, and the dilution to new investors would be $22.71 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $24.00 per share, in which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of June 30, 2021, the difference between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $24.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 

       
     Shares of common
stock purchased
     Total consideration      Average price
per share
of common  stock
 
      Number      Percent      Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

     147,956,530        91.9%      $ 436,003,609        58.3%      $ 2.95  

New investors

     13,000,000        8.1           312,000,000        41.7           24.00  
  

 

 

 

Total

     160,956,530        100.0%      $ 748,003,609        100.0%     
 

                

 

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately 91.6% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 13,620,054, or approximately 8.4% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing tables and calculations are based on 147,956,530 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion, and excludes:

 

 

10,966,531 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2021 under our LLC Option Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $3.42 per share;

 

 

698,010 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under the LLC Option Plan after June 30, 2021, at a weighted average exercise price of $17.54 per share;

 

 

14,798,186 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan (including 312,500 shares issuable upon the vesting and settlement of the IPO RSUs), which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan; and

 

 

2,219,728 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

 

83


Table of Contents

Corporate Conversion

We currently operate as a Delaware limited liability company under the name EngageSmart, LLC. Prior to the closing of this offering, EngageSmart, LLC intends to convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion, and will change its name to EngageSmart, Inc. In order to consummate the Corporate Conversion, a certificate of conversion will be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. In this prospectus, we refer to all transactions related to our conversion to a corporation as the Corporate Conversion.

In conjunction with the Corporate Conversion, all of our LLC Shares will be converted into an aggregate of 147,956,530 shares of our common stock, and holders of LLC Shares will become holders of shares of common stock of EngageSmart, Inc. The number of shares of common stock issuable in connection with the Corporate Conversion will be determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of the plan of conversion.

In connection with the Corporate Conversion, EngageSmart, Inc. will continue to hold all property and assets of EngageSmart, LLC and will assume all of the debts and obligations of EngageSmart, LLC. EngageSmart, Inc. will be governed by a certificate of incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and bylaws, the material portions of which are described under the heading “Description of Capital Stock.” On the effective date of the Corporate Conversion, the members of the board of managers of EngageSmart, LLC will become the members of EngageSmart, Inc.’s board of directors, and the officers of EngageSmart, LLC will become the officers of EngageSmart, Inc.

References in this prospectus to our capitalization and other matters pertaining to our equity prior to the Corporate Conversion relate to the capitalization and equity of EngageSmart, LLC, and after the Corporate Conversion, to EngageSmart, Inc. The consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are those of EngageSmart, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. We expect that the Corporate Conversion will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

The purpose of the Corporate Conversion is to reorganize our structure so that the entity that is offering our common stock to the public in this offering is a Delaware corporation rather than a Delaware limited liability company, and so that our existing investors will own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company.

 

84


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Summary consolidated financial and operating information” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements, such as those relating to our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions, and beliefs, which involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the sections titled “Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements” and “Risk factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading provider of vertically-tailored customer engagement software and integrated payments capabilities based on number of customers. We offer single instance, multi-tenant true SaaS vertical solutions that are designed to simplify our customers’ engagement with their clients by driving digital adoption and self-service. As of June 30, 2021, we served over 68,000 customers in the SMB Solutions segment and over 3,000 customers in the Enterprise Solutions segment across five core verticals: Health & Wellness, Government, Utilities, Financial Services, and Giving. Our SaaS solutions are purpose-built for each vertical we serve and they simplify and automate mission-critical workflows such as scheduling, client onboarding, client communication, paperless billing, and electronic payment processing. In 2020, we estimate over 26 million consumers interacted with an EngageSmart solution. Our solutions transform our customers’ digital engagement and empower them to manage, improve, and grow their businesses.

Our vertically-tailored solutions include software and payment tools that automate mission-critical business workflows for customers across our verticals. Our value proposition is focused on transforming our customers’ digital engagement through four core SaaS solutions, including:

 

 

SimplePractice.    An end-to-end practice management and EHR platform that health and wellness professionals use to manage their practices. SimplePractice serves clinicians, who are our customers, throughout their career journey, allowing them to manage their practice development from licensure to private practice. SimplePractice optimizes and enhances the customer and their clients’ experience by enabling customers to engage with their clients across both virtual and in-person settings, schedule appointments, document cases, and handle all aspects of billing and insurance processing on one integrated platform. In 2020, SimplePractice helped its customers manage and see 3.9 million patients and over 44 million appointments were scheduled through SimplePractice’s platform. Our platform also helps our customers build and grow their practices through the use of our online marketplace, Monarch, and other practice marketing solutions such as our integrated professional website builder. Through SimplePractice Learning, we help our customers grow as professionals through high quality, on-demand video continuing education courses created by experts across the health and wellness fields.

 

 

InvoiceCloud.    An electronic bill presentment and payment solution that helps our Government, Utility, and Financial Services customers digitize billing, client communications, and collections. We believe InvoiceCloud drives superior client digital adoption, which increases engagement and drives operational efficiency for our customers.

 

 

HealthPay24.    A patient engagement and payment platform that helps health systems, physician groups, dental practices, and medical billers efficiently drive patient self-pay collections.

 

85


Table of Contents
 

DonorDrive.    A fundraising software platform that helps non-profits, healthcare organizations, and higher education institutions produce virtual events, launch branded donation campaigns, and create peer-to-peer fundraising experiences.

Since inception, we have been focused on growing and scaling our business in a rapid yet sustainable and disciplined fashion by driving digital adoption, winning new customers, launching new products, expanding into new verticals, and pursuing select strategic acquisitions.

 

LOGO

Our success in helping our customers simplify, streamline, and grow their businesses has allowed us to achieve significant growth. For the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated revenue of $8.2 million, $74.3 million and $146.6 million, respectively and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we generated revenue of $62.5 million and $99.2 million, respectively. For the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, we had total net loss of $39.1 million, $14.5 million and $6.7 million, respectively and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we had total net (loss) income of $(6.4) million and $0.3 million, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA was $(0.1) million, $4.5 million, and $22.0 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Successor 2019 Period and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $5.3 million and $15.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. See “Prospectus summary—Summary consolidated financial and operating information—Key business metric and non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, to net (loss) income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Our business segments

We have two reportable segments, Enterprise Solutions and SMB Solutions, which we organize by our go-to-market strategy as outlined in “Business—Our go-to-market strategy.” The chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”), which is our chief executive officer, evaluates segment operating performance using revenue and Adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments to make resource allocation decisions and evaluate segment performance.

 

 

Enterprise Solutions.    The Enterprise Solutions segment is primarily engaged in providing SaaS solutions that simplify customer-client engagement primarily through electronic billing and digital payments. Enterprise solutions are built to address the unique needs of specific verticals: Health & Wellness, Government, Utilities, Financial Services, and Giving. For our Enterprise Solutions segment, we integrate directly with our customers’ back-end core systems and go to market with a partner-assisted direct sales model. We generate a significant majority of our revenue in this segment from transaction and usage-based revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, this segment generated 57% and 50% of revenue, respectively.

 

 

SMB Solutions.    The SMB Solutions segment is primarily engaged in providing end-to-end practice management solutions geared toward the Health & Wellness industry. For our SMB Solutions segment, we primarily rely on a free-trial to paid customer sales model. For the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019

 

86


Table of Contents
 

Period and the year ended December 31, 2020, we converted 41.9%, 42.9% and 34.8% of trial users to paid customers. We generate interest for our offerings in our SMB Solutions segment through a combination of search engine optimization, word-of-mouth, paid customer referrals, and search engine marketing. We generate a significant majority of our revenue in this segment from subscription revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, this segment generated 43% and 50% of revenue, respectively.

Our revenue model

We sell our solutions through an efficient and diversified go-to-market strategy that includes digital marketing, direct sales, and strategic partnerships. In our SMB Solutions segment, our SimplePractice solution is primarily distributed through inbound interest resulting from search engine optimization, word-of-mouth, paid customer referrals, and search engine marketing. In our Enterprise Solutions segment, InvoiceCloud, HealthPay24, and DonorDrive, we go-to-market with a direct sales force, often in conjunction with strategic partners, such as back-end software providers, that provide lead generation and selling support. Our Enterprise products integrate directly with our customers’ back-end core systems, and we have over 300 unique integrations to customer billing and client management systems. These channel partnerships and deep integrations provide us greater reach into our vertical markets with pre-qualified leads that drive highly efficient sales processes and result in longer-term customer relationships.

We primarily generate two types of revenue: (i) subscription revenue and (ii) transaction and usage-based revenue.

 

 

Subscription revenue.    Generally consists of recurring monthly SaaS subscriptions from the sale of our solutions.

 

 

Transaction and usage-based revenue.    Generally based on the number of Transactions Processed or the dollar value of the Transactions Processed within our software solutions, which is paid to us by our customers, our customers’ clients, or a combination of both. For our transaction and usage-based revenue that is derived from the facilitation of payment processing, in general, we receive more revenue for card-based payments than for electronic check and ACH payments. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry—Our revenue is sensitive to shifts in payment methods.”

Our goal is to drive digital adoption of our software solutions, and our transaction and usage-based revenue aligns our success with our customers’ success. The more our customers and their clients accelerate digital adoption, the more our revenue increases. Our ability to grow with our customers is best demonstrated by our dollar-based net retention rate. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, our dollar-based net retention rate was 115% and 124%, respectively. In addition, no single customer represented more than 2% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Impact of COVID-19 on our business

Our customers and partners were impacted and will continue to be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, which ultimately affects our business operations and results. The impact of COVID-19 differed across the verticals we serve. For our SMB Solutions segment, clinicians accelerated adoption of our practice management software as they transitioned to virtual healthcare. Our pre-built features such as telehealth, online scheduling, AutoPay, and secure messaging proved to be invaluable to our customers. For our Enterprise Solutions segment, COVID-19 accelerated adoption of our online and automatic payment features, and we were able to provide customers the digital engagement and electronic payment capabilities they needed to serve their clients. On the other hand, certain solutions experienced a slowdown in usage. For example, elective procedures and nonessential hospital visits were delayed or canceled, and charities and nonprofits were unable to host large,

 

87


Table of Contents

in-person events given shelter-in-place policies. These headwinds were partially offset by our ability to offer digital engagement, such as virtual fundraising and online donations, which enabled our customers to continue hosting events.

The full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will directly or indirectly impact our business, results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted. Given the evolving nature of COVID-19, we will continue to closely monitor the pandemic’s impact on both the verticals we serve and our business specifically. We will continue to prioritize the safety of our employees, customers, their clients and communities in which we operate. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry—The COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse impact on our employees, customers, partners, clients and other key stakeholders, which could materially and adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition.”

Key factors affecting our performance

We believe the growth and future success of our business depends on many factors. While these factors present significant opportunities for our business, they also pose important challenges we must successfully address in order to sustain our growth.

Acquiring new customers

Sustaining continued revenue growth relies on the adoption of our solutions by new customers. Our verticals are large, underpenetrated, and generally non-cyclical with significant whitespace, low digital adoption, and growing usage of software and payments. We believe there is a significant opportunity to attract new customers with our current offerings in the verticals we operate. We plan to continue winning new customers by investing in our salesforce and digital marketing, improving the awareness of our brands and solutions, and building new partnerships and integrations. We intend to continue winning market share by driving product leadership and digital adoption for our customers.

We measure the efficiency of new customer acquisition by comparing the lifetime value (“LTV”) of newly-acquired customers to our customer acquisition costs (“CAC”) to provide an “LTV:CAC” ratio. We calculate LTV as the (i) average revenue per customer, multiplied by (ii) our gross margin adjusted for implementation expenses and expenses that are non-cash or one-time in nature, including stock/equity-based compensation costs, amortization of intangibles and acquisition related expenses, less (iii) average fees paid to third-party channel partners per customer, multiplied by (iv) the fraction that is one divided by the annual rate that customers churn. We calculate CAC as (i) our adjusted sales and marketing expense, which excludes fees paid to third-party channel partners and expenses that are non-cash or one-time in nature, including stock/equity-based compensation costs amortization of intangibles and transaction-related expenses, plus (ii) implementation expenses, divided by (iii) the number of new customers added during the period. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our LTV:CAC ratio exceeded 11x. Our ability to add new customers will depend on a number of factors, including the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, satisfaction of our customers, pricing and effectiveness of our products, and the offerings of our competitors.

Increasing revenue from existing customers

Our base of existing customers represents an opportunity for further revenue expansion. We grow with our existing customers in two ways: adding product features and functionalities to our solutions, and continuing to drive digital adoption of our existing solutions. With SimplePractice, we have a successful track record of building out a complete ecosystem for health and wellness clinicians that extends beyond practice management to professional websites, learning opportunities, digital content, and marketplace products. With InvoiceCloud, driving digital adoption enables us to capture more electronic bill payments and generate more transaction and usage-based revenue. With each of our customers’ clients who migrate from paper to electronic payments, our revenue increases.

 

88


Table of Contents

We have a history of growing with our customers over time. The chart below illustrates the revenue generated within a given cohort over the years presented. Each cohort represents customers from which we received revenue for the first time in a given year. For example, the 2018 cohort represents customers who generated revenue for us for the first time at any point between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018. Because of the timing of acquisitions and the availability of comparable data, this chart excludes revenue from select recent acquisitions, which represented less than 15% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020. We have seen significant expansion across all of our cohorts. We expect cohort revenue will fluctuate from one period to another depending on, among other factors, our ability to increase revenue generated by the customers within a given cohort and other changes to solutions we sell to such customers. While we believe these cohorts are a fair representation of our overall customer base, there is no assurance that they will be representative of any future group of customers or periods.

Revenue by cohort

 

LOGO

Our ability to grow with and create value for our existing customers underpins our dollar-based net retention rate. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, our dollar-based net retention rate was 115% and 124%, respectively. We calculate our dollar-based net retention rate as of the end of the period indicated by using (a) the revenue from all customers during the twelve months ending one year prior to such period as the denominator and (b) the revenue from all remaining customers during the twelve months ending as of the end of such period minus the revenue from all customers who are new customers during those twelve months as the numerator. We define new customers as customers with whom we have generated less than twelve months of revenue. Acquired businesses are reflected in our dollar-based net retention rate beginning one year following the date of acquisition. While we have maintained this high dollar-based net retention over the past two years, this number may decrease over time as our customer base matures.

Our ability to increase sales to our existing customers will depend on a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction with our solution, pricing, competition, and overall changes in customer spending. Even if our customers expand their usage of our solutions, we cannot guarantee that they will maintain those usage levels for any meaningful period of time.

 

89


Table of Contents

Expanding our product offerings

We will continue to invest in our solutions and introduce new products and features to drive adoption and increase penetration in our verticals, Health & Wellness, Government, Utilities, Financial Services, and Giving. In order to maintain our product leadership, we continue to invest in new products and develop the tools and features that customers need to win in the marketplace. We actively solicit our customers’ feedback in order to build products that best fit their business needs. These insights enable us to continually assess opportunities to develop or enhance our products to further expand market share, drive customer stickiness, and fuel growth for our business. We may expend significant resources in the development of additional products and features. Our ability to successfully develop and monetize new products and features may depend on a number of factors, including the availability of capital to invest in innovation, the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, competition, pricing, and our customers’ satisfaction and spending.

Expanding into new verticals

We intend to expand into new verticals and sub-verticals with a particular focus on those with low digital adoption and growing usage of software and payments. We think these underpenetrated markets provide an attractive whitespace opportunity to introduce our products and drive adoption. With many verticals in the early stages of their digital adoption, we are well positioned to capitalize on what we believe is an exciting growth trajectory in these untapped markets. Our ability to successfully enter new verticals or sub-verticals could be contingent on a number of factors, such as the availability of capital to invest in innovation or acquisitions, the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, competition, pricing, and our customers’ satisfaction and spending.

Pursuing strategic acquisitions to expand our reach

Strategic acquisitions enable us to complement our existing solutions and increase the value proposition we deliver to our customers. For example, we may pursue acquisitions that we believe will help us expand within existing or new industry verticals or enter new markets. We plan to pursue strategic acquisitions that meet our strict criteria and provide value for current and potential customers. We believe the combination of our market leadership and deep industry expertise creates a competitive advantage in pursuing select acquisitions. We may be required to expend significant resources in the pursuit of acquisitions and investments.

Key business metric and non-GAAP financial measures

We review the following key business metric and non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions. Accordingly, we believe our key business metric and non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management team. Our key business metric and non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only, should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP and may be different from similarly titled metrics or measures presented by other companies.

Transactions processed

Transactions Processed refers to the number of accepted payment transactions, such as credit card and debit card transactions, ACH payments, emerging electronic payments, other communication, text messaging and interactive voice response transactions, and other payment transaction types, which are facilitated through our platform during a given period. We believe Transactions Processed is a useful key business metric for investors because it directly correlates with transaction and usage-based revenue. We use Transactions Processed to evaluate changes in transaction and usage-based revenue over time.

 

90


Table of Contents
           
(in millions)    Predecessor 2019
Period
     Successor 2019
Period
     Year ended
December 31,
2020
     Six months ended
June 30, 2020
     Six months ended
June 30, 2021
 

Transactions Processed (in millions)

     5.4        48.0        79.4        36.7        51.5  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increase in Transactions Processed from 2019 to 2020 and from the six months ended June 30, 2020 to June 30, 2021 was driven by the addition of new customers and increased digital payment adoption among existing customers.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income excluding interest expense, net; provision (benefit) for income taxes; depreciation; and amortization of intangible assets, as further adjusted for transaction-related expenses, fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue, stock/equity-based compensation, and restructuring charges. We define Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue plus the fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, when taken collectively with our GAAP results, may be helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance and assists in comparisons with other companies, some of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results. For more information about how we use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin in our business, the limitations of these measures, and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to net (loss) income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, please see the section titled “Prospectus summary—Summary consolidated financial and operating information—Key business metric and non-GAAP financial measures.”

 

           
(in thousands, except
percentages)
  Predecessor 2019
Period
    Successor 2019
Period
    Year ended
December 31,
2020
    Six months ended
June 30, 2020
    Six months ended
June 30, 2021
 

Net (loss) income

  $ (39,135)     $ (14,463)     $ (6,678)     $ (6,389)     $ 274  

Net (loss) income margin

    (480.1)%       (19.5)%       (4.6)%       (10.2)%       0.3%  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (59)     $ 4,531     $ 22,039     $ 5,285     $ 15,683  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

    (0.7)%       5.9%       15.0%       8.4%       15.8%  

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Margin

We define Adjusted Gross Profit as gross profit as adjusted for fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue, amortization, stock/equity-based compensation, and transaction-related expenses. We define Adjusted Gross Margin as Adjusted Gross Profit divided by revenue plus the fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue. We believe that Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Margin, when taken collectively with our GAAP results, may be helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance and assists in comparisons with other companies, some of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results. For more information about how we use Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Margin in our business, the limitations of these measures, and a reconciliation of Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Margin to gross profit, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, please see the section titled “Prospectus summary—Summary consolidated financial and operating information—Key business metric and non-GAAP financial measures.”

 

           
(in thousands, except
percentages)
  Predecessor 2019
Period
    Successor 2019
Period
    Year ended
December 31,
2020
    Six months ended
June 30, 2020
    Six months ended
June 30, 2021
 

Gross profit

  $ 4,676     $ 52,915     $ 108,964     $ 45,654     $ 73,673  

Gross profit margin

    57.4%       71.2%       74.3%       73.0%       74.3%  

Adjusted Gross Profit

  $ 6,327     $ 60,561     $ 115,796     $ 49,069     $ 76,903  

Adjusted Gross Margin

    77.6%       78.8%       78.7%       78.1%       77.5%  

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

Acquisitions

In addition to our organic growth, we have grown through acquisitions that have expanded our presence in current markets or facilitated our entry into new markets. Below is a summary of key recent acquisitions.

Payment Service Network, Inc.

On January 2, 2020, we acquired 100% of the outstanding equity interests of Payment Service Network, Inc. (“PSN”), a SaaS electronic billing and payment provider that provides online billing and end-user communication across multiple industries, including utilities and municipalities. PSN was acquired for total consideration of $24.6 million, comprised of a net cash payment of $20.2 million, a working capital adjustment of $0.1 million owed to us, and contingent consideration of $4.4 million representing the fair value of potential payments to the former shareholders of PSN. The results of operations attributable to PSN are contained within the Enterprise Solutions segment.

Track Your Hours, LLC

On April 3, 2020, we acquired 100% of the outstanding equity interests of Track Your Hours, LLC (“TYH”), a leading provider of software for tracking progress and hours for students and trainees who are in the process of obtaining their licensure as marriage and family therapists, licensed clinical social workers, and licensed professional clinical counselors. TYH was acquired for total consideration of $5.5 million, comprised of $5.3 million of cash paid, net of cash acquired, and contingent consideration with a fair market value of $0.2 million at the time of the acquisition. The results of operations attributable to TYH are contained within the SMB Solutions segment.

Components of results of operations

Revenue

We generate revenue primarily from providing access to our SaaS solutions via subscription and transaction and usage-based fees for services provided through such solutions. To a lesser extent, we also generate revenue from the sale of implementation and other SaaS solutions, and the sale of hardware.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of hosting and data storage costs associated with infrastructure and platform environments, certain variable transaction related costs, personnel-related expenses for our customer support and operations teams, and amortization of intangible assets related to acquired technologies. We expect that cost of revenue will increase in absolute dollars, but it may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period as we continue to invest in growing our business across our segments.

Operating expenses

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, professional fees, non-income tax-related expenses and transaction-related costs. We expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company and to support the anticipated growth of our business. We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase, but they may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period. Over the longer term, we expect general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue as we leverage the scale of our business.

 

92


Table of Contents

Selling and marketing

Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, inclusive of sales commission expense, fees paid to third-party partners and costs to market and promote our solutions through advertisements and marketing events. We expect our selling and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in new customer acquisition and retention efforts, but they may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period.

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, third-party consulting costs, and software tools associated with developing new products and features or enhancing existing products. Costs associated with developing new products and features that qualify as internal use software are capitalized and amortized. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars, but they may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period as we expand our research and development team to develop new products and enhance existing products.

Contingent consideration net (benefit) expense

Contingent consideration net (benefit) expense consists of increases or decreases in the fair value of our contingent consideration liabilities. We remeasure the fair value of potential future payments based upon the achievement levels of remaining targets at each subsequent reporting period until the contingent liabilities are settled or have expired.

Restructuring charges

Restructuring charges consist of charges related to our restructuring efforts associated with relocating certain operations. Refer to Note 15—Restructuring to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus for additional information.

Amortization of intangible assets

Amortization of intangible assets, within operating expenses, consists primarily of amortization of customer relationships and tradenames assets acquired as part of a business combination. We amortize acquired intangible assets over their estimated useful lives based on the pattern of consumption of the economic benefits or, if that pattern cannot be readily determined, on a straight-line basis.

Other income (expense)

Interest expense

Interest expense consists of interest expense on our outstanding debt.

 

93


Table of Contents

Results of operations

The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in the prospectus.

Comparison of the six months ended June 30, 2020 to the six months ended June 30, 2021

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented in dollars and as a percentage of revenue:

 

     
     Six months ended
June 30, 2020
     Six months ended
June 30, 2021
 
(in thousands, except percentages)    Dollars     % of
revenue
     Dollars     % of
revenue
 

Revenue

   $ 62,534       100.0%      $ 99,171       100.0%  

Cost of revenue

     16,880       27.0%        25,498       25.7%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     45,654       73.0%        73,673       74.3%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

         

General and administrative

     12,327       19.7%        16,703       16.8%  

Selling and marketing

     22,921       36.7%        32,128       32.4%  

Research and development

     9,781       15.6%        14,815       14.9%  

Contingent consideration net expense

           0.0%        213       0.2%  

Restructuring charges

           0.0%        89       0.1%  

Amortization of intangible assets

     4,666       7.5%        4,724       4.8%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     49,695       79.5%        68,672       69.2%  

(Loss) income from operations

     (4,041     (6.5)%        5,001       5.0%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

         

Interest expense, including related party interest

     (5,113     (8.2)%        (4,600     (4.6)%  

Other income (expense), net

     32       0.1%        (79     (0.1)%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (5,081     (8.1)%        (4,679     (4.7)%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (9,122     (14.6)%        322       0.3%  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (2,733     (4.4)%        48       0.0%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (6,389     (10.2)%      $ 274       0.3%  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

Revenue was $62.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $99.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $36.6 million, or 58.6%. The increase in revenue primarily relates to (i) an increase in customers, which grew from 49,652 as of June 30, 2020 to 71,848 as of June 30, 2021, primarily attributable to our SMB Solutions segment, and (ii) an increase in Transactions Processed, which grew from 36.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to 51.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 driven by our Enterprise Solutions segment, and to a lesser extent our SMB Solutions segment. The growth in customers and number of Transactions Processed was accelerated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic as customers demanded certain digital options and features offered by our solutions.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue was $16.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $25.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $8.6 million, or 51.1%. The increase in cost of revenue primarily relates to an increase of $3.3 million in personnel-related costs, particularly for customer support, associated

 

94


Table of Contents

with headcount growth needed to sustain the increased demand for our solutions, and an increase of $4.2 million in certain variable transaction related and hosting costs due to higher usage of our solutions.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses were $12.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $16.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $4.4 million, or 35.5%. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to an increase of $2.9 million in personnel-related costs associated with additional headcount to support our overall growth and expand our public company infrastructure, and an increase of $1.0 million in consulting, legal, audit, and other professional fees primarily related to third parties who were engaged to assist with preparation for a potential initial public offering.

Selling and marketing expenses

Selling and marketing expenses were $22.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $32.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $9.2 million, or 40.2%. The increase in selling and marketing expenses was primarily due to an increase of $4.4 million in personnel-related costs associated with headcount growth, an increase of $2.3 million in fees paid to third-party channel partners, and an increase of $1.5 million in advertising and other marketing-related spend utilized to drive new customer additions.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses were $9.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $14.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $5.0 million, or 51.5%. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to an increase of $3.7 million in personnel-related costs associated with headcount growth and an increase of $1.0 million in third-party consulting costs. Headcount growth and the increase in usage of third-party consultants was associated with enhancing the functionality and ease of use of our solutions.

Contingent consideration net (benefit) expense

There was no contingent consideration expense recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The increase in contingent consideration expense relates to the change in fair value of the contingent consideration liability recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Restructuring charges

There were no restructuring charges recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The increase in restructuring charges for the six months ended June 30, 2021 relates to updated future sublease assumptions associated with a lease exited in July 2020.

Amortization of intangible assets

Amortization of intangible assets, within operating expenses, remained consistent for the six months ended June 30, 2020 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021 and totaled $4.7 million in both periods.

Interest expense

Interest expense was $5.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $4.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, a decrease of $0.5 million, or 10.0%. The decrease in interest expense is primarily associated with the maturity of the related party notes in the first quarter of 2021.

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

(Benefit) provision for income taxes was ($2.7) million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to less than $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The increase in (benefit) provision for income taxes is

 

95


Table of Contents

due to the increase in book income during the 2021 period compared to 2020, as well as lower excess benefits of equity-based compensation during the six months period ended June 30, 2021.

Comparison of the Predecessor 2019 Period and Successor 2019 Period to the year ended December 31, 2020

The results of operations discussion below compare the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period and the year ended December 31, 2020. We believe that this comparison presented below provides the most meaningful supplemental discussion of our 2019 and 2020 results of operations for potential investors. However, due to the application of acquisition accounting as of February 11, 2019, the results of operations for the Successor 2019 Period are not fully comparable to those of the Predecessor 2019 Period and for the year ended December 31, 2020. Specifically, the application of acquisition accounting resulted in a reduction of deferred revenue, as well as an increase in intangible asset amortization in the Successor 2019 Period and the year ended December 31, 2020. Additionally, the Predecessor 2019 Period contains significant acquisition-related expenses associated with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition that were not present within the Successor Period or the year ended December 31, 2020. Acquisition-related expenses associated with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition for the Predecessor 2019 Period recorded within cost of revenue, general and administrative, selling and marketing and research and development expenses totaled $1.6 million, $22.4 million, $3.1 million and $9.0 million, respectively. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented in dollars and as a percentage of revenue:

 

       
     Predecessor 2019 Period      Successor 2019 Period      Year ended
December 31, 2020
 
(in thousands, except percentages)    Dollars      % of
revenue
     Dollars      % of
revenue
     Dollars      % of
revenue
 

Revenue

   $ 8,151        100.0%      $ 74,281        100.0%      $ 146,557        100.0%  

Cost of revenue

     3,475        42.6%        21,366        28.8%        37,593        25.7%  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     4,676        57.4%        52,915        71.2%        108,964        74.3%  
  

 

 

 
 

Operating expenses:

                 

General and administrative

     25,584        313.9%        15,657        21.1%        26,866        18.3%  

Selling and marketing

     6,221        76.3%        29,282        39.4%        48,581        33.1%  

Research and development

     11,140        136.7%        12,583        16.9%        20,788        14.2%  

Contingent consideration net (benefit) expense

                   (212)        (0.3)%        257        0.2%  

Restructuring charges

                                 2,434        1.7%  

Amortization of intangible assets

     226        2.8%        7,508        10.1%        9,390        6.4%  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     43,171        529.6%        64,818        87.3%        108,316        73.9%  
  

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (38,495)        (472.3)%        (11,903)        (16.0)%        648        0.4%  
  

 

 

 
 

Other income (expense):

                 

Interest expense

     (592)        (7.3)%        (7,206)        (9.7)%        (9,908)        (6.8)%  

Other (expense) income, net

     (8)        (0.1)%        4        0.0%        (44)        0.0%  
  

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (600)        (7.4)%        (7,202)        (9.7)%        (9,952)        (6.8)%  
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (39,095)        (479.6)%        (19,105)        (25.7)%        (9,304)        (6.3)%  

Provision (benefit) from income taxes

     40        0.5%        (4,642)        (6.2)%        (2,626)        (1.8)%  
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (39,135)        (480.1%)      $ (14,463)        (19.5)%      $ (6,678)        (4.6)%  

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

Revenue

Revenue was $8.2 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, $74.3 million for the Successor 2019 Period and $146.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in revenue is due to (i) an increase in customers from 35,767 as of December 31, 2019 to 60,420 (of which 1,132 are attributable to acquisitions) as of December 31, 2020 primarily attributable to our SMB Solutions segment, (ii) an increase in Transactions Processed from 5.4 million in the Predecessor 2019 Period and 48.0 million in the Successor 2019 Period to 79.4 million (of which 10.0 million are attributable to acquisitions) for the year ended December 31, 2020 driven by our Enterprise Solutions segment, and to a lesser extent our SMB Solutions segment and (iii) the revenue contribution of $11.5 million associated with the acquisitions of PSN and TYH during the year ended December 31, 2020. The growth in customers and number of Transactions Processed was accelerated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic as customers demanded certain digital options and features offered by our solutions.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue was $3.5 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, $21.4 million for the Successor 2019 Period and $37.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in cost of revenue primarily relates to an increase in personnel-related costs, particularly for customer support, associated with headcount growth needed to sustain the increased demand for our solutions from $1.0 million in Predecessor 2019 Period and $8.7 million in Successor 2019 Period to $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Amortization of intangible assets increased in the Successor periods, due to developed technology intangible assets acquired as part of the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, from $5.0 million in Successor 2019 Period to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. There was also an increase in certain variable transaction related costs and, to a lesser extent, in hosting costs as a result of the increase in revenue due to higher usage of our solutions.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses were $25.6 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, $15.7 million for the Successor 2019 Period and $26.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. In the Predecessor 2019 Period, we incurred $22.4 million of acquisition-related expenses associated with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition. Excluding these non-recurring acquisition-related expenses, general and administrative expenses increased primarily due to an increase in personnel-related costs associated with additional headcount to support our overall growth from $2.3 million in Predecessor 2019 Period and $9.2 million in Successor 2019 Period to $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. There was also an increase in consulting, legal, audit, and other professional fees to support the growth of the business.

Selling and marketing expenses

Selling and marketing expenses were $6.2 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, $29.3 million for the Successor 2019 Period and $48.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in selling and marketing expenses was primarily due to increased personnel-related costs associated with headcount growth from $1.2 million in Predecessor 2019 Period and $11.4 million in Successor 2019 Period to $18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. There was also an increase in fees paid to third-party channel partners driven by revenue growth, and increased advertising and other marketing related spend utilized to drive new customer additions.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses were $11.1 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, $12.6 million for the Successor 2019 Period and $20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to increased personnel-related costs associated with headcount growth from $1.7 million in Predecessor 2019 Period and $7.8 million in Successor 2019 Period to $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. There was also an increase in third-party consulting costs. Headcount

 

97


Table of Contents

growth and the increase in usage of third-party consultants was a result of a continued investment in building and adding additional features and functionality to our solutions.

Contingent consideration net (benefit) expense

Contingent consideration net (benefit) expense was $(0.2) million for the Successor 2019 Period and $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. There was no contingent consideration expense for the Predecessor 2019 Period. Our previous acquisitions provide for potential cash payments to the former owners upon achievement of certain future performance targets, resulting in a contingent liability. Such contingent liabilities are revalued at the end of each reporting period with any resulting change in fair value recorded within this line in the statement of operations.

Restructuring charges

Restructuring charges were $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. There were no restructuring expenses recorded in the Predecessor 2019 Period or Successor 2019 Period. Restructuring charges of $2.4 million incurred during the year ended December 31, 2020, include costs associated with the abandonment of a seven-year operating lease for office space in Los Angeles, California.

Amortization of intangible assets

Amortization of intangible assets was $0.2 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, $7.5 million for the Successor 2019 Period and $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Amortization of intangible assets increased in the Successor periods due to the customer relationship and tradename intangible assets acquired as part of the InvoiceCloud Acquisition.

Interest expense

Interest expense was $0.6 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, $7.2 million for the Successor 2019 Period and $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in interest expense is primarily attributable to the borrowings under our Initial Term Loan Facility, which we entered into in 2019, to help finance the InvoiceCloud Acquisition and borrowings under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility used to finance the acquisitions of PSN and TYH in 2020.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes was less than $0.1 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, $(4.6) million for the Successor 2019 Period and $(2.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Our tax benefit is due to the offset of deferred tax liabilities associated with the intangible assets acquired in the InvoiceCloud Acquisition and the current year loss we generated, for the Successor 2019 Period and year ended December 31, 2020 respectively.

Segment information

Our reportable segments have been determined in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 280, Segment Reporting. Currently, we have two reportable segments: Enterprise Solutions and SMB Solutions. The CODM, which is our chief executive officer, evaluates segment operating performance using revenue and Adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments to make resource allocation decisions and evaluate segment performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income excluding interest expense, net; provision (benefit) for income taxes; depreciation; and amortization of intangible assets, as further adjusted for transaction-related expenses, fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue, stock/equity-based compensation, and restructuring charges. Adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments excludes unallocated corporate costs which are primarily comprised of costs for accounting, finance, legal, human resources and costs for certain executives supporting the whole business.

 

98


Table of Contents

The segment measurements provided to and evaluated by the CODM are described in Note 18—Segment and Geographic Information of the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments is a non-GAAP measure. As such, Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results reported in accordance with GAAP. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments may be helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance and assists in comparisons with other companies, some of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results.

Comparison of the six months ended June 30, 2020 to the six months ended June 30, 2021

 

     
(in thousands)    Six months ended
June 30, 2020
    Six months ended
June 30, 2021
 

Revenue:

    

Enterprise Solutions

   $ 37,268     $ 49,714  

SMB Solutions

     25,266       49,457  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     62,534       99,171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA:

    

Enterprise Solutions

     2,921       6,576  

SMB Solutions

     7,180       17,322  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments

     10,101       23,898  

Unallocated corporate expenses

     (4,816     (8,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjusted EBITDA

     5,285       15,683  

Reconciling items:

    

Interest expense, net

     (5,108     (4,600

Amortization of intangible assets

     (7,723     (7,800

Depreciation

     (527     (986

Transaction-related expenses

     (458     (1,232

Fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue

     (285     (94

Equity-based compensation

     (306     (560

Restructuring charges

           (89
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (9,122     322  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (2,733     48  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (6,389   $ 274  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

Revenue for the Enterprise Solutions segment was $37.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $49.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $12.4 million, or 33.4%. The increase in revenue in the Enterprise Solutions segment is primarily attributable to an increase in Transactions Processed.

Revenue for the SMB Solutions segment was $25.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $49.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $24.2 million, or 95.7%. The increase in revenue in the SMB Solutions segment is primarily attributable to an increase in customers and due to the purchase of additional services by existing customers.

 

99


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA for the Enterprise Solutions segment was $2.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $3.7 million, or 125.1%. The expansion of Adjusted EBITDA margin for the Enterprise Solutions segment was driven primarily by revenue growth as well as efficiencies realized in general and administrative and research and development expenses.

Adjusted EBITDA for the SMB Solutions segment was $7.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $17.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $10.1 million, or 141.3%. The expansion of Adjusted EBITDA margin for the SMB Solutions segment was driven primarily by revenue growth as well as efficiencies realized in general and administrative and sales and marketing costs.

Comparison of the Predecessor 2019 Period and Successor 2019 Period to the year ended December 31, 2020

 

       
     Predecessor
2019 Period
     Successor
2019
Period
    Year ended
December 31,
2020
 
(in thousands, except percentages)    Dollars      Dollars     Dollars  
 

Revenue:

       

Enterprise Solutions

   $ 5,908      $ 50,232     $ 83,944  

SMB Solutions

     2,243        24,049       62,613  
  

 

 

 

Total revenue

     8,151        74,281       146,557  
  

 

 

 
 

Adjusted EBITDA:

       

Enterprise Solutions

     332        3,002       11,997  

SMB Solutions

     537        7,586       21,122  
  

 

 

 

Total Adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments

     869        10,588       33,119  

Unallocated corporate expenses

     (928      (6,057     (11,080
  

 

 

 

Total Adjusted EBITDA

     (59      4,531       22,039  

Reconciling items:

       

Interest expense, net

     (592      (7,206     (9,903

Amortization of intangible assets

     (226      (12,535     (15,523

Depreciation

     (66      (690     (1,288

Acquisition-related expenses

     (36,088      (305     (1,011

Fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue

            (2,611     (543

Stock/equity-based compensation

     (2,064      (289     (641

Restructuring charges

                  (2,434
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (30,095      (19,105     (9,304

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     40        (4,642     (2,626
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (39,135    $ (14,463   $ (6,678

 

 

Revenue

Revenue for the Enterprise Solutions segment was $5.9 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, $50.2 million for the Successor 2019 Period and $83.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in revenue in the Enterprise Solutions segment is primarily attributable to (i) $17.2 million from an increase in Transactions Processed and (ii) $10.6 million attributable to revenue from the acquisition of PSN.

Revenue for the SMB Solutions segment was $2.2 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, $24.0 million for the Successor 2019 Period and $62.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in revenue in the

 

100


Table of Contents

SMB Solutions segment is primarily comprised of (i) $35.4 million from an increase in customers and from the purchase of additional services by existing customers, and (ii) $1.0 million attributable to revenue from the acquisition of TYH.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA for the Enterprise Solutions segment was $0.3 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, $3.0 million for the Successor 2019 Period and $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Adjusted EBITDA growth for the Enterprise Solutions segment was driven primarily by revenue growth as well as a decrease in sales and marketing costs due to reduced travel and other marketing spend as a result of COVID-19.

Adjusted EBITDA for the SMB Solutions segment was $0.5 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, $7.6 million for the Successor 2019 Period and $21.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Adjusted EBITDA growth in the SMB Solutions segment was primarily as a result of a growth in revenue in the SMB Solutions segment as previously discussed.

Quarterly results of operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations by quarter from the third quarter of 2019 to the second quarter of 2021. The unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations set forth below have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and in our opinion contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of this financial information. You should read the following information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period, and the results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other period.

Quarterly unaudited consolidated statement of operations

 

   
    Three Months Ended  
(in thousands)   September
30, 2019
    December
31, 2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September
30, 2020
    December
31, 2020
    March 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 

Revenue

  $ 21,691     $ 23,994     $ 28,702     $ 33,832     $ 39,026     $ 44,997     $ 47,424     $ 51,747  

Cost of revenue

    6,189       6,217       7,985       8,895       9,507       11,206       12,220       13,278  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    15,502       17,777       20,717       24,937       29,519       33,791       35,204       38,469  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

General and administrative

    4,412       4,872       5,460       6,867       5,726       8,813       7,655       9,048  

Selling and marketing

    8,480       9,297       10,938       11,983       11,947       13,713       15,045       17,083  

Research and development

    3,694       3,634       4,710       5,071       5,284       5,723       6,993       7,822  

Contingent consideration net (benefit)
expense

          (212                       257       202       11  

Restructuring charges

                            2,434                   89  

 

101


Table of Contents
   
    Three Months Ended  
(in thousands)   September
30, 2019
    December
31, 2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September
30, 2020
    December
31, 2020
    March 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 

Amortization of intangible assets

  $ 2,099     $ 2,148     $ 2,306     $ 2,360     $ 2,362     $ 2,362     $   2,362     $   2,362  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    18,685     19,739       23,414       26,281       27,753       30,868       32,257       36,415  

(Loss) income from operations

    (3,183     (1,962     (2,697     (1,344     1,766       2,923       2,947       2,054  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

               

Interest expense, including related party interest

    (1,896     (2,098     (2,601       (2,512     (2,390     (2,405     (2,305     (2,295

Other income (expense), net

    27       6       8       24       (30     (46     (42     (37
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

    (1,869     (2,092     (2,593     (2,488     (2,420     (2,451     (2,347     (2,332
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (5,052     (4,054     (5,290     (3,832     (654     472       600       (278

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

    (1,199     (1,069     (1,865     (868     (185     292       115       (67
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (3,853   $ (2,985   $ (3,425   $ (2,964   $ (469   $ 180     $ 485     $ (211

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly revenue trends

Our revenue increased sequentially over the periods presented primarily due to an increase in number of customers as well as the expansion of revenue associated with our existing customers. Seasonality in our results is primarily due to the timing of bill issuance and payments made against those bills. In addition, our revenue has increased in part due to the acquisitions of PSN and TYH in the first and second quarter of 2020, respectively.

Quarterly cost of revenue trends

Cost of revenue increased sequentially in the quarters presented primarily as a result of an increase in personnel-related costs, particularly for customer support, associated with headcount growth needed to sustain the increased demand for our solutions, and an increase in certain variable transaction related and hosting costs as a result of the increase in revenue due to higher usage of our solutions.

Quarterly operating expenses trends

Operating expenses increased sequentially in the quarters presented primarily as a result of an increase in personnel-related costs associated with additional headcount to support our overall growth, an increase in fees paid to third-party channel partners, a general increase in advertising and other marketing-related spend utilized to drive new customer additions, and an increase in consulting, legal, audit, and other professional fees to support the growth of the business. During the second half of 2020, we experienced a decrease in certain operating expenses due to reduced travel and other marketing spend as a result of COVID-19 and an increase in restructuring charges related to the abandonment of a seven-year operating lease.

 

102


Table of Contents

Liquidity and capital resources

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $29.4 million and $31.8 million, respectively, which were primarily held for working capital purposes. On or about the closing date of this offering, we expect to enter into the New Revolving Credit Facility. See “Prospectus summary—New senior secured revolving credit facility” for more information about the New Revolving Credit Facility. We have historically sourced our liquidity requirements primarily through borrowings under our debt agreements. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents and available access to equity and debt financing will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditures needs for at least the next 12 months.

On February 11, 2019, we entered into the Credit Agreement which provides for an Initial Term Loan Facility with maximum available borrowings of $75.0 million. The proceeds from the Initial Term Loan Facility were used to finance the InvoiceCloud Acquisition. The Credit Agreement also provides for a Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility which allows us to borrow up to an additional $35.0 million and a Revolving Credit Facility which allows us to borrow up to an additional $7.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we borrowed $31.3 million under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility to partially fund the acquisitions of PSN and TYH, and the remaining available borrowings under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility expired in February 2021. As of June 30, 2021, we had $112.3 million of long-term debt outstanding, net of issuance costs. We have not drawn upon the Revolving Credit Facility, although $2.1 million has been pledged against the Revolving Credit Facility in the form of a line of credit, reducing our borrowing capacity to $5.4 million. The Credit Agreement contains financial covenants with respect maximum consolidated debt to revenue ratio, minimum liquidity and maximum consolidated total leverage ratio, as described further in the section titled “Description of indebtedness.” The Credit Facilities also contain certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, and certain reporting obligations. As of June 30, 2021, we were in compliance with all financial covenants under the Credit Facilities. We expect to repay in full and extinguish our Credit Facilities with the proceeds from this offering. See “Use of proceeds.” See the section titled “Description of indebtedness” for further information about our Credit Facilities.

To the extent that current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to fund our future business activities and requirements, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. The sale of additional equity would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of debt financing would result in debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to negotiate terms acceptable to us or at all. In particular, the recent COVID-19 pandemic has caused disruption in the global financial markets, which could reduce our ability to access capital and negatively affect our liquidity in the future. If we are unable to raise additional capital when required, or if we cannot expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities because we lack sufficient capital, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows would be adversely affected.

 

103


Table of Contents

Cash flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

           
(in thousands)    Predecessor
2019 Period
     Successor
2019 Period
    Year ended
December 31,
2020
   

Six months
ended

June 30,
2020

   

Six months
ended

June 30,
2021

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (143    $ (1,284   $ 19,645     $ 1,858     $ 12,044  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (97      (354,781     (30,910     (28,504     (2,189

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     786        362,249       34,731       32,796       (7,444

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

Our primary source of operating cash is revenue generated from subscription and transaction and usage-based fees associated with our SaaS solutions. Our primary uses of operating cash are personnel-related costs and payments to our vendors. Our cash flows from operating activities are impacted by the amount of our net (loss) income, revenue and customer growth, changes in working capital accounts, the timing of payments to vendors and add-backs of non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization, stock/equity-based compensation expense, deferred income taxes, and non-cash interest expense.

Net cash used in operating activities of $0.1 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period was primarily attributable to a net loss of $39.1 million, offset by a $36.7 change in working capital and adjustments for non-cash charges of $2.4 million. Within the Predecessor 2019 Period, our net loss included $36.1 million in transaction-related costs related to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition.

Net cash used in operating activities of $1.3 million for the Successor 2019 Period was primarily attributable to a net loss of $14.5 million and change in long-term assets and liabilities of $0.7 million, offset by adjustments for non-cash charges of $11.0 million and a change in working capital of $2.9 million. The non-cash add-backs were primarily impacted by $13.2 million in depreciation and amortization, which includes amortization expense related to intangible assets acquired from the InvoiceCloud Acquisition of $12.5 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities of $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, was primarily attributable to $19.0 million of non-cash add-backs, $4.6 million change in working capital, $2.8 million change in other long-term assets and liabilities, offset by $6.7 million net loss. The non-cash add-backs were primarily impacted by $16.8 million in depreciation and amortization, which includes amortization expense related to intangible assets acquired from the InvoiceCloud Acquisition and acquisitions of PSN and TYH of $15.5 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $12.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, an increase of $10.2 million, or 548.2%. The improvement in operating cash flows was primarily driven by a $10.6 million increase in net income adjusted for non-cash items, partially offset by $0.4 million of decreased cash flow generated from changes in working capital.

Cash flows from investing activities

Investing activities primarily consist of payments made related to the acquisition of businesses and capital expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities of $0.1 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period was primarily attributable to capital expenditures.

 

104


Table of Contents

Net cash used in investing activities of $354.8 million for the Successor 2019 Period was primarily driven by our payment of $353.5 million related to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, net of cash acquired and capital expenditures of $1.3 million.

Net cash used in investing activities of $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily attributable to $25.5 million related to the cash payments for the PSN and TYH acquisitions, net of cash acquired and $5.4 million related to capital expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities was $28.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The increase in cash flows from investing was driven by $25.5 million of cash paid for acquisitions during the six months ended June 30, 2020, which did not occur in the six months ended June 30, 2021, and an $0.8 million reduction in capital expenditures.

Cash flows from financing activities

Financing activities primarily consist of borrowings under our Credit Facilities and proceeds from the issuance of LLC Shares.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $0.8 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period was primarily attributable to $0.9 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, offset by a $0.1 million purchase of treasury stock.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $362.2 million for the Successor 2019 Period was primarily attributable to $293.3 million of proceeds from the issuance of A-1 shares associated with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, $72.6 million of proceeds from issuance of 2019 Term Loan, net of debt issuance costs, $0.3 million of proceeds from exercise of equity-based options, offset by a $4.0 million payment for contingent consideration related to the acquisition of SimplePractice.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $34.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily attributable to $31.3 million in proceeds from the 2019 Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility used to partially fund the acquisitions of PSN and TYH, $5.0 million of proceeds from the exercise of equity-based options, offset by a $1.5 million payment of contingent consideration related to the acquisition of PSN.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $32.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $(7.4) million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The decrease was primarily driven by (i) $31.3 million in proceeds from the incurrence of long-term debt during the six months ended June 30, 2020, which did not occur in the six months ended June 30, 2021, (ii) $5.9 million of related party note payments made during the six months ended June 30, 2021, and (iii) a period over period decrease of $2.2 million in proceeds from the exercise of equity-based options.

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2020:

 

   
     Payments due by period(1)  
(in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 year
     1 to 3
years
     4 to 5
years
     More
than 5
years
 

Long-term debt obligations(2)

   $ 140,290      $ 4,872      $ 10,237      $ 125,181      $  

Notes payable to related parties

     5,900        5,900                       

Operating leases

     42,937        5,188        10,464        8,847        18,438  

Other long-term obligations

     556        394        162                
  

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 189,683      $ 16,354      $ 20,863      $ 134,028      $ 18,438  

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents
(1)   Refer to Note 5—Acquisitions to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information related to contingent consideration arrangements. Any future obligations to make payments of contingent consideration pursuant to certain of our acquisition agreements have been excluded from the table above, due to the exact amount and timing of payments being uncertain.

 

(2)   Amounts in the table reflect the contractually required principal and interest payments payable pursuant to our outstanding Initial Term Loan Facility and Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility, including the anticipated PIK interest due at final maturity. For purposes of this table, the interest due was calculated using an assumed interest rate of 7.5% per annum, which was the interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2020.

The commitments under our operating lease obligations shown above consist primarily of lease payments for our Braintree, Massachusetts corporate headquarters, and our offices in Santa Monica, California, Los Angeles, California and Marlborough, Massachusetts.

Additionally, we have non-cancellable commitments to vendors primarily consisting of subscriptions to third party software products.

Subsequent to December 31, 2020, we entered into a new lease arrangement providing for $1.6 million in future lease payments through December 31, 2026. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, we entered into additional long-term commitments providing for $1.2 million in future payments, primarily related to contractual obligations associated with third-party software. Obligations under these commitments are not included in the table above.

For additional discussion on our operating leases and other non-cancellable commitments, refer to Note 14—Commitment and Contingencies to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position because of adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of exposure resulting from potential changes in interest rates or inflation.

Interest rate risk

Our exposure to market risk associated with changes in interest rates relates primarily to the Term Loan Facility. The interest rate on the Term Loan Facility is variable and subject to interest rate risk based on the LIBOR rate. As June 30, 2021, we had borrowings under the Initial Term Loan Facility of $75.0 million, and the rate inclusive of applicable margins was 7.5%. As of June 30, 2021, we had borrowings under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility of $31.3 million, and the rate inclusive of applicable margins was 7.5%. As of June 30, 2021, we had PIK interest on both the Initial Term Loan Facility and Delayed Draw Term Loan of $5.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively, that was capitalized to the outstanding principal balance. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase in variable interest rates, including anticipated PIK interest capitalized through final maturity, could result in an approximately $1.2 million adverse change to interest expense on an annual basis based on the borrowings outstanding and the interest rate as of June 30, 2021.

Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 consisted of $29.4 million and $31.8 million, respectively. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. The goals of our investment policy are liquidity and capital preservation. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate exposure. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of these assets as a result of changes in interest rates due to the short-term nature of our cash or cash equivalents.

 

106


Table of Contents

Inflation risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs with increased revenue. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenue generated and expenses incurred during the reporting periods, as well as related disclosures. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and any such differences may be material.

Our significant accounting policies, including those considered to be critical accounting policies are summarized in Note 2—Summary of Significant Policies to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information. The following critical accounting policies reflect significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements: revenue recognition, valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, valuation of contingent consideration liabilities, share/equity-based awards, and income taxes.

Revenue recognition

We derive our revenue primarily from providing access to our SaaS solutions via subscription and transaction and usage based fees for services provided through our solutions. In accordance with ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606 (“ASC 606”), we recognize revenue following a five step model.

Application of ASC 606 related to the measurement and recognition of revenue requires us to make judgments and estimates. Specifically, the determination of whether we are a principal to a transaction (gross revenue) or an agent (net revenue) as it relates to certain transaction and usage-based revenue arrangements can require considerable judgement. We have concluded that we are acting as an agent in these arrangements as we do not control the services performed by card networks, sponsor banks and credit card processors as each of these parties is the primary obligor for their portion of transaction and usage-based services performed. Therefore, transaction and usage service revenue is recognized net of any fees owed to these intermediaries. Changes in our principal versus agent judgment could impact the amount of revenue recognized but not our operating income (loss) or net income (loss).

Valuation of goodwill and intangible assets

The valuation of assets acquired in a business combination and subsequent impairment reviews of such assets require the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The acquisition method of accounting for business combinations requires us to estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and we record goodwill when consideration paid in a business acquisition exceeds the value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if facts and circumstances warrant a review. We assess both the existence of potential impairment and the amount of loss, if any, by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit that includes goodwill with its carrying amount,

 

107


Table of Contents

including goodwill. Our estimates are based upon assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. These valuations require the use of management’s assumptions, which do not reflect unanticipated events and circumstances that may occur. As of December 31, 2020, we performed a qualitative assessment for each of our reporting units. The qualitative analyses resulted in us determining that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit was less than its carrying amount.

Intangible assets are recorded at their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. We amortize acquired intangible assets over their estimated useful lives based on the pattern of consumption of the economic benefits or, if that pattern cannot be readily determined, on a straight-line basis. The estimated fair values of these intangible assets reflect various assumptions including discount rates, revenue growth rates, operating margins, terminal values, useful lives and other prospective financial information. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value of intangibles as well as the estimated lives, could materially impact net income or loss in periods subsequent to an acquisition as a result of amortization expense recorded within the consolidated statements of operations.

Valuation of contingent consideration liabilities

Our acquisitions may provide for potential future cash payments to former owners upon achievement of certain future performance targets. We estimate the fair value of these payments as of each respective acquisition date, and we remeasure the fair value of the potential payments based upon the estimated achievement levels of the remaining targets at each subsequent reporting date until the liability is fully settled. Increases or decreases in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability are recorded through contingent consideration net (benefit) expense on the consolidated statement of operations. The fair value of contingent consideration liabilities are determined using a variety of valuation methods including, Monte Carlo simulations and include significant unobservable inputs, such as forecasted net recurring revenue, net recurring revenue volatility, discount rate and expected term. Increases or decreases in any of the unobservable inputs would result in a higher or lower liability, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the maximum amount we would be required to pay, related to our contingent consideration liabilities is $6.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively. The fair value of our contingent consideration liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 was $3.4 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

Share-based compensation

We measure awards with service-based vesting or performance-based vesting granted to employees, non-employees, and directors based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant. Compensation expense for the awards is recognized over the requisite service period for employees and directors and as services are delivered for non-employees, both of which are generally the vesting period of the respective award.

We estimate the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions, including:

 

 

Fair value of common stock.    As our stock is not publicly traded, we estimate the fair value of common stock based on valuations and other factors deemed relevant by management.

 

 

Expected term.    The expected term reflects the average of the vesting term and the contractual lives of all options awarded.

 

 

Expected volatility.    As we do not have trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies.

 

 

Expected dividend yield.    We have never paid cash dividends and do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

108


Table of Contents
 

Risk-free interest rate.    We base the risk-free interest rate on the applicable rate for the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock/equity-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock/equity-based compensation expense.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements or in our tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the provision for income taxes. We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe, based upon the weight of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established through a charge to income tax expense. Potential for recovery of deferred tax assets is evaluated by estimating the future taxable profits expected and considering prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and deferred tax assets and liabilities, including evaluating uncertainties in the application of accounting principles and complex tax laws.

The ability to utilize deferred tax assets may be restricted or eliminated by changes in our ownership, changes in legislation, and other rules affecting the ability to offset future taxable income with losses or other tax attributes from prior periods. Future determinations on the need for a valuation allowance on our net deferred tax assets will be made on an annual basis. This is more fully described in Note 13—Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Recent accounting pronouncements

Refer to Note 2—Summary of Significant Policies to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted.

JOBS Act

We currently qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Accordingly, we have the option to adopt new or revised accounting guidance either (i) within the same periods as those otherwise applicable to non-emerging growth companies or (ii) within the same time periods as private companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our utilization of these transition periods may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the transition periods afforded under the JOBS Act.

 

109


Table of Contents

Business

Our mission

Our mission is to simplify customer and client engagement.

Overview

We are a leading provider of vertically-tailored customer engagement software and integrated payments capabilities based on number of customers. We offer single instance, multi-tenant, true SaaS vertical solutions that are designed to simplify our customers’ engagement with their clients by driving digital adoption and self-service. As of June 30, 2021, we served over 68,000 customers in the SMB Solutions segment and over 3,000 customers in the Enterprise Solutions segment across five core verticals: Health & Wellness, Government, Utilities, Financial Services, and Giving. Our SaaS solutions are purpose-built for each vertical we serve and they simplify and automate mission-critical workflows such as scheduling, client onboarding, client communication, paperless billing, and electronic payment processing. In 2020, we estimate over 26 million consumers interacted with an EngageSmart solution. Our solutions transform our customers’ digital engagement and empower them to manage, improve, and grow their businesses.

We believe the end-markets we serve are burdened by legacy systems and processes that result in operational inefficiencies and relatively low digital adoption from consumers. At the same time, consumers increasingly demand the convenient self-service capabilities and intuitive, frictionless, and personalized digital experiences that have become commonplace in other industries. Existing solutions in our end-markets are often built on legacy, hosted, or on-premises infrastructure that can lack the flexibility, scalability, and integrations required to provide advanced digital engagement capabilities. This has created a tremendous opportunity for our solutions to improve the customer experience by either replacing or augmenting the information systems used by our customers. Our ability to leverage our true SaaS solutions to innovate quickly and deliver enhancements to our customers on an ongoing basis is a key competitive advantage. This allows us to consistently innovate to increase digital adoption and add value for our clients.

We believe our solutions address a massive market opportunity today. We estimate the revenue opportunity for our current solutions was approximately $28 billion in the United States in 2020. Our verticals are large, underpenetrated, and generally non-cyclical with significant whitespace, low digital adoption, and growing usage of software and payments. Many verticals are only just beginning their digital journeys, providing an attractive runway for growth.

Today, our vertically-tailored SaaS solutions include:

 

LOGO

 

110


Table of Contents
 

SimplePractice.    An end-to-end practice management and EHR platform that health and wellness professionals use to manage their practices. SimplePractice serves clinicians, who are our customers, throughout their career journey, allowing them to manage their practice development from licensure to private practice. SimplePractice optimizes and enhances the customer and their clients’ experience by enabling customers to engage with their clients across both virtual and in-person settings, schedule appointments, document cases, and handle all aspects of billing and insurance processing on one integrated platform. In 2020, SimplePractice helped its customers manage and see 3.9 million patients, and over 44 million appointments were scheduled through SimplePractice’s platform. Our platform also helps our customers build and grow their practices through the use of our online marketplace, Monarch, and other practice marketing solutions such as our integrated professional website builder. Through SimplePractice Learning, we help our customers grow as professionals through high quality, on-demand video continuing education courses created by experts across the health and wellness fields.

 

 

InvoiceCloud.    An electronic bill presentment and payment solution that helps our Government, Utility, and Financial Services customers digitize billing, client communications, and collections. We believe InvoiceCloud drives superior client digital adoption, which increases engagement and drives operational efficiency for our customers.

 

 

HealthPay24.    A patient engagement and payment platform that helps health systems, physician groups, dental practices, and medical billers efficiently drive patient self-pay collections.

 

 

DonorDrive.    A fundraising software platform that helps non-profits, healthcare organizations, and higher education institutions produce virtual events, launch branded donation campaigns, and create peer-to-peer fundraising experiences.

We sell our solutions through an efficient and diversified go-to-market strategy that includes digital marketing, direct sales, and strategic partnerships. As a product with self-service onboarding, SimplePractice is primarily distributed through inbound interest resulting from search engine optimization, word-of-mouth, paid customer referrals, and search engine marketing. For our solutions in our Enterprise Solutions segment, InvoiceCloud, HealthPay24, and DonorDrive, we go-to-market with a direct sales force, often in conjunction with strategic partners, such as back-end software providers, that provide lead generation and selling support. Our Enterprise products integrate directly with our customers’ back-end core systems, and we have over 300 unique integrations to customer billing and client management systems. These channel partnerships and deep integrations provide us greater reach into our vertical markets with pre-qualified leads that drive highly efficient sales processes and result in longer-term sticky customer relationships.

EngageSmart is a people-first organization with a unique culture centered on talent, vertical domain expertise, customer focus, product leadership, and efficient go-to-market strategies. We believe our people give us a competitive advantage, and we think of our customers, partners, and employees as our people. We promote a servant leadership model that places customers at the top of our organizational chart. We believe the best leaders empower their teams to excel and enable their customers to win. Our employee Net Promoter Score of 72 for 2020 is a reflection of our employees’ sense of empowerment and engagement. Engaged employees are imperative to achieving excellent customer service and strong company performance.

Our success in helping our customers simplify, streamline, and grow their businesses has allowed us to achieve significant growth. For the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated revenue of $8.2 million, $74.3 million and $146.6 million, respectively and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we generated revenue of $62.5 million and $99.2 million, respectively. For the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, we had total net loss of $39.1 million, $14.5 million and $6.7 million, respectively and for the six months

 

111


Table of Contents

ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we had total net (loss) income of $(6.4) million and $0.3 million, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA was $(0.1) million, $4.5 million, and $22.0 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Successor 2019 Period and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $5.3 million and $15.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. See “Prospectus summary—Summary consolidated financial and operating information—Key business metric and non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, to net (loss) income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Our industry

We believe a number of key trends are contributing to the adoption of modern, vertically-tailored business management software, customer engagement applications, and billing and payment solutions. EngageSmart is operating at the center of many of these trends, including:

 

 

Consumer expectations of intuitive, frictionless, and personalized digital experiences.    Consumer expectations are rapidly evolving. In years past, many consumers grew accustomed to a certain amount of administrative friction and hassle when they completed simple tasks like scheduling an appointment or paying a utility bill. Today, consumers expect convenient, efficient, digital-first experiences, and they increasingly expect to engage with providers, pay their bills, and complete their to-do lists seamlessly, from any device through elegant user interfaces.

 

 

Accelerating adoption of modern digital technologies.    In addition to meeting rapidly changing consumer expectations, successful business leaders have embraced modern digital technologies to help them efficiently manage, improve, and grow their businesses. Businesses are adopting digital technologies to increase growth, optimize business processes, reduce costs, and improve the client experience so their employees can focus on more critical priorities. For example, our local government customers can leverage digital technologies to reduce the time spent on billing and collections and can dedicate more resources on community initiatives such as water infrastructure and safety, and our wellness clinician customers can leverage digital technologies to streamline the operations of their practice so they can spend more time on what they were trained to do—help patients. Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated digital adoption in our Health & Wellness vertical, catapulting telehealth from a nice-to-have to a must-have for providers.

 

 

Decreasing barriers to software adoption.    Digital adoption is now prevalent across both businesses in our Enterprise Solutions segment and our SMB Solutions segment. While businesses in our Enterprise Solutions segment have the resources to implement, integrate, and maintain various point solutions, businesses in our SMB Solutions segment generally require simple, easy-to-use, end-to-end technology solutions. Given the advantages of true SaaS and innovations in cloud technology, software solutions have become more affordable and easier to implement and maintain, generating higher return on investment and lowering barriers for both businesses in our Enterprise Solutions segment and our SMB Solutions segment.

 

 

Increasing vertical- and sub vertical-specific software needs.    Businesses across verticals are specializing in order to better compete and align with evolving client preferences, which has resulted in increased demand for vertically-tailored software solutions to address industry-specific workflows. For example, in our Health & Wellness vertical, child psychologists and marriage counselors have distinct workflows and requirements relative to other sub-specialties, and properly tailored software solutions are best positioned to service their specialized needs.

 

 

Ongoing market shift to electronic payment methods.    Consumer payment volumes continue to shift away from cash and checks in favor of electronic payment methods. Our customers value electronic payment methods as it is more cost effective and operationally efficient to service electronic payments than paper-based payments.

 

112


Table of Contents
 

Legacy software vendors are partnering to modernize their solutions.    Businesses are expecting more from their software providers, and legacy vendors are increasingly partnering with next-gen solution providers to deliver a modern digital customer experience and extend the life of their core software systems.

 

 

Increasing value driven by integrating software and payments.    Businesses are increasingly recognizing the value of deep integration between their software tools and payment processing providers. This integration drives operating efficiencies, improved payment security and tracking, and a more seamless client experience compared to traditional standalone payment processing or paper-based billing and payment methods. Benefits are also recognized by the integrated payments provider, as the enhanced value proposition drives adoption and stickiness.

 

 

Cybersecurity threats are growing.    As cyber criminals have grown in sophistication and data breaches and ransomware attacks have become more prevalent, businesses are spending more time and resources to protect sensitive customer data, such as personal health records or consumer payment information.

Limitations of existing solutions

Today, our customers are increasingly turning to their software vendors to drive digital adoption, deliver self-service capabilities, and improve the consumer experience. However, the offerings available in the market often fail to meet the needs of our customers and have some or all of the following limitations:

 

 

Non-flexible, legacy technology infrastructure and manual processes.    Many existing solutions are built on legacy, hosted, or on-premises infrastructure and lack the flexibility, scalability, and integration required to provide advanced digital engagement capabilities and keep up with rapidly evolving consumer preferences. In addition, many businesses in our SMB Solutions segment lack internal IT resources and continue to rely on manual processes or disjointed point solutions to operate their businesses and engage with their clients. Legacy infrastructure typically slows innovation cycles, fails to meet adequate compliance standards, and limits the ability to deliver enhancements to all customers simultaneously on an ongoing basis. This often generates significant technology and service burdens for providers and leads to a poor customer experience. For example, for solutions that are not true SaaS, the process of deploying product enhancements to all customers is so complicated and time consuming that many vendors select which customers will be provided with the enhancements rather than deploying enhancements across all customers.

 

 

Lack of vertical-specific functionality.    Existing solutions frequently offer broad, horizontal capabilities that apply a “one-size-fits-all” approach, and they aim to solve functional challenges across different verticals. These solutions may have broad functionality, but they frequently lack the vertical specialization required to meet consumers’ evolving expectations for seamless, frictionless, and personalized digital experiences. For example, a psychologist, speech language pathologist, occupational therapist, and physical therapist have many of the same basic workflows but have different documentation, treatment plans, insurance, and scheduling requirements that require specific product enhancements to efficiently serve their clients. Similarly, the requirements for billing and collections are vastly different for a tax municipality than for a hospital system.

 

 

Insufficient integrations.    Point solutions often lack the necessary integration of business data and operational workflows that our customers need to execute end-to-end processes. These integrations enable the transfer of key data and insights that can be applied across the client journey. Generalized solutions that lack third-party integrations result in lower digital adoption than fully integrated solutions.

 

 

Lack of automation and self-service capabilities.    Existing solutions often require human involvement at various stages of the customer and client journey. These manual processes are prone to human error and lead to increased costs and additional challenges as businesses scale. For solutions that lack automation and self-service capabilities, their users spend more time scheduling appointments, processing paper invoices and checks, and handling customer service calls than desired.

 

113


Table of Contents
 

Inability to address evolving cybersecurity and privacy challenges.    Today, businesses are required to meet increasingly demanding security and privacy standards from federal and state regulatory organizations, including Payment Card Industry, National Automated Clearing House Association, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996. Both the increase in cybercrime and the heightened attention around collecting and storing consumer data has led to an increased focus on data privacy and cybersecurity in software solutions. To meet these security and data privacy requirements, many legacy software providers are partnering with companies that provide deep domain knowledge in encryption methods and adhere to advanced security standards and techniques.

 

 

Cost and resource-intensity.    Existing software solutions often require significant capital, time, and technical talent to implement, which inhibits adoption. Once implemented, new version upgrades and adoption of feature releases require additional time and resources.

Our market opportunity

We are dedicated to helping our customers simplify, streamline, and grow their businesses. We believe our solutions address a massive market opportunity. We estimate the revenue opportunity for our current solutions to be approximately $28 billion: $10 billion addressed by solutions in our SMB Solutions segment and $18 billion addressed by solutions in our Enterprise Solutions segment.

We derive our revenue opportunity in our SMB Solutions segment by taking the total number of health and wellness clinicians addressed by our SimplePractice solution using data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics and multiplying by the total spend opportunity per customer based on the current prevailing market price.

We derive our revenue opportunity in our Enterprise Solutions segment by taking the total number of bills per year in the United States, as estimated by Aite Group, and multiplying by our average revenue per transaction. The verticals that are currently included in our Enterprise total addressable market are Health & Wellness, Government, Utilities, Financial Services, and Giving.

We believe our market will expand as we continue to help businesses and organizations increase their digital adoption and provide the technology that enables them to do so. In our SMB Solutions and Enterprise Solutions segments, we expect our average revenue per customer to increase as our customers grow and increase their digital adoption, and as we expand the breadth of our solutions.

Our approach

We build vertically-tailored software solutions for our customers. Our solutions include end-to-end business management software, customer engagement applications, and billing and payment solutions. They are purposely built to address the unique needs of specific verticals. We focus on large, underpenetrated, and generally non-cyclical verticals with low digital adoption and a growing usage of software and payment solutions. Relative to more technologically advanced industries, these verticals are just beginning their digital journeys.

We have four core SaaS solutions:

 

LOGO

Segment: SMB Solutions

Vertical Focus: Health & Wellness

SimplePractice is an end-to-end practice management and EHR platform that health and wellness professionals use to manage their practices. SimplePractice serves clinicians, who are our customers, throughout their career

 

114


Table of Contents

journey, allowing them to manage their practice development from licensure to private practice. SimplePractice optimizes and enhances the customer and their clients’ experience by enabling customers to engage with their clients across both virtual and in-person settings, schedule appointments, document cases, and handle all aspects of billing and insurance processing on one integrated platform. In 2020, SimplePractice helped its customers manage and see 3.9 million patients and over 44 million appointments were scheduled through SimplePractice’s platform. Our platform also helps our customers build and grow their practices through the use of our online marketplace, Monarch, and other practice marketing solutions such as our integrated professional website builder. Through SimplePractice Learning, we help our customers grow as professionals through high quality, on-demand video continuing education courses created by experts across the health and wellness fields.

SimplePractice is the core practice management system for our clinician customers, and our product-led growth model enables us to efficiently generate inbound interest through search engine optimization, word-of-mouth, paid customer referrals, and search engine marketing. With SimplePractice, we strive to provide a complete ecosystem for all health and wellness clinicians.

“I say to patients, ‘I’m very fancy over here. I have a paperless practice, so everything will come via email.’ They love it. I can’t tell you how many times people will say ‘I love this client portal.”

 

      —Nikki Rubin, PSYD

 

LOGO

Segment: Enterprise Solution

Vertical Focus: Government, Utilities, Financial Services

InvoiceCloud is an electronic bill presentment and payment solution that helps customers manage their electronic billing, client communications, and collections. InvoiceCloud drives best-in-class digital adoption and makes it effortless for our customers to connect digitally with their clients, and for these clients to adopt paperless billing and electronic payment methods. By simplifying engagement between billers and payers and driving digital adoption and payments, our customers can increase client satisfaction, improve cash flow and visibility, increase payer retention, and reduce operational costs.

We go-to-market with a direct sales model, sometimes in conjunction with strategic partners, such as back-end software providers. While we maintain direct customer relationships, we often leverage these strategic partners for lead generation and selling support. While we maintain direct customer relationships, we leverage strategic partners for lead generation and selling support. By integrating and partnering with core software system providers, our approach reduces implementation time and cost and enables us to deliver a rich payer experience through real-time data access.

“Invoice Cloud’s seamless integration with our core billing system has improved payment efficiencies so much that we save 15 hours a week in time spent on reconciliations. It has made our lives so much easier, and allows us to focus on more strategic priorities.”

 

      —Cheri Schmidt
        CFO/Vice-President
        California Mutual Insurance   Company

 

115


Table of Contents

LOGO

Segment: Enterprise Solution

Vertical Focus: Healthcare

HealthPay24 is a patient engagement and payment platform that helps health systems, physician groups, dental practices, and medical billers efficiently drive patient self-pay collections. HealthPay24’s all-encompassing billing solution manages patient financial responsibility pre-to-post-service, provides flexibility and convenience for online and point-of-sale transactions, and delivers simplicity that fuels productivity for financial posting and reconciliation processes.

“HealthPay24 has dramatically reduced the cost to process payments and it’s allowed us to shift some of our resources to other more value-added activities.”

 

   

—Keith Beck, Director of Revenue Cycle

  OSS Health

 

LOGO

Segment: Enterprise

Vertical Focus: Giving

DonorDrive is a fundraising software platform that helps non-profits, healthcare organizations, and higher education institutions produce virtual events, launch branded donation campaigns, and create peer-to-peer fundraising experiences. DonorDrive partners with hundreds of non-profits to tackle the world’s biggest challenges, including providing access to clean water, funding medical care for children, helping the homeless, and saving stray animals.

“DonorDrive’s Facebook Fundraisers integration has quickly proven itself to be a vital tool for our Out of the Darkness Walk participants. The setup is fast and intuitive, and we already had nearly 3,000 people launch a Facebook Fundraiser through DonorDrive in just the first month.”

 

      —Nicole Dolan, Senior Director,
     

  Out of the Darkness Walks,

  American Foundation for Suicide

  Prevention

What sets us apart

We believe we have a differentiated position in the market, built on the following strengths:

 

 

True SaaS solutions.    We offer true SaaS solutions that simplify customer engagement by driving digital adoption and self-service capabilities. By “true” SaaS, we mean our products are single instance, multi-tenant cloud software solutions. They were designed to operate in the cloud from the beginning, which provides us the flexibility, scalability, and integrations required to deliver advanced digital engagement capabilities. We believe our architecture enables us to innovate quickly and deliver new features to our customers simultaneously and at lower operating costs compared to legacy providers. Our ability to innovate quickly is critical to maintaining our product leadership. Our true SaaS architecture also provides financial benefits to us through operational scalability.

 

 

Product leadership through ongoing innovation.    We strive to deliver the best software solutions in the verticals we target and to continue innovating around these products to maintain this product leadership. For example, in our SMB Solutions segment, SimplePractice offered integrated telehealth capabilities well before

 

116


Table of Contents
 

the COVID-19 pandemic, and SimplePractice continues to introduce additional resources for our customers to grow their practices, such as professional websites and Monarch, an online marketplace that reinvents how clinicians connect with therapy seekers. In our Enterprise Solutions segment, InvoiceCloud continues to introduce new features, such as support for alternative payment methods, outbound campaigns and enhancements to our customer and payer portals. Our true SaaS model allows for our customers to benefit from this innovation on release without the cost or time delays of traditional software upgrades.

 

 

Vertical domain expertise.    We are focused on providing vertically-tailored customer engagement software and integrated payments to our customers. We develop deep expertise in the industries we serve and recruit industry experts with vertical domain expertise to drive innovation and product development. Our approach enables us to deliver industry-tailored software solutions, including business management software, customer engagement applications, and billing and payment solutions, to address vertical-specific workflows and customer requirements. Our vertical domain expertise is a competitive differentiator when we compete against “one size fits all” solutions offered by other providers.

 

 

Exceptional talent and culture.    We believe our unique culture enables us to attract, retain, and develop exceptional talent, which is a critical component of our success. Our culture is deeply embedded in everything we do and is centered on two core principles: a growth mindset and servant leadership. We believe the best leaders empower their teams to excel, and great companies provide the tools their customers need to win in the marketplace. Our employee NPS of 72 for 2020 reflects our employees’ sense of empowerment and engagement.

 

 

Customer focus.    We have a product-driven, customer-focused ethos, and we are dedicated to helping our customers simplify, streamline, and grow their businesses. We win when our customers win. For example, in our Enterprise Solutions segment, the core value proposition of InvoiceCloud is to drive digital adoption, make it easy for our customers to connect digitally with their clients, and for these clients to adopt paperless billing and electronic payment methods. Because we monetize InvoiceCloud on a transaction basis, everyone wins when we are successful in driving digital adoption.

 

 

Effective go-to-market.    We have an efficient and diversified go-to-market strategy tailored to each vertical we serve. For our SMB Solutions segment, we primarily generate inbound interest for SimplePractice through search engine optimization, word-of-mouth, paid customer referrals, and search engine marketing. For our Enterprise Solutions segment, we integrate our solutions with our customers’ back-end core systems, and we go-to-market with a partner-assisted direct sales force, which accelerates new customer acquisition and increases stickiness. Our efficient go-to-market strategy across our solutions has generated an LTV:CAC ratio of more than 11x for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Our culture

At EngageSmart, we believe our culture is a competitive differentiator that drives our success. Our culture is built on four pillars: love, agency, connection, and impact.

 

 

Love.    We promote love for our teammates, our customers, and our partners. Our culture is one of commitment to customer success and a collaborative environment, where people come to work with the knowledge that their work has purpose and their individual contributions matter.

 

 

Agency.    We want to inspire agency in one another, in our customers, and in their clients. Agency gives people the permission to try new things, the autonomy to get things done without frustration, and access to more and better options.

 

117


Table of Contents
 

Connection.    We believe the true aim of engagement is connection. Our solutions connect legacy industries with leading technologies and enable more meaningful connections between our customers and their clients.

 

 

Impact.    Our purpose is impact. In addition to bringing delight to the everyday experience between companies and their customers, we are committed to serving the community. This includes the places our teams are based and the entire planet.

Servant leadership permeates our organization and underpins our growth mindset. As servant leaders, our team members believe that our primary responsibility is to remove barriers for customers, partners and teammates with whom they work most closely. The servant leadership model puts customers and front-line staff at the top of the organizational chart. We believe the best leaders empower their teams to excel. Our employees feel empowered to respond rapidly, innovate quickly, and build effectively, enabling us to maintain product leadership and help our customers win in the marketplace. Our talented employees love to win, and we win when our customers and partners win.

Our employee NPS score of 72 for 2020 is a reflection of our employees’ sense of empowerment and engagement. Engaged employees are imperative to achieving excellent customer service and strong company performance. We strive to hire exceptionally talented people who embrace our culture because it is critical to our success; it sets us apart and allows us to win.

Our growth strategies

We are focused on growing and scaling our business in a rapid yet sustainable and disciplined fashion. We intend to drive significant growth by executing the following key strategies:

 

 

Grow with existing customers.    We grow with our existing customers in two ways: adding product features and additional functionality to our solutions and continuing to drive digital adoption of our existing solutions. With SimplePractice, we have a successful track record of building a complete ecosystem for health and wellness clinicians that extends beyond practice management to professional websites, continuing education, digital content, and marketplace solutions. With InvoiceCloud, driving digital adoption enables us to capture more electronic bill payments and generate more transaction and usage-based revenue. Our ability to grow with and create value for our existing customers underpins our 124% dollar-based net retention rate as of December 31, 2020.

 

 

Win new customers.    Our verticals are large, underpenetrated, and non-cyclical with significant whitespace, low digital adoption, and growing usage of software and payments. We believe there is a significant opportunity to attract new customers with our current offerings in our vertical end-markets. We plan to continue winning new customers by investing in our salesforce, improving the awareness of our brands and solutions, and building new partnerships and integrations. We intend to continue winning market share by driving product leadership and best-in-class digital adoption of our solutions.

 

 

Build new, and enhance existing, products.    In order to maintain our product leadership, we continue to invest in new products and develop the tools and features that customers need to win in the marketplace. We actively solicit our customers’ feedback in order to build products that best fit their business needs. These insights enable us to continually assess opportunities to develop or enhance our products to further expand market share, drive customer stickiness, and fuel growth for our business.

 

 

Expand into new verticals.    Many verticals are only just beginning their digital journeys, which provides a tremendous runway for growth. We intend to continue to expand into new verticals and sub verticals over time, and we are particularly attracted to verticals with low digital adoption and growing usage of software and payments. For example, the SimplePractice platform was originally built to meet the needs of mental

 

118


Table of Contents
 

health clinicians. Over time, we have tailored the platform to address specialties within mental health and expanded the platform to serve other health and wellness professionals such as speech language pathologists, occupational therapists and acupuncturists.

 

 

Pursue select strategic acquisitions.    We plan to pursue strategic acquisitions that we believe will be complementary to our existing verticals and solutions and increase the value proposition we deliver to our customers. For example, we may pursue acquisitions that we believe will help us expand within existing or new industry verticals or enter new markets.

Our technology and architecture

Our solutions are architected and built on a common set of foundational technology principles that distinguish us and provide a multitude of benefits to our customers. Our solutions are designed from the ground up for speed-to-market, scalability, security, durability, and reliability. The foundational technology that enables these benefits includes:

 

 

True SaaS.    SaaS is a licensing and delivery model that offers customers all of the benefits of an application without requiring continuous software upkeep by in-house staff or third parties. SaaS applications deliver the most up-to-date software through the Internet to a computer or mobile device. To be considered a true SaaS platform, all features, functionality, automation, security controls, data storage, and configuration must be delivered from a single code base on a multi-tenant infrastructure. Our solutions are true SaaS from the first line of code, not a legacy application migrated to the cloud or a retrofitted version of an application with a cloud database. All customers get the latest updates simultaneously and at more frequent intervals from a single platform.

Our solutions employ micro-services, containerization, and other modern architectural concepts that provide support for zero-downtime deployments, reduced testing complexity, pipeline and delivery automation, continuous delivery, and security by design. And, we are always investing in emerging technologies that will help to improve our customers’ experiences.

 

 

Configure not customize.    Scaling to serve thousands of customers with unique engagement needs and business requirements demands substantial forethought and engineering. Surrendering to serve customers by customizing software is a costly and limiting strategy. We have invested tens of thousands of hours of engineering effort to adhere to the principles of exposing capabilities through configuration of our SaaS solutions, making them available to all customers with the “flip of a switch” without compromising speed, security, or upgradability. New customers can onboard quickly without prolonged implementations and all customers can embrace new capabilities at their own pace. Our solutions are designed to avoid legacy dead ends or big-bang deployment risk associated with customizations.

Customers can configure their experience by opting into the features or services they need or want in many cases on their own, or if they choose, with assistance. No custom coding is necessary to take advantage of our SaaS platform capabilities.

 

 

Extend capabilities through integrations.    Our solutions embrace the power of partnerships through integration. Some of our customers have other technology and systems that serve as the core software systems and deliver or receive data about their clients. We have implemented customer and vendor-facing APIs, web service endpoints, and other integrations with many core software system providers and vendors. The architecture of the integrations and the design patterns we employ help us quickly extend our integrations to new providers or vendors.

 

119


Table of Contents

Key features of our solutions

SimplePractice

 

LOGO

SimplePractice is an end-to-end practice management and EHR platform that health and wellness professionals use to manage their practices. SimplePractice optimizes the clinician and patient experience by enabling clinicians to engage and communicate with their clients across channels, schedule appointments, document cases, and handle all aspects of billing on one integrated platform. In 2020, SimplePractice helped its customers manage and see 3.9 million patients and over 44 million appointments were scheduled through SimplePractice’s platform. For the majority of clinicians still using pen and paper to run their business, adopting an end-to-end practice management platform is transformative. We deliver this value proposition with the following key features:

Client communication

 

 

The client portal.    Provides patients with a single online portal where they can book appointments, send and receive secure, mobile-friendly paperwork, upload insurance forms, update credit card information, enroll in AutoPay, receive and pay bills, send and receive HIPAA-compliant messages, and engage with healthcare providers through telehealth.

 

 

Telehealth.    HIPAA-compliant video calling designed for data security with encryption. Optimized for accessibility, patients are able to start a video call by clicking a link in an email without logging in. Clinicians are able to adjust the view and to conveniently share materials with patients on the screen in a secured manner. In 2020, SimplePractice facilitated nearly 17 million telehealth sessions between clinicians and their patients.

 

120


Table of Contents
 

Secure messaging.    Enables clinicians and their clients to securely and seamlessly communicate outside of scheduled appointments.

“One of the most helpful features of SimplePractice is the automatic appointment reminders and knowing that SimplePractice is doing the work to remind clients for their appointments is so helpful and was a selling feature of SimplePractice for me.”

 

      —Taylor Moss, LMFTA

Scheduling

 

 

Online booking.    Allows patients to request appointments online when it is top-of-mind and gives clinicians the flexibility to accept or adjust the appointments at their convenience. SimplePractice’s online booking feature enables clinicians to transform their clients’ experience while maintaining control of their calendars. This feature enables clinicians to accelerate their business and improve their clients’ experience; in 2019, approximately 34% of appointments are scheduled after-hours and 68% of clients expect the option to book online.

 

 

Appointment reminders.    Omni-channel messaging enables clinicians to set up automated reminders and connect with their patients to confirm appointments across text, voice, or email. Clients have the option to confirm or cancel via text message. Automated, personalized appointment reminders help practitioners reduce no-shows without increasing the time spent confirming with clients ahead of each appointment.

 

 

Calendar sync.    Clinicians are able to automatically sync their appointments with their iCal, Google, and Outlook calendars to stay organized across all calendars and streamline appointment scheduling.

“There’s a widget that we can put on our website so clients can look at our calendars, schedule directly through that, and fill out all the paperwork before we even had any conversation with them. SimplePractice smoothes the process of us scheduling client appointments.”

 

      —James Guay, LMFT

Documentation

 

 

Notes.    Omni-channel, secure note taking feature allows clinicians to sign and lock notes from their mobile device.

 

 

Treatment and planning.    Clinicians have the ability to efficiently optimize client outcomes by adding an assessment from a robust template library to a client’s profile or adding a diagnosis and an ICD-10 code from an auto-populated list developed from information we source from the American Psychiatric Association and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services rather than create a treatment plan from scratch. Clinicians can also access Wiley Treatment Planners to choose from over 1,000 pre-written treatment goals, objectives, and interventions organized by commonly encountered problems in treating patients who seek mental health care.

 

 

Paperless intake.    Clinicians choose from a library of customizable intake forms. Clients have the ability to complete the intake process online ahead of an initial appointment and all information is fed into a centralized, secure information system.

“When I finish with clients, I flip open my laptop, I log on to SimplePractice real quick, and I write my notes in 5 or 10 minutes at the most.”

 

      —Katie Malinski, LCSW-S

 

121


Table of Contents

Billing

 

 

AutoPay.    Enables clinicians to enroll their clients in AutoPay, saving time, adding visibility into the payment process, and eliminating the need to follow up with clients on unpaid appointments.

 

 

Credit card processing.    Includes features designed to make it easy for clients, their caregivers, or third-party billing contacts to pay with a credit card directly from their online Client Portal. Integrated credit card processing drives faster payments and cards are stored with bank-level security.

 

 

Claim filing.    Enables clinicians to generate and send digital invoices, statements, superbills or other detailed service invoices, and CMS-1500 forms with just a few clicks.

“Using SimplePractice has made it easy to take care of billing. And it’s all in one platform so I can focus on working with my patients.”

 

      —Dr. Melissa Brown

Additional features / products

 

 

Professional websites.    Allows clinicians to quickly and easily create and launch a customized and professional mobile-friendly website that is automatically integrated into an EHR system. Our easy-to-use website builder allows for customizable themes, imagery, and colors, and is also SEO-optimized.

 

 

SimplePractice Learning.    An online education marketplace offering on-demand courses, expertly-curated continuing education, and business building video courses for students and professionals. Clinicians in certain states are able to satisfy certain requirements of their ongoing licensure requirements with SimplePractice Learning, and they are able learn about building, growing, and marketing their practices.

 

 

Pollen magazine.    An online magazine where health and wellness practitioners can read inspiring articles about growing and sustaining a private practice, being a better clinician, how software tools can improve their practice, industry news, and wellness best practices. Pollen serves the entire ecosystem and is used as a content hub for practitioners in different stages of their journey.

 

 

The Monarch marketplace.    Launched in March 2021, Monarch brings together clinicians and therapy seekers making it easier for clinicians to expand their practices and patients to find the right clinician. A key differentiator for Monarch is the integration with SimplePractice, enabling therapy seekers to easily view a clinician’s availability and request an appointment online.

 

122


Table of Contents

InvoiceCloud

 

LOGO

InvoiceCloud drives digital adoption and makes it effortless for our customers to connect digitally with their clients, and for these clients to adopt paperless and electronic payment methods. We deliver this value proposition with the following key features:

Biller enablement

 

 

Biller portal.    Extensive reporting and administration tools to make administration, reconciliation, and data mining easier for our customers. Our customer portal is a user-friendly interface for customers that provides features like permission-based accounts for all types of roles, date-range reporting for customer payments, email tracking, scheduled payment reports, paper suppression history, easy reconciliation, full control over our email communication engine and content, and full control over e-payment batches and reporting.

 

 

Communications management.    Single platform to manage all communications, including email and SMS, to ensure that end users pay bills on time. Offers communication strategies and templates to maximize payment

 

123


Table of Contents
 

conversion and automates communications around the customer experience, including bill reminders, expiring credit cards, enrollment confirmations, and upcoming scheduled payments.

 

 

Cloud Store and Cloud Pay.    Streamlined checkout process that allows our customers to accept multiple invoices simultaneously through a single checkout process. Enables customers to easily accept payments for non-invoiced services.

 

 

Email/text notifications.    Automated email and text notifications designed based on human behavior to maximize the conversion to digital payments. Beyond reminders of upcoming payments, the client receives confirmation of payments along with critical notification about their accounts.

Payer enablement

 

 

Scheduled payments.    Offers clients the ability to schedule payments or enroll in AutoPay, which saves the payer time and creates a better client experience. By driving AutoPay adoption, we provide customers with payment visibility and reduced customer service calls.

 

 

Omni-channel payment acceptance.    Customers have the ability to meet payers where it is easiest for them, securely access billing data, and pay using credit, debit, ACH, and digital wallet methods across our omni-channel customer engagement platform. We enable our customers to provide a consistent customer experience across online, mobile, IVR, point-of-sale screens, CSR interfaces, and partner customer portals.

 

 

Full feature guest checkout.    Removes the “log-in wall” barrier to adoption by giving payees the ability to enroll in paperless, AutoPay and other services as part of guest checkout.

 

 

Automated reminders and notifications.    Clients have the ability to sign up for text reminders and add calendar reminders. These added touch points increase the probability of receiving the payment.

HealthPay24

HealthPay24 helps health systems, physician groups, dental practices, and medical billers efficiently drive patient self-pay collections while increasing customer satisfaction. We deliver this value proposition through the following key features:

 

 

Omni-channel payment acceptance.    Provides customers the ability to accept payments through many different channels, meeting the payers where it is most convenient for them.

 

 

Enhanced reconciliation.    Efficient, accurate reconciliation via our “single source of truth” to check against bank and settlement data with automatic transaction posting to enterprise resource planning/accounting systems or payment management systems.

 

 

Robust EHR Ecosystem.    Integrates real-time with all major electronic medical record, EHR, billing, and legacy record systems.

 

 

Reporting analytics & insights.    Identifies and monitors key performance indicators, tracks patient satisfaction levels, and automates, shares, and exports robust reports.

 

 

Security.    Provides superior payment security with PCI-validated point-to-point encryption, HIPAA compliance, and omni-tokenization.

 

124


Table of Contents

DonorDrive

DonorDrive helps non-profits, healthcare organizations, and higher education institutions produce virtual events, launch branded donation campaigns, and create peer-to-peer fundraising experiences. We deliver this value proposition with the following key products:

 

 

Peer-to-peer fundraising.    Simplifies the donation process for participants and donors.

 

 

Virtual fundraising.    Enables live streaming, charity-focused online gaming, and activity tracking.

 

 

Donation campaigns.    Ready-to-go donation campaign solutions that include real-time insights, seamless reporting, flexible and secure payment methods, and easy-to-implement branded campaigns.

Our customers

We serve a wide variety of customers across our verticals. The majority of our customers are based in the United States. Below is a breakdown of the number of customers we served for the periods presented for each of our segments.

 

           
     

Predecessor

2019 Period

    

Successor

2019 Period

    

Year ended

December 31, 2020

    

Six months ended
June 30, 2020

     Six months ended
June 30, 2021
 

Customers in the SMB Solutions segment

     22,450        34,286        57,526        46,882        68,820  

Customers in the Enterprise Solutions segment

     1,332        1,481        2,894        2,770        3,028  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Customer case studies

California Mutual

California Mutual is a California domestic insurance company operating in California since 1920, which offers policyholders lines of personal and commercial insurance. California Mutual was in search of an electronic bill presentment and payment (“EBPP”) platform that could seamlessly integrate with their policy administration system. They needed a solution that could simplify payment reconciliations, enhance the client experience, and offload compliance liability.

The Challenge

California Mutual’s payment processing platform was clunky and difficult to use. In addition, it was not integrated with the core policy administration system resulting in a time-consuming payment reconciliation process. Other challenges included:

 

 

limited payment options caused a poor user experience;

 

 

lack of self-service functionality increased staff workload;

 

 

increased concerns about compliance liability; and

 

 

high costs associated with printing and mailing paper bills.

 

125


Table of Contents

The Solution

California Mutual needed an EBPP that could seamlessly integrate with their core policy administration system to accelerate reconciliations and simplify the payment process for policyholders. They chose InvoiceCloud as it provided everything they needed to:

 

 

simplify reconciliations to improve staff efficiencies;

 

 

provide a better user experience to drive more digital payments;

 

 

increase self-service adoption with omni-channel payment option; and

 

 

protect sensitive data to reduce compliance liability.

The Results

After implementing InvoiceCloud, California Mutual has seen several benefits, including:

 

 

increased e-adoption and higher customer satisfaction due to an enhanced user experience;

 

 

improved staff efficiencies with an increase in self-service, paperless, and AutoPay registration;

 

 

accelerated reconciliations through a seamless integration with the core billing system;

 

 

quick and easy technology updates with a true SaaS platform; and

 

 

PCI Level 1 security to ensure compliance liability.

Since the first month they became a customer, California Mutual experienced:

 

 

15 hours per week saved in payment reconciliation;

 

 

151% increase in e-adoption;

 

 

15x increase in paperless enrollment (from 3% in Month 1 to 44% in Month 14); and

 

 

decrease in mailed payments (from 21% in Month 1 to 53% in Month 14).

City of Escondido

The City of Escondido is located in Southern California, just 30 miles northeast of San Diego. Its Utility Billing office, which is a division of the Finance Department, processes payments for Escondido’s over 30,000 utility customers. In order to meet its PCI compliance requirements, the City of Escondido decided to move its online payment processing to a third-party vendor. Unfortunately, the system that was implemented created challenges for the city and its citizens through a difficult user experience, lack of convenient payment options and lack of real-time integration, among other issues. The City of Escondido chose InvoiceCloud based on a proven ability to simplify enrollment and provide a better user experience in order to drive more digital payments.

 

126


Table of Contents

The Challenge

Escondido’s previous online payment processing vendor caused challenges for both the city and its citizens. A difficult user experience spiked call center volume, as customers needed assistance completing basic tasks such as registration. In addition:

 

 

lack of convenient payment and reporting functions increased manual workload for CSRs and staff;

 

 

lack of real-time integration slowed collections; and

 

 

no paperless billing program existed to reduce expenses for the city.

The Solution

Escondido needed an EBPP provider that could help quickly remove current obstacles. They chose InvoiceCloud based on a proven track record and the ability to help:

 

 

simplify enrollment to provide a better user experience and drive more digital payments;

 

 

increase customer self-service payment options to reduce calls and improve staffing efficiencies;

 

 

simplify collections with real-time integrations; and

 

 

decrease print and mail costs.

The Results

Since implementing InvoiceCloud, the City of Escondido has realized significant benefits, including:

 

 

increased self-service and higher customer and staff satisfaction due to an enhanced user experience, expanded payment options, and easier enrollment process;

 

 

improved efficiencies that enable staff to shift focus to higher priority items;

 

 

no lost data and reduced manual labor with real-time software integration;

 

 

lower print and mail costs due to higher paperless adoption; and

 

 

PCI Level 1 security to protect sensitive data.

After 9 months live, the City of Escondido experienced:

 

 

242% increase in self-service e-payment adoption;

 

 

$23,000 in savings from an increase in paperless adoption from 1,740 to 6,367 paperless bills per month;

 

 

52% overall electronic payment adoption;

 

 

21% of customers enrolled in paperless billing; and

 

 

69% reduction in monthly inbound payment related calls from 4,240 to 1,300.

Our go-to-market strategy

We employ a diversified and efficient go-to-market strategy that leverages digital marketing, direct sales, referrals, and strategic partnerships to accelerate new customer acquisition.

 

127


Table of Contents

For our solutions in our SMB Solutions segment, we primarily generate inbound interest through search engine optimization, word-of-mouth, paid customer referrals, and search engine marketing. We employ a self-service model. Most customers navigate to our website and adopt our solution without ever speaking with a SimplePractice employee. Our product-led strategy has led to our success in establishing SimplePractice as one of the leaders in practice management software with a customer NPS of 60.

For our solutions in our Enterprise Solutions segment, we integrate directly with our customers’ back-end core systems, and we go to market with a direct sales force, sometimes in conjunction with strategic partners, such as back-end software providers. We leverage partners for lead generation and selling support, and we have over 300 unique integrations to customer billing and client management systems. Our partnerships provide us greater reach into vertical markets with pre-qualified leads that drive highly efficient sales processes. Through our strategic partnerships, we enjoy a shorter sales cycle, which enables our sales team to spend less time prospecting and more time selling. Our partner integrations enable us to deliver richer payer experiences through real-time, bi-directional data exchange. Our partnerships are centered around referrals as between the partners that result in two-party contracts between the customer and ourselves.

Our direct sales team is responsible for outbound lead generation, driving new business and helping to manage account relationships and renewals. Our sales team also maintains close relationships with existing customers and helps identify and understand their specific needs to help inform our product roadmap.

Research and development

Research and development is a key factor that drives our product leadership, and we invest substantial time, energy, and resources to ensure we have a deep understanding of our customers’ needs in each vertical we serve. We continually innovate to deliver value-added features and focus on creating solutions that directly address our customers’ pain points. We work closely with our customers to capture their feedback, and we utilize our deep vertical domain expertise to enhance our product design. Our research and development organization consists of engineering, product, and design teams, and these teams are responsible for the design, development, testing, deployment, and ongoing support of our solutions. Research and development spend was $20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, representing 14.2% of revenue and $14.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, representing 14.9% of revenue.

Competition

The market for vertically-tailored, customer engagement software and integrated payments is highly fragmented. We primarily compete with manual processes, point solution vendors, and legacy and modern solution providers. We believe the combination of our true SaaS solutions, vertical domain expertise, customer and product focus, and exceptional talent distinguishes us from the competition.

For our solutions in our SMB Solutions segment, which include SimplePractice, we primarily compete against pen and paper, point solution vendors, and a number of horizontal and vertically-specialized solutions, including practice management software providers. We believe we compete favorably on the following key competitive factors:

 

 

Simplicity and ease of use

 

Product strategy and speed of innovation

 

Breadth and depth of solution

 

Quality and integration of products and features

 

Brand awareness and reputation

 

Pricing and costs

 

128


Table of Contents
 

Customer support capabilities

 

Platform security

For our solutions in our Enterprise Solutions segment, we primarily compete against bill presentment and payment systems internally developed by financial institutions, as well as legacy and modern solution providers. We believe we compete favorably on the following key competitive factors:

 

 

Product strategy and speed of innovation

 

Vertically-tailored products and features

 

Ability to drive end user digital adoption

 

Breadth and depth of solution

 

Ability to integrate with our customers’ back-end core systems

 

Ease of deployment and implementation speed

 

Brand awareness and reputation

 

Pricing and costs

 

Scalability and reliability

 

Security

 

Customer satisfaction

 

Customer service capabilities

 

Total cost of ownership and return on investment

We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors within the industry verticals we serve, but we expect competition to continue and increase as existing competitors continue to evolve their offerings and as new companies enter our market. To remain competitive, we believe we must continue to invest in research and development, sales and marketing, and client support.

Intellectual property

We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks, copyrights, and trade secrets as well as contractual rights, to protect our proprietary software and our brands. We have obtained or applied for patent protection in the United States on certain material aspects of our proprietary technologies and we have registered or applied to register certain of our trademarks in the United States. In addition to the intellectual property that we own, we license certain technologies and intellectual property from third parties, including software that is incorporated in our platform. We generally control access to and use of our software and other proprietary or confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with both our employees and third parties who have access to our software and other confidential information.

As of June 30, 2021, we held 7 issued U.S. patents related to our proprietary technologies. If our currently issued patents are maintained until the end of their terms, they will expire between 2026 and 2037. The expiration of these patents is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, as of June 30, 2021, we owned 13 registered trademarks in the United States.

We also own several domain names, including engagesmart.com. For additional discussion of how intellectual property protection affects our business, see the section titled “Risk factors—Risks related to our technology and intellectual property.”

 

129


Table of Contents

Employees and human capital resources

As of June 30, 2021, we had a total of 697 full-time employees. We also engage contractors and consultants. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team. We are highly dependent on our management, highly-skilled software engineers, sales personnel, and other professionals, and it is crucial that we continue to attract and retain valuable employees. To facilitate attraction and retention, we strive to make EngageSmart a diverse, inclusive, and safe workplace, with opportunities for our employees to grow and develop in their careers, supported by strong compensation and benefits programs. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by collective bargaining agreements and we believe that our employee relations are strong. See “—Our culture.”

Government regulation

Healthcare laws and regulations

Our business is subject to extensive, complex and rapidly changing federal and state healthcare laws and regulations. Various federal and state agencies have discretion to issue regulations and interpret and enforce healthcare laws. These regulations can vary significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and interpretation and enforcement of existing laws and regulations may change periodically, based on changes in regulatory agency enforcement priorities, for example. We cannot be assured that a review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities will not result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that restricts our operations. Federal and state legislatures also may enact various legislative proposals that could materially impact certain aspects of our business. In addition, our consumer transactions business is subject to certain financial services laws, regulations and rules, such as the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards.

U.S. state and federal health information privacy and security laws

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personally identifiable information, including health information. In particular, HIPAA establishes privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of protected health information (“PHI”), and require the implementation of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. Our clients are regulated as covered entities under HIPAA. As a service provider who creates, receives, maintains or transmits PHI on behalf of our covered entity customers, we are a “business associate” as defined under HIPAA. Since the effective date of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule on September 23, 2013, certain HIPAA requirements are also directly applicable to business associates.

Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties and a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. We must also comply with HIPAA’s breach notification rule. Under the breach notification rule, business associates must notify covered entities of a breach, and those covered entities must notify affected individuals without unreasonable delay in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI, which may compromise the privacy, security or integrity of the PHI. In addition, notification must be provided to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) and the local media in cases where a breach affects more than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to HHS on an annual basis. In the event of a breach, our covered entity customers may require we provide assistance in the breach notification process and may seek indemnification and other contractual remedies.

State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for

 

130


Table of Contents

a HIPAA violation, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator. In light of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule, recent enforcement activity, and statements from HHS, we expect increased federal and state HIPAA privacy and security enforcement efforts. Further, proposed changes to HIPAA provisions may increase our costs to comply.

Many states in which we operate and in which our patients reside also have laws that protect the privacy and security of sensitive and personal information, including health information. These laws may be similar to or even more protective than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws. For example, the laws of the State of California, in which we operate, are more restrictive than HIPAA. California recently passed the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”), which will go into effect January 1, 2020. While any information we maintain in our role as a business associate may be exempt from the CCPA, other records and information we maintain on our customers may be subject to the CCPA. Where state laws are more protective than HIPAA, we must comply with the state laws we are subject to, in addition to HIPAA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose fines and penalties upon violators, but also some, unlike HIPAA, may afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state laws are changing rapidly, and there is discussion of a new federal privacy law or federal breach notification law, to which we may be subject.

In addition to HIPAA, state health information privacy and state health information privacy laws, we may be subject to other state and federal privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security and laws that place specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting.

In recent years, there have been a number of well publicized data breaches involving the improper use and disclosure of personally identifiable information and PHI. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials. In addition, under HIPAA and pursuant to the related contracts that we enter into with our business associates, we must report breaches of unsecured PHI to our contractual partners following discovery of the breach. Notification must also be made in certain circumstances to affected individuals, federal authorities and others.

Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA)

The Telephone Consumer Protection Act (the “TCPA”) is a federal statute that protects consumers from unwanted telephone calls and faxes. Since its inception, the TCPA’s purview has extended to text messages sent to consumers. Our services that leverage text messaging are subject to the TCPA and its regulations and agency guidance.

State fee-splitting laws

We frequently enter into services contracts with healthcare provider organizations pursuant to which we provide them with billing, coding and claims submission, insurance enrollment verification, patient intake, scheduling, appointment reminders, and a range of other services. These contractual relationships are subject to various state laws, including laws that prohibit fee-splitting, or the sharing of professional services income with nonprofessional or business interests.

 

131


Table of Contents

Some fee-splitting requirements may apply to us even if we do not have a physical presence in the state, based solely on our agreements with providers licensed in the state. These laws vary from state to state and are subject to broad interpretation and enforcement by state regulators. A determination of non-compliance against us and our arrangements with our healthcare provider customers could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease and desist orders from state regulators, loss of provider licenses, and/or restructuring of these arrangements.

Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws

Although we do not directly provide any items or services that are reimbursed by any third-party payor, EHR vendors, and practice management solutions providers like us are nonetheless subject to a number of federal and state healthcare regulatory laws that restrict certain business practices in the healthcare industry. These laws are complex, may change rapidly and their application to our specific solutions and relationships may not be clear and may be applied to our business in ways we do not anticipate. These laws include, but are not limited to, federal and state anti-kickback, false claims and other healthcare fraud and abuse laws.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute includes statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors that protect certain arrangements. Failure to meet the requirements of the safe harbor, however, does not render an arrangement illegal. Rather, the government may evaluate such arrangements on a case-by-case basis, taking into account all facts and circumstances, including the parties’ intent and the arrangement’s potential for abuse, and may be subject to greater scrutiny by enforcement agencies.

The Federal False Claims Act (the “FCA”) prohibits a person from knowingly presenting, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or from making a false statement or using a false record to have a claim approved. The federal FCA further provides that a lawsuit thereunder may be initiated in the name of the United States by an individual, a “whistleblower,” who is an original source of the allegations. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act. The government has prosecuted practice management service providers for causing the submission of false or fraudulent claims in violation of the FCA, and vendors of EHR software for, among other things, misrepresenting the capabilities of software and payment of kickbacks to certain customers in exchange for promoting products in violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and FCA. Penalties for a violation of the FCA include fines for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages caused by each false claim.

HIPAA also established federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

Several states in which we operate have also adopted similar fraud and abuse laws as described above. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by any payor, including patients and commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally funded healthcare program.

 

132


Table of Contents

Violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that apply may result in significant penalties, including, without limitation, administrative civil and criminal penalties, damages, disgorgement, fines, additional reporting requirements and compliance oversight obligations, contractual damages, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs and/ or imprisonment.

Reimbursement

Our healthcare provider customers are subject to regulation by a number of governmental agencies, including those that administer government healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Accordingly, our healthcare provider customers are sensitive to legislative and regulatory changes in, and limitations on, the government healthcare programs and changes in reimbursement policies, processes, and payment rates. During recent years, there have been numerous federal legislative and administrative actions that have affected government healthcare programs, including adjustments that have reduced or increased payments to healthcare providers and adjustments that have affected the complexity of our work and required modifications to our platforms. For example, the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“MACRA”) established a Quality Payment Program (“QPP”) that requires provider groups to track and report a multitude of data relating to quality, clinical practice improvement activities, use of an EHR, and cost. Success or failure with respect to these measures may impact reimbursement in future years. Similarly, healthcare reform is causing some payors to transition from volume to value-based reimbursement models, which can include risk-sharing, bundled payment and other innovative approaches. It is possible that the federal or state governments will implement additional reductions, increases, or changes in reimbursement in the future under government programs that adversely affect our customer base or increase the cost of providing our services. Any such changes could adversely affect our own financial condition by reducing the reimbursement rates of our customers.

Healthcare reform

In the United States, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system, many of which are intended to contain or reduce healthcare costs. By way of example, in the United States, the ACA substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Since its enactment, there have been judicial, executive and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA and on June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court reversed the lower courts’ decision and effectively dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. It is unclear how healthcare reform measures enacted by Congress or implemented by the Biden administration or other challenges to the ACA, if any, will impact the ACA.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2030, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021, unless additional Congressional action is taken. In addition, on January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

The results of the 2020 presidential and congressional elections and current litigation regarding the ACA have created regulatory uncertainty, including with respect to the United States government’s role in the healthcare industry. As a result, there are renewed and reinvigorated calls for health insurance reform, as well as changes

 

133


Table of Contents

to the ACA, which could cause significant uncertainty in the United States healthcare market. Additional state and federal health care reform measures may also be adopted in the future, any of which could have a material impact on our and our customers’ business and financial condition.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in Braintree, Massachusetts, where we lease approximately 20,443 square feet of space under a lease that expires in October 2024. We also maintain other offices in North America, including in Santa Monica, California, Los Angeles, California, Marlborough, Massachusetts, Brownsville, Texas, Madison, Wisconsin, Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania, Cincinnati, Ohio and Williamsville, New York. We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs, and that should it be needed, suitable additional or alternative space will be available to accommodate our operations.

Legal proceedings

We are regularly subject to claims, lawsuits, arbitration proceedings, administrative actions, government investigations, and other legal and regulatory proceedings involving personal injury, intellectual property, including patent infringement, property damage, labor and employment, commercial and contract disputes, unfair competition, consumer protection, data protection and privacy, environmental, health and safety, taxes, pricing and fees, weights and measures, compliance with regulatory requirements, and other matters. We believe that there is no pending or threatened legal proceeding that has arisen from these matters that individually is likely to have a material impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, management’s views and estimates related to these matters may change in the future, as new events and circumstances arise and the matters continue to develop. Moreover, results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable, and legal proceedings related to such accidents or incidents could, in the aggregate, have a material impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

134


Table of Contents

Management

The following table sets forth the name, age as of the date of this prospectus, and position of the individuals who currently serve as directors and executive officers of EngageSmart, LLC, and will continue to serve as directors and executive officers of EngageSmart, Inc. following the Corporate Conversion and the closing of this offering. The following also includes certain information regarding the individual experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills of our directors and executive officers as well as brief statements of those aspects of our directors’ backgrounds that led us to conclude that they are qualified to serve as directors:

 

     
Name    Age      Position
Robert P. Bennett      65      Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Thomas Griffin      56      President, Enterprise Solutions
Cassandra Hudson      39      Chief Financial Officer
Charles Kallenbach      58      General Counsel
Jonathan Seltzer      39      President, SMB Solutions
Paul G. Stamas      39      Chairman
Matthew G. Hamilton      37      Director
David Mangum      55      Director
Preston McKenzie      54      Director

Raph Osnoss

     34      Director

Deborah A. Dunnam

     62      Director Nominee*

Ashley C. Glover

     49      Director Nominee*

 

*   To be elected to our board of directors effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Executive officers

Robert P. Bennett has served as our Founder, Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since 2019. Prior to serving in these roles, Mr. Bennett served as Chief Executive Officer of Invoice Cloud, Inc., the predecessor of EngageSmart and a current subsidiary of EngageSmart since 2009. From December 2001 to 2008, he served as the President of Sage Payment Solutions. Prior to his time at Sage, and since he formed his first business, MicroFridge, Inc,, Mr. Bennett has served in senior leadership roles, MicroFridge, Inc. Since 2011, Mr. Bennett has also served on the board of directors of Walpole Cooperative Bank. Mr. Bennett holds a Bachelor of Arts in Applied Math and Computer Science from the University of Maine and a Master of Science in Engineering Management from Northeastern University. We believe that Mr. Bennett’s experience and success in both the payment solutions and SaaS industries make him well-qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Thomas Griffin has served as our President of Enterprise Business since 2019. Prior to joining EngageSmart, Mr. Griffin served as General Manager of Business to Consumer Commerce at Salesforce, a leading customer relationship management platform, where he held various roles, including at its predecessor, Demandware, since 2006. Mr. Griffin holds a Bachelor of Arts in History from Washington University in St. Louis and a Master of Business Administration from the Boston University Questrom School of Business.

 

135


Table of Contents

Cassandra Hudson has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2020. Prior to joining EngageSmart, Ms. Hudson was the Vice President of Finance and Chief Accounting Officer for Carbonite, a provider of data protection products for businesses, where she held various roles since 2008. Ms. Hudson also previously held positions at The Davenport Companies, RSM US LLP, and Henderson and Associates. Ms. Hudson holds a Bachelor of Arts in Corporate Finance and Accounting and a Master of Business Administration in Accounting each from Bentley University and is a Certified Public Accountant in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Charles Kallenbach, J.D. has served as our General Counsel since February 2021. Prior to joining EngageSmart, Mr. Kallenbach served as General Counsel and Secretary of Phreesia, Inc. from 2016 to 2020 and General Counsel and Chief Legal Officer at Heartland Payment Systems, Inc., which was acquired by Global Payments, Inc., from 2007 to 2016. Mr. Kallenbach began his legal career at Jones Day and Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman LLP. Mr. Kallenbach holds a Bachelor of Arts in History from the University of Pennsylvania and a Juris Doctorate from the New York University School of Law.

Jonathan Seltzer has served as our President of SMB Solutions since June 2021 and was previously Executive Vice President of Business and Corporate Development from 2019 to 2021. Prior to joining EngageSmart, Mr. Seltzer served as Chief Financial Officer and Head of Corporate Development at CLEAResult Consulting Inc., where he held various other roles from 2014 to 2019. Mr. Seltzer also previously held positions at KRG Capital Partners, Wachovia Securities and Piper Jaffray. Mr. Seltzer holds a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from the University of Wisconsin-Madison.

Directors

Paul G. Stamas has served as chairman of our board of directors since 2019. Mr. Stamas is a Managing Director at General Atlantic, a global growth investment firm, where he also serves as Co-Head of General Atlantic’s financial services sector. Prior to joining General Atlantic in 2010, Mr. Stamas was an Associate at Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, concentrating on investments in the healthcare services and information & business services sectors. Prior to that, he was an analyst in the Consumer Retail Group in the Investment Banking division at Goldman Sachs. Currently, Mr. Stamas currently serves on the board of directors of Creative Planning and SigFig, and he previously served on the board of directors of Insurity and Optionshouse. He also serves on the board of directors of the Harvard Business School Club of New York. Mr. Stamas holds a Bachelor of Science and Engineering in Operations Research & Financial Engineering from Princeton University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Stamas is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his knowledge of technology and the financial services industry and his service on the board of directors of numerous companies.

Matthew G. Hamilton has served as a member of our board of directors since the inception of EngageSmart, LLC. Previously, Mr. Hamilton had served on the board of InvoiceCloud, LLC since April 2015. Mr. Hamilton is also a Managing Director at Summit Partners (“Summit”), a private equity firm, where he has served in various roles since 2005. Mr. Hamilton also serves on the board of directors of a.k.a. Brands, Snap Financial, Patriot Growth Insurance Services, Frontline Advance, Quay Eyeware, Adviser Investments and Forma Brands. Mr. Hamilton holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Colby College. We believe Mr. Hamilton’s investment experience and his service on the board of directors of numerous companies make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

David Mangum has served as a member of our board of directors since 2019. Mr. Mangum has also served as a Senior Advisor at General Atlantic, a global growth investment firm, since 2019. Prior to joining General Atlantic, Mr. Mangum was President and Chief Operating Officer of Global Payments Inc., where he served in various roles since 2008. While at Global Payments, Mr. Mangum lead their transformation from a payment processor to a technology services and software company. From 2007 to 2008, he served as Executive Vice

 

136


Table of Contents

President, Fiserv Corp., a financial services technology provider which acquired CheckFree Corporation, provider of financial electronic commerce solutions in 2007. Mr. Mangum was also Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CheckFree Corporation from 2000 to 2007 and its Senior Vice President, Finance and Accounting, from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Mangum served on the board of directors of Thunder Bridge Acquisition II, LTD., a blank check company, from 2019 to 2021. Currently, Mr. Mangum serves on the board of directors of Thunder Bridge Capital Partners III Inc., a blank check company, a role he has held since 2020 and of Thunder Bridge Capital Partners IV, Inc., a blank check preferred company, a role he has held since 2021. He also serves on the board of directors of Nextech, an EHR and practice management solution for specialty providers, a role he has held since 2020. Mr. Mangum holds a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from Carleton College. We believe Mr. Mangum’s experience as an executive in payment technology companies makes him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Preston McKenzie has served as a member of our board of directors since 2019. Mr. McKenzie has also served as Operating Partner at General Atlantic since 2019, after serving as a Special Advisor from 2017 to 2018. Prior to joining General Atlantic, Mr. McKenzie served as Chief Executive Officer of NEWSCYCLE Solutions from 2013 to 2017, and Chief Executive Officer of MicroEdge from 2010 to 2013. Prior to that, he also held various senior roles at Thomson Reuters, including serving as Vice President and General Manager of their Business Development division. Mr. McKenzie also serves on the board of directors of Ethisphere and formerly served on the board of directors of Insurity and Mi9 Retail. Mr. McKenzie holds a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism from the University of North Carolina and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Minnesota. We believe Mr. McKenzie’s experience as an executive in technology and his service on the board of directors of numerous companies make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Raph Osnoss has served as a member of our board of directors since 2019. Mr. Osnoss currently serves as a Principal at General Atlantic and focuses on the firm’s investments in the financial services sector. Prior to joining General Atlantic, Mr. Osnoss was an Associate at Berkshire Partners, a private equity firm, from 2010 to 2012. Previously, he was also an analyst in the Investment Banking Division of Goldman Sachs from 2008 to 2010. He currently serves on the boards of Amount, Inc., a banking and loan origination software provider, Alkami Technology, Inc., a cloud-based digital banking platform, and Avant, LLC, a financial technology company. He previously served on the board of directors of Insurity, Inc, a cloud-based solutions and data analytics company. He also serves on the board of Edible Schoolyard NYC, a food and education-focused charitable organization. Mr. Osnoss holds a Bachelor of Science in economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Osnoss is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his knowledge of technology and the financial services industry.

Deborah A. Dunnam has been nominated to serve on our board of directors. Ms. Dunnam is the Chief Commercial Officer at Dropbox, Inc., a provider of cloud based file hosting services. Prior to joining Dropbox, Ms. Dunnam served as Chief Operating Officer of ServiceSource from 2018 to 2020 and as Corporate Vice President of Inside Sales at Microsoft from 2016 to 2018. Prior that, she also held various senior roles at Cisco Systems, including serving as Senior Vice President of Worldwide Services Sales and Global Customer Success. Ms. Dunnam holds a Bachelor of Business Administration in Marketing and Social Science from Northwood University. We believe Ms. Dunnam is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her experience as an executive at technology companies.

Ashley C. Glover has been nominated to serve on our board of directors. Ms. Glover currently serves as a Managing Partner at KAG Ventures, LLC, a firm focused on investment, operation and strategic consulting in multifamily real estate. Prior to that, she held various senior roles at RealPage, Inc., a global provider of software and data analytics services to the real estate industry, including serving as President from 2020 to 2021, Chief Operating Officer from 2018 to 2020, and as Chief Revenue Officer from 2016 to 2018. Prior to RealPage, she worked in the Dallas office of McKinsey and Company serving technology and consumer clients.

 

137


Table of Contents

Ms. Glover also serves on the board of the Dallas Urban Debate Alliance, a charitable organization that supports debate programming and competition within the Dallas Independent School District. Ms. Glover holds a Bachelor of Science in Computer Science from Southern Methodist University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. We believe Ms. Glover is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her experience as an executive in the technology industry.

Family relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board composition

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Pursuant to our current limited liability company agreement, our directors were elected as follows:

 

 

Mr. Stamas, Mr. Mangum, Mr. McKenzie and Mr. Osnoss were elected pursuant to designation rights held by General Atlantic; and

 

 

Mr. Bennett and Mr. Hamilton were elected pursuant to designation rights held by shareholders affiliated with Summit and certain other holders of Class A-2 common shares.

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our limited liability company agreement will be terminated in connection with the Corporate Conversion. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into the “Stockholders’ Agreement with General Atlantic, Summit, and Robert P. Bennett, our Founder and Chief Executive Officer, that will provide General Atlantic and affiliates of Summit with the right to nominate a specified number of our directors determined based on the voting power held by General Atlantic and affiliates of Summit. For a description of the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, see “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.”

Director independence

We will be a “controlled company” under the rules of the NYSE. The rules of the NYSE define a “controlled company” as a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group, or another company. Upon completion of this offering, General Atlantic will beneficially own approximately 60.4% of the combined voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or 60.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full). As a result, we qualify for exemptions from, and have elected not to comply with, certain corporate governance requirements under the NYSE rules. Even though we will be a controlled company, we are required to comply with the rules of the SEC and the NYSE relating to the membership, qualifications and operations of the audit committee, as discussed below.

If we cease to be a controlled company and our common stock continues to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with these requirements by the date our status as a controlled company changes or within specified transition periods applicable to certain provisions, as the case may be.

Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Robert P. Bennett, qualify as “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing rules of the NYSE (the “Listing Rules”). Robert P. Bennett is not considered independent by virtue of his position as our Chief Executive Officer. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has had with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence.

 

138


Table of Contents

Classified board of directors

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

 

the Class I directors will be Preston McKenzie, Ashley C. Glover and Deborah A. Dunnam, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;

 

 

the Class II directors will be Raph Osnoss, David Mangum and Matthew G. Hamilton, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and

 

 

the Class III directors will be Paul G. Stamas and Robert P. Bennett, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Leadership structure of the board

Our board of directors is currently chaired by Paul G. Stamas. Our corporate governance guidelines provide that, if the chairman of the board is a member of management or does not otherwise qualify as independent, the independent directors of the board may elect a lead director. The lead director’s responsibilities would include, but would not be not limited to: presiding over all meetings of the board of directors at which the chairman is not present, including any executive sessions of the independent directors; approving board meeting schedules and agendas; and acting as the liaison between the independent directors and the chief executive officer and chairman of the board. Our corporate governance guidelines further provide the flexibility for our board of directors to modify our leadership structure in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of board in risk oversight process

Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings, and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with the board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.

Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. While our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, our audit committee is responsible for overseeing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee also approves or disapproves any related person transactions. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate

 

139


Table of Contents

governance guidelines. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Each committee intends to adopt a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and Listing Rules, which we will post on our website at www.engagesmart.com upon the completion of this offering.

Audit committee

Our audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:

 

 

appoints our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance;

 

 

determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and pre-approves the audit and non-audit fees and services;

 

 

reviews and approves all related party transactions on an ongoing basis;

 

 

establishes procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of any complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters;

 

 

discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

 

 

approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

 

 

discusses on a periodic basis, or as appropriate, with management our policies and procedures with respect to risk assessment and risk management;

 

 

is responsible for reviewing our financial statements and our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

 

 

investigates any reports received through the ethics helpline and reports to the Board periodically with respect to any information received through the ethics helpline and any related investigations; and

 

 

reviews the audit committee charter periodically and the audit committee’s performance on an annual basis.

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Mangum and Hamilton and Ms. Glover, with Mr. Mangum serving as chair. Our board of directors has determined that all members, except for Mr. Hamilton, are independent under the Listing Rules and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Mangum is an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is currently defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has also determined that each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental consolidated financial statements, in accordance with applicable requirements.

 

140


Table of Contents

Compensation committee

Our compensation committee oversees policies relating to compensation and benefits of our executive officers and directors. The compensation committee reviews and approves or recommends corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our executive officers (other than our Chief Executive Officer), evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and approves the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also reviews and approves or makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans to our executive officers. The compensation committee reviews the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and makes recommendations to our board of directors with respect to his compensation, and our board of directors retains the authority to make compensation decisions relative to our Chief Executive Officer. The compensation committee will periodically review and evaluate the compensation committee charter and will annually review the compensation committee’s performance. Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. McKenzie, Stamas, and Hamilton, with Mr. McKenzie serving as chair. Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters. Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Stamas and Osnoss and Ms. Dunnam, with Mr. Stamas serving as chair. Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or on our compensation committee.

Code of business conduct and ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and agents and representatives. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website at www.engagesmart.com upon the completion of this offering. The audit committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing our code of business conduct and ethics. Any waiver of the code of business conduct or ethics applicable for our directors, executive officers or other principal financial officers may be made only by our board of directors. We intend to disclose any future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of such provisions applicable to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and agents and representatives, on our website identified above or in public filings.

 

141


Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary compensation table” below. In 2020, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

 

Robert Bennett, Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer);

 

Howard Spector, former Chief Executive Officer of SimplePractice and, as of June 16, 2021, Founder Advisor; and

 

Cassandra Hudson, Chief Financial Officer.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of the initial public offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion. The share amounts and exercise prices set forth below reflect adjustments made in connection with the Stock Split effected on September 10, 2021.

Summary compensation table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

             
Name and principal position    Year      Salary
($)
    

Option
awards

($)(1)

     Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)(2)
     All other
compensation
($)(3)
     Total
($)
 

Robert Bennett

     2020        600,000           240,000        500        840,500  

Chief Executive Officer

                 

Howard Spector

     2020        600,000           500,000        2,500        1,102,500  

CEO of SimplePractice

                 

Cassandra Hudson

     2020        57,211        1,167,500        22,630               1,247,341  

Chief Financial Officer

                 

 

 

 

(1)   In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate grant-date fair value of the option awards granted during 2020 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718 for stock-based compensation transactions. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 12 – Stock/equity-Based Compensation to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus for additional information. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options, or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.

 

(2)   Amounts reflect annual cash performance-based bonuses earned during the year ended December 31, 2020. For additional information about the annual cash performance-based bonuses, please see the section titled “2020 Bonuses” below.

 

(3)   Amounts reflect 401(k) plan matching contributions.

Narrative to summary compensation table

2020 salaries

The named executive officers receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to us. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Base salaries for Messrs. Bennett and Spector were unchanged for the year ended December 31, 2020. Ms. Hudson’s employment commenced on November 2, 2020 and her annual base salary for 2020 was $350,000.

In connection with this offering, we expect that our executive compensation program will evolve to reflect our status as a newly publicly-traded company, while still supporting our overall business and compensation

 

142


Table of Contents

objectives. In connection with this offering, management has retained Compensia, an independent executive compensation consultant, to help advise on our post-offering executive compensation program.

2020 bonuses

We provide annual incentive cash bonuses, which we refer to as “Annual Bonuses,” to our named executive officers under our 2020 Annual Bonus Plan (the “Annual Bonus Plan”). Under the Annual Bonus Plan, Annual Bonuses for the named executive officers are determined based on achievement of Company EBITDA, revenue, new bookings and net promoter score targets. Company targets are generally established by our board of directors in its discretion during the first quarter of the calendar year.

Annual Bonuses are generally paid after the end of the calendar year in which they were earned. For the year ended December 31, 2020, each named executive officer’s Annual Bonus was based 50% on our Adjusted EBITDA performance, 20% on our revenue performance, 20% on our new bookings performance, and 10% on our net promoter score performance. For these purposes, Mr. Bennett and Ms. Hudson’s Annual Bonuses were based on total company achievement while Mr. Spector’s Annual Bonus was based on SimplePractice achievement.

Annual Bonus amounts are based on individualized target amounts for the applicable year, with ultimate payouts of up to 110% of these individualized targets (which maximum may be increased in exceptional circumstances). For the year ended December 31, 2020, the target Annual Bonus amounts for Mr. Bennett, Mr. Spector, and Ms. Hudson were 40% of each of their respective base salaries, or $240,000, $240,000, and $22,630, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020, Annual Bonuses were paid out at 100% of target for Mr. Bennett, at 208% for Mr. Spector, and at 100% for Ms. Hudson. The actual annual cash bonuses awarded to each named executive officer for 2020 performance are set forth above in the Summary compensation table in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

Equity compensation

Certain of our named executive officers currently hold options to purchase Class A-3 common shares (“LLC Options”) under our Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option Plan (the “LLC Option Plan”). Ms. Hudson was granted 750,000 LLC Options on November 2, 2020 in connection with the commencement of her employment. No other named executive officers were granted LLC Options in 2020. For additional information about the LLC Options held by our named executive officers, please see the section titled “Outstanding awards at year end” below. The LLC Options are generally divided equally between Service Options, which generally vest 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date and in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment through each applicable vesting date, and Performance Options, which generally vest based on the achievement of multiple of invested capital thresholds for General Atlantic (IC), L.P. in connection with a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the LLC Option Plan).

In connection with this offering, we intend to convert all outstanding LLC Options into options to purchase shares of our common stock, which we refer to as Pubco Options, in a manner that will maintain the aggregate spread of the LLC Options as of immediately prior to such conversion. Additionally, in connection with this offering, we intend to convert all Performance Options into Service Options, or “Converted Options.” The Converted Options will follow the same vesting schedule as the Service Options, with any Converted Options that would have otherwise vested prior to this offering had they been Service Options receiving accelerated vesting as of the date of the consummation of this offering and the remainder of the Converted Options vesting in accordance with the Service Option vesting schedule. Other than the changes to the vesting conditions of the Converted Options, the Pubco Options will be subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to the LLC Options under the existing LLC Option award agreements.

Under the documentation of the LLC Options in effect as of December 31, 2020, the vesting of all Service Options is generally subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of a Change in Control. Additionally, in the

 

143


Table of Contents

event a named executive officer is terminated without Cause (as defined in the LLC Option Plan) or resigns for Good Reason (as defined in the LLC Option award agreement), and a Change in Control occurs during the six-month period following the date of such termination that would have otherwise caused any unvested Performance Options to become vested if the named executive officer had remained employed through the date of such Change in Control, then such unvested Performance Units that would have become vested in connection with such Change in Control shall vest as though the named executive officer had remained employed during such Change in Control. This offering will not constitute a Change in Control under the terms of the LLC Options and the LLC Option Plan. Our Compensation Committee, as the administrator of the LLC Option Plan, has the discretion to accelerate the vesting of any LLC Options at any time and from time to time.

We intend to adopt the 2021 Plan in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants and certain of our affiliates and to enable us and certain of our affiliates to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. We expect that the 2021 Plan will be effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, subject to approval of such plan by our stockholders. For additional information about the 2021 Plan, please see the section titled “Incentive award plans” below. Following this offering, we intend to freeze the LLC Option Plan and all future equity incentives will be granted under the 2021 Plan.

Other elements of compensation

CVR Unit Awards

Certain of our named executive officers currently hold CVR Unit Awards under the Hancock Parent, LLC CVR Bonus Award Plan, which we refer to as the CVR Units and the CVR Plan. CVR Units entitle the holder, subject generally to the holder’s continued employment through the date of payment, to a pro-rata portion of a bonus pool (based on a participant’s share of CVR Units held). The amount of this bonus pool is based on certain cash distributions (including any cash distributions held back and later released) that General Atlantic would otherwise be entitled to receive if General Atlantic receives a pre-established threshold in connection with and/or following an exit event (as defined in our existing limited liability company agreement (the “LLC agreement”)). The maximum amount of this bonus pool is capped at $9,469,812.41.

In connection with this offering, the CVR Plan will be amended to reflect the Corporate Conversion and the CVR Units will otherwise remain subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to the CVR Units immediately prior to this offering (including, without limitation, vesting and payment terms).

No CVR Units were granted to our named executive officers in 2020. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Bennet held 768,074 CVR Units and Mr. Spector held 166,681 CVR Units, none of which are subject to any vesting conditions.

Retirement plans

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. The Internal Revenue Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. Currently, we match contributions made by participants in the 401(k) plan up to a specified percentage of the employee contributions, and these matching contributions are subject to two year vesting. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) plan, and making matching contributions, adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies.

 

144


Table of Contents

Employee benefits and perquisites

Health/Welfare Plans. All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including:

 

 

medical, dental and vision benefits;

 

medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts;

 

health savings accounts;

 

short-term and long-term disability insurance; and

 

life insurance.

We believe the perquisites described above are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our named executive officers.

No tax gross-ups

We do not make gross-up payments to cover our named executive officers’ personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or perquisites paid or provided by us.

Outstanding equity awards at year end

The following table summarizes the number of Class A-3 common shares underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2020.

 

       
                    Option Awards (1)(2)  
Name    Grant date      Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)
     Option
exercise
price
($)
     Option
expiration
date
 

Robert Bennett

                                         

Howard Spector

     9/1/2019        164,062        210,937        375,000        3.02        9/1/2029  

Cassandra Hudson

     11/2/2020        0        375,000        375,000        3.46        11/2/2030  

 

 

 

 

(1)   All of the outstanding equity awards are options granted under and subject to the terms of the LLC Option Plan, described below under “Incentive award plans.” The vesting of each equity award is subject to the executive’s continuous service with us through the applicable vesting dates. Under the documentation of the LLC Options in effect as of December 31, 2020, the vesting of all Service Options is generally subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of a change in control of our company.

 

(2)   Each LLC Option is divided equally between Service Options, which generally vest 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date and in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter, and Performance Options, which generally vest based on the achievement of multiple of invested capital thresholds for General Atlantic (IC), L.P. in connection with a change in control. All LLC Options were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one Class A-3 common share on the date of grant.

Executive compensation arrangements

Employment agreement with Mr. Bennett

On April 30, 2015, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Bennett, our Chief Executive Officer, for an initial term of five years followed by automatically renewing terms of one year thereafter. Mr. Bennett’s employment agreement provides for a base salary, eligibility for a quarterly incentive bonus, and participation in our standard benefit plans.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, in the event Mr. Bennett is terminated by us without cause or he resigns with good reason (each as defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Bennett is entitled to receive 7.5 months of continued base salary and COBRA premium assistance.

 

145


Table of Contents

Mr. Bennett’s severance benefits are conditioned on, among other things, his complying with an invention assignment provision and post-termination restrictive covenants, including perpetual confidentiality and non-disparagement obligations and 12 month non-competition, non-solicitation, and non-interference obligations, and timely signing and not revoking a general release of claims in our favor.

Under the terms of the CVR Plan, in the event Mr. Bennett is terminated by us other than for cause (as defined in the CVR Plan) or resigns for good reason (as defined in the CVR Plan), then, for six months following such termination, Mr. Bennett will remain eligible to receive any payment he would have otherwise received under the CVR Plan (and any delayed amounts associated with such payments) as if he had remained employed through such period.

Employment agreement with Mr. Spector

On March 17, 2017, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Spector, the former Chief Executive Officer of Simple Practice LLC, for an initial term of two years followed by automatically renewing terms of one year thereafter. Mr. Spector’s employment agreement provides for a base salary, eligibility for an annual incentive bonus, and participation in our standard benefit plans.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, in the event Mr. Spector is terminated by us without cause or he resigns with good reason (each as defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Spector is entitled to receive 6 months of continued base salary and health and welfare benefits.

Mr. Spector’s severance benefits are conditioned on, among other things, his complying with an invention assignment provision and post-termination restrictive covenants, including perpetual confidentiality and non-disparagement obligations and a 12 month non-solicitation and non-interference obligation, and timely signing and not revoking a general release of claims in our favor.

Under the terms of the CVR Plan, in the event Mr. Spector is terminated by us other than for cause (as defined in the CVR Plan) or resigns for good reason (as defined in the CVR Plan), then, for six months following such termination, Mr. Spector will remain eligible to receive any payment he would have otherwise received under the CVR Plan (and any delayed amounts associated with such payments) as if he had remained employed through such period.

Offer Letter and Terms and Conditions of Employment with Ms. Hudson

On October 14, 2020, we entered into an offer letter with Ms. Hudson, the Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Hudson’s offer letter provides for a base salary, eligibility for an annual incentive bonus, an LLC Option grant, and participation in the our standard benefit plans. Ms. Hudson’s offer letter does not include an employment term.

As required by her offer letter, Ms. Hudson agreed to terms and conditions of employment on October 14, 2020, which terms and conditions include an invention assignment provision and post-termination restrictive covenants, including a perpetual confidentiality obligation and 12 month non-solicitation and non-competition obligations.

Executive compensation arrangements—new arrangements

On June 28, 2021, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Spector, effective as of June 28, 2021. The material terms of Mr. Spector’s amended and restated employment agreement are as follows:

 

 

Position.    Mr. Spector will serve as a Founder Advisor to us and will report to our Chief Executive Officer.

 

146


Table of Contents
 

Salary.    Mr. Spector will have an annual base salary of $600,000 through December 31, 2021. Beginning on January 1, 2022, Mr. Spector’s annual base salary will become $120,000.

 

 

Annual Bonus.    Mr. Spector will have an annual target bonus equal to 40% of his annual base salary for 2021. Beginning in January 1, 2022 and thereafter, Mr. Spector will not be eligible for an annual bonus.

 

 

Severance.    In the event Mr. Spector is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Spector with good reason (each as defined in his employment agreement) on or before December 31, 2021, Mr. Spector is entitled to receive severance in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement (i.e., 6 months of continued base salary and health and welfare benefits) and continued vesting of his outstanding LLC Options through March 31, 2022. In the event Mr. Spector is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Spector with good reason on or after January 1, 2022, Mr. Spector is entitled to receive only continued vesting of his outstanding LLC Options through March 31, 2022.

 

 

Restrictive Covenants.    The restrictive covenants included in Mr. Spector’s employment agreement remain in place under the term sheet.

 

 

Other Terms.    The remaining terms and conditions of Mr. Spector’s employment under his employment agreement remain in full force and effect.

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new employment agreements with Mr. Bennett and Ms. Hudson, to be effective as of the consummation of this offering. We refer to these agreements as the New Employment Agreements. The material terms of the New Employment Agreements are as follows:

 

 

Position.    Mr. Bennett and Ms. Hudson will serve as our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively. Mr. Bennett will report to our board of directors and Ms. Hudson will report to our Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

Term.    Mr. Bennett’s New Employment Agreement will have a two year term and Ms. Hudson’s New Employment Agreement will have a three-year term, each renewable at the end of such term in our discretion,

 

 

Salary.    Mr. Bennett and Ms. Hudson will have annual base salaries of $600,000 and $365,000, respectively.

 

 

Annual Bonus.    Mr. Bennett and Ms. Hudson will each have annual target bonuses equal to at least 40% of each of their annual base salaries, respectively.

 

 

Severance.    In the event Mr. Bennett is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason (in each case as defined in his New Employment Agreement) more than three months before or more than 12 months after a change in control (as defined in his New Employment Agreement), Mr. Bennett will be entitled to receive 12 months of continued base salary and 6 months of continued health and welfare benefits. In the event Mr. Bennett is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within the three month period preceding or the 12 month period following a change in control, Mr. Bennett will be entitled to receive 18 months of continued base salary and health and welfare benefits, 100% of his pro-rata target bonus, and 100% acceleration of all time-based equity awards. In the event Ms. Hudson is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason (in each case as defined in her New Employment Agreement) more than two months before or more than 12 months after a change in control (as defined in her New Employment Agreement), Ms. Hudson will be entitled to receive 9 months of continued base salary and 6 months of continued health and welfare benefits. In the event Ms. Hudson is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within the two month period preceding or the 12 month period following a change in control, Ms. Hudson will be entitled to receive 12 months of continued base salary and health and welfare benefits, 100% of her pro-rata target bonus, and 100% acceleration of all time-based equity awards.

 

147


Table of Contents
 

Restrictive Covenants.    The New Employment Agreements will include 12 month post-employment non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.

Director compensation

None of our non-employee directors received any compensation for his or her service as a non-employee director during the year ended December 31, 2020. Non-employee director David Mangum currently holds 225,000 LLC Options, which were granted to him on November 1, 2019 with an exercise price of $3.02. Mr. Mangum’s LLC Options are divided equally between Service Options, which generally vest 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date and in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter subject to Mr. Mangum’s continued service through each applicable vesting date, and Performance Options, which generally vest based on the achievement of multiple of invested capital thresholds for General Atlantic (IC), L.P. in connection with a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the LLC Option Plan).

The vesting of Mr. Mangum’s Service Options is subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (including a Change in Control within six months following the termination of Mr. Mangum’s directorship without Cause (as defined in the LLC Option Plan) or as a result of his becoming employed by or a member of the board of directors of another portfolio company of General Atlantic (IC), L.P.). Additionally, in the event Mr. Mangum is terminated without Cause or resigns his directorship for any reason and a Change in Control occurs during the six-month period following the date of such termination, then Mr. Mangum’s unvested Performance Units that would have become vested in connection with such Change in Control shall vest as though Mr. Mangum had continued his service through such Change in Control. Further, if Mr. Mangum’s directorship is terminated by General Atlantic (IC), L.P. at any time or by Mr. Mangum’s resignation after three or more years of his service on our board of directors, then, in the event of a Change in Control more than six-months following such termination but prior to the expiration of Mr. Mangum’s LLC Options, Mr. Mangum shall be entitled to pro-rata vesting (based on the number of days of his service over the number of days from his appointment to such Change in Control) of the Performance Units that would have become vested in connection with such Change in Control as though Mr. Mangum had continued his service through such Change in Control.

In connection with this offering, we have approved and intend to implement a compensation policy that, effective upon the closing of this offering, will be applicable to all of our independent non-employee directors. Under this compensation policy, each such non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $60,000. In addition, (i) the Chairperson of the Board shall receive an additional annual retainer of $22,500, (ii) the Lead Independent Director of the Board shall receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000, (iii) the Chairpersons of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, shall receive additional annual retainers of $20,000, $12,500, and $8,000, respectively, and (iv) non-Chairperson members of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall receive additional annual retainers of $10,000, $6,000, and $4,000, respectively. In addition, each such non-employee director will receive a restricted stock unit award with a grant date value of $500,000 in respect of his or her initial election or appointment, which award shall vest in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to such non-employee director continuing in service through each such date. Each such non-employee director will also receive an annual restricted stock unit award with a grant date value of $170,000 on the date of each annual meeting at least six months after the non-employee director is initially elected or appointed, with all such annual restricted stock unit awards vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date of the award (or immediately prior to the date of the annual shareholder meeting immediately following the date of grant, if sooner), subject to such non-employee director continuing in service through such date. The vesting of all restricted stock unit awards under the policy will accelerate and vest in full upon a change in control (as defined in the 2021 Plan, described below).

 

148


Table of Contents

Director IPO Grants

In connection with this offering, our board of directors is expected to approve the grant of restricted stock units pursuant to the 2021 Plan to certain of our non-employee directors. These restricted stock unit grants are expected to become effective on the date of the determination of our initial public offering price per share of our common stock. Each of Deborah Dunnam and Ashley Glover are expected to receive restricted stock units with a value of $500,000. The number of shares of common stock subject to these restricted stock units will be determined based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and will be approximately 41,667 (based on the midpoint of the price range of our common stock set forth on the cover page of the prospectus ($24.00 per share)).

Incentive award plans

LLC Option Plan

The LLC Option Plan was approved by our board of directors in April 2015.

A total of 15,129,654 Class A-3 common shares (“A-3 Shares”) were reserved for issuance under the LLC Option Plan as of December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, 9,333,218 A-3 Shares were subject to outstanding LLC Option awards and 1,378,650 A-3 Shares remained available for future issuance.

Administration

Our board of directors administers the LLC Option Plan. Subject to the terms and conditions of the LLC Option Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom LLC Options are to be granted, to determine the number of LLC Options to grant, to determine the number of shares to be subject to such LLC Options, and the terms and conditions of such LLC Options, and to make all other determinations and decisions and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the LLC Option Plan.

Eligibility

LLC Options may be granted to individuals who are then our employees, consultants, and non-employee directors. Only employees may be granted incentive stock options (“ISOs”).

Awards

The LLC Option Plan provides that the administrator may grant options to purchase A-3 Shares, or LLC Options. LLC Options may be non-qualified stock options (“NQSOs”) or ISOs.

 

 

NQSOs provide for the right to purchase A-3 Shares at a specified price which may not be less than the fair market value of an A-3 Share on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of performance targets established by the plan administrator. NQSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator, but the term may not exceed 10 years.

 

 

ISOs are designed to comply with the provisions of the Code and are subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code applicable to ISOs. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of an A-3 Share on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, must expire within a specified period of time following the optionee’s termination of employment, and must be exercised within the ten years after the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock on the date of grant, the LLC Option Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair

 

149


Table of Contents
 

market value of an A-3 Share on the date of grant and the ISO must expire on the fifth anniversary of the date of its grant.

Corporate transactions

In the event of a change in control, unvested LLC Options shall not vest and the plan administrator may provide for any outstanding LLC Options to be continued, assumed, or exchanged, to be purchased by us for an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the change in control price over the exercise price of each LLC Option, to be cancelled without payment if the change in control price is less than the exercise price of an LLC Option, or to be accelerated or have any restrictions lapse. The completion of an initial public offering of our stock is not considered a change in control under the LLC Option Plan.

Amendment and termination

The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the LLC Option Plan at any time; however, stockholder approval of any amendment to the LLC Option Plan must be obtained to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule.

CVR Plan

The CVR Plan was adopted by us in February 2019.

A total of 2,276,777 CVR Units were originally reserved for issuance under the CVR Plan, 1,919,355 of which remained outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

Administration.    The Hancock Parent, LLC board of directors administers the CVR Plan and is referred to here as the “plan administrator.” Under the CVR Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to interpret and administer the CVR Plan, to reasonably determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances, and the methods or methods by which awards under the CVR Plan may be cancelled, forfeited or suspended, to in good faith determine the amount of any CVR Units issued under the CVR Plan and the calculation of any amount to be paid in respect of CVR Units.

Eligibility.    CVR Units were granted to certain individuals in the plan administrators discretion at the time the CVR Plan was established. No additional participants have been added to the CVR Plan since its establishment.

Awards.    The CVR Plan provides that the plan administrator may grant CVR Units. CVR Units entitle the holder, subject to the holder’s continued employment through the date of payment, to a pro-rata portion of a bonus pool (based on a participant’s share of CVR Units held), the amount of which bonus pool is based on certain cash distributions (including any cash distributions held back and later released) that General Atlantic would otherwise be entitled to receive if General Atlantic receives a pre-established threshold in connection with and/or following an exit event (as defined in our LLC agreement), and the amount of which bonus pool cannot exceed $9,469,812.41. The amount of the bonus pool is reduced for any forfeitures of CVR Units. CVR Units are forfeited in the event of a holder’s termination of employment; provided, that a CVR Unit holder terminated without cause or for good reason (as each such term is defined in the CVR Plan) shall retain his or her right to payments with respect to his or her CVR Units relating to certain change in control events that occur during the six month period following his or her termination (including any cash distributions held back from payments made during such six month period and later released).

Adjustments.    The plan administrator may, in its good faith discretion, adjust the CVR Units to give effect to any corporate event or transaction, including this offering. Such adjustments may include, but are not limited to (i) adjusting the number of CVR Units or pro-rata portion of the bonus pool, (ii) continuing, assuming, or substituting outstanding CVR Units by the surviving entity of such transaction, (iii) adjusting the performance targets under the CVR Units immediately prior to such transaction, and (iv) cancelling the CVR Units in certain circumstances.

 

150


Table of Contents

Amendment and termination.    The plan administrator may amend the CVR Plan at any time and may terminate the CVR Plan at any time following the earlier of the date when it is confirmed no payments will be made under the CVR Plan and the date on which all benefits have been paid under the CVR Plan.

New incentive arrangements

2021 Incentive Award Plan

We have adopted and our shareholders have approved the 2021 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2021 Plan, under which we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible employees and other service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2021 Plan are summarized below. The 2021 Plan will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Eligibility and Administration.    Our employees, consultants and directors, and the employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2021 Plan. Following our initial public offering, the 2021 Plan will be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by our compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the “plan administrator” below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under the 2021 Plan, Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2021 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2021 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available.    We expect a total of 14,798,186 shares of our common stock (intended to be equal to 10% of the total shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering) will initially be available for issuance under the 2021 Plan. The number of shares initially available for issuance will be increased by an annual increase on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending in and including 2031, equal to the lesser of (A) 5% of the shares of our common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) a smaller number of shares as determined by our board of directors. No more than 90,000,000 shares of common stock may be issued under the 2021 Plan upon the exercise of incentive stock options. Shares available under the 2021 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased on the open market or treasury shares.

If any shares subject to an award under the 2021 Plan are forfeited, expire, are converted to shares of another entity in connection with certain corporate event, are surrendered pursuant to an “exchange program” (as described below), are tendered or withheld to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding obligations associated with an award or if such award is settled for cash, any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the 2021 Plan. However, the following shares may not be used again for grant under the 2021 Plan: (i) shares subject to a stock appreciation right, or SAR, or other stock-settled award that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR or other stock-settled award on its exercise; and (ii) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options.

Awards granted under the 2021 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by an entity in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock, will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2021 Plan.

The 2021 Plan will provide that the sum of any cash compensation and the aggregate grant date fair value (determined as of the date of the grant under ASC 718 or any successor thereto) of all awards granted to a

 

151


Table of Contents

non-employee director pursuant to the 2021 Plan as compensation for services as a non-employee director during any calendar year shall not exceed the amount equal to $750,000 (with such amount increased to $1,000,000 for the calendar year of a non-employee director’s initial service). The plan administrator may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the plan administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving non-employee directors.

Awards.    The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, restricted stock units, or RSUs, other stock-based awards, SARs, and cash awards. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals pursuant to the 2021 Plan. Certain awards under the 2021 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2021 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. Awards other than cash awards generally will be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.

 

 

Stock Options.    Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

 

SARs.    SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

 

Restricted Stock and RSUs.    Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine. Holders of restricted stock generally have all of the rights of a stockholder upon the issuance of restricted stock, but dividends paid with respect to a share of restricted stock prior to such share vesting shall be paid to the holder only to the extent such share subsequently vests. RSU holders have no rights of a stockholder with respect to shares subject to RSUs unless and until such shares are delivered in settlement of the RSUs. In the sole discretion of the plan administrator, RSUs may also be settled for an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of the shares underlying the RSU on the RSU’s maturity date, or a combination of cash and shares.

 

152


Table of Contents
 

Other Stock or Cash-Based Awards.    Other stock or cash-based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards denominated in, linked to, or derived from shares of our common stock or value metrics related to our shares. Other stock or cash-based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. Conditions applicable to other stock or cash-based awards may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

 

 

Dividend Equivalents.    Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend record dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award terminates or expires, as determined by the plan administrator.

Performance Awards.    Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals or other criteria the plan administrator may determine, which may or may not be objectively determinable. Performance criteria upon which performance goals are established by the plan administrator may include but are not limited to: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; environmental, social and governance measures; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; marketing initiatives; or any combination of the foregoing, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms for us or any operating unit of our company or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

Certain Transactions and Adjustments.    The plan administrator will have broad discretion to take action under the 2021 Plan, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2021 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a “change in control” of our company (as defined in the 2021 Plan), to the extent that the surviving entity declines to continue, convert,

 

153


Table of Contents

assume or replace outstanding awards and, provided a given participant remains employed through such change in control, any such awards held by such participant shall become fully vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, and all forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions on such award shall lapse. In the event an outstanding award is assumed or substituted for an equivalent award in connection with a change in control and the holder of such award terminates employment without “cause” (as such term is defined in the sole discretion of the plan administrator or as set forth in the award agreement relating to such award) within the 12 months following the change in control, then such award will become fully vested and exercisable upon such termination of employment. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.

Repricing.    Our board of directors may, without approval of our stockholders, reduce the exercise price of any stock option or SAR, or cancel any stock option or SAR in exchange for cash, other awards or stock options or SARs with an exercise price per share that is less than the exercise price per share of the original stock options or SARs.

Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability, and Participant Payments.    The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by our company to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2021 Plan are generally non-transferable, and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2021 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, provide for net withholding of shares, allow shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions to be repurchased, allow a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

Plan Amendment and Termination.    Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2021 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2021 Plan. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2021 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which our board of directors adopts the 2021 Plan.

New equity awards

In connection with this offering, we intend to grant equity awards with respect to shares of our common stock under the 2021 Plan to certain of our employees, including certain of our named executive officers. These equity awards are expected to consist of restricted stock unit awards, which awards are expected to vest in quarterly installments over four years. The aggregate number of shares of common stock subject to these awards will be determined based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and will be approximately 312,500 (based on the midpoint of the price range of our common stock set forth on the cover page of the prospectus ($24.00 per share)). A form restricted stock unit agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

ESPP

In connection with this offering, we have adopted, and our shareholders have approved, the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP. The material terms of the ESPP are summarized below. The ESPP will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

154


Table of Contents

The ESPP will be comprised of two distinct components in order to provide increased flexibility to grant options to purchase shares under the ESPP. Specifically, the ESPP will authorize (1) the grant of options to employees that are intended to qualify for favorable U.S. federal tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code (the “Section 423 Component”), and (2) the grant of options that are not intended to be tax-qualified under Section 423 of the Code to facilitate participation for employees who are not eligible to benefit from favorable U.S. federal tax treatment and, to the extent applicable, to provide flexibility to comply with non-U.S. laws and other considerations (the “Non-Section 423 Component”). The Non-Section 423 Component will generally be operated and administered on terms and conditions similar to the Section 423 Component, except as otherwise required by applicable law, rule or regulation.

Shares Available; Administration.    We expect a total of 2,219,728 shares of our common stock (intended to be equal to 1.5% of the total shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering) will initially be available for issuance under our ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending in 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors. Subject to adjustment upon certain changes in our capitalization, no more than 17,500,000 shares of our common stock will be available for issuance under the Section 423 Component.

The compensation committee of our board of directors will be the plan administrator of the ESPP and will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants.

Eligibility.    The plan administrator may designate certain of our subsidiaries as participating “designated subsidiaries” in the ESPP and may change these designations from time to time. Employees of our company and our designated subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the ESPP if they meet the eligibility requirements under the ESPP established from time to time by the plan administrator. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our common or other class of stock.

If the grant of a purchase right under the ESPP to any eligible employee who is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction would be prohibited under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction or the grant of a purchase right to such employee in compliance with the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would cause the ESPP to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, as determined by the plan administrator in its sole discretion, such employee will not be permitted to participate in the Section 423 Component.

Eligible employees become participants in the ESPP by enrolling and authorizing payroll deductions by the deadline established by the plan administrator prior to the relevant offering date. Directors who are not employees, as well as consultants, are not eligible to participate in the ESPP. Employees who choose not to participate, or are not eligible to participate at the start of an offering period but who become eligible thereafter, may enroll in any subsequent offering period.

Participation in an Offering.    Stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. The length of offering periods under the ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to 27 months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on the last day of each offering period (or such other date as set forth in the offering document). Offering periods under the ESPP will commence when determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods. To the extent applicable, in non-U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the ESPP through payroll deductions is prohibited, the plan administrator may provide that an eligible employee may elect to

 

155


Table of Contents

participate through contributions to the participant’s account under the ESPP in a form acceptable to the plan administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions.

The ESPP will permit participants to purchase our common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which will include a participant’s gross base compensation for services to us. The maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period or purchase period is 10,000 shares. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the Section 423 Component at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant automatically will be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option will be exercised on the applicable purchase date(s) during the offering period, to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the applicable purchase period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary determination by the plan administrator, will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the applicable purchase date, which will be the final trading day of the applicable purchase period.

Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time at least one week prior to the end of the applicable offering period (or such longer or shorter period specified by the plan administrator), and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

Transferability.    A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided in the ESPP.

Certain Transactions.    In the event of certain transactions or events affecting our common stock, such as any stock dividend or other distribution, change in control, reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In addition, in the event of the foregoing transactions or events or certain significant transactions, including a change in control, the plan administrator may provide for (i) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (ii) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, (iii) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (iv) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (v) the termination of all outstanding rights.

Plan Amendment; Termination.    The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the ESPP must be obtained for any amendment which increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP or changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP.

 

156


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2018 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock (“5% Security Holders”) or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive and director compensation.” We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders.

Corporate Conversion

We currently operate as a Delaware limited liability company under the name EngageSmart, LLC. In connection with this offering, we will convert from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion and change our name to EngageSmart, Inc. Existing stockholders, including our 5% Security Holders, executive officers and directors, will receive the number of shares of common stock described in this prospectus as a result of the Corporate Conversion. See “Corporate Conversion” for more information.

Employment agreements

We have entered into employment agreements or consulting agreements with each of our executive officers. See “Executive compensation” for a further discussion of these arrangements.

Registration Rights Agreement

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with General Atlantic, Summit, Robert P. Bennett, our Chief Executive Officer and a director, and certain other stockholders. Subject to several exceptions, including underwriter cutbacks and our right to defer a demand registration and shelf registration under certain circumstances, certain stockholders, including General Atlantic, Summit and Mr. Bennett (collectively, the “Demand Investors”), may require that we register for public resale under the Securities Act any or all shares of common stock constituting registrable securities at any time following this offering, subject to the restrictions in the lock-up agreements entered into by each of the Demand Investors in connection with this offering, so long as the securities requested to be registered or sold in an underwritten shelf offering are anticipated to have an aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of least $100.0 million. The Demand Investors also have the right to sell registrable securities held by them pursuant to an underwritten block trade or similar transaction off of a shelf registration statement, each subject to limited participation rights and other restrictions, including that the aggregate anticipated offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $25.0 million.

If any of the Demand Investors makes a request for registration, the non-requesting parties to the Registration Rights Agreement will be entitled to customary piggyback registration rights in connection with the request, and if the request is for an underwritten offering, such piggyback registration rights will be subject to underwriter cutback provisions, with priority for registration of shares going first to the Demand Investors on a pro rata basis, second, to the other holders under the Registration Rights Agreement, and third, to us if we are proposing to sell securities for our own account. In addition, the parties to the Registration Rights Agreement will be entitled to piggyback registration rights with respect to any registration initiated by us or another stockholder, and if any such registration is in the form of an underwritten offering, such piggyback registration

 

157


Table of Contents

rights will be subject to customary cutback provisions, with priority for registration of shares going first to us or such other stockholder, as applicable, second to the other holders under the Registration Rights Agreement and third to other stockholders who request to participate in such offering.

In connection with the registrations described above, we will indemnify any selling stockholders and bear substantially all fees and expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions.

Stockholders’ Agreement

On or prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a stockholders’ agreement (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”) with General Atlantic, Summit, and Robert P. Bennett, our Founder and Chief Executive Officer, that will provide General Atlantic and affiliates of Summit with the right to nominate a specified number of our directors determined based on the voting power held by General Atlantic and affiliates of Summit. For so long as General Atlantic beneficially owns shares of common stock representing over 50% of the common stock then outstanding, General Atlantic will be entitled to nominate five directors to serve on our board of directors, at least two of which such directors must be “independent directors” under applicable law and stock exchange listing standards. For so long as General Atlantic beneficially owns shares of common stock representing at least 30% but less than or equal to 50% of the common stock then outstanding, General Atlantic will be entitled to nominate three directors to serve on our board of directors. For so long as General Atlantic beneficially owns shares of common stock representing at least 20% but less than or equal to 30% of the common stock then outstanding, General Atlantic will be entitled to nominate two directors to serve on our board of directors. For so long as General Atlantic beneficially owns shares of common stock representing at least 10% of the common stock then outstanding, General Atlantic will be entitled to nominate one director to serve on our board of directors. For so long as affiliates of Summit beneficially owns at least 10% of the common stock then outstanding, affiliates of Summit will be entitled to nominate one director to serve on our board of directors.

Additionally, so long as General Atlantic beneficially owns at least 25% of the common stock then outstanding, the prior written consent of General Atlantic will be required prior to taking the following actions:

 

 

any acquisition or disposition where aggregate consideration is greater than $150,000,000 in a single transaction or series of related transactions;

 

 

any transaction in which any person or group acquires more than 50% of our then outstanding capital stock or the power to elect a majority of the members of the board;

 

 

any incurrence or refinancing of our indebtedness or that of our subsidiaries to the extent such incurrence or refinancing would result in us or our subsidiaries having indebtedness in excess of $250,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

 

hiring or termination of our chief executive officer;

 

 

for so long as General Atlantic beneficially owns at least 10% of the common stock then outstanding, any increase or decrease in the size of the board;

 

 

any reorganization, recapitalization, voluntary bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution or winding-up;

 

 

any redemption, repurchase or other acquisition by us of our equity securities or any declaration thereof, with customary exceptions;

 

 

any payment or declaration of any dividend or distribution on any equity securities of us or our subsidiaries or entering into a recapitalization transaction the primary purpose of which is to pay a dividend or distribution;

 

158


Table of Contents
 

any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the governing documents of the Company in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of General Atlantic; or

 

 

any adoption, approval or issuance of any “poison pill,” stockholder or similar rights plan by us or our subsidiaries.

Indemnification agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers prior to consummation of this offering. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Contingent value rights

CVR Units

Certain of our executive officers and other employees, among others, currently hold CVR Unit Awards, or the CVR Units, under the CVR Bonus Award Plan, or the CVR Plan. CVR Units entitle the holder, subject generally to the holder’s continued employment through the date of payment, to a pro-rata portion of a bonus pool (based on a participant’s share of CVR Units held). The amount of this bonus pool is based on certain cash distributions that General Atlantic would otherwise be entitled to receive if General Atlantic receives a pre-established threshold in connection with and/or following an exit event, as defined in the LLC agreement. The maximum amount of this bonus pool is capped at $9,469,812.41. In connection with this offering, the CVR Plan will be amended to reflect the Corporate Conversion and the CVR Units will otherwise remain subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to the CVR Units immediately prior to this offering (including, without limitation, vesting and payment terms). General Atlantic will enter into a promissory note with us on or prior to closing of this offering which will require General Atlantic to make a capital contribution to us equal to the amount of any payments made by us to holders of CVR Units pursuant to the CVR Plan.

Class A-2 LLC Shares

Summit, certain of our executive officers and other shareholders currently hold Class A-2 LLC Shares under the LLC agreement, which entitles such holders to certain cash distributions that General Atlantic would otherwise be entitled to receive if General Atlantic receives a pre-established threshold in connection with and/or following an exit event (as defined in the LLC agreement). General Atlantic will contribute capital to us on or prior to closing of this offering in an amount equal to $43,235,848 in order for us to satisfy our obligation in full to holders of Class A-2 LLC shares in respect of such cash distribution.

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to five percent of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, to certain individuals or entities, including our directors, employees, and certain other individuals or entities identified by management.

Policies and procedures for related person transactions

Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, setting forth the

 

159


Table of Contents

policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in any fiscal year and a related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

160


Table of Contents

Principal and selling stockholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of September 6, 2021, and as adjusted to reflect our sale of common stock in this offering, by:

 

 

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

 

each of our named executive officers;

 

 

each of our directors;

 

 

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

 

each of our selling stockholders.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial” owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. Except as indicated in the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the individuals and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock beneficially owned by them, subject to any applicable community property laws.

Percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering is based on 147,956,530 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 6, 2021, after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering is based on 160,956,530 shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of our common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable within 60 days of September 6, 2021 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The table below excludes any purchases that may be made through our directed share program or otherwise in this offering. See “Underwriting—Directed share program.” Unless noted otherwise, the address of all listed stockholders is 30 Braintree Hill Office Park, Suite 101, Braintree, Massachusetts 02184.

 

161


Table of Contents
         
    Shares beneficially
owned prior to this
offering
    Shares being
offered
    Shares beneficially owned after this
offering
   

 

 
Name of beneficial owners   Number     %     Number
(with
no option)
    Number
(with
option)
    Number
(with
no option)
    % (with
no option)
    Number
(with

option)
    % (with
option)
 

5% Holders

               

Entities affiliated with General Atlantic(1)

    97,209,436       65.7                 97,209,436       60.4     97,209,436       60.2

Entities affiliated with Summit Partners(2)

    26,926,752       18.2                 26,926,752       16.7     26,926,752       16.7

John Burgess(3)(4)**

    10,099,773       6.8     454,056       911,758       9,645,717       6.0     9,188,015       5.7

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

               

Robert P. Bennett(4)(5)**

    3,886,265       2.6     174,637       350,676       3,711,628       2.3     3,535,589       2.2

Howard Spector(6)

    1,015,661       *                   1,015,661       *       1,015,661       *  

Cassandra Hudson(7)

    187,500       *                   187,500       *       187,500       *  

Paul G. Stamas

                                               

Matthew G. Hamilton

                                               

David Mangum(8)

    112,498       *                   112,498       *       112,498       *  

Preston McKenzie

                                               

Raph Osnoss

                                               

Deborah A. Dunnam

                                               

Ashley C. Glover

                                               

All directors and executive officers as a group (13 individuals)(9)

    6,139,424       4.1     174,637       350,676       5,964,787       3.7     5,788,748       3.5

 

 

Other Selling Stockholders:

               

Cornelia A. Burgess(10)**

    441,501       *       139,710       280,541       301,791       *       160,960       *  

John K. Burgess, Jr. (11)**

    441,501       *       139,710       280,541       301,791       *      
160,960
 
    *  

Theresa P. Burgess(12)**

    441,501       *       139,710       280,541       301,791       *      
160,960
 
    *  

Robert Lapides(13)**

    1,812,742       1.2     209,564       420,811       1,603,178       1.0     1,391,931       *  

John Morabito(14)**

    1,473,344       1.0     97,020       194,820       1,376,324       *       1,278,524       *  

Kelton Averyt 2019 Descendants’ Trust (15)**

    525,000       *       55,884       112,216       469,116       *       412,784       *  

Quito Bella Family Trust(16)**

    1,553,220       1.0     139,710       280,541       1,413,510       *       1,272,679       *  

 

*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
**   Represents a selling stockholder.

 

(1)  

Consists of 97,209,436 shares of common stock held by General Atlantic (IC), L.P. (“GA IC”). Each of General Atlantic Partners 100, L.P. (“GAP 100”), General Atlantic Partners (Bermuda) EU, L.P. (“GAP

 

162


Table of Contents
 

Bermuda EU”), GAP Coinvestments III, LLC (“GAPCO III”), GAP Coinvestments IV, LLC (“GAPCO IV”), GAP Coinvestments V, LLC (“GAPCO V”) and GAP Coinvestments CDA, L.P. (“GAPCO CDA”, and collectively with GAP 100, GAP Bermuda EU, GAPCO IV, GAPCO V and CAPCO III, the “GA Funds”) share beneficial ownership of the shares held by GA IC. The general partner of GA IC is General Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC (“GA SPV”). The general partner of GAP 100 is ultimately controlled by General Atlantic, L.P. (“GA LP”), which is controlled by the Management Committee of GASC MGP, LLC (the “Management Committee”). The general partner of GAP Bermuda EU is ultimately controlled by GAP (Bermuda) L.P. (“GAP Bermuda”), which is also controlled by the Management Committee. GA LP is the managing member of GAPCO III, GAPCO IV and GAPCO V, the general partner of GAPCO CDA and is the sole member of GA SPV. There are nine members of the Management Committee. GA IC, GA LP, GASC MGP, LLC, GAP Bermuda, GA SPV and the GA Funds (collectively, the “GA Group”) are a “group” within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The mailing address of the foregoing General Atlantic entities, other than GAP Bermuda EU and GAP Bermuda, is c/o General Atlantic Service Company, L.P., 55 East 52nd Street, 33rd Floor, New York, NY 10055. The mailing address of GAP Bermuda EU and GAP Bermuda is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. Each of the members of the Management Committee disclaims ownership of the shares except to the extent that he has a pecuniary interest therein.

(2)   Consists of (i) 19,327,768 shares of common stock held by Summit Partners Growth Equity Fund VIII-A, L.P., (ii) 7,060,848 shares of common stock held by Summit Partners Growth Equity Fund VIII-B, L.P., (iii) 128,222 shares of common stock held by Summit Partners Entrepreneur Advisors Fund I, L.P., (iv) 370,024 shares of common stock held by Summit Investors I, LLC and (v) 39,890 shares of common stock held by Summit Investors I (UK), L.P. Summit Partners, L.P. is the managing member of Summit Partners GE VIII, LLC, which is the general partner of Summit Partners GE VIII, L.P., the general partner of each of Summit Partners Growth Equity Fund VIII-A, L.P. and Summit Partners Growth Equity Fund VIII-B, L.P. Summit Master Company, LLC is (A) the sole managing member of Summit Partners Entrepreneur Advisors GP, LLC, which is the general partner of Summit Partners Entrepreneur Advisors Fund I, L.P., and (B) the managing member of Summit Investors Management, LLC, which is the manager of Summit Investors I, LLC and the general partner of Summit Investors I (UK), L.P. Summit Master Company, LLC, as the sole managing member of Summit Partners Entrepreneur Advisors GP, LLC and the managing member of Summit Investors Management, LLC, has delegated investment decisions, including voting and dispositive power, to Summit Partners, L.P. and its Investment Committee. Summit Partners, L.P., through a two-person Investment Committee currently composed of Martin J. Mannion and Peter Y. Chung, has voting and dispositive authority over the shares held by each of these entities and therefore beneficially owns such shares. Each of the entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. that are mentioned herein and each of Mr. Mannion and Mr. Chung disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock, in each case, to the extent of it or his pecuniary interest therein. The mailing address for each of the foregoing entities and individuals is 222 Berkeley Street, 18th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.
(3)   Represents (i) 7,609,773 shares of common stock held by Mr. Burgess and (ii) 990,000 shares of common stock held by Robert P. Bennett 2019 Descendants’ Trust, of which Mr. Burgess and Elizabeth Burgess, Mr. Burgess’ spouse, serve as trustees. Elizabeth Burgess may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Robert P. Bennett 2019 Descendants’ Trust.
(4)   Represents 1,500,000 shares of common stock held by The Bennett Family 2020 Trust, of which Mr. Burgess and Martha Bennett, Mr. Bennett’s spouse, serve as trustees. Martha Bennett may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by The Bennett Family 2020 Trust.
(5)   Represents (i) 1,336,265 shares of common stock held by Mr. Bennett and (ii) 1,050,000 shares of common stock held by The Robert P. Bennett 2020 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, of which Mr. Bennett serves as the sole trustee.
(6)  

Consists of (i) 125,041 shares of common stock held by Mr. Spector, (ii) 187,500 shares of common stock held by Howard Spector 2021 Irrevocable Trust, of which Janet White, Mr. Spector’s spouse, serves as the

 

163


Table of Contents
 

sole trustee, (iii) 187,500 shares of common stock held by Janet White 2021 Irrevocable Trust, of which Mr. Spector serves as the sole trustee, and (iv) 515,620 shares of common stock underlying options held by Mr. Spector that are currently exercisable or would be exercisable within 60 days of September 6, 2021. Janet White may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Howard Spector 2021 Irrevocable Trust.

(7)   Consists of 187,500 shares of common stock underlying options held by Ms. Hudson that are currently exercisable or would be exercisable within 60 days of September 6, 2021.
(8)   Consists of 112,498 shares of common stock underlying options held by Mr. Mangum that are currently exercisable or would be exercisable within 60 days of September 6, 2021.
(9)   Consists of (i) 4,386,306 shares of common stock directly or indirectly held by all of our directors and executive officers as a group and (ii) 1,753,118 shares of common stock underlying options held by all of our directors and executive officers as a group that are currently exercisable or would be exercisable within 60 days of September 6, 2021.
(10)   Consists of 441,501 shares of common stock held by Cornelia A. Burgess.
(11)   Consists of 441,501 shares of common stock held by John K. Burgess, Jr.
(12)   Consists of 441,501 shares of common stock held by Theresa P. Burgess.
(13)   Consists of (i) 717,742 shares of common stock held by Mr. Lapides, (ii) 345,000 shares of common stock held by Robert Lapides 2019 Descendants’ Trust, of which John Callahan serves as the sole trustee, and (iii) 750,000 shares of common stock held by Robert Lapides 2019 Trust, of which Mr. Lapides serves as the sole trustee. Pursuant to the terms of a voting agreement, Mr. Lapides exercises voting power over the shares of common stock held by Robert Lapides 2019 Descendants’ Trust.
(14)   Consists of (i) 1,060,844 shares of common stock held by Mr. Morabito and (ii) 412,500 shares of common stock held by Maria Morabito, Mr. Morabito’s spouse.
(15)   Consists of 525,000 shares of common stock held by Kelton Averyt 2019 Descendants’ Trust, of which Aaron Hall serves as the sole trustee. Aaron Hall may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Kelton Averyt 2019 Descendants’ Trust.
(16)   Consists of 1,553,220 shares of common stock held by Quito Bella Family Trust, of which Kelton Averyt and Jessica Averyt serve as trustees. Kelton Averyt and Jessica Averyt may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Quito Bella Family Trust.

 

164


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

The following description summarizes important terms of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Amended Charter”) and bylaws (the “Bylaws”), each of which will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect the completion of the Corporate Conversion that will occur immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In this “Description of capital stock” section, “we,” “us,” “our,” and “our company” refer to EngageSmart, LLC and not any of its subsidiaries.

General

On or prior to the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 650,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

As of June 30, 2021 after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion, there were 147,956,530 shares of our common stock, held by approximately 60 stockholders of record. No shares of our preferred stock are designated, issued or outstanding.

Common stock

Dividend rights

Holders of shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding stock. Under Delaware law, we can only pay dividends either out of “surplus” or out of the current or the immediately preceding year’s net profits. Surplus is defined as the excess, if any, at any given time, of the total assets of a corporation over its total liabilities and statutory capital. The value of a corporation’s assets can be measured in a number of ways and may not necessarily equal their book value.

Applicable insurance laws restrict the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to declare stockholder dividends and require insurance companies to maintain specified levels of statutory capital and surplus. Insurance regulators have broad powers to prevent reduction of statutory surplus to inadequate levels, and there is no assurance that dividends of the maximum amounts calculated under any applicable formula would be permitted. State insurance regulatory authorities that have jurisdiction over the payment of dividends by our insurance subsidiaries may in the future adopt statutory provisions more restrictive than those currently in effect.

We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend policy” and “Risk factors—Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock—We do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation of the value of our common stock.”

Voting rights

Holders of our common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of our common stock will vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law. The holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Our Amended Charter will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each serving staggered three-year terms. If the number of directors is changed, any

 

165


Table of Contents

increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes by the board of directors so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class. In no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. See “Management—Board composition.”

No preemptive or similar rights

Holders of our common stock will not have preemptive, subscription, redemption, or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock will be subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Right to receive liquidation distributions

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Fully paid and non-assessable

All shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred stock

Under our Amended Charter that will be in effect on or prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock, including, without limitation:

 

 

the designation of the series;

 

 

the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

 

 

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

 

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

 

the redemption or repurchase rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

 

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

 

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of our affairs;

 

 

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of us or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices, or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

166


Table of Contents
 

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

 

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium over the market price of the shares of our common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of our common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. We have no current plan for the issuance of any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of June 30, 2021, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 10,966,531 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $3.42 per share.

Registration rights

Pursuant to our Registration Rights Agreement, after the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 143,943,535 shares of our common stock, or certain transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for more information.

Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law and our Amended Charter and Bylaws

The DGCL contains, and our Amended Charter and Bylaws will contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

Classified board of directors

Our Amended Charter will provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors, each of which will hold office for a three-year term. In addition, directors may only be removed from the board of directors for cause. The existence of a classified board could delay a potential acquirer from obtaining majority control of our board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential acquirer. See “Management—Board composition.”

Authorized but unissued shares

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of the NYSE. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

 

167


Table of Contents

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations

Our Bylaws will provide for advance-notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors, and provided, however, that at any time prior to the first date General Atlantic and its affiliated companies cease to beneficially own in aggregate at least 40% of the shares entitled to vote of the Company (the “Stockholder Consent Trigger Date”), such advance notice procedure will not apply to General Atlantic. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the Bylaws will not give our board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the Bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company. These provisions do not apply to nominations by General Atlantic or Summit pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement” for more details with respect to the Stockholders Agreement.

Stockholder action by written consent; special meetings of stockholders

Our Amended Charter will preclude stockholder action by written consent at any time from and after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date. Our Amended Charter and Bylaws will also provide that, except as required by law, special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of our board of directors or the chairman of our board of directors provided, however, at any time prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by our board of directors or the chairman of our board of directors at the request of General Atlantic. Our Bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.

No cumulative voting

The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our Amended Charter will not provide for cumulative voting.

Amendment of Amended Charter or Bylaws

Our Amended Charter will require approval of, prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares entitled to vote, and on or after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal certain provisions of our Amended Charter, including anti-takeover provisions related to our classified board of directors, voting in the election of directors, rights to fill board vacancies, the ability of our board of directors to alter our Amended Bylaws without stockholder approval, the inability of stockholders to act by written consent, the exclusive right of the board of directors to call special meetings of stockholders, and choice of forum, and the required stockholder vote to amend the foregoing provisions of our Amended Charter.

The foregoing provisions of our Amended Charter and Bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of

 

168


Table of Contents

continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares of common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority stockholders.

Issuance of undesignated preferred stock

Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Business Combinations

We will not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the person becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions: (1) before the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or (3) at or after the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares.

We will opt out of Section 203; however, our certificate of incorporation will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

 

prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

169


Table of Contents
 

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

 

at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with the Company for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our Amended Charter will provide that General Atlantic, and any of their direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Exclusive venue

Our Amended Charter will require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or of our Amended Charter or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act, or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our Amended Charter also will provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the U.S. federal district courts shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any claims arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. See “Risk factors—Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock—Our certificate of incorporation will provide that certain courts in the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States for certain types of lawsuits will be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.”

Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our Amended Charter will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages to the corporation or its stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on

 

170


Table of Contents

our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any breaches of the director’s duty of loyalty, any acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, any authorization of dividends or stock redemptions or repurchases paid or made in violation of the DGCL, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our Bylaws generally will provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also will be expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers, and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification, and advancement provisions in our Amended Charter and Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Indemnification agreements

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Indemnification agreements.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

Dissenters’ rights of appraisal and payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of EngageSmart, LLC. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware.

Stockholders’ derivative actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s shares thereafter devolved by operation of law and such suit is brought in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. See “Description of capital stock—Exclusive venue” above.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ESMT.”

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

171


Table of Contents

Description of indebtedness

The following is a summary of the material terms of certain of our indebtedness. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the agreements governing the terms of such indebtedness, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

On February 11, 2019, Invoice Cloud, Inc. (formerly Hancock Merger Sub, Inc.), our subsidiary, as Borrower, entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Ares Capital Corporation as administrative agent and collateral agent, and certain other lenders, which provides for the following:

 

 

a $75.0 million aggregate principal amount senior secured term loan facility (the “Initial Term Loan Facility”);

 

a $35.0 million senior secured delayed draw term loan facility (the “Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility”); and

 

a $7.5 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”).

We collectively refer to the Initial Term Loan Facility and the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility as the Term Loan Facility. We collectively refer to the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility as the Credit Facilities.

As of June 30, 2021, we had $112.3 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility, net of debt issuance costs. We have not drawn upon the Revolving Credit Facility, although $2.1 million has been pledged against the Revolving Credit Facility in the form of a line of credit, reducing our borrowing capacity.

Interest rates and fees

The interest rates per annum applicable to the term loans and revolving loans under the Credit Facilities are, at our option, equal to either an alternate base rate (each such loan, a “Base Rate Loan”) or an adjusted LIBO rate (each such loan, a “LIBOR Loan”), in each case plus an applicable margin percentage.

The interest rate for an initial term loan that is a Base Rate Loan is equal to (i) the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.5%; provided that the rate under this clause (i) shall not be less than 2.0% per annum; plus (ii) 2.25% per annum. The interest rate for an initial term loan that is a LIBOR Loan is equal to (i)(x) the LIBOR for such LIBOR Loan in effect for the applicable interest period divided by (y) one minus the LIBOR Reserves Percentage (if any) for such LIBOR Loan for such interest period; provided that the rate under this clause (i) shall not be less than 1.0% per annum; plus (ii) 3.25% per annum; plus (iii) paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, the weighted average effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the Initial Term Loan Facility was approximately 8.3%.

The interest rate for a delayed draw term loan that is a Base Rate Loan is equal to (i) the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.5%; provided that the rate under this clause (i) shall not be less than 2.0% per annum; plus (ii) 2.25% per annum. The interest rate for a delayed draw term loan that is a LIBOR Loan is equal to (i)(x) the LIBOR for such LIBOR Loan in effect for the applicable interest period divided by (y) one minus the LIBOR Reserves Percentage (if any) for such LIBOR Loan for such interest period; provided that the rate under this clause (i) shall not be less than 1.0% per annum; plus (ii) 3.25% per annum; plus (iii) PIK interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, the weighted average effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility was approximately 7.6%.

The interest rate for a revolving loan that is a Base Rate Loan is equal to (i) the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.5%; provided that the rate under this clause (i) shall not be less than 2.0% per annum; plus (ii) 2.25% per annum. The interest rate for a revolving loan that is a LIBOR Loan is equal to (i)(x) the LIBOR for such LIBOR Loan in effect for the applicable

 

172


Table of Contents

interest period divided by (y) one minus the LIBOR Reserves Percentage (if any) for such LIBOR Loan for such interest period; provided that the rate under this clause (i) shall not be less than 1.0% per annum; plus (ii) 3.25% per annum; plus (iii) PIK interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum. As of June 30, 2021, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

All PIK interest under the Credit Facilities is added to the principal amount of the outstanding Initial Term Loan, Delayed Draw Term Loan or Revolving Loan, as applicable, until maturity or termination.

In addition to paying interest on the principal amounts outstanding under the Credit Facilities, we are required to pay (i) a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder and (ii) a commitment fee of 1.00% per annum under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. We are also subject to customary letter of credit and agency fees.

Voluntary prepayments

We may voluntarily prepay outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facilities at any time in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided, that, with respect to voluntary prepayments of the Term Loan Facility and in certain other circumstances, we may, in certain circumstances, have to pay a prepayment premium.

Mandatory prepayments

The Credit Agreement requires us to repay amounts equal to 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales or other dispositions of property (including insurance and condemnation proceeds); provided, that, in the case of any prepayment events required in connection with certain dispositions and casualty events, if the net proceeds therefrom are invested (or committed to be invested) within 365 days after the receipt of such net proceeds, then no prepayment shall be required except to the extent such net proceeds have not been so invested (or committed to be invested) by the end of such 365 day period.

The Credit Agreement requires 100% of the net proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of certain indebtedness to be applied to prepay the Credit Facilities.

Maturity

The Credit Facilities mature on February 11, 2024, subject to certain permitted extensions.

Guarantees and security

Our obligations under the Credit Facilities are guaranteed by Hancock Midco, LLC (“Holdings”), a direct parent of Invoice Cloud, Inc., and certain of our subsidiaries. All obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of the Borrower.

Covenants and other matters

The Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict us and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

 

incur indebtedness;

 

 

incur certain liens;

 

 

make investments, loans, advances, guarantees and acquisitions;

 

173


Table of Contents
 

pay dividends or make other distributions on equity interests, or redeem, repurchase, or retire equity interests;

 

 

consolidate, merge, or sell, or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

 

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

 

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

 

alter the business conducted by us and our subsidiaries;

 

 

amend or modify governing documents and certain other documents; and

 

 

change their fiscal year.

In addition, the Credit Agreement contains financial covenants with respect maximum consolidated debt to revenue ratio, minimum liquidity and maximum consolidated total leverage ratio, as detailed below.

 

 

Maximum consolidated debt to revenue ratio:    Holdings must not permit the consolidated debt to revenue ratio to be greater than, subject to certain exceptions, (i) for the last day of the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2021, 1.10:1.00; (ii) for the last day of the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2021, 1.05:1.00; (iii) for the last day of the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2021, 1.00:1.00; and (iv) for the last day of the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2021, 1.00:1.00.

 

 

Minimum liquidity:    For each month until January 31, 2022, Holdings is not permitted to have liquidity less than $4,000,000 as of the last day of any calendar month.

 

 

Maximum consolidated total leverage ratio:    Holdings must not permit the consolidated total leverage ratio to be greater than (i) for the last day of each of the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2022 and June 30, 2022, 7.00:1.00; (ii) for the last day of the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2022, 6.75:1.00; (iii) for the last day of the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2022, 6.50:1.00; (iv) for the last day of the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2023, 6.25:1.00; (v) for the last day of the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023, 6.00:1.00; (vi) for the last day of the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2023, 5.75:1.00; (vii) for the last day of the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2023, 5.50:1.00; (viii) for the last day of the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2024, 5.25:1.00; and (ix) for the last day of each of the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2024, September 30, 2024, and December 31, 2024, 5.00:1.00.

The Credit Facilities also contain certain customary representations and warranties and affirmative covenants, and certain reporting obligations. In addition, the lenders under the Credit Facilities will be permitted to accelerate all outstanding borrowings and other obligations and exercise other specified remedies upon the occurrence of certain events of default (subject to certain grace periods and exceptions), which include, among other things, payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, certain cross-defaults to other indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, certain judgments and changes of control.

The foregoing summary describes the material provisions of the Credit Agreement, but may not contain all information that is important to you. We urge you to read the provisions of the Credit Agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

We expect to use approximately the net proceeds of this offering to repay in full the outstanding

borrowings of approximately $114.2 million, net of fees, under our Credit Facilities. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

174


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the NYSE, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 160,956,530 shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of 13,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining 146,406,530 shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Registration rights

Pursuant to our Registration Rights Agreement, after the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 143,943,535 shares of our common stock, or certain transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares of our common stock are registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

Lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions

We, our officers and directors, the selling stockholders, and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock will agree that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, as representatives of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to certain exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

 

offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose an intention to do any of the foregoing; or

 

 

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, all or a portion of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock,

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. Holders of substantially all of our capital stock and options are subject to market stand-off provisions in agreements with us that impose similar restrictions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, up to 20% of the shares of our outstanding common stock and securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock (including, any

 

175


Table of Contents

unexercised warrants, convertible securities, stock options, RSUs or other equity awards issued by us, but excluding equity awards that have not vested held by our current and former employees, consultants, and contractors (but excluding current executive officers and directors) may be sold beginning at the opening of trading on the third trading day immediately following our public release of earnings for the first quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus.

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up, and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, the representatives of the underwriters would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market or our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions and market stand-off restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above. For additional information, see “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

Affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least 180 days would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

 

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; and

 

 

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and the NYSE concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate resales of restricted securities

Under Rule 144, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

 

176


Table of Contents

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants, or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. Our affiliates can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

Equity plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our 2021 Plan. As of June 30, 2021, options to purchase 10,966,531 shares of common stock were outstanding. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our equity incentive plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144. See “Executive and director compensation—Incentive award plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

177


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences for Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects relating thereto. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local, or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not requested and will not seek any ruling from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income and the alternative minimum tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation:

 

 

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

 

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

 

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions, regulated investment companies, or real estate investment trusts;

 

 

brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

 

traders in securities or other persons that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their holdings in our stock;

 

 

controlled foreign corporations (as defined in Section 957 of the Code), passive foreign investment companies (as defined in Section 1297 of the Code), and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

 

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and other pass-through entities (and investors in such entities);

 

 

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

 

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

 

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

 

pension plans or tax-exempt retirement plans;

 

 

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock;

 

178


Table of Contents
 

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds; and

 

 

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to the common stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement (as defined in Section 451(b) of the Code).

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership, and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “United States person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “United States persons” (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) that have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person under the applicable Treasury Regulations.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or other taxable disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the

 

179


Table of Contents

dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder timely furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may be able to obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must timely furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate provided for by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or other taxable disposition

Subject to the discussion below on information reporting, backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

 

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

 

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (a “USRPI”) by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the rates applicable to United States persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate provided for by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate provided for by an applicable income tax treaty) on gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value

 

180


Table of Contents

of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock, if any, will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by timely furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends or whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional withholding tax on payments made to foreign accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”)), on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States

 

181


Table of Contents

persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. The U.S. Department of the Treasury has issued proposed Treasury Regulations providing that the withholding provisions under FATCA do not apply with respect to the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. In its preamble to such proposed regulations, the U.S. Department of the Treasury stated that taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

182


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

   
Name    Number of shares  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Truist Securities, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Penserra Securities LLC

  

Roberts & Ryan Investments, Inc.

  

R. Seelaus & Co., LLC

  

 

 

Total

     14,550,000  

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us and the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $                 per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $                 per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the common shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to 2,182,500 additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The cornerstone investors have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of 2.1 million shares, or approximately $50.4 million, of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because these

 

183


Table of Contents

indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the cornerstone investors may decide to purchase more, fewer or no shares of our common stock in this offering, or the underwriters may decide to sell more, fewer or no shares of our common stock in this offering to the cornerstone investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount from any shares of common stock sold to the cornerstone investors as they will from any other shares of common stock sold to the public in this offering.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of common stock for sale at the initial public offering price to persons identified by our management through a directed share program. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by participants in the program. Any directed shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as all other shares of common stock offered. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and their affiliates against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sale of the shares reserved for the directed share program. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC will administer our directed share program.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $                 per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders.

 

     
Paid by the Company    Without option to
purchase additional
shares exercise
     With full option to
purchase additional
shares exercise
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

 

 

 

Paid by the Selling Stockholders    Without option to
purchase additional
shares exercise
     With full option to
purchase additional
shares exercise
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $5.8 million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $40,000.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, loan, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of

 

184


Table of Contents

common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering.

The restrictions on our actions, as described above, do not apply to certain transactions, including (i) the issuance of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) (including net settlement), in each case outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus; (ii) grants of stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to our employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters; or (iii) our filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any plan in effect on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction.

Our directors and executive officers, and our stockholders holding in the aggregate substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock (such persons, the “lock-up parties”) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 after the date of this prospectus (such period, the “restricted period”), may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant (collectively with the common stock, the “lock-up securities”)); (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up securities; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (by any person or entity, whether or not a signatory to such agreement) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including (a) transfers of lock-up securities: (i) as bona fide gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) by will or intestacy, (iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or any immediate family member, (iv) to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the lock-up party and its immediate family members are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition

 

185


Table of Contents

or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv), (vi) in the case of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or its affiliates or (B) as part of a distribution to members or stockholders of the lock-up party; (vii) by operation of law, (viii) to us from an employee upon death, disability or termination of employment of such employee, (ix) as part of a sale of lock-up securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, (x) to us in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock (including “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments, (xi) in the case of certain holders, to certain third-party pledgees in a bona fide transaction as collateral to secure obligations pursuant to lending or other arrangements, or (xii) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by our board of directors and made to all shareholders involving a change in control, provided that if such transaction is not completed, all such lock-up securities would remain subject to the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph; (b) exercise of the options, settlement of RSUs or other equity awards, or the exercise of warrants granted pursuant to plans described in this prospectus, provided that any lock-up securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (c) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock, warrants to acquire preferred stock, or convertible securities into shares of our common stock or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock, provided that any common stock or warrant received upon such conversion would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; and (d) the establishment by lock-up parties of trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of lock-up securities during the restricted period.

Notwithstanding the above, up to 20% of the shares of our outstanding common stock and securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock (including, any unexercised warrants, convertible securities, stock options, RSUs or other equity awards issued by us, but excluding equity awards that have not vested) held by our current and former employees, consultants, and contractors (but excluding current executive officers and directors) may be sold beginning at the opening of trading on the third trading day immediately following our public release of earnings for the first quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We will apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “ESMT.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involve making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in

 

186


Table of Contents

the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment

 

187


Table of Contents

management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. Specifically, an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC entered into a commitment letter with us providing for the New Revolving Credit Facility under which it would act as administrative agent and lender. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a “Relevant State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

 

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

 

 

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

 

 

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation. and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters have been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the Shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

 

 

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

 

188


Table of Contents
 

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of underwriters for any such offer; or

 

 

in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”).

provided that no such offer of the Shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the Shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any Shares and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the FSMA.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a

 

189


Table of Contents

prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

 

does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

 

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and

 

190


Table of Contents
 

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”).

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “SFO”) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong) (the “CO”) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

Each underwriter has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or

 

191


Table of Contents

purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:

 

 

to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;

 

 

to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

 

 

otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

 

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

 

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

 

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

 

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

 

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

 

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

 

as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of the shares, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are ‘‘prescribed capital markets products’’ (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

 

192


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Fenwick & West LLP. Whalen LLP, Newport Beach, California has acted as counsel for the selling stockholders in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.

Experts

The financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and for the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Successor 2019 Period, and for the year ended December 31, 2020, included in this Registration Statement, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Please refer to the registration statement and exhibits for further information with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or other document are only summaries. With respect to any contract or document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, you should refer to the exhibit for a copy of the contract or document, and each statement in this prospectus regarding that contract or document is qualified by reference to the exhibit. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, like us, that file documents electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with this law, will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.engagesmart.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, these websites is not a part of this prospectus. We have included these website addresses in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

193


Table of Contents

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

Any statements made in this prospectus that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business plan and strategies. These statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “suggests,” “plan,” “believe,” “intend,” “estimates,” “targets,” “projects,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “may,” “will,” “forecast” and other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are contained throughout this prospectus, including the sections titled “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and “Business.” We base these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances at such time. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of future performance or results. The forward-looking statements are subject to and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements include:

 

 

our inability to sustain our rapid growth;

 

 

failure to manage our infrastructure to support our future growth;

 

 

our risk management efforts not being effective to prevent fraudulent activities;

 

 

inability to attract new customers or convert trial customers into paying customers;

 

 

inability to introduce new features or services successfully or to enhance our solutions;

 

 

declines in customer renewals or failure to convince customers to broaden their use of solutions

 

 

inability to achieve or sustain profitability;

 

 

failure to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and regulations and changing business needs, requirements or preferences;

 

 

real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our solutions;

 

 

intense competition;

 

 

lack of success in establishing, growing or maintaining strategic partnerships;

 

 

fluctuations in quarterly operating results;

 

 

future acquisitions and investments diverting management’s attention and difficulties associated with integrating such acquired businesses;

 

 

concentration of revenue in our InvoiceCloud and SimplePractice solutions;

 

 

COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on our employees, customers, partners, clients and other key stakeholders;

 

194


Table of Contents
 

legal and regulatory risks;

 

 

technology and intellectual property risks;

 

 

tax risks;

 

 

risks related to our indebtedness;

 

 

risks related to our status as a controlled company;

 

 

risks related to our material weakness; and

 

 

other factors disclosed in this prospectus.

These cautionary statements should not be construed by you to be exhaustive and are made only as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.

 

195


Table of Contents

Index to consolidated financial statements

Consolidated financial statements

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and

for the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period

and For The Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit (Predecessor)

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity (Successor)

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9  

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 and

for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 (unaudited)

 

     Page  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-42  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     F-43  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity

     F-44  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-45  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-47  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the members and the Board of Directors of EngageSmart, LLC

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of EngageSmart, LLC (formerly “Hancock Parent, LLC”) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2019 through February 10, 2019 (Predecessor), the period from February 11, 2019 through December 31, 2019 (Successor), and the year ended December 31, 2020 (Successor), and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 1, 2019 through February 10, 2019 (Predecessor), the period from February 11, 2019 through December 31, 2019 (Successor), and the year ended December 31, 2020 (Successor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

June 30, 2021 (September 13, 2021, as to Note 19)

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

EngageSmart, LLC

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

   
     Successor
December 31,
 
      2019     2020  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,184     $ 29,350  

Accounts receivable, net

     5,910       8,100  

Unbilled receivables

     925       2,973  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,820       3,490  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     14,839       43,913  

Property and equipment, net

     1,962       6,211  

Goodwill

     405,053       425,677  

Acquired intangible assets, net

     106,785       103,520  

Other assets

     1,191       1,837  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 529,830     $ 581,158  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,705     $ 3,137  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     7,340       15,966  

Contingent consideration liability

           1,867  

Deferred revenue

     4,045       4,776  

Notes payable to related parties

           5,900  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     13,090       31,646  

Long-term debt, net of issuance costs

     74,933       110,200  

Notes payable to related parties, net of current portion

     5,900        

Deferred income taxes

     5,827       5,471  

Contingent consideration liability, net of current portion

           1,498  

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

           201  

Other long-term liabilities

     364       3,482  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     100,114       152,498  
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

    

Members equity:

    

Class A-1 common shares, 97,209,436 shares issued and outstanding

     293,286       293,286  

Class A-2 common shares, 45,262,340 shares issued and outstanding

     136,559       136,559  

Class A-3 common shares, 502,545 and 5,010,888 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     14,334       19,956  

Accumulated members deficit

     (14,463     (21,141
  

 

 

 

Total members equity

     429,716       428,660  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and membersequity

   $ 529,830     $ 581,158  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

EngageSmart, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

 

         
    Predecessor              Successor  
     Period from
January 1,
2019 through
February 10,
2019
              Period from
February 11,
2019 through
December 31,
2019
    Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 

Revenue

  $ 8,151           $ 74,281     $ 146,557  

Cost of revenue

    3,475             21,366       37,593  
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Gross profit

    4,676             52,915       108,964  
 

 

 

         

 

 

 
 

Operating expenses:

           

General and administrative

    25,584             15,657       26,866  

Selling and marketing

    6,221             29,282       48,581  

Research and development

    11,140             12,583       20,788  

Contingent consideration net (benefit) expense

                (212     257  

Restructuring charges

                      2,434  

Amortization of intangible assets

    226             7,508       9,390  
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    43,171             64,818       108,316  
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (38,495           (11,903     648  
 

 

 

         

 

 

 
 

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense, including related party interest (Note 17)

    (592           (7,206     (9,908

Other (expense) income, net

    (8           4       (44
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

    (600           (7,202     (9,952
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (39,095           (19,105     (9,304

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    40             (4,642     (2,626
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

    (39,135         $ (14,463   $ (6,678
       

 

 

 

Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

    (54          
 

 

 

           

Net loss attributable to Invoice Cloud, Inc.

  $ (39,081          
 

 

 

           

Net loss per share attributable to common shareholders of Invoice Cloud, Inc. (Predecessor)/ net loss per share (Successor), basic and diluted

  $ (2.37         $ (0.10   $ (0.05
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    16,494,778             142,363,806       145,647,226  

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

EngageSmart, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit (Predecessor)

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

                         
    Redeemable                                                    

Total Invoice

Cloud, Inc.

Stockholders’

Deficit

             
    Convertible                      

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

               

Non-

controlling

Interest

   

Total

Stockholders’

Deficit

 
    Preferred Stock                 Common Stock     Treasury Stock    

Accumulated

Deficit

 
Predecessor:   Shares     Amount                   Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances as of December 31, 2018

    25,273,449     $ 63,178             16,327,146     $ 16     $       1,250     $ (18   $ (33,065   $ (33,067   $ 1,035     $ (32,032

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                      580,001       1       926                         927             927  

Purchase of treasury stock

                      (15,625                 15,625       (141           (141           (141

Stock-based compensation expense

                                  2,064                         2,064             2,064  

Net loss

                                                    (39,081     (39,081     (54     (39,135

Redemption of non- controlling interest

                                                                (981     (981
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Balances as of February 10, 2019

    25,273,449     $ 63,178             16,891,522     $ 17     $ 2,990       16,875     $ (159   $ (72,146   $ (69,298   $     $ (69,298
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

EngageSmart, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity (Successor)

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

           
    Class A-1     Class A-2     Class A-3    

Accumulated

Members’

Deficit

   

Total

Members’

Equity

 
    Common Shares     Common Shares     Common Shares  
Successor:   Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances as of February 11, 2019

        $           $           $     $     $  

Issuance of common shares and assumption of equity- based options

    97,209,436       293,286       45,262,340       136,559             13,719             443,564  

Exercise of equity-based options

                            502,545       326             326  

Equity-based compensation expense

                                  289             289  

Net loss

                                        (14,463     (14,463
 

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2019

    97,209,436       293,286       45,262,340       136,559       502,545       14,334       (14,463     429,716  

Exercise of equity-based options

                            4,508,343       4,981             4,981  

Equity-based compensation expense

                                  641             641  

Net loss

                                        (6,678     (6,678
 

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2020

    97,209,436     $ 293,286       45,262,340     $ 136,559       5,010,888     $ 19,956     $ (21,141   $ 428,660  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

EngageSmart, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     
     Predecessor     Successor  
      Period from
January 1, 2019
through
February 10, 2019
    Period from
February 11,
2019 through
December 31,
2019
    Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net loss

   $ (39,135   $ (14,463   $ (6,678
 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization expense

     292       13,225       16,811  

Stock/equity-based compensation expense

     2,064       289       641  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration liability

           (212     257  

Deferred income taxes

     40       (4,642     (2,775

Non-cash interest expense

           2,296       4,017  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     9       (725     (617

Accounts receivable, net

     349       (1,393     (2,190

Unbilled receivables

     (636     1,020       (1,813

Other assets

           (750     (346

Accounts payable

     (759     795       1,385  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     37,236       398       7,309  

Deferred revenue

     491       2,797       526  

Other long-term liabilities

     (94     81       3,118  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (143     (1,284     19,645  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Acquisition of Predecessor, net of cash acquired

           (353,483      

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

                 (25,518

Purchases of property and equipment, including costs capitalized for development of internal-use software

     (97     (1,298     (5,392
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (97     (354,781     (30,910
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Proceeds from issuance of Class A-1 shares

           293,286        

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs paid

           72,637       31,250  

Payment of contingent consideration

           (4,000     (1,500

Proceeds from exercise of stock/equity-based options

     927       326       4,981  

Purchase of treasury stock

     (141            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     786       362,249       34,731  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     546       6,184       23,466  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

     4,966             6,184  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

   $ 5,512     $ 6,184     $ 29,650  

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents
     
     Predecessor     Successor  
      Period from
January 1, 2019
through
February 10, 2019
    Period from
February 11,
2019 through
December 31,
2019
     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
 

Supplemental cash flow information:

         

Cash paid for interest

   $ 212     $ 4,604      $ 5,662  
 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

         

Redemption of non-controlling interest in accrued expenses

   $ 981     $      $  

Issuance of Class A-2 common shares

   $     $ 136,559      $  

Assumption of equity-based options

   $     $ 13,719      $  

Additions to property and equipment included in

accounts payable

   $     $ 41      $ 59  

Fair value of contingent consideration recorded in purchase accounting

   $     $      $ 4,608  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

EngageSmart, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Nature of business and basis of presentation

EngageSmart, LLC and its subsidiaries (together referred to herein as the “Company,” “EngageSmart,” or “Successor”), is a provider of vertically-tailored customer engagement software and integrated payments. EngageSmart offers single instance, multi-tenant true Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) solutions that simplify customer and client engagement by driving digital adoption and self-service capabilities. The Company serves both small and medium sized businesses, or SMBs, and enterprise customers across five core verticals: Health & Wellness, Government, Utilities, Financial Services, and Giving. EngageSmart solutions are purpose-built for each vertical it serves, including end-to-end business management software, customer engagement applications, and billing and payment solutions. EngageSmart is headquartered in Braintree, Massachusetts with additional locations throughout the United States.

Basis of presentation

EngageSmart, LLC was formed on December 7, 2018 as Hancock Parent, LLC. On December 11, 2018, EngageSmart, LLC entered a series of arrangements to indirectly acquire (referred to herein as the “InvoiceCloud Acquisition”), through its wholly-owned subsidiary Hancock Midco, LLC, 100% of the equity interest in Invoice Cloud, Inc. (“InvoiceCloud” or “Predecessor”). On February 11, 2019, Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a transitory merger company of Hancock Midco, LLC, merged into InvoiceCloud, with InvoiceCloud continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hancock Midco, LLC. For all of the periods reported in these consolidated financial statements, the Company has not and does not have any material operations on a standalone basis, and all of the material operations of the Company are carried out by its subsidiaries. As a result of the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, General Atlantic, L.P. controls a majority of the outstanding voting power of EngageSmart, LLC. Refer to Note 5—Acquisitions to these consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the purchase accounting adjustments of the InvoiceCloud Acquisition.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented as Predecessor or Successor to indicate whether they relate to periods preceding or succeeding the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, respectively. The period from January 1, 2019 to February 10, 2019 that reflects the historical cost basis of accounting of the Predecessor that existed prior to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition is referred to herein as the “Predecessor 2019 Period.” The period from February 11, 2019 to December 31, 2019 is referred to herein as the “Successor 2019 Period.” The Successor 2019 Period and the period from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 reflects costs and activities after the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, as well as the recognition of assets and liabilities of the Company at their fair values, as of the date of the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, pursuant to the application of acquisition accounting. The Successor 2019 Period and the period from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 are referred to herein as the “Successor Periods.”

Due to the application of acquisition accounting, the results for the Successor Periods are not comparable to those of the Predecessor Period. As used herein, the “Company” refers to, for periods subsequent to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, EngageSmart, LLC, and for periods prior to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, InvoiceCloud.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Impact of the COVID-19 Coronavirus

The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties relating to the ongoing outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”), which the World Health Organization declared a pandemic in March 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic has continued to spread throughout the United States and the world and has resulted in authorities implementing numerous measures to contain the virus, including travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter-in-place orders, and business limitations and shutdowns. Work-from-home and other measures have introduced additional operational risks, including cybersecurity risks, and may adversely affect the way the Company and its customers and insurance providers conduct business.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company eliminated corporate travel and reduced certain professional services. In addition, the Company implemented remote working capabilities and measures that focused on the safety of its employees. The Company continues to monitor the rapidly evolving conditions and circumstances as well as guidance from international and domestic authorities, including public health authorities. The Company does not currently foresee the need to take additional actions, however it continues to evaluate the ongoing impact of COVID-19 as facts and circumstances change. The Company does not expect the COVID-19 pandemic to have any material effect on the Company’s revenues and financial results, although the magnitude and duration of the ultimate effects as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic are not possible to predict at this time.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions reflected in these consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, valuation of contingent consideration liabilities, valuation of common stock/shares and equity-based awards, and income taxes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, known trends and other market-specific or other relevant factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates as there are changes in circumstances, facts and experience. Actual results may differ from those estimates or assumptions.

Risk of concentrations of credit and significant customers

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. At times, the Company may maintain cash balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company does not believe that it is subject to unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships.

Significant customers are those that accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue or accounts receivable during any period presented herein. During the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, no customer accounted for 10% or more of revenue. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, no customer accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivable.

Cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be the equivalent of cash for the purpose of balance sheet and statement of cash flows presentation.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Restricted cash

As of December 31, 2020, restricted cash consisted of $0.3 million deposited in a separate restricted bank account as collateral required for one of the Company’s operating bank accounts. This amount is classified within other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company did not have any restricted cash as of December 31, 2019.

Accounts receivable, net and unbilled receivables

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is an estimate of amounts that may not be collectible. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the existing accounts receivable. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established when it is probable a credit loss has been incurred based on historical collection information, a review of major customer accounts receivable balances, and an assessment of current economic conditions. The Company writes off accounts receivable against the allowance when it determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively. During the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company wrote off accounts receivable balances of less than $0.1 million in each period.

Unbilled receivables represent amounts for which payment of consideration is subject only to the passage of time and are assessed for collectability at each reporting period.

Fair value measurements

Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value under GAAP, ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (“ASC 820”). Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

 

 

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

 

Level 2—Observable inputs (other than Level 1 quoted prices), such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

 

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

The Company’s cash equivalents are carried at fair value, determined according to the fair value hierarchy described above (refer to Note 6 – Fair Value Measurements). The carrying values of the Company’s accounts receivable, unbilled receivables, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. The carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt approximates its fair value due to its variable interest rate. Due to the short-term maturity date of the notes payable to related parties (due in the first quarter of 2021), the Company believes the carrying value of the notes payable to related parties approximates their fair value as of December 31, 2019 and 2020. The Company’s recurring fair value measurements using Level 3 inputs relate to our contingent consideration

 

F-11


Table of Contents

liability. Refer to Note 6 – Fair Value Measurements for a discussion of the changes in the fair value of our contingent consideration liability.

Segment information

Operating segments are defined as components of a business for which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), which is the Company’s chief executive officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The CODM views its operations and manages its business through two reportable segments: Enterprise Solutions and SMB Solutions. Financial information is provided in Note 18- Segment and Geographic Information of the accompanying consolidated financial statements regarding our reportable segments and geographic operations and revenue.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each asset as follows:

 

   
      Estimated Useful Life

Computer equipment and purchased software

   3 years

Internal-use software

   3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of useful life or remaining life of lease

 

Costs for capital assets not yet placed into service are capitalized as construction-in-progress and depreciated once placed into service. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statement of operations. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Business combinations

In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), the Company recognizes tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Determining these fair values requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.

The Company recognizes identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair value. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and acquired intangible assets

The Company records goodwill when consideration paid in a business acquisition exceeds the value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if facts and circumstances warrant a review, at the reporting unit level. The Company assesses both the existence of potential impairment and the amount of impairment loss, if any, by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit that includes goodwill with its carrying amount, including goodwill. To date, the Company has not identified

 

F-12


Table of Contents

any impairment to goodwill. Intangible assets are recorded at their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The Company amortizes acquired intangible assets over their estimated useful lives based on the pattern of consumption of the economic benefits or, if that pattern cannot be readily determined, on a straight-line basis.

Valuation of contingent consideration liabilities

The Company’s acquisitions may provide for potential cash payments to former owners upon achievement of certain future performance targets. The Company estimates the fair value of these payments as of each respective acquisition date. The Company remeasures the fair value of the potential payments based upon the estimated achievement levels of the remaining targets at each subsequent reporting date until the liability is fully settled. Increases or decreases in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability are recorded through contingent consideration net (benefit) expense on the consolidated statement of operations.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Long-lived assets consist primarily of property and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives. Long-lived assets to be held and used are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. If an impairment review is performed to evaluate a long-lived asset group for recoverability, the Company compares forecasts of undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the long-lived asset group to its carrying value. An impairment loss would be recognized in loss from operations to the extent estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset group are less than its carrying amount. For the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company did not record any impairment losses on long-lived assets.

Revenue

The Company derives its revenue primarily from providing access to its SaaS solutions via subscription and transaction and usage based fees for services provided through its solutions. To a lesser extent, the Company also generates revenues from the sale of implementation and other professional services, and the sale of hardware. In accordance with ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606 (“ASC 606”), the Company recognizes revenue following a five step model, as outlined below:

 

 

identification of the contract(s) with a customer;

 

 

identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

 

 

determination of the transaction price;

 

 

allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

 

recognition of revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied.

The Company accounts for a contract when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. Revenue is reported net of applicable sales and use tax and is recognized when control of these services or products are transferred to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the contract’s performance obligations.

Performance obligations and timing of revenue recognition

Revenue from the Company’s subscription services as well as from its transaction and usage based services represents a single promise to provide continuous access (i.e., a stand-ready obligation) to its software

 

F-13


Table of Contents

solutions in the form of a service through one of the Company’s hosted data providers. Customers do not have the right or practical ability to take possession of the software and use it on their own or another entity’s hardware. For subscription services, as each day of providing access to the software is substantially the same and the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as access is provided, the Company has determined that its subscription services arrangements include a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct services. Revenue from the Company’s subscription services is recognized over time on a ratable basis over the contract term beginning on the date that the Company’s service is made available to the customer. Subscription periods, while primarily monthly, range from monthly to multi-year, are billed in advance and are non-cancelable. For transaction and usage based services, since the timing and quantity of transactions to be facilitated by the Company are not determinable, the Company views transaction processing services as an obligation to stand ready to facilitate as many transactions as the customer requests. Under a stand-ready obligation, the evaluation of the nature of a performance obligation is focused on each time increment rather than the underlying activities. As each day of providing these services is substantially the same and the client simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as services are provided, these services are viewed as a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct daily services. The Company satisfies its performance obligation as these services are provided. Revenue is recognized in the month the service is complete.

The majority of transaction and usage based services arrangements are priced as a percentage of transaction value or a specified fee per transaction. Given the nature of the promise based on unknown quantities or outcomes of services to be performed over the contract term, the total consideration is determined to be variable consideration. The variable consideration relates specifically to the Company’s effort to transfer each distinct daily service, as such the Company allocates the variable consideration earned to the distinct day in which those activities are performed and it recognizes these fees as revenue in the period earned, at which point the variable amount is known.

In determining the amount of consideration received related to these services, the Company applied the principal-agent guidance in ASC 606 and assessed whether it controls services performed by other intermediaries. As it relates to transaction and usage based services, the Company’s software solutions provide an interface that allows customers to integrate with a variety of payment processors to route and clear each transaction through the applicable payment network(s). As third parties are involved in the transfer of goods or services to customers, the Company considers the nature of each specific promised good or service and applies judgment to determine whether the Company controls the good or service before it is transferred to the customer or whether the Company is acting as an agent of the third party. To determine whether or not the Company controls the good or service before it is transferred to the customer, the Company assesses indicators including whether the Company or the third party is primarily responsible for fulfillment and which party has discretion in determining pricing for the good or service, as well as other considerations. Based on this assessment, the Company determined that EngageSmart does not control the services performed by card networks, sponsor banks and credit card processors as each of these parties is the primary obligor for their portion of payment and transaction processing services performed. Therefore, transaction usage based service revenue is recognized net of any fees owed to these intermediaries.

Reserve for sales refunds and credits

The Company maintains a reserve for sales refunds and credits to customers for which the Company can estimate based upon historical experience. The reserve for sales refunds and credits is recorded as a reduction in revenue. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company’s allowance for sales refunds and credits was $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities included within the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Deferred financing costs

The Company capitalizes certain legal and other third-party fees that are directly associated with obtaining access to capital under credit facilities. Deferred financing costs incurred in connection with obtaining access to capital are recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and are amortized on a straight line basis over the term of the credit facility. Deferred financing costs related to a recognized debt liability are recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount of the debt liability and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the repayment term.

Deferred rent

Payment escalations, rent holidays and other lease incentives that may be included in lease agreements are accrued or deferred as appropriate such that rent expense for each lease is recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective lease term. Adjustments for such items are recorded as deferred rent and amortized over the respective lease terms. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had deferred rent of $0.3 million and $1.7 million, respectively. The short-term portion of the deferred rent is included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and the long-term portion is included within other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, contractor-related fees, and costs for software tools for product management and software development. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, except for certain costs which are capitalized in connection with the development of the Company’s internal-use software and websites.

The Company accounts for its software and website development costs in accordance with the guidance in ASC 350-40, Internal-Use Software and ASC 350-50, Website Development Costs. The costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the application is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, at which point such costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of three years. Capitalized software costs are recorded as a component of property and equipment.

Advertising expense

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred and such costs are included in selling and marketing expense in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss. During the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, advertising expense totaled $0.2 million, $1.5 million, and $6.7 million, respectively.

Costs associated with exit activities

The Company records cost associated with exit activities in accordance with ASC 420, Exit of Disposal Cost Obligations (“ASC 420”). Costs associated with exit activities include contract termination costs, including costs related to leased facilities to be abandoned or subleased, which are expensed in accordance with ASC 420 and are included in Restructuring charges within the consolidated statements of operations. A restructuring liability is recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities.

Stock/equity-based compensation

The Company measures awards with service-based vesting or performance-based vesting granted to employees, non-employees, and directors based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Compensation expense for the awards is recognized over the requisite service period for employees and directors and as services are delivered for non-employees, both of which are generally the vesting period of the respective award. The Company uses the straight-line method to record the expense of awards with only service-based vesting conditions. The Company uses the graded-vesting method to record the expense of awards with both service-based and performance-based vesting conditions, commencing once achievement of the performance condition becomes probable. The Company accounts for forfeitures of stock/equity-based awards as they occur.

The Company classifies stock/equity-based compensation expense in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the same manner in which the award recipient’s payroll costs are classified or in which the award recipient’s service payments are classified.

Net loss per share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. For periods in which the Company reported a net loss, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share, since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

The Company has three classes of common shares outstanding: Class A-1 common shares, Class A-2 common shares, and Class A-3 common shares. As more fully described in Note 11 – Common Stock, Common Shares, and Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, the rights of the holders of Class A-1 common shares, Class A-2 common shares, and Class A-3 common shares are identical, except with respect to distribution rights upon an Exit Event (as defined in the Operating Agreement) for the holders of Class A-2 common shares as specified in the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated February 11, 2019 (“Operating Agreement”), for amounts distributable in excess of $889.1 million to General Atlantic (IC) LP or its affiliates (holders of Class A-1 common shares issued to them on February 11, 2019 in conjunction with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition). As a result, the Company allocates undistributed losses between the classes of common shares on a one-to-one basis when computing net loss per share. As such, basic and diluted net loss per share of Class A-1 Class A-2 and Class A-3 common shares are equivalent.

Income taxes

The Company is treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes and is subject to taxation in the United States. In each reporting period, the Company’s tax provision includes the effects of consolidating the results of the operations of its subsidiaries.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements or in the Company’s tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the provision (benefit) for income taxes. The Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent it believes, based upon the weight of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established through a charge to income tax expense. Potential for recovery of deferred tax assets is evaluated by estimating the future taxable profits expected and considering prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the consolidated financial statements by applying a two-step process to determine the amount of tax benefit to be recognized. First, the tax position must be evaluated to determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the consolidated financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any resulting tax reserves, or unrecognized tax benefits, that are considered appropriate as well as the related net interest and penalties.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (Subtopic 350-40) (“ASU 2018-15”). The objective of the standard is to align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The Company adopted ASC 2018-15 as of January 1, 2020 prospectively for implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption, and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which requires lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. In general, lease arrangements exceeding a twelve-month term must be recognized as assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. Under ASU 2016-02, a right of use asset and lease obligation is recorded for all leases, whether operating or financing, while the income statement reflects lease expense for operating leases and amortization/interest expense for financing leases. The FASB also issued ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842 Leases, and ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements to Topic 842 Leases, which allows the new lease standard to be applied as of the adoption date with a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings rather than retroactive restatement of all periods presented. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-05, which grants a one-year effective-date delay for nonpublic entities to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021 and to interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption continues to be permitted. The Company is currently evaluating when to adopt this guidance, the method of adoption and the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss model. It also eliminates the concept of other-than-temporary impairment and requires credit losses related to available-for-sale debt securities to be recorded through an allowance for credit losses rather than as a reduction in the amortized cost basis of the securities. These changes may result in earlier recognition of credit losses. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, which narrowed the scope and changed the effective date for non-public entities for ASU 2016-13. The FASB subsequently issued supplemental guidance within ASU No. 2019-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief (“ASU 2019-05”). ASU 2019-05 provides an option to irrevocably elect the fair value option for certain financial assets previously measured at amortized cost basis. For public entities that are Securities and Exchange Commission filers, excluding entities eligible to be smaller reporting companies, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal

 

F-17


Table of Contents

years. For all other entities, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes—Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740). The amendments in this update simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles as well as clarifying and amending existing guidance to improve consistent application. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Depending on the amendment, adoption may be applied on the retrospective, modified retrospective, or prospective basis. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848)—Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (“ASU 2020-04”), which intends to address accounting consequences that could result from the global markets’ anticipated transition away from the use of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. The amendments within ASU 2020-04 provide operational expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions to affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The amendments within ASU 2020-04 apply only to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of the reference rate reform. The amendments in ASC 2020-04 are effective immediately and may be applied through December 31, 2022. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Revenue

Revenue disaggregated

The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by reportable segment, as the Company believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors and is consistent with the manner in which the Company operates the business. The Company generates a significant majority of its revenue in the Enterprise Solutions segment from transaction and usage-based revenue and a significant majority of its revenue in the SMB Solutions segment from subscription revenue.

Refer to Note 18 – Segment and Geographic Information for the table that depicts disaggregated revenue by segment.

Contract assets and liabilities

Contract assets are rights to consideration in exchange for goods or services that the entity has transferred to a customer when that right is conditional on something other than the passage of time. Contract assets are transferred to accounts receivable once the rights become unconditional. The Company did not have contract assets as of December 31, 2019 or December 31, 2020.

Contract liabilities (deferred revenue) primarily consist of billings and payments received in advance of revenue recognition. The Company primarily bills and collects payments from customers for its services in advance on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis. Contract liabilities are recognized as revenue when services are performed and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within 12 months of the balance sheet date are classified as current deferred revenue and amounts expected to be recognized as revenue beyond 12 months of the balance sheet date are classified as noncurrent deferred

 

F-18


Table of Contents

revenue. Deferred revenue was $4.0 million as of December 31, 2019, all of which was current. Deferred revenue (current and non-current) was $4.8 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2020, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized revenue of $4.0 million from the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2019.

Remaining performance obligations

ASC 606 requires disclosure of the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations. As permitted by ASC 606, the Company has elected to exclude from this disclosure any contracts with an original duration of one year or less and any variable consideration that meets specified criteria. As described in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for contracts greater than one year in length, our most significant performance obligations consist of variable consideration. Such variable consideration meets the specified criteria for the disclosure exclusion; therefore, the majority of the aggregate amount of transaction price that is allocated to performance obligations that have not yet been satisfied is variable consideration that is not required for this disclosure.

Costs to obtain and fulfill a contract

The Company also considered ASC 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs—Contracts with Customers. The Company capitalizes incremental costs incurred in obtaining contracts with customers if the amortization period is greater than one year. For costs that the Company would have capitalized and amortized over one year or less, the Company has elected to apply the practical expedient and expense these contract costs as incurred. The Company’s incremental costs of obtaining a contract consist of sales commissions paid to employees for new bookings and in certain situations, upon the go-live date for a new customer. Sales commissions are not paid on contract renewals. Sales commissions (related to new bookings and go-lives) are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period of benefit, which the Company has estimated to be five years for initial contracts. The period of benefit was determined based on an average customer contract term, expected customer life, and expected useful life of its related technology.

Deferred commissions are classified as current or noncurrent assets based on the timing the expense will be recognized. The current and noncurrent portions of deferred commissions are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets, respectively, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. For the Successor 2019 Period, the Company capitalized less than $0.1 million in costs to obtain contracts with customers. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company capitalized $0.6 million in costs to obtain contracts with customers. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has $0.1 million and $0.5 million in current and non-current deferred costs of obtaining contracts with customers, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company had amortization expense of less than $0.1 million related to deferred costs. Amortization expense is included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

4. Net Loss Per Share

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders of InvoiceCloud (Predecessor)/net loss per share (Successor) was calculated as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

       
     Predecessor           Successor  
      Period from
January 1,
2019 through
February 10, 2019
           Period from
February 11,
2019 through
December 31, 2019
    Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 
 

Numerator:

          

Net loss

   $ (39,135       $ (14,463   $ (6,678
        

 

 

 

Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

     (54        
  

 

 

         

Net loss attributable to common shareholders of Invoice Cloud, Inc.

   $ (39,081        
  

 

 

         
 

Denominator:

          

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     16,494,778           142,363,806       145,647,226  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common shareholders of Invoice Cloud, Inc. (Predecessor)/ net loss per share (Successor), basic and diluted

   $ (2.37       $ (0.10   $ (0.05
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which included redeemable convertible preferred stock (Predecessor) and options (Predecessor and Successor), have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share attributable to common shareholders of InvoiceCloud (Predecessor)/net loss per share (Successor). Therefore, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders of InvoiceCloud (Predecessor)/net loss per share (Successor) is the same. The Company excluded the following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders of InvoiceCloud (Predecessor)/net loss per share (Successor) for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

       
     Predecessor            Successor  
      Period from
January 1,
2019
through
February 10,
2019
            Period from
February 11,
2019 through
December 31,
2019
     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 

Options to purchase common stock/shares

     6,539,697            12,695,025        9,333,218  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock
(as converted to common stock)

     25,273,449                    
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

    

     31,813,146            12,695,025     

 
9,333,218  

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Predecessor

During the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Company followed the two-class method when computing net loss per share attributable to common shareholders of InvoiceCloud, as the Company had issued shares that met the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net loss per share for each class of common and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common shareholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. Net loss per share attributable to common shareholders of InvoiceCloud was calculated based on net loss attributable to InvoiceCloud and excluded net loss attributable to non-controlling interest.

The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock contractually entitled the holders of such shares to participate in dividends but did not contractually require the holders of such shares to participate in losses of the Company. Accordingly, in periods in which the Company reported a net loss, such losses were not allocated to such participating securities. In periods in which the Company reported a net loss attributable to common shareholders of InvoiceCloud, diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders of InvoiceCloud was the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common shareholders of InvoiceCloud since dilutive common shares were not assumed to have been issued as their effect was anti-dilutive. The Company reported a net loss attributable to common shareholders of InvoiceCloud during the Predecessor 2019 Period.

Successor

The Company has three classes of common shares. As specified in the Operating Agreement, the rights of the holders of the Class A-1, Class A-2, and Class A-3 common shares are identical, except with respect to distribution rights upon an Exit Event (as defined in the Operating Agreement), for the holders of Class A-2 common shares for amounts distributable in excess of $889.1 million to General Atlantic (IC) LP or its affiliates (holders of Class A-1 common shares issued to them on February 11, 2019 in conjunction with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition). As a result, the Company allocates undistributed losses between the classes of common shares on a one-to-one basis when computing net loss per share. As such, basic and diluted net loss per share of Class A-1, Class A-2, and Class A-3 common shares are equivalent.

5. Acquisitions

Successor

InvoiceCloud Acquisition

On February 11, 2019, the Company consummated the InvoiceCloud Acquisition for total purchase consideration of $503.8 million. The InvoiceCloud Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under ASC 805 with EngageSmart as the acquirer. The Company has elected to apply push down accounting as a result of the change in ownership of the Company.

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total purchase consideration is allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values to establish a new basis of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values as of the date of the acquisition, with the residual consideration transferred recorded as goodwill.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The final allocation of the purchase price was as follows (in thousands):

 

Cash paid, net of cash acquired

   $ 353,483  

Issuance of Class A-2 common shares to former shareholders

     136,559  

Assumption of equity-based options for purchase of Class A-3 common shares

     13,719  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price consideration

   $ 503,761  
  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Accounts receivable

   $ 4,517  

Unbilled receivables

     1,945  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,095  

Property and equipment

     1,313  

Other assets

     441  

Customer relationships

     74,079  

Tradenames

     5,431  

Developed technology

     39,810  

Goodwill

     405,053  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     533,684  

Accounts payable

     (869

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (6,942

Deferred revenue

     (1,248

Notes payable to related parties

     (5,900

Deferred income taxes

     (10,469

Contingent consideration liability

     (4,212

Other long-term liabilities

     (283
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 503,761  

Customer relationships were valued using the income approach. Significant assumptions and estimates utilized in the model include the customer attrition rate and discount rate. The developed technology and tradename intangibles were valued using a relief from royalty method, which considers both the market approach and the income approach. Significant assumptions and estimates utilized in the model include the royalty and discount rates. Acquired intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives based on the pattern of consumption of the economic benefits of the intangible asset or, if that pattern cannot be readily determined, on a straight-line basis.

Goodwill was calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed and is derived from expected synergies from the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, including complementary services that are anticipated to enhance the Company’s overall service portfolio, resulting in incremental revenue and profitability. Goodwill resulting from the InvoiceCloud Acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.

The related acquisition costs were expensed as incurred by both EngageSmart as the accounting acquirer and InvoiceCloud as the seller in their respective pre-acquisition financial statements. The Predecessor incurred $36.1 million of transaction costs related to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition included in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the Predecessor 2019 Period. Transaction costs primarily related to $28.9 million associated with an option termination charge and transaction bonuses and $7.2 million related to professional fees, inclusive of accounting, legal, advisory and other professional fees.

In connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, the Company settled preexisting InvoiceCloud debt with a principal amount of $20.0 million and accrued interest (Note 10—Debt), as well as notes payable to related

 

F-22


Table of Contents

parties with a principal amount of $3.0 million and accrued interest (Note 17 – Related Parties). In connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) which provides for a $75.0 million aggregate principal amount senior secured term loan facility (the “Initial Term Loan Facility”). Proceeds from the Initial Term Loan Facility were used to fund the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, and the Company incurred debt issuance costs in the amount of $2.4 million, which were recorded as a direct reduction to the carrying value of the loan and are being amortized to interest expense over the life of the Credit Agreement. Refer to Note 10 – Debt for additional details.

2020 Acquisitions

Payment Service Network, Inc.

On January 2, 2020, the Company consummated a stock purchase agreement with Payment Service Network, Inc. (“PSN”) and certain other parties to acquire 100% of the outstanding equity interests of PSN for a purchase price of $24.6 million. PSN is a SaaS electronic billing and payment provider that provides online billing and end-user communication across multiple industries, including utilities and municipalities.

The PSN acquisition was accounted for as a purchase of a business under ASC 805. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of PSN were recorded as of the acquisition date, at their respective fair values. The purchase consideration of $24.6 million reflected a net cash payment of $20.2 million, a working capital adjustment of $0.1 million owed to the Company, and contingent consideration of $4.4 million representing the fair value of potential payments to the former shareholders of PSN. The former shareholders of PSN are eligible to receive up to $5.5 million upon achievement of certain annual net recurring revenue targets over a three-year period, and $1.0 million upon achievement of a single customer conversion target.

The Company estimated the fair value of the contingent consideration upon achievement of the three annual net recurring revenue targets and the single customer conversion target as of the acquisition date. The Company remeasures the fair value of the contingent consideration upon the estimated achievement levels of the remaining targets at each reporting date until the liability is fully settled, recognizing changes in the fair value of the liability in earnings. The Company uses a Monte Carlo simulation model in its estimates, and significant assumptions and estimates utilized in the model include the forecasted net recurring revenue, net recurring revenue volatility, and discount rate. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company paid $1.5 million upon achievement of the initial annual recurring revenue target. As of December 31, 2020, the Company estimated the remaining fair value of the contingent consideration to be $3.4 million.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The final allocation of the purchase price was as follows (in thousands):

 

Cash paid, net of cash acquired

   $ 20,213  

Fair value of contingent consideration at acquisition

     4,434  

Working capital adjustment

     (52
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price consideration

   $ 24,595  
  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Unbilled receivables

   $ 1,040  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     183  

Property and equipment

     127  

Customer relationships

     6,563  

Tradenames

     356  

Developed technology

     2,732  

Goodwill

     17,447  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 28,448  

Accounts payable

     (27

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (1,303

Deferred revenue

     (104

Deferred income taxes

     (2,419
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 24,595  

Customer relationships were valued using the income approach. Significant assumptions and estimates utilized in the model include the customer attrition rate and discount rate. The developed technology and tradename intangibles were valued using a relief from royalty method, which considers both the market approach and the income approach. Significant assumptions and estimates utilized in the model include the royalty and discount rates. Acquired intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives based on the pattern of consumption of the economic benefits of the intangible asset or, if that pattern cannot be determined, on a straight-line basis.

Goodwill was recognized for the excess purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is primarily attributable to the workforce of the acquired business (which is not eligible for separate recognition as an identifiable intangible asset) and synergies expected to arise from the acquisition. Goodwill resulting from the acquisition of PSN is not deductible for tax purposes.

The operating results of PSN have been included in the consolidated financial statements beginning on the acquisition date, and pro forma information has not been presented, as the operating results of PSN are not material. Acquisition-related costs related to the acquisition of PSN are not material for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Track Your Hours, LLC

On April 3, 2020, the Company consummated an equity purchase agreement with Track Your Hours, LLC (“TYH”) and its sole owner to acquire 100% of the outstanding equity interests of TYH. TYH is a leading provider of software for tracking progress and hours for students and trainees who are in process of obtaining their licensure as marriage and family therapists, licensed clinical social workers, and licensed professional clinical counselors. The acquisition of TYH was accounted for as a purchase of a business under ASC 805. The total consideration for this acquisition was $5.5 million, comprised of $5.3 million of cash paid, net of cash acquired, and contingent consideration with a fair value of $0.2 million at the time of the acquisition. In allocating the total purchase consideration for this acquisition based on estimated fair values, the Company recorded goodwill

 

F-24


Table of Contents

of $3.2 million and identifiable intangible assets of $2.6 million. Goodwill is primarily attributable to future economic benefits expected to arise from the utilization of the intangible assets as well as the economic benefits expected from the workforce. Intangible assets acquired consisted of customer relationships valued using the income approach and developed technology and marketing relations valued a relief from royalty method. Goodwill resulting from this acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes. The operating results of TYH have been included in the consolidated financial statements beginning on the acquisition date, and pro forma information has not been presented, as the operating results of TYH are not material. Acquisition-related costs related to the acquisition of TYH are not material for the year ended December 31, 2020.

6. Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

   
     December 31, 2020  
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 4,405      $      $      $ 4,405  
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,405      $      $      $ 4,405  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration liability

   $      $      $ 3,365      $ 3,365  

Money market funds held as of December 31, 2020 were valued by the Company based on quoted market prices, which represent a Level 1 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. There were no transfers into or out of Level 3 during the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period, or year ended December 31, 2020.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The contingent consideration liability in the table above consisted of the fair value of contingent consideration related to acquisitions made during the year ended December 31, 2020 and was based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represented a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy (Note 5—Acquisitions). The following table provides a rollforward of the aggregate fair values of the Company’s contingent consideration liability for which fair value was determined by Level 3 inputs (in thousands):

 

   
      Contingent
Consideration
 

Predecessor:

  

Fair value at December 31, 2018

   $ 4,212  

Change in fair value

      
  

 

 

 

Fair value at February 10, 2019

   $ 4,212  
  

 

 

 

Successor:

  

Fair value at February 11, 2019

   $  

Contingent consideration liability assumed as part of the InvoiceCloud Acquisition

     4,212  

Payment of contingent consideration

     (4,000

Change in fair value

     (212
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2019

      

Contingent consideration liability recorded in connection with acquisitions

     4,608  

Payment of contingent consideration

     (1,500

Change in fair value

     257  
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2020

   $ 3,365  

 

 

As of December 31, 2020, the maximum amount of future contingent consideration (undiscounted) that the Company could be required to pay associated with our prior acquisitions was $6.0 million.

7. Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets

The carrying amount of goodwill was $405.1 million and $425.7 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, related to goodwill from the Company’s acquisitions.

Changes in goodwill were as follows (in thousands):

 

   
      Carrying Amount  

Predecessor:

  

Balance as of December 31, 2018

   $ 38,923  

Redemption of non-controlling interest

     657  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of February 10, 2019

   $ 39,580  
  

 

 

 

Successor:

  

Balance as of February 11, 2019

   $  

Goodwill acquired

     405,053  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     405,053  

Goodwill acquired

     20,624  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 425,677  

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

 

       
      December 31, 2019      Additions      December 31, 2020  

Enterprise Solutions

   $  201,211      $  17,447      $  218,658  

SMB Solutions

     203,842        3,177        207,019  
  

 

 

 

Total goodwill

   $ 405,053      $ 20,624      $ 425,677  

 

 

Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently when events and circumstances occur indicating that the recorded goodwill may be impaired. To date, the Company has had no impairments to goodwill.

Acquired intangible assets of the Company consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     
            December 31, 2019  
     

Weighted Average

Useful Life

     Gross Amount      Accumulated
Amortization
    Carrying Value  
     (in years)                      

Customer relationships

     10.0      $ 74,079      $ (6,548   $ 67,531  

Developed technology

     7.0        39,810        (5,027     34,783  

Tradenames

     5.0        5,431        (960     4,471  
     

 

 

 

    

      $ 119,320      $ (12,535   $ 106,785  

 

 

 

     
            December 31, 2020  
     

Weighted Average

Useful Life

     Gross Amount      Accumulated
Amortization
    Carrying Value  
     (in years)                      

Customer relationships

     10.0      $ 82,841      $ (14,775   $ 68,066  

Developed technology

     7.0        42,913        (11,160     31,753  

Tradenames

     5.0        5,824        (2,123     3,701  
     

 

 

 

    

      $ 131,578      $ (28,058   $ 103,520  

 

 

The Company recorded amortization expense of $0.2 million, $12.5 million, and $15.5 million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period, and year ended December 31, 2020. Amortization of developed technology is recorded within cost of revenue, while amortization of customer relationships and tradenames is recorded within the separate caption amortization of intangible assets within operating expenses within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Future estimated amortization expense of the Company’s intangible assets as of December 31, 2020, is expected to be as follows (in thousands):

 

   
Year Ending December 31,        

2021

   $ 15,601  

2022

     15,601  

2023

     15,601  

2024

     14,640  

2025

     14,383  

Thereafter

     27,694  
  

 

 

 

    

   $ 103,520  

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

8. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   
     Successor  
     December 31,  
      2019     2020  

Computer equipment and software

   $ 1,809     $ 3,139  

Internal-use software

           1,268  

Furniture and fixtures

     578       1,820  

Leasehold improvements

     265       1,961  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,652       8,188  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (690     (1,977
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

    

   $ 1,962     $ 6,211  

 

 

For the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, depreciation and amortization expense was $0.1 million, $0.7 million, and $1.3 million, respectively. The Company did not capitalize any costs associated with the development of internal-use software during the Predecessor 2019 Period or Successor 2019 Period. The Company capitalized costs associated with the development of internal-use software of $1.3 million and recorded related amortization expense of less than $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. The remaining net book value of capitalized software costs was $1.3 million as of December 31, 2020.

9. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   
     Successor  
     December 31,  
      2019      2020  

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

   $ 3,381      $ 7,073  

Accrued channel partner fees

     1,187        1,615  

Accrued sales tax

     5        2,019  

Accrued interest payable

     951        794  

Other

     1,816        4,465  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

    

   $ 7,340      $ 15,966  

 

 

10. Debt

Predecessor

Prior to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition (Note 5—Acquisitions), InvoiceCloud had a loan and security agreement with a financial institution which provided for a revolving line of credit (the “Predecessor Line of Credit”) with maximum available borrowings of $18.0 million. The Predecessor Line of Credit bore interest at a rate of 1.50% above prime (7.0% at the time of the InvoiceCloud Acquisition) and had a maturity date of February 26, 2021. At the time of the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, InvoiceCloud had drawn down $15.0 million under the Predecessor Line of Credit.

The loan and security agreement also provided for an additional cash advance (the “Predecessor Term Loan”) of $5.0 million, which was outstanding at the time of the InvoiceCloud Acquisition. Interest-only payments were

 

F-28


Table of Contents

required through March 2019, at which time the Company would be required to make 36 equal monthly payments of principal and interest. In connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, the amounts outstanding under both the Predecessor Line of Credit and the Predecessor Term Loan of $20.0 million were fully repaid and the loan and security agreement was terminated.

Successor

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   
     Successor  
     December 31,  
      2019     2020  

Principal amount of long-term debt

   $ 76,877     $ 111,671  

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     76,877       111,671  

Less: Debt issuance costs, net of accretion

     (1,944     (1,471
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs and current portion

   $ 74,933     $ 110,200  

 

 

On February 11, 2019, in connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with maximum available borrowings of $7.5 million. The Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at a rate of either the base rate, as defined, plus 5.00% per annum or adjusted LIBOR, as defined, plus 6.00% per annum and requires quarterly interest-only payments with the unpaid principal balance plus any accrued but unpaid interest due upon maturity on February 11, 2024. In September 2019, a letter of credit was issued related to one of the Company’s leases in the amount of $2.1 million which reduced the amount of borrowings available under the Revolving Credit Facility to $5.4 million. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

The Credit Agreement also provides for the Initial Term Loan Facility with maximum available borrowings of $75.0 million. The Initial Term Loan Facility bears interest at adjusted LIBOR, as defined, plus 3.25% per annum (7.50% as of December 31, 2020) and bears paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum. The PIK interest is added to the principal amount of the borrowings outstanding at the end of each quarter until the maturity date of the Term Loan. The Initial Term Loan Facility requires quarterly interest-only payments with the unpaid principal balance plus any accrued but unpaid interest due upon maturity on February 11, 2024. Proceeds from the Initial Term Loan Facility were used to fund the InvoiceCloud Acquisition. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, PIK interest capitalized on the Initial Term Loan Facility and included in the outstanding principal balance was $1.9 million and $4.4 million, respectively. In conjunction with the Initial Term Loan Facility, the Company incurred debt issuance costs in the amount of $2.4 million, which were recorded as a reduction to the carrying value of the loan on the consolidated balance sheets. During the Successor 2019 Period, the payments of debt issuance costs are recorded as a reduction in proceeds form issuance of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs on the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows as they primarily relate to payments to the lenders. During the Successor 2019 Period and the year ended December 31, 2020, the weighted average effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the Initial Term Loan Facility was approximately 8.8% and 8.7%, respectively.

Additionally, the Credit Agreement also provides for a delayed draw term loan (the “Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility”) which allows the Company to draw up to an additional $35.0 million until the second anniversary of the Credit Agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company drew down $31.3 million under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility to partially fund the acquisitions of PSN and TYH. These amounts bear interest at adjusted LIBOR, as defined, plus 3.25% per annum (7.50% as of December 31, 2020) and bear PIK interest at

 

F-29


Table of Contents

a rate of 3.25% per annum. As of December 31, 2020, PIK interest capitalized on the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility and included in the outstanding principal balance was $1.0 million. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $3.7 million of available borrowings under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility, which remained undrawn and expired in February 2021 consistent with the terms of the Credit Agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the weighted average effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility was approximately 7.9%.

The Credit Agreement is subject to covenants, that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Company to incur debt; incur liens; make investments, loans, advances, guarantees and acquisitions; pay dividends or make other distributions on equity interests, or redeem, repurchase or retire equity interests; consolidate, merge or sell or otherwise dispose of assets; and enter into transactions with affiliates, among other covenants. The Credit Agreement also contains financial covenants with respect maximum consolidated debt to revenue ratio, minimum liquidity and maximum consolidated total leverage ratio. Additionally, the Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties and affirmative covenants, and certain reporting obligations. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with these financial covenants.

11. Common stock, Common shares, and Redeemable convertible preferred stock

Predecessor

Prior to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, InvoiceCloud had authorized common stock of 52,000,000 shares with a par value of $0.001 per share. The voting, dividend, and liquidation rights of the common stockholders were subject to, and qualified by, the rights, powers, and preferences of the preferred stockholders and as designated in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of InvoiceCloud. The holders of common stock were entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held.

Prior to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, the Company had issued Series A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4, A-5, and A-6 redeemable convertible preferred stock, collectively referred to as the “Preferred Stock”. The holders of Preferred Stock were entitled to vote on all matters and possessed the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the Preferred Stock was convertible. The holders of Preferred Stock were entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate equal to 8% of the respective series issuance price per share per year accruing daily and compounding annually. No dividends were declared prior to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, each share of Preferred Stock was entitled to receive, at the holders election, the greater of the amount of distributions prior to and in preference to the holders of common stock (including any accrued and unpaid dividends), as provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of InvoiceCloud, or the amount of distributions available on an as if converted to Common Stock of the Company basis.

Each share of the Preferred Stock was convertible at the option of the holder into a number of fully paid shares of common stock as determined by dividing the respective issuance price by the conversion price in effect at the time.

The Preferred Stock was to be redeemable beginning on October 30, 2021 upon written request at an amount equal to the greater of the then fair market value of such shares or the original issuance price per share (as may be adjusted), plus accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, and any declared but unpaid, payable upon the first anniversary of the written request for redemption. The Company classified the Preferred Stock outside of stockholders’ deficit because the shares contain certain redemption features that were not solely within the control of the Company.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Non-controlling interest

Prior to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, the non-controlling interest reflected the non-controlling shareholder’s 14.75% equity interest in ImageVision.net, LLC (“IVN”), doing business as HealthPay24, a consolidated subsidiary of InvoiceCloud. The non-controlling interest in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss reflect the results of operations from IVN attributable to the non-controlling shareholder of IVN. During the Predecessor 2019 Period, prior to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, the Company elected to redeem the non-controlling interest and recorded a related accrual for the contractual purchase price.

Successor

Subsequent to the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company has Class A-1 common shares, Class A-2 common shares, and Class A-3 common shares outstanding, collectively referred to as the “Common Shares”.

The Class A-3 common shares are intended to be equity-incentive interests in accordance with certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The fair value of any Class A-3 common share options granted is determined at the date of grant and the resulting equity-based compensation is recognized over the related vesting period (Note 12 – Stock/equity-based Compensation).

On February 11, 2019, in connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition (Note 5—Acquisitions), the Company issued 97,209,436 Class A-1 common shares for cash proceeds in the amount of $293.3 million.

On February 11, 2019, in connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition (Note 5—Acquisitions), the Company issued 45,262,340 Class A-2 common shares with an estimated fair value of $136.6 million to former shareholders of InvoiceCloud.

The holders of the Common Shares shall vote together as a single class on a pro rata basis on all matters properly submitted for a vote.

Prior to an Exit Event, holders of the common shares are entitled to distributions on a pro rata basis. In connection with or following an Exit Event, holders of common shares are entitled to receive distributions on a pro rata basis until cumulative distributions received by General Atlantic (IC) LP or its affiliates, with respect to the shares issued to them on February 11, 2019 equal $889.1 million. After full payment has been made to the holders of the Class A-1 common shares, holders of the Class A-2 common shares are entitled to a percentage of remaining distributions, as defined in the Operating Agreement, on a pro rata basis, with an additional percentage of distributions retained by the Company in order to fund a pool for the payment of certain contingent value right bonus awards (Note 14—Commitments and Contingencies). Thereafter, any remaining distributions will be made pro rata to the holders of the common shares.

12. Stock/equity-based compensation

During the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Company’s 2009 Stock Option Plan and 2015 Stock Option Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options (ISOs) and non-qualified stock options (NSOs) for the purchase of the Company’s common stock. In connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, on February 11, 2019, all outstanding options issued under InvoiceCloud’s 2009 Stock Option Plan and 2015 Stock Option Plan became fully vested and exercisable as Class A-3 common shares of the Successor and were assumed by the Company. During the Predecessor 2019 Period, InvoiceCloud recognized $2.1 million of stock-based compensation expense related to the acceleration of these options.

On February 11, 2019, as part of the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, the Company adopted Invoice Cloud, Inc., 2015 Stock Option Plan which was subsequently amended and restated as the EngageSmart, LLC Amended and

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Restated 2015 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), which provides for the grant of ISOs and NSOs to purchase the Company’s Class A-3 common shares. The Company has the authority to select specific employees, consultants, and nonemployee directors to whom options are granted and to determine the terms of each option. Generally, fifty (50%) percent of the options vest based on performance of the Company and fifty (50%) percent of the options vest over a period determined by the Company, generally four years, and expire not more than ten years from the date of grant. As of December 31, 2020, 15,129,654 Class A-3 common shares were reserved for the issuance of options under the Plan, of which 1,378,650 shares are available for future grants.

The Company’s board of directors values the Company’s common stock/shares, taking into consideration its most recently available valuation of common stock/shares performed by third parties, as well as additional relevant factors which may have changed since the date of the most recent valuation, through the date of grant.

Option valuation

The fair value of option grants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company is a private company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimates its expected share volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies. The expected term of the Company’s options has been determined based on the average of the vesting term and the contractual lives of all options awarded. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The following table presents, on a weighted average basis, the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the grant-date fair value of options granted:

 

       
     Predecessor            Successor  
      Period from
January 1,
2019 through
February 10, 2019
            Period from
February 11, 2019
through
December 31, 2019
     Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 

Fair value of common stock/shares

   $ 9.05          $ 3.02      $ 3.68  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.5%            1.6%        0.6%  

Expected volatility

     22.3%            22.4%        27.0%  

Expected dividend yield

                        

Expected term (in years)

     5.0            8.1        8.1  

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Option activity

The following table summarizes the Company’s option activity for the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

         
      Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                  (in years)      (in thousands)  

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

     12,695,025     $ 2.06        8.68      $ 12,170  

Granted

     1,620,000       3.46        

Exercised

     (4,508,343     1.11        

Forfeited

     (473,464     2.91        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020

     9,333,218     $ 2.72        8.41      $ 16,882  
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2020

     9,333,218     $ 2.72        8.41      $ 16,882  

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2020

     2,418,957     $ 1.57        6.74      $ 7,154  

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair value of the Company’s common stock/shares for those options that had strike prices lower than the fair value of the Company’s common stock/shares. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the Predecessor 2019 Period was less than $0.1 million, during the Successor 2019 Period was $1.2 million, and during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $9.6 million.

The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of options granted during the Predecessor 2019 Period, the Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, was $0.75, $0.90, and $1.26, respectively.

Stock/equity-based compensation

The Company recorded stock/equity-based compensation expense related to common stock/share options in the following expense categories in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss (in thousands):

 

       
     Predecessor           Successor  
      Period from
January 1,
2019 through
February 10, 2019
           Period from
February 11,
2019 through
December 31, 2019
     Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 

Cost of revenue

   $ 28         $ 8      $ 14  

General and administrative

     1,201           211        519  

Selling and marketing

     201           63        81  

Research and development

     634           7        27  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,064         $ 289      $ 641  

 

 

As of December 31, 2020, total unrecognized equity-based compensation cost related to unvested options with service-based vesting conditions was $2.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.1 years. Additionally, the Company had unrecognized equity-based compensation cost of $4.5 million related to unvested awards with performance-based vesting conditions for which achievement of the performance conditions was not deemed probable as of December 31, 2020. We do not expect the performance conditions to be satisfied in connection with this initial public offering.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

13. Income Taxes

The Company does not have any foreign operations and therefore has not provided for any foreign taxes.

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     
     Predecessor     Successor  
      Period from
January 1,
2019 through
February 10, 2019
    Period from
February 11,
2019 through
December 31, 2019
    Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 
 

Current tax provision:

        

State

   $     $     $ 150  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current provision

                 150  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Deferred tax benefit:

        

Federal

     16       (3,534     (2,334

State

     24       (1,108     (442
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax benefit

     40       (4,642     (2,776
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ 40     $ (4,642   $ (2,626

 

 

A reconciliation of our income tax provision (benefit) to the statutory federal tax rate is as follows:

 

     
     Predecessor     Successor  
      Period from
January 1,
2019 through
February 10, 2019
    Period from
February 11,
2019 through
December 31, 2019
    Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 

U.S. federal income tax rate

     21.0     21.0     21.0

Change in valuation allowance

     (22.5     0.0       0.0  

Permanent adjustments

     (2.1     (1.1     (0.4

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     3.9       4.0       6.2  

Stock/equity-based compensation expense

     (0.2     (0.2     6.2  

State rate change

     0.0       0.6       (4.8

Other adjustments

     (0.2     0.0       0.0  
  

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     (0.1 )%      24.3     28.2

 

 

The Company recorded a provision (benefit) for income taxes of less than $0.1 million, $(4.6) million and $(2.6) million for the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company’s tax benefit was primarily driven by the current year loss the Company generated.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

   
     Successor
December 31,
 
      2019     2020  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 13,642     $ 12,350  

Accrued expenses

     710       1,466  

Stock/equity-based compensation expense

     113       115  

Deferred transaction costs

     245       262  

Capitalized interest expense

     1,363       1,891  

Cease-use liability

           583  

Other

     162       116  
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     16,235       16,783  
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Amortization

     (22,062     (22,254
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (22,062     (22,254
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (5,827   $ (5,471

 

 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $47.7 million and $38.3 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2032. State net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2023. The Company had federal and state net operating losses that do not expire of $37.6 million and $4.2 million, respectively that are included in the cumulative balances.

Management has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred tax assets. As required by the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), management has determined that it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will utilize the tax benefits related to the federal and state deferred tax assets that will be realized for financial reporting purposes. The U.S. net deferred tax liability primarily relates to non-tax-deductible intangible assets recognized in the financial statements which generate a deferred tax liability. The net deferred tax liability established is estimated to be a source of income to utilize previously unrecognized deferred tax assets in the U.S.

Future changes in Company ownership may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and taxes, respectively. In general, an ownership change, as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain shareholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period. The Company has not yet undertaken a formal study on any potential Section 382 limitations.

Unrecognized tax benefits

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions under the recognition and measurement criteria of ASC 740. For those tax positions for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we record the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. If we do not believe that it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions and no amounts have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The statute of limitations for assessment by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and state tax authorities is open for all tax years.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax and various state jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities within these jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under examination in any domestic or foreign jurisdiction.

14. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating leases

The Company is party to various noncancelable operating leases that expire at varying dates through November 2030. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company maintained a letter of credit for a security deposit of $2.1 million in conjunction with one of its leases (Refer to Note 10—Debt).

The Company has a seven-year operating lease for office space in Los Angeles, California, entered into in 2018. In July 2020, the Company abandoned the office space. Refer to Note 15 – Restructuring for additional information regarding the restructuring charge and liability associated with exiting this office location.

The Company’s lease agreements may include lease incentives, payment escalations, and rent holidays, which are accrued or deferred as appropriate such that rent expense for each lease is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of occupancy. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had deferred rent of $0.3 million and $1.7 million, respectively. The short-term portion of the deferred rent is included within accrued expenses and other currently liabilities and the long-term portion is included within other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Rent expense for the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2020, was $0.2 million, $1.8 million, and $3.9 million, respectively. Rent expense was recorded within cost of revenue, general and administrative, selling and marketing and research and development expense lines in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

Future minimum payments under operating leases as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

 

   
Year Ending December 31,        

2021

   $ 5,188  

2022

     5,176  

2023

     5,288  

2024

     4,877  

2025

     3,970  

Thereafter

     18,438  
  

 

 

 
     $42,937  

 

 

Other non-cancellable commitments

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had non-cancellable commitments to vendors primarily consisting of subscriptions to third party software products. Obligations under contracts that are cancellable or with a remaining term of 12 months or less are not included. As of December 31, 2020, future minimum payments under other non-cancellable agreements were $0.6 million, of which $0.4 million and $0.2 million is expected to be paid by December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Contingent value payments

In connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition (Note 5 – Acquisitions), a CVR Bonus Award Plan (“CVR Plan”) was established for the benefit of option holders as of February 11, 2019 in the event that holders of the Company’s Class A-1 common shares receive cash distributions in connection with an Exit Event of at least $889.1 million (the “Performance Threshold”). Subject to the achievement of the Performance Threshold, from a general standpoint, participants in the CVR Plan, who are still employed by the Company at the time of the distribution will receive up to a maximum amount in aggregate of $9.5 million. Also, in the event the Performance Threshold is met, Class A-2 rollover participants would receive in aggregate $70.0 million that would have otherwise been distributed to Class A-1 shareholders upon an Exit Event. We do not expect this initial public offering to constitute an Exit Event pursuant to the terms of our existing limited liability company agreement. No compensation expense has been recognized in relation to the CVR Plan as the Company has determined that an Exit Event is not probable as of December 31, 2020.

Indemnification agreements

In the normal course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to third parties and may enter into commitments and guarantees (“Agreements”) under which it may be required to make payments. The duration of these Agreements varies, and in certain cases, may be indefinite with no limit to the Company’s maximum potential payment exposure. In addition, the Company has obligations with certain members of its board of directors and certain executive officers that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. For the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period and the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications. The Company does not believe that the outcome of any claims under indemnification arrangements will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows, and it has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Legal proceedings

The Company is from time to time subject to various other legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or unasserted, which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company routinely assesses its current litigation and/or threatened litigation as to the probability of ultimately incurring a liability and records its best estimate of the ultimate loss if reasonably possible to estimate, in situations where the Company assesses the likelihood of loss as probable. While the outcome of these claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that these pending or threatened legal proceeding or claims could not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

15. Restructuring

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company relocated certain of its operations and incurred a restructuring charge related to abandoning office space in Los Angeles, California. The Company recorded a charge of $2.4 million that was recorded within restructuring charges in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations, representing the present value of remaining contractual lease payments, net of estimated

 

F-37


Table of Contents

sublease income. The following table summarizes the restructuring activity for the year ended December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

   
      Facility
Related Costs
 

Accrued restructuring as of December 31, 2019

   $  

Charges

     2,434  

Cash payments

     (349

Other

     167  
  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring as of December 31, 2020

   $ 2,252  

 

 

As of December 31, 2020 the remaining restructuring liability was $2.3 million, of which $0.6 million was included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and $1.7 million was included within other long-term liabilities within the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The restructuring liability will be adjusted for any future changes to the estimated sublease income and will be reduced by restructuring payments through the remaining term of the lease in May 2025.

16. Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for its employees. Eligible employees may make pretax contributions to the 401(k) Plan up to statutory limits. The Company provides a matching contribution of 25% of the employees’ contributions up to a maximum amount per participant. The Company made contributions to the plan of less than $0.1 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period, $0.3 million during the Successor 2019 Period, and $0.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. Expense related to 401(k) contributions was recorded within cost of revenue, general and administrative, selling and marketing and research and development expense lines in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

17. Related Parties

On February 11, 2019, in connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, the Company assumed unsecured notes payable in the aggregate amount of $3.0 million (the “GC Notes”) with individuals that are former shareholders and a former employee and a current employee of Global Cloud, Ltd. (“GC”). The GC Notes have an original aggregate principal amount of $3.0 million, bear interest at a rate of 7% per annum, and require quarterly interest-only payments with the outstanding principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest due on the maturity date of March 12, 2021. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the outstanding principal balance of the GC Notes was $3.0 million and is included in notes payable to related parties (current and long-term) within the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In March 2021, the GC Notes were repaid in full.

On February 11, 2019, in connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, the Company assumed an unsecured note payable the amount of $2.9 million (“IVR Note”) with individuals that are former shareholders and former employees of IVR Technologies Group, LLC (“IVR”). The IVR Note had an original principal amount of $2.9 million, bears interest at a rate of 5% per annum and requires quarterly interest-only payments with the outstanding principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest due on the original maturity date of January 19, 2020. On January 14, 2020, the IVR Note was amended to extend the maturity date to January 16, 2021, and the interest rate was increased to 8% per annum. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the outstanding principal balance of the IVR Note was $2.9 million and is included in notes payable to related parties (current and long-term) within the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In January 2021, the IVR Note was repaid in full.

On February 11, 2019, in connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, the Company settled an unsecured note payable with a shareholder that was entered into in April 2016 (“2016 Shareholder Note”).

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Within its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, the Company recognized interest expense related to the GC Notes, IVR Note, and 2016 Shareholder Note of less than $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million in the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period and the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively. The Company made cash interest payments related to the GC Notes, IVR Note, and 2016 Shareholder Note of $0.1 million, $0.8 million, and $0.4 million, respectively. At both December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company recorded accrued interest payable of $0.1 million related to the GC Notes and IVR Note.

18. Segment and Geographic Information

Segment Information

The Company has determined that its chief executive officer is its CODM and the Company is organized into two reportable segments: Enterprise Solutions and SMB Solutions. The reportable segments were determined based on how the CODM reviews business performance and makes decisions about resources to be allocated.

The Enterprise Solutions segment is primarily engaged in providing SaaS solutions that simplify customer-client engagement primarily through electronic billing and digital payments. Enterprise solutions are built to address the unique needs of specific verticals: Health & Wellness, Government, Utilities, Financial Services, and Giving. For our Enterprise Solutions segment, the Company integrates directly with our customers’ core software systems and go to market with a partner-assisted direct sales model. For the year ended December 31, 2020, this segment generated 57% of total revenue.

The SMB Solutions segment is primarily engaged in providing end-to-end practice management solutions geared toward the wellness industry. For our SMB Solutions segment, the Company primarily relies on a free-trial to paid customer sales model and generate interest for our offerings through a combination of search engine optimization, word-of-mouth, paid customer referrals, and search engine marketing. For the year ended December 31, 2020, this segment generated 43% of total revenue.

The CODM evaluates segment operating performance using revenue and Adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments to make resource allocation decisions and evaluate segment performance. Adjusted EBITDA assists management in comparing our performance on a consistent basis for purposes of business decision-making. The Company defines Adjusted EBITDA as net loss excluding interest expense, net; provision (benefit) for income taxes; depreciation; and amortization of intangible assets, as further adjusted for acquisition-related expenses, fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue, stock/equity-based compensation, and restructuring charges. Adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments excludes unallocated corporate costs which are primarily comprised of costs for accounting, finance, legal, human resources and costs for certain executives supporting the whole business.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the revenue and Adjusted EBITDA results attributable to each reportable segment and includes a reconciliation of the totals reported for the reportable segments to the applicable line items in our accompanying consolidated statements of operations are as follows (in thousands):

 

       
     Predecessor           Successor  
      Period from
January 1,
2019 through
February 10,
2019
           Period from
February 11,
2019 through
December 31,
2019
    Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
 

Revenue

          

Enterprise Solutions

   $ 5,908         $ 50,232     $ 83,944  

SMB Solutions

     2,243           24,049       62,613  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total revenue

     8,151           74,281       146,557  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 
 

Adjusted EBITDA

          

Enterprise Solutions

     332           3,002       11,997  

SMB Solutions

     537           7,586       21,122  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments

     869           10,588       33,119  

Unallocated corporate expenses

     (928         (6,057     (11,080
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total adjusted EBITDA

     (59         4,531       22,039  
 

Reconciling items:

          

Interest expense, net

     (592         (7,206     (9,903

Amortization of intangible assets

     (226         (12,535     (15,523

Depreciation

     (66         (690     (1,288

Acquisition-related expenses

     (36,088         (305     (1,011

Fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue

               (2,611     (543

Stock/equity-based compensation

     (2,064         (289     (641

Restructuring charges

                     (2,434
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (39,095         (19,105     (9,304

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     40           (4,642     (2,626
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (39,135       $ (14,463   $ (6,678

 

 

The Company’s CODM does not separately evaluate assets by segment, and therefore assets by segment are not presented.

Geographic Information

For the Predecessor 2019 Period, Successor 2019 Period and the year ended December 31, 2020, revenues by geographic region are not disclosed as revenue outside the United States does not exceed 10% of total revenue.

The Company does not disclose geographic information for long-lived assets as long-lived assets located outside the United States do not exceed 10% of total assets.

19. Subsequent Events

For its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and for the year then ended, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 30, 2021, the date that these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued and September 13, 2021 as to the forward stock split and commitment to enter into a new senior secured revolving credit facility referenced below.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Shares available for issuance under the Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option Plan

In February 2021, the Company increased the number of Class A-3 common shares reserved to be issued upon exercise of stock options by 1,050,000. After the increase, the Company had 16,179,654 Class A-3 common shares reserved to be issued under the Plan.

Forward stock split

On September 10, 2021, the Company effected a 1-for-3 forward stock split of its common shares. In connection with the forward stock split, each issued and outstanding common share, automatically and without action on the part of the holders, became three common shares. All share, per share and related information presented in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been retroactively adjusted, where applicable, to reflect the impact of the forward stock split.

Commitment to enter into New Revolving Credit Facility

On September 9, 2021, the Company entered into a commitment letter with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., which provides for a new senior secured revolving credit facility with commitments in an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”) to be provided by JPMorgan Chase and a syndicate of other financial institutions. The Company expects to enter into the New Revolving Credit Facility on or about the closing of this offering.

The Company expects that the agreement governing the terms of the New Revolving Credit Facility will contain customary covenants and conditions that will, among other things, limit its ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens on assets, enter into agreements related to mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets or pay dividends and make distributions. The Company also expects that the terms of its New Revolving Credit Facility will require us to maintain a maximum total net leverage ratio. The terms of this financing arrangement is subject to change, including as a function of market conditions.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

EngageSmart, LLC

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Unaudited)

 

     
      December 31,
2020
   

June 30,

2021

 
     (in thousands, except
share amounts)
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 29,350     $ 31,761  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $160 and $179 as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively

     8,100       8,021  

Unbilled receivables

     2,973       4,149  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,490       4,989  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     43,913       48,920  

Property and equipment, net

     6,211       7,344  

Goodwill

     425,677       425,677  

Acquired intangible assets, net

     103,520       95,720  

Other assets

     1,837       4,436  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 581,158     $ 582,097  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 3,137     $ 3,199  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     15,966       20,303  

Contingent consideration liability

     1,867       1,710  

Deferred revenue

     4,776       5,403  

Notes payable to related parties

     5,900        
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     31,646       30,615  

Long-term debt, net of issuance costs

     110,200       112,266  

Deferred income taxes

     5,471       5,519  

Contingent consideration liability, net of current portion

     1,498        

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     201       197  

Other long-term liabilities

     3,482       3,158  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     152,498       151,755  
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

  

Members’ equity:

    

Class A-1 common shares, 97,209,436 shares issued and outstanding

     293,286       293,286  

Class A-2 common shares, 45,262,340 shares issued and outstanding

     136,559       136,559  

Class A-3 common shares, 5,010,888 and 5,484,754 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively

     19,956       21,364  

Accumulated members’ deficit

     (21,141     (20,867
  

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     428,660       430,342  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 581,158     $ 582,097  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

EngageSmart, LLC

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income

(Unaudited)

 

   
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
      2020     2021  
     (in thousands, except share and
per share amounts)
 

Revenue

   $ 62,534     $ 99,171  

Cost of revenue

     16,880       25,498  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     45,654       73,673  
  

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     12,327       16,703  

Selling and marketing

     22,921       32,128  

Research and development

     9,781       14,815  

Contingent consideration net expense

           213  

Restructuring charges

           89  

Amortization of intangible assets

     4,666       4,724  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     49,695       68,672  

(Loss) income from operations

     (4,041     5,001  
  

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense, including related party interest

     (5,113     (4,600

Other income (expense), net

     32       (79
  

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (5,081     (4,679
  

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (9,122     322  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (2,733     48  
  

 

 

 

Net (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (6,389   $ 274  
  

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share:

    

Basic

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  

Diluted

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     144,779,493       147,778,379  

Diluted

     144,779,493       150,323,994  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

EngageSmart, LLC

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity

(Unaudited)

 

           
in thousands, except
share data
  Class  A-1
Common Shares
    Class  A-2
Common Shares
    Class  A-3
Common Shares
    Accumulated
Members’

Deficit
    Total
Members’

Equity
 
  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances as of December 31, 2019

    97,209,436     $ 293,286       45,262,340     $ 136,559       502,545     $ 14,334     $ (14,463   $ 429,716  

Exercise of equity-based options

                            2,863,218       3,046             3,046  

Equity-based compensation expense

                                  306             306  

Net loss

                                        (6,389     (6,389
 

 

 

 

Balances as of June 30, 2020

    97,209,436     $ 293,286       45,262,340     $ 136,559       3,365,763     $ 17,686     $ (20,852   $ 426,679  

 

 

 

           

in thousands, except
share data

  Class  A-1
Common Shares
    Class  A-2
Common Shares
    Class  A-3
Common Shares
    Accumulated
Members’

Deficit
    Total
Members’

Equity
 
  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances as of December 31, 2020

    97,209,436     $ 293,286       45,262,340     $ 136,559       5,010,888     $ 19,956     $ (21,141   $ 428,660  

Exercise of equity-based options

                            473,866       848             848  

Equity-based compensation expense

                                  560             560  

Net income

                                        274       274  
 

 

 

 

Balances as of June 30, 2021

    97,209,436     $ 293,286       45,262,340     $ 136,559       5,484,754     $ 21,364     $ (20,867   $ 430,342  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

EngageSmart, LLC

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

 

   
     Six months ended June 30,  
            2020                 2021        
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (6,389   $ 274  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization expense

     8,250       8,786  

Equity-based compensation expense

     306       560  

Contingent consideration net expense

           213  

Deferred income taxes

     (2,733     48  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

           40  

Non-cash interest expense

     1,946       2,066  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (311     (1,499

Accounts receivable, net

     (1,184     79  

Unbilled receivables

     (1,713     (1,176

Other assets

     (208     (340

Accounts payable

     761       92  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     2,490       2,602  

Deferred revenue

     310       623  

Other long-term liabilities

     333       (324
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,858       12,044  
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (25,518      

Purchases of property and equipment, including costs capitalized for development of internal-use software

     (2,986     (2,189
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (28,504     (2,189
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     31,250        

Payments of related party notes

           (5,900

Payments of contingent consideration

     (1,500     (1,868

Proceeds from exercise of equity-based options

     3,046       848  

Payment of initial public offering costs

           (524
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     32,796       (7,444
  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     6,150       2,411  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

     6,184       29,650  
  

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

   $ 12,334     $ 32,061  
  

 

 

 

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 12,034     $ 31,761  

Restricted cash within other assets

     300       300  
  

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   $ 12,334     $ 32,061  

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents
   
     Six months ended June 30,  
            2020                  2021        
     (in thousands)  

Supplemental cash flow information:

     

Cash paid for interest

   $ 2,953      $ 2,632  

Cash paid for taxes

   $      $ 35  

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

     

Additions to property and equipment included in accounts payable

   $      $ 29  

Deferred initial public offering costs included in accounts payable or accrued expenses

   $      $ 1,735  

Fair value of contingent consideration recorded in purchase accounting

   $ 4,608      $  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

EngageSmart, LLC

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

1. Nature of Business and Basis of Presentation

EngageSmart, LLC and its subsidiaries (together referred to herein as the “Company” or “EngageSmart”) is a provider of vertically-tailored customer engagement software and integrated payments. EngageSmart offers single instance, multi-tenant true Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) solutions that simplify customer and client engagement by driving digital adoption and self-service capabilities. The Company serves both customers in the SMB Solutions segment and customers in the Enterprise Solutions segment across five core verticals: Health & Wellness, Government, Utilities, Financial Services, and Giving. EngageSmart solutions are purpose-built for each vertical it serves, including end-to-end business management software, customer engagement applications, and billing and payment solutions. EngageSmart is headquartered in Braintree, Massachusetts with additional locations throughout the United States.

Basis of presentation

EngageSmart, LLC was formed on December 7, 2018 as Hancock Parent, LLC. On December 11, 2018, EngageSmart, LLC entered a series of arrangements to indirectly acquire (referred to herein as the “InvoiceCloud Acquisition”), through its wholly-owned subsidiary Hancock Midco, LLC, 100% of the equity interest in Invoice Cloud, Inc. (“InvoiceCloud”). On February 11, 2019, Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a transitory merger company of Hancock Midco, LLC, merged into InvoiceCloud, with InvoiceCloud continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hancock Midco, LLC. For all of the periods reported in these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company has not and does not have any material operations on a standalone basis, and all of the material operations of the Company are carried out by its subsidiaries. As a result of the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, General Atlantic, L.P. controls a majority of the outstanding voting power of EngageSmart, LLC.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

Certain information and note disclosures normally included in the consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted. Therefore, these condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, included in the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the interim condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position for the periods presented. The results for the interim periods presented are not necessarily indicative of future results.

Impact of the COVID-19 Coronavirus

The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties relating to the ongoing outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”), which the World Health Organization declared a pandemic in March 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic has continued to spread throughout the United States and the world and has resulted in authorities implementing numerous measures to contain the virus, including travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter-in-place orders, and business limitations and shutdowns. Work-from-home and other

 

F-47


Table of Contents

measures have introduced additional operational risks, including cybersecurity risks, and may adversely affect the way the Company and its customers and insurance providers conduct business.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company eliminated corporate travel and reduced certain professional services. In addition, the Company implemented remote working capabilities and measures that focused on the safety of its employees. The Company continues to monitor the rapidly evolving conditions and circumstances as well as guidance from international and domestic authorities, including public health authorities. The Company does not currently foresee the need to take additional actions, however it continues to evaluate the ongoing impact of COVID-19 as facts and circumstances change. The COVID-19 pandemic has not had a material effect on the Company’s revenues and financial results during the periods presented in the financial statements, although the magnitude and duration of the ultimate effects as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic are not possible to predict at this time.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company’s significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies within the notes to consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, included elsewhere in this prospectus. There have been no significant changes to these policies during the six months ended June 30, 2021, except as noted below.

Risk of concentrations of credit and significant customers

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. At times, the Company may maintain cash balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company does not believe that it is subject to unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships.

Significant customers are those that accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue or accounts receivable during any period presented herein. During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, no customer accounted for 10% or more of revenue. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, no customer accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivable.

Deferred offering costs

The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional, accounting, and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded within members’ equity as a reduction of the carrying value of the common units generated as a result of the offering. Should the in-process equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. There were no deferred offering costs recorded as of December 31, 2020, and the Company recorded deferred offering costs of $2.3 million as of June 30, 2021. This amount is classified within other assets on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which requires lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. In general, lease arrangements exceeding a twelve-month term must be recognized as assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. Under ASU 2016-02, a right of use asset and lease obligation is recorded for all leases, whether operating or financing, while the income statement reflects lease expense for

 

F-48


Table of Contents

operating leases and amortization/interest expense for financing leases. The FASB also issued ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842 Leases, and ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements to Topic 842 Leases, which allows the new lease standard to be applied as of the adoption date with a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings rather than retroactive restatement of all periods presented. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-05, which grants a one-year effective-date delay for nonpublic entities to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021 and to interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption continues to be permitted. The Company will adopt the new standard effective January 1, 2022 on a modified retrospective basis and will not restate comparative periods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss model. It also eliminates the concept of other-than-temporary impairment and requires credit losses related to available-for-sale debt securities to be recorded through an allowance for credit losses rather than as a reduction in the amortized cost basis of the securities. These changes may result in earlier recognition of credit losses. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, which narrowed the scope and changed the effective date for non-public entities for ASU 2016-13. The FASB subsequently issued supplemental guidance within ASU No. 2019-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief (“ASU 2019-05”). ASU 2019-05 provides an option to irrevocably elect the fair value option for certain financial assets previously measured at amortized cost basis. For public entities that are Securities and Exchange Commission filers, excluding entities eligible to be smaller reporting companies, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to adopt the new standard effective January 1, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes—Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740). The amendments in this update simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles as well as clarifying and amending existing guidance to improve consistent application. For public entities the guidance was effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. For non-public entities, the guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021 and for interim periods within years beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. Depending on the amendment, adoption may be applied on the retrospective, modified retrospective, or prospective basis. The Company plans to adopt the new standard effective January 1, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2019-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848)—Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (“ASU 2020-04”), which intends to address accounting consequences that could result from the global markets’ anticipated transition away from the use of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. The amendments within ASU 2020-04 provide operational expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions to affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The amendments within ASU 2020-04 apply only to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of the

 

F-49


Table of Contents

reference rate reform. The amendments in ASC 2020-04 are effective immediately and may be applied through December 31, 2022. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Revenue

Revenue disaggregated

The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by reportable segment, as the Company believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors and is consistent with the manner in which the Company operates the business. The Company generates a significant majority of its revenue in the Enterprise Solutions segment from transaction and usage-based revenue and a significant majority of its revenue in the SMB Solutions segment from subscription revenue.

Refer to Note 16—Segment and Geographic Information for the table that depicts disaggregated revenue by segment.

Contract assets and liabilities

Contract assets are rights to consideration in exchange for goods or services that the entity has transferred to a customer when that right is conditional on something other than the passage of time. Contract assets are transferred to accounts receivable once the rights become unconditional. The Company did not have contract assets as of December 31, 2020 or June 30, 2021.

Contract liabilities (deferred revenue) primarily consist of billings and payments received in advance of revenue recognition. The Company primarily bills and collects payments from customers for its services in advance on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis. Contract liabilities are recognized as revenue when services are performed and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within 12 months of the balance sheet date are classified as current deferred revenue and amounts expected to be recognized as revenue beyond twelve months of the balance sheet date are classified as non-current deferred revenue. Deferred revenue (current and non-current) was $4.8 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2020, respectively. Deferred revenue (current and non-current) was $5.4 million and $0.2 million as of June 30, 2021, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company recognized revenue of $4.3 million from the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2020.

Remaining performance obligations

ASC 606 requires disclosure of the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations. As permitted by ASC 606, the Company has elected to exclude from this disclosure any contracts with an original duration of one year or less and any variable consideration that meets specified criteria. For contracts greater than one year in length, the Company’s most significant performance obligations consist of variable consideration. Such variable consideration meets the specified criteria for the disclosure exclusion; therefore, the majority of the aggregate amount of transaction price that is allocated to performance obligations that have not yet been satisfied is variable consideration that is not required for this disclosure.

4. Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Basic net (loss) income per share is calculated by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net (loss) income per share is calculated by dividing net (loss) income by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities

 

F-50


Table of Contents

outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. For the periods in which the Company incurs a net loss, the effect of the Company’s outstanding common stock equivalents is not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be anti-dilutive. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share:

 

   
     Six months ended June 30,  
      2020     2021  
     (in thousands, except share and
per share amounts)
 

Numerator:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (6,389   $ 274  

Denominator:

    

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

     144,779,493       147,778,379  

Effect of potential dilutive common shares

           2,545,614  
  

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted

     144,779,493       150,323,994  
  

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share, basic

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share, diluted

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  

 

 

The Company excluded the following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net (loss) income per share for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

   
     Six months ended June 30,  
            2020                  2021        

Options to purchase common shares

     10,408,368        5,749,853  
  

 

 

 
     10,408,368        5,749,853  

 

 

5. Acquisitions

2020 Acquisitions

Payment Service Network, Inc.

On January 2, 2020, the Company consummated a stock purchase agreement with Payment Service Network, Inc. (“PSN”) and certain other parties to acquire 100% of the outstanding equity interests of PSN for a purchase price of $24.6 million. PSN is a SaaS electronic billing and payment provider that provides online billing and end-user communication across multiple industries, including utilities and municipalities.

The PSN acquisition was accounted for as a purchase of a business under ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). Under the acquisition method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of PSN were recorded as of the acquisition date, at their respective fair values. The purchase consideration of $24.6 million reflected a net cash payment of $20.2 million, contingent consideration of $4.4 million representing the fair value of potential payments to the former shareholders of PSN, and a working capital adjustment of $0.1 million owed to the Company. The former shareholders of PSN are eligible to receive up to $5.5 million upon achievement of certain annual net recurring revenue targets over a three-year period, and $1.0 million upon achievement of a single customer conversion target.

The Company estimated the fair value of the contingent consideration upon achievement of the three annual net recurring revenue targets and the single customer conversion target as of the acquisition date. The

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Company remeasures the fair value of the contingent consideration upon the estimated achievement levels of the remaining targets at each reporting date until the liability is fully settled, recognizing changes in the fair value of the liability in earnings. The Company uses a Monte Carlo simulation model in its estimates, and significant assumptions and estimates utilized in the model include the forecasted net recurring revenue, net recurring revenue volatility, and discount rate. During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Company paid $1.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively, upon achievement of the annual recurring revenue targets. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company estimated the remaining fair value of the contingent consideration to be $3.4 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

The final allocation of the purchase price was as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value of consideration transferred:

  

Cash paid, net of cash acquired

   $ 20,213  

Fair value of contingent consideration at acquisition

     4,434  

Working capital adjustment

     (52
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price consideration

   $ 24,595  
  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Unbilled receivables

   $ 1,040  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     183  

Property and equipment

     127  

Customer relationships

     6,563  

Tradenames

     356  

Developed technology

     2,732  

Goodwill

     17,447  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 28,448  

Accounts payable

     (27

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (1,303

Deferred revenue

     (104

Deferred income taxes

     (2,419
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 24,595  

 

 

Customer relationships were valued using the income approach. Significant assumptions and estimates utilized in the model include the customer attrition rate and discount rate. The developed technology and tradename intangibles were valued using a relief from royalty method, which considers both the market approach and the income approach. Significant assumptions and estimates utilized in the model include the royalty and discount rates. Acquired intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives based on the pattern of consumption of the economic benefits of the intangible asset or, if that pattern cannot be determined, on a straight-line basis.

Goodwill was recognized for the excess purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is primarily attributable to the workforce of the acquired business (which is not eligible for separate recognition as an identifiable intangible asset) and synergies expected to arise from the acquisition. Goodwill resulting from the acquisition of PSN is not deductible for tax purposes.

The operating results of PSN have been included in the consolidated financial statements beginning on the acquisition date, and pro forma information has not been presented, as the operating results of PSN are not material. Acquisition-related costs related to the acquisition of PSN are not material for the periods presented.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Track Your Hours, LLC

On April 3, 2020, the Company consummated an equity purchase agreement with Track Your Hours, LLC (“TYH”) and its sole owner to acquire 100% of the outstanding equity interests of TYH. TYH is a leading provider of software for tracking progress and hours for students and trainees who are in process of obtaining their licensure as marriage and family therapists, licensed clinical social workers, and licensed professional clinical counselors. The acquisition of TYH was accounted for as a purchase of a business under ASC 805. The total consideration for this acquisition was $5.5 million, comprised of $5.3 million of cash paid, net of cash acquired, and contingent consideration with a fair value of $0.2 million at the time of the acquisition. In allocating the total purchase consideration for this acquisition based on estimated fair values, the Company recorded goodwill of $3.2 million and identifiable intangible assets of $2.6 million. Goodwill is primarily attributable to future economic benefits expected to arise from the utilization of the intangible assets as well as the economic benefits expected from the workforce. Intangible assets acquired consisted of customer relationships valued using the income approach and developed technology and marketing relations valued a relief from royalty method. Goodwill resulting from this acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes. The operating results of TYH have been included in the consolidated financial statements beginning on the acquisition date, and pro forma information has not been presented, as the operating results of TYH are not material. Acquisition-related costs related to the acquisition of TYH are not material for the periods presented.

6. Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

   
     December 31, 2020  
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents—money market funds

   $ 4,405      $         —      $      $ 4,405  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration liability

   $      $      $ 3,365      $ 3,365  

 

 

 

   
     June 30, 2021  
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration liability

   $         —      $         —      $ 1,710      $ 1,710  

 

 

Money market funds held as of December 31, 2020 were valued by the Company based on quoted market prices, which represent a Level 1 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The Company did not hold any money market funds of June 30, 2021. There were no transfers into or out of Level 3 during the periods presented.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

The Company’s recurring fair value measurements using Level 3 inputs related to the Company’s contingent consideration liability, as the significant inputs to the valuation are not observable in the market. Changes in the fair value of the Company’s contingent consideration liability were as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 3,365  

Payment of contingent consideration

     (1,868

Change in fair value

     213  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2021

   $ 1,710  

 

 

As of June 30, 2021, the maximum amount of future contingent consideration (undiscounted) that the Company could be required to pay associated with its prior acquisitions was $4.0 million.

7. Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets

The carrying amount of goodwill was $425.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, related to goodwill from the Company’s acquisitions.

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment through June 30, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):

 

       
      Enterprise Solutions      SMB Solutions      Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 218,658      $ 207,019      $ 425,677  

Goodwill acquired

                    
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2021

   $ 218,658      $ 207,019      $ 425,677  

 

 

Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently when events and circumstances occur indicating that the recorded goodwill may be impaired. To date, the Company has had no impairments to goodwill.

Acquired intangible assets of the Company consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     
            December 31, 2020  
     

Weighted Average

Useful Life

     Gross Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Value
 
     (in years)                      

Customer relationships

     10.0      $ 82,841      $ (14,775   $ 68,066  

Developed technology

     7.0        42,913        (11,160     31,753  

Tradenames

     5.0        5,824        (2,123     3,701  
     

 

 

 
      $ 131,578      $ (28,058   $ 103,520  

 

 

 

     
            June 30, 2021  
     

Weighted Average

Useful Life

     Gross Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Value
 
     (in years)                      

Customer relationships

     10.0      $ 82,841      $ (18,917   $ 63,924  

Developed technology

     7.0        42,913        (14,235     28,678  

Tradenames

     5.0        5,824        (2,706     3,118  
     

 

 

 
      $ 131,578      $ (35,858   $ 95,720  

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

The Company recorded amortization expense of $7.7 million and $7.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Amortization of developed technology is recorded within cost of revenue, while amortization of customer relationships and tradenames is recorded within the separate caption amortization of intangible assets within operating expenses within the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. Future estimated amortization expense of the Company’s intangible assets as of June 30, 2021 is expected to be as follows (in thousands):

 

Remainder of 2021

   $ 7,801  

2022

     15,601  

2023

     15,601  

2024

     14,640  

2025

     14,383  

Thereafter

     27,694  
  

 

 

 
   $ 95,720  

 

 

8. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     
      December 31,
2020
     June 30,
2021
 

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

   $ 7,073      $ 8,636  

Accrued channel partner fees

     1,615        1,802  

Accrued sales tax

     2,019        1,370  

Accrued interest payable

     794        808  

Accrued consulting and professional fees

     619        2,969  

Accrued restructuring

     565        789  

Other

     3,281        3,929  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,966      $ 20,303  

 

 

9. Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     
      December 31,
2020
    June 30,
2021
 

Principal amount of long-term debt

   $ 111,671     $ 113,503  

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     111,671       113,503  

Less: Debt issuance costs, net of accretion

     (1,471     (1,237
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs and current portion

   $ 110,200     $ 112,266  

 

 

In connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) which provides for a $75.0 million aggregate principal amount senior secured term loan facility (the “Initial Term Loan Facility”). Proceeds from the Initial Term Loan Facility were used to fund the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, and the Company incurred debt issuance costs in the amount of $2.4 million, which were recorded as a direct reduction to the carrying value of the loan and are being amortized to interest expense over the life of the Credit Agreement. The Initial Term Loan Facility bears interest at adjusted LIBOR, as

 

F-55


Table of Contents

defined, plus 3.25% per annum (7.5% as of June 30, 2021) and bears paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum. The PIK interest is added to the principal amount of the borrowings outstanding at the end of each quarter until the maturity date of the Initial Term Loan Facility. The Initial Term Loan Facility requires quarterly interest-only payments with the unpaid principal balance plus any accrued but unpaid interest due upon maturity on February 11, 2024. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, PIK interest capitalized on the Initial Term Loan Facility and included in the outstanding principal balance was $4.4 million and $5.8 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the weighted average effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the Initial Term Loan Facility was approximately 9.0% and 8.3%, respectively.

Additionally, the Credit Agreement also provides for a delayed draw term loan (the “Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility”) which allows the Company to draw up to an additional $35.0 million until the second anniversary of the Credit Agreement. During the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company drew down $31.3 million under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility to partially fund the acquisitions of PSN and TYH. These amounts bear interest at adjusted LIBOR, as defined, plus 3.25% per annum (7.5% as of June 30, 2021) and bear PIK interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, PIK interest capitalized on the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility and included in the outstanding principal balance was $1.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The remaining available borrowings under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility remained undrawn and expired in February 2021. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the weighted average effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility was approximately 8.3% and 7.6%, respectively.

The Credit Agreement also provides for a revolving line of credit (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with maximum available borrowings of $7.5 million. In September 2019, a letter of credit was issued related to one of the Company’s leases in the amount of $2.1 million, which reduced the amount of borrowings available under the Revolving Credit Facility to $5.4 million. As of June 30, 2021, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

The Credit Agreement is subject to covenants, that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Company to incur debt; incur liens; make investments, loans, advances, guarantees and acquisitions; pay dividends or make other distributions on equity interests, or redeem, repurchase or retire equity interests; consolidate, merge or sell or otherwise dispose of assets; and enter into transactions with affiliates, among other covenants. The Credit Agreement also contains financial covenants with respect maximum consolidated debt to revenue ratio, minimum liquidity and maximum consolidated total leverage ratio. Additionally, the Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties and affirmative covenants, and certain reporting obligations. As of June 30, 2021, the Company was in compliance with these financial covenants.

10. Common Shares

The Company has Class A-1 common shares, Class A-2 common shares, and Class A-3 common shares outstanding, collectively referred to as the “Common Shares”.

The Company issued 97,209,436 Class A-1 common shares and 45,262,340 Class A-2 common shares in connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition.

The Class A-3 common shares are intended to be equity-incentive interests in accordance with certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The fair value of any Class A-3 common share options granted is determined at the date of grant and the resulting equity-based compensation is recognized over the related vesting period (Note 11—Equity-based Compensation).

 

F-56


Table of Contents

The holders of the Common Shares shall vote together as a single class on a pro rata basis on all matters properly submitted for a vote.

11. Equity-based Compensation

The Company’s Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) provides for the granting of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), and non-qualified options (“NSOs”) to purchase the Company’s Class A-3 common shares. The Company has the authority to select specific employees, consultants, and nonemployee directors to whom options are granted and to determine the terms of each option. Generally, fifty (50%) percent of granted options vest based on certain performance conditions of the Company and fifty (50%) percent of the granted options vest over a period determined by the Company, generally four years, and expire not more than ten years from the date of grant. During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company increased the number of Class A-3 common shares reserved to be issued upon exercise of stock options by 1,650,000. As of June 30, 2021, 16,779,654 Class A-3 common shares were reserved for the issuance of options under the Plan, of which 921,471 shares are available for future grants.

The Company’s board of directors values the Company’s common shares, taking into consideration its most recently available valuation of common shares performed by third parties, as well as additional relevant factors which may have changed since the date of the most recent valuation, through the date of grant.

Option valuation

The fair value of option grants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company is a private company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimates its expected share volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies. The expected term of the Company’s options has been determined based on the average of the vesting term and the contractual lives of all options awarded. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The following table presents, on a weighted average basis, the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the grant-date fair value of options granted:

 

   
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
            2020                  2021        

Fair value of common stock/shares

   $ 3.01      $ 4.78  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.5%        1.2%  

Expected volatility

     26.7%        26.8%  

Expected dividend yield

             

Expected term (in years)

     8.1        9.9  

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Option activity

The following table summarizes the Company’s option activity for the six months ended June 30, 2021:

 

         
     

Number

of Shares

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                  (in years)      (in thousands)  

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020

     9,333,218     $ 2.72        8.41      $ 16,882  

Granted

     2,307,900       5.87        

Exercised

     (473,866     1.80        

Forfeited

     (200,721     2.91        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of June 30, 2021

     10,966,531     $ 3.42        8.37      $ 149,058  
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2021

     6,018,331     $ 3.15        8.07      $ 83,410  

Options exercisable as of June 30, 2021

     2,503,765     $ 1.92        6.89      $ 37,796  

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair value of the Company’s common shares for those options that had strike prices lower than the fair value of the Company’s common shares. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 was $5.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

The weighted average grant date fair value per share of options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, was $0.79 and $1.42, respectively.

Equity-based compensation

The Company recorded equity-based compensation expense related to common share options in the following expense categories in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income (in thousands):

 

   
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
            2020                  2021        

Cost of revenue

   $ 7      $ 8  

General and administrative

     251        454  

Selling and marketing

     40        63  

Research and development

     8        35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 306      $ 560  

 

 

As of June 30, 2021, total unrecognized equity-based compensation cost related to unvested options with service-based vesting conditions was $7.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.1 years. Additionally, the Company had unrecognized equity-based compensation cost of $13.4 million related to unvested options with performance-based vesting conditions for which achievement of the performance conditions was not deemed probable as of June 30, 2021. We do not expect the performance conditions to be satisfied in connection with this initial public offering.

During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company entered into an employment change agreement for an executive officer with stock options previously granted under the Plan, which allows for the continuation of vesting upon a reduction in their roles and responsibilities over time. For the modified awards, the total

 

F-58


Table of Contents

unamortized equity-based compensation, based on the modification date fair value, increased by $12.1 million. The unrecognized equity-based compensation cost of $4.6 million, related to unvested options with service-based vesting conditions, will be recognized over the remaining requisite service period of 3.0 years. Additionally, there was $8.0 million related to unvested options with performance-based vesting conditions for which achievement of the performance conditions was not deemed probable as of June 30, 2021.

12. Income Taxes

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company recorded a benefit for income taxes of $2.7 million, representing an effective tax rate of 30.0%. The effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2020, was higher than the statutory rate of 21.0% due to excess benefits of equity-based compensation, partially offset by the impact of state income taxes, as well as other permanent adjustments.

During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company recorded a provision for income taxes of less than $0.1 million, representing an effective tax rate of 14.9%. The effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2021, was less than the statutory rate of 21.0% due to excess benefits of equity-based compensation, partially offset by the impact of state income taxes, as well as other permanent adjustments.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating leases

The Company is party to various noncancelable operating leases that expire at varying dates through November 2030. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company maintained a letter of credit for a security deposit of $2.1 million in conjunction with one of its leases (Refer to Note 9—Debt).

The Company has a seven-year operating lease for office space in Los Angeles, California, entered into in 2018. In July 2020, the Company abandoned the office space. Refer to Note 14 – Restructuring for additional information regarding the restructuring charge and liability associated with exiting this office location.

The Company’s lease agreements may include lease incentives, payment escalations, and rent holidays, which are accrued or deferred as appropriate such that rent expense for each lease is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of occupancy. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company had deferred rent of $1.7 million and $1.9 million, respectively. The short-term portion of the deferred rent is included within accrued expenses and other currently liabilities and the long-term portion is included within other long-term liabilities in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, was $1.7 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Rent expense was recorded within cost of revenue, general and administrative, selling and marketing and research and development expense lines in the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations.

Future minimum payments under operating leases as of June 30, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):

 

   
Years Ended December 31,        

Remainder of 2021

   $ 2,574  

2022

     5,476  

2023

     5,592  

2024

     5,192  

2025

     4,296  

Thereafter

     18,776  
  

 

 

 
   $ 41,906  

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Other non-cancellable commitments

As of June 30, 2021, the Company had non-cancellable commitments to vendors primarily consisting of subscriptions to third party software products. Obligations under contracts that are cancellable or with a remaining term of 12 months or less are not included. As of June 30, 2021, future minimum payments under other non-cancellable agreements were $1.6 million, of which $1.3 million and $0.3 million is expected to be paid by December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Contingent value payments

In connection with the InvoiceCloud Acquisition, a CVR Bonus Award Plan (“CVR Plan”) was established for the benefit of option holders as of February 11, 2019 in the event that holders of the Company’s Class A-1 common shares receive cash distributions in connection with an Exit Event of at least $889.1 million (the “Performance Threshold”). Subject to the achievement of the Performance Threshold, from a general standpoint, participants in the CVR Plan who are still employed by the Company at the time of the distribution will receive up to a maximum amount in aggregate of $9.5 million. Also, in the event the Performance Threshold is met, Class A-2 rollover participants would receive in aggregate $70.0 million that would have otherwise been distributed to Class A-1 shareholders upon an Exit Event. The Company does not expect this initial public offering to constitute an Exit Event pursuant to the terms of its existing limited liability company agreement. No compensation expense has been recognized in relation to the CVR Plan as the Company has determined that an Exit Event is not probable as of June 30, 2021.

Indemnification agreements

In the normal course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to third parties and may enter into commitments and guarantees (“Agreements”) under which it may be required to make payments. The duration of these Agreements varies, and in certain cases, may be indefinite with no limit to the Company’s maximum potential payment exposure. In addition, the Company has obligations with certain members of its board of directors and certain executive officers that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications. The Company does not believe that the outcome of any claims under indemnification arrangements will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows, and it has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in its unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.

Legal proceedings

The Company is from time to time subject to various other legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or unasserted, which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company routinely assesses its current litigation and/or threatened litigation as to the probability of ultimately incurring a liability and records its best estimate of the ultimate loss if reasonably possible to estimate, in situations where the Company assesses the likelihood of loss as probable. While the outcome of these claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that these pending or threatened legal proceeding or claims could not have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

14. Restructuring

In July 2020, the Company relocated certain of its operations and incurred an initial restructuring charge of $2.4 million related to abandoning office space in Los Angeles, California. During the six months ended June 30,

 

F-60


Table of Contents

2021, Company recorded a subsequent charge of $0.1 million that was recorded within restructuring charges in the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations, representing the change in the present value of estimated sublease income associated with this lease. The following table summarizes the restructuring activity for the six months ended June 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

   
      Facility
Related Costs
 

Accrued restructuring as of December 31, 2020

   $ 2,252  

Charges

     89  

Cash payments

     (463

Other

     61  
  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring as of June 30, 2021

   $ 1,939  

 

 

As of June 30, 2021, the remaining restructuring liability was $1.9 million, of which $0.8 million was included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and $1.1 million was included within other long-term liabilities within the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet. The restructuring liability will be adjusted for any future changes to assumptions utilized in the initial calculation of the liability, including estimated associated sublease income and will be reduced by cash payments required under the original term of the lease, through the remaining term of the lease in May 2025.

15. Related Parties

In 2019, the Company assumed unsecured notes payable in the aggregate amount of $3.0 million (the “GC Notes”) and $2.9 million (“IVR Note”), respectively, with two individuals that are former shareholders, one of which is a former employee and the other is a current employee of Global Cloud, Ltd. (“GC”) and individuals that are former shareholders and former employees of IVR Technologies Group, LLC (“IVR”), respectively. The GC Notes and IVR Note bore interest at a rate of 7% and 8% per annum, respectively, and required interest-only payments with the outstanding principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest due on the maturity date of March 12, 2021 and January 16, 2021, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company repaid in full the outstanding principal balance of the GC Notes and IVR Note, which totaled $5.9 million. These amounts are disclosed within cash flows from financing activities within the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.

Within its unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, the Company recognized interest expense related to the GC Notes and IVR Note of $0.2 million and less than $0.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. The Company made cash interest payments related to the GC Notes and IVR Note of $0.2 million and $0.2 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had recorded accrued interest payable of $0.1 million related to the GC Notes and IVR Note.

16. Segment and Geographic Information

Segment Information

The Company has determined that its chief executive officer is its CODM and the Company is organized into two reportable segments: Enterprise Solutions and SMB Solutions. The reportable segments were determined based on how the CODM reviews business performance and makes decisions about resources to be allocated.

The Enterprise Solutions segment is primarily engaged in providing SaaS solutions that simplify customer-client engagement primarily through electronic billing and digital payments. Enterprise solutions are built to address

 

F-61


Table of Contents

the unique needs of specific verticals: Health & Wellness, Government, Utilities, Financial Services, and Giving. For the Enterprise Solutions segment, the Company integrates directly with its customers’ core software systems and go to market with a partner-assisted direct sales model. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, this segment generated 50% of total revenue.

The SMB Solutions segment is primarily engaged in providing end-to-end practice management solutions geared toward the wellness industry. For the SMB Solutions segment, the Company primarily relies on a free-trial to paid customer sales model and generate interest for its offerings through a combination of search engine optimization, word-of-mouth, paid customer referrals, and search engine marketing. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, this segment generated 50% of total revenue.

The CODM evaluates segment operating performance using revenue and Adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments to make resource allocation decisions and evaluate segment performance. Adjusted EBITDA assists management in comparing the Company’s performance on a consistent basis for purposes of business decision-making. The Company defines Adjusted EBITDA as net loss excluding interest expense, net; provision (benefit) for income taxes; depreciation; and amortization of intangible assets, as further adjusted for transaction-related expenses, fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue, equity-based compensation, and restructuring charges. Adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments excludes unallocated corporate costs which are primarily comprised of costs for accounting, finance, legal, human resources and costs for certain executives supporting the whole business.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the revenue and Adjusted EBITDA results attributable to each reportable segment and includes a reconciliation of the totals reported for the reportable segments to the applicable line items in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations are as follows (in thousands):

 

   
    Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2020                 2021        

Revenue

   

Enterprise Solutions

  $ 37,268     $ 49,714  

SMB Solutions

    25,266       49,457  
 

 

 

 

Total revenue

    62,534       99,171  
 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   

Enterprise Solutions

    2,921       6,576  

SMB Solutions

    7,180       17,322  
 

 

 

 

Total adjusted EBITDA from reportable segments

    10,101       23,898  

Unallocated corporate expenses

    (4,816     (8,215
 

 

 

 

Total adjusted EBITDA

    5,285       15,683  

Reconciling items:

   

Interest expense, net

    (5,108     (4,600

Amortization of intangible assets

    (7,723     (7,800

Depreciation

    (527     (986

Transaction-related expenses

    (458     (1,232

Fair value adjustment of acquired deferred revenue

    (285     (94

Equity-based compensation

    (306     (560

Restructuring charges

          (89
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (9,122     322  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

    (2,733     48  
 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (6,389   $ 274  

 

 

The Company’s CODM does not separately evaluate assets by segment, and therefore assets by segment are not presented.

Geographic Information

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, revenues by geographic region are not disclosed as revenue outside the United States does not exceed 10% of total revenue.

The Company does not disclose geographic information for long-lived assets as long-lived assets located outside the United States do not exceed 10% of total assets.

17. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 27, 2021, the date that these condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued and September 13, 2021 as to the forward stock split and commitment to enter into a new senior secured revolving credit facility referenced below.

Forward stock split

On September 10, 2021, the Company effected a 1-for-3 forward stock split of its common shares. In connection with the forward stock split, each issued and outstanding common share, automatically and without action on the part of the holders, became three common shares. All share, per share and related information presented

 

F-63


Table of Contents

in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been retroactively adjusted, where applicable, to reflect the impact of the forward stock split.

Commitment to enter into New Revolving Credit Facility

On September 9, 2021, the Company entered into a commitment letter with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., which provides for a new senior secured revolving credit facility with commitments in an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”) to be provided by JPMorgan Chase and a syndicate of other financial institutions. The Company expects to enter into the New Revolving Credit Facility on or about the closing of this offering.

The Company expects that the agreement governing the terms of the New Revolving Credit Facility will contain customary covenants and conditions that will, among other things, limit its ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens on assets, enter into agreements related to mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets or pay dividends and make distributions. The Company also expects that the terms of its New Revolving Credit Facility will require us to maintain a maximum total net leverage ratio. The terms of this financing arrangement is subject to change, including as a function of market conditions.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), filing fee and the stock exchange listing fee.

 

   
      Amount
paid or
to be paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 45,638  

FINRA filing fee

     63,247  

Exchange listing fee

     295,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

     250,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     3,600,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,500,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     16,500  

Miscellaneous expenses

     29,615  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,800,000  

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Prior to the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates, EngageSmart, LLC intends to convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion, and will change its name to EngageSmart, Inc. Section 102 of the DGCL permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the corporate conversion will provide that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the DGCL prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be

 

II-1


Table of Contents

liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the corporate conversion will provide that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

Set forth below is information regarding unregistered securities issued by us since December 7, 2018, which is the date of formation of EngageSmart, LLC (formerly Hancock Parent, LLC). Also included is the consideration

 

II-2


Table of Contents

received by us for such unregistered securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

Common stock issuances

On February 11, 2019, we issued 97,209,436 of Class A-1 common shares to 1 accredited investor for an aggregate purchase price of $293.3 million.

On February 11, 2019, we issued 45,262,340 of Class A-2 common shares to 15 investors in exchange for an equivalent number of shares of Invoice Cloud, Inc.

2015 plan-related issuances

Since December 7, 2018, we granted to certain directors, officers, and employees options to purchase an aggregate of 11,413,410 of Class A-3 common shares under our 2015 Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $3.02 to $18.67 per share.

The issuances of the securities in the transactions described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506, Rule 701 or Regulation S promulgated thereunder. The securities were issued directly by us and did not involve a public offering or general solicitation. The recipients of such securities represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof.

None of the transactions set forth in Item 15 involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) Exhibits

A list of exhibits required to be filed under this item is set forth on the Exhibit Index of this registration statement and is incorporated in this Item 16(a) by reference.

(b) Financial statement schedules.

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant

 

II-3


Table of Contents

will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

 

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

 

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Index to Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement.

 

Exhibit no.     
  1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1   Form of Plan of Conversion.
  2.2   Form of Plan of Reorganization.
  2.3   Form of Certificate of Conversion of EngageSmart, LLC.
  3.1   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of EngageSmart, Inc., to be in effect immediately after effectiveness of this registration statement.
  3.2   Form of Certificate of Incorporation of EngageSmart, Inc., to be in effect immediately upon completion of the Corporate Conversion and prior to effectiveness of this registration statement.
  3.3   Form of Bylaws of EngageSmart, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the Corporate Conversion.
  3.4+*   Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of EngageSmart, LLC (formerly Hancock Parent, LLC) dated February 11, 2019.
  4.1**   Form of Registration Rights Agreement, to be in effect upon completion of the Corporate Conversion.
  4.2**   Form of Stockholders’ Agreement, to be in effect upon completion of the Corporate Conversion.
  4.3   Specimen Common Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock.
  5.1   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
10.1#*   EngageSmart, LLC Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option Plan.
10.2#*   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the EngageSmart, LLC Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option Plan.
10.3#+*   Incentive Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the EngageSmart, LLC Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option Plan dated November 1, 2019, by and between EngageSmart, LLC and David Mangum.
10.4#*   Amended and Restated EngageSmart, Inc. CVR Bonus Award Plan.
10.5#*   Form of CVR Bonus Award Certificate under the EngageSmart, LLC CVR Bonus Award Plan.
10.6#+*   Employment Agreement dated April  30, 2015, by and between Invoice Cloud, Inc. and Robert Bennett.
10.7#*   Employment Agreement dated March  17, 2017, by and between EngageSmart, LLC and Howard Spector.
10.8#*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated June  28, 2021, by and between EngageSmart, LLC and Howard Spector.
10.9#+*   Employment Offer Letter dated October  14, 2020, by and between EngageSmart, LLC and Cassandra Hudson.
10.10#+*   Terms and Conditions of Employment dated October  14, 2020, by and between Invoice Cloud, Inc. and Cassandra Hudson.
10.11#   Employment Agreement dated September 13, 2021, by and between EngageSmart, LLC and Robert Bennett.
10.12#   Employment Agreement dated September 13, 2021, by and between EngageSmart, LLC and Cassandra Hudson.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Exhibit no.     
10.13#   Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy of EngageSmart, Inc., to be in effect immediately after effectiveness of this registration statement.
10.14X   Credit Agreement, dated February 11, 2019, by and among Ares Capital Corporation, Golub Capital LLC, Hancock Merger Sub, Inc. and Hancock Midco, LLC.
10.15**   Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.16#   2021 Incentive Award Plan.
10.17#   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the 2021 Incentive Award Plan.
10.18#   Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement under the 2021 Incentive Award Plan.
10.19#   2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
21.1*   List of Subsidiaries.
23.1   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
24.1*   Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to the initial file of this registration statement).
99.1   Consent of Deborah A. Dunnam to be named as director nominee.
99.2   Consent of Ashley C. Glover to be named as director nominee.

 

 

*   Previously filed.

 

#   Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

 

X   Certain of the schedules and attachments to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5). The registrant hereby undertakes to provide further information regarding such omitted materials to the Commission upon request.

 

+   Certain portions of this exhibit (indicated by “###”) have been redacted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(6).
**   To be filed by amendment.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Braintree, state of Massachusetts on September 13, 2021.

 

EngageSmart, LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert P. Bennett

  Robert P. Bennett
  Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

     
Signature    Title    Date

/s/ Robert P. Bennett

 

   Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
   September 13, 2021

Robert P. Bennett

/s/ Cassandra Hudson

 

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   September 13, 2021

Cassandra Hudson

*

 

   Director    September 13, 2021

Paul G. Stamas

*

 

   Director    September 13, 2021

Matthew G. Hamilton

*

 

   Director    September 13, 2021

David Mangum

*

 

   Director    September 13, 2021

Preston McKenzie

*

 

   Director    September 13, 2021

Raph Osnoss

 

 

*By:  

 

/s/ Robert P. Bennett

Robert P. Bennett
Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-7

Exhibit 2.1

[FORM OF]

PLAN OF CONVERSION

Converting

EngageSmart, LLC

(a Delaware limited liability company)

to

EngageSmart, Inc.

(a Delaware corporation)

THIS PLAN OF CONVERSION (this “Plan”), dated as of [ 🌑 ], 2021, is hereby adopted and approved by EngageSmart, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of Delaware (the “LLC”), to set forth the terms, conditions and procedures governing the conversion of the LLC to a Delaware corporation to be named EngageSmart, Inc. (the “Corporation”) pursuant to Section 18-216 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “DLLCA”) and Section 265 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the LLC, dated as of February 11, 2019 (the “LLC Agreement”), by and among the LLC and the Members.

WHEREAS, the LLC is a limited liability company formed and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is currently governed by and operating under the LLC Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Board of the LLC (the “Board”), in connection with a proposed public offering (the “IPO”) of common stock by the Corporation (as defined below), has determined that it is in the best interests of the LLC for the LLC to convert to a Delaware corporation pursuant to Section 18-216 of the DLLCA and Section 265 of the DGCL upon the terms and conditions and in accordance with the procedures set forth herein, and the Board has authorized and approved the IPO and the Conversion (as defined below) and the execution, delivery and filing of any and all instruments, certificates and documents necessary or desirable in connection therewith;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 13.1 of the LLC Agreement, the Board and the requisite Shareholders have approved and adopted this Plan, the Conversion (as defined below) and the other transactions contemplated by this Plan; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Conversion, (i) all outstanding limited liability company interests of the LLC, which are represented by Class A-1 Common Shares (as defined in the LLC Agreement), shall be converted into shares of Class A-1 Common Stock (as defined below) as provided in this Plan and the Certificate of Incorporation, (ii) all outstanding limited liability company interests of the LLC, which are represented by Class A-2 Common Shares (as defined in the LLC Agreement), shall be converted into shares of Class A-2 Common Stock (as defined below) as provided in this Plan and the Certificate of Incorporation and (iii) all outstanding limited liability company interests of the LLC, which are represented by Class A-3 Common Shares (as defined in the LLC Agreement), shall be converted into shares of Class A-3 Common Stock (as defined below) as provided in this Plan and the Certificate of Incorporation.

 


NOW, THEREFORE, the LLC does hereby adopt this Plan to effectuate the conversion of the LLC to the Corporation as follows:

1. Conversion; Effect of Conversion. Upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and pursuant to the relevant provisions of the DLLCA and the DGCL, including without limitation Section 18-216 of the DLLCA and Section 265 of the DGCL, the LLC shall convert (the “Conversion”) to the Corporation at the Effective Time (as defined below) and for all purposes of the laws of the State of Delaware, the Conversion shall be deemed a continuation of the existence of the LLC in the form of a Delaware corporation. The Corporation shall thereafter be subject to all of the provisions of the DGCL, except that notwithstanding Section 106 of the DGCL, the existence of the Corporation shall be deemed to have commenced on the date the LLC commenced its existence. The Conversion shall not affect any obligations or liabilities of the LLC incurred prior to the Effective Time. The LLC shall not be required to wind up its affairs or pay its liabilities and distribute its assets, and the Conversion shall not constitute a dissolution of the LLC and shall constitute a continuation of the existence of the LLC in the form of a Delaware corporation. Upon the Effective Time, all of the rights, privileges and powers of the LLC, and all property and all debts due to the LLC, as well as all other things and causes of action belonging to the LLC, shall remain vested in the Corporation and shall be the property of the Corporation, and the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in the LLC shall not revert or be in any way impaired by reason of the Conversion, and all rights of creditors and all liens upon any property of the LLC shall be preserved unimpaired, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the LLC shall remain attached to the Corporation and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if such debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it in its capacity as a corporation. The rights, privileges, powers and interests in property of the LLC, as well as the debts, liabilities and duties of the LLC, shall not be deemed, as a consequence of the Conversion, to have been transferred to the Corporation for any purpose of the laws of the State of Delaware.

2. Certificate of Conversion; Certificate of Incorporation; Effective Time. The Conversion shall be effective upon the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of: (a) a duly executed Certificate of Conversion, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Certificate of Conversion”), and (b) a duly executed Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Initial Certificate of Incorporation”) or at such later time as may be specified in both the Certificate of Conversion and the Initial Certificate of Incorporation (such time of effectiveness, the “Effective Time”). From and after the Effective Time, the Initial Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, until thereafter amended and/or restated in accordance with the terms thereof and the DGCL. On or about the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1 in connection with the IPO, the Corporation shall file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a duly executed Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (the “Public Company Certificate of Incorporation”). Pursuant to the Public Company Certificate of Incorporation, each share of Class A-1 Common Stock will be converted into shares of Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) based on the A-1 Conversion Ratio1, each share of Class A-2 Common Stock will be converted into shares of Common Stock based on the A-2 Conversion Ratio2 (with cash being provided in lieu of each fractional share in the amount of each fractional share multiplied by the price at the which the shares of Common Stock shall be sold in connection with the IPO) and each share of Class A-3 Common Stock will be converted into one (1) share of Common Stock. Following the effectiveness of the Public Company Certificate of Incorporation, the former holders of Class A-2 Common Stock will enter into two subscription agreements to subscribe for, in aggregate, a number of shares of Common Stock specified therein in exchange for cash (based on the price at the which the shares of Common Stock will be sold to the public in connection with the IPO) and a promissory note.

 

1 

Definition of “A-1 Conversion Ratio”: The ratio shall be the quotient of (i) the Class A-1 Common Stock (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) outstanding on the pricing date of the initial public offering (the “IPO”) less the Share Adjustment Amount (as defined below) divided by (ii) the Class A-1 Common Stock outstanding on the pricing date of the IPO. For purposes of this footnote only, the “Payout Amount” is equal to the sum of (i) the amount owed by the Company for the settlement of the Class A-2 Common Stock, which such amount shall be equal to $43,235,848, and (ii) the maximum amount owed by the Company to pay the holders of the contingent value right awards under pursuant to the CVR Bonus Award Plan (as defined in the LLC Agreement) calculated as of a recent date from the date of effectiveness of this charter (collectively, (i) and (ii) are the “Payout Amount”). For purposes of this footnote only, the “Share Adjustment Amount” is equal to the Payout Amount divided by the price of the common stock in the IPO.

2 

Definition of “A-2 Conversion Ratio”: The ratio shall be the quotient of (i) the Class A-2 Common Stock (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) outstanding on the pricing date of the IPO plus the Share Adjustment Amount (as defined below) divided by (ii) the Class A-2 Common Stock outstanding on the pricing date of the IPO. For purposes of this footnote only, the “Share Adjustment Amount” is equal to $43,235,848 divided by the price of the common stock in the IPO.

 

2


3. Bylaws of the Corporation. From and after the Effective Time, the Bylaws of the Corporation shall be in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto (the “Bylaws”), until thereafter amended and/or restated in accordance with the terms thereof, the DGCL, the Initial Certificate of Incorporation or, following the pricing of the IPO, the Public Company Certificate of Incorporation.

4. Directors and Officers. The Incorporator of the Corporation shall, by an incorporator’s consent, appoint the following as the initial members of the board of directors of the Corporation: Paul Stamas, Robert Bennett, Raph Osnoss, Preston McKenzie, David Mangum, Mathew Guy-Hamilton, Ashley Glover and Deborah Dunnam each of whom to hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors of the class of directors in which such director serves and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or their earlier death, resignation or removal. At the Effective Time, the officers of the LLC as of the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Corporation and shall hold office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, or their earlier death, resignation or removal. The LLC and the Incorporator and, after the Effective Time, the Corporation and its board of directors shall take all necessary actions to cause each of such individuals to be appointed as a director and/or officer, as the case may be, of the Corporation.

 

3


5. Effect of the Conversion on Equity Interests in the LLC.

(a) Conversion of Outstanding Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, at the Effective Time, automatically by virtue of the Conversion and without any further action on the part of the LLC, the Corporation or any holder of Shares in the LLC:

(i) each Class A-1 Common Share of the LLC that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into one (1) share of Class A-1 common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation (“Class A-1 Common Stock”), and as of the Effective Time each such share of Class A-1 Common Stock shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable;

(ii) each Class A-2 Common Share of the LLC that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into one (1) share of Class A-2 Common Stock (“Class A-2 Common Stock”) and as of the Effective Time each such share of Class A-2 Common Stock shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and

(iii) each Class A-3 Common Share of the LLC that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into one (1) share of Class A-3 Common Stock (“Class A-3 Common Stock”) and as of the Effective Time each such share of Class A-3 Common Stock shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(b) No Further Ownership Rights in Shares in the LLC. All shares of Class A-1 Common Stock, Class A-2 Common Stock and Class A-3 Common Stock into which Shares of the LLC are converted pursuant to the Conversion in accordance with the terms of this Plan shall be deemed to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such Shares in the LLC. Immediately following the Effective Time, Shares in the LLC shall cease to exist, and the holder of any Shares in the LLC immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto.

(c) No Impact on Vesting Restrictions and Repurchase Rights. The conversion of Shares in the LLC pursuant to this Plan will not limit, impair or otherwise modify any vesting restrictions or repurchase rights with respect to any equity issued by the LLC to any officer or employee of the LLC or any other person, which vesting restrictions and repurchase rights shall continue to apply to the shares of Class A-1 Common Stock, Class A-2 Common Stock and Class A-3 Common Stock issued hereby to any such persons until the expiration of such vesting restrictions and repurchase rights in accordance with their terms.

(d) Transfer Books. At the Effective Time, there shall be no further registration of transfers on the transfer books of the LLC of any Shares in the LLC that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

4


(e) Registration in Book-Entry. Shares of Class A-1 Common Stock, Class A-2 Common Stock and Class A-3 Common Stock issued in connection with the Conversion shall be uncertificated, and the Corporation shall register, or cause to be registered, such shares into which each outstanding Shares in the LLC shall have been converted as a result of the Conversion in book-entry form.

(f) Conversion of Plans. As of the Effective Time, the Corporation shall automatically, by virtue the Conversion, assume the EngageSmart, LLC Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option Plan (the “2015 Plan”), in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto, and all references therein to LLC or Corporation shall be deemed automatically to be references to Corporation and the references to the securities to be issued pursuant to awards thereunder shall be references to the Common Stock.

6. Licenses, Permits, Titled Property, Etc. As applicable, following the Effective Time, to the extent required, the Corporation shall apply for new state tax identification numbers, qualifications to conduct business (including as a foreign corporation), licenses, permits and similar authorizations on its behalf and in its own name in connection with the Conversion and to reflect the fact that it is a corporation. As required or appropriate, following the Effective Time, all real, personal and intangible property of the LLC which was titled or registered in the name of the LLC shall be re-titled or re-registered, as applicable, in the name of the Corporation by appropriate filings and/or notices to the appropriate parties (including, without limitation, any applicable governmental agencies). In addition, following the Effective Time, the LLC’s customer, vendor and other communications (e.g., business cards, letterhead, websites, etc.) shall be revised to reflect the Conversion and the Corporation’s corporate status.

7. Termination of LLC Agreement. As of the Effective Time, the LLC Agreement shall be terminated and of no further force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination of the LLC Agreement shall not relieve any party thereto from any liability arising in connection with any breach by such party of the LLC Agreement, arising prior to the Effective Time.

8. Further Assurances. If, at any time after the Effective Time, the Corporation shall determine or be advised that any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, agreements, documents or assurances or any other acts or things are necessary, desirable or proper, consistent with the terms of this Plan, (a) to vest, perfect or confirm, of record or otherwise, in the Corporation its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers, purposes, franchises, properties or assets of the LLC, or (b) to otherwise carry out the purposes of this Plan, the Corporation and its proper officers and directors (or their designees) are hereby authorized to solicit in the name of the LLC any third party consents or other documents required to be delivered by any third party, to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the LLC, all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments, agreements, documents and assurances and do, in the name and on behalf of the LLC, all such other acts and things necessary, desirable or proper to vest, perfect or confirm its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers, purposes, franchises, properties or assets of the LLC and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Plan.

 

5


9. Implementation and Interpretation; Termination and Amendment. This Plan shall be implemented and interpreted, prior to the Effective Time, by the Board and, following the Effective Time, by the board of directors of the Corporation, (a) each of which shall have full power and authority, subject to applicable law, to delegate and assign any matters covered hereunder to any other party(ies), including, without limitation, any officers of the LLC or any officers of the Corporation, as the case may be, and (b) the interpretations and decisions of which shall be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties. The Board at any time prior to the Effective Time may terminate, amend or modify this Plan. Upon such termination of this Plan, if the Certificate of Conversion and the Initial Certificate of Incorporation have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, but have not become effective, any person or entity that was authorized to execute, deliver and file such certificates may execute, deliver and file a Certificate of Termination of such certificates.

10. Third Party Beneficiaries. This Plan shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than as express provided herein.

11. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Plan will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Plan is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Plan.

12. Governing Law. This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws rules of such state.

13. Tax Treatment. The parties hereby agree and acknowledge that for U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) the Conversion is intended to qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and (ii) this Plan is intended to constitute and the parties hereby adopt this Plan as a “plan or reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a). To the extent required to take a position, the parties hereby agree to file all applicable tax and other informational returns on a basis consistent with such characterization, unless otherwise required by a governmental authority as a result of a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code (or any similar provision of applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax law) or a change in applicable law after the date hereof.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the LLC has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the date first stated above.

 

EngageSmart, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Plan of Conversion]

 

7


EXHIBIT A

Form of Certificate of Conversion

[See Exhibit 2.3 to the Registration Statement]


EXHIBIT B

Form of Initial Certificate of Incorporation

[See Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement]


EXHIBIT C

Public Company Certificate of Incorporation

[See Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement]


EXHIBIT D

Form of Bylaws

[See Exhibit 3.3 to the Registration Statement]


EXHIBIT E

EngageSmart, LLC Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option Plan

[See Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement]

Exhibit 2.2

[FORM OF]

PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

of

EngageSmart, Inc.

(a Delaware corporation)

THIS PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (this “Plan”), dated as of [ 🌑 ], 2021, is hereby adopted and approved by EngageSmart, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation formed under the laws of Delaware (the “Corporation”), to set forth the terms, conditions and procedures governing the reorganization of the Corporation. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the certificate of incorporated that was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Secretary of State”) on [ 🌑 ], 2021 (the “Interim Certificate of Incorporation”).

WHEREAS, the Corporation was converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation by filing a certificate of conversion and the Interim Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State and, following such conversion, is a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is currently governed by and operating under the Interim Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws (as defined below) and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”);

WHEREAS, the Board of the Corporation (the “Board”), in connection with a proposed public offering (the “IPO”) of Common Stock (as defined below) by the Corporation, has determined that it is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, upon the terms and conditions and in accordance with the procedures set forth herein, to authorize and approve, the IPO and the Reorganization (as defined below) and the execution, delivery and filing of any and all instruments, certificates and documents necessary or desirable in connection therewith;

WHEREAS, the Board and the requisite Shareholders have approved and adopted this Plan, the Reorganization and the other transactions contemplated by this Plan; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Reorganization, (i) all outstanding Class A-1 Common Stock (as defined in the Interim Certificate of Incorporation) shall be reclassified into shares of Common Stock as provided in this Plan and the Public Company Certificate of Incorporation (as defined below), (ii) all outstanding Class A-2 Common Stock (as defined in the Interim Certificate of Incorporation) shall be reclassified into shares of Common Stock as provided in this Plan and the Public Company Certificate of Incorporation and (iii) all Class A-3 Common Stock (as defined in the Interim Certificate of Incorporation) shall be reclassified into shares of Common Stock as provided in this Plan and the Public Company Certificate of Incorporation.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation does hereby adopt this Plan to effectuate the Reorganization as follows:


1. Reorganization; Effect of Reorganization. Upon the filing and effectiveness of the Public Company Certificate of Incorporation, each share of Class A-1 Common Stock will be converted into [ 🌑 ] shares of Common Stock of the Corporation (the “Common Stock”), each share of Class A-2 Common Stock will be converted into [ 🌑 ] shares of Common Stock (with cash being provided in lieu of each fractional share in the amount of each fractional share multiplied by the price at the which the shares of Common Stock shall be sold in connection with the IPO) and each share of Class A-3 Common Stock will be converted into one share of Common Stock. Following the effectiveness of the Public Company Certificate of Incorporation, the former holders of Class A-2 Common Stock will enter into two subscription agreements to subscribe for, in aggregate, [ 🌑 ] shares of Common Stock in exchange for cash (based on the price at the which the shares of Common Stock will be sold to the public in connection with the IPO) and a promissory note. Collectively, the transactions referred to in this paragraph 1 are the “Reorganization.”

2. Public Company Certificate of Incorporation; Effective Time. The Reorganization shall be effective upon the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of a duly executed Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Public Company Certificate of Incorporation”) or at such later time as may be specified in the Public Company Certificate of Incorporation (such time of effectiveness, the “Effective Time”). From and after the Effective Time, the Public Company Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, until thereafter amended and/or restated in accordance with the terms thereof and the DGCL.

3. Effect of the Reclassification on Equity Interests in the Corporation.

(a) Reclassification of Outstanding Securities. At the Effective Time, automatically by virtue of the Reclassification and without any further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Common Stock in the Corporation:

(i) each share of Class A-1 Common Stock that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into [ 🌑 ] share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation (“Common Stock”), and as of the Effective Time each such share of Common Stock shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable;

(ii) each share of Class A-2 Common Stock that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into [ 🌑 ] share of Common Stock (with cash being provided in lieu of each fractional share in the amount of each fractional share multiplied by the price at the which the shares of Common Stock shall be sold in connection with the IPO), and as of the Effective Time each such share of Common Stock shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and

(iii) each share of Class A-3 Common Stock that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into [ 🌑 ] share of Common Stock, and as of the Effective Time each such share of Common Stock shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

2


(b) No Further Ownership Rights in Class A-1 Common Stock, Class A-2 Common Stock and Class A-3 Common Stock. All shares of Common Stock (and, with respect to the shares of Class A-2 Common Stock, the cash provided in lieu of each fractional share) into which the Class A-1 Common Stock, Class A-2 Common Stock and Class A-3 Common Stock of the Corporation are reclassified pursuant to the Reorganization in accordance with the terms of this Plan shall be deemed to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such Class A-1 Common Stock, Class A-2 Common Stock and Class A-3 Common Stock in the Corporation. Immediately following the Effective Time, Class A-1 Common Stock, Class A-2 Common Stock and Class A-3 Common Stock of the Corporation shall cease to exist, and the holder of such shares immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto.

(c) No Impact on Vesting Restrictions and Repurchase Rights. The conversion of Class A-1 Common Stock, Class A-2 Common Stock and Class A-3 Common Stock pursuant to Public Company Certificate of Incorporation will not limit, impair or otherwise modify any vesting restrictions or repurchase rights with respect to any equity issued by the Corporation to any officer or employee of the Corporation or any other person, which vesting restrictions and repurchase rights shall continue to apply to the shares of Common Stock issued hereby to any such persons until the expiration of such vesting restrictions and repurchase rights in accordance with their terms.

(d) Registration in Book-Entry. Shares of Common Stock issued in connection with the reclassification shall be uncertificated, and the Corporation shall register, or cause to be registered, such shares into which each outstanding shares of Class A-1 Common Stock, Class A-2 Common Stock and Class A-3 Common Stock shall have been reclassified as a result of the reclassification in book-entry form.

4. Implementation and Interpretation; Termination and Amendment. This Plan shall be implemented and interpreted by the Board, (a) each of which shall have full power and authority, subject to applicable law, to delegate and assign any matters covered hereunder to any other party(ies), including, without limitation, any officers of the Corporation, as the case may be, and (b) the interpretations and decisions of which shall be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties. The Board at any time prior to the Effective Time may terminate, amend or modify this Plan. Upon such termination of this Plan, if the Public Company Certificate of Incorporation have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, but have not become effective, any person or entity that was authorized to execute, deliver and file such certificates may execute, deliver and file a Certificate of Termination of such certificates.

5. Third Party Beneficiaries. This Plan shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than as express provided herein.

6. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Plan will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Plan is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Plan.

7. Governing Law. This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws rules of such state.

 

3


8. Tax Treatment. The parties hereby agree and acknowledge that for U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) the Reorganization is intended to qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), (ii) this Plan is intended to constitute and the parties hereby adopt this Plan as a “plan or reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a), and (iii) cash received in lieu of fractional share of Class A-2 Common Stock will either be treated as a distribution to which Section 301(c) of the Code applies or a distribution in part or full payment in exchange for shares of Class A-2 Common Stock pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Code. To the extent required to take a position, the parties hereby agree to file all applicable tax and other informational returns on a basis consistent with such characterization, unless otherwise required by a governmental authority as a result of a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code (or any similar provision of applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax law) or a change in applicable law after the date hereof.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the date first stated above.

 

EngageSmart, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Plan of Conversion]


EXHIBIT A

Public Company Certificate of Incorporation

[See Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement]

Exhibit 2.3

CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION OF ENGAGESMART, LLC, A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY TO ENGAGESMART, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION

This Certificate of Conversion to Corporation, dated as of [ 🌑 ], 2021 is being duly executed and filed by EngageSmart, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), to convert the LLC to EngageSmart, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq.) and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (8 Del. C. § 101, et seq.).

 

1.

The jurisdiction in which the Company was first formed is Delaware.

 

2.

The jurisdiction of the Company immediately prior to filing this Certificate of Conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation (this “Certificate”) was Delaware.

 

3.

The Company filed its original certificate of formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and was first formed on December 7, 2018 in the State of Delaware.

 

4.

The name and type of entity of the Company immediately prior to the filing of this Certificate was EngageSmart, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

5.

The name of the Corporation as set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation filed in accordance with Section 265(b) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is EngageSmart, Inc.

 

6.

The conversion of the Company to the Corporation shall be effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Conversion to Corporation and a certificate of incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Conversion from a Limited Liability Company to a Corporation dated as of [ 🌑 ], 2021.

 

ENGAGESMART, LLC
By:  

                          

Name:
Title:

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ENGAGESMART, INC.

* * * * *

The present name of the corporation is EngageSmart, Inc. The corporation was incorporated under the name EngageSmart, Inc. by the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on [ 🌑 ], 2021. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), which restates and integrates and also further amends the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of its stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended, integrated and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is EngageSmart, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 3411 Silverside Road, Tatnall Building #104, Wilmington, New Castle County, State of Delaware 19810. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporate Creations Network Inc.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature and purpose of the business of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).

ARTICLE FOUR

Section 1. Authorized Shares. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 660,000,000 shares, consisting of two classes as follows:

(a) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

(b) 650,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”).

The Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall have the designations, rights, powers and preferences and the qualifications, restrictions and limitations thereof, if any, set forth below.


Section 2. Reclassification of Common Stock. Upon the filing and effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”) and without any further action required by the Corporation or its stockholders:

(a) each share of Series A-1 Common Stock (as defined in the prior certificate of incorporation, the “Prior Certificate”) issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically reclassified into [ 🌑 ]1 validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock (the “Series A-1 Reclassification”);

(b) each share of Series A-2 Common Stock (as defined in the Prior Certificate) issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically reclassified into [ 🌑 ]2 validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock (the “Series A-2 Reclassification”); and

(c) each share of Series A-3 Common Stock (as defined in the Prior Certificate) issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically reclassified into one (1) validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock (the “Series A-3 Reclassification”).

With respect to the Series A-1 Reclassification and the Series A-3 Reclassification, no fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the Series A-1 Reclassification or the Series A-3 Reclassification, as applicable, and, in lieu of the fractional shares, each holder who would otherwise be entitled to fractional shares shall be entitled to an amount in cash, without interest and rounded down to the nearest cent, for all fractional shares resulting from the reclassification of such holder’s Series A-1 and Series A-3 Common Stock, as applicable (after aggregating all fractional shares to which such holder would be entitled as a result of the Series A-1 Reclassification or the Series A-3 Reclassification, as applicable) equal to the product of (i) the amount of the fractional share of Common Stock and (ii) the price at the which the shares of Common Stock shall be sold in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its shares of Common Stock. With respect to the Series A-2 Reclassification, no fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the Series A-2 Reclassification and, in lieu of the fractional shares, each holder who would otherwise be entitled to fractional shares shall be entitled to an amount in cash, without interest and rounded down to the nearest cent, for each fractional share resulting from the reclassification of each Series A-2 Common Stock (without aggregating the fractional shares such holder receives as result of the Series A-2 Reclassification) equal to the product of (i) the amount of the fractional share of Common Stock and (ii) the price at the which the shares of Common Stock shall be sold in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its shares of Common Stock.

 

1 

NTD: The ratio shall be the quotient of (i) the Class A-1 Common Stock (as defined in the Original COI) outstanding on the pricing date of the initial public offering (the “IPO”) less the Share Adjustment Amount (as defined below) divided by (ii) the Class A-1 Common Stock outstanding on the pricing date of the IPO. For purposes of this footnote only, the “Payout Amount” is equal to the sum of (i) the amount owed by the Company for the settlement of the Class A-2 Common Stock, which such amount shall be equal to $43,235,848, and (ii) the maximum amount owed by the Company to pay the holders of the contingent value right awards under pursuant to the CVR Bonus Award Plan (as defined in the LLC Agreement) calculated as of a recent date from the date of effectiveness of this charter (collectively, (i) and (ii) are the “Payout Amount”). For purposes of this footnote only, the “Share Adjustment Amount” is equal to the Payout Amount divided by the price of the common stock in the IPO.

2 

NTD: The ratio shall be the quotient of (i) the Class A-2 Common Stock (as defined in the Original COI) outstanding on the pricing date of the IPO plus the Share Adjustment Amount (as defined below) divided by (ii) the Class A-2 Common Stock outstanding on the pricing date of the IPO. For purposes of this footnote only, the “Share Adjustment Amount” is equal to $43,235,848 divided by the price of the common stock in the IPO.

 

2


Section 3. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide, by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and with respect to each series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (if any), designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, of the shares of each such series, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers (including voting powers), preferences, and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the approval of the Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

Section 4. Common Stock.

(a) Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, all of the voting power of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be vested in the holders of the Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for each share held by such holder on all matters voted upon by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b) Except as otherwise required by law or expressly provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, each share of Common Stock shall have the same powers, rights and privileges and shall rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

 

3


(c) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and to the other provisions of applicable law and this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive equally, on a per share basis, such dividends and other distributions in cash, securities or other property of the Corporation if, as and when declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

(d) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and any other payments required by law and amounts payable upon shares of Preferred Stock ranking senior to the shares of Common Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, if any, the remaining net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed to the holders of shares of Common Stock and the holders of shares of any other class or series ranking equally with the shares of Common Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, equally on a per share basis. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity, or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation (which shall not in fact result in the liquidation of the Corporation and the distribution of assets to its stockholders) shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Paragraph (d).

(e) No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive, subscription, conversion or redemption rights.

ARTICLE FIVE

Section 1. Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Number of Directors; Voting. Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances or otherwise, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall initially be eight (8) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board. Each director shall be entitled to one (1) vote with respect to each matter before the Board of Directors, whether by meeting or pursuant to written consent.

Section 3. Classes of Directors. The directors of the Corporation, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III.

 

4


Section 4. Election and Term of Office. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “IPO Date”), the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders after the IPO Date. For the purposes hereof, the Board of Directors may assign directors already in office to Class I, Class II and Class III, in accordance with the terms of that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated on or prior to the date of consummation of the initial public offering of the Corporation (as amended and/or restated or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the “Stockholders Agreement”), by and among the Corporation and the investors named therein. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date, directors elected to replace those of a class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting after their election and until their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders for the year in which such director’s term expires and a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Nothing in this Certificate of Incorporation shall preclude a director from serving consecutive terms. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation (as amended and/or restated the “Bylaws”) shall so provide.

Section 5. Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and except as otherwise set forth in the Stockholders’ Agreement, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and may not be filled in any other manner. A director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy shall serve for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. A director elected or appointed to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been elected or appointed and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 6. Removal and Resignation of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, at a meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders called for that purpose. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.

 

5


Section 7. Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

Section 8. Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

ARTICLE SIX

Section 1. Limitation of Liability.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader exculpation than permitted prior thereto), no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(b) Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any act, omission or other matter occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE SEVEN

Section 1. Action by Written Consent. Prior to the first date (the “Stockholder Consent Trigger Date”) on which General Atlantic (IC), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with its affiliated investment entities, the “GA Stockholder”) and its Affiliated Companies (as defined herein) cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 40% of the Voting Stock, any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of the Corporation’s stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and are delivered to the Corporation in the manner set forth in the DGCL. From and after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders and the power of stockholders to consent without a meeting is specifically denied; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, unless expressly prohibited in the resolutions creating such series of Preferred Stock.

 

6


Section 2. Special Meetings of Stockholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only (i) by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a written resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or (ii) prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the written request of the GA Stockholder. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

ARTICLE EIGHT

Section 1. Certain Acknowledgments. In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain of the directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees of the GA Stockholder or its Affiliated Companies (as defined below) or of Summit Partners Growth Equity Fund VIII-A, L.P., Summit Partners Growth Equity Fund VIII-B, L.P., Summit Partners Entrepreneur Advisors Fund I, L.P., Summit Investors I, LLC and Summit Investors I (UK), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with its affiliated investment entities, the “Summit Stockholder”) or their Affiliated Companies may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation and (ii) each of the GA Stockholder and its Affiliated Companies and the Summit Stockholders and their Affiliated Companies engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) that the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies may engage in material business transactions with the GA Stockholder and its Affiliated Companies or the Summit Stockholders and their Affiliated Companies, and that the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom, the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve the GA Stockholder and/or its Affiliated Companies and/or the Summit Stockholders and/or their Affiliated Companies and/or their respective directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Corporation (collectively, the “Exempted Persons”), and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith. As used in this Certificate of Incorporation, “Affiliated Companies” shall mean (a) in respect of the GA Stockholder, any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with the GA Stockholder (other than the Corporation and any company that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment entities managed by the GA Stockholder or any of its Affiliated Companies (as general partner, sole member or otherwise), (b) in respect of the Summit Stockholders, any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with the Summit Stockholders (other than the Corporation and any company that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment entities managed by the Summit Stockholders or any of their Affiliated Companies (as general partner, sole member or otherwise) and (c) in respect of the Corporation, any company controlled by the Corporation.

 

7


Section 2. Competition and Corporate Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, none of the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Companies or any of the Exempted Persons shall have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies, and none of the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Companies or any of the Exempted Persons shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty (whether contractual or otherwise) solely by reason of any such activities of the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Persons or any of the Exempted Persons. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its Affiliated Companies, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Persons or any of the Exempted Persons, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and each of the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Persons and any of the Exempted Persons shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation, any of its Affiliated Companies or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty (whether contractual or otherwise), as a director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation solely, by reason of the fact that the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Persons or any of the Exempted Persons pursues or acquires such business opportunity, sells, assigns, transfers or directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies. For the avoidance of doubt, each of the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Persons or the Exempted Persons shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the right to, and shall have no duty (whether contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly: (A) engage in the same, similar or competing business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies, (B) do business with any client or customer of the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies, or (C) make investments in competing businesses of the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies, and such acts shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2, the Corporation does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to any Exempted Person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.

Section 3. Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

 

8


Section 4. Amendment of this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, and in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this ARTICLE EIGHT; provided however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE EIGHT nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE EIGHT shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Exempted Person for or with respect to any activities or opportunities which such Exempted Person becomes aware prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

Section 5. Deemed Notice. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT.

ARTICLE NINE

Section 1. Section 203 of the DGCL. The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by or otherwise subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

Section 2. Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the Corporation shall not engage in any Business Combination (as defined hereinafter), at any point in time at which the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any Interested Stockholder (as defined hereinafter) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, unless:

(a) prior to such time the Board of Directors approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder;

(b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, such stockholder owned at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Voting Stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the Voting Stock outstanding (but not the outstanding Voting Stock owned by such Interested Stockholder) those shares owned (i) by Persons (as defined hereinafter) who are directors and also officers of the Corporation and (ii) employee stock plans of the Corporation in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

9


(c) at or subsequent to such time, the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the outstanding Voting Stock which is not owned by such Interested Stockholder.

Section 3. Exceptions to Prohibition on Interested Stockholder Transactions. The restrictions contained in this ARTICLE NINE shall not apply if:

(a) a stockholder becomes an Interested Stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an Interested Stockholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three- year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an Interested Stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

(b) the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE; (ii) is with or by a Person who either was not an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Stockholder with the approval of the Board of Directors; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any Person becoming an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to (x) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to Section 251(f) of the DGCL, no vote of the stockholders of the Corporation is required); (y) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock (as defined hereinafter) of the Corporation; or (z) a proposed tender or exchange offer for fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation. The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days’ notice to all Interested Stockholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (x) or (y) of the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE.

Section 4. Definitions. As used in this ARTICLE NINE only, and unless otherwise provided by the express terms of this ARTICLE NINE, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth in this Section 4:

 

10


(a) “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person;

(b) “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of any class of Voting Stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a twenty percent (20%) beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such Person;

(c) “Business Combination” means:

(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (A) the Interested Stockholder, or (B) any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 2 of this ARTICLE NINE is not applicable to the surviving entity;

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock of the Corporation;

(iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any Stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the Interested Stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of Stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the Interested Stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase Stock made on the same terms to all holders of such Stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of Stock by the Corporation; provided however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this Section 4(c)(iii) of ARTICLE NINE shall there be an increase in the Interested Stockholder’s proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the Voting Stock of the Corporation;

 

11


(iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the Stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the Interested Stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of Stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Stockholder; or

(v) any receipt by the Interested Stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in Sections 4(c)(i)-(iv) of ARTICLE NINE) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation;

(d) “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise. A Person who is the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary; notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such Person holds Voting Stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this ARTICLE NINE, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as such Rule is in effect as of the date of this Certificate of Incorporation) have control of such entity;

(e) “Interested Stockholder” means any Person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and was the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such Person is an Interested Stockholder, and the affiliates and associates of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this ARTICLE NINE to the contrary, the term “Interested Stockholder” shall not include: (x) the GA Stockholder or any of its Affiliated Companies and any current or future affiliates of the foregoing (so long as such affiliate remains an affiliate), any of their direct or indirect transferees of at least 15% of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock or any other Person with whom any of the foregoing are acting as a group or in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of shares of Stock of the Corporation, (y) any Person who would otherwise be an Interested Stockholder either in connection with or because of a transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation (in one transaction or a series of transactions) by the GA Stockholder or any of its affiliates or associates to such Person; provided, however, that such Person was not an Interested Stockholder prior to such transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition; or (z) any Person whose ownership of shares in excess of the fifteen percent (15%) limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation, provided that, for purposes of this clause (z) only, such Person shall be an Interested Stockholder if thereafter such Person acquires additional shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further action by the Corporation not caused, directly or indirectly, by such Person;

 

12


(f) “Owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any Stock, means a Person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns such Stock, directly or indirectly; or has (A) the right to acquire such Stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of Stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered Stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such Stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of any Stock because of such Person’s right to vote such Stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such Stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons; or (C) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in (B) of this Section 4(f) of ARTICLE NINE), or disposing of such Stock with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such Stock; provided, that, for the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, the Voting Stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include Stock deemed to be owned by the Person through application of this definition of “owned” but shall not include any other unissued Stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

(g) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity;

(h) “Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, any capital stock of such corporation and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest of such entity; and

(i) “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, Stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of Voting Stock shall refer to such percentage of the votes of such Voting Stock.

 

13


ARTICLE TEN

Section 1. Amendments to the Bylaws. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board or (ii) the stockholder by, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

Section 2. Amendments to this Certificate of Incorporation. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, and in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock required by law or otherwise, no provision of ARTICLE FIVE, ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE SEVEN, ARTICLE NINE, ARTICLE TEN or ARTICLE ELEVEN of this Certificate of Incorporation may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise required by law, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by (i) prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock and (ii) on or after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock, in each case, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

Section 1. Exclusive Forum. Unless this Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (as either may be amended or restated) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, this provision, including for any “derivative action”, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Exchange Act or any other claim for which there is exclusive or concurrent federal and state jurisdiction. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

 

14


Section 2. Notice. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock) shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN.

ARTICLE TWELVE

If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EngageSmart, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this [ 🌑 ] day of [ 🌑 ], 2021.

 

ENGAGESMART, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 3.2

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ENGAGESMART, INC.

* * * * *

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is EngageSmart, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 3411 Silverside Road, Tatnall Building #104, Wilmington, New Castle County, State of Delaware 19810. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporate Creations Network Inc.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature and purpose of the business of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The Corporation is being incorporated in connection with the conversion of EngageSmart, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “LLC”), to the Corporation and this Certificate of Incorporation is being filed simultaneously with the Certificate of Conversion of the LLC to the Corporation (the “Certificate of Conversion”).

ARTICLE FOUR

Section 1. Authorized Shares. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 360,000,000 shares, consisting of the following:

(a) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

(b) 350,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, which Common Stock shall consist of the following:

(i) 200,000,000 shares of Class A-1 Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class A-1 Common Stock”);

(ii) 100,000,000 shares of Class A-2 Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class A-2 Common Stock”); and

(iii) 50,000,000 shares of Class A-3 Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share ( the “Class A-3 Common Stock” and, collectively with the Class A-1 Common Stock and the Class A-2 Common Stock, the “Common Stock”).


Upon the effectiveness of the Certificate of Conversion and this Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”), without any action required on the part of the Corporation or any former holder of limited liability company interests of the LLC, (i) each Class A-1 Common Share of the LLC issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be converted into, and shall be deemed to be, one issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A-1 Common Stock, (ii) each Class A-2 Common Share of the LLC issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be converted into, and shall be deemed to be, one issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A-2 Common Stock and (iii) each Class A-3 Common Share of the LLC issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be converted into, and shall be deemed to be, one issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A-3 Common Stock.

The Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall have the designations, rights, powers and preferences and the qualifications, restrictions and limitations thereof, if any, set forth below.

Section 2. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide, by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and with respect to each series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (if any), designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, of the shares of each such series, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers (including voting powers), preferences, and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the approval of the Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

Section 3. Common Stock.

(a) Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, all of the voting power of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be vested in the holders of the Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for each share held by such holder on all matters voted upon by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the approval of the Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, without the separate vote of the holders of the Common Stock as a class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

 

2


(b) Except as otherwise required by law or expressly provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, each share of Common Stock shall have the same powers, rights and privileges and shall rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

(c)

(i) General. Dividends shall be declared and paid on the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 3(c) at such times and in such amounts as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion (provided, however, that dividends pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii) shall be made as promptly as reasonably practicable following receipt of any Capital Proceeds).

(ii) Dividends of Available Cash. Subject to the provisions of this Section 3(c), all dividends (prior to an Exit Event) shall be declared and paid to the holders of Common Stock, pro rata among such holders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(iii) Dividends in Connection with and/or Following An Exit Event. Subject to the provisions of this Section 3(c), all dividends of Capital Proceeds in connection with and/or following an Exit Event shall be distributed in the following order of priority:

A. First, to the holders of Common Stock, pro rata among such holders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until the cumulative dividends paid in respect of the Closing Class A-1 Common Shares (or the shares of Class A-1 Common Stock into which the Closing Class A-1 Common Shares have been converted) pursuant to this Section 3(c)(iii)(A), together with (but without duplication of) all other Proceeds received by the General Atlantic Shareholder in respect of the Closing Class A-1 Common Shares (or the shares in which the Closing Class A-1 Common Shares have been converted) (including prior to such Exit Event), equals $889,128,221.82; and

B. Second, to the holders of Common Stock, pro rata among such holders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until the cumulative dividends paid to the Closing Class A-1 Common Shares (or the shares of Class A-1 Common Stock into which the Closing Class A-1 Common Shares have been converted) pursuant to this Section 3(c)(iii)(B) equal the CVR Amount less the aggregate Forfeited CVR Bonus Amount; provided, that dividends pursuant to this Section 3(c)(iii)(B) attributable to the Closing Class A-1 Common Shares (or the shares of Class A-1 Common Stock into which the Closing Class A-1 Common Shares have been converted) as of the applicable date of determination shall not be made to the General Atlantic Shareholder, but shall instead be distributed as follows:

 

3


i) the Rollover Share Percentage shall be distributed to the holders of the Class A-2 Common Stock, pro rata among such holders in accordance with the Rollover Shareholder Pro Rata Portions attributable to such Class A-2 Common Shares (from which the Class A-2 Common Stock was converted); and

ii) the Assumed Option Percentage shall be retained by the Corporation (for payment to holders of outstanding CVR Bonus Awards).

C. Thereafter, to the holders of Common Stock, pro rata among such holders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

Each holder of the shares of Common Stock acknowledges that in the event of a Transfer of Closing Class A-1 Common Shares (or the shares of Class A-1 Common Stock into which the Closing Class A-1 Common Shares have been converted) by the General Atlantic Shareholder in connection with or following an Exit Event, and the Proceeds that would otherwise have been received by the General Atlantic Shareholder in such Transfer of Closing Class A-1 Common Shares (or the shares of Class A-1 Common Stock into which the Closing Class A-1 Common Shares have been converted) would have resulted in payments to the holders of Class A-2 Common Stock and/or the Corporation, as applicable, pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(B) if such Proceeds (and all other amounts received in Transfers by other holders, whether previously or simultaneously) had been received and distributed by the Corporation in accordance with Section 3(c)(iii), then such Proceeds shall be paid in accordance with Section 3(c)(iii)(B). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the amounts payable to the Corporation and/or the holders of the Class A-2 Common Stock pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(B) (including any deemed payments pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence) exceed the CVR Amount less the aggregate Forfeited CVR Bonus Amount.

(iv) For purposes of this Section 3(c), the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

A. “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, the term “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have correlative meanings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (a) no portfolio company of GA LLC or its Affiliates shall be deemed or treated as an Affiliate of the General Atlantic Shareholder, except that any such portfolio company that is directly or indirectly controlled by GA LLC or its Affiliates shall be treated as an Affiliate of the General Atlantic Shareholder solely for purposes of the definition of “Closing Class A-1 Common Shares,” and (b) no portfolio company of Summit Partners or its Affiliates shall be deemed or treated as an Affiliate of the Summit Shareholders.

 

4


B. “Assumed Option Percentage” shall mean the percentage determined by dividing (a) the aggregate number of CVR Units that have been issued and not forfeited as of the date of the applicable dividend by (b) the sum of (i) the total number of Class A-2 Common Shares issued and outstanding as of immediately following the Merger Effective Time and (ii) the aggregate number of CVR Units that have been issued and not forfeited as of the date of the applicable dividend.

C. “Capital Proceeds” shall mean the consideration received by the Corporation and the Corporation Subsidiaries in connection with an Exit Event, net of all out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses of the Corporation and the Corporation Subsidiaries incurred in connection with such Exit Event (including all legal, accounting, investment banking and other out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses as determined in good faith by the Board), indebtedness of the Corporation and the Corporation Subsidiaries repaid as a result of such Exit Event and any reserves established by the Corporation and the Corporation Subsidiaries that are necessary for the operations of the Corporation and the satisfaction of any liabilities of the Corporation, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board, from such proceeds.

D. “Class A-1 Common Shares” shall mean the limited liability company interests of the LLC designated as Class A-1 Common Shares in the LLC Agreement.

E. “Class A-2 Common Shares” shall mean the limited liability company interests of the LLC designated as Class A-2 Common Shares in the LLC Agreement.

F. “Class A-3 Common Shares” shall mean the limited liability company interests of the LLC designated as Class A-3 Common Shares in the LLC Agreement.

G. “Closing Class A-1 Common Shares” shall mean the Class A-1 Common Shares owned by the General Atlantic Shareholder as of the date of the Merger; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, such Closing Class A-1 Common Shares shall no longer constitute Closing Class A-1 Common Shares if they have been Transferred by the General Atlantic Shareholder to a Person who is not an Affiliate of the General Atlantic Shareholder and the consideration in respect of such Transfer is or will be taken into account in the calculation of Proceeds.

 

5


H. “Company Assumed Options” shall mean the issued and outstanding options to acquire shares of common stock of Invoice Cloud, Inc. which were assumed by the LLC at the effective time of the Merger and which were automatically converted as specified in the Merger Agreement into the right to purchase Class A-3 Common Shares (and which were converted in the Conversion into the right to purchase Class A-3 Common Stock) in accordance with the Invoice Cloud Option Plans and applicable award agreements (including the options issued to each of Matthew Rumely and Ryan Pieszak in connection with the Merger).

I. “Corporation Subsidiary” shall mean any entity of which securities or ownership interests having voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by the Corporation or of which the Corporation or a Corporation Subsidiary is the sole member or manager or which the Corporation otherwise directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the partnership, limited liability company or other similar ownership interests or if the Corporation directly or indirectly is allocated a majority of partnership, limited liability company or other business entity gains or losses or is or directly or indirectly controls the managing director or general partner of such partnership, limited liability company or other business entity.

J. “CVR Amount” shall mean $70,000,000.

K. “CVR Bonus Award” shall mean, with respect to any Rollover Participant who holds Company Assumed Options, the bonus awarded to such Rollover Participant as of the Merger Effective Time, entitling such Rollover Participant (subject to the terms and conditions of such award) to an amount equal to the pro rata portion of the CVR Amount that would be allocable to the Company Assumed Options held by such Rollover Participant as of immediately after the Merger Effective Time.

L. “CVR Bonus Award Plan” shall mean the LLC’s CVR Bonus Award Plan, dated as of February 11, 2019.

M. “CVR Units” shall have the meaning set forth in the CVR Bonus Award Plan.

N. “Exit Event” shall mean (a) the date on which the General Atlantic Shareholder sells down to one or more third parties (including by way of merger or other business combination), its direct or indirect equity investment in the Corporation or any successor thereto, to less than 50% of all of the then outstanding equity interests of the Corporation or such successor or (b) the consummation of a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and the Corporation Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to one or more third parties. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, business combination, plan of arrangement, initial public offering of equity interests of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates or any Corporation Subsidiary or other transaction involving the Corporation or any of its Affiliates or the Corporation Subsidiaries shall not in and of itself constitute an Exit Event if it does not also result in the actions set forth in clause (a) or (b) of the immediately preceding sentence.

 

6


O. “Forfeited CVR Bonus Amount” shall mean the amounts payable under any CVR Bonus Awards that have been forfeited by the Rollover Participants in accordance with the terms of such CVR Bonus Awards as of the date of the applicable dividend under Section 3(c)(iii)(B).

P. “GA LLC” shall mean General Atlantic LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and any successor to such entity.

Q. “General Atlantic Shareholder” shall mean (a) General Atlantic (IC), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (b) any Subsequent General Atlantic Purchaser and (c) any Permitted Transferee thereof to whom Class A-1 Common Shares, Class Common A-2 Shares or Class Common A-3 Shares were distributed or transferred in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

R. “LLC Agreement” shall mean the Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended, of the LLC, The Corporation has a copy of the LLC Agreement at its principal executive offices and it will make a copy of the LLC Agreement available to any stockholder upon written request therefor.

S. “Lien” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other) or preference, priority, right or other similar security interest or preferential arrangement.

T. “Merger” shall mean the merger of Hancock Merger Sub, Inc. with and into Invoice Cloud, Inc. on February 11, 2019.

U. “Merger Agreement” shall mean that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 11, 2018, by and among the LLC, Hancock Midco, LLC, Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., Invoice Cloud, Inc. and the Sellers’ Representative named therein.

V. “Merger Effective Time” shall mean February 11, 2019.

W. “Percentage Interest” shall mean, as of any date of determination, with respect to any stockholder holding shares of Common Stock as of a specified date, the percentage determined by dividing (a) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by such stockholder as of such date, by (b) the aggregate number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock as of such date.

 

7


X. “Permitted Transferee” shall mean in the case of the General Atlantic Shareholder, any of its Affiliates;.

Y. “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

Z. “Proceeds” shall mean all cash proceeds actually received by the General Atlantic Shareholder (net of any applicable fees, costs, expenses, discounts, commissions and similar deductions, in each case payable to a third party in connection therewith) attributable to the Closing Class A-1 Common Shares (or any other securities (excluding cash) into which any portion of such Closing Class A-1 Common Shares convert or have been exchanged) as a result of (a) dividends, (b) the sale, directly or indirectly through the sale of direct or indirect interests in the General Atlantic Shareholder (in each case, other than to a Permitted Transferee), of Closing Class A-1 Common Shares (or any other securities (excluding cash) into which any portion such Closing Class A-1 Common Shares convert or have been exchanged) and (c) the sale of non-cash consideration received by the General Atlantic Shareholder as a result of the sale, directly or directly, of the General Atlantic Shareholder (in each case, other than to a Permitted Transferee), of its Closing Class A-1 Common Shares (or any other securities (excluding cash) into which any portion of such Closing Class A-1 Common Shares convert or have been exchanged).

AA. “Rollover Optionholder” shall mean any holder of Company Assumed Options that is not also a Rollover Shareholder.

BB. “Rollover Shareholders” shall mean each of the individuals and entities listed on the Schedule of Rollover Participants attached to that certain Rollover Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2018 by and among the LLC, Invoice Cloud, Inc. and such Rollover Shareholders.

CC. “Rollover Participants” shall mean, collectively, the Rollover Shareholders and the Rollover Optionholders.

DD. “Rollover Shareholder Pro Rata Portion” shall mean, with respect to any Rollover Shareholder, the percentage determined by dividing (a) the aggregate number of Class A-2 Common Shares held by such Rollover Shareholder as of immediately after the Merger Effective Time by (b) the total number of Class A-2 Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately after the Merger Effective Time.

 

8


EE. “Rollover Share Percentage” shall mean the percentage determined by dividing (a) the aggregate number of Class A-2 Common Shares issued and outstanding as of immediately following the Merger Effective Time by (b) the sum of (i) the total number of Class A-2 Common Shares issued and outstanding as of immediately following the Merger Effective Time and (ii) the aggregate number of CVR Units that have been issued and not forfeited as of the date of the applicable dividend.

FF. “Subsequent General Atlantic Purchaser” shall mean any Affiliate of GA LLC that, after February 11, 2019, acquired Class A-1 Common Shares, Class A-2 Common Shares or Class A-3 Common Shares or acquires shares of Common Stock.

GG. “Subsequent Summit Purchaser” shall mean any Affiliate of Summit Partners that, after February 11, 2019, acquired Class A-1 Common Shares, Class A-2 Common Shares or Class A-3 Common Shares or acquires shares of Common Stock.

HH. “Summit Shareholders shall mean, collectively, (a) Summit Partners Growth Equity Fund VIII-A, L.P., Summit Partners Growth Equity Fund VIII-B, L.P., Summit Partners Entrepreneur Advisors Fund I, L.P., Summit Investors I, LLC and Summit Investors I (UK), L.P., (b) any Subsequent Summit Purchaser and (c) any Permitted Transferee thereof to whom Class A-1 Common Shares, Class Common A-2 Shares or Class Common A-3 Shares were distributed or transferred in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

II. “Transfer” shall mean any direct, indirect or synthetic sale, assignment, transfer, grant of a participation in or reference under a derivatives contract or any other arrangement, pledge, lease, hypothecation, mortgage, gift or creation of security interest, Lien or trust (voting or otherwise) or other encumbrance or other disposition of any share, whether in whole or in part (by operation of law or otherwise).

(d) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and any other payments required by law and amounts payable upon shares of Preferred Stock ranking senior to the shares of Common Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, if any, the remaining net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed to the holders of shares of Common Stock and the holders of shares of any other class or series ranking equally with the shares of Common Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, equally on a per share basis. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity, or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation (which shall not in fact result in the liquidation of the Corporation and the distribution of assets to its stockholders) shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Paragraph (d).

(e) No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive, subscription, conversion or redemption rights.

 

9


ARTICLE FIVE

Section 1. Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Number of Directors; Voting. Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances or otherwise, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall initially be eight (8) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board. Each director shall be entitled to one (1) vote with respect to each matter before the Board of Directors, whether by meeting or pursuant to written consent.

Section 3. Classes of Directors. The directors of the Corporation, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III.

Section 4. Election and Term of Office. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “IPO Date”), the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders after the IPO Date. For the purposes hereof, the Board of Directors may assign directors already in office to Class I, Class II and Class III, in accordance with the terms of that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated on or prior to the date of consummation of the initial public offering of the Corporation (as amended and/or restated or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the “Stockholders Agreement”), by and among the Corporation and the investors named therein. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date, directors elected to replace those of a class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting after their election and until their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders for the year in which such director’s term expires and a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Nothing in this Certificate of Incorporation shall preclude a director from serving consecutive terms. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation (as amended and/or restated the “Bylaws”) shall so provide.

Section 5. Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and may not be filled in any other manner. A director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy shall serve for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. A director elected or appointed to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been elected or appointed and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

10


Section 6. Removal and Resignation of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, at a meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders called for that purpose. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.

Section 7. Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

Section 8. Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

ARTICLE SIX

Section 1. Limitation of Liability.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader exculpation than permitted prior thereto), no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

11


(b) Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any act, omission or other matter occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE SEVEN

Section 1. Action by Written Consent. Prior to the first date (the “Stockholder Consent Trigger Date”) on which General Atlantic (IC), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with its affiliated investment entities, the “GA Stockholder”) and its Affiliated Companies (as defined herein) cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 40% of the Voting Stock, any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of the Corporation’s stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and are delivered to the Corporation in the manner set forth in the DGCL. From and after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders and the power of stockholders to consent without a meeting is specifically denied; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, unless expressly prohibited in the resolutions creating such series of Preferred Stock.

Section 2. Special Meetings of Stockholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only (i) by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a written resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or (ii) prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the written request of the GA Stockholder. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

ARTICLE EIGHT

Section 1. Certain Acknowledgments. In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain of the directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees of the GA Stockholder or its Affiliated Companies (as defined below) or of the Summit Stockholders or their Affiliated Companies may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation and (ii) each of the GA Stockholder and its Affiliated Companies and the Summit Stockholders and their Affiliated Companies engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) that the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies may engage in material business transactions with the GA Stockholder and its Affiliated Companies or the Summit Stockholders and their Affiliated Companies, and that the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom, the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve the GA Stockholder and/or its Affiliated Companies and/or the Summit Stockholders and/or their Affiliated Companies and/or their respective directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Corporation (collectively, the “Exempted Persons”), and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith. As used in this Certificate of Incorporation, “Affiliated Companies” shall mean (a) in respect of the GA Stockholder, any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with the GA Stockholder (other than the Corporation and any company that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment entities managed by the GA Stockholder or any of its Affiliated Companies (as general partner, sole member or otherwise), (b) in respect of the Summit Stockholders, any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with the Summit Stockholders (other than the Corporation and any company that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment entities managed by the Summit Stockholders or any of their Affiliated Companies (as general partner, sole member or otherwise) and (c) in respect of the Corporation, any company controlled by the Corporation.

 

12


Section 2. Competition and Corporate Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, none of the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Companies or any of the Exempted Persons shall have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies, and none of the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Companies or any of the Exempted Persons shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty (whether contractual or otherwise) solely by reason of any such activities of the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Persons or any of the Exempted Persons. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its Affiliated Companies, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Persons or any of the Exempted Persons, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and each of the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Persons and any of the Exempted Persons shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation, any of its Affiliated Companies or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty (whether contractual or otherwise), as a director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation solely, by reason of the fact that the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Persons or any of the Exempted Persons pursues or acquires such business opportunity, sells, assigns, transfers or directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies. For the avoidance of doubt, each of the GA Stockholder, its Affiliated Companies, the Summit Stockholders, their Affiliated Persons or the Exempted Persons shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the right to, and shall have no duty (whether contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly: (A) engage in the same, similar or competing business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies, (B) do business with any client or customer of the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies, or (C) make investments in competing businesses of the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies, and such acts shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2, the Corporation does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to any Exempted Person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.

 

13


Section 3. Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

Section 4. Amendment of this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, and in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this ARTICLE EIGHT; provided however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE EIGHT nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE EIGHT shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Exempted Person for or with respect to any activities or opportunities which such Exempted Person becomes aware prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

Section 5. Deemed Notice. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT.

ARTICLE NINE

Section 1. Section 203 of the DGCL. The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by or otherwise subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

Section 2. Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the Corporation shall not engage in any Business Combination (as defined hereinafter), at any point in time at which the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any Interested Stockholder (as defined hereinafter) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, unless:

 

14


(a) prior to such time the Board of Directors approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder;

(b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, such stockholder owned at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Voting Stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the Voting Stock outstanding (but not the outstanding Voting Stock owned by such Interested Stockholder) those shares owned (i) by Persons (as defined hereinafter) who are directors and also officers of the Corporation and (ii) employee stock plans of the Corporation in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

(c) at or subsequent to such time, the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the outstanding Voting Stock which is not owned by such Interested Stockholder.

Section 3. Exceptions to Prohibition on Interested Stockholder Transactions. The restrictions contained in this ARTICLE NINE shall not apply if:

(a) a stockholder becomes an Interested Stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an Interested Stockholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three- year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an Interested Stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

(b) the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE; (ii) is with or by a Person who either was not an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Stockholder with the approval of the Board of Directors; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any Person becoming an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to (x) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to Section 251(f) of the DGCL, no vote of the stockholders of the Corporation is required); (y) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock (as defined hereinafter) of the Corporation; or (z) a proposed tender or exchange offer for fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation. The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days’ notice to all Interested Stockholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (x) or (y) of the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE.

 

15


Section 4. Definitions. As used in this ARTICLE NINE only, and unless otherwise provided by the express terms of this ARTICLE NINE, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth in this Section 4:

(a) “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person;

(b) “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of any class of Voting Stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a twenty percent (20%) beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such Person;

(c) “Business Combination” means:

(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (A) the Interested Stockholder, or (B) any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 2 of this ARTICLE NINE is not applicable to the surviving entity;

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock of the Corporation;

 

16


(iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any Stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the Interested Stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of Stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the Interested Stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase Stock made on the same terms to all holders of such Stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of Stock by the Corporation; provided however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this Section 4(c)(iii) of ARTICLE NINE shall there be an increase in the Interested Stockholder’s proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the Voting Stock of the Corporation;

(iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the Stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the Interested Stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of Stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Stockholder; or

(v) any receipt by the Interested Stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in Sections 4(c)(i)-(iv) of ARTICLE NINE) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation;

(d) “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise. A Person who is the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary; notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such Person holds Voting Stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this ARTICLE NINE, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as such Rule is in effect as of the date of this Certificate of Incorporation) have control of such entity;

 

17


(e) “Interested Stockholder” means any Person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and was the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such Person is an Interested Stockholder, and the affiliates and associates of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this ARTICLE NINE to the contrary, the term “Interested Stockholder” shall not include: (x) the GA Stockholder or any of its Affiliated Companies and any current or future affiliates of the foregoing (so long as such affiliate remains an affiliate), any of their direct or indirect transferees of at least 15% of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock or any other Person with whom any of the foregoing are acting as a group or in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of shares of Stock of the Corporation, (y) any Person who would otherwise be an Interested Stockholder either in connection with or because of a transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation (in one transaction or a series of transactions) by the GA Stockholder or any of its affiliates or associates to such Person; provided, however, that such Person was not an Interested Stockholder prior to such transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition; or (z) any Person whose ownership of shares in excess of the fifteen percent (15%) limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation, provided that, for purposes of this clause (z) only, such Person shall be an Interested Stockholder if thereafter such Person acquires additional shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further action by the Corporation not caused, directly or indirectly, by such Person;

(f) “Owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any Stock, means a Person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns such Stock, directly or indirectly; or has (A) the right to acquire such Stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of Stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered Stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such Stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of any Stock because of such Person’s right to vote such Stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such Stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons; or (C) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in (B) of this Section 4(f) of ARTICLE NINE), or disposing of such Stock with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such Stock; provided, that, for the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, the Voting Stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include Stock deemed to be owned by the Person through application of this definition of “owned” but shall not include any other unissued Stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

 

18


(g) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity;

(h) “Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, any capital stock of such corporation and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest of such entity; and

(i) “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, Stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of Voting Stock shall refer to such percentage of the votes of such Voting Stock.

ARTICLE TEN

Section 1. Amendments to the Bylaws. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board or (ii) the stockholder by, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

Section 2. Amendments to this Certificate of Incorporation. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, and in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock required by law or otherwise, no provision of ARTICLE FIVE, ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE SEVEN, ARTICLE NINE, ARTICLE TEN or ARTICLE ELEVEN of this Certificate of Incorporation may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise required by law, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by (i) prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock and (ii) on or after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock, in each case, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

Section 1. Exclusive Forum. Unless this Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (as either may be amended or restated) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, this provision, including for any “derivative action”, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Exchange Act or any other claim for which there is exclusive or concurrent federal and state jurisdiction. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

 

19


Section 2. Notice. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock) shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN.

ARTICLE TWELVE

If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

The incorporator of the Corporation is Charles Kallenbach, whose mailing address is 30 Braintree Hill Office Park, Suite 101, Braintree, Massachusetts 02184.

 

20


The undersigned incorporator has executed this Certificate of Incorporation on this [ 🌑 ] day of [ 🌑 ], 2021.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Incorporator

 

21

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

ENGAGESMART, INC.

A Delaware corporation

(Adopted as of [ 🌑 ], 2021)

EngageSmart, Inc. (the “Corporation”), pursuant to the provisions of Section 109 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), hereby adopts these Bylaws (these “Bylaws”):

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Offices. The Corporation may have an office or offices other than its registered office at such place or places, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be as stated in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors may designate a place, if any, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of stockholders.

Section 2. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such date and time as is specified by resolution of the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting, stockholders shall elect directors and transact such other business as properly may be brought before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 11 of this ARTICLE II of these Bylaws. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date, and time of the meeting of the stockholders, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders not physically present may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the DGCL) or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 


(a) Form of Notice. All such notices shall be delivered in writing or in any other manner permitted by the DGCL. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If given by courier, such notice shall be deemed given at the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address. Subject to the limitations of Section 4(c) of this ARTICLE II, if given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered: (i) if given by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice by facsimile, (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (x) such posting and (y) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent of the Corporation or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(b) Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the stockholder entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission given by the stockholder entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a stockholder of the Corporation at a meeting of such stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not further participate in the meeting.

(c) Notice by Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders of the Corporation given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by electronic mail complying with the DGCL or other form of electronic transmission which other form has been consented to by the stockholder of the Corporation to whom the notice is given. Any such consent is revocable by the stockholder by notice to the Corporation. Notice may not be given by electronic transmission from and after the time: (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation; and (ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to discover such inability shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. For purposes of these Bylaws, except as otherwise limited by applicable law, the term “electronic transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such recipient through an automated process.

 

2


Section 5. List of Stockholders. The Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder. Nothing contained in this section shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the list shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. Quorum. The holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the voting power present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place from time to time until a quorum shall be present in person or represented by proxy. When a specified item of business requires a vote by a class or series (if the Corporation shall then have outstanding shares of more than one class or series) voting as a separate class or series, the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding stock of such class or series shall constitute a quorum (as to such class or series) for the transaction of such item of business. A quorum once established at a meeting shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

 

3


Section 7. Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place. When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise required by law, shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 8. Vote Required. When a quorum has been established, all matters other than the election of directors shall be determined by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter, unless by express provisions of an applicable law, the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a minimum or different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the vote required on such matter. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

Section 9. Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

Section 10. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

 

4


Section 11. Advance Notice of Stockholder Business and Director Nominations.

(a) Business at Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Only such business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II) shall be conducted at an annual meeting of the stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting (A) as specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II on the record date for determination of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, and at the time of the annual meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (C) of this Section 11(a)(i) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose such business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or business brought by the GA Stockholder (as defined below) and any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with the GA Stockholder (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment funds managed by the GA Stockholder (the “GA Stockholder Affiliates”) at any time prior to the GA Stockholder Advance Notice Trigger Date (as defined below), as applicable) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(ii) For any business (other than (A) nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II or (B) business brought by any of General Atlantic (IC), LP, a Delaware limited partnership (together with its affiliated investment entities, the “GA Stockholder”) and the GA Stockholder Affiliates at any time prior to the date when the GA Stockholder ceases to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 40% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “GA Stockholder Advance Notice Trigger Date”)) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II to the Secretary; any such proposed business must be a proper matter for stockholder action and the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II) required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for such business (other than such a notice by the GA Stockholder and the GA Stockholder Affiliates prior to the GA Stockholder Advance Notice Trigger Date, which may be delivered at any time prior to the mailing of the definitive proxy statement pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act related to the next annual meeting of stockholders) must be delivered by hand and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [ 🌑 ], 2021); provided, however, that if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year (other than for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded), such stockholder’s notice must be delivered by the later of (A) the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) of the date of the annual meeting is first made or (B) the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day only if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day).

 

5


(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:

(A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting (including the specific text of any resolutions or actions proposed for consideration and if such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the specific language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting,

(B) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the name and address (if different from the Corporation’s books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person,

(C) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person, a description of any Derivative Positions (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and to the extent to which a Hedging Transaction (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person,

(D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder, any Stockholder Associated Person or such other person or entity in such business,

 

6


(E) a representation that such stockholder is a stockholder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting,

(F) any other information related to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents (even if a solicitation is not involved) by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder, and

(G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to the holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve the proposal or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of the proposal (such representation, a “Solicitation Statement”).

In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II) shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II.

(b) Nominations at Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

7


(ii) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof or (B) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II and on the record date for determination of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, and at the time of the annual meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (B) of this Section 11(b)(ii) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders (other than nominations made by the GA Stockholder and the GA Stockholder Affiliates at any time prior to the GA Stockholder Advance Notice Trigger Date). For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder at an annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in Section 11(b)(iii) of this ARTICLE II to the Secretary and the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Nomination Solicitation Statement required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors (other than such a notice by the GA Stockholder and the GA Stockholder Affiliates prior to the GA Stockholder Advance Notice Trigger Date which may be delivered at any time prior to the mailing of the definitive proxy statement pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act related to the next annual meeting of stockholders) must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [ 🌑 ], 2021); provided, however, that if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year (other than for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded), such stockholder’s notice must be delivered by the later of the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made and the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise on the next succeeding day). For the avoidance of doubt, a stockholder shall not be entitled to make additional or substitute nominations following the expiration of the time periods set forth in these Bylaws. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such annual meeting.

(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

 

8


(A) as to each person that the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (2) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (3) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly owned beneficially or of record by the person, (4) the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or is otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the Corporation’s proxy statement as a nominee of the stockholder, if applicable, and to serving as a director if elected),

(B) as to the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the name and address (if different from the Corporation’s books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person,

(C) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, a description of any Derivative Positions directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and the extent to which a Hedging Transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person,

(D) a description of all arrangements or understandings (including financial transactions and direct or indirect compensation) between or among such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and each proposed nominee and any other person or entity (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder,

(E) a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice,

 

9


(F) any other information relating to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder, and

(G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to the holders of a sufficient number of the Corporation’s outstanding shares reasonably believed by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, as the case may be, to elect each proposed nominee or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of the nomination (such representation, a “Nomination Solicitation Statement”).

In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II and shall comply with Section 11(f) of this ARTICLE II.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in Section 11(b)(ii) of this ARTICLE II to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under paragraph 11(b)(ii) of this Article II and there is no Public Announcement naming the nominees for additional directorships at least ten (10) days prior to the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 11(b)(ii), a stockholder’s notice required by Section 11(b)(ii) of this ARTICLE II shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the Close of Business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

10


(c) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting. Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the notice of meeting only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, any duly authorized committee thereof, or stockholders (if stockholders are permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to Section 2 of Article EIGHT of the Certificate of Incorporation) or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors or stockholders (if stockholders are permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to Section 2 of Article Eight of the Certificate of Incorporation) has determined that directors are to be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II and at the time of the special meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) complies with the notice procedures provided for in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) of this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder at a special meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors (other than such a notice by the GA Stockholder prior to the GA Stockholder Advance Notice Trigger Date, which may be delivered at any time up to the later of (i) thirty-five (35) days prior to the special meeting of stockholders and (ii) the tenth day following the day on which a Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the Close of Business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which a Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise on the next succeeding day). To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice shall set forth all of the information required by, and otherwise be in compliance with, Section 11(b)(iii) of this ARTICLE II. In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II and shall comply with Section 11(f) of this ARTICLE II.

(d) Update and Supplement of Stockholder’s Notice. Any stockholder who submits a notice of proposal for business or nomination for election pursuant to this Section 11 of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting of stockholders and as of the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to such meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the Close of Business on the fifth Business Day after the record date for the meeting of stockholders (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the Close of Business on the eighth business day prior to the date for the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) Business Days prior to the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II, the term:

(i) “Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, NY are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

11


(ii) “Close of Business” shall mean 5:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, and if an applicable deadline falls on the Close of Business on a day that is not a Business Day, then the applicable deadline shall be deemed to be the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(iii) “Derivative Positions” means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any derivative positions including, without limitation, any short position, profits interest, option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise and any performance-related fees to which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled based, directly or indirectly, on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of capital stock of the Corporation;

(iv) “Hedging Transaction” means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any hedging or other transaction (such as borrowed or loaned shares) or series of transactions, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding, the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power or economic or pecuniary interest of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities;

(v) “Public Announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

(vi) “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder means (A) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (B) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder or (C) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.

 

12


(f) Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement. To be qualified to be a nominee for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in the case of a person nominated by a stockholder in accordance with Sections 11(b) or 11(c) of this ARTICLE II, in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under such sections) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such written request) that such person (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein and (iii) would be in compliance, and if elected as a director of the Corporation will comply, with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

(g) Update and Supplement of Nominee Information. The Corporation may also, as a condition to any such nomination or business being deemed properly brought before an annual meeting, require any Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee to deliver to the Secretary, within five Business Days of any such request, such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Corporation, including such other information as may be reasonably required by the Board, in its sole discretion, to determine (A) the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation, (B) whether such nominee qualifies as an “independent director” or “audit committee financial expert” under applicable law, Securities and Exchange Commission and stock exchange rules or regulation, or any publicly disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Corporation and (C) such other information that the Board of Directors determines, in its sole discretion, could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

(h) Authority of Chairman; General Provisions. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether any nomination or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or brought in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws (including whether the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made or solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by Section 11(a)(iii)(G) or Section 11(b)(iii)(G), as applicable, of these Bylaws) and, if any nomination or other business is not made or brought in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such nomination or proposal of other business be disregarded and not acted upon. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 11, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

13


(i) Compliance with Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these Bylaws, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these Bylaws; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to any nomination or other business to be considered pursuant to Section 11 of this ARTICLE II.

(j) Effect on Other Rights. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to (A) affect any rights of the stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, (B) confer upon any stockholder a right to have a nominee or any proposed business included in the Corporation’s proxy statement, except as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, (C) affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or (D) limit the exercise, the method or timing of the exercise of, the rights of any person granted by the Corporation to nominate directors (including pursuant to that Stockholders Agreement, dated on or prior to the date of consummation of the initial public offering of the Corporation (as amended and/or restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Stockholders Agreement”), by and among the Corporation and the investors named therein, which rights may be exercised without compliance with the provisions of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II.

Section 12. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the Close of Business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the Close of Business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting in conformity herewith; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12 at the adjourned meeting.

 

14


Section 13. Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting. So long as stockholders of the Corporation have the right to act by consent in accordance with Section 1 of ARTICLE EIGHT of the Certificate of Incorporation, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing or in an electronic transmission without a meeting as may be permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take action by consent shall, by written notice delivered by hand to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal place of business during regular business hours, request that the Board of Directors fix a record date, which notice shall include the text of any proposed resolutions. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 13(a) of this ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day only if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day). The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such written notice is properly delivered to and deemed received by the Secretary, adopt a resolution fixing the record date (unless a record date has previously been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 13(a)). If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 13(a) or otherwise within ten (10) days of receipt of a valid request by a stockholder, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing or in electronic transmissions without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required pursuant to applicable law, shall be the first date after the expiration of such ten (10) day time period on which a signed consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation pursuant to Section 13(b); provided, however, that if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing or in electronic transmissions without a meeting shall in such an event be at the Close of Business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(b) Generally. No consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless written or electronic consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take such action are delivered to the Corporation, in the manner required by this Section 13 and applicable law, within sixty (60) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days of the first date on which a consent is delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by applicable law and this Section 13. The validity of any consent executed by a proxy for a stockholder pursuant to an electronic transmission transmitted to such proxy holder by or upon the authorization of the stockholder shall be determined by or at the direction of the Secretary. A written record of the information upon which the person making such determination relied shall be made and kept in the records of the proceedings of the stockholders. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of stockholders. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given by the Corporation (at its expense) to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

 

15


Section 14. Conduct of Meetings.

(a) Generally. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Chairman’s absence or disability, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability, by the President, or in the President’s absence or disability, by a Vice President (in the order as determined by the Board of Directors), or in the absence or disability of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence or disability of such person, by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence or disability the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) Rules, Regulations and Procedures. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; and (vi) restrictions on the use of mobile phones, audio or video recording devices and similar devices at the meeting. The chairman of the meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination or matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such chairman should so determine, such chairman shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The chairman of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power, right and authority, for any or no reason, to convene, recess and/or adjourn any meeting of stockholders.

 

16


(c) Inspectors of Elections. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders. In the event that the annual meeting of stockholders takes place by means of remote communications, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal offices of the Corporation immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders.

Section 3. Regular Meetings and Special Meetings. Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by (i) the Chairman of the Board, if any, (ii) by the Secretary upon the written request of a majority of the directors then in office or (iii) if the Board of Directors then includes a director nominated or designated for nomination by the GA Stockholder, by any director nominated or designated for nomination by the GA Stockholder, and in each case shall be held at the place, if any, on the date and at the time as he, she or they shall fix. Any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these Bylaws. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of each regular and annual meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice is required, shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 4. Such notice shall be state the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given to each director at least (a) twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if by telephone or by being personally delivered or sent by overnight courier, telecopy, electronic transmission, email or similar means or (b) five (5) days before the meeting if delivered by mail to the director’s residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, electronic transmission, email or similar means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

17


Section 5. Waiver of Notice. Any director may waive notice of any meeting of directors by a writing signed by the director or by electronic transmission. Any member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not further participate in the meeting. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

Section 6. Chairman of the Board, Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment. The Board of Directors may elect, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office (so long as a quorum is present), a Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board must be a director and may be an officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the position of Chairman of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and Board of Directors at which he or she is present and have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chairman of the Board) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of the directors present at the meeting to so preside. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided, however, that a quorum shall never be less than one-third the total number of directors. Unless by express provision of an applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a different vote is required, the vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7. Committees.

(a) The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, and any committees required by the rules and regulations of such exchange as any securities of the Corporation are listed. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided by the DGCL and in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors upon request.

 

18


(b) Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. All matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 8. Action by Written Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 9. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees, reimbursement of expenses and equity compensation, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity, including for attendance of meetings of the Board of Directors or participation on any committees. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 10. Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such member’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 11. Telephonic and Other Meetings. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

 

19


ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number and Election. Subject to the authority of Chief Executive Officer to appoint officers as set forth in Section 11 of this Article IV, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.

Section 2. Term of Office. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal. Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed with or without cause by the Board of Directors, a duly authorized committee thereof or by such officers as may be designated by a resolution of the Board of Directors, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 11 of this Article IV may also be removed by the Chief Executive Officer in his or her sole discretion.

Section 4. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 11 of this Article IV.

Section 5. Compensation. Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Corporation.

Section 6. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if a Chairman of the Board shall not have been elected, preside at each meeting of (a) the Board of Directors if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and (b) the stockholders. Subject to the powers of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall be in general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall be its chief policy making officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws. The Chief Executive Officer is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. Whenever the President is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the President.

 

20


Section 7. The President. The President of the Corporation shall, subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees. The President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The President shall, in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all of the restrictions of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors or as may be provided in these Bylaws.

Section 8. Vice Presidents. The Vice President, or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents, in the order determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, shall, perform such duties and have such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe. The Vice Presidents may also be designated as Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents, as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 9. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors (other than executive sessions thereof) and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose or shall ensure that his or her designee attends each such meeting to act in such capacity. Under the Board of Directors’ supervision, the Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these Bylaws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, any of the assistant secretaries, shall in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or Secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

 

21


Section 10. The Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation as shall be necessary or desirable in accordance with applicable law or generally accepted accounting principles; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors; shall receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever; shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meeting or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of the financial condition and operations of the Corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe. The Treasurer, if any, shall in the absence or disability of the chief financial officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer, subject to the power of the board of directors. The Treasurer, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 11. Appointed Officers. In addition to officers designated by the Board in accordance with this ARTICLE IV, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the authority to appoint other officers below the level of Board-appointed Vice President as the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem expedient and may designate for such officers titles that appropriately reflect their positions and responsibilities. Such appointed officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the senior officer to whom they report, consistent with corporate policies. An appointed officer shall serve until the earlier of such officer’s resignation or such officer’s removal by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors at any time, either with or without cause.

Section 12. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents. Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

Section 13. Officers’ Bonds or Other Security. If required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

Section 14. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of any officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

 

22


ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. If shares are represented by certificates, the certificates shall be in such form as required by applicable law and as determined by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall certify the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by two authorized officers of the Corporation including, but not limited to, the Chairman of the Board (if an officer), Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the President, a Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary and an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been issued by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation at the date of issue. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The Board of Directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the Corporation. The Corporation, or its designated transfer agent or other agent, shall keep a book or set of books to be known as the stock transfer books of the Corporation, containing the name of each holder of record, together with such holder’s address and the number and class or series of shares held by such holder and the date of issue. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to each holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred, certificates representing the shares owned by such holder, and shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation or its designated transfer agent or other agent of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates and record the transaction on its books. When shares are not represented by certificates, shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such evidence of the authenticity of such transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps, and within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, the Corporation shall, if required by applicable law, send the holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred a statement of the information required by applicable law. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or the Bylaws, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

Section 2. Lost Certificates. The Corporation may issue or direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct, sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

23


Section 3. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner, except as otherwise required by applicable law. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Purposes Other Than Stockholder Meetings or Actions by Consent. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action (other than stockholder meetings and stockholder consents which are expressly governed by Sections 12 and 13 of ARTICLE II hereof), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the Close of Business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends. Subject to and in accordance with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and any certificate of designation relating to any series of preferred stock, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared and paid by the Board of Directors, in accordance with applicable law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which they were created.

Section 2. Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

Section 3. Contracts. In addition to the powers otherwise granted to officers pursuant to ARTICLE IV hereof, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

24


Section 4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no seal shall be required by virtue of this Section.

Section 6. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation. Voting securities in any other corporation or entity held by the Corporation shall be voted by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer, unless the Board of Directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 7. Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws and subject to applicable law, facsimile and any other forms of electronic signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used.

Section 8. Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 9. Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision (or part thereof) of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL, any other applicable law or the Stockholder Agreement, the provision (or part thereof) of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

25


ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Right to Indemnification and Advancement. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including involvement, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer (or serving in any similar capacity, including as a general partner) of the Corporation or any predecessor thereto or, while a director or officer (or serving in any similar capacity, including as a general partner) of the Corporation or any predecessor thereto, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor thereto as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer (or any similar capacity) or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer (or any similar capacity), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”) and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in this Section 2 of this ARTICLE VII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advance of expenses (as defined below), the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses conferred in this Section 1 of ARTICLE VII shall be contract rights. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred herein, an indemnitee shall also have the right, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “advance of expenses”); provided, however, that if and to the extent that the DGCL requires, an advance of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 1 or otherwise. The Corporation may also, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification and advancement to employees and agents of the Corporation. Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary and Treasurer of the Corporation appointed pursuant to ARTICLE IV, and to any Vice President, Assistant Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or other officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors pursuant to ARTICLE IV of these By-laws, and any reference to an officer of any other enterprise shall be deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such other entity pursuant to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or equivalent organizational documents of such other enterprise. The fact that any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other enterprise has been given or has used the title of “Vice President” or any other title that could be construed to suggest or imply that such person is or may be an officer of the Corporation or of such other enterprise shall not result in such person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, an officer of the Corporation or of such other enterprise for purposes of this ARTICLE VII unless such person’s appointment to such office was approved by the board of directors pursuant to ARTICLE IV.

 

26


Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification. Any claim for indemnification or advance of expenses by an indemnitee under this Section 2 of ARTICLE VII shall be made promptly, and in any event within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the director or officer has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), upon the written request of the indemnitee. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advance of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the indemnitee has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this ARTICLE VII shall be enforceable by the indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification or advance of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of expenses where the undertaking required pursuant to Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proof shall be on the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, a committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 3. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 4. Service for Subsidiaries. Any person serving as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned by the Corporation (a “subsidiary” for purposes of this ARTICLE VII) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

Section 5. Reliance. Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights contained in this ARTICLE VII in entering into or continuing such service. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this ARTICLE VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

27


Section 6. Non-Exclusivity of Rights; Continuation of Rights of Indemnification. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the Certificate of Incorporation or under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. All rights to indemnification under this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this ARTICLE VII is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE VII or repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such repeal or modification.

Section 7. Merger or Consolidation. For purposes of this ARTICLE VII, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this ARTICLE VII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Section 8. Savings Clause. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if this ARTICLE VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each person entitled to indemnification under Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII as to all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification and advancement of expenses is available to such person pursuant to this ARTICLE VII to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this ARTICLE VII that shall not have been invalidated.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new Bylaws adopted only in accordance with Section 1 of ARTICLE TEN of the Certificate of Incorporation.

* * * * *

 

28

Exhibit 4.3

 

LOGO

ENGAGESMART
. ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS#
COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK
PAR VALUE $0.001
Certificate Shares
Number * * 000000 ******************
* * * 000000 *****************
ZQ00000000
**** 000000 ****************
ENGAGESMART, INC. ***** 000000 *************** ****** 000000 **************
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David THIS CERTIFIES THAT Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. MR. Alexander David SAMPLE Sample **** Mr. Alexander David &Sample MRS. **** Mr. Alexander SAMPLE David Sample **** Mr. Alexander & David    Sample **** Mr.
Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** CUSIP XXXXXX XX X Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander MR. David Sample SAMPLE **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** &Mr. Alexander MRS. David Sample SAMPLE **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.
Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample
is the owner of **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares*** *000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****

000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0 THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN 00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00 ***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND
0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000 CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER 000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000 AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT 00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00000 0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000 ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO*** www.computershare.com **Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000* *Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S
FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF
EngageSmart, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
DATED DD-MMM-YYYY
ESMA
FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME G RT COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
A ,
POR I
G R A COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
CO TE N
E N C
President . TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,
9/21/2021
DEL RE
FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME AWA
By
Secretary AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
CUSIP/IDENTIFIER XXXXXX XX X
Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX
Insurance Value 00.1,000,000 Number of Shares 123456
DTC 12345678901234512345678    
PO BOX 505006, Louisville, KY 40233-5006
Certificate Numbers Num/No Denom. Total.
MR A SAMPLE 1234567890/1234567890 111 DESIGNATION (IF ANY) 1234567890/1234567890 222
ADD 1
ADD 2 1234567890/1234567890 333 1234567890/1234567890 444
ADD 3
ADD 4 1234567890/1234567890 555 1234567890/1234567890 666
Total Transaction 7


LOGO

ENGAGESMART, INC.
THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM—as tenants in common                UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -............................................Custodian
(Cust)                (Minor)
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties                under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
(State)
JT TEN    —as joint tenants with right of survivorship                UNIFTRF MIN ACT    -............................................Custodian (until age ................................)
and not as tenants in common                (Cust)

.............................under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act                (Minor)                (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
For value received, ____________________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated: __________________________________________20__________________ Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
Signature: ____________________________________________________________
Signature: ____________________________________________________________                Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.
The IRS requires that the named transfer agent (“we”) report the cost basis of certain shares or units acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares or units are covered by the legislation, and you requested to sell or transfer the shares or units using a specific cost basis calculation method, then we have processed as you requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, then we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis.
If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any activity in your account for the time period specified by state law, your property may become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

 

September 13, 2021

 

EngageSmart, Inc.

30 Braintree Hill Office Park, Suite 101

Braintree, Massachusetts 02184

  1271 Avenue of the Americas
  New York, New York 10020-1401
  Tel: +1.212.906.1200 Fax: +1.212.751.4864
 

www.lw.com

 

 

FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES

 

  Austin    Milan
  Beijing    Moscow
  Boston    Munich
  Brussels    New York
  Century City    Orange County
  Chicago    Paris
  Dubai    Riyadh
  Düsseldorf    San Diego
  Frankfurt    San Francisco
  Hamburg    Seoul
  Hong Kong    Shanghai
  Houston    Silicon Valley
  London    Singapore
  Los Angeles    Tokyo
  Madrid    Washington, D.C.

Re: Offering of Common Stock of EngageSmart, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to EngageSmart, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) to be formed upon the statutory conversion of EngageSmart, LLC from a Delaware limited liability company into a Delaware corporation (the “Conversion”), in connection with the proposed registration of up to 16,732,500 shares (the “Shares”) of common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share, which include up to 13,620,054 shares of common stock to be issued and sold by the Company (the “Company Shares”) and up to 3,112,446 shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders named in the Registration Statement (the “Selling Stockholder Shares”). The Shares are included in a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on August 27, 2021 (Registration No. 333–259101) (as so filed and as amended, the “Registration Statement”). The term “Shares” shall include any additional shares of common stock registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related Prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to the Delaware General Corporation Law, and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, following effectiveness of the Conversion, when the Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers, certificates representing the Shares (in the form of the specimen certificate most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement) have been manually signed by an authorized officer of


September 13, 2021

Page 2

 

LOGO

 

the transfer agent and registrar therefor, and have been issued by the Company against payment therefor (not less than par value) in total numbers that do not exceed the total number of shares available under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. In rendering the foregoing opinion, we have assumed that the Company will comply with all applicable notice requirements regarding uncertificated shares provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal matters.” We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) with respect to the Shares. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

Exhibit 10.11

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between EngageSmart, LLC (the “Company”) and Robert Bennett (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the Executive is currently employed as Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company is contemplating an initial public offering (the “IPO”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Company will convert into EngageSmart, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Conversion”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO and Corporate Conversion, the Company desires to assure itself of the continued services of the Executive by engaging the Executive to perform services under the terms hereof;

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to provide services to the Company on the terms herein provided; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to have the Agreement become effective as of the date of the consummation of the Corporate Conversion (the “Effective Date”).

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. Employment Period. Subject to the provisions for earlier termination hereinafter provided, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall be for a term commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”). The Initial Term shall automatically be extended for successive one year periods (each an “Extension Term” and, collectively with the Initial Term, the “Employment Period”) unless either party hereto gives notice of non-extension of the Employment Period to the other no later than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the then-applicable Initial Term or Extention Term. The Executive’s employment hereunder is terminable at will by the Company or by the Executive at any time (for any reason or for no reason), subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof. For purposes of this Agreement and for the avoidance of doubt, notice by the Company of non-extension of the Employment Period shall not constitute a termination without Cause or Good Reason for the Executive to terminate his or her employment. Notwithstanding anything in this agreement to the contratry, if the Corporate Conversion and the IPO are not consummated for any reason, this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio and neither the Executive nor the Company shall have any rights or obligations hereunder.

2. Terms of Employment.

(a) Position and Duties.

(i) Role and Responsibilities. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and shall perform such employment duties as are usual and customary for such position. The Executive shall report directly to the Board of Directors of the Company. At the Company’s request, the Executive shall serve the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates in other capacities in addition to the foregoing, consistent with the Executive’s position. In the event that the Executive, during the Employment Period, serves in any one or more of such additional capacities, the Executive’s compensation shall not be increased beyond that specified in Section 2(b) hereof. In addition, in the event the Executive’s service in one or more of such additional capacities is terminated, the Executive’s compensation, as specified in Section 2(b) hereof, shall not be diminished or reduced in any manner as a result of such termination provided that the Executive otherwise remains employed under the terms of this Agreement.


(ii) Exclusivity. During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive may be entitled, the Executive agrees to devote his or her full business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Employment Period, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to: (A) serve on boards, committees or similar bodies of charitable or nonprofit organizations, and up to two (2) boards or committees of for-profit companies, (B) fulfill limited teaching, speaking and writing engagements, and (C) manage his or her personal investments, in each case, so long as such activities do not individually or in the aggregate materially interfere or conflict with the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement; provided, that with respect to the activities in subclauses (A) and/or (B), the Executive receives prior written approval from the Chief Executive Officer.

(iii) Principal Location. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the Company’s principal offices located in Braintree, Massachusetts (the “Principal Location”), except for travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

(b) Compensation, Benefits, Etc.

(i) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) of $600,000 per annum. The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) and may be increased from time to time by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. The Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices for executive salaries generally, but no less often than monthly. The Base Salary may be increased in the Compensation Committee’s discretion, but not reduced, and the term “Base Salary” as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to the Base Salary as so increased.

(ii) Annual Cash Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to earn, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period, a discretionary cash performance bonus (an “Annual Bonus”) under the Company’s bonus plan or program applicable to senior executives. The Executive’s target Annual Bonus shall be at least forty percent (40%) of the Base Salary actually paid for such year (the “Target Bonus”). The actual amount of any Annual Bonus shall be determined by reference to the attainment of Company performance metrics and/or individual performance objectives, in each case, as determined by the Compensation Committee, and may be greater or less than the Target Bonus (or zero). Subject to Section 4(a)(i) hereof, payment of any Annual Bonus(es), to the extent any Annual Bonus(es) become payable, will be contingent upon the Executive’s continued employment through the applicable payment date, which shall occur on the date on which annual bonuses are paid generally to the Company’s senior executives.

 

2


(iii) Benefits. During the Employment Period, the Executive (and the Executive’s spouse and/or eligible dependents to the extent provided in the applicable plans and programs) shall be eligible to participate in and be covered under the health and welfare benefit plans and programs maintained by the Company for the benefit of its senior executive employees from time to time, pursuant to the terms of such plans and programs including any medical, life, hospitalization, dental, disability, accidental death and dismemberment and travel accident insurance plans and programs. During the Employment Period, the Company shall provide the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents with coverage under its group health plans. In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in any retirement, savings and other employee benefit plans and programs maintained from time to time by the Company for the benefit of its senior executive officers. Nothing contained in this Section 2(b)(iii) shall create or be deemed to create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt or maintain any health, welfare, retirement or other benefit plan or program at any time or to create any limitation on the Company’s ability to modify or terminate any such plan or program.

(iv) Expenses. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company provided to senior executive employees of the Company.

(v) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to receive such fringe benefits and perquisites as are provided by the Company to its senior executive employees from time to time, in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company, and shall receive such additional fringe benefits and perquisites as the Company may, in its discretion, from time-to-time provide.

(vi) Vacation. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company applicable to its senior executives.

3. Termination of Employment.

(a) Death or Disability. The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death during the Employment Period. Either the Company or the Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment in the event of the Executive’s Disability during the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean that the Executive has become entitled to receive benefits under an applicable Company long-term disability plan or, if no such plan covers the Executive, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Board.

(b) Termination by the Company. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall have the meaning provided in the Company’s 2021 Incentive Award Plan.

(c) Termination by the Executive. The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive for any reason, including with Good Reason or by the Executive without Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events without the Executive’s prior written consent, unless the Company fully corrects the circumstances constituting Good Reason (provided such circumstances are capable of correction) as provided below:

(i) a material diminution in the Executive’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting hierarchy or requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, excluding for this purpose any isolated, insubstantial or inadvertent actions not taken in bad faith and which are remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

 

3


(ii) the Company’s material reduction of the Executive’s Base Salary, as the same may be increased from time to time;

(iii) a material change in the geographic location of the Principal Location which shall, in any event, include only a relocation of the Principal Location by more than twenty-five (25) miles from its existing location;

(iv) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive will not be deemed to have resigned for Good Reason unless (1) the Executive provides the Company with written notice setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed by the Executive to constitute Good Reason within sixty (60) days after the date of the occurrence of any event that the Executive knows or should reasonably have known to constitute Good Reason, (2) the Company fails to cure such acts or omissions within thirty (30) days following its receipt of such notice, and (3) the effective date of the Executive’s termination for Good Reason occurs no later than sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Company’s cure period.

(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the other parties hereto given in accordance with Section 10(b) hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

(e) Termination of Offices and Directorships; Return of Property. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, unless otherwise specified in a written agreement between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices, directorships, and other employment positions if any, then held with the Company, and shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Company to effectuate the foregoing. In addition, upon the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive agrees to return to the Company all documents of the Company and its affiliates (and all copies thereof) and all other Company or Company affiliate property that the Executive has in his or her possession, custody or control. Such property includes, without limitation: (i) any materials of any kind that the Executive knows contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company or an affiliate of the Company (and all reproductions thereof), (ii) computers (including, but not limited to, laptop computers, desktop computers and similar devices) and other portable electronic devices (including, but not limited to, tablet computers), cellular phones/smartphones, credit cards, phone cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys, and (iii) any correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents concerning the customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products and/or processes of the Company or any of its affiliates and any information received from the Company or any of its affiliates regarding third parties.

 

4


4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination. Upon a termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be paid, in a single lump-sum payment on the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, the aggregate amount of the Executive’s (i) earned but unpaid Base Salary, (ii) accrued but unpaid vacation pay through the date of such termination, and (iii) any reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive prior to the date of such termination and reimbursable under Section 2(b)(iv), above (the “Accrued Obligations”).

(a) Without Cause or For Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated during the Employment Period (x) by the Company without Cause (other than by reason of the Executive’s Disability or due to the expiration of the Employment Period) or (y) by the Executive for Good Reason (in either case, a “Qualifying Termination”), then following the Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below) (such date, the “Date of Termination”), in each case, subject to and conditioned upon compliance with Section 4(d) hereof, in addition to the Accrued Obligations:

(i) Cash Severance. The Company shall continue to pay to the Executive the Executive’s Base Salary in effect on the Date of Termination during the period beginning on the Date of Termination and ending on the 12-month anniversary of the Date of Termination in instalments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices as of the Date of Termination; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if such Qualifying Termination occurs within the period beginning 3 months prior to a Change in Control, as defined in the Company’s 2021 Incentive Award Plan, as amended (and such Change in Control constitutes a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)) and ending 12 months following such Change in Control (a “Change in Control Termination”), then in lieu of the foregoing payments set forth in this Section 4(a)(i), the Company shall pay to the Executive (A) a single lump-sum amount equal to 18 months of Executive’s Base Salary in effect on the Date of Termination on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Date of Termination, (B) a pro-rata Annual Bonus to which the Executive would have become entitled (if any) for the fiscal year of the Company during which the Date of Termination occurs, had the Executive remained employed through the payment date and paid at target, pro-rated based on the number of days during such fiscal year that the Executive was employed by the Company and payable in a single lump-sum payment on the date on which annual bonuses are paid to the Company’s senior executives generally for such year, but in no event later than March 15th of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs, with the actual date within such period determined by the Company in its sole discretion, and (C) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Company equity plan or any award agreement issued under any Company equity plan, full vesting acceleration of any Company equity awards that vest solely based on the passage of time and that are held by the Executive as of the Date of Termination..

(ii) COBRA. During the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the 6-month anniversary of the Date of Termination (or, in the event of a Change in Control Termination, the 18-month anniversary of the Date of Termination) (as applicable, the “COBRA Period”), subject to the Executive’s valid election to continue healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder (together, the “Code”), the Company shall continue to provide the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents with coverage under its group health plans at the same levels and the same cost to the Executive as would have applied if the Executive’s employment had not been terminated based on the Executive’s elections in effect on the Date of Termination, provided, however, that (A) if any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided is not, or ceases prior to the expiration of the period of continuation coverage to be, exempt from the application of Section 409A (as defined below) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), or (B) the Company is otherwise unable to continue to cover the Executive under its group health plans without incurring penalties (including without limitation, pursuant to Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act or the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act), then, in either case, an amount equal to each remaining Company subsidy shall thereafter be paid to the Executive in substantially equal monthly installments over the continuation coverage period (or the remaining portion thereof).

 

5


Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall be a condition to the Executive’s right to receive the amounts provided for in Sections 4(a)(i) and 4(a)(ii) hereof that the Executive execute and deliver to the Company an effective release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”) within twenty-one (21) days (or, to the extent required by law, forty-five (45) days) following the Date of Termination and that the Executive not revoke such Release during any applicable revocation period.

(b) Death or Disability. Subject to Section 4(d) hereof, if the Executive incurs a Separation from Service by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability during the Employment Period, then in addition to the Accrued Obligations, all outstanding equity awards that vest based solely on the passage of time that are held by the Executive on the Date of Termination shall immediately become fully vested and, as applicable, exercisable.

(c) For Cause, Without Good Reason or Other Terminations. If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause, the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment without Good Reason, or the Executive’s employment terminates for any other reason not enumerated in Sections 4(a) or 4(b) hereof, in any case, during the Employment Period, or if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to the expiration of the Employment Period, then, in any case, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Accrued Obligations in cash within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (or by such earlier date as may be required by applicable law), and the Executive shall have no further rights hereunder.

(d) Six-Month Delay. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no compensation or benefits, including without limitation any severance payments or benefits payable under Section 4 hereof, shall be paid to the Executive during the six (6)-month period following the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company (within the meaning of Section 409A, a “Separation from Service”) if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would be a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first day of the seventh month following the date of Separation from Service (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of the Executive’s death), the Company shall pay the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to the Executive during such period.

(e) Exclusive Benefits. Except as expressly provided in this Section 4 and subject to Section 5 hereof, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional payments or benefits upon or in connection with the Executive’s termination of employment.

5. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

 

6


6. Excess Parachute Payments, Limitation on Payments.

(a) Best Pay Cap. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by the Executive (including any payment or benefit received in connection with a termination of the Executive’s employment, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement) (all such payments and benefits, including the payments and benefits under Section 4 hereof, being hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”) would be subject (in whole or part), to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, arrangement or agreement, the cash severance payments under this Agreement shall first be reduced, and the noncash severance payments hereunder shall thereafter be reduced, to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax but only if (i) the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments) is greater than or equal to (ii) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which the Executive would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments).

(b) Certain Exclusions. For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax, (i) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which the Executive shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code shall be taken into account; (ii) no portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the written opinion of an independent, nationally recognized accounting or consulting firm (the “Independent Advisors”) selected by the Company, does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the opinion of the Independent Advisors, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the “base amount” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) allocable to such reasonable compensation; and (iii) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments shall be determined by the Independent Advisors in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

7. Confidential Information, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

(a) The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, which shall have been obtained by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment by the Company and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in violation of this Agreement). After termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data, to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it; provided, however, that if the Executive receives actual notice that the Executive is or may be required by law or legal process to communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data, the Executive shall promptly so notify the Company.

(b) While employed by the Company and, for a period of twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, the Executive shall not, at any time, directly or indirectly engage in, have any interest in (including, without limitation, through the investment of capital or lending of money or property), or manage, operate or otherwise render any services to, any person or entity (whether on his or her own or in association with others, as a principal, director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, member, security holder, consultant, advisor, independent contractor, owner, investor, participant or in any other

 

7


capacity) that engages in, or plans to be engaged in (either directly or through any subsidiary or affiliate thereof), services or products offered by the Company or any of its affiliates as of the Date of Termination that represent more than 1% of the Company’s annual revenue, or products or services that are actively being developed as part of the Company’s internal development efforts as of the Date of Termination (including, without limitation, through the investment of capital or lending of money or property), or that manages, operates or otherwise renders any services in connection with, such business (whether on his or her own or in association with others, as a principal, director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, member, security holder, consultant, advisor, independent contractor, owner, investor, participant or in any other capacity). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall be permitted to acquire a passive stock or equity interest in such a person or entity; provided that such stock or other equity interest acquired is less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding interest in such person or entity.

(c) While employed by the Company and, for a period of twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly solicit, induce, or encourage any employee or consultant of any member of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates to terminate their employment or other relationship with the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates or to cease to render services to any member of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and the Executive shall not initiate discussion with any such person for any such purpose or authorize or knowingly cooperate with the taking of any such actions by any other individual or entity. During his or her employment with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, the Executive shall not solicit, induce, or encourage any customer, client, vendor, or other party doing business with any member of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates to terminate its relationship therewith or transfer its business from any member of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and the Executive shall not initiate discussion with any such person for any such purpose or authorize or knowingly cooperate with the taking of any such actions by any other individual or entity.

(d) In recognition of the facts that irreparable injury will result to the Company in the event of a breach by the Executive of his or her obligations under Sections 7(a), (b) and (c) hereof, that monetary damages for such breach would not be readily calculable, and that the Company would not have an adequate remedy at law therefor, the Executive acknowledges, consents and agrees that in the event of such breach, or the threat thereof, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to any other legal remedies and damages available, to specific performance thereof and to temporary and permanent injunctive relief (without the necessity of posting a bond) to restrain the violation or threatened violation of such obligations by the Executive.

8. Representations. The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that the performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder will not violate any agreement between the Executive and any other person, firm, organization or other entity, and (b) the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party that would be violated by the Executive’s entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

9. Successors.

(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives.

 

8


(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns (including, without limitation, EngageSmart, Inc. following the Corporate Conversion).

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

(b) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Executive: at the Executive’s most recent address on the records of the Company.

If to the Company:

EngageSmart, Inc.

30 Braintree Hill Office Park, Suite 101

Braintree, Massachusetts 02184

Attn: Charles Kallenbach, General Counsel

with a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

Attn: Bradd Williamson

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

(c) Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that any transfer or deemed transfer of funds hereunder is likely to be construed as a personal loan prohibited by Section 13(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”), then such transfer or deemed transfer shall not be made to the extent necessary or appropriate so as not to violate the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

9


(d) Section 409A of the Code.

(i) To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder (together, “Section 409A”). Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A, the Company shall work in good faith with the Executive to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A, including without limitation, actions intended to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A, and/or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A; provided, however, that this Section 10(d) shall not create an obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendment, policy or procedure or take any such other action, nor shall the Company have any liability for failing to do so.

(ii) Any right to a series of installment payments pursuant to this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. To the extent permitted under Section 409A, any separate payment or benefit under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be deemed “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A. Any payments subject to Section 409A that are subject to execution of a waiver and release which may be executed and/or revoked in a calendar year following the calendar year in which the payment event (such as termination of employment) occurs shall commence payment only in the calendar year in which the consideration period or, if applicable, release revocation period ends, as necessary to comply with Section 409A. All payments of nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon Employee’s “separation from service” from the Company (within the meaning of Section 409A, a “Separation from Service”).

(iii) To the extent that any payments or reimbursements provided to the Executive under this Agreement are deemed to constitute compensation to the Executive to which Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) would apply, such amounts shall be paid or reimbursed reasonably promptly, but not later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of any such payments eligible for reimbursement in one year shall not affect the payments or expenses that are eligible for payment or reimbursement in any other taxable year, and the Executive’s right to such payments or reimbursement of any such expenses shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

(e) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(f) Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(g) No Waiver. The Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

 

10


(h) Entire Agreement. As of the Effective Date, this Agreement constitutes the final, complete and exclusive agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, by any member of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates, or representative thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except to the extent provided herein, all equity or equity-based awards held by the Executive as of the Effective Date shall not be affected by this Section 10(h) and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

(i) Amendment. No amendment or other modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(j) Counterparts. This Agreement and any agreement referenced herein may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

ENGAGESMART, LLC
By:  

/s/ Cassandra Hudson

  Name: Cassandra Hudson
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
“EXECUTIVE”

/s/ Robert Bennett

Robert Bennett

 

S-1


EXHIBIT A

GENERAL RELEASE

For valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned does hereby release and forever discharge the “Releasees” hereunder, consisting of EngageSmart, Inc., and its partners, subsidiaries, associates, affiliates, successors, heirs, assigns, agents, directors, officers, employees, representatives, lawyers, insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, losses, costs, attorneys’ fees or expenses, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “Claims”), which the undersigned now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof. The Claims released herein include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims in any way arising out of, based upon, or related to the employment or termination of employment of the undersigned by the Releasees, or any of them; any alleged breach of any express or implied contract of employment; any alleged torts or other alleged legal restrictions on Releasees’ right to terminate the employment of the undersigned; and any alleged violation of any federal, state or local statute or ordinance including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination In Employment Act, and the Americans With Disabilities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this general release (the “Release”) shall not operate to release any rights or claims of the undersigned (i) to payments or benefits under either Section [4(a) or 4(b)] of that certain Employment Agreement, effective as of [ ● ], between [ ● ] and the undersigned (the “Employment Agreement”), whichever is applicable to the payments and benefits provided in exchange for this Release, (ii) to payments or benefits under any equity award agreement between the undersigned and the Company, (iii) with respect to Section [2(b)(iv)] of the Employment Agreement, (iv) to accrued or vested benefits the undersigned may have, if any, as of the date hereof under any applicable plan, policy, practice, program, contract or agreement with the Company, (v) to any Claims, including claims for indemnification and/or advancement of expenses arising under any indemnification agreement between the undersigned and the Company or under the bylaws, certificate of incorporation or other similar governing document of the Company, (vi) to any Claims which cannot be waived by an employee under applicable law or (vii) with respect to the undersigned’s right to communicate directly with, cooperate with, or provide information to, any federal, state or local government regulator.

[IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT OF 1990, THE UNDERSIGNED IS HEREBY ADVISED AS FOLLOWS:

(A) THE EXECUTIVE HAS THE RIGHT TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS RELEASE;

(B) THE EXECUTIVE HAS TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE BEFORE SIGNING IT; AND

(C) THE EXECUTIVE HAS SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER SIGNING THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE, AND THIS RELEASE WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THAT REVOCATION PERIOD.]

The undersigned represents and warrants that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim which the Executive may have against Releasees, or any of them, and the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold Releasees, and each of them, harmless from any liability, Claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees, or any of them, as the result of any such assignment or transfer or any rights or Claims under any such assignment or transfer. It is the intention of the parties that this indemnity does not require payment as a condition precedent to recovery by the Releasees against the undersigned under this indemnity.


Notwithstanding anything herein, the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to 18 USC Section 1833(b), the undersigned will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

The undersigned agrees that if the Executive hereafter commences any suit arising out of, based upon, or relating to any of the Claims released hereunder or in any manner asserts against Releasees, or any of them, any of the Claims released hereunder, then the undersigned agrees to pay to Releasees, and each of them, in addition to any other damages caused to Releasees thereby, all attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees in defending or otherwise responding to said suit or Claim.

The undersigned further understands and agrees that neither the payment of any sum of money nor the execution of this Release shall constitute or be construed as an admission of any liability whatsoever by the Releasees, or any of them, who have consistently taken the position that they have no liability whatsoever to the undersigned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Release this ____ day of ___________, ____.

 

A-2

Exhibit 10.12

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between EngageSmart, LLC (the “Company”) and Cassandra Hudson (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the Executive is currently employed as Chief Financial Officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company is contemplating an initial public offering (the “IPO”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Company will convert into EngageSmart, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Conversion”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO and Corporate Conversion, the Company desires to assure itself of the continued services of the Executive by engaging the Executive to perform services under the terms hereof;

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to provide services to the Company on the terms herein provided; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to have the Agreement become effective as of the date of the consummation of the Corporate Conversion (the “Effective Date”).

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. Employment Period. Subject to the provisions for earlier termination hereinafter provided, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall be for a term commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”). The Initial Term shall automatically be extended for successive one year periods (each an “Extension Term” and, collectively with the Initial Term, the “Employment Period”) unless either party hereto gives notice of non-extension of the Employment Period to the other no later than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the then-applicable Initial Term or Extention Term. The Executive’s employment hereunder is terminable at will by the Company or by the Executive at any time (for any reason or for no reason), subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof. For purposes of this Agreement and for the avoidance of doubt, notice by the Company of non-extension of the Employment Period shall not constitute a termination without Cause or Good Reason for the Executive to terminate his or her employment. Notwithstanding anything in this agreement to the contratry, if the Corporate Conversion and the IPO are not consummated for any reason, this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio and neither the Executive nor the Company shall have any rights or obligations hereunder.

2. Terms of Employment.

(a) Position and Duties.

(i) Role and Responsibilities. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and shall perform such employment duties as are usual and customary for such position. The Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or his or her designee). At the Company’s request, the Executive shall serve the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates in other capacities in addition to the foregoing, consistent with the Executive’s position. In the event that the Executive, during the Employment Period, serves in any one or more of such additional capacities, the


Executive’s compensation shall not be increased beyond that specified in Section 2(b) hereof. In addition, in the event the Executive’s service in one or more of such additional capacities is terminated, the Executive’s compensation, as specified in Section 2(b) hereof, shall not be diminished or reduced in any manner as a result of such termination provided that the Executive otherwise remains employed under the terms of this Agreement.

(ii) Exclusivity. During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive may be entitled, the Executive agrees to devote his or her full business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Employment Period, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to: (A) serve on boards, committees or similar bodies of charitable or nonprofit organizations, and on up to two (2) boards and committees of for-profit companies, (B) fulfill limited teaching, speaking and writing engagements, and (C) manage his or her personal investments, in each case, so long as such activities do not individually or in the aggregate materially interfere or conflict with the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement; provided, that with respect to the activities in subclauses (A) and/or (B), the Executive receives prior written approval from the Chief Executive Officer.

(iii) Principal Location. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the Company’s principal offices located in Braintree, Massachusetts (the “Principal Location”), except for travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

(b) Compensation, Benefits, Etc.

(i) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) of $350,000 per annum through September 30, 2021 and $365,000 per annum effective as of October 1, 2021. The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) and may be increased from time to time by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. The Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices for executive salaries generally, but no less often than monthly. The Base Salary may be increased in the Compensation Committee’s discretion, but not reduced, and the term “Base Salary” as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to the Base Salary as so increased.

(ii) Annual Cash Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to earn, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period, a discretionary cash performance bonus (an “Annual Bonus”) under the Company’s bonus plan or program applicable to senior executives. The Executive’s target Annual Bonus shall be at least forty percent (40%) of the Base Salary actually paid for such year (the “Target Bonus”). The actual amount of any Annual Bonus shall be determined by reference to the attainment of Company performance metrics and/or individual performance objectives, in each case, as determined by the Compensation Committee, and may be greater or less than the Target Bonus (or zero). Subject to Section 4(a)(i) hereof, payment of any Annual Bonus(es), to the extent any Annual Bonus(es) become payable, will be contingent upon the Executive’s continued employment through the applicable payment date, which shall occur on the date on which annual bonuses are paid generally to the Company’s senior executives.

 

2


(iii) Benefits. During the Employment Period, the Executive (and the Executive’s spouse and/or eligible dependents to the extent provided in the applicable plans and programs) shall be eligible to participate in and be covered under the health and welfare benefit plans and programs maintained by the Company for the benefit of its senior executive employees from time to time, pursuant to the terms of such plans and programs including any medical, life, hospitalization, dental, disability, accidental death and dismemberment and travel accident insurance plans and programs. During the Employment Period, the Company shall provide the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents with coverage under its group health plans. In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in any retirement, savings and other employee benefit plans and programs maintained from time to time by the Company for the benefit of its senior executive officers. Nothing contained in this Section 2(b)(iii) shall create or be deemed to create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt or maintain any health, welfare, retirement or other benefit plan or program at any time or to create any limitation on the Company’s ability to modify or terminate any such plan or program.

(iv) Expenses. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company provided to senior executive employees of the Company.

(v) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to receive such fringe benefits and perquisites as are provided by the Company to its senior executive employees from time to time, in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company, and shall receive such additional fringe benefits and perquisites as the Company may, in its discretion, from time-to-time provide.

(vi) Vacation. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company applicable to its senior executives.

3. Termination of Employment.

(a) Death or Disability. The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death during the Employment Period. Either the Company or the Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment in the event of the Executive’s Disability during the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean that the Executive has become entitled to receive benefits under an applicable Company long-term disability plan or, if no such plan covers the Executive, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Board.

(b) Termination by the Company. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall have the meaning provided in the Company’s 2021 Incentive Award Plan.

(c) Termination by the Executive. The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive for any reason, including with Good Reason or by the Executive without Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events without the Executive’s prior written consent, unless the Company fully corrects the circumstances constituting Good Reason (provided such circumstances are capable of correction) as provided below:

(i) a material diminution in the Executive’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting hierarchy or requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, excluding for this purpose any isolated, insubstantial or inadvertent actions not taken in bad faith and which are remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

 

3


(ii) the Company’s material reduction of the Executive’s Base Salary, as the same may be increased from time to time;

(iii) a material change in the geographic location of the Principal Location which shall, in any event, include only a relocation of the Principal Location by more than twenty-five (25) miles from its existing location;

(iv) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive will not be deemed to have resigned for Good Reason unless (1) the Executive provides the Company with written notice setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed by the Executive to constitute Good Reason within sixty (60) days after the date of the occurrence of any event that the Executive knows or should reasonably have known to constitute Good Reason, (2) the Company fails to cure such acts or omissions within thirty (30) days following its receipt of such notice, and (3) the effective date of the Executive’s termination for Good Reason occurs no later than sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Company’s cure period.

(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the other parties hereto given in accordance with Section 10(b) hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

(e) Termination of Offices and Directorships; Return of Property. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, unless otherwise specified in a written agreement between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices, directorships, and other employment positions if any, then held with the Company, and shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Company to effectuate the foregoing. In addition, upon the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive agrees to return to the Company all documents of the Company and its affiliates (and all copies thereof) and all other Company or Company affiliate property that the Executive has in his or her possession, custody or control. Such property includes, without limitation: (i) any materials of any kind that the Executive knows contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company or an affiliate of the Company (and all reproductions thereof), (ii) computers (including, but not limited to, laptop computers, desktop computers and similar devices) and other portable electronic devices (including, but not limited to, tablet computers), cellular phones/smartphones, credit cards, phone cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys, and (iii) any correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents concerning the customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products and/or processes of the Company or any of its affiliates and any information received from the Company or any of its affiliates regarding third parties.

 

4


4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination. Upon a termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be paid, in a single lump-sum payment on the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, the aggregate amount of the Executive’s (i) earned but unpaid Base Salary, (ii) accrued but unpaid vacation pay through the date of such termination, and (iii) any reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive prior to the date of such termination and reimbursable under Section 2(b)(iv), above (the “Accrued Obligations”).

(a) Without Cause or For Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated during the Employment Period (x) by the Company without Cause (other than by reason of the Executive’s Disability or due to the expiration of the Employment Period) or (y) by the Executive for Good Reason (in either case, a “Qualifying Termination”), then following the Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below) (such date, the “Date of Termination”), in each case, subject to and conditioned upon compliance with Section 4(d) hereof, in addition to the Accrued Obligations:

(i) Cash Severance. The Company shall continue to pay to the Executive the Executive’s Base Salary in effect on the Date of Termination during the period beginning on the Date of Termination and ending on the 9-month anniversary of the Date of Termination in instalments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices as of the Date of Termination; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if such Qualifying Termination occurs within the period beginning 2 months prior to a Change in Control, as defined in the Company’s 2021 Incentive Award Plan, as amended (and such Change in Control constitutes a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)) and ending 12 months following such Change in Control (a “Change in Control Termination”), then in lieu of the foregoing payments set forth in this Section 4(a)(i), the Company shall pay to the Executive (A) a single lump-sum amount equal to 12 months of Executive’s Base Salary in effect on the Date of Termination on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Date of Termination, (B) a pro-rata Annual Bonus to which the Executive would have become entitled (if any) for the fiscal year of the Company during which the Date of Termination occurs, had the Executive remained employed through the payment date and paid at target, pro-rated based on the number of days during such fiscal year that the Executive was employed by the Company and payable in a single lump-sum payment on the date on which annual bonuses are paid to the Company’s senior executives generally for such year, but in no event later than March 15th of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs, with the actual date within such period determined by the Company in its sole discretion, and (C) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Company equity plan or any award agreement issued under any Company equity plan, full vesting acceleration of any Company equity awards that vest solely based on the passage of time and that are held by the Executive as of the Date of Termination.

(ii) COBRA. During the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the 6-month anniversary of the Date of Termination (or, in the event of a Change in Control Termination, the 12-month anniversary of the Date of Termination) (as applicable, the “COBRA Period”), subject to the Executive’s valid election to continue healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder (together, the “Code”), the Company shall continue to provide the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents with coverage under its group health plans at the same levels and the same cost to the Executive as would have applied if the Executive’s employment had not been terminated based on the Executive’s elections in effect on the Date of Termination, provided, however, that (A) if any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided is not, or ceases prior to the expiration of the period of continuation coverage to be, exempt from the application of Section 409A (as defined below) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), or (B) the Company is otherwise unable to continue to cover the Executive under its group health plans without incurring penalties (including without limitation, pursuant to Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act or the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act), then, in either case, an amount equal to each remaining Company subsidy shall thereafter be paid to the Executive in substantially equal monthly installments over the continuation coverage period (or the remaining portion thereof).

 

5


Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall be a condition to the Executive’s right to receive the amounts provided for in Sections 4(a)(i) and 4(a)(ii) hereof that the Executive execute and deliver to the Company an effective release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”) within twenty-one (21) days (or, to the extent required by law, forty-five (45) days) following the Date of Termination and that the Executive not revoke such Release during any applicable revocation period.

(b) Death or Disability. Subject to Section 4(d) hereof, if the Executive incurs a Separation from Service by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability during the Employment Period, then in addition to the Accrued Obligations, all outstanding equity awards that vest based solely on the passage of time that are held by the Executive on the Date of Termination shall immediately become fully vested and, as applicable, exercisable.

(c) For Cause, Without Good Reason or Other Terminations. If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause, the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment without Good Reason, or the Executive’s employment terminates for any other reason not enumerated in Sections 4(a) or 4(b) hereof, in any case, during the Employment Period, or if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to the expiration of the Employment Period, then, in any case, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Accrued Obligations in cash within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (or by such earlier date as may be required by applicable law), and the Executive shall have no further rights hereunder.

(d) Six-Month Delay. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no compensation or benefits, including without limitation any severance payments or benefits payable under Section 4 hereof, shall be paid to the Executive during the six (6)-month period following the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company (within the meaning of Section 409A, a “Separation from Service”) if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would be a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first day of the seventh month following the date of Separation from Service (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of the Executive’s death), the Company shall pay the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to the Executive during such period.

(e) Exclusive Benefits. Except as expressly provided in this Section 4 and subject to Section 5 hereof, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional payments or benefits upon or in connection with the Executive’s termination of employment.

5. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

 

6


6. Excess Parachute Payments, Limitation on Payments.

(a) Best Pay Cap. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by the Executive (including any payment or benefit received in connection with a termination of the Executive’s employment, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement) (all such payments and benefits, including the payments and benefits under Section 4 hereof, being hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”) would be subject (in whole or part), to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, arrangement or agreement, the cash severance payments under this Agreement shall first be reduced, and the noncash severance payments hereunder shall thereafter be reduced, to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax but only if (i) the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments) is greater than or equal to (ii) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which the Executive would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments).

(b) Certain Exclusions. For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax, (i) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which the Executive shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code shall be taken into account; (ii) no portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the written opinion of an independent, nationally recognized accounting or consulting firm (the “Independent Advisors”) selected by the Company, does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the opinion of the Independent Advisors, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the “base amount” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) allocable to such reasonable compensation; and (iii) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments shall be determined by the Independent Advisors in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

7. Confidential Information, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

(a) The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, which shall have been obtained by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment by the Company and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in violation of this Agreement). After termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data, to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it; provided, however, that if the Executive receives actual notice that the Executive is or may be required by law or legal process to communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data, the Executive shall promptly so notify the Company.

(b) While employed by the Company and, for a period of twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, the Executive shall not, at any time, directly or indirectly engage in, have any interest in (including, without limitation, through the investment of capital or lending of money or property), or manage, operate or otherwise render any services to, any person or entity (whether on his or her own or in association with others, as a principal, director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, member, security holder, consultant, advisor, independent contractor, owner, investor, participant or in any other

 

7


capacity) that engages in, or plans to be engaged in (either directly or through any subsidiary or affiliate thereof), services or products offered by the Company or any of its affiliates as of the Date of Termination that represent more than 1% of the Company’s annual revenue, or products or services that are actively being developed as part of the Company’s internal development efforts as of the Date of Termination (including, without limitation, through the investment of capital or lending of money or property), or that manages, operates or otherwise renders any services in connection with, such business (whether on his or her own or in association with others, as a principal, director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, member, security holder, consultant, advisor, independent contractor, owner, investor, participant or in any other capacity). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall be permitted to acquire a passive stock or equity interest in such a person or entity; provided that such stock or other equity interest acquired is less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding interest in such person or entity.

(c) While employed by the Company and, for a period of twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly solicit, induce, or encourage any employee or consultant of any member of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates to terminate their employment or other relationship with the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates or to cease to render services to any member of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and the Executive shall not initiate discussion with any such person for any such purpose or authorize or knowingly cooperate with the taking of any such actions by any other individual or entity. During his or her employment with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, the Executive shall not solicit, induce, or encourage any customer, client, vendor, or other party doing business with any member of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates to terminate its relationship therewith or transfer its business from any member of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and the Executive shall not initiate discussion with any such person for any such purpose or authorize or knowingly cooperate with the taking of any such actions by any other individual or entity.

(d) In recognition of the facts that irreparable injury will result to the Company in the event of a breach by the Executive of his or her obligations under Sections 7(a), (b) and (c) hereof, that monetary damages for such breach would not be readily calculable, and that the Company would not have an adequate remedy at law therefor, the Executive acknowledges, consents and agrees that in the event of such breach, or the threat thereof, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to any other legal remedies and damages available, to specific performance thereof and to temporary and permanent injunctive relief (without the necessity of posting a bond) to restrain the violation or threatened violation of such obligations by the Executive.

8. Representations. The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that the performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder will not violate any agreement between the Executive and any other person, firm, organization or other entity, and (b) the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party that would be violated by the Executive’s entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

9. Successors.

(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives.

 

8


(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns (including, without limitation, EngageSmart, Inc. following the Corporate Conversion).

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

(b) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Executive: at the Executive’s most recent address on the records of the Company.

If to the Company:

EngageSmart, Inc.

30 Braintree Hill Office Park, Suite 101

Braintree, Massachusetts 02184

Attn: Charles Kallenbach, General Counsel

with a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

Attn: Bradd Williamson

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

(c) Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that any transfer or deemed transfer of funds hereunder is likely to be construed as a personal loan prohibited by Section 13(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”), then such transfer or deemed transfer shall not be made to the extent necessary or appropriate so as not to violate the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

9


(d) Section 409A of the Code.

(i) To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder (together, “Section 409A”). Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A, the Company shall work in good faith with the Executive to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A, including without limitation, actions intended to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A, and/or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A; provided, however, that this Section 10(d) shall not create an obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendment, policy or procedure or take any such other action, nor shall the Company have any liability for failing to do so.

(ii) Any right to a series of installment payments pursuant to this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. To the extent permitted under Section 409A, any separate payment or benefit under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be deemed “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A. Any payments subject to Section 409A that are subject to execution of a waiver and release which may be executed and/or revoked in a calendar year following the calendar year in which the payment event (such as termination of employment) occurs shall commence payment only in the calendar year in which the consideration period or, if applicable, release revocation period ends, as necessary to comply with Section 409A. All payments of nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon Employee’s “separation from service” from the Company (within the meaning of Section 409A, a “Separation from Service”).

(iii) To the extent that any payments or reimbursements provided to the Executive under this Agreement are deemed to constitute compensation to the Executive to which Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) would apply, such amounts shall be paid or reimbursed reasonably promptly, but not later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of any such payments eligible for reimbursement in one year shall not affect the payments or expenses that are eligible for payment or reimbursement in any other taxable year, and the Executive’s right to such payments or reimbursement of any such expenses shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

(e) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(f) Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(g) No Waiver. The Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

 

10


(h) Entire Agreement. As of the Effective Date, this Agreement constitutes the final, complete and exclusive agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, by any member of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates, or representative thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except to the extent provided herein, all equity or equity-based awards held by the Executive as of the Effective Date shall not be affected by this Section 10(h) and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

(i) Amendment. No amendment or other modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(j) Counterparts. This Agreement and any agreement referenced herein may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

ENGAGESMART, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Robert Bennett

 

Name: Robert Bennett

 

Title:   Chief Executive Officer

“EXECUTIVE”

/s/ Cassandra Hudson

Cassandra Hudson

 

S-1


EXHIBIT A

GENERAL RELEASE

For valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned does hereby release and forever discharge the “Releasees” hereunder, consisting of EngageSmart, Inc., and its partners, subsidiaries, associates, affiliates, successors, heirs, assigns, agents, directors, officers, employees, representatives, lawyers, insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, losses, costs, attorneys’ fees or expenses, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “Claims”), which the undersigned now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof. The Claims released herein include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims in any way arising out of, based upon, or related to the employment or termination of employment of the undersigned by the Releasees, or any of them; any alleged breach of any express or implied contract of employment; any alleged torts or other alleged legal restrictions on Releasees’ right to terminate the employment of the undersigned; and any alleged violation of any federal, state or local statute or ordinance including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination In Employment Act, and the Americans With Disabilities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this general release (the “Release”) shall not operate to release any rights or claims of the undersigned (i) to payments or benefits under either Section [4(a) or 4(b)] of that certain Employment Agreement, effective as of [ ● ], between [ ● ] and the undersigned (the “Employment Agreement”), whichever is applicable to the payments and benefits provided in exchange for this Release, (ii) to payments or benefits under any equity award agreement between the undersigned and the Company, (iii) with respect to Section [2(b)(iv)] of the Employment Agreement, (iv) to accrued or vested benefits the undersigned may have, if any, as of the date hereof under any applicable plan, policy, practice, program, contract or agreement with the Company, (v) to any Claims, including claims for indemnification and/or advancement of expenses arising under any indemnification agreement between the undersigned and the Company or under the bylaws, certificate of incorporation or other similar governing document of the Company, (vi) to any Claims which cannot be waived by an employee under applicable law or (vii) with respect to the undersigned’s right to communicate directly with, cooperate with, or provide information to, any federal, state or local government regulator.

[IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT OF 1990, THE UNDERSIGNED IS HEREBY ADVISED AS FOLLOWS:

(A) THE EXECUTIVE HAS THE RIGHT TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS RELEASE;

(B) THE EXECUTIVE HAS TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE BEFORE SIGNING IT; AND

(C) THE EXECUTIVE HAS SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER SIGNING THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE, AND THIS RELEASE WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THAT REVOCATION PERIOD.]

The undersigned represents and warrants that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim which the Executive may have against Releasees, or any of them, and the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold Releasees, and each of them, harmless from any liability, Claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees, or any of them, as the result of any such assignment or transfer or any rights or Claims under any such assignment or transfer. It is the intention of the parties that this indemnity does not require payment as a condition precedent to recovery by the Releasees against the undersigned under this indemnity.


Notwithstanding anything herein, the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to 18 USC Section 1833(b), the undersigned will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

The undersigned agrees that if the Executive hereafter commences any suit arising out of, based upon, or relating to any of the Claims released hereunder or in any manner asserts against Releasees, or any of them, any of the Claims released hereunder, then the undersigned agrees to pay to Releasees, and each of them, in addition to any other damages caused to Releasees thereby, all attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees in defending or otherwise responding to said suit or Claim.

The undersigned further understands and agrees that neither the payment of any sum of money nor the execution of this Release shall constitute or be construed as an admission of any liability whatsoever by the Releasees, or any of them, who have consistently taken the position that they have no liability whatsoever to the undersigned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Release this ____ day of ___________, ____.

 

                                                                                                                               

 

A-2

Exhibit 10.13

ENGAGESMART, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

Non-employee members of the board of directors (the “Board”) of EngageSmart, Inc. (the “Company”) shall be eligible to receive cash and equity compensation as set forth in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (this “Policy”). The cash and equity compensation described in this Policy shall be paid or be made, as applicable, automatically and without further action of the Board, to each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company (each, a “Non-Employee Director”) who may be eligible to receive such cash or equity compensation, unless such Non-Employee Director declines the receipt of such cash or equity compensation by written notice to the Company. This Policy shall become effective after the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”) and shall remain in effect until it is revised or rescinded by further action of the Board. This Policy may be amended, modified or terminated by the Board at any time in its sole discretion. The terms and conditions of this Policy shall supersede any prior cash and/or equity compensation arrangements for service as a member of the Board between the Company and any of its Non-Employee Directors and between any subsidiary of the Company and any of its non-employee directors.

1. Cash Compensation.

(a) Annual Retainers. Each Non-Employee Director shall receive an annual retainer of $60,000 for service on the Board.

(b) Additional Annual Retainers. In addition, a Non-Employee Director shall receive the following annual retainers:

(i) Chairperson of the Board. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Board shall receive an additional annual retainer of $22,500 for such service.

(ii) Lead Independent Director. A Non-Employee Director serving as Lead Independent Director of the Board shall receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000 for such service.

(iii) Audit Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Audit Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service.

(iv) Compensation Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Compensation Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $12,500 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Compensation Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $6,000 for such service.

(v) Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $8,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $4,000 for such service.


(c) Payment of Retainers. The annual retainers described in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) shall be earned on a quarterly basis based on a calendar quarter and shall be paid by the Company in arrears not later than the fifteenth day following the end of each calendar quarter. In the event a Non-Employee Director does not serve as a Non-Employee Director, or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(b), for an entire calendar quarter, such Non-Employee Director shall receive a prorated portion of the retainer(s) otherwise payable to such Non-Employee Director for such calendar quarter pursuant to Sections 1(a) and 1(b), with such prorated portion determined by multiplying such otherwise payable retainer(s) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during which the Non-Employee Director serves as a Non-Employee Director or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(b) during the applicable calendar quarter and the denominator of which is the number of days in the applicable calendar quarter.

2. Equity Compensation. Non-Employee Directors shall be granted the equity awards described below. The awards described below shall be granted under and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Company’s 2021 Incentive Award Plan or any other applicable Company equity incentive plan then-maintained by the Company (such plan, as may be amended from time to time, the “Equity Plan”) and shall be granted subject to the execution and delivery of award agreements, including attached exhibits, in substantially the forms previously approved by the Board. All applicable terms of the Equity Plan apply to this Policy as if fully set forth herein, and all equity grants hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms of the Equity Plan.

(a) Annual Awards. Each Non-Employee Director who (i) serves on the Board as of the date of any annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders (an “Annual Meeting”) after the Pricing Date, (ii) will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director immediately following such Annual Meeting, and (iii) has not received an Initial Award (as defined below) during the six month period preceding such annual meeting, shall be automatically granted, on the date of such Annual Meeting, an award of restricted stock units that have an aggregate fair value on the date of such Annual Meeting of $170,000 (as determined in accordance with ASC 718 and with the number of shares of common stock underlying such award subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan). The awards described in this Section 2(b) shall be referred to as the “Annual Awards.” For the avoidance of doubt, a Non-Employee Director elected for the first time to the Board at an Annual Meeting shall receive only an Initial Award (as defined below) in connection with such election, and shall not receive any Annual Award on the date of such Annual Meeting as well.

(b) Initial Awards. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, each Non-Employee Director who is initially elected or appointed to the Board after the Pricing Date shall be automatically granted, on the date of such Non-Employee Director’s initial election or appointment (such Non-Employee Director’s “Start Date”), an award of restricted stock units that have an aggregate fair value on such Non-Employee Director’s Start Date of $500,000 (as determined in accordance with ASC 718 and with the number of shares of common stock underlying such award subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan). The awards described in this Section 2(c) shall be referred to as “Initial Awards.” For the avoidance of doubt, no Non-Employee Director shall be granted more than one Initial Award.

 

2


(c) Termination of Employment of Employee Directors. Members of the Board who are employees of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company who subsequently terminate their employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company and remain on the Board will not receive an Initial Award pursuant to Section 2(c) above, but to the extent that they are otherwise eligible, will be eligible to receive, after termination from employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company, Annual Awards as described in Section 2(b) above.

(d) Vesting of Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors.

(i) Each Annual Award shall vest and become exercisable on the earlier of (i) the day immediately preceding the date of the first Annual Meeting following the date of grant and (ii) the first anniversary of the date of grant, in each case subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through the applicable vesting date.

(ii) Each Initial Award shall vest and become exercisable in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through each applicable vesting date.

(iii) No portion of an Annual Award or Initial Award that is unvested or unexercisable at the time of a Non-Employee Director’s termination of service on the Board shall become vested and exercisable thereafter. All of a Non-Employee Director’s Annual Awards and Initial Awards shall vest in full immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan), to the extent outstanding at such time.

* * * * *

 

3

Exhibit 10.14

EXECUTION VERSION

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 11, 2019

among

HANCOCK MERGER SUB, INC.

(which on the Closing Date shall be merged with and into Invoice Cloud, Inc., with Invoice Cloud,

Inc. surviving the Merger),

as Initial Borrower

HANCOCK MIDCO, LLC,

as Holdings

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

as Lenders

ARES CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Administrative Agent

and

ARES CAPITAL CORPORATION

and

GOLUB CAPITAL LLC,

as Joint Lead Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.1

   Certain Defined Terms      1  

Section 1.2

   Accounting Terms; Utilization of GAAP for Purposes of Calculations Under Agreement      50  

Section 1.3

   Other Definitional Provisions and Rules of Construction      51  

Section 1.4

   Certifications      52  

Section 1.5

   Rounding      52  

Section 1.6

   Timing of Payment and Deliveries      52  

Section 1.7

   Divisions      52  

ARTICLE II AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND LOANS

     52  

Section 2.1

   Commitments; Making of Loans; the Register; Optional Notes      52  

Section 2.2

   Interest on the Loans      56  

Section 2.3

   Fees      59  

Section 2.4

   Repayments, Prepayments and Reductions of Commitments; General Provisions Regarding Payments; Application of Proceeds of Collateral and Payments Under Guaranty      60  

Section 2.5

   Use of Proceeds      74  

Section 2.6

   Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Loans      75  

Section 2.7

   Increased Costs; Taxes; Capital Adequacy      77  

Section 2.8

   Statement of Lenders; Obligation of Lenders and Issuing Lender to Mitigate      82  

Section 2.9

   Defaulting Lenders      83  

Section 2.10

   Replacement of a Lender      84  

Section 2.11

   Incremental Facilities      85  

Section 2.12

   Refinancing Amendments      89  

ARTICLE III LETTERS OF CREDIT

     90  

Section 3.1

   Issuance of Letters of Credit and Lenders’ Purchase of Participations Therein      90  

Section 3.2

   Letter of Credit Fees      92  

Section 3.3

   Drawings and Reimbursement of Amounts Paid Under Letters of Credit      93  

Section 3.4

   Obligations Absolute      95  

Section 3.5

   Nature of Issuing Lenders’ Duties      95  

ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

     96  

Section 4.1

   Conditions to Initial Loans      96  

 

i


Section 4.2

   Conditions to Subsequent Loans      99  

Section 4.3

   Conditions to Letters of Credit      100  

Section 4.4

   Conditions to Delayed Draw Term Loans      100  
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      101  

Section 5.1

   Organization, Powers, Qualification, Good Standing, Business and Subsidiaries      101  

Section 5.2

   Authorization of Borrowing, etc.      101  

Section 5.3

   Financial Condition      102  

Section 5.4

   No Material Adverse Change      103  

Section 5.5

   Title to Properties; Liens; Real Property Assets; Intellectual Property; Insurance      103  

Section 5.6

   Litigation      104  

Section 5.7

   Payment of Taxes      104  

Section 5.8

   Federal Regulations      104  

Section 5.9

   ERISA      105  

Section 5.10

   Environmental Matters      105  

Section 5.11

   Labor Agreements and Employee Matters      106  

Section 5.12

   Solvency      106  

Section 5.13

   Matters Relating to Collateral      106  

Section 5.14

   Compliance with Laws      107  

Section 5.15

   Disclosure      107  

Section 5.16

   Use of Proceeds      108  

Section 5.17

   Senior Indebtedness      108  

Section 5.18

   U.S. Trade Controls      108  
ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      109  

Section 6.1

   Financial Statements and Other Reports      109  

Section 6.2

   Existence, Etc.      112  

Section 6.3

   Payment of Taxes and Claims; Tax; Payment of Obligations      112  

Section 6.4

   Maintenance of Properties; Insurance      113  

Section 6.5

   Inspection Rights; Books and Records      113  

Section 6.6

   Compliance with Laws, Etc.      114  

Section 6.7

   Environmental Matters      114  

Section 6.8

   Execution of Loan Documents After the Closing Date      115  

Section 6.9

   Matters Relating to Real Property Collateral      116  

 

ii


Section 6.10

   Anti-Terrorism Laws      117  

Section 6.11

   Federal Regulation      117  

Section 6.12

   Further Assurances      117  

Section 6.13

   Designation of Subsidiaries      117  

Section 6.14

   Use of Proceeds      118  

Section 6.15

   Post-Closing      118  
ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS      118  

Section 7.1

   Indebtedness      119  

Section 7.2

   Liens and Related Matters      121  

Section 7.3

   Investments; Acquisitions      125  

Section 7.4

   Restricted Junior Payments      127  

Section 7.5

   Financial Covenants      129  

Section 7.6

   Restriction on Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales      130  

Section 7.7

   Transactions with Affiliates      132  

Section 7.8

   Sale and Leaseback Transactions      133  

Section 7.9

   Conduct of Business      133  

Section 7.10

   Amendments or Waivers of Certain Agreements; Amendments of Documents Relating to Other Indebtedness      134  

Section 7.11

   Fiscal Year      134  
ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT      134  

Section 8.1

   Failure to Make Payments When Due      134  

Section 8.2

   Default in Other Agreements      135  

Section 8.3

   Breach of Certain Covenants      135  

Section 8.4

   Breach of Representations and Warranties      135  

Section 8.5

   Other Defaults Under Loan Documents      136  

Section 8.6

   Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc.      136  

Section 8.7

   Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc.      136  

Section 8.8

   ERISA      136  

Section 8.9

   Judgments and Attachments; Dissolution      137  

Section 8.10

   Change of Control      137  

Section 8.11

   Invalidity of Loan Documents; Failure of Security; Repudiation of Obligations      137  
ARTICLE IX THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT      139  

Section 9.1

   Appointment      139  

 

iii


Section 9.2

   Agent in Its Individual Capacity      140  

Section 9.3

   Exculpatory Provisions      140  

Section 9.4

   Reliance by Agent      141  

Section 9.5

   Delegation of Duties      141  

Section 9.6

   Successor Agent      142  

Section 9.7

   Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders      142  

Section 9.8

   Name Agents      143  

Section 9.9

   Indemnification      143  

Section 9.10

   Withholding Taxes      143  

Section 9.11

   Lender’s Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgements      144  

Section 9.12

   Collateral Documents and Guaranty      144  

Section 9.13

   Administrative Agent May File Bankruptcy Disclosure and Proofs of Claim      145  

Section 9.14

   Certain ERISA Matters      146  

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

     147  

Section 10.1

   Successors and Assigns; Assignments and Participations in Loans and Letters of Credit      147  

Section 10.2

   Expenses      152  

Section 10.3

   Indemnity      153  

Section 10.4

   Set-Off      154  

Section 10.5

   Ratable Sharing      155  

Section 10.6

   Amendments and Waivers      155  

Section 10.7

   Independence of Covenants      160  

Section 10.8

   Notices; Effectiveness of Signatures      160  

Section 10.9

   Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements      161  

Section 10.10

   Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative      161  

Section 10.11

   Marshalling; Payments Set Aside      161  

Section 10.12

   Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights; Damage Waiver      162  

Section 10.13

   Release of Security Interest or Guaranty      162  

Section 10.14

   Applicable Law      163  

Section 10.15

   Construction of Agreement; Nature of Relationship      163  

Section 10.16

   Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process      163  

Section 10.17

   Waiver of Jury Trial      164  

Section 10.18

   Confidentiality      164  

Section 10.19

   USA Patriot Act      165  

 

iv


Section 10.20

   Usury Savings Clause.      165  

Section 10.21

   Successor Issuing Lender.      166  

Section 10.22

   Counterparts; Effectiveness.      167  

Section 10.23

   Purchase Option.      167  

Section 10.24

   Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.      169  

 

Exhibits      

Exhibit I

   Form of Notice of Borrowing   

Exhibit II

   Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation   

Exhibit III

   Form of Request for Issuance   

Exhibit IV

   Form of Term Note   

Exhibit V

   Form of Revolving Note   

Exhibit VI

   [Reserved]   

Exhibit VII

   Form of Delayed Draw Term Note   

Exhibit VIII-1

   Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice   

Exhibit VIII-2

   Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice   

Exhibit VIII-3

   Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer   

Exhibit VIII-4

   Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice   

Exhibit VIII-5

   Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer   

Exhibit VIII-6

   Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice   

Exhibit VIII-7

   Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response   

Exhibit IX

   Form of Compliance Certificate   

Exhibit X

   Form of Solvency Certificate   

Exhibit XI

   Form of Assignment Agreement   

Exhibit XII

   Form of Pledge and Security Agreement   

Exhibit XIII

   Form of Guaranty   

Exhibit XIV

   Form of Liquidity Certificate   

Exhibit XV-1

   Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)   

Exhibit XV-2

   Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)   

Exhibit XV-3

   Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)   

Exhibit XV-4

   Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)   

 

Schedules

     

Schedule 2.1

   Lenders’ Commitments   

Schedule 5.1

   Corporate & Capital Structure; Ownership   

Schedule 5.5(b)

   Owned Real Property   

Schedule 5.5(d)

   Intellectual Property   

Schedule 5.6

   Litigation   

Schedule 5.10

   Environmental Matters   

Schedule 5.13

   Filing Offices   

Schedule 6.15

   Post-Closing   

Schedule 7.1

   Permitted Indebtedness   

Schedule 7.2

   Permitted Liens   

Schedule 7.3

   Permitted Investments   

Schedule 7.7

   Permitted Affiliate Transactions   

 

v


This Credit Agreement is dated as of February 11, 2019 and entered into by and among:

 

  (1)

HANCOCK MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware limited liability company (“Merger Sub”);

 

  (2)

HANCOCK MIDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Wholly Owned direct Subsidiary of Parent (“Holdings”);

 

  (3)

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME AS LENDERS (each individually referred to herein as a “Lender” and collectively as “Lenders”); and

 

  (4)

ARES CAPITAL CORPORATION, as administrative agent for Lenders and collateral agent for Secured Parties (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”).

R E C I T A L S

 

  (A)

WHEREAS, Holdings, Merger Sub and Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), have entered into the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 11, 2018 (together with all annexes, exhibits and schedules attached thereto, the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company (the “Merger”), with the Company surviving as a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings;

 

  (B)

WHEREAS, Lenders, at the request of Holdings, have agreed to extend to Borrower (i) a $75,000,000 senior secured term loan facility, (ii) a $7,500,000 senior secured revolving credit facility and (iii) a $35,000,000 senior secured delayed draw term loan facility, in each case, on the terms set forth herein; and

 

  (C)

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans will be used to finance the Merger, refinance indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement and Burgess Note and pay Transaction Costs.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Certain Defined Terms.

The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

Acceptable Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Acceptable Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice” means an irrevocable written notice from Borrower accepting a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment at the Acceptable Discount specified therein pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(D), in substantially the form of Exhibit VIII-1 annexed hereto.

Acceptance Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(b)(v).


Additional Leverage Ratio Amount” shall mean the difference (if positive) of (x) the Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to any acquisition of all of the business and assets, or Capital Stock, of any Person or Business Line which acquisition is permitted pursuant to Section 7.03 funded with the incurrence of any Delayed Draw Term Loan or Incremental Term Loan (and taking into account the use of proceeds therefrom, including, without limitation, any acquisition of all of the business and assets, or Capital Stock, of any Person or Business Line which acquisition is permitted pursuant to Section 7.03) minus (y) the Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period prior thereto (provided, if one or more acquisitions of all of the business and assets, or Capital Stock, of any Person or Business Line which acquisition is permitted pursuant to Section 7.03 using the proceeds of any Delayed Draw Term Loans or Incremental Term Loan since such last day of the most recently ended Test Period and prior to the incurrence and use of the proceeds therefrom in respect of which the Additional Leverage Ratio Amount is being calculated, this clause (y) shall be the Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to all such prior incurrences of the Delayed Draw Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans and the use of proceeds therefrom in connection therewith).

Additional Mortgaged Property” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 6.9.

Additional Refinancing Lender” means, at any time, any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor (other than any such bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that is a Lender at such time) that agrees to provide any portion of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.12, provided that each Additional Refinancing Lender shall be subject to the approval of (i) the Administrative Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, to the extent that each such Additional Refinancing Lender is not an Affiliate of a then-existing Lender or an Approved Fund, (ii) Borrower and (iii) in the case of a Refinancing Amendment in respect of the Revolving Loans, the Issuing Lender.

Adjusted LIBOR” means, for each Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loan, the greater of (a) (x) an interest rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1%) determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to LIBOR in effect for such Interest Period divided by (y) 1 minus the LIBOR Reserves Percentage (if any) for such Interest Period and (b) 1.00% per annum.

Administrative Agent” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Recitals to this Agreement and also means and includes any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 9.5.

Affected Lender” means any Lender (i) that notifies Borrower and Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.6(c) that it is illegal or impractical for such Lender to continue to make, maintain or continue any of its LIBOR Loans or (ii) or Issuing Lender that makes a claim under Section 2.7.

Affected Loans” means outstanding LIBOR Loans made by an Affected Lender.

Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Securities or by contract or otherwise; provided that no Agent or Lender shall be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of any Loan Party.

 

2


Affiliated Funds” means funds that are administered or managed by (a) a single entity or (b) an Affiliate of such entity.

Affiliated Debt Fund” means any investment fund which is an Affiliate of the Sponsor and that is a bona fide diversified debt fund or an investment vehicle that is primarily engaged in the making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course, and the Sponsor does not have the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the investment policies or decisions of such Affiliate.

Affiliated Lender” means any Lender that is the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor (other than Holdings and its Subsidiaries).

Agents” means Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and any other agents appointed under the Loan Documents.

Aggregate Amounts Due” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.5.

Aggregate Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment shall mean the combined Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments of the Lenders, which shall initially be in the amount of $35,000,000, as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

Agreement” means this Credit Agreement dated as of February 11, 2019.

All-In Yield” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(d).

Anti-Money Laundering Laws” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 5.8(c).

Applicable Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Approved Fund” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person (other than a natural Person) that (a) is or will be engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and (b) is advised or managed by (i) such Lender, (ii) any Affiliate of such Lender or (iii) any Person (other than an individual) or any Affiliate of any Person (other than an individual) that administers or manages such Lender.

Ares” means Ares Capital Management LLC and/or its managed funds or Affiliates.

Arrangers” means Ares Capital Corporation and Golub Capital LLC, as Joint Lead Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers.

Asset Sale” means the sale or disposition by any Group Member to any Person that is not a Loan Party of (a) any of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower held by such Group Member, (b) all or substantially all of the assets of any Business Line of any Group Member, or (c) any other assets (whether tangible or intangible) of any Group Member (in each case, including sales or dispositions permitted under Section 7.6(d) but excluding, so long as not to an Affiliate of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, (i) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) sales, abandonments or other dispositions of property that is obsolete, damaged, worn out or surplus or no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of business of any Group Member and (iii) dispositions of cash and dispositions of Cash Equivalents for fair value).

 

3


Assignment Agreement” means an assignment and assumption agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit XI annexed hereto.

Attributable Indebtedness” means, when used with respect to any sale and leaseback transaction permitted hereunder, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to Borrower’s then-current weighted average cost of funds for borrowed money as at the time of determination, compounded on a semi-annual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such sale and leaseback transaction.

Auction Agent” means (a) Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor employed by Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v); provided that Borrower shall not designate Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of Administrative Agent (it being understood that Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent).

Available Amount” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the sum, without duplication, of (i) $5,000,000, plus (ii) 50% of the aggregate amount (which shall not be less than zero) of Borrower’s Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 that has been certified to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.1 plus (iii) the aggregate amount of proceeds (including cash and fair market value (as determined in good faith by Borrower) of property (other than cash)) received after the Closing Date and on or prior to such date of determination from any issuance or placement of Capital Stock of, or capital contribution to, Holdings or Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock and equity contributed in connection with the Cure Right or comprising a Cure Amount) which, in the case of any such issuance or placement by, or capital contribution to, Holdings, has been contributed as common equity to Borrower, plus (iv) the Net Asset Sale Proceeds and Net Insurance/Condemnation proceeds that are below the $3,000,000 threshold set forth in Section 2.4(b)(iii)(A)-(B), plus (v) the Declined Proceeds, plus (vi) an amount equal to any Returns actually received in cash or Cash Equivalents by Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of any Investments pursuant to Section 7.3(n) in a person other than a Loan Party (not to exceed the amount of the original Investment); minus (b) the aggregate amount of all Investments and Restricted Junior Payments made by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 7.3(n) and Section 7.4(f) using the Available Amount on or prior to such date of determination. For the avoidance of doubt, the Available Amount shall be permitted to be used as provided in this Agreement subject to compliance with applicable Available Amount Usage Conditions for each such usage.

Available Amount Usage Conditions” means, collectively, the satisfaction of each of the following conditions: (a) the absence of any Event of Default at the time of and after giving effect to the usage of any portion of Available Amount under Section 7.3(n) or Section 7.4(f) (or, in the case of any use of the Available Amount for the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets (including Business Lines or divisions) or a majority of the Capital Stock of any Person which acquisition constitutes a Limited Conditionality Investment, (x) the absence of any Event of Default at the time of entering into the definitive purchase (or similar) documentation in respect of such acquisition and (y) the absence of any Event of Default under Section 8.1, Section 8.6 or Section 8.7 at the time such acquisition is consummated or immediately after giving effect thereto); (b) at the time of and after giving effect to the usage of any portion of the Available Amount (other than the amount described in clause (a)(i) or (iii) of the definition thereof) with respect to (i) Investments and Restricted Junior Payments, Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Covenants and (ii) Restricted Junior Payments, for any date of measurement (x) on or prior to the Conversion Date, Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio does not exceed 1.15 to 1.00 and (y) for any date of measurement thereafter, a Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio not to exceed 5.00 to 1.00; and (c) delivery by Borrower to Administrative Agent of a certificate of an Officer demonstrating the calculation of the

 

4


Available Amount both before and after giving effect to the usage of Available Amount and, in the case of a use of the Available Amount (other than the amount described in clause (a)(i) of the definition thereof) to make a Restricted Junior Payment, compliance with the applicable condition set forth in the foregoing clause (b).

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Banking Services” means one or more of the following bank services provided to any Loan Party by any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender: (a) credit cards for commercial customers (including, without limitation, “commercial credit cards” and purchasing cards), (b) stored value cards and (c) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

Base Rate” means, for any day, for any Loan, a rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%, (c) Adjusted LIBOR for a LIBOR Loan with a one-month interest period (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00% and (d) 2.00%. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate or Adjusted LIBOR for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (c) or (d), as applicable, of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the then applicable Adjusted LIBOR shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the then applicable Adjusted LIBOR, respectively.

Base Rate Loans” means Loans bearing interest at rates determined by reference to the Base Rate as provided in Section 2.2(a).

Beneficial Ownership Certification” shall mean a certification regarding beneficial ownership of the Borrower as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” shall mean 31 C.F.R. §1010.230.

Benefit Plan” shall mean any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42)) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

Borrower shall mean (a) Merger Sub prior to the consummation of the Merger, and (b) the Company from and after the consummation of the Merger.

 

5


Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment” means the offer by Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(B).

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Term Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range of discounts to par pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(C).

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Term Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(D).

Burgess Note” means the Subordinated Promissory Note signed by Company in favor of the John K. Burgess and dated as of April 13, 2016.

Business Day” means (a) for all purposes other than as covered by clause (b) below, any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions located in such state are required by law or other governmental action to close, and (b) with respect to all notices, determinations, fundings and payments in connection with LIBOR or any LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars, any day that is a Business Day described in clause (a) above and that is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Business Line” means, with respect to any Person, assets constituting an identifiable line or division of business operations conducted by such Person.

Capital Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

Capital Stock” means the capital stock of or other equity interests (including partnership interests and membership interests in a limited liability company) in a Person.

Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the collateral agent, for the benefit of one or more of the issuing banks or Lenders, as collateral for obligations pursuant to Letters of Credit or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect of any obligations pursuant to Letters of Credit, cash or deposit account balances under the sole dominion and control of the collateral agent or, if agreed to by the collateral agent and the relevant issuing bank in their sole discretion, other credit support including back stop letters of credit, in each case of the foregoing pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the collateral agent and such applicable issuing bank. “Cash Collateral” and “Cash Collateralization” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Equivalents” means, as at any date of determination, (a) readily marketable Securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after such date, (b) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such date of determination and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, the highest rating obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), (c) commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any State of the United States maturing no more than one

 

6


year from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s, (d) Dollar-denominated insured certificates of deposit, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year after such date of determination and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (ii) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $250,000,000 and (e) shares of United States money market mutual fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000, and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable for money market mutual funds from either S&P or Moody’s.

CFC” means a Person that is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Change in Law” means, with respect to any Lender, the occurrence of any of the following after the date of this Agreement: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation, treaty or order, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Government Authority, (c) any determination of a court or other Government Authority or (d) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Government Authority; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law” to the extent not enacted, adopted or issued as of the Closing Date.

Change of Control” means any of the following:

(a)    at any time prior to a Qualified Public Offering, Permitted Holders shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the issued and outstanding Voting Securities of Holdings on a fully diluted basis, unless the Permitted Holders otherwise have the right (pursuant to contract, proxy or otherwise), directly or indirectly, to designate or appoint (and do so designate or appoint) directors of Holdings having a majority of the aggregate votes on the Board of Directors of Holdings;

(b)    at any time following a Qualified Public Offering, (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership, or the direct or indirect power to vote or direct the voting, of a percentage of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Securities of Holdings that, on a fully diluted basis, exceeds the greater of (A) 35% of the then outstanding Voting Securities of Holdings and (B) the percentage of then outstanding Voting Securities of Holdings owned directly or indirectly, beneficially by Permitted Holders; or (ii) the Governing Body of Borrower shall cease to consist of a majority of Continuing Directors; and

(c)    at any time Holdings ceases to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of Borrower.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this definition or any provision of Section 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, (A) if any group includes one or more Permitted Holders, the issued and outstanding Voting Securities of Parent, directly or indirectly owned by the Permitted Holders that are part of such group shall

 

7


not be treated as being beneficially owned by such group or any other member of such group for purposes of clauses (a) and (b) of this definition, (B) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Securities to be acquired by such Person or group pursuant to a stock or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Securities in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement, and (C) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own the Voting Securities of another Person as a result of its ownership of Voting Securities or other securities of such other Person’s parent (or related contractual rights) unless it owns 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Securities entitled to vote for the election of directors of such Person’s parent having a majority of the aggregate votes on the Board of Directors of such Person’s parent.

Class” when used in reference to (a) any Loan, refers to whether such Loan is an Initial Term Loan, a Delayed Draw Term Loan, a Revolving Loan, an Incremental Term Loan, an Incremental Revolving Loan, a Refinancing Revolving Loan of a given Refinancing Series, a Refinancing Term Loan of a given Refinancing Series or a Replacement Term Loan and (b) any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is an Initial Term Loan Commitment, a Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment, a Revolving Loan Commitment, an Incremental Term Loan Commitment, an Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment, a Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitment of a given Refinancing Series, a Refinancing Term Commitment of a given Refinancing Series or a Commitment in respect of Replacement Term Loans.

Closing Date” means the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 4.1 are satisfied or waived and the initial Loans are made.

Collateral” means, collectively, all of the assets and property in which Liens are granted or purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations.

Collateral Account” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

Collateral Documents” means the Pledge and Security Agreement, any Mortgages, any Deposit Account Control Agreement, any intellectual property security agreements and all supplements to any of the foregoing and other instruments or documents or delivered by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in order to grant to Administrative Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, a Lien on any real, personal or mixed property of that Loan Party as security for the Obligations.

Commitments” means, collectively, the Term Loan Commitment and the Revolving Loan Commitments. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any PIK Loans shall not reduce the amounts available in respect of any Commitments.

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Company” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Company Material Adverse Effect” has the meaning assigned to the defined term “Company Material Adverse Effect” in the Merger Agreement as of the date thereof.

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit IX annexed hereto.

 

8


Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration, or accrued as a liability), during such period for the acquisition, leasing (pursuant to a Capital Lease), construction, replacement, repair, substitution or improvement of fixed assets or additions to equipment (excluding capitalized interest to the extent included in Consolidated Interest Expense) that, in conformity with GAAP, are required to be capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Current Assets” means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of the Group Members on a consolidated basis which may properly be classified as current assets in conformity with GAAP, excluding cash and Cash Equivalents and any Indebtedness owing to any Group Member by Affiliates of any Group Member.

Consolidated Current Liabilities” means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of the Group Members on a consolidated basis which may properly be classified as current liabilities in conformity with GAAP, excluding liabilities attributable to the current portions of Funded Debt (including revolving credit loans), Capital Leases, accruals of interest expense (excluding interest expense that is due and unpaid), if any, of transaction costs resulting from the Transactions.

Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio” means, as of the last day of any Test Period, the ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, of (a)(x) Consolidated Total Debt of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date minus (y) Unrestricted Cash of the Group Members that is available as of such last day in an amount not to exceed (i) for any Test Period ending prior to the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, $15,000,000 and (ii) for any Test Period ending from and after the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, (x) $5,000,000 plus (y) without duplication, Unrestricted Cash held in Deposit Accounts of Borrower and the Guarantors subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement and pursuant to which the Administrative Agent has a perfected first priority lien; provided that, the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash that may be subtracted from the amount in the foregoing clause (a)(x), pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a)(y)(ii)(x) and (a)(y)(ii)(y), shall not in any event, collectively exceed $15,000,000, to (b) LQA Recurring Revenues of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently completed Test Period.

Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income of the Group Members for such period plus, without duplication and, if applicable, to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income (regardless of classification) for such period, and in each case (other than in the case of clause (h)) only to the extent (and in the same proportion) deducted (and not added back or excluded) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:

(a)    any Tax Distributions and any Taxes payable by a Group Member paid or accrued during such period;

(b)    Consolidated Interest Expense and, to the extent not reflected in such Consolidated Interest Expense, (i) any net losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, amortization or write-off of debt discount and (ii) debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including commitment, letter of credit and administrative fees and charges with respect to the Loans and Commitments hereunder);

 

9


(c)    depreciation and amortization expense and non-cash impairment charges (other than write-downs or write-offs of accounts receivable or inventory);

(d)    any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses; provided that the aggregate amount of add-backs or amounts added back in reliance on this clause (d), together with the amounts permitted to be added back pursuant to clauses (h) and (o), shall not exceed 30% of Consolidated EBITDA in any four consecutive Fiscal Quarter period (in each case, calculated prior to giving effect to any such adjustments);

(e)    any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses (except to the extent such charges, expenses or losses represent an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or an amortization of a prepaid cash expense paid in a prior period);

(f)    costs, charges and expenses arising from stock option based and other equity based compensation, and from repurchase of equity from directors, officers, consultants and employees, of the Group Members to the extent such costs, charges and expenses are non-cash or otherwise funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Voting Securities of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock or Cure Amounts);

(g)    proceeds actually received by the Group Members during such period from any business interruption insurance (to the extent such proceeds are not reflected as revenue or income in such statement of such Consolidated Net Income);

(h)    the amount of pro forma “run rate” cost savings and other operating improvements and synergies projected by Holdings or Borrower in good faith and certified in writing to Administrative Agent to be realized as a result of any acquisition or Asset Sale otherwise permitted hereunder (including the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such business) of business entities or properties or assets, constituting a division or line of business of any business entity, division or line of business that is the subject of any such acquisition or Asset Sale during such period, or from any operational change taken or committed to be taken during such period, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions to the extent already included in the Consolidated Net Income for such period; provided that Holdings or Borrower shall have certified to Administrative Agent that (A) such cost savings, operating improvements and synergies are reasonably anticipated to result from such actions, (B) such actions have been taken or committed to be taken and the benefits resulting therefrom are anticipated by Holdings and Borrower to be realized within 18 months after the related merger or other business combination, acquisition, divestiture, restructuring, cost savings initiative or other initiative is consummated and (C) the aggregate amount of add-backs or amounts added back in reliance on this clause (h) together with the amounts permitted to be added back pursuant to clauses (d) and (o), shall not exceed 30% of Consolidated EBITDA in any four consecutive Fiscal Quarter period (in each case, calculated prior to giving effect to any such adjustments);

(i)    cash expenses relating to earn-outs and similar obligations otherwise included in the definition of “Indebtedness”;

(j)    charges, losses, costs, expenses or write offs to the extent indemnified or insured by a third party, including expenses covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with the Transactions, a Permitted Acquisition or any other acquisition permitted by this Agreement, to the extent actually reimbursed (and to the extent such reimbursement proceeds are not included in arriving at Consolidated Net Income);

 

10


(k) any unrealized foreign currency translation losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets and liabilities of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, but only to the extent deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income;

(l) any unrealized mark-to-market losses relating to Securities and other Investments of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, but only to the extent deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income;

(m) costs of surety bonds, letters of credit, bank guarantees and similar instruments in connection with financing activities of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(n) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense as described in the preceding clause (c)) related to any issuance of Capital Stock, Investment, acquisition, Asset Sale, Recovery Event, recapitalization or the incurrence, issuance, SEC registration, modification or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to this Agreement and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Obligations or other Indebtedness permitted hereunder;

(o) charges, fees, expenses or other costs or reserves attributable to the undertaking and/or implementation of cost savings initiatives, operating expense reductions, transition, business optimization and other restructuring and integration charges, fees, expenses or other costs or reserves (including costs related to the closure or consolidation of facilities, costs relating to curtailments, costs related to entry into new markets, strategic initiatives and contracts, consulting fees, signing or retention costs, retention or completion bonuses, expansion and relocation expenses, severance payments, modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, contract termination costs, new systems design and implementation costs and startup costs); provided that the aggregate amount of add-backs or amounts added back in reliance on this clause (o), together with the amounts permitted to be added back pursuant to clauses (d) and (h), shall not exceed 30% of Consolidated EBITDA in any four consecutive Fiscal Quarter period (in each case, calculated prior to giving effect to any such adjustments);

(p) [reserved];

(q) the amount of reasonable board of director fees and expenses (including out of pocket director fees and expenses) actually paid by or on behalf of, or accrued by, such Person to the extent permitted to be paid under this Agreement; and

(r) one-time charges, fees, expenses or other costs or reserves associated with commencing public company compliance;

minus, to the extent reflected as income or a gain in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:

(1) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains (including gains on the sales of assets) outside of the ordinary course of business;

(2) (A) any other non-cash income or gains (other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course), but excluding any such items (i) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period or (ii) which represent the reversal in such period of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period where such accrual or reserve is no longer required and (B) any net gains on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purposes of hedging interest rate risk;

 

11


(3) non-cash items added in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income (other than any such non-cash item (A) to the extent it is anticipated to result in the receipt of cash payments in any future period or in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or (B) which represents the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period);

(4) net gains from discontinued or disposed operations (in the case of discontinued operations, solely to the extent incurred from the date such operations were held for sale in accordance with GAAP);

(5) any unrealized foreign currency translation gains realized and income accrued from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets and liabilities of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, but only to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income;

(6) any unrealized mark-to-market gains realized and income accrued relating to Securities and other Investments of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, but only to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income; and

(7) deferred software development costs and expenditures incurred by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period that have been capitalized in accordance with GAAP and recorded as such on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, which, if such capitalization has been required by GAAP, will be deducted solely to the extent that such costs and expenditures exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (with only the amount of such excess to be deducted);

all of the foregoing as determined on a consolidated basis for the Group Members in conformity with GAAP; provided that for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA of the Group Members for any period, (A) the Consolidated EBITDA of any Person or Properties constituting a division or line of business of any business entity, division or line of business, in each case, acquired by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and assuming any synergies, cost savings and other operating improvements to the extent factually supportable and certified by Borrower as having been determined in good faith to be reasonably anticipated to be realizable within 18 months following such acquisition shall be included on a Pro Forma Basis (subject to the limitations contained in such definition) for such period (but assuming the consummation of such acquisition occurred on the first day of such period), (B) the Consolidated EBITDA of any Person or Properties constituting a division or line of business of any business entity, division or line of business, in each case, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period shall be excluded for such period (assuming the consummation of such sale or disposition occurred on the first day of such period) and (C) amounts (whether positive or negative) otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income solely as a result of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded.

Consolidated Excess Cash Flow” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of:

 

  (a)

the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (i)

Consolidated EBITDA for such period;

 

12


  (ii)

decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than (1) any such decreases arising from reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa and (2) any such decreases arising from acquisitions or Asset Sales by Group Members completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting); and

 

  (iii)

cash receipts in respect of interest income and Interest Rate Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income;

less (b) the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (i)

increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than (1) any such increases arising from reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa and (2) any such increases arising from acquisitions or Asset Sales by any group Member completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting);

 

  (ii)

the amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures made in cash during such period, except to the extent that such Consolidated Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds received from the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness, or the issuance of Capital Stock, of one or more of the Group Members;

 

  (iii)

the aggregate amount of all scheduled and mandatory principal payments of Indebtedness of the Group Members made during such period (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of obligations under Capital Leases, (B) [reserved], (C) the actual cash amount used to voluntarily prepay any Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v), except to the extent financed with the proceeds received from the issuance or incurrence of other long-term Indebtedness, or the issuance of Capital Stock, of one or more of the Group Members;

 

  (iv)

the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by the Group Members (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments made during such period which are permitted under Section 7.3 to the extent that such Investments were not financed with the proceeds received from the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness, or the issuance of Capital Stock, of one or more of the Group Members;

 

  (v)

the amount of Restricted Junior Payments otherwise permitted to be made during such period under Section 7.4 and actually paid during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Group Members in cash, to the extent such dividends were financed with internally generated cash flow of Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (vi)

the aggregate cash payments made during such period to satisfy Taxes measured by net income, including, without duplication, Permitted Tax Distributions;

 

  (vii)

cash expenditures in respect of Interest Rate Agreements during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  (viii)

any Transaction Costs paid in cash during such period to the extent such payments were not financed with proceeds of Loans or the issuance of incurrence of other Indebtedness of one or more Group Members;

 

13


  (ix)

the aggregate cash payments made during such period to satisfy earn-outs and similar obligations then due and payable by their terms to the extent such earn-outs or other similar obligations are (A) added back in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such period and (B) otherwise permitted under this Agreement; and

 

  (x)

the amount related to items that were added to or not deducted from net income in calculating Consolidated Net Income or were added to or not deducted from net income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA to the extent such items represented a cash payment by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or did not represent cash received by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis during such period.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, (a) consolidated total interest expense of the Group Members for such period and including, in any event, (i) interest capitalized during such period and net costs (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any losses) under Interest Rate Agreements for such period and (ii) all fees, charges, commissions, discounts and other similar obligations (other than reimbursement obligations) with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, banker’s acceptances, surety bonds and performance bonds (whether or not matured) payable by the Group Members during such period minus (b) the sum of (i) consolidated net gains of the Group Members under Interest Rate Agreements for such period and (ii) consolidated interest income of the Group Members for such period.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that in calculating Consolidated Net Income of the Group Members for any period, (a) there shall be excluded the income (or loss) for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) there shall be excluded the income (or loss) for such period of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which any Group Member has an ownership interest (including any joint venture), except to the extent that any such income is actually received by Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends and distributions shall be included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income), (c) there shall be excluded the income (or loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Loan Party to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions or other payment by such Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of law, statute, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree, organizational documents, instruments or other agreements, applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary, (d) there shall be included any after tax (which amount of tax shall include the amount of any Tax Distributions) gains (or losses) attributable to Asset Sales in the ordinary course of business, (e) to the extent actually reimbursed, there shall be included lost profits to the extent indemnified or insured by a third party, including expenses covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with the Transactions, a Permitted Acquisition or any other acquisition permitted by this Agreement, (f) there shall be excluded the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period and (g) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such person and its subsidiaries) required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded.

Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated amount of all assets of the Group Members reflected on the financial statements most recently delivered under Section 6.1(b) or Section 6.1(c), as the case may be, or, on any date prior to the delivery of financial statements under Section 6.1(b) or Section 6.1(c), the pro forma consolidated balance sheet of Company delivered pursuant to Section 5.3(b), as applicable; provided, that Consolidated Total Assets shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis in respect of any Relevant Transaction that has occurred on or after the last day of such Fiscal Quarter and prior to such date of determination.

 

14


Consolidated Total Debt” means, as at any date of determination, (a) all Indebtedness of the type described in clause (i), (ii) (solely to the extent such letters of credit, letters of guaranty, bankers’ acceptances and similar credit transactions are drawn), (iii) or (v) of the definition of “Indebtedness” set forth below in this Section 1.1 and, without duplication, (b) all Contingent Obligations with respect to any such Indebtedness, in each case, of the Group Members on a consolidated basis.

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of the last day of any Test Period, the ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, of (a)(x) Consolidated Total Debt of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date minus (y) Unrestricted Cash of the Group Members that is available as of such last day in an amount not to exceed (i) for any Test Period ending prior to the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, $15,000,000 and (ii) for any Test Period ending from and after the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, (x) $5,000,000 plus (y) without duplication, Unrestricted Cash held in Deposit Accounts of Borrower and the Guarantors subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement and pursuant to which the Administrative Agent has a perfected first priority lien; provided that, the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash that may be subtracted from the amount in the foregoing clause (a)(x), pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a)(y)(ii)(x) and (a)(y)(ii)(y), shall not in any event, collectively exceed $15,000,000, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

Consolidated Working Capital” means, as at any date of determination, the excess (or deficit) of Consolidated Current Assets over Consolidated Current Liabilities.

Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any obligation or arrangement of such Person, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, to guarantee an obligation of another Person (a) with respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend or other obligation of another Person if the primary purpose or intent thereof by the Person incurring the Contingent Obligation is to provide assurance to the obligee of such obligation of another that such obligation of another will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such obligation will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof, (b) with respect to any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings or (c) under Hedge Agreements. Contingent Obligations shall include (i) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another Person, (ii) the obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless of non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement and (iii) any liability of such Person for the Indebtedness of another Person through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (x) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise) or (y) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another if, in the case of any agreement described under subclauses (x) or (y) of this sentence, the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in the preceding sentence. The amount of any Contingent Obligation of any Person shall be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported or, if less, the amount to which such Contingent Obligation is specifically limited, unless such obligation is not stated or determinable, in which case it shall be such Person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof, as determined by such Person in good faith.

Continuing Directors” means (i) the directors of Borrower on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions and (ii) each other director (or functional equivalent thereof) if such director’s nomination for election to the Governing Body of Borrower is recommended by at least a majority of the then Continuing Directors or by a nominations committee thereof or is otherwise designated by Permitted Holders and their Controlled Investment Affiliates.

 

15


Contractual Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any provision of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

Controlled Group” means an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is under common control with a Group Member within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes a Group Member and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Controlled Investment Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person which (a) directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person and (b) is organized by the former such Person (or by a Person controlling both of such Persons) primarily for the purpose of making equity or debt investments in one or more companies.

Conversion Date” means the date that is the three year anniversary of the Closing Date.

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness” means (a) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or (d) other Indebtedness, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace, repurchase, retire or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans or existing Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Loan Commitments), or any then-existing Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (the “Refinanced Debt”); provided that (i) such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness has a maturity no earlier, and, in the case of any refinancing of Term Loans, a weighted average life to maturity equal to or greater than the Refinanced Debt, (ii) such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall not have an aggregate principal amount (including any unutilized commitments) greater than the aggregate principal amount (including any unutilized commitments) of the Refinanced Debt plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties thereon and fees and expenses associated with the refinancing, (iii) any payments and borrowings shall be made pro rata as between the Revolving Loans or Revolving Loan Commitments, as applicable, and any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in the form of revolving loans or revolving commitments in accordance with the aggregate principal amounts thereof, respectively, (iv) the covenants and events of default are, in the good faith determination of Borrower, not materially less favorable (when taken as a whole) to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the covenants and events of default applicable to the Refinanced Debt (except for covenants or events of default applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness) to the providers of such Indebtedness than the Refinanced Debt being so replaced, (v) the All-In Yield with respect to such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be determined by Borrower and the lenders providing such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, subject, in the case of any such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in the form of loans secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations, to the MFN Adjustment, (vi) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, repurchased, retired, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained, (vii) such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiary other than Guarantors, (viii) to the extent unsecured, such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be unsecured, (ix) to the extent secured, such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is not secured by property or assets other than the Collateral and a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the providers of such Indebtedness shall have become party to an intercreditor agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (x) if the Refinanced Debt is subordinated in right of payment to, or to the Liens securing, the Obligations, then any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated in

 

16


right of payment to, or to the Liens securing, the Obligations, as applicable, pursuant to a customary subordination agreement or intercreditor agreement (as applicable) reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (xi) any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be pari passu or junior in right of payment and, if secured, secured on a pari passu or junior basis with the Revolving Loans and the Term Loans and in either case shall be subject to an intercreditor agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (xii) any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness may participate on a pro rata basis or on a less than pro rata basis (but not greater than pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory prepayments under, and shall not require any mandatory prepayments prior to, the Refinanced Debt; provided, further, that in determining if the foregoing conditions in this proviso are met, a certificate of an authorized Officer of Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such resulting indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees).

Credit Extension” means the making of a Loan or a Letter of Credit Extension.

CTLR Financial Covenant” means the Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio covenant in Section 7.5(c).

Cure Amount” has the meaning assigned to that term in Article VIII.

Cure Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in Article VIII.

Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract, synthetic cap or other similar agreement or arrangement to which any Group Member is a party.

DDTL Commitment Expiration Date” shall mean the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which the Aggregate Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment has been fully drawn, (b) twenty-four months after the Closing Date and (c) the date that the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments are terminated in accordance with Section 2.4(b)(ii) or Article VIII.

Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Default” means a condition or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Period” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the period commencing on the date of the applicable Funding Default by such Defaulting Lender and ending on the earliest of (a) the date on which all Loans and Commitments are cancelled or terminated, (b) the date on which the Obligations are declared or become immediately due and payable, (c) the date on which Borrower, Administrative Agent and Lenders waive all Funding Defaults of such Defaulting Lender in writing, and (d) the date on which Defaulting Lender pays all amounts giving rise to the applicable Funding Default, plus interest payable thereon.

 

17


Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, a Lender that (i) has failed for three or more Business Days to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make a Loan or make a payment to Issuing Lender in respect of a drawing under a Letter of Credit (each a “funding obligation”), (ii) has notified Administrative Agent, or has stated publicly, that it will not comply with any such funding obligation hereunder, or has defaulted on its funding obligations under any other loan agreement or credit agreement or other financing agreement, (iii) has, for a period of three or more Business Days, commencing on the date on which Administrative Agent confirms that such Lender has received a written request from Administrative Agent, failed to confirm in writing to Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder (it being agreed that such written request from Administrative Agent shall include the name and date of this Agreement, the names of Borrower and Administrative Agent, the reply deadline, and the contact details (including telephone number) for the Person to whom the reply must be sent), or (iv) a Lender Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Lender. Administrative Agent will promptly send to all parties hereto a copy of any notice to Borrower provided for in this definition.

Deposit Account” means a demand, time, savings, passbook or similar account maintained with a Person engaged in the business of banking, including a savings bank, savings and loan association, credit union or trust company.

Deposit Account Control Agreement” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

Designated Person” means a Person named as a “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” on the most current list published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list.

Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a)(iv) hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any PIK Delayed Draw Term Loans shall not reduce the amounts available in respect of any Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments.

Delayed Draw Term Loans has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a)(iv) hereof.

Delayed Draw Term Notes means any promissory notes of Borrower issued pursuant to Section 2.1(e) to evidence the Delayed Draw Term Loans of any Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit VII annexed hereto.

Delayed Draw Unused Commitment Fee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.3(c) hereof.

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Discount Range” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Discount Range Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Discount Range Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(C) in substantially the form of Exhibit VIII-2 annexed hereto.

 

18


Discount Range Prepayment Offer” means the irrevocable written offer by a Term Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit VIII-3 annexed hereto, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Discount Range Proration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date” means, in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer, five Business Days following the receipt by each relevant Term Lender of notice from Auction Agent in accordance with Section 2.4(b)(v)(A), (C) or (D), as applicable unless a shorter period is agreed to between Borrower and Auction Agent.

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Disqualified Institution” means those Persons identified in writing to the Arrangers prior to February 11, 2019 (and any Affiliate thereof that is reasonably identifiable as an Affiliate of such Person solely on the basis of its name); provided that, upon reasonable notice to Administrative Agent, Borrower shall be permitted to supplement the list of Disqualified Institutions in writing following the Closing Date to the extent that such additional Person is a bona fide business competitor (and any Affiliate thereof) of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, provided further that such supplement shall not have retroactive effect, shall not prohibit assignments to any existing Lender and shall not be effective with respect to binding agreements entered into by a Lender to transfer its interest in the Obligations that were made prior to such Lender’s receipt of such supplement.

Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock (or portion thereof) which, by its terms (or by the terms of any Security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exercisable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock), in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 180 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Capital Stock is issued, (b) is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Capital Stock referred to in (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the date that is 180 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Capital Stock is issued, (c) contains any repurchase obligation which may come into effect prior to the date that is 180 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Capital Stock is issued, (d) requires the payment of any dividends (other than the payment of dividends solely in the form of Qualified Capital Stock) prior to the date that is 180 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Capital Stock is issued or (e) provides the holders of such Capital Stock thereof with any rights to receive any cash upon the occurrence of a change of control prior to the date that is 180 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Capital Stock is issued, unless the rights to receive such cash are contingent upon the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than Unasserted Obligations and Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements).

Dollars” and the sign “$” mean the lawful money of the United States of America.

 

19


Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or other political subdivision thereof (including the District of Columbia).

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent;

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assignee” means (a) any Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender and any Approved Fund of any Lender (in each case other than an Affiliated Lender), (b) any Affiliated Lender; provided that (1) no Affiliated Lender may hold a Revolving Loan Commitment or a Revolving Loan and (2) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) at any time shall not exceed 20% of the principal amount of the Term Loans outstanding at any time, and (c) (i) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, (ii) a savings and loan association or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, (iii) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country or a political subdivision thereof; provided that (x) such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States or (y) such bank is organized under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or a political subdivision of such country and (iv) any other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) that extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses including insurance companies, mutual funds and lease financing companies; provided that no natural Person or Disqualified Institution shall be an Eligible Assignee.

Employee Plan” means an “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan), which is, or at any time during the previous five years was, maintained for, or contributed to (or to which there is or was an obligation to contribute) on behalf of, employees of any Group Member or ERISA Affiliate.

Environmental Claim” means any investigation, notice, notice of violation, claim, action, suit, Proceeding, demand, abatement order or other binding order or directive, by any Government Authority or any other Person, arising (a) pursuant to or in connection with any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law, (b) in connection with any Release of Hazardous Materials or any actual or alleged Hazardous Materials Activity or (c) in connection with any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat or harm to human health or safety (from exposure to Hazardous Materials), natural resources or the environment.

Environmental Laws” means any and all laws (including, common law) statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, binding guidance documents, judgments, Governmental Authorizations, or any other binding requirements of any Government Authority relating to (a) pollution or protection of the environment, (b) any Hazardous Materials Activity, or (c) occupational safety and health, industrial hygiene (as they relate to exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the protection of human, plant or animal health or welfare from exposure to Hazardous Materials, in any manner applicable to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any Real Property Asset.

 

20


Environmental Liabilities” means all Liabilities (including costs of Remedial Actions, natural resource damages and costs and expenses of investigation and feasibility studies) that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Group Member as a result of, or related to, any (i) Environmental Claim or (ii) any other claim, suit, action, investigation, Proceeding or demand by any Person, whether based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute or common law or otherwise, arising under any Environmental Law or in connection with any environmental, health or safety condition or with any Release and resulting from the ownership, lease, sublease or other operation or occupation of property by any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries, whether on, prior or after the date hereof.

Equity Financing” means the cash common equity contributions by the Sponsor and other co-investors (if any), directly or indirectly, to Parent, the net proceeds of which will be further contributed, directly, or indirectly, to the Initial Borrower, in an aggregate amount equal to, when combined with the fair value of any rollover equity in connection with the Transactions, at least 50% of the total consolidated pro forma debt and equity capitalization of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions; provided that on the Closing Date the Sponsor shall own, directly or indirectly, at least 50.1% of the Voting Securities of Holdings.

ERISA” means the US Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (or any successor legislation thereto) and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that is a member of a Controlled Group of any Group Member.

ERISA Event” means (a) a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to any Employee Plan (excluding those for which the 30-day notice period in Section 4043(a) has been waived); (b) the failure to meet the minimum funding standards of Section 412 or 430 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA with respect to any Employee Plan, (c) the provision by the administrator of any Employee Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) or Section 302 of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate such plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal by an ERISA Affiliate from any Employee Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Employee Plan resulting in liability to an ERISA Affiliate or Group Member pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of Proceedings to terminate any Employee Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Employee Plan; (f) an ERISA Affiliate experiences a substantial cessation of operations described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (g) the imposition of liability on a Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate by reason of the application of Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; (h) a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) of an ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any liability therefor, or the receipt by an ERISA Affiliate that such plan is in insolvency pursuant to Section 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (i) the incurrence of liability or the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 436 or 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or pursuant to Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Employee Plan, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent; (j) a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Section 432 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 305 of ERISA; or (k) a determination that any Employee Plan is in “at risk” status within the meaning of Section 430 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 303 of ERISA.

 

21


EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Event of Default” means each of the events set forth in Section 8.1 through 8.11.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Group Member, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary of a Group Member that is a CFC, (c) any Domestic Subsidiary of a Group Member which is a Subsidiary of a CFC,

(d) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (e) any Subsidiary of a Group Member that is prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation or, to the extent existing on the Closing Date or on the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of a Loan Party, by any third-party Contractual Obligation not created or entered into in contemplation of the Transactions or of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of a Loan Party, from guaranteeing the Obligations or which would require the consent, approval, license or authorization of a Government Authority to guarantee the Obligations (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received), (f) any Subsidiary of a Group Member that is a Foreign Holdco, (g) any Unrestricted Subsidiary and (h) any Person in respect of which Borrower and Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the cost or other consequence of providing a guarantee of the Obligations (including any material adverse tax consequences) is excessive in relation to the value to the Lenders afforded thereby; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) Borrower be an Excluded Subsidiary, (ii) any Subsidiary that owns Intellectual Property that is material to the business of the Group Members, taken as a whole, be an Excluded Subsidiary and (iii) ImageVision Net, LLC be an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of being a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Group Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may (subject to the Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders’ consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) cause any Subsidiary that would otherwise be deemed an Excluded Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant to clauses (a) or (d) hereof) to instead become a Subsidiary Guarantor and such Subsidiary shall be treated as and shall be subject to all provisions applicable to Subsidiary Guarantors and shall not be treated as or subject to the provisions applicable to Excluded Subsidiaries; provided that no violation of any law, regulation or order of any Government Authority would result.

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Administrative Agent, any Lender or other recipient, being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other

 

22


Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by Borrower under Section 2.10) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.7(b), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with its obligations under Section 2.7(b)(iii), and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Exigent Circumstances” means an event or circumstance that materially and imminently threatens the ability of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to realize upon all or any material portion of the Collateral, such as, without limitation, fraudulent or intentional removal, concealment, or abscondment thereof, destruction or material waste thereof (other than to the extent covered by insurance), material breach of the covenants set forth in Section 7.4 or 7.7 or the occurrence of an event causing a Material Adverse Effect.

Existing Credit Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2017, by and among the Company, ImageVision.Net, LLC, Metropolitan Communications, LLC and Western Alliance Bank, as bank (as modified by that certain Loan and Security Modification Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2018 and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof).

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof , any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental authorities implementing such sections of the Internal Revenue Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System of the United States arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary to the next 1/100th of 1%) of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System and any successor thereto.

Fee Letter” mean that certain Fee Letter dated as of the Closing Date, by and among Golub Capital LLC, Ares Capital Corporation and the Borrower.

Financial Covenants” means the covenants set forth in Section 7.5.

Financial Plan” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 6.1(e).

Financing Transactions” means the execution and delivery on the Closing Date by each Loan Party of each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the initial borrowing of Loans.

 

23


FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc., including any successor agency thereto.

First Priority” means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created on any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that such Lien is perfected and has priority over any other Lien on such Collateral (other than Liens arising by operation of law).

Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries ending on the last Friday of each of March, June and September of each year, and December 31 of each year.

Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year. For purposes of this Agreement, any particular Fiscal Year shall be designated by reference to the calendar year in which such Fiscal Year commences.

Flood Hazard Property” means a Mortgaged Property located in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or mud slide hazards.

Foreign Holdco” means any Subsidiary which has no material assets other than (i) the Capital Stock of one or more CFCs or (ii) the Capital Stock of one or more Subsidiaries that have no material assets other than the Capital Stock of one or more CFCs (which shall be indicated as a “Foreign Holdco” on the Pledge and Security Agreement, any perfection certificate or a perfection certificate supplement, when required to be delivered).

Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each state thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funded Debt” means, as applied to any Person, all Indebtedness of that Person (including any current portions thereof) which by its terms or by the terms of any instrument or agreement relating thereto matures more than one year from, or is directly renewable or extendable at the option of that Person to a date more than one year from (including an option of that person under a revolving credit or similar agreement obligating the lender or lenders to extend credit over a period of one year or more from), the date of the creation thereof.

Funding and Payment Office” means (a) the office of Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender at 245 Park Avenue, 44th Floor, New York, NY 10167 or (b) such other office of Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender as may from time to time hereafter be designated as such in a written notice delivered by Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender to Borrower and each Lender.

Funding Date” means the date of funding of a Loan.

Funding Default” means a failure by a Lender to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make a Loan, make a payment to Issuing Lender in respect of a drawing under a Letter of Credit.

GAAP” means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.2, generally accepted accounting principles set forth in opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in each case as the same are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

24


Golub” means Golub Capital LLC and/or its managed funds or Affiliates.

Governing Body” means the board of directors or other body (including a general partner) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person that is a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, trust or limited liability company.

Government Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or any state, regional or local political subdivision or department thereof, and any other governmental or regulatory agency, authority, body, commission, central bank, board, bureau, organ, court, instrumentality or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government, in each case whether federal, state, local or foreign (including supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank), and self-regulatory organizations, including without limitation, FINRA.

Governmental Authorization” means any permit, license, registration, authorization, plan, directive, accreditation, consent, certificate, right, exemption, order or consent decree of or from, any Government Authority.

Granting Lender” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.1(e).

Group Members” means the Loan Parties and each of the other Restricted Subsidiaries of Borrower.

Guarantor” means Holdings, the Borrower (except as to its own Obligations) and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

Guaranty” means the Guaranty to be executed and delivered by the initial Guarantors on the Closing Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit XIII annexed hereto.

Hazardous Materials” means (i) any radioactive materials, asbestos-containing materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, petroleum and petroleum by-products and derivatives and (ii) any other chemical, material or substance, waste, pollutant or contaminant that is prohibited, limited or subject to regulation, investigation, control or remediation by or pursuant to any Environmental Law, in each case because of its dangerous or deleterious properties or characteristics.

Hazardous Materials Activity” means any past, current or threatened activity, event or occurrence involving any Hazardous Materials, including the use, manufacture, possession, storage, holding, Release, threatened Release, discharge, placement, generation, transportation, processing, construction, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal, disposition or handling of or exposure to any Hazardous Materials, and any corrective action or response action with respect to any of the foregoing.

Hedge Agreement” means an Interest Rate Agreement, a Currency Agreement or an agreement in respect of commodities designed to hedge against fluctuations in interest rates, currency values or commodity prices, respectively.

 

25


Hedge Agreement Counterparty” means an entity that has entered into a Hedge Agreement with any Group Member and at the time of entering into such Hedge Agreement was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.

Highest Lawful Rate” means the maximum lawful interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, charged, or received under the laws applicable to any Lender which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

Holdings” has the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.

Identified Participating Lenders” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Identified Qualifying Lenders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Borrower (other than a Subsidiary that owns Intellectual Property that is material to the business of the Group Members, taken as a whole (a) the total assets of which, in the aggregate with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries, at the last day of the Test Period, were less than 5.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets at such day, (b) the gross revenues of which, in the aggregate with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries, for such Test Period were less than 5.0% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Group Members for such Test Period, (c) the total assets of which, at the last day of the Test Period, were less than 2.5% of the Consolidated Total Assets at such day, (d) the gross revenues of which, for such Test Period, were less than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Group Members for such Test Period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, that (i) Borrower shall not designate any additional Wholly Owned Subsidiary as an Immaterial Subsidiary if such designation would result in a failure to comply with the provisions set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above, and (ii) if the Consolidated Total Assets and/or gross revenues of any or all Wholly Owned Subsidiaries so designated by Borrower as “Immaterial Subsidiaries” shall at any time exceed the limits set forth in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above as applicable, then Borrower shall redesignate one or more such Wholly Owned Subsidiaries as not constituting Immaterial Subsidiaries, in each case in a written notice to Administrative Agent, so that, as result of such redesignation, the Total Assets and gross revenues of all Wholly Owned Subsidiaries still designated as “Immaterial Subsidiaries” do not exceed such limits.

Increased Amount Date” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Facility” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Revolver Sublimit” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Revolving Joinder Agreement” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Revolving Loan Lender” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Revolving Loans” means loans made pursuant to an Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment.

 

26


Incremental Starter Amount” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Term Joinder Agreement” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Term Loans” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(b).

Incremental Term Loan Lender” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Term Loan Commitments” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Term Loan Payment Date” means the dates (if any) scheduled for the repayment of principal of any Incremental Term Loan, as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Joinder Agreement; provided that any such dates (other than maturity dates) shall be consistent with the dates set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i).

Indebtedness” means, as applied to any Person, without duplication and whether or not matured, (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money, regardless of whether such indebtedness is an obligation of such Person as a result of the assumption thereof or otherwise and/or is nonrecourse to the credit of any other Person, (ii) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor in respect of letters of credit, letters of guaranty, bankers’ acceptances and similar credit transactions, (iii) all obligations with respect to Capital Leases, (iv) all obligations created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, regardless of whether the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property, (v) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments (other than performance bonds and similar instruments not related to litigation or arbitration and otherwise incurred in the ordinary course of business), (vi) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services but solely to the extent such obligations appear or should appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person (other than (A) current accounts payable and trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business, (B) accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, (C) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business and (D) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry norm in respect of a portion of the purchase prices of an asset to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset), (vii) all indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that Person, (viii) all payments that would be required to be made in respect of any Hedge Agreement in the event of a termination (including an early termination) on the date of determination, (ix) all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person, (x) all Disqualified Stock and all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of such Person arising from Disqualified Stock issued by such Person and (xi) all Contingent Obligations of such Person in respect of Indebtedness of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (x) above; provided that “Indebtedness” shall not include (A) obligations in respect of Third Party Funds and (B) any stock appreciation right plan and related obligations. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include (1) the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except (other than in the case of general partner liability) to the extent that terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor, and (2) to the extent such obligations appear or should appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, all earn-outs and other similar obligations of any such Person. For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall exclude intercompany liabilities arising solely from their cash management, tax, and accounting operations having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any rollover or extension terms) and arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

27


Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.3.

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitees” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.3.

Initial Borrower” means Merger Sub.

Initial Term Loan Commitment” means the Commitment of a Lender to make Initial Term Loans to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) on the Closing Date. The aggregate amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments on the Closing Date is $75,000,000.

Initial Term Loans” means the Term Loans made on the Closing Date.

Insolvency Proceeding” shall mean (i) any case, action or Proceeding before any court or other Government Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (ii) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratorium, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors or other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors, in each case, undertaken under United States federal or state or non-United States requirements of law, including the Bankruptcy Code of the United States.

Intellectual Property” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any Base Rate Loan, the last Friday of each of March, June and September of each year, and December 31 of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date and (b) with respect to any LIBOR Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to any such Loan; provided that, in the case of each Interest Period longer than three months, “Interest Payment Date” shall also include each three-month anniversary of the commencement of such Interest Period.

Interest Period” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.2(b).

Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party.

Interest Rate Determination Date” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

 

28


Investment” means (a) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by any Group Member of, or of a beneficial interest in, any Securities of any other Person that is not a Loan Party, (b) any direct or indirect loan, advance or capital contribution by any Group Member to any other Person, (c) any Hedge Agreements, (d) any purchase or other acquisition, whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions, of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a Business Line of such Person and (e) to incur, or to remain liable under, any Contingent Obligation for Indebtedness of any other Person, to assume the Indebtedness of any other Person or to make any arrangement pursuant to which the Person incurs debt of the type referred to in clause (vi) of the definition of “Indebtedness” set forth in this Section 1.1; provided, however, that the term “Investment” shall not include (i) current trade and customer accounts receivable for goods furnished or services rendered in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary trade terms, (ii) advances and prepayments to suppliers for goods and services in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Capital Stock or other Securities acquired in connection with the satisfaction or enforcement of Indebtedness or claims due or owing to Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or as security for any such Indebtedness or claims, (iv) the licensing, transfer, assignment, purchase, sale or contribution of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, (v) purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of Intellectual Property in each case in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices or (vi) the leasing of devices such as credit card readers and kiosks or the provision of such devises and access to software for a subscription fee, in each case to customers in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Investment shall be calculated as the excess of (x) the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment (other than adjustments for the repayment of, or the refund of or any return on capital with respect to, the original principal amount of any such Investment) less (y) the sum of (A) without duplication of amounts included in the Available Amount, any amount paid, repaid, returned, distributed or otherwise received in cash or Cash Equivalents from such Investment and (B) all liabilities of the investing Person constituting all or a portion of the initial cost of such Investment expressly transferred prior to such time in connection with the sale or other disposition of such Investment, but only to the extent that the investing Person is fully released from such liability by such transfer.

Investment Advisers Act” means the United States Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

IP Collateral” means, collectively, the Intellectual Property that constitutes Collateral under the Pledge and Security Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, “IP Collateral” shall not include any intent-to-use United States trademark or service mark applications for which an amendment to alleged use or statement of use has not been filed under 15 U.S.C. §1051(c) or 15 U.S.C. §1051(d), respectively, solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such “intent to use” trademark or service mark application or any registration issuing therefrom under applicable federal law.

IP Filing Office” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any successor office in the United States.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Issuing Lender” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, (a) Ares Capital Corporation (directly or through its affiliates or indirectly through any other financial institution acceptable to Ares Capital Corporation) or (b) any Revolving Lender that agrees (in its sole discretion) to issue such Letter of Credit, determined as provided in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

 

29


Joinder Agreement” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(a).

Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form.

Latest Maturity Date” means, at any time of determination, the latest Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date or Term Loan Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Initial Term Loan Commitment, Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment, Incremental Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments, Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments, Refinancing Term Loan Commitments, Commitments in respect of Replacement Term Loans, Initial Term Loan, Delayed Draw Term Loan, Incremental Term Loan, Incremental Revolving Loans, Refinancing Revolving Loans, Refinancing Term Loans or Replacement Term Loans, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of all unreimbursed drawings under any Letters of Credit at such time. The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be determined based on its Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loan Commitments.

Leased Real Property” means any leasehold or subleasehold estate and any other material right to use or occupy land, buildings, structures, improvements, fixtures or other interest in real property of any Loan Party or any of the other Subsidiaries as lessee or sublessee under any lease or sublease of real property, including any licenses.

Leases” means all leases, subleases, licenses and other written agreements, including all amendments, extensions, renewals and other agreements with respect thereto, pursuant to which any Group Member holds any interest in Leased Real Property.

Lender” means the Persons identified as “Lenders” and listed on the signature pages of this Agreement, together with their successors and permitted assigns pursuant to Section 10.1, and, unless the context otherwise dictates, includes Issuing Lender and each Incremental Revolving Loan Lender and each Incremental Term Loan Lender; provided that the term “Lenders”, when used in the context of a particular Commitment, shall mean Lenders having that Commitment.

Lender Insolvency Event” means that (i) a Lender or its Parent Company is insolvent, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (ii) such Lender or its Parent Company is the subject of a Insolvency Proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its Parent Company, (iii) such Lender or its Parent Company has taken any action in furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such Insolvency Proceeding or appointment or (iv) such Lender or its Parent Company has become the subject of a Bail-In Action.

Letter of Credit” or “Letters of Credit” means any standby letters of credit issued or to be issued by Issuing Lender for the account of Borrower pursuant to Section 3.1.

Letter of Credit Extension” means the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the extension of the expiry date thereof or increase in the amount thereof.

 

30


Letter of Credit Usage” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the maximum aggregate amount which is or at any time thereafter may become available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding plus (b) the aggregate amount of all drawings under Letters of Credit honored by Issuing Lender and not theretofore reimbursed out of the proceeds of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 3.3(b) or otherwise reimbursed by Borrower.

Liabilities” means all claims, actions, suits, judgments, damages, losses, liability, obligations, responsibilities, fines, penalties, sanctions, costs, fees, Taxes, commissions, charges, disbursements and expenses, in each case of any kind or nature (including interest accrued thereon or as a result thereto and fees, charges and disbursements of financial, legal and other advisors and consultants), whether joint or several, whether or not indirect, contingent, consequential, actual, punitive, treble or otherwise.

LIBOR” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for a LIBOR Loan, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the rate of interest which is identified and normally published by Bloomberg Professional Service Page BBAM 1 as the offered rate for loans in United States dollars for the applicable Interest Period administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the second full Business Day next preceding the first day of such Interest Period (unless such date is not a Business Day, in which event the next succeeding Business Day will be used). If Bloomberg Professional Service no longer reports LIBOR, or ICE Benchmark Administration Limited is no longer making the London Interbank Offered Rate available, or the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that such index no longer exists or if Page BBAM 1 no longer exists, the Administrative Agent may reasonably select a replacement index or replacement page, as the case may be.

LIBOR Loans” means Loans bearing interest at rates determined by reference to Adjusted LIBOR as provided in Section 2.2(a).

LIBOR Reserve Percentage” means, for any day during any Interest Period for any LIBOR Loan, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained, during such Interest Period under regulations issued from time to time (including “Regulation D,” issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States (the “Reserve Regulations”) by member banks of the United States Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion Dollars against Eurocurrency funding liabilities (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D)). LIBOR Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurodollar liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any Lender under the Reserve Regulations.

Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, charge, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, easement, lien (statutory or other), security interest or other security arrangement and any other preference, priority or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including any conditional sale contract or other title retention agreement, the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease and any synthetic or other financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

Limited Conditionality Investment” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 4.4

Liquidity” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) Unrestricted Cash of the Group Members at such date plus (b) the difference between the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount and the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments at such date.

 

31


Liquidity Certificate” means a certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit XIV annexed hereto.

Liquidity Covenant” means the Minimum Liquidity covenant in Section 7.5(b).

Loan” or “Loans” means one or more of the loans made by Lenders to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and, unless the context otherwise dictates, shall include Refinancing Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans, Replacement Term Loans, Refinancing Revolving Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans and PIK Loans. For purposes of clarification, any calculation of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans on any date of determination shall include both the aggregate principal amount of loans advanced pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and not yet repaid (including any outstanding Incremental Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Loans), and all PIK Loans deemed to have been advanced and not yet repaid, on or prior to such date of determination.

Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes (if any), any applications for, or reimbursement agreements or other documents executed by Borrower in favor of Issuing Lender relating to, the Letters of Credit, the Fee Letter, the Guaranty, the Collateral Documents, and Incremental Revolving Joinder Agreement, any Incremental Term Joinder Agreement, any Refinancing Amendment and any other document (including any joinders or supplements to any of the foregoing) executed by a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the foregoing or the Obligations and, solely for purposes of the Guaranty and the Collateral Documents, the Secured Hedge Agreements.

Loan Party” means each of Holdings, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time executing a Loan Document as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

LQA Recurring Revenue” means with respect to any Test Period, all recurring transactional, maintenance and subscription revenues, and recurring revenues attributable to software licensed or sold by Holdings or any of its restricted subsidiaries, which recurring revenues are earned during such period net of any discounts, calculated on a basis consistent with the financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date other than one-time implementation or services revenue or any other revenue that is otherwise one-time in nature or not reasonably expected to recur, which recurring revenues are earned during the last Fiscal Quarter of such Test Period, multiplied by four. LQA Recurring Revenue includes a pro forma adjustment for the run-rate impact of the change in terms from the most recent vendor contract with Stripe, Inc. for the Fiscal Year beginning in 2019 (the “Stripe Adjustment”). The Stripe Adjustment is calculated as 1.19% multiplied by the total dollar volume processed by SimplePractice, LLC in the most recent Fiscal Quarter, less the actual payment processing revenue earned from Stripe, Inc. in the most recent Fiscal Quarter, multiplied by four.

Margin Stock” has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board.

Material Adverse Effect” means (i) a material adverse effect upon the business, results of operations, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Group Members, taken as a whole, (ii) an impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its material obligations under any Loan Document or (iii) a material adverse effect on the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of a Loan Document or on the rights and remedies of any Agent, Lender or other Secured Party under any Loan Document.

Material Owned Real Property” means any Owned Real Property with a fair market value of at least $2,500,000.

 

32


Maximum Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.5(a).

Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.5(c).

Merger” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Merger Agreement” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Recitals to this Agreement.

MFN Adjustment” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(d).

Moody’s” has the meaning assigned to that term in the definition of “Cash Equivalents” set forth above in this Section 1.1.

Mortgage” means (a) a security instrument (whether designated as a deed of trust or a mortgage or by any similar title) granting a security interest in real property executed and delivered by any Loan Party, in the form approved by Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, or (b) at Administrative Agent’s option, in the case of an Additional Mortgaged Property, an amendment to an existing Mortgage, in form reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, adding such Additional Mortgaged Property to the Owned Real Property encumbered by such existing Mortgage.

Mortgage Policies” means (A) Mortgagee title insurance policies or unconditional commitments issued by a Title Company with respect to each Mortgaged Property, in such amount as Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be the value of any particular Mortgaged Property (but in no event exceeding one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the current value of such Mortgaged Property, as determined by Borrower in good faith in consultation with the Administrative Agent), insuring the Lien of the Mortgage encumbering such Mortgaged Property as a valid and enforceable Lien, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances (and without a general survey exception), which Mortgage Policies (1) shall include endorsements for any other matters reasonably requested by Administrative Agent and which are available at commercially reasonable rates in the jurisdiction where the applicable Mortgaged Property is located and (2) shall provide for affirmative insurance and such reinsurance as Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent; and (B) evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that such Loan Party has (x) delivered to the Title Company all certificates and affidavits required by the Title Company in connection with the issuance of the Mortgage Policies and (y) paid to the Title Company or to the appropriate Government Authorities all expenses and premiums of the Title Company in connection with the issuance of the Mortgage Policies and all recording and stamp taxes (including mortgage recording and intangible taxes) payable in connection with recording the Mortgages in the appropriate real estate records.

Mortgaged Properties” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 6.9.

Mortgaged Property” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 6.9.

Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) that is, or at any time during the previous five years was, maintained for, or contributed to (or to which there is or was an obligation to contribute) on behalf of, employees of any Group Member or ERISA Affiliate.

 

33


Net Asset Sale Proceeds” means proceeds received by any Person in cash from any Asset Sale (other than the issuance or sale of its own Capital Stock), net of (a) any brokers’, advisors’ and investment banking fees and other customary out-of-pocket underwriting discounts, commissions and other customary out-of-pocket cash costs, fees and expenses (including survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and consultant, accountant and other customary fees) paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of a Group Member in connection with such Asset Sale, (b) Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof (including, without duplication, Tax Distributions and any amounts distributable pursuant to Section 7.4(g), in each case with respect to such Asset Sale), (c) amounts set aside as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any indemnities, liabilities (contingent or otherwise) associated with such Asset Sale and (d) any amount required to be paid or prepaid on Indebtedness (other than the Obligations and Indebtedness owing to any Group Member) secured by the property subject thereto; provided, however, that any such proceeds received by any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Borrower shall constitute “Net Asset Sale Proceeds” only to the extent of the aggregate direct and indirect beneficial ownership interest of Borrower therein.

Net Debt Issuance Proceeds” means the cash proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary costs and expenses associated therewith, including reasonable legal fees and expenses) from the incurrence of (i) Indebtedness by any Group Member other than Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1 or (ii) Indebtedness that is intended to constitute Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Class of Term Loans.

Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” means any cash payments or proceeds received or released from reserve, as the case may be, by any Group Member (i) under any business interruption or casualty insurance policy in respect of a Recovery Event or (ii) as a result of the taking of any assets of any Group Member by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser under threat of such a taking, in each case, constituting a Recovery Event, net of any out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims by a Group Member in respect thereof and any costs of the type described in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Net Asset Sale Proceeds” paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of a Group Member.

Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.10(c).

Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender.

Notes” means one or more of the Term Notes, Revolving Notes or Delayed Draw Term Note or any combination thereof.

Notice of Borrowing” means a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit I annexed hereto.

Notice of Conversion/Continuation” means a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit II annexed hereto.

Notice of Intent to Cure” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 8.11.

Obligations” means all obligations of every nature of each Loan Party from time to time owed to Administrative Agent, other Agents, Issuing Lenders, Indemnitees, Participants, Lenders, Hedge Agreement Counterparties or any of them under the Loan Documents or the Secured Hedge Agreements, as applicable, whether for principal, interest, reimbursement of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, whether direct or indirect (regardless of whether acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, whether liquidated or not, now existing or

 

34


hereafter arising and however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument or for the payment of money, including, without duplication, (a) if such Loan Party is Borrower, all Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, PIK Loans) and Letter of Credit Usage, (b) all interest (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any interest that has been paid in kind and capitalized to the principal amount of Initial Term Loan or Delayed Draw Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.2(g)), whether or not accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, and whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in any such Insolvency Proceeding and (c) all other fees, expenses (including fees, charges and disbursement of counsel), interest, commissions, charges, costs, disbursements, indemnities and reimbursement of amounts paid and other sums chargeable to such Loan Party under any Loan Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) unless otherwise agreed to by Borrower and any applicable Hedge Agreement Counterparty, the obligations of the Loan Parties under any such Secured Hedge Agreement shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Loan Documents only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed, (ii) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall not require the consent of any Hedge Agreement Counterparty and (iii) the Obligations shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligations.

Offered Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Offered Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Officer” means the president, chief executive officer, a vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, general partner (if an individual), managing member (if an individual) or other individual appointed by the Governing Body or the Organizational Documents of a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company to serve in a similar capacity as the foregoing.

Officer’s Certificate” means, as applied to any Person that is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company, a certificate executed on behalf of such Person by one or more Officers of such Person or one or more Officers of a general partner or a managing member if such general partner or managing member is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company.

OID” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.11(d).

Organizational Documents” means, with respect to any Person, collectively and, in each case, together with any modification of any term thereof, (a) the articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, constitution or certificate of formation of such Person, (b) the bylaws, operating agreement or joint venture agreement of such Person, (c) any other constitutive, organizational or governing document of such Person, whether or not equivalent, and (d) any other document setting forth the manner of election or duties of the directors, officers or managing members of such Person or the designation, amount or relative rights, limitations and preferences of any Capital Stock of such Person.

Other Applicable Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b)(iii)(A).

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan Document).

 

35


Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, performance, delivery, enforcement, or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of security interests under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.10).

Owned Real Property” means all land, together with all buildings, structures, improvements and fixtures located thereon, all easements and other rights and interests appurtenant thereto and all Rights of Way owned by any Group Member.

paid in full” or “payment in full” shall mean, for purposes of Section 2.4(d), with respect to any Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted), payment in cash of all amounts owing under the Loan Documents in respect of such Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted), including fees, interest, default interest, interest on interest, expense reimbursements and indemnities, specifically including interest, default interest and interest on interest that but for the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding would have accrued on the Obligations irrespective of whether a claim in respect of such interest is allowable in such Insolvency Proceeding.

Parent” means Hancock Parent, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Parent Company” means, with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Regulation Y of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.

Participant” means a purchaser of a participation in the rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1(c).

Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.1(c).

Participating Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Permitted Acquisition” means the acquisition of all or any portion of the business and assets, or Capital Stock, of any Person or Business Line which acquisition is permitted pursuant to Section 7.3(h).

Permitted Encumbrances” means the following types of Liens:

(a) Liens (i) with respect to the payment of Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or (ii) of suppliers, carriers, materialmen, warehousemen, workmen or mechanics and other similar Liens, in each case imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business, and, for each of the Liens in clauses (i) and (ii) above for amounts that are not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

36


(b) Liens of a collection bank on items in the course of collection arising under Section 4-208 of the UCC as in effect in the State of New York or any similar section under any applicable UCC or any similar law or any governmental rule or regulation of any foreign jurisdiction;

(c) pledges, deposits or other Liens made in the ordinary course of business (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other types of social security benefits (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA), (ii) to secure the performance of bids, tenders, leases (other than Capital Leases) sales or other trade contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or (iii) made in lieu of, or to secure the performance of, surety, appeal, customs, reclamation or performance bonds (in each case not related to judgments or litigation);

(d) judgment liens (other than for the payment of Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges) securing judgments and other Proceedings not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.9 and pledges or deposits made in lieu of, or to secure the performance of, judgment or appeal bonds in respect of such judgments and Proceedings;

(e) Liens arising from licenses or sublicenses (with respect to Intellectual Property and other property) and leases or subleases granted to third parties in the ordinary conduct of the business of any Group Member and which do not interfere in an material respect with the business or operations of any Group Member;

(f) Liens arising by reason of zoning restrictions, easements, options, licenses, reservations, restrictions, covenants, conditions, rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, rights-of-way, utility easements, building restrictions, encroachments, minor defects or irregularities in survey or title (including leasehold title) and other similar encumbrances on the use of real property that do not, in the aggregate, materially (x) impair the value or marketability of such real property, or (y) interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business conducted and proposed to be conducted at such real property;

(g) any (i) interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease (other than a Capital Lease) permitted by this Agreement, (ii) Lien or restriction that the interest or title of such lessor or sublessor may be subject to, or (iii) subordination of the interest of the lessee or sublessee under such lease to any Lien or restriction referred to in the preceding clause (ii), so long as the holder of such Lien or restriction agrees to recognize the rights of such lessee or sublessee under such lease;

(h) Liens arising from filing UCC (or, in jurisdictions outside the United States, the equivalent) financing statements relating solely to operating leases permitted by this Agreement;

(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(j) Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents;

(k) Liens solely on cash earnest money deposits in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or Investment or Asset Sale otherwise permitted hereunder;

(l) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof (whether accrued or not) and rights or claims against an insurer, in each case securing insurance premium financings permitted under Section 7.1(j);

 

37


(m) Liens consisting solely of an agreement to dispose of any Property in connection with an Asset Sale permitted by Section 7.6;

(n) Liens on goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or Liens on bills of lading, drafts or other documents of title arising by operation of law or pursuant to the standard terms of agreements relating to letters of credit, bank guarantees and other similar instruments, provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of Holdings or such subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent such obligations are permitted by Section 7.1;

(o) rights of setoff, banker’s lien, netting agreements and other Liens arising by operation of law or by of the terms of documents of banks or other financial institutions in relation to the maintenance of administration of deposit accounts, securities accounts, cash management arrangements or in connection with the issuance of letters of credit, bank guarantees or other similar instruments;

(p) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods by Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

(r) receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof.

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt” means any Indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans (including any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor) incurred by Borrower or any other Loan Party in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans; provided that such Indebtedness otherwise meets the requirements contained in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness”.

Permitted Holders” means (a) the Sponsor and (b) one or more employees, principals, directors, members of management, officers, partners or members of Holdings or any Upper Tier Entity or any of its Subsidiaries (or family members (including current and former spouses) or relatives thereof); provided that each such family member or relative shall only be included in this definition to the extent their inclusion arises from the estate planning for or inheritance from other Permitted Holders, as determined in good faith by Holdings; and provided further that, at any date of determination, Sponsor shall own and control at least a majority of the issued and outstanding Voting Securities of Holdings owned and controlled, directly or indirectly, by all Persons otherwise constituting Permitted Holders on such date, determined on a fully diluted basis.

Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt” means secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor) incurred by Borrower or any other Loan Party in the form of one or more series of second lien (or other junior lien) secured notes or second lien (or other junior lien) secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the Liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (ii) such Indebtedness otherwise meets the requirements contained in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness” and (iii) such Indebtedness meets the Permitted Other Debt Conditions.

 

38


Permitted Other Debt Conditions” means that such applicable Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or other payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale, initial public offering or change of control or similar event provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in each case prior to the date that is six months after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness issued or incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, repay, restate, defease or refund (collectively, to “Refinance”), the Indebtedness being Refinanced (or previous refinancings thereof constituting Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so Refinanced plus any unfunded commitment in respect thereof plus unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and reasonable underwriting discounts, fees, commissions and expenses associated with such Refinancing, (b) except with respect to Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1(b) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, and has a weighted average life to maturity (measured as of the date of such Refinancing) greater than or equal to, that of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (c) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations under this Agreement, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Obligations on terms at least as favorable to Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (d) no Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have different obligors, or additional guarantees or security, than the Indebtedness being Refinanced (except to the extent such guarantees or security would otherwise be permitted hereunder), (e) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is unsecured such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be unsecured, (f) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is secured by any Collateral (whether equally and ratably with, or junior to, the Secured Parties or otherwise), such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may be secured solely by such Collateral (and not any additional Collateral) on terms no less favorable to the Secured Parties than those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (g) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is otherwise on terms no less favorable to the Group Members, taken as a whole, than those of the Indebtedness being Refinanced unless such less favorable term becomes effective only after the Obligations (other than Unasserted Obligations and obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements) have been paid in full; provided, however, that notwithstanding this clause (g), (x) the terms of the Indebtedness being Refinanced with Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may be modified to the extent such modifications would have been permitted under Section 7.10(b) and (y) notwithstanding the preceding clause (x), modifications to the interest rate applicable thereto shall be permitted if such modified interest rates are on market terms for similar Refinancings of similar debt obligations as reasonably determined by Borrower and Administrative Agent.

Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which (a) has no maturity date or scheduled amortization prior to the date that is six months after the Latest Maturity Date, (b) has no amortization or optional or mandatory repayment, repurchase, redemption or similar provisions that may be effected at any time when the Obligations or any extension, refinancing, replacement or repurchase thereof, in whole or in part, is outstanding, (c) has no guarantees or other credit support from any Person other than a Loan Party, (d) has no financial maintenance covenants, (e) has no covenants, events of default or similar provisions that are more restrictive in any material respect than those contained in the Loan Documents and (f) is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent; provided that if such Indebtedness is secured (i) the Liens securing such Indebtedness shall be junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, (ii) the security agreements governing such Indebtedness shall provide for junior Liens on terms reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent and (iii) the providers of such Indebtedness (or an agent for such providers) shall have entered into an intercreditor agreement reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent; provided, that clauses (a) and (b) above shall not apply to Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness payable to a seller in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other similar Investment permitted by this Agreement.

 

39


Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt” means unsecured Indebtedness (including any unsecured Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by Borrower or any Loan Party in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that such Indebtedness (a) otherwise meets the requirements contained in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness” and (b) meets the Permitted Other Debt Conditions.

Person” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and Government Authorities.

PIK Loan” means (i) PIK Initial Term Loans, (ii) PIK Revolving Loan and (iii) PIK Delayed Draw Term Loan.

Pledge and Security Agreement” means the Pledge and Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by the Loan Parties on the Closing Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit XII annexed hereto.

Pledged Collateral” means, collectively, the “Pledged Collateral” as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement or any other Collateral Document.

Potential Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, a Lender (i) as to which Administrative Agent has notified Borrower that an event of the kind referred to in the definition of “Lender Insolvency Event” has occurred and is continuing in respect of any financial institution affiliate of such Lender or (ii) as to which Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender has in good faith determined and notified Borrower and (in the case of Issuing Lender) Administrative Agent that such Lender or its Parent Company or a financial institution affiliate thereof has notified Administrative Agent, or has stated publicly, that it will not comply with its funding obligations under any other loan agreement or credit agreement or other financing agreement.

Prime Rate” means, for any day, the rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the United States or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as determined by the Administrative Agent); each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is effective. The Prime Rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by any financial institution to its customers.

Pro Forma Basis means, with respect to any financial calculation or compliance with any test or covenant hereunder, performing such calculation or compliance with such test or covenant after giving effect to, as applicable (a) the Merger, (b) any proposed Permitted Acquisition, (c) any Asset Sale of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of any Group Member or of all or substantially all of the assets of any Restricted Subsidiary that is an operating entity, (d) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (e) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (f) any Permitted Acquisition or any Asset Sale that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of Borrower or (g) any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including (i) pro forma adjustments arising out of actions which are directly attributable to the transactions referenced in the

 

40


foregoing clauses (a) through (g) (each, a “Relevant Transaction”), are supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact and (ii) such other adjustments, synergies and cost savings as (A) at any time that Holdings or Borrower is a securities issuer (a “Public Reporting Company”) whose financial statements are required to comply with Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, are permitted or required by such Regulation S-X and (B) subject to clauses (d), (h) or (o) of the definition of Consolidated EBITDA at any time, are projected by Borrower in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of Borrower, in each case as certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower in reasonable detail) within eighteen months after the date any such transaction is consummated) using, for purposes of making such calculation or determining such compliance, the available historical financial statements of all entities or assets so acquired or sold and the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, which shall be calculated as if such Relevant Transaction had been consummated at the beginning of the applicable Test Period, and any Indebtedness or other liabilities to be incurred or repaid in connection therewith had been incurred or repaid at the beginning of such Test Period (and assuming that any Indebtedness to be incurred bears interest during any portion of the applicable measurement period prior to the relevant acquisition at the weighted average of the interest rates applicable to such Indebtedness incurred during such period).

Pro Forma Compliance” means, at any date of determination, that Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenants as of the date of such determination or the last day of the most recently completed Test Period, as the case may be (computed on the basis of (a) balance sheet amounts as of such date and (b) income statement amounts for the most recently completed Test Period and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis in respect of the event giving rise to such determination).

Pro Rata Share” means (a) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Term Loan Commitment or the Term Loan of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Term Loan Exposure of that Lender by (ii) the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, (b) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Revolving Loan Commitment or the Revolving Loans of any Lender or any Letters of Credit issued or participations therein deemed purchased by any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Loan Exposure of that Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders, and (c) for all other purposes with respect to each Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the Term Loan Exposure of that Lender plus the Revolving Loan Exposure of that Lender by (ii) the sum of the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders plus the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders, in any such case as the applicable percentage may be adjusted by assignments permitted pursuant to Section 10.1.

Proceedings” means any litigation, action, suit, proceeding (whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration.

Property” means, with respect to any Person, any right, title or interest in or to property or assets of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible and including Capital Stock or other ownership interests of any Person and whether now in existence or owned or hereafter entered into or acquired, including all Real Property Assets.

“PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issues by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Reporting Company” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Pro Forma Basis” set forth above in this Section 1.1.

Purchase Notice” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.23(a).

 

41


Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock of any Person that is not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified Public Offering” means any public offering of the common Capital Stock of Holdings or an Upper Tier Entity pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor or similar form) filed under the Securities Act, raising gross proceeds (whether to Holdings, to selling shareholders or otherwise) of not less than $50,000,000.

Qualifying Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Real Property Asset” means the Owned Real Property and Leased Real Property.

Recovery Event” means, with respect to any property, any loss of or damage to such property or any taking of such property or condemnation thereof.

Refinance” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” set forth above in this Section 1.1.

Refinanced Debt” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness.”

Refinancing” means the repayment in full of the Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement and Burgess Note and in each case the termination, release or discharge of all security and guarantees in respect thereof.

Refinancing Amendment” means an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) Borrower, (b) the Administrative Agent, (c) each Additional Refinancing Lender and (d) each Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Refinancing Term Loans, Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments or Refinancing Revolving Loans incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.12.

Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments” means one or more Classes of Revolving Loan Commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Refinancing Revolving Loans” means one or more Classes of Revolving Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Refinancing Series” means all Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Refinancing Amendment (or any subsequent Refinancing Amendment to the extent such Refinancing Amendment expressly provides that the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments, Refinancing Revolving Loans or Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Refinancing Series) and that provide for the same All-In Yield (other than, for this purpose, any original issue discount or upfront fees), if applicable and amortization schedule.

Refinancing Term Commitments” means one or more term loan commitments hereunder that fund Refinancing Term Loans of the applicable Refinancing Series hereunder pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

Refinancing Term Loans” means one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Register” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.1(d).

 

42


Registered Equivalent Notes” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Regulation D” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

Reimbursement Date” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.3(b).

Related Parties” means with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s controlled or controlling Affiliates or any of its or their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, controlling persons or members.

Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dumping, leaching or migration of Hazardous Materials into the indoor or outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Materials).

Relevant Transaction” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Pro Forma Basis.”

Remedial Action” means all actions required to (a) clean up, remove, treat or in any other way address any Hazardous Material in the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent or minimize any Release so that a Hazardous Material does not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the indoor or outdoor environment or (c) perform pre remedial studies and investigations and post-remedial monitoring and care with respect to any Hazardous Material.

Replaced Term Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6.

Replacement Term Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6(g).

Repricing Transaction” means (i) the repayment, prepayment, refinancing, substitution or replacement of all or a portion of the Term Loans with the incurrence of any indebtedness having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (taking into account interest rate margin and benchmark floors, recurring fees and all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (A) the weighted average life to maturity of such term loans and (B) four years), but excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not shared ratably with all lenders or holders of such term loans in their capacities as lenders or holders of such term loans) that is less than the effective interest cost or weighted average yield of the Term Loan Facility, and (ii) any amendment, waiver, consent or modification to the Term Loans relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield (to be determined on the same basis as that described in clause (i) above) of, the Term Loans directed at, or the result of which would be, the lowering of the effective interest cost or weighted average yield applicable to the Term Loans (it being understood that any prepayment premium with respect to a Repricing Transaction shall apply to any required assignment by a Non-Consenting Lender in connection with any such amendment pursuant to Section 2.10 hereof).

Request for Issuance” means a request in substantially the form of Exhibit III annexed hereto.

 

43


Required Revolving Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having or holding more than 50% of all Revolving Loan Exposure; provided that if there are at least two Lenders (excluding Affiliates), and no one Lender (including Affiliates) has or holds more than 85% of all Revolving Loan Exposure, then Required Revolving Lenders shall mean at least two Lenders (excluding Affiliates) having or holding more than 50% of all Revolving Loan Exposure; provided further, that any Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” under this Agreement, and the amount of such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitments and Revolving Loans shall be excluded for purposes of voting, and the calculation of voting, on matters as described in more detail in Section 2.9.

Required Term Loan Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having or holding more than 50% of all Term Loan Exposure; provided that if there are at least two Lenders (excluding Affiliates), and no one Lender (including Affiliates) has or holds more than 85% of all Term Loan Exposure, then Required Term Loan Lenders, shall mean at least two Lenders (excluding Affiliates) having or holding more than 50% of all Term Loan Exposure; provided further, that (i) any Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” under this Agreement, and the amount of such Defaulting Lender’s Term Loan Commitments and Term Loans shall be excluded for purposes of voting, and the calculation of voting, on matters as described in more detail in Section 2.9 and (ii) the amount of any Term Loan Commitments and Term Loans of any Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund) shall be excluded for purposes of voting, and the calculation of voting, to the extent set forth in Section 10.1(b)(v).

Requisite Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the sum of all Term Loan Exposure, plus all Revolving Loan Exposure; provided that if there are at least two Lenders (excluding Affiliates), and no one Lender (including Affiliates) has or holds more than 85% of the sum of all Term Loan Exposure, plus all Revolving Loan Exposure, then Requisite Lenders, shall mean at least two Lenders (excluding Affiliates) having or holding more than 50% of the sum of all Term Loan Exposure, plus all Revolving Loan Exposure; provided further, that (i) any Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” under this Agreement, and the amount of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitments and Loans shall be excluded for purposes of voting, and the calculation of voting, on matters as described in more detail in Section 2.9, and (ii) the amount of any Commitments and Loans of any Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund) shall be excluded for purposes of voting, and the calculation of voting, to the extent set forth in Section 10.1(b)(vi).

Restricted” means, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, that such cash or Cash Equivalents (i) appears (or would be required to appear) as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower or of any such Restricted Subsidiary (unless such appearance is related to the Loan Documents or Liens created thereunder) as determined in accordance with GAAP, or (ii) are subject to any Lien in favor of any Person other than Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties other than bankers’ liens and rights of setoff.

Restricted Junior Payment” means (a) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of Holdings, Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely in Qualified Capital Stock, (b) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of Borrower, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding, (c) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Capital Stock of Borrower, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding, and (d) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, any other Indebtedness that is or is intended to be subordinated to, or secured on a junior Lien basis with, the Obligations, or any unsecured Indebtedness (other than scheduled payments or other required or mandatory payments thereof but only, in the case of Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, to the extent not prohibited to be made pursuant to any applicable subordination provisions) other than, in the case of clauses (b) and (c), any intercompany Investments permitted under this Agreement.

 

44


Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (including Borrower) of Holdings other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Returns” means, with respect to any Investment, any dividends, distributions, interest, fees, premium, return of capital, repayment of principal, income, profits (from an Asset Sale or otherwise) and other amounts received or realized in respect of such Investment.

Revolving Credit Obligations” means all Obligations arising under or in respect of the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Loan Commitments.

Revolving Lender” means a Lender that has a Revolving Loan Commitment and/or that has an outstanding Revolving Loan.

Revolving Loan Commitment” means (i) the initial Commitment of a Revolving Lender to make Revolving Loans to Borrower on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(ii), (ii) the Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment of an Incremental Revolving Loan Lender to make Incremental Revolving Loans pursuant to any Incremental Revolving Joinder Agreement and (iii) the Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitment of a Revolving Lender pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments on the Closing Date is $7,500,000. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any PIK Revolving Loans shall not reduce the amounts available in respect of any Revolving Loan Commitments.

Revolving Loan Commitment Amount” means, at any date, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments of all Revolving Lenders.

Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date” means (a) with respect to any Revolving Loan Commitments that have not been extended pursuant to Section 10.6(f), February 11, 2024 and (b) with respect to any Revolving Loan Commitments that have been extended pursuant to Section 10.6(f), their extended termination date.

Revolving Loan Exposure” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender plus (ii) the aggregate unused amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments of that Lender plus (iii) in the case of Issuing Lender, the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage in respect of all Letters of Credit issued by that Lender (in each case net of any participations purchased by other Lenders in such Letters of Credit or in any unreimbursed drawings thereunder) plus (iv) the aggregate amount of all participations purchased by that Lender in any outstanding Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed drawings under any Letters of Credit.

Revolving Loans” means (i) the Loans made by Revolving Lenders to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(ii), (ii) the Incremental Revolving Loans made by Incremental Revolving Loan Lenders pursuant to any Incremental Revolving Joinder Agreement and (iii) the Refinancing Revolving Loans.

Revolving Notes” means any promissory notes of Borrower issued pursuant to Section 2.1(e) to evidence the Revolving Loans of any Revolving Lenders, in substantially the form of Exhibit V annexed hereto.

 

45


Rights of Way” means all rights of way, easements and all other similar rights granted to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries for the right to use and/or have access to and through real property that are or should be evidenced by instruments recorded in the appropriate real property records office where such real property is located.

S&P” has the meaning assigned to that term in the term Cash Equivalents.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Government Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Hedge Agreement that has been entered into between any Group Member or Group Members and a Hedge Agreement Counterparty and is expressly identified as being a “Secured Hedge Agreement” hereunder in a joint notice from Borrower and such Hedge Agreement Counterparty delivered to Administrative Agent reasonably promptly after the execution of such Hedge Agreement.

Secured Parties” has the meaning assigned to that term in the form of Pledge and Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit XII.

Securities” means any Capital Stock, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of Indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated, certificated or uncertificated, or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Securities Laws” shall mean the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, state securities (Blue Sky) laws, the Investment Advisers Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC, FINRA or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, as each of the foregoing may be amended and in effect on any applicable date hereunder.

Senior Representative” means, with respect to any series of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Solicited Discount Proration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice” means an irrevocable written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(D) in substantially the form of Exhibit VIII-4 annexed hereto.

 

46


Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer” means the irrevocable written offer by each Term Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit VIII-5 annexed hereto, submitted following Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person, that as of the date of determination (i) the fair value of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds, on a consolidated basis, their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (ii) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (iii) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such liabilities become absolute and matured and do not intend to, and do not believe that they will, incur debts or liabilities beyond their ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature; and (iv) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which they have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date. The amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual and matured liability.

SPC” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.1(e).

Specified Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice” means an irrevocable written notice of Borrower made pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(A) in substantially the form of Exhibit VIII-6 annexed hereto.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response” means the irrevocable written response by each Term Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit VIII-7 annexed hereto, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Specified Discount Proration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Specified Equity Contribution” has the meaning assigned to that term in Article VIII.

Sponsor” means General Atlantic Service Company, LLC, its Affiliates and any funds, partnerships or other co-investment vehicles managed, advised or controlled by the foregoing (other than Holdings and its Subsidiaries or any portfolio company).

Sponsor Model” means the financial model relating to the Transactions delivered by Sponsor to the Arrangers and dated as of December 17, 2018.

 

47


Stock Equivalents” means all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock or any other Stock Equivalent and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire any Capital Stock or any other Stock Equivalent, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.

Subject Lender” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.10(d).

Submitted Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Submitted Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4(b)(v).

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association, Joint Venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total Voting Securities (or general partnership interests in the case of any partnership) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.

Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of Borrower that executes and delivers a counterpart of the Guaranty on the Closing Date or from time to time thereafter pursuant to Section 6.8.

Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Tax” or “Taxes” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, fee, assessment, deduction, withholding (including backup withholding) or other charge, imposed by any Governmental Authority, including interest, penalties, additions to tax and any similar liabilities with respect thereto.

Tax Distributions” means for any taxable period for which Holdings and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined or similar income tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state, local or foreign income tax purposes of which a direct or indirect parent of Holdings is the common parent (a “Tax Group”), dividends or distributions not in excess of the portion of any U.S. federal, state, local or foreign income taxes (as applicable) of such Tax Group for such taxable period that are attributable to the income of Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) the amount of such dividends or distributions for any taxable period shall not exceed the amount of such taxes that Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, would have paid had Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, been a stand-alone taxpayer (or a stand-alone group), and (y) any such dividends or distributions attributable to an Unrestricted Subsidiary for any taxable period shall be limited to the amount of any cash paid with respect to such period by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary for such purpose.

Tax Returns” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 5.7.

Term Lender” means a Lender that has a Term Loan Commitment and/or outstanding Term Loans.

Term Loan Commitments” means (i) the Initial Term Loan Commitments, (ii) the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments, (iii) the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, (iv) the Refinancing Term Commitments and (v) the Commitments in respect of Replacement Term Loans.

 

48


Term Loan Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination (a) the amount of that Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitments, Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments and Incremental Term Loan Commitments and (b) the outstanding principal amount of the Initial Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans of that Lender.

Term Loan Maturity Date” means (a) with respect to any Term Loans that have not been extended pursuant to Section 10.6(f), February 11, 2024 and (b) with respect to any Term Loans that have been extended pursuant to Section 10.6(f), their extended maturity date.

Term Loans” means (i) the Initial Term Loans, (ii) the Delayed Draw Term Loans, (iii) the Incremental Term Loans, (iv) the Refinancing Term Loans and (v) the Replacement Term Loans.

Term Notes” means any promissory notes of Borrower issued pursuant to Section 2.1(e) to evidence the Term Loans of any Lenders, in substantially the form of Exhibit IV annexed hereto.

Test Period” means, at any time, the most recent period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters of Holdings ended on or prior to such time for which financial statements and a Compliance Certificate have been delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.1 at or prior to such time.

Third Party Funds” means any segregated accounts or funds, or any portion thereof, received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as agent on behalf of third parties in accordance with a written agreement that imposes a duty upon Holdings or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries to collect and remit those funds to such third parties.

Title Company” means one or more title insurance companies reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans plus (b) the Letter of Credit Usage.

Transaction Costs” means all fees, costs, expenses, closing bonuses paid to management, premiums, termination payments and prepayment penalties incurred or paid by any Group Member on or before the Closing Date or thereafter in connection with the Transactions contemplated by, and in compliance with, the Transaction Documents including amounts payable to Administrative Agent, Arrangers or Lenders.

Transaction Documents” means, collectively, the Loan Documents and the Merger Agreement.

Transactions” means the Equity Financing, Financing Transactions, the Merger, the Refinancing and the payment of Transaction Costs.

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

Unasserted Obligations” means, at any time, Obligations for Taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities (except for (a) the principal of and interest on, and fees relating to, any Indebtedness and (b) contingent reimbursement obligations in respect of amounts that may be drawn under Letters of Credit) in respect of which no claim or demand for payment has been made (or, in the case of Obligations for indemnification, no notice for indemnification has been issued by the Indemnitee) at such time.

 

49


Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of an Employee Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Employee Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Employee Plan pursuant to Section 430 of the Internal Revenue Code for the applicable plan year.

Unrestricted Cash” means, at any time, cash and Cash Equivalents that are not Restricted at such time and, in any event, shall exclude Cure Amounts.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Borrower designated by the board of directors of Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.13 subsequent to the Closing Date.

Upper Tier Entity” means any direct or indirect owner of Holdings other than Sponsor.

U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code.

USA Patriot Act” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

Voting Securities” means, with respect to any Person, the Capital Stock of such Person of any class or classes, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of members of the Governing Body (or Persons performing similar functions) of such Person.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than director’s qualifying shares) is owned by such Person, either directly or through one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Section 1.2 Accounting Terms; Utilization of GAAP for Purposes of Calculations Under Agreement.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with GAAP. Financial statements required to be delivered by Borrower to Lenders pursuant to Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(e) and (f)) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect at the time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation statements provided for in Section 6.1(f)). Calculations in connection with the definitions, covenants and other provisions of this Agreement shall utilize GAAP as in effect on the date of determination; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in any other Loan Document, GAAP will be deemed for all purposes hereof to treat leases (whether Capital Leases or operating leases) as treated under GAAP as in effect on December 31, 2018, notwithstanding any change in GAAP or in the application or interpretation thereof after the Closing Date. If at any time (but subject to the foregoing proviso) any change in GAAP or in the application of GAAP would affect the

 

50


computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and Borrower, Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders shall so request, Administrative Agent and Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of Requisite Lenders); provided that, after any such request and until so amended, such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and Borrower shall provide to Administrative Agent and Lenders reconciliation statements provided for in Section 6.1(f). When calculating any test or covenant under this Agreement, such test or covenant shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (including pursuant to the Accounting Standards Codification), to value Indebtedness at “fair value” (as defined therein).

Section 1.3 Other Definitional Provisions and Rules of Construction.

(a) Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference.

(b) References to “Section” and “Sections” shall be references to a Section and Sections, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

(c) The use in any of the Loan Documents of the word “include” or “including”, when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not nonlimiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.

(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, references to Organizational Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all permitted subsequent amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto; provided, however, that this clause (d) shall not apply to the Merger Agreement.

(e) Whenever any provision in any Loan Document refers to the knowledge (or an analogous phrase) of any Loan Party, such words are intended to signify that an Officer of Loan Party has or should have (in light of such person’s position at such Loan Party) actual knowledge or awareness of a particular fact or circumstance.

(f) Whenever any reference is made in any Loan Document to any Person such reference shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and assigns.

(g) The words “asset” and “property”, when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(h) Whenever any reference is made in any Loan Document to any law or regulation, such reference shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending replacing or interpreting such law or regulation and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

51


(i) Whenever any reference is made in any Loan Document to the “chief financial officer”, such title is intended to refer to the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, treasurer, controller or other officer with primary responsibility for the financial affairs of a Person.

(j) In the computation of periods of time in any Loan Document from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”, the words “to” and “until” mean “to but excluding” and the word “through” means “to and including”.

Section 1.4 Certifications.

All certifications to be made hereunder by an officer or representative of a Loan Party shall be made by such person in his or her capacity solely as an officer or a representative of such Loan Party, on such Loan Party’s behalf and not in such person’s individual capacity.

Section 1.5 Rounding.

Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

Section 1.6 Timing of Payment and Deliveries.

When any payment to be made hereunder or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day or delivery of any notice, document, certificate or other writing is stated to be required on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date of such payment, performance or delivery (other than as described in Section 2.2(b)) shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day (and, in the case of any payment, such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest hereunder or of the commitment fees hereunder, as the case may be).

Section 1.7 Divisions.

For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Capital Stock at such time.

ARTICLE II

AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND LOANS

Section 2.1 Commitments; Making of Loans; the Register; Optional Notes.

(a) Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of Borrower herein set forth, each Lender hereby severally agrees to make the Loans as described in Section 2.1(a)(i) and Section 2.1(a)(ii).

 

52


(i) Term Loans. Each Lender that has an Initial Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to lend to Borrower on the Closing Date an amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments to be used for the purposes identified in Section 2.5(a). The original amount of each Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment is set forth opposite its name on Schedule 2.1 annexed hereto and the aggregate original amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments is $75,000,000. Borrower may make only one borrowing under the Initial Term Loan Commitments. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1(a)(i) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. The Lenders’ Initial Term Loan Commitments shall terminate on the Closing Date.

(ii) Revolving Loans. Each Revolving Lender severally agrees, subject to the limitations set forth below with respect to the maximum amount of Revolving Loans permitted to be outstanding from time to time, to lend to Borrower from time to time during the period from the Closing Date up to but excluding the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments to be used for the purposes identified in Section 2.5(b); provided, however that in no event shall any borrowing of Revolving Loans be permitted hereunder if the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments would exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount then in effect. The original amount of each Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment is set forth opposite its name on Schedule 2.1 annexed hereto and the original Revolving Loan Commitment Amount is $7,500,000; provided that the amount of the Revolving Loan Commitment of each Revolving Lender shall be adjusted to give effect to any assignment of such Revolving Loan Commitment pursuant to Section 10.1(b) and shall be reduced from time to time by the amount of any reductions thereto made pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i). Each Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment shall expire on the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date and all Revolving Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be paid in full no later than that date. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1(a)(ii) may be repaid and reborrowed up to but excluding the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date.

(iii) [Reserved].

(iv) Delayed Draw Term Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender with a Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment, by its acceptance hereof, severally agrees to make one or more loans to Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the DDTL Commitment Expiration Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 2.1 hereto under the heading “Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment” (as the same may be reduced or increased from time to time in accordance with this Agreement) or in the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder (as the same may be reduced or increased from time to time in accordance with this Agreement) (in either case, such amount being referred to herein as such Lender’s “Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment”). The aggregate original amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments is $35,000,000. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1(a)(iv) are referred to as the “Delayed Draw Term Loans”. Once drawn, all Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be treated as Term Loans under this Agreement. Amounts borrowed as the Delayed Draw Term Loans which are repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. In no event shall there be more than ten (10) separate borrowings of Delayed Draw Term Loans. Each draw shall be in an initial principal amount of not less than $1,000,000 (or, if smaller, the principal amount of all remaining Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments as of the drawing date). The Lenders’ Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments shall terminate on each applicable Funding Date in an amount equal to the Lenders’ Delayed Draw Term Loans funded on such date.

 

53


(b) Borrowing Mechanics.

(i) Borrowing Notices and Amounts. Loans made on any Funding Date (other than Revolving Loans made pursuant to Section 3.3(b) or PIK Loans) shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $250,000 and multiples of $50,000 in excess of that amount. Whenever Borrower desires that Lenders make Initial Term Loans or Revolving Loans, it shall deliver to Administrative Agent a duly executed Notice of Borrowing no later than 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed Funding Date (in the case of a LIBOR Loan) or 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the Business Day of the proposed Funding Date (in the case of a Base Rate Loan); provided, that in respect of a borrowing on the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver a duly-executed Notice of Borrowing no later than 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) three Business Days prior to the Closing Date. Whenever Borrower desires that Lenders make Delayed Draw Term Loans, it shall deliver to Administrative Agent a duly executed Notice of Borrowing no later than 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) at least five Business Days in advance of the proposed Funding Date. Term Loans and Revolving Loans may be continued as or converted into Base Rate Loans and LIBOR Loans in the manner provided in Section 2.2(d). In lieu of delivering a Notice of Borrowing, Borrower may give Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time of any proposed borrowing under this Section 2.1(b); provided that such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of a duly executed Notice of Borrowing to Administrative Agent on or before the applicable Funding Date.

(ii) Telephonic Notice. Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to Borrower in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above that Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by an Officer or other Person authorized to borrow on behalf of Borrower or for otherwise acting in good faith under this Section 2.1(b) or under Section 2.2(d), and upon funding of Loans by Lenders, and upon conversion or continuation of the applicable basis for determining the interest rate with respect to any Loans pursuant to Section 2.2(d), in each case in accordance with this Agreement, pursuant to any such telephonic notice Borrower shall have effected Loans or a conversion or continuation, as the case may be, hereunder.

(iii) Certification by Borrower. The acceptance by Borrower of the proceeds of any Loans shall constitute a re-certification by Borrower, as of the applicable Funding Date, as to the matters to which Borrower is required to certify in the applicable Notice of Borrowing.

(iv) Notice Irrevocable. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.6(b), Section 2.6(c) and Section 2.6(g), a Notice of Borrowing for, or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation for conversion to, or continuation of, a LIBOR Loan (or, in either case, telephonic notice in lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and Borrower shall be liable for any amounts due under Section 2.6(d) in connection with any failure to make any borrowing, continuation or conversion set forth therein.

(c) Disbursement of Funds. All Term Loans and Revolving Loans shall be made by Term Lenders or Revolving Lenders, as the case may be, simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares of the applicable Class of Loans being made, it being understood that neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be responsible for, nor be relieved from any of their respective obligations hereunder as a result of, any default by any other Lender in that other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder nor shall the amount of the Commitment of any Lender to make the particular type of Loan requested be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in

 

54


that other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder. Promptly after receipt by Administrative Agent of a Notice of Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.1(b) (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof), Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender for that type of Loan of the proposed borrowing. Each such Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on (or not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) in the case of a same day borrowing) the applicable Funding Date in same day funds in Dollars, at the Funding and Payment Office. Except as provided in Section 3.3(b) with respect to Revolving Loans used to reimburse Issuing Lender for the amount of a drawing under a Letter of Credit issued by it, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified in Section 4.1 (in the case of Loans made on the Closing Date) and/or Section 4.2 (in the case of all Loans), as applicable, Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Loans available to Borrower on the applicable Funding Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such Loans received by Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the account of Borrower at the Funding and Payment Office.

Unless Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to a Funding Date that such Lender does not intend to make available to Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender’s Loan requested on such Funding Date, Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to Administrative Agent on such Funding Date and Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount on such Funding Date. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to Administrative Agent by such Lender, Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from such Funding Date until the date such amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the customary rate set by Administrative Agent for the correction of errors among banks for three Business Days and thereafter at the Base Rate. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to Administrative Agent together with interest thereon, for each day from such Funding Date until the date such amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the rate payable under this Agreement with respect to such Loans. Nothing in this Section 2.1(c) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that Borrower or any Agent or Lender may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

(d) The Register. Administrative Agent, acting for these purposes solely as an agent of Borrower (it being acknowledged that Administrative Agent, in such capacity, and its officers, directors, employees, agents and Affiliates shall constitute Indemnitees under Section 10.3), shall maintain (and make available for inspection by Borrower and each Lender (solely as it relates to such Lender’s Commitments) upon reasonable prior notice at reasonable times) at its address referred to in Section 10.8, which address shall be in the United States, a register for the recordation of, and shall record, the names and addresses of Lenders and the respective amounts of the Term Loan Commitment, Revolving Loan Commitment, Term Loan and Revolving Loans, of each Lender from time to time (the “Register”). Borrower, Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deem and treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the holders and owners of the corresponding Commitments and Loans listed therein for all purposes hereof; all amounts owed with respect to any Commitment or Loan shall be owed to the Lender listed in the Register as the owner thereof; and any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as a Lender shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of the corresponding Commitments or Loans. Each Lender shall record on its internal records the amount of its Loans and Commitments and each payment in respect hereof, and any such recordation shall be prima facie evidence thereof, absent manifest error, subject to the entries in the Register, which shall, absent manifest error, govern in the event of any inconsistency with any Lender’s records. Failure to make any recordation in the Register or in any Lender’s records, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Loans or Commitments or any Obligations in respect of any Loans.

 

55


(e) Optional Notes. If so requested by any Lender by written notice to Borrower (with a copy to Administrative Agent) at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date or at any time thereafter, Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.1) on the Closing Date (or, if such notice is delivered after the Closing Date, promptly after Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a promissory note or promissory notes to evidence such Lender’s Term Loan, Revolving Loans or Delayed Draw Term Loans, in substantially the form of Exhibit IV, Exhibit V or Exhibit VII annexed hereto, respectively, with appropriate insertions.

Section 2.2 Interest on the Loans.

(a) Rate of Interest. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.6 and Section 2.7, each Term Loan and each Revolving Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made through maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate or LIBOR. The applicable basis for determining the rate of interest with respect to any Term Loan or any Revolving Loan shall be selected by Borrower initially at the time a Notice of Borrowing is given with respect to such Loan pursuant to Section 2.1(b), and the basis for determining the interest rate with respect to any Term Loan or any Revolving Loan may be changed from time to time pursuant to Section 2.2(d). If on any day a Term Loan or Revolving Loan is outstanding with respect to which notice has not been delivered to Administrative Agent or is not otherwise in effect in accordance with the terms of this Agreement specifying the applicable basis for determining the rate of interest, then for that day that Loan shall bear interest determined by reference to the Base Rate.

(i) Term Loans and Revolving Loans. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(e), Section 2.2(g) and Section 2.7, the Term Loans and Revolving Loans shall bear interest as follows: (x) if a Base Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Base Rate plus 5.00% per annum and (y) if a LIBOR Loan, then at the sum of Adjusted LIBOR plus 6.00% per annum, in each case payable in Dollars in same day funds.

(ii) [Reserved].

(b) Interest Periods. In connection with each LIBOR Loan, Borrower may, pursuant to the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, select an interest period (each an “Interest Period”) to be applicable to such Loan, which Interest Period shall be, at Borrower’s option, either a one, two, three or six (or, if available to all relevant Lenders, twelve or shorter) month period; provided that:

(i) the initial Interest Period for any LIBOR Loan shall commence on the Funding Date in respect of such Loan, in the case of a Loan initially made as a LIBOR Loan or on the date specified in the applicable Notice of Conversion/Continuation, in the case of a Loan converted to a LIBOR Loan;

(ii) in the case of immediately successive Interest Periods applicable to a LIBOR Loan continued as such pursuant to a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, each successive Interest Period shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

(iii) if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided that, if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day;

 

56


(iv) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall, subject to clause (v) of this Section 2.2(b), end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period;

(v) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Term Loans shall extend beyond the Term Loan Maturity Date, and no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Revolving Loans shall extend beyond the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date;

(vi) no Interest Period with respect to any Term Loans shall extend beyond a date on which Borrower is required to make a scheduled payment of principal of the Term Loans unless the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans that are Base Rate Loans plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans that are LIBOR Loans with Interest Periods expiring on or before such date equals or exceeds the principal amount required to be paid on the Term Loans on such date;

(vii) there shall be no more than seven (7) Interest Periods outstanding at any time; and

(viii) in the event Borrower fails to specify an Interest Period for any LIBOR Loan in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month.

(c) Interest Payments. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(e), interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on and to each Interest Payment Date applicable to that Loan, upon any prepayment of that Loan (to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid) and at maturity (including final maturity); provided that, in the event any Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans are prepaid pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i), interest accrued on such Loans through the date of such prepayment shall be payable on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date applicable to Base Rate Loans (or, if earlier, at final maturity).

(d) Conversion or Continuation.

(i) Minimum Amount. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.6, Borrower shall have the option (A) to convert at any time all or any part of their outstanding Term Loans and/or Revolving Loans, in each case, in aggregate principal amounts of at least $250,000 and multiples of $50,000 in excess of that amount from Loans bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to Adjusted LIBOR to Loans bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate, or from Loans bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate to Loans bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to Adjusted LIBOR or (B) upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to a LIBOR Loan, to continue all or any portion of such Loan equal to $250,000 and multiples of $50,000 in excess of that amount as a LIBOR Loan; provided, however, that a LIBOR Loan that is converted into a Base Rate Loan on any date other than the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to the payment of any applicable compensation pursuant to Section 2.6(d).

(ii) Conversion/Continuation Notice. Borrower shall deliver a duly executed Notice of Conversion/Continuation to Administrative Agent no later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed conversion date (in the case of a conversion to a Base Rate Loan) and no later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least three

 

57


Business Days in advance of the proposed conversion/continuation date (in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a LIBOR Loan). In lieu of delivering a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Borrower may give Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time of any proposed conversion/continuation under this Section 2.2(d); provided that such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of a duly executed Notice of Conversion/Continuation to Administrative Agent on or before the proposed conversion/continuation date. Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of any Loan subject to a Notice of Conversion/Continuation.

(e) Default Rate. Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (i) the aggregate outstanding overdue principal amount of all Loans shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any Insolvency Proceedings) at a rate which is 2.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable under this Agreement with respect to the applicable Loans and (ii) to the extent permitted under applicable law, any interest payments on the Loans and any fees and other amounts then due and payable hereunder, in each case whether at stated maturity, by notice of prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise, shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any Insolvency Proceeding at a rate which is 2.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable under this Agreement for Base Rate Loans) and shall be payable on demand by Administrative Agent; provided that, in the case of LIBOR Loans, upon the expiration of the applicable Interest Period in effect at the time any such increase in interest rate is effective, such LIBOR Loans shall become Base Rate Loans and shall thereafter bear interest payable upon demand at a rate which is 2.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable under this Agreement for Base Rate Loans. Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.2(e) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(f) Computation of Interest. Interest on the Loans shall be computed (i) in the case of Base Rate Loans calculated using the Prime Rate, on the basis of a 365-day or 366-day year, as the case may be, and (ii) in the case of LIBOR Loans and Base Rate Loans not calculated using the Prime Rate, on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues. In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted from a LIBOR Loan, the date of conversion of such LIBOR Loan to such Base Rate Loan shall be included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted to a LIBOR Loan, the date of conversion of such Base Rate Loan to such LIBOR Loan shall be excluded; provided that if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

(g) PIK Loans. Notwithstanding Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.2(c), Borrower may elect, (so long as the Borrower has made such election in the Notice of Borrowing and/or Notice of Conversion/Continuation prior to the commencement of such interest period; provided that in the event no election has been made in the Notice of Borrowing and/or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, then for the avoidance of doubt, such interest shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.2(a)(i)), to pay, (prior to maturity and other than with respect to any payments due at maturity, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) the interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans payable pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i) as follows (and in lieu of interest payable pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i)):

(i) If an Initial Term Loan, the sum of (i) (x) if a Base Rate Loan, then the sum of the Base Rate plus 2.25% per annum in Dollars in same day funds and (y) if a LIBOR Loan, then the sum of Adjusted LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum in Dollars in same day funds and (ii) 3.25% per annum in kind and capitalized to the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans (the amount of any such compounded interest being a “PIK Initial Term Loan”). The principal amount of each PIK Initial Term Loan shall accrue interest in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Initial Term Loans, shall mature on the Term Loan Maturity Date and shall otherwise be subject to all provisions applicable to Initial Term Loans.

 

58


(ii) If a Delayed Draw Term Loan, the sum of (i) (x) if a Base Rate Loan, then the sum of the Base Rate plus 2.25% per annum in Dollars in same day funds and (y) if a LIBOR Loan, then the sum of Adjusted LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum in Dollars in same day funds and (ii) 3.25% per annum in kind and capitalized to the aggregate principal amount of such Class of Delayed Draw Term Loans (the amount of any such compounded interest being a “PIK Delayed Draw Term Loan”). The principal amount of each PIK Delayed Draw Term Loan shall accrue interest in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Delayed Draw Term Loans, shall mature on the Term Loan Maturity Date and shall otherwise be subject to all provisions applicable to Delayed Draw Term Loans.

(iii) If a Revolving Loan, the sum of (i) (x) if a Base Rate Loan, then the sum of the Base Rate plus 2.25% per annum in Dollars in same day funds and (y) if a LIBOR Loan, then the sum of Adjusted LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum in Dollars in same day funds and (ii) 3.25% per annum in kind and capitalized to the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans (the amount of any such compounded interest being a “PIK Revolving Loan”). The principal amount of each PIK Revolving Loan shall accrue interest in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Revolving Loans, shall terminate and mature on the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date and shall otherwise be subject to all provisions applicable to Revolving Loans.

Section 2.3 Fees.

(a) Revolving Loan Commitment Fees. Borrower agrees to pay to Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Revolving Lender in proportion to that Lender’s Pro Rata Share in respect of the Revolving Loan Commitments, commitment fees for the period from and including the Closing Date to and excluding the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date equal to (i) the average of the daily excess of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount over the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans multiplied by (ii) 0.50% per annum; provided that, without prejudice to the rights of Revolving Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders in respect of such fees, any Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share shall be excluded for purposes of calculating the commitment fee payable to Revolving Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.3(a) in respect of any day during any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, and such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any such fee with respect to its Revolving Loan Commitment in respect of such Default Period. All such commitment fees shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed and be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Friday of each of March, June and September of each year, and December 31 of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date (or the earlier date on which the Revolving Loan Commitments are terminated).

(b) Other Fees. Borrower agrees to pay to Agents, as applicable, such fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between Borrower and the Agents pursuant to the Fee Letter.

(c) Delayed Draw Unused Commitment Fee. Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders with a Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment a fee (the “Delayed Draw Unused Commitment Fee”) equal to (i) the average daily balance of the undrawn portion of such Lender’s Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment during the previous calendar quarter, multiplied by (ii) 1.00% per annum. All such Delayed Draw Unused Commitment Fees shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed and be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Friday of each of March, June and September of each year, and December 31 of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the DDTL Commitment Expiration Date (or

 

59


the earlier date on which the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments are terminated). The total Delayed Draw Unused Commitment Fee paid by Borrower will be equal to the sum of all of the Delayed Draw Unused Commitment Fees due to the Lenders with an undrawn portion of any remaining Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments; provided that, without prejudice to the rights of Lenders with Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments other than Defaulting Lenders in respect of such fees, any Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share shall be excluded for purposes of calculating the commitment fee payable to Lenders with Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.3(c) in respect of any day during any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, and such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any such fee with respect to its Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment in respect of such Default Period. Such fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter following the date hereof. The Delayed Draw Unused Commitment Fee provided in this Section 2.3(c) shall accrue at all times from and after the execution and delivery of this Agreement until the DDTL Commitment Expiration Date (or the earlier date on which the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments are terminated).

Section 2.4 Repayments, Prepayments and Reductions of Commitments; General Provisions Regarding Payments; Application of Proceeds of Collateral and Payments Under Guaranty

(a) Scheduled Payments.

(i) Initial Term Loans. The Initial Term Loans (including all interest capitalized to the principal of the Initial Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.2(g)) and all accrued but unpaid interest owed hereunder with respect to the Initial Term Loans shall be paid in full by Borrower no later than the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(ii) Incremental Term Loans. Borrower shall make principal payments on the Incremental Term Loans on each Incremental Term Loan Payment Date equal to the amount set forth for such date in the applicable Joinder Agreement, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid up to but excluding the date of such payment.

(iii) Delayed Draw Term Loans. The Delayed Draw Term Loans (including all interest capitalized to the principal of the Delayed Draw Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.2(g)) and all accrued but unpaid interest owed hereunder with respect to the Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be paid in full by Borrower no later than the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(b) Prepayments and Reductions.

(i) Voluntary Prepayments. Borrower may, upon written or telephonic notice to Administrative Agent on or prior to 3:00 P.M. (New York City time) one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment, in the case of Base Rate Loans, and upon written or telephonic notice to Administrative Agent on or prior to 3:00 P.M. (New York City time) three Business Days prior to the date of prepayment, or upon such lesser number of days’ prior written or telephonic notice, as determined by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, in the case of LIBOR Loans, and, in each case, if given by telephone, promptly confirmed in writing to Administrative Agent, who will promptly notify each Lender whose Loans are to be prepaid of such prepayment, at any time and from time to time prepay any Term Loans or any Revolving Loans, in each case on any Business Day in whole or in part without premium or penalty (except as set forth in Section 2.4(c)(vi) below) in an aggregate minimum amount of $250,000 and multiples of $50,000 in excess of that amount; provided that, in any event, any prepayment of a LIBOR Loan on any date other than the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to the requirements of Section 2.6(d). Notice of prepayment having been given as aforesaid, the principal amount of the Loans specified

 

60


in such notice shall become due and payable on the prepayment date specified therein; provided, however, that Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under this Section 2.4(b)(i) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing or repayment of all of the Loans and Commitments hereunder, which refinancing or repayment shall not be consummated or shall be delayed as a result of the failure or delay in the consummation of a substantially concurrent Asset Sale or issuance and sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness by any Group Member. Any such voluntary prepayment shall be applied as specified in Section 2.4(b)(iv).

(ii) Voluntary Reductions. Borrower may, upon not less than three Business Days’ prior written or telephonic notice confirmed in writing to Administrative Agent, or upon such lesser number of days’ prior written or telephonic notice, as determined by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part, without premium or penalty, the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount in an amount up to the amount by which the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount exceeds the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments at the time of such proposed termination or reduction (after giving effect to any prepayment thereof to be made at such time); provided that any such partial reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $250,000 and multiples of $50,000 in excess of that amount, and any such reduction shall proportionately and permanently reduce the Revolving Loan Commitment of each of the Lenders with such a Commitment. Borrower’s notice to Administrative Agent (who will promptly notify each applicable Lender of such notice) shall designate the date (which shall be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and the amount of any partial reduction, and such termination or reduction shall be effective on the date specified in Borrower’s notice and shall reduce the amount of the Revolving Loan Commitment of each applicable Lender proportionately to its Pro Rata Share; provided, however, that Borrower may rescind any such notice under this Section 2.4(b)(i) if such notice requests a termination of all of the unused Commitments hereunder (and upon such rescission such termination shall not become effective on the date specified in such notice) if such termination would have occurred in connection with a refinancing or repayment of all of the Loans and Commitments hereunder, which refinancing or repayment shall not be consummated or shall be delayed as a result of the failure or delay in the consummation of a substantially concurrent Asset Sale or issuance and sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. Any such voluntary reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount shall be applied as specified in Section 2.4(b)(iv). Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time, upon three (3) Business Days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period of time agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole reasonable discretion), to terminate the undrawn portion of the remaining Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments without premium or penalty and in whole or in part, any partial termination to be (i) in an amount not less than $500,000 (or such lesser amount to the extent the undrawn portion of the remaining Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments are less than such amount) and (ii) allocated ratably among the Lenders with a Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment.

(iii) Mandatory Prepayments. The Term Loans (unless, in the case of Incremental Term Loans or Refinancing Term Loans, otherwise agreed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement by the relevant Incremental Term Loan Lenders or in the relevant Refinancing Amendment) shall be ratably prepaid in the amounts and under the circumstances set forth below, all such prepayments to be applied as set forth below or as more specifically provided in Section 2.4(b)(iv) and Section 2.4(c):

(A) Prepayments From Net Asset Sale Proceeds. No later than the fifth Business Day following receipt by any Group Member of any Net Asset Sale Proceeds in respect of any Asset Sale (other than Net Asset Sale Proceeds of less than $3,000,000 in

 

61


the aggregate which may be retained by Borrower to use for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement), Borrower shall either (1) prepay the applicable Loans in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds or (2) so long as no Default under Section 8.1, Section 8.6 or Section 8.7 or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, deliver to Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate setting forth that portion of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds that such Group Member intends to commit to reinvest in assets used in or useful to the business of any Group Member (other than Holdings) (which may be by a proposed Permitted Acquisition) within 365 days of such date of receipt and no prepayment of Loans with such Net Asset Sale Proceeds shall be required under this Section 2.4(b)(iii)(A) to the extent such Net Asset Sale Proceeds are so reinvested within 365 days of such date of receipt (or are committed to be reinvested pursuant to a legally binding agreement within 365 days of such date of receipt and are so reinvested within 180 days after the date such agreement was entered into); provided, that any portion of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds not actually reinvested within the applicable time period set forth in this clause (2) shall be used to prepay the Loans on or before the last day of the applicable time period set forth in this clause (2); provided further, that if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, Borrower is required to offer to repurchase Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt that is secured by Liens on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Obligations with such Net Asset Sale Proceeds pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness (such Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt required to be offered to be so repurchased, “Other Applicable Indebtedness”), then Borrower may apply such Net Asset Sale Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time; provided that the portion of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repurchase or prepayment of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(iii)(A) shall be reduced accordingly; provided, further, that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within five Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof.

(B) Prepayments from Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds. No later than the fifth Business Day following the date of receipt by Administrative Agent or any Group Member of any Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds (other than Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds of less than $3,000,000 in the aggregate which may be retained by Borrower to use for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement), Borrower shall either (1) prepay the applicable Loans in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds or (2) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, deliver to Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate setting forth that portion of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds that such Group Member intends to commit to reinvest in the reconstruction or other acquisition (including by way of Permitted Acquisitions) of assets used in or useful to the business of the Group Members within 365 days of such date of receipt and no prepayment of Loans with such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall be required under this Section 2.4(b)(iii)(A) to the extent such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds are so reinvested within 365 days of such date of receipt (or are committed to be reinvested pursuant to a legally binding

 

62


agreement within 365 days of such date of receipt and are so reinvested within 180 days after the date such agreement was entered into); provided, that any portion of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds not actually reinvested within the applicable time period set forth in this clause (2) shall be used to prepay the Loans on or before the last day of the applicable time period set forth in this clause (2); provided further, that if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, Borrower is required to offer to repurchase Other Applicable Indebtedness with such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Other Applicable Indebtedness, then Borrower may apply such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time; provided that the portion of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repurchase or prepayment of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(iii)(B) shall be reduced accordingly; provided, further, that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within five Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof.

(C) Prepayments Due to Issuance of Indebtedness. On the third Business Day following receipt of the Net Debt Issuance Proceeds by any Group Member after the Closing Date, Borrower shall prepay the applicable Loans in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net Debt Issuance Proceeds.

(D) [Reserved].

(E) [Reserved].

(F) Calculations of Net Proceeds Amounts; Additional Prepayments Based on Subsequent Calculations. Concurrently with any prepayment of the applicable Loans pursuant to Sections 2.4(b)(iii)(A), (A), or (C), Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate demonstrating the calculation of the amount of the applicable Net Asset Sale Proceeds or Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds as the case may be, that gave rise to such prepayment. In the event that Borrower shall subsequently determine that the actual amount was greater than the amount set forth in such Officer’s Certificate, Borrower shall promptly make an additional prepayment of the applicable Loans in an amount equal to the amount of such excess, and Borrower shall concurrently therewith deliver to Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate demonstrating the derivation of the additional amount resulting in such excess.

(G) Prepayments Due to Reductions of Revolving Loan Commitment Amount. Borrower shall from time to time prepay, the Revolving Loans (and, after prepaying all Revolving Loans, Cash Collateralize any outstanding Letters of Credit by depositing the requisite amount in the Collateral Account) to the extent necessary so that the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments shall not exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount then in effect. At such time as the Total Utilization of Revolving

 

63


Loan Commitments shall be equal to or less than the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent any cash collateral was provided by Borrower and has not been applied to any Obligations as provided in the Pledge and Security Agreement, such amount shall forthwith be released to Borrower.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.4(b)(iii) to the contrary, to the extent that all or any of the Net Asset Sale Proceeds or Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds giving rise to a prepayment pursuant to Sections 2.4(b)(iii)(A) and (B), respectively, is attributable to an Asset Sale or Recovery Event by a Foreign Subsidiary, or the results of operations of a Foreign Subsidiary, and such prepayment (i) is prohibited or delayed by applicable foreign law (including financial assistance and corporate benefit restrictions) or Government Authority from being distributed or otherwise transferred to Borrower, the portion of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds or Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in Section 2.4(b)(iii), or Borrower shall not be required to make a prepayment at the time provided in Section 2.4(b)(iii), as the case may be, and instead such amounts may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable foreign law or Government Authority will not permit such distribution or transfer (Borrower hereby agreeing to take commercially reasonable steps to cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable foreign law or Government Authority to permit such distribution or transfer), and once such distribution or transfer of any of such affected net cash proceeds is permitted under the applicable foreign law or Government Authority, such distribution or transfer will be promptly effected and such distributed or transferred Net Asset Sale Proceeds or Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds will be promptly (and in any event not later than five Business Days after such distribution or transfer) applied (net of additional Taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof, which amount of Taxes shall include the amount of any Distributions and any amounts distributable pursuant to Section 7.4(g) as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(iii) to the extent provided herein and (ii) to the extent that Borrower has determined in good faith that distribution or other transfer of any of or all such Net Asset Sale Proceeds or Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds would have a material adverse tax consequence (taking into account any foreign tax credit or benefit received in connection with such distribution or transfer) on the Group Members, the Net Asset Sale Proceeds or Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds so affected may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary (provided that Borrower hereby agrees to, and to cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to, promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable foreign law or Government Authority to permit such distribution or transfer).

(iv) Application of Prepayments.

(A) Application of Voluntary Prepayments by Type of Loans and Order of Maturity. Any voluntary prepayments pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i) shall be applied to prepay the Loans (including, to the extent applicable, ratably to the Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans (if any)), and satisfy such of the remaining scheduled installments thereof, as specified by Borrower in the applicable notice of prepayment; provided that in the event Borrower fails to specify the Loans to which any such prepayment shall be applied, such prepayment shall be applied to prepay installments of principal of the Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans (if any) in direct order of maturity thereof. Any prepayment of an Incremental Term Loan must be accompanied by a ratable repayment of the Term Loans (if any).

(B) Application of Mandatory Prepayments of Term Loans and the Scheduled Installments of Principal Thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.4(c), any mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(iii), of the Term Loans shall be applied first to reduce the next eight remaining scheduled installments of principal of the Term

 

64


Loans set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i) and second ratably to the remaining scheduled installments of principal of the Term Loans set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i) (provided that any prepayment of Term Loans with the Net Debt Issuance Proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied solely to each applicable Class of Refinanced Debt), in each case on a pro rata basis in accordance with the then outstanding amounts thereof (including amounts due on the Term Loan Maturity Date), and in each case shall be applied ratably to the Class or Classes of Term Loans, unless otherwise agreed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement by the relevant Incremental Term Loan Lenders or in the relevant Refinancing Amendment, and may not be reborrowed.

(C) Application of Prepayments. Considering Term Loans and Revolving Loans being prepaid separately, any prepayment thereof shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before application to LIBOR Loans, in each case in a manner that minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.6(d); provided that, in any event, any prepayment of a LIBOR Loan on any date other than the expiration date at the Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to the requirements of Section 2.6(d).

(v) Non-Pro Rata Repurchases. Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may prepay the outstanding Term Loans on the following basis:

(A) Borrower shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par (such prepayment, the “Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”) pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case made in accordance with this Section 2.4(b)(v); provided that (x) Borrower shall not make any borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and (y) Borrower shall not initiate any action under this Section 2.4(b)(v) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (I) at least ten Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment; or (II) at least three Business Days shall have passed since the date Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(B) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, Borrower may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing Auction Agent with at least three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, (x) at the sole discretion of Borrower, to any Class or Classes of Term Loans on an individual Class basis, and (y) to each Term Lender with respect to any Class or Classes of Term Loans selected by Borrower pursuant to the preceding clause (x), (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate principal amount offered to be prepaid (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”) with respect to each applicable tranche, the tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par (the “Specified Discount”) of such Term Loans to be prepaid (it being understood that different Specified Discounts and/or Specified Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment

 

65


Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”).

(2) Each relevant Term Lender receiving such offer shall notify Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its relevant then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Term Lender, a “Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”), the amount and the tranches of such Lender’s Term Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Term Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by Auction Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept the applicable Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(3) If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, Borrower will make a prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(v)(A) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective outstanding amount and tranches of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to subsection (2); provided that, if the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro-rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and Auction Agent (in consultation with Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Specified Discount Proration”). Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) Borrower of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the principal amount, tranche and Type of Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each determination by Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to Borrower shall be due and payable by Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).

 

66


  (C)

(1)Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, Borrower may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing Auction Agent with at least three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, (x) at the sole discretion of Borrower, to any Class or Classes of Term Loans on an individual Class basis, and (y) to each Term Lender with respect to any Class or Classes of Term Loans selected by Borrower pursuant to the preceding clause (x), (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the relevant Term Loans (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”), the tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “Discount Range”) of the principal amount of such Term Loans with respect to each relevant tranche of Term Loans willing to be prepaid by Borrower (it being understood that different Discount Ranges and/or Discount Range Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding relevant Term Lender to Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”). Each relevant Term Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “Submitted Discount”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans of the applicable tranche or tranches and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender’s Term Loans (the “Submitted Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount. Any Term Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

(2) Auction Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received on or before the applicable Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and shall determine (in consultation with Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this subsection (C). Borrower agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount

 

67


to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range being referred to as the “Applicable Discount”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lower of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following subsection (3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “Participating Lender”).

(3) If there is at least one Participating Lender, Borrower will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “Identified Participating Lenders”) shall be made pro-rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and Auction Agent (in consultation with Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Discount Range Proration”). Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) Borrower of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount and tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Participating Lender of the aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration. Each determination by Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to Borrower and the Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).

 

68


  (D)

(1)Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, Borrower may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing Auction Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, (x) at the sole discretion of Borrower, to any Class or Classes of Term Loans on an individual Class basis, and (y) to each Term Lender with respect to any Class or Classes of Term Loans selected by Borrower pursuant to the preceding clause (x), (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”) and the tranche or tranches of Term Loans Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (it being understood that different Solicited Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Term Lender to Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”). Each Term Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “Offered Discount”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loan and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Term Loans (the “Offered Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount. Any Term Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount.

(2) Auction Agent shall promptly provide Borrower with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received on or before the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. Borrower shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select the largest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Term Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that is acceptable to Borrower (the “Acceptable Discount”), if any. If Borrower elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by Borrower from Auction Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this subsection (2) (the “Acceptance Date”), Borrower shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to Auction Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount. If Auction Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from Borrower by the Acceptance Date, Borrower shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

 

69


(3) Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”), Auction Agent will determine (in consultation with Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Loans (the “Acceptable Prepayment Amount”) to be prepaid by Borrower at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 2.4(b)(v)(D). If Borrower elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then Borrower agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer with an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required pro-rata reduction pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “Qualifying Lender”). Borrower will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this subsection (D) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “Identified Qualifying Lenders”) shall be made pro-rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and Auction Agent (in consultation with Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Solicited Discount Proration”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, Auction Agent shall promptly notify (I) Borrower of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the tranches to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to such Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to such Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).

 

70


(E) In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that Auction Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of customary fees and expenses from Borrower in connection therewith.

(F) If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with paragraphs (B) through (D) above, Borrower shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and such Term Loans shall be automatically retired and cancelled upon the acquisition thereof. Borrower shall make such prepayment to Auction Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Funding and Payment Office in Dollars, and in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the relevant tranche of Term Loans on a pro rata basis across such installments. The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(v) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable. The aggregate principal amount of the tranches and installments of the relevant Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate principal amount of the tranches of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

(G) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 2.4(b)(v), established by Auction Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by Borrower.

(H) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 2.4(b)(v), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to Auction Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon Auction Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

(I) Each of Borrower and the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that Auction Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 2.4(b)(v) by itself or through any Affiliate of Auction Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by Auction Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Auction Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 2.4(b)(v) as well as activities of the Auction Agent.

 

71


(J) Borrower shall have the right, by written notice to Auction Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is revoked pursuant to the preceding clauses, any failure by Borrower to make any prepayment to a Term Lender, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(v) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 8.1 or otherwise).

(K) No proceeds of Revolving Loans may be utilized to fund prepayments of Term Loans under this Section 2.4(b)(v).

(L) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.4(b)(v), it is understood and agreed that neither Holdings or its Subsidiaries shall be required to make any representation that it is not in possession of material non-public information with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries or their respective securities, and the assigning Lender to any Term Loan repurchases under this Section 2.4(b)(v) shall render customary “big-boy” disclaimer letters to Holdings or the Subsidiary repurchasing such Term Loans, as the case may be, acknowledging that Holdings and its Subsidiaries may be in possession of material non-public information that may be material to the decision by such assigning Lender to enter into such assignment.

(c) General Provisions Regarding Payments.

(i) Manner and Time of Payment. All payments by Borrower of principal, interest (subject to Section 2.3(g)), fees and other Obligations shall be made in Dollars in same day funds, without defense, setoff or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and delivered to Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date due at the Funding and Payment Office for the account of Lenders; funds received by Administrative Agent after that time on such due date shall be deemed to have been paid by Borrower on the next succeeding Business Day for all purposes hereunder, including the accrual of applicable interest and fees. Borrower hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to charge its accounts with Administrative Agent in order to cause timely payment to be made to Administrative Agent of all principal, interest and fees due hereunder (subject to sufficient funds being available in its accounts for that purpose).

(ii) Application of Payments to Principal and Interest. Except as provided in Section 2.2(c), all payments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan shall include payment of accrued interest on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid, and all such payments shall be applied to the payment of interest before application to principal.

(iii) Apportionment of Payments. Aggregate payments of principal and interest shall be apportioned among all outstanding Loans to which such payments relate, in each case proportionately to Lenders’ respective Pro Rata Shares. Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender, at the account specified in the payment instructions delivered to Administrative Agent by such Lender, its Pro Rata Share of all such payments received by Administrative Agent and the commitment fees, unused fees and Letter of Credit fees of such Lender, if any, when received by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.3, Section 2.4(b)(iii) and Section 3.2, respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4(c)(ii), if, pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.6(c), any Notice of Conversion/Continuation is

 

72


withdrawn as to any Affected Lender or if any Affected Lender makes Base Rate Loans in lieu of its Pro Rata Share of any LIBOR Loans, Administrative Agent shall give effect thereto in apportioning interest payments received thereafter. For the avoidance of doubt, Administrative Agent shall not be required to distribute any payments to Lenders hereunder unless and until Administrative Agent has actually received the corresponding amounts from (or on behalf of) the Group Members.

(iv) Payments on Business Days. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, (other than as described in Section 2.2(b)) such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest hereunder or of the commitment fees hereunder, as the case may be.

(v) Notation of Payment. Each Lender agrees that before disposing of any Note held by it, or any part thereof (other than by granting participations therein), that Lender will make a notation thereon of all Loans evidenced by that Note and all principal payments previously made thereon and of the date to which interest thereon has been paid; provided that the failure to make (or any error in the making of) a notation of any Loan made under such Note shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower hereunder or under such Note with respect to any Loan or any payments of principal or interest on such Note.

(vi) Prepayment Premium. If all or any portion of any Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Delayed Draw Term Loans and any PIK Loans) are repriced or voluntarily prepaid or mandatorily prepaid pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(iii)(A) or (C), or are otherwise refinanced or subject to a Repricing Transaction, in whole or in part, then the aggregate principal amount so repriced, voluntarily prepaid, mandatorily prepaid or refinanced will be subject to a fee payable by Borrower equal to (x) prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, 102% of the principal amount thereof and (y) on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date and prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, 101% of the principal amount thereof (the “Prepayment Premium”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Prepayment Premium shall be due whether or not such prepayment occurred before or after an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, whether or not there has been an acceleration of the maturity of the Term Loans, before or after the commencement of an insolvency proceeding, and if the Term Loans become due and payable as a result of the acceleration of the maturity thereof in connection with an Event of Default or in connection with a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, examinership, receivership or similar law, an amount equal to the Prepayment Premium with respect to the Term Loans then outstanding shall become immediately due and payable.

(vii) Declining Lender. Any Lender, at its option, may elect to decline any mandatory prepayment (in whole or in part) (such declined portion, the “Declined Proceeds”) of the Term Loans held by it if it shall give written notice to the Administrative Agent thereof by 2:00 P.M., New York City time, at least one Business Day prior to the date of such prepayment (any such Lender, a “Declining Lender”). On the date of any such prepayment, any amounts that would otherwise have been applied to prepay Term Loans owing to any Declining Lender shall instead be retained by Borrower for application for any purposes not prohibited by this Agreement.

(d) Application of Proceeds of Collateral and Payments after Event of Default. Notwithstanding anything in the Loan Documents to the contrary, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (a) all payments received by Administrative Agent, whether from Borrower, Holdings or any Guarantor or otherwise, (b) all proceeds received by Administrative Agent in

 

73


respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral under any Collateral Document, and subject to Section 2.9, the application of all or any portion of such proceeds by the Administrative Agent to the maintenance, preservation and protection of the Collateral in accordance with the Loan Documents, and (c) the application of cash collateral in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be applied to the Obligations and to Banking Services by Administrative Agent, in each case in the following order of priority until each item is paid in full:

(i) first, to the extent constituting Obligations, to the payment of all costs and expenses of such sale, collection or other realization, all other expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by Administrative Agent in connection therewith, and all amounts for which Administrative Agent is entitled to compensation (including the fees described in Section 2.3), reimbursement under any Loan Document and all advances made by Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent, but not as a Lender) thereunder for the account of the Loan Parties, and to the payment of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Administrative Agent in connection with the Loan Documents, all in accordance with Section 9.9, Section 10.2 and the other terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(ii) second, ratably, to pay Obligations in respect of any cost or expense reimbursements, fees or indemnities then due to the Revolving Lenders, Issuing Lender and Term Lenders;

(iii) third, ratably, to pay interest then due and payable in respect of the Loans and interest then due and payable by Borrower under Section 3.3(d)(i);

(iv) fourth, ratably, to repay the outstanding principal amounts of the Loans, to pay the obligations of Borrower under Section 3.3(b), to provide cash collateral for Letters of Credit to the extent required by Section 8.11(a)(i)(B) and to pay amounts owing by Loan Parties with respect to Secured Hedge Agreements that are permitted under this Agreement and are owing to a Hedge Agreement Counterparty who is or was a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender;

(v) fifth, to the payment of all other Obligations;

(vi) sixth, to the payment of all amounts owing for Banking Services; and

(vii) thereafter, to the payment to or upon the order of such Loan Party or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

Section 2.5 Use of Proceeds.

(a) Term Loans. The proceeds of the Initial Term Loans, together with the Equity Financing, will be used on the Closing Date to finance the Merger, the Refinancing and to pay Transaction Costs.

(b) Revolving Loans. The proceeds of any Revolving Loans and the Letters of Credit issued hereunder will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, which may include paying fees, expenses and other costs in connection with this Agreement and funding Permitted Acquisition and capital expenditures and for any other purpose not prohibited by this Agreement; provided that no Revolving Loans shall be available on the Closing Date.

(c) Incremental Facility. The proceeds of any Incremental Facility will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, funding Permitted Acquisitions and capital expenditures and for any other purpose not prohibited by this Agreement.

 

74


(d) Delayed Draw Term Loans. Borrower may use the proceeds of Delayed Draw Term Loans solely to consummate Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments permitted hereunder, to pay for any fees, costs, expenses, integration and other acquisition related expenses (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any deferred purchase price or any earn-outs and other similar obligations under agreements for Permitted Acquisitions) and working capital associated therewith and to refinance any Revolving Loans originally incurred (solely to the extent so incurred within the 90 days preceding the incurrence of the Delayed Draw Term Loans) to fund any of the foregoing.

(e) Margin Regulations. No portion of the proceeds of any borrowing under this Agreement shall be used by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner that could cause borrowing or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation U, Regulation T or Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board or to violate the Exchange Act, in each case as in effect on the date or dates of such borrowing and such use of proceeds.

Section 2.6 Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Loans.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the following provisions shall govern with respect to LIBOR Loans as to the matters covered:

(a) Determination of Applicable Interest Rate. On each Interest Rate Determination Date, Administrative Agent shall determine in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the LIBOR Loans for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower and each applicable Lender.

(b) Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate. In the event that (i) Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate Determination Date that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Loans on the basis provided for in the definition of “LIBOR”, or (ii) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Requisite Lenders that any applicable LIBOR rate for such currency for such Interest Period for such day will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing, for such Interest Period or such day; Administrative Agent shall on such date give notice (by telefacsimile, electronic mail or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower and each Lender of such determination, whereupon (i) in the event that LIBOR Loans are so affected, no Loans may be made as, or converted to, LIBOR Loans until such time as Administrative Agent notifies Borrower and Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to Loans in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be for a Base Rate Loan (and consequently, Section 2.6(d) shall not be applicable to such Loans following such notice).

(c) Illegality or Impracticability. In the event that on any date any Lender shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto but shall be made only after consultation with Borrower and Administrative Agent) that the making, maintaining or continuation of its LIBOR Loans (i) has become unlawful as a result of compliance by such Lender in good faith with any law, treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful) or (ii) has become impracticable, or would cause such Lender material hardship, as a result of contingencies occurring after the date of this Agreement which materially and adversely affect the London interbank market or the position of such Lender in that market,

 

75


then, and in any such event, such Lender shall be an “Affected Lender” and it shall on that day give notice (by telefacsimile, electronic mail or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower and Administrative Agent of such determination. Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each other Lender of the receipt of such notice. Thereafter (a) the obligation of the Affected Lender to make Loans as, or to convert Loans to, LIBOR Loans, shall be suspended until such notice shall be withdrawn by the Affected Lender, (b) to the extent such determination by the Affected Lender relates to a LIBOR Loan then being requested by Borrower pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, the Affected Lender shall make such Loan as (or convert such Loan to, as the case may be) a Base Rate Loan, (c) the Affected Lender’s obligation to maintain its Affected Loans, shall be terminated at the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the Affected Loans or when required by law and (d) the Affected Loans shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by an Affected Lender as described above relates to a LIBOR Loan then being requested by Borrower pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Borrower shall have the option, subject to the provisions of Section 2.6(d), to rescind such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation as to all Lenders by giving notice (by telefacsimile, electronic mail or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Administrative Agent of such rescission by the Business Day following the date on which the Affected Lender gives notice of its determination as described above. Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each other Lender of the receipt of such notice. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, nothing in this Section 2.6(c) shall affect the obligation of any Lender other than an Affected Lender to make or maintain Loans as, or to convert Loans to, LIBOR Loans, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(d) Compensation For Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods. Borrower shall compensate each Lender, upon written request by that Lender pursuant to Section 2.8, for all documented losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest paid by that Lender to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its LIBOR Loans, and any loss, expense or liability sustained by that Lender in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds) which that Lender may sustain (excluding lost profits and determined without giving effect to any interest rate “floor”): (i) if for any reason (other than a default by that Lender) a borrowing of any LIBOR Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or a telephonic request therefor, or a conversion to or continuation of any LIBOR Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation or a telephonic request therefor, (ii) if any prepayment or other principal payment or any conversion of any of its LIBOR Loans (including, in each case, any prepayment or conversion occasioned by the circumstances described in Section 2.6(c)) occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan, (iii) if any prepayment of any of its LIBOR Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by Borrower or (iv) as a consequence of any other default by Borrower in the repayment of its LIBOR Loans when required by the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Booking of Loans. Any Lender may make, carry or transfer LIBOR Loans at, to, or for the account of any of its branch offices or the office of an Affiliate of that Lender.

(f) Assumptions Concerning Funding. Calculation of all amounts payable to a Lender under this Section 2.6 and under Section 2.7(a) shall be made as though that Lender had funded each of its LIBOR Loans through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of “LIBOR” in an amount equal to the amount of such LIBOR Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period, whether or not its LIBOR Loans had been funded in such manner.

(g) Loans After Default. After the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, if required by the Requisite Lenders, or a Default under Section 8.6 or Section 8.7 (i) Borrower may not elect to have a Loan be made or maintained as, or converted to, a LIBOR Loan after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect for that Loan and (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 2.6(d), any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to a requested borrowing or conversion/continuation that has not yet occurred shall be deemed to be for a Base Rate Loan.

 

76


(h) If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) the circumstances set forth in clause (b) above have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in clause (b) above have not arisen but the supervisor for administrator of LIBOR or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which LIBOR shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans (either such clause (i) or (ii) an “Alternative Interest Rate Election Event”), then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to LIBOR that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for commercial loans in the U.S. at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable (but, for the avoidance of doubt, such related changes shall not include a reduction in the margin payable hereunder). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.6, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement so long as the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five (5) Business Days of the date notice of such alternate rate of interest is provided to the Lenders, a written notice from the Requisite Lenders stating that such Requisite Lenders object to such amendment (which amendment shall not be effective prior to the end of such five Business Day notice period). To the extent an alternate rate of interest is adopted as contemplated hereby, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with prevailing market convention; provided that, to the extent such prevailing market convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. From and after the making of a determination described in this paragraph until an alternate rate of interest shall be determined in accordance with paragraph (but in the case of the circumstances described in clause (ii), only to the extent LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period is not available or published at such time on a current basis any or Notice of Conversion/Continuation that requests the conversion of Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a LIBOR Borrowing for the applicable Interest Period shall be ineffective.

Section 2.7 Increased Costs; Taxes; Capital Adequacy.

(a) Compensation for Increased Costs. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7(b) (which shall be controlling with respect to the matters covered thereby), in the event that any Lender (including Issuing Lender) shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) if any Change in Law:

(i) imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, or advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender (other than any such reserve or other requirements with respect to LIBOR Loans that are reflected in the definition of “LIBOR”);

(ii) imposes any other condition (other than with respect to Taxes) on or affecting such Lender or its obligations hereunder or the London interbank market; or

(iii) subjects any Lender or Administrative Agent to any Taxes (other than Indemnified Taxes, Taxes described under clauses (b) through (d) of Excluded Taxes and Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments or other obligations or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

 

77


and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or Administrative Agent of agreeing to make, making or maintaining its Loans or Commitments or agreeing to issue, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or agreeing to purchase, purchasing or maintaining any participation therein or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Lender or Administrative Agent with respect thereto; then, in any such case, Borrower shall pay to such Lender or Administrative Agent, promptly and in any event within five Business Days of receipt of the statement referred to in Section 2.8(a), such additional amount or amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender or Administrative Agent in its sole discretion shall determine) as may be necessary to compensate such Lender or Administrative Agent on an after-tax basis for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or receivable hereunder. Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.7(a) for any increased cost or reduction in respect of a period occurring more than 270 days prior to the date on which such Lender or Administrative Agent notifies Borrower of such Change in Law and such Lender’s or Administrative Agent’s intention to claim compensation therefor, except, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased cost or reduction is retroactive, no such time limitation shall apply so long as such Lender requests compensation within 270 days from the date on which the applicable Government Authority informed such Lender of such Change in Law.

(b) Taxes.

(i) Payments to Be Free and Clear. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of a Loan Party under this Agreement and any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Government Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by such Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.7(b)(i)), the Lender or Administrative Agent receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any withholding agent to a Government Authority pursuant to this Section 2.7(b), the applicable withholding agent shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Government Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Payment of Other Taxes by Borrower. The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Government Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(iii) Indemnification by Borrower. The Loan Parties shall indemnify Administrative Agent and each Lender, within ten days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under Section 2.7(b)) payable or paid by Administrative Agent or such Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to Administrative Agent or such Lender, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to Administrative Agent), or by Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

78


(iv) Tax Status of Lenders.

(A) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.7(b)(iv)(B)(1), (B)(2) and (B)(4) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(B) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

(1) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(2) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(i) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(ii) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

79


(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit XV-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable; or

(iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit XV-2 or Exhibit XV-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit XV-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(3) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(4) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (4), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(C) Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

80


(v) Indemnification by Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify Administrative Agent, within ten days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent a Loan Party has not already indemnified Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.1(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to Administrative Agent under this clause (v).

(vi) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.7(b) (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.7(b)), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Government Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this clause (vi) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Government Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Government Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (vi), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this clause (vi), the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(vii) Ares Capital Corporation as Administrative Agent, and any successor or supplemental Administrative Agent, in each case, if it is not a U.S. Person, shall deliver to Borrower, on or prior to the date it becomes a party, two duly completed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with Borrower to be treated as a U.S. Person with respect to such payments (and Borrower and Administrative Agent agree to so treat Administrative Agent as a U.S. Person with respect to such payments as contemplated by Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)(A)), with the effect that Borrower can make payments to Administrative Agent without deduction or withholding of any Taxes imposed by the United States.

 

81


(viii) For purposes of this Section 2.7(b), the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Lender and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA

(c) Capital Adequacy Adjustment. If any Lender shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of, or with reference to, such Lender’s Loans or Commitments or Letters of Credit or participations therein or other obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans or the Letters of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such controlling corporation could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration the policies of such Lender or such controlling corporation with regard to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements), then from time to time, within five Business Days after receipt by Borrower from such Lender of the statement referred to in Section 2.8(a), Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such controlling corporation on an after-tax basis for any such reduction suffered. Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.7(c) for any reduction in respect of a period occurring more than 270 days prior to the date on which such Lender notifies Borrower of such Change in Law and such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, except, if the Change in Law giving rise to such reduction is retroactive, no such time limitation shall apply so long as such Lender requests compensation within 270 days from the date on which the applicable Government Authority informed such Lender of such Change in Law.

(d) Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.7 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

Section 2.8 Statement of Lenders; Obligation of Lenders and Issuing Lender to Mitigate.

(a) Statements. Each Lender claiming compensation or reimbursement pursuant to Section 2.6(d), Section 2.7 or Section 2.8(b) shall deliver to Borrower (with a copy to Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such compensation or reimbursement, which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error; provided, that any such statement shall state the basis upon which such amount has been calculated and certify that such Lender’s demand for payment of such costs hereunder, and with respect to Sections 2.7(a) and 2.7(c), that such method of allocation is not inconsistent with its treatment of other borrowers which, as a credit matter, are similarly situated to Borrower and which are subject to similar provisions.

(b) Mitigation. Each Lender and Issuing Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the Officer of such Lender or Issuing Lender responsible for administering the Loans or Letters of Credit of such Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause such Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender or Issuing Lender to receive payments under Section 2.7, it will use reasonable efforts to make, issue, fund or maintain the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans or Letters of Credit of such Lender or Issuing Lender through another lending or letter of credit office of such Lender or Issuing Lender, if (i) as a result thereof the circumstances which would cause such Lender to be an Affected Lender would cease to exist or the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender or Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 2.7 would be materially reduced and (ii) as determined by such Lender or Issuing Lender in its sole discretion, such action would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or Issuing Lender; provided that such Lender or Issuing Lender will not be obligated to utilize such other lending or letter of credit office pursuant to this Section 2.8(b) unless Borrower agrees to pay all incremental expenses incurred by such Lender or Issuing Lender as a result of utilizing such other lending or letter of credit office as described above.

 

82


Section 2.9 Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments. During any Default Period with respect to a Defaulting Lender, the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments as at any date of determination shall be calculated as if there were no Funding Defaults.

(b) Letters of Credit. If any Revolving Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, then (i) all or any part of the LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Revolving Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Loan Commitments but only to the extent that (x) the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of any non-Defaulting Lender does not exceed such non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment and (y) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Loan Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Loan Commitment Amount and (ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, if any Letter of Credit is requested or is at the time outstanding, Issuing Lender (A) may by notice to Borrower and such Defaulting Lender through Administrative Agent, require Borrower (within three Business Days after receipt by Borrower of any written request therefor) to Cash Collateralize the obligations of Borrower to Issuing Lender in respect of such Letter of Credit in an amount at least equal to the aggregate amount of the LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender, in respect thereof, and (B) will not be required to issue or amend, as applicable, such Letter of Credit unless Issuing Lender is satisfied that any exposure that would result therefrom is eliminated or fully covered, whether by Cash Collateralization or otherwise; provided that no such payment by Borrower shall change the status of a Defaulting Lender as such, or otherwise limit, reduce or qualify the obligations of any Lender with respect to its obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Subject to Section 10.24, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Default Waterfall. Any amount paid by Borrower for the account of a Defaulting Lender under this Agreement with respect to any outstanding Letter of Credit that has not been reallocated will not be paid or distributed to such Defaulting Lender, but will instead be retained by Administrative Agent in a segregated account until the end of the applicable Default Period and will be applied by Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the making of payments from time to time in the following order of priority: first to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent under this Agreement, second to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to Issuing Lender under this Agreement, third to the payment of post-default interest and then current interest due and payable to Lenders hereunder other than Defaulting Lenders, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such interest then due and payable to them, fourth to the payment of fees then due and payable to Non-Defaulting Lenders hereunder, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such fees then due and payable to them, fifth to pay principal and unreimbursed drawings under Letters of Credit then due and payable to Non-Defaulting Lenders hereunder ratably in accordance with the amounts thereof then due and payable to them, sixth to the ratable payment of other amounts then due and payable to Non-Defaulting Lenders, seventh after the termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all obligations of Borrower hereunder, to pay amounts owing under this Agreement to such Defaulting Lender or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct and eighth to Borrower.

 

83


(e) Voting. If any Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a voting “Lender” (but shall remain a “Secured Party”) under this Agreement, and the amount of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitments and Loans shall be excluded for purposes of voting, and the calculation of voting, on any matters (including the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Loan Documents (and the definition of “Requisite Lenders” will automatically be deemed modified accordingly for the duration of such Default Period).

(f) Fees. No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any commitment fee, unused fee or any other fee under this Agreement or any other Loan Document during any Default Period (and Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fees that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender during any such Default Period).

(g) Cure. If Borrower, Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender agree in writing that they have reasonably determined that a Lender that is a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender and will be a Non-Defaulting Lender (and the Term Loan Exposure, Revolving Loan Exposure and LC Exposure, as applicable, of each Lender will automatically be adjusted on a prospective basis to reflect the foregoing); provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided further that, except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

(h) Remedies. No Commitment of any Non-Defaulting Lender shall be increased, decreased or otherwise affected, and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, performance by Borrower of their obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be excused or otherwise modified, as a result of any Funding Default or the operation of this Section 2.9. The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.9 are in addition to any other rights and remedies that Borrower, Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

Section 2.10 Replacement of a Lender.

IF:

(a) Borrower receives a statement of amounts due pursuant to Section 2.8(a) from a Lender or is otherwise required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.7(b);

(b) a Lender is a Defaulting Lender;

(c) a Lender (a “Non-Consenting Lender”) refuses to give timely consent to an amendment, modification or waiver of this Agreement that, pursuant to Section 10.6, requires consent of 100% of Lenders or 100% of Lenders with Obligations directly and adversely affected (and the consent of Requisite Lenders has been given with respect thereto);

(d) a Lender becomes an Affected Lender (any such Lender described in clauses (a) through (d), a “Subject Lender”);

 

84


THEN so long as (i) Borrower has obtained a commitment from another Lender or an Eligible Assignee to purchase at par the Subject Lender’s Loans and assume the Subject Lender’s Commitments and all other obligations of the Subject Lender hereunder, and (ii) if applicable, the Subject Lender is unwilling to withdraw the notice delivered to Borrower pursuant to (i) and/or is unwilling or unable to remedy its default upon ten days prior written notice to the Subject Lender and Administrative Agent, Borrower may require the Subject Lender to assign all of its Loans and Commitments to such other Lender, Lenders, Eligible Assignee or Eligible Assignees pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.1(b); provided that, prior to or concurrently with such replacement:

 

  (A)

the Subject Lender shall have received payment in full of all principal, interest, fees and other amounts (including all amounts under Section 2.4(c)(vi), Section 2.6(d), Section 2.7 and/or Section 2.8(b) (in each case if applicable) through such date of replacement;

 

  (B)

the processing fee required to be paid by Section 10.1(b)(i) shall have been paid to Administrative Agent;

 

  (C)

all of the requirements for such assignment contained in Section 10.1(b), including, without limitation, the consent of Administrative Agent (if required) and the receipt by Administrative Agent of an executed Assignment Agreement executed by the assignee (Administrative Agent being hereby authorized to execute any Assignment Agreement on behalf of a Subject Lender relating to the assignment of Loans and/or Commitments of such Subject Lender) and other supporting documents, have been fulfilled; and

 

  (D)

in the event such Subject Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, each assignee shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Subject Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender.

Section 2.11 Incremental Facilities.

(a) Increased Facilities. Borrower may, after the Closing Date, by written notice to Administrative Agent, elect to request the establishment of (x) incremental term loan commitments (the “Incremental Term Loan Commitments”) and/or (y) increase commitments under the Revolving Facility (the “Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments” and together with the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the “Incremental Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (A) $30,000,000 (the “Incremental Starter Amount”), plus (B) an additional amount so long as, (1) the Borrower is in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Covenants and (2)(a) the Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio on any date of incurrence on or prior to the Conversion Date, does not exceed 1.25 to 1.00 as of the most recent Test Period and (b) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio on any date of incurrence thereafter does not exceed 5.50 to 1.00 as of the most recent Test Period, in each case on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Incremental Facility and the use of proceeds thereof (but excluding the cash proceeds thereof to Borrower and assuming that any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are fully drawn) (provided, that no more than $10,000,000 of Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permitted (the “Incremental Revolver Sublimit”); provided, further, that each incurrence of Incremental Facilities shall be in a minimum aggregate principal amount of at least $5,000,000) subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the immediately succeeding sentence; provided that such notice shall specify (i) the date (each, an “Increased Amount Date”) on which Borrower proposes that the Incremental Term Loan Commitments and/or the Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments shall be effective, which shall be not less than ten days or more than 45 days after the date on which such notice is delivered to Administrative Agent, (ii) the identity of each Lender or other Person that is an Eligible Assignee and acceptable to Administrative Agent (to the extent required pursuant to Section 10.1(b)(i)), (x)

 

85


with respect to the Incremental Term Loan Commitments (each, an “Incremental Term Loan Lender” and collectively “Incremental Term Loan Lenders”) to whom Borrower proposes any portion of such Incremental Term Loan Commitments be allocated and the amounts of such allocations (provided that existing Term Lenders (on a pro rata basis between them) will first be afforded the opportunity to provide such Incremental Term Loan Commitments for a period of five Business Days following their receipt of a notice from the Administrative Agent that the Borrower is seeking such Incremental Term Loan Commitments; provided further that any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments may elect to agree or to decline, in its sole discretion, to provide an Incremental Term Loan Commitment) and (y) the Issuing Lender with respect to the Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments (to the extent required pursuant to Section 10.1(b)(i)) (each, an “Incremental Revolving Loan Lender” and collectively “Incremental Revolving Loan Lenders”) to whom Borrower proposes any portion of such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments be allocated and the amounts of such allocations (provided that existing Revolving Lenders (on a pro rata basis between them) will first be afforded the opportunity to provide such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments for a period of five Business Days following their receipt of a notice from the Administrative Agent that the Borrower is seeking such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments; provided further that any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments may elect to agree or to decline, in its sole discretion, to provide an Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment) and (iii) the proposed use of the proceeds of such Incremental Term Loans. Such Incremental Term Loan Commitments and/or Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments shall become effective as of such Increased Amount Date; provided that on and as of such date (A) (i) no Event of Default shall exist before or after giving effect to such Incremental Facility (or, in the case of an Incremental Facility the proceeds of which will be utilized to consummate an acquisition permitted hereunder (including a Permitted Acquisition) of all or substantially all of the assets (including Business Lines or divisions) or a majority of the Capital Stock of any Person not previously held by any Group Member which acquisition constitutes a Limited Conditionality Investment, no Event of Default under Section 8.1, Section 8.6 or Section 8.7 shall have occurred and be continuing at the time such acquisition is consummated or immediately after giving effect thereto) and (ii) both before and after giving effect to the consummation of the Incremental Facility and the transactions related thereto, each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date (provided that if a representation and warranty is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect”, the materiality qualifier set forth above shall be disregarded with respect to such representation and warranty for purposes of this condition), and, if agreed to by the Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans, subject to customary “Sungard” or “certain funds” conditionality, (B) (i) the Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more joinder agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent (an “Incremental Revolving Joinder Agreement”) executed and delivered by Borrower, each other Loan Party, each applicable Incremental Revolving Loan Lender and Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 2.7(b)(iii) and (ii) the Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more joinder agreements in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent (a “Incremental Term Joinder Agreement”) executed and delivered by Borrower, each other Loan Party, each applicable Incremental Term Loan Lender and Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 2.7(b)(iii); (C) Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.3(b) and Section 2.7(b)(iii) in connection with the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable; and (D) Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction.

 

86


(b) Funding of Incremental Facility. On any Increased Amount Date on which any Incremental Term Loan Commitments are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each Incremental Term Loan Lender shall make a Loan to Borrower (an “Incremental Term Loan”) in an amount equal to its Incremental Term Loan Commitment and (ii) each Incremental Term Lender shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the Incremental Term Loan Commitment and the Incremental Term Loans made pursuant thereto. On any Increased Amount Date on which any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are effective, (x) each Revolving Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Incremental Revolving Loan Lender providing a portion of the Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment in respect of such increase, and each such Incremental Revolving Loan Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (i) participations hereunder in Letters of Credit and (ii) [reserved] and (y) if, on the date of such increase, there are any Revolving Loans outstanding, such Revolving Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Incremental Revolving Loans be prepaid from the proceeds of additional Revolving Loans made hereunder (reflecting such increase in Revolving Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Revolving Loans being prepaid and any costs incurred by any Lender in accordance with Section 2.7. Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

(c) Notice to Lenders. Administrative Agent shall notify Lenders promptly (i) upon receipt of Borrower’s notice of each Increased Amount Date and in respect thereof the Incremental Facility subject to the assignments contemplated by this Section 2.11 and (ii) as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Revolving Joinder Agreement and each Incremental Term Joinder Agreement. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Revolving Joinder Agreement or Incremental Term Joinder Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Facility evidenced thereby, and Administrative Agent and Borrower may revise this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to evidence such amendments.

(d) Other Terms.

(i) The terms and provisions of the Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be, except as otherwise set forth herein and in the applicable Joinder Agreement, substantially identical (excluding any terms applicable after the Term Loan Maturity Date) to the existing Term Loans or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent’s consent is not required to the extent such Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments contain a covenant which is also added for the benefit of the Lenders of the existing Term Loans), and shall be treated as Term Loans for all purposes hereunder and the other Loan Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, calculations of “Pro Rata Share” and “Requisite Lenders”). In any event (i) the weighted average life to maturity of all Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Term Loans (without giving effect to any prepayments or scheduled amortization thereof, which prepayments shall be on terms no more favorable to Incremental Term Loan Lenders than those set forth in Section 2.4 with respect to the Term Loans), (ii) the maturity date applicable to the Incremental Term Loans shall be no earlier than the latest Term Loan Maturity Date then in effect, (iii) the rate of interest applicable to the Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by Borrower and the applicable Incremental Term Loan Lenders and shall be set forth in each applicable Joinder Agreement; provided, however, in the event that the yield (taking into account interest margins, minimum LIBOR, minimum Base Rate, offered upfront fees, and the amount of any

 

87


discount or fee, expressed as a percentage of the Incremental Term Loans (“OID”), the amount of such OID (based on an assumed four-year weighted average life) and other upfront fees generally paid to lenders (but excluding one-time arrangement, underwriting, structuring, ticking and similar fees paid in cash) on such Incremental Term Loans, with offered upfront fees, OID and other fees equated to interest margins based on an assumed four year life to maturity) (the “All-In Yield”) on any Incremental Term Loans exceeds the All-In Yield on the Term Loans outstanding at such time, by more than 0.50%, then the interest margins for the existing Term Loans shall automatically be increased to a level such that the All-In Yield on all such Term Loans shall be 0.50% below the All-In Yield on such Incremental Term Loans (an “MFN Adjustment”); provided, further, that if the Incremental Term Loans include an interest rate floor greater than the interest rate floor applicable to the Term Loans, such increased amount shall be equated to interest margin for purposes of determining whether an increase to the applicable interest margin for the Term Loans shall be required, to the extent an increase in the interest rate floor in the Term Loans would cause an increase in the interest rate then in effect, and in such case the interest rate floor (but not the interest rate margin) applicable to the Term Loans shall be increased by such increased amount; provided, further, that any Incremental Term Loans that are fixed rate debt shall be swapped to a floating rate on a customary matched maturity basis, (iv) the Incremental Term Loans shall be senior obligations of Borrower and the Guarantors and shall rank pari passu in right of security (if secured) and in right of payment with the existing Term Loans; and (v) the Incremental Term Loans shall not be secured by assets other than the Collateral and shall not be guaranteed by Persons other than the Guarantors.

(ii) The terms and provisions of the Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments shall be identical to the existing Revolving Loans and shall be treated as Revolving Loans for all purposes hereunder and the other Loan Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, calculations of “Pro Rata Share” and “Requisite Lenders”).

(iii) Each Incremental Revolver Joinder Agreement and Incremental Term Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of Administrative Agent, to effect the provision of this Section 2.11.

(e) Ancillary Documentation and Continuing Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incremental Facility shall become effective under this Section 2.11 unless (i) on the date of such effectiveness, the conditions set forth in Section 2.11(a) shall be satisfied and Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by an Officer of Borrower and (ii) to the extent reasonably necessary to maintain the continuing priority of the Lien of the Mortgages as security for the Obligations, as determined by Administrative Agent in is reasonable discretion (x) the applicable Loan Party to any Mortgage shall have entered into, and delivered to Administrative Agent, a mortgage modification of new Mortgage in proper form for recording in the relevant jurisdiction and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, (y) Borrower shall have caused to be delivered to Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties an endorsement to any existing Mortgage Policy, date down(s) or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent insuring that the priority of the Lien of the Mortgages has not changed and confirming and/or insuring that since the issuance of the title policy there has been no change in the condition of title and there are no intervening liens or encumbrances which may then or thereafter take priority over the Lien of the Mortgages (other than those expressly permitted by Section 7.2) and (z) Borrower shall have delivered, at the request of Administrative Agent, to Administrative Agent and/or all other relevant third parties all other items reasonably necessary to maintain the continuing priority of the Lien of the Mortgages as security for the Obligations.

 

88


(f) Upon the effectiveness of each Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment, Borrower shall, in coordination with Administrative Agent, repay outstanding Revolving Loans of certain of the Revolving Lenders, and incur additional Revolving Loans from certain other Revolving Lenders (including the Incremental Revolving Loan Lenders), in each case to the extent necessary so that all of the Revolving Lenders participate in each outstanding borrowing of Revolving Loans pro rata on the basis of their respective Revolving Loan Commitments (after giving effect to any increase in the aggregate Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.11 and with Borrower being obligated to pay to the respective Revolving Lenders any costs of the type referred to in Section 2.6(d) in connection with any such repayment and/or borrowing (and in any event including any amounts, as reasonably determined by the respective Lenders, to compensate them for funding any Revolving Loans during an existing Interest Period (rather than at the beginning of such Interest Period based on rates then applicable thereto)). All determinations by any Lender pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall, absence manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

(g) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended pursuant to a Joinder Agreement, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Facility established pursuant thereto and (ii) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the provisions and intent of the last paragraph of Section 10.6 (without the consent of the Requisite Lenders called for therein) and (iii) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.11, and the Requisite Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Joinder Agreement.

(h) Supersession. This Section 2.11 shall supersede any provisions in Section 10.5 or Section 10.6 to the contrary.

Section 2.12 Refinancing Amendments.

(a) On one or more occasions after the Closing Date, Borrower may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Refinancing Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans and the Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Loan Commitments) then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this Section 2.12(a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Refinancing Term Loans, Refinancing Revolving Loans, Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loans), in the form of Refinancing Term Loans, Refinancing Term Commitments, Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments or Refinancing Revolving Loans incurred under this Agreement pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.12 or otherwise, (1) the borrowing and repayment (except for (A) payments of interest and fees at different rates on Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments (and related outstandings), (B) repayments required upon the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date of the Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments and (C) repayment made in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments (subject to clause (3) below)) of Loans with respect to Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments after the date of obtaining any Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Loan Commitments, (2) subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the extent dealing with Letters of Credit which mature or expire after a maturity date when there exist Revolving Loan Commitments with a longer maturity date pursuant to Section 10.6(f), all Letters of Credit shall be participated on a pro rata basis by all Lenders with Commitments in accordance with their percentage of the Revolving Loan Commitments, without giving effect to changes thereto on an earlier maturity date with respect to Letters of Credit theretofore incurred or issued), (3) the permanent repayment of Revolving Loans with respect to, and termination of, Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments after the date of obtaining any Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Loan Commitments, except that Borrower shall be permitted to permanently repay and terminate commitments of any such Class on a greater than a pro rata basis as compared to any other Class with a later maturity date than such Class and (4) assignments and participations of Refinancing Revolving Loan Commitments and Refinancing Revolving Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Loan Commitments and Revolving Loans.

 

89


(b) Each issuance of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 2.12(a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $5,000,000 and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto and (ii) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the provisions and intent of the last paragraph of Section 10.6 (without the consent of the Requisite Lenders called for therein) and (iii) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.12, and the Requisite Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Refinancing Amendment.

(d) This Section 2.12 shall supersede any provisions in Section 10.5 or Section 10.6 to the contrary.

ARTICLE III

LETTERS OF CREDIT

Section 3.1 Issuance of Letters of Credit and Lenders’ Purchase of Participations Therein.

(a) Letters of Credit. Borrower may request, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.1, from time to time during the period from the Closing Date up to but excluding the 30th day prior to the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, that Issuing Lender issue Letters of Credit payable on a sight basis for the account of Borrower (or for the account of any Group Member thereof so long as Borrower and such other Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof are co-applicants in respect of such Letter of Credit) for the general corporate purposes of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of Borrower herein set forth, Issuing Lender may elect (in its sole discretion) to issue such Letters of Credit, in which case such Letter of Credit Shall be issued in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.1; provided that Borrower shall not request that Issuing Lender issue (and Issuing Lender shall not issue):

(i) any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments would exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount then in effect;

(ii) any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed $5,000,000;

(iii) any Letter of Credit having an expiration date later than the earlier of (A) five Business Days prior to the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date and (B) the date which is one year from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or such longer period as Issuing Lender may agree in its sole discretion); provided that the immediately preceding clause (B) shall not prevent such Issuing Lender from agreeing that a Letter of Credit will automatically be extended for one or more successive periods not to exceed one year each unless such Issuing Lender elects not to extend for any such additional period; and provided further that such Issuing Lender may elect not to extend such Letter of Credit if it has knowledge that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (and has not been waived in accordance with Section 10.6) at the time such Issuing Lender must elect whether or not to allow such extension;

 

90


(iv) any Letter of Credit issued for the purpose of supporting (A) trade payables or (B) any Indebtedness constituting “antecedent debt” (as that term is used in Section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code);

(v) any Letter of Credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars;

(vi) any Letter of Credit if the amount available to be drawn thereunder is less than $50,000; or

(vii) that, in the reasonable judgment of Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, is not readily and freely available or would violate any laws or internal policies applicable to Issuing Lender.

(b) Mechanics of Issuance.

(i) Request for Issuance. Whenever Borrower desires the issuance of a Letter of Credit, it shall deliver to Administrative Agent a Request for Issuance no later than 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) at least three Business Days or such shorter period as may be agreed to by Issuing Lender in any particular instance, in advance of the proposed date of issuance. Issuing Lender, in its reasonable discretion, may require changes in the text of the proposed Letter of Credit or any documents described in or attached to the Request for Issuance. In furtherance of the provisions of Section 10.8, and not in limitation thereof, Borrower may submit Requests for Issuance by telefacsimile or electronic mail and Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender may rely and act upon any such Request for Issuance without receiving an original signed copy thereof. No Letter of Credit shall require payment against a conforming demand for payment to be made thereunder on the same Business Day (under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the office of Issuing Lender to which such demand for payment is required to be presented is located) on which such demand for payment is presented if such presentation is made after 11:00 A.M. (in the time zone of such office of Issuing Lender) on such Business Day.

Borrower shall notify Issuing Lender (and Administrative Agent, if Administrative Agent is not Issuing Lender) prior to the issuance of any Letter of Credit in the event that any of the matters to which Borrower is required to certify in the applicable Request for Issuance is no longer true, correct and complete as of the proposed date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, and upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit Borrower shall be deemed to have re-certified, as of the date of such issuance, as to the matters to which Borrower is required to certify in the applicable Request for Issuance.

(ii) Determination of Issuing Lender. Upon receipt by Administrative Agent of a Request for Issuance pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(i) requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, in the event Administrative Agent elects to issue such Letter of Credit, Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify Borrower, and Administrative Agent shall be Issuing Lender with respect thereto. In the event that Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, elects not to issue such Letter of Credit, Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify Borrower, whereupon Borrower may request any other Revolving Lender to issue such Letter of Credit by delivering to Administrative Agent and such Revolving Lender a copy of the applicable Request for Issuance. Any Revolving Lender (other than Administrative Agent) so requested to issue such Letter of Credit shall promptly notify Borrower, Administrative Agent and the Revolving Lenders by telefacsimile or electronic mail, whether or not, in its sole discretion, it has elected to issue such Letter of Credit, and any such Revolving Lender that so elects to issue such Letter of Credit shall be Issuing Lender with respect thereto and shall be bound by the terms and conditions of Article III and such Letter of Credit.

 

91


(iii) Issuance of Letter of Credit. Upon satisfaction or waiver (in accordance with Section 10.6) of the conditions set forth in Section 4.3, Issuing Lender shall issue the requested Letter of Credit in accordance with Issuing Lender’s standard operating procedures.

(iv) Notification to Revolving Lenders. Upon the issuance of or amendment to any Letter of Credit, Issuing Lender shall promptly notify Administrative Agent and Borrower of such issuance or amendment in writing and such notice shall be accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment. Upon receipt of such notice (or, if Administrative Agent is Issuing Lender, together with such notice), Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender in writing of such issuance or amendment and the amount of such Revolving Lender’s respective participation in such Letter of Credit or amendment, and, if so requested by a Revolving Lender, Administrative Agent shall provide such Lender with a copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Revolving Lenders’ Purchase of Participations in Letters of Credit. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees to, have irrevocably purchased from Issuing Lender a participation in such Letter of Credit and any drawings honored thereunder in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the maximum amount that is or at any time may become available to be drawn thereunder.

Section 3.2 Letter of Credit Fees.

Borrower agrees to pay the following amounts with respect to Letters of Credit issued hereunder:

(a) With respect to each Letter of Credit, (i) a fronting fee, payable directly to Issuing Lender for its own account, equal to 0.25% per annum of the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and (ii) a Letter of Credit fee, payable to Administrative Agent for the account of Revolving Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares, equal to the applicable LIBOR Margin for Revolving Loans multiplied by the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, each such fronting fee or Letter of Credit fee to be payable in arrears on and to (but excluding) the last Friday of each of March, June and September of each year, and December 31 of each year, and computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed; provided that, without prejudice to the rights of the Revolving Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders in respect of such Letter of Credit fee, the LC Exposure of any such Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of calculating the fee payable to Revolving Lenders pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.2(a) in respect of any day during any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, and such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any such fee in respect of such Default Period; and

(b) With respect to the issuance, amendment or transfer of each Letter of Credit and each payment of a drawing made thereunder (without duplication of the fees payable under clause (a) of this Section 3.2, documentary and processing charges payable directly to Issuing Lender for its own account in accordance with Issuing Lender’s standard schedule for such charges in effect at the time of such issuance, amendment, transfer or payment, as the case may be.

For purposes of calculating any fees payable under clause (a) of this Section 3.2, the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit shall be determined as of the close of business on any date of determination.

 

92


Section 3.3 Drawings and Reimbursement of Amounts Paid Under Letters of Credit.

(a) Responsibility of Issuing Lender With Respect to Drawings. In determining whether to honor any drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof, Issuing Lender shall be responsible only to examine the documents delivered under such Letter of Credit with reasonable care so as to ascertain whether they appear on their face to be in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.

(b) Reimbursement by Borrower of Amounts Paid Under Letters of Credit. In the event Issuing Lender has determined to honor a drawing under a Letter of Credit issued by it, Issuing Lender shall immediately notify Borrower and Administrative Agent (if it is not Issuing Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit), and Borrower shall reimburse Issuing Lender on or before the Business Day immediately following the date on which such drawing is honored (the “Reimbursement Date”) in an amount in Dollars and in same day funds equal to the amount of such payment; provided that, anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) unless Borrower shall have notified Administrative Agent and such Issuing Lender prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the Reimbursement Date that Borrower intends to reimburse Issuing Lender for the amount of such payment with funds other than the proceeds of Revolving Loans, Borrower shall be deemed to have given a timely Notice of Borrowing to Administrative Agent requesting Revolving Lenders to make Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans on the Reimbursement Date in an amount in Dollars equal to the amount of such payment and (ii) subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified in Section 4.2(b), Revolving Lenders shall, on the Reimbursement Date, make Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans in the amount of such payment, the proceeds of which shall be applied directly by Administrative Agent to reimburse Issuing Lender for the amount of such payment; and provided, further that if for any reason proceeds of Revolving Loans are not received by such Issuing Lender on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the amount of such payment, Borrower shall reimburse Issuing Lender, on demand, in an amount in same day funds equal to the excess of the amount of such payment over the aggregate amount of such Revolving Loans, if any, which are so received. Nothing in this Section 3.3(b) shall be deemed to relieve any Revolving Lender from its obligation to make Revolving Loans on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and Borrower shall retain any and all rights it may have against any Revolving Lender resulting from the failure of such Revolving Lender to make such Revolving Loans under this Section 3.3(b).

(c) Payment by Lenders of Unreimbursed Amounts Paid Under Letters of Credit.

(i) Payment by Revolving Lenders. In the event that Borrower shall fail for any reason to reimburse Issuing Lender as provided in Section 3.3(b) in an amount equal to the amount of any payment by Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit issued by it, Issuing Lender shall promptly notify Administrative Agent (if it is not Issuing Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit), who shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender of the unreimbursed amount of such honored drawing and of such Revolving Lender’s respective participation therein based on such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Share. Each Revolving Lender (other than Issuing Lender) shall make available to Administrative Agent an amount equal to its respective participation, in Dollars, in same day funds, at the Funding and Payment Office, not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the first Business Day after the date notified by Administrative Agent, and Administrative Agent shall make available to Issuing Lender in Dollars, in same day funds, at the office of Issuing Lender on such Business Day the aggregate amount of the payments so received by Administrative Agent. In the event that any Revolving Lender fails to make available to Administrative Agent on such Business Day the amount of such Revolving Lender’s participation in such Letter of Credit as provided in this Section 3.3(c), Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving Lender together with interest thereon at the rate customarily used by such Issuing Lender for the correction of errors among banks for three Business Days and thereafter at the Base

 

93


Rate. Nothing in this Section 3.3(c) shall be deemed to prejudice the right of Administrative Agent to recover, for the benefit of Revolving Lenders, from Issuing Lender any amounts made available to Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section 3.3(c) in the event that it is determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that the payment with respect to a Letter of Credit by Issuing Lender in respect of which payments were made by Revolving Lenders constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Issuing Lender.

(ii) Distribution to Lenders of Reimbursements Received From Borrower. In the event Issuing Lender shall have been reimbursed by other Revolving Lenders pursuant to Section 3.3(c)(i) for all or any portion of any payment by Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit issued by it, and Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender thereafter receives any payments from Borrower in reimbursement of payment under the Letter of Credit, to the extent any such payment is received by such Issuing Lender, it shall distribute such payment to Administrative Agent, and Administrative Agent shall distribute to each other Revolving Lender that has paid all amounts payable by it under Section 3.3(c)(i) with respect to such payment such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments subsequently received by Administrative Agent or by such Issuing Lender from Borrower. Any such distribution shall be made to a Revolving Lender at the account specified in Section 2.4(c)(ii).

(d) Interest on Amounts Paid Under Letters of Credit.

(i) Payment of Interest by Borrower. Borrower agrees to pay to Administrative Agent, with respect to payments under any Letters of Credit issued by Issuing Lender, interest on the amount paid by Issuing Lender in respect of each such payment from the date a drawing is honored to but excluding the date such amount is reimbursed by Borrower (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 3.3(b)) at a rate equal to (A) for the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the Reimbursement Date, the rate then in effect under this Agreement with respect to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans and (B) thereafter, a rate which is 2.0% per annum in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable under this Agreement with respect to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans. Interest payable pursuant to this Section 3.3(d)(i) shall be computed on the basis of a 365-day or 366-day year, as the case may be, for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand is made, on the date on which the related drawing under a Letter of Credit is reimbursed in full.

(ii) Distribution of Interest Payments by Administrative Agent. Promptly upon receipt by Administrative Agent of any payment of interest pursuant to Section 3.3(d)(i) with respect to a payment under a Letter of Credit, (A) Administrative Agent shall distribute to (1) each Revolving Lender (including Issuing Lender) out of the interest received by Administrative Agent in respect of the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date on which Issuing Lender is reimbursed for the amount of such payment (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 3.3(b)), the amount that such Revolving Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the Letter of Credit fee that would have been payable in respect of such Letter of Credit for such period pursuant to Section 3.2 if no drawing had been honored under such Letter of Credit and (2) Issuing Lender the amount, if any, remaining after payment of the amounts applied pursuant to clause (1) and (B) in the event Issuing Lender shall have been reimbursed by other Revolving Lenders pursuant to Section 3.3(c)(i) for all or any portion of such payment, Administrative Agent shall distribute to each Revolving Lender (including Issuing Lender) that has paid all amounts payable by it under Section 3.3(c)(i) with respect to such payment such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any interest received by Administrative Agent in respect of that portion of such payment so made by Revolving Lenders for the period from the date on which Issuing Lender was so reimbursed to but excluding the date on which such portion of such payment is reimbursed by Borrower. Any such distribution shall be made to a Revolving Lender at the account specified in Section 2.4(c)(ii).

 

94


Section 3.4 Obligations Absolute.

The obligation of Borrower to reimburse Issuing Lender for payments under the Letters of Credit issued by it and to repay any Revolving Loans made by Revolving Lenders pursuant to Section 3.3(b) and the obligations of Revolving Lenders under Section 3.3(c)(i) shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances including any of the following circumstances:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit;

(b) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which Borrower or any Lender may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be acting), Issuing Lender or other Revolving Lender or any other Person or, in the case of a Revolving Lender, against Borrower, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between any Loan Party or one of its Subsidiaries and the beneficiary for which any Letter of Credit was procured);

(c) any draft or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(d) payment by Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document which does not substantially comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

(e) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any party thereto;

(g) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; or

(h) the fact that an Event of Default or a Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

provided, in each case, that payment by Issuing Lender under the applicable Letter of Credit shall not have constituted bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Lender under the circumstances in question (as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

Section 3.5 Nature of Issuing Lenders’ Duties.

(a) As between Borrower and Issuing Lender, Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by Issuing Lender by, the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for: (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged, (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason, (iii) failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit,

 

95


(iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher, (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms, (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof, (vii) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit, or (viii) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Lender, including any act or omission by a Government Authority, and none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of such Issuing Lender’s rights or powers hereunder.

(b) In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the specific provisions set forth in Section 3.5(a), any action taken or omitted by Issuing Lender under or in connection with the Letters of Credit issued by it or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not put Issuing Lender under any resulting liability to Borrower.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.5, Borrower shall retain any and all rights it may have against Issuing Lender for any liability arising solely out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Lender, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

Section 4.1 Conditions to Initial Loans.

The obligations of Lenders to make Loans are subject to prior or concurrent satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) Loan Party Documents. On or before the Closing Date, Holdings and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, deliver to Administrative Agent the following with respect to Holdings, Borrower or such other Loan Party, as the case may be, each, unless otherwise noted, dated the Closing Date:

(i) Copies of the Organizational Documents of such Person, certified by the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of organization or, if such document is of a type that may not be so certified, certified by the secretary or similar Officer of the applicable Loan Party, together with a good standing certificate from the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of organization and each other state in which such Person is qualified to do business (except, in the case of such other states (besides the jurisdiction of organization of each Loan Party) where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect);

(ii) Resolutions of the Governing Body of such Person approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, certified as of the Closing Date by the secretary or similar Officer of such Person as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment;

(iii) Signature and incumbency certificates of the Officers of such Person executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party; and

(iv) Executed copies of this Agreement, the Guaranty and the Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

96


(b) Fees and Expenses. Receipt by Administrative Agent, for distribution (as appropriate) to Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, of all fees and expenses required to be paid on the Closing Date referred to in Section 2.3 and, to the extent invoiced at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) required to be paid on the Closing Date.

(c) Representations and Warranties. (i) such of the representations and warranties made by or with respect to the Company in the Merger Agreement as are material to the interests of the Arrangers and the Lenders, but only to the extent that Borrower has the right to terminate its obligations under the Merger Agreement, or the right not to consummate the Merger, pursuant to the Merger Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties and (ii) the representations and warranties in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in each case, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date (or, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, that such representations and warranties were true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of such earlier date); provided that, if a representation and warranty is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect”, the applicable materiality qualifiers set forth above in this subsection (c) shall be disregarded with respect to such representation and warranty for purposes of this condition.

(d) Opinions of Counsel to Loan Parties. Administrative Agent shall have received on behalf of the Secured Parties a written opinion of Paul Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York counsel for the Loan Parties, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

(e) Solvency Certificate. Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the chief financial officer or treasurer of Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit X annexed hereto, that Borrower and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, are Solvent.

(f) Security Interests in Personal and Mixed Property. Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that each Loan Party shall have taken or caused to be taken all such actions, executed and delivered or caused to be executed and delivered the following agreements, documents and instruments, and made or caused to be made the following filings and recordings:

(i) Stock Certificates and Instruments. Delivery to Administrative Agent of (A) certificates (which certificates shall be accompanied by irrevocable undated stock powers, duly endorsed in blank and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent) representing all certificated Capital Stock required to be pledged pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement and (B) all promissory notes or other instruments required to be pledged pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement (duly endorsed, where appropriate, in a manner satisfactory to Administrative Agent) evidencing any Collateral;

(ii) Lien Searches and UCC Termination Statements. Delivery to Administrative Agent of (A) the results of a recent search of all effective UCC financing statements and of fixture filings in jurisdictions where Owned Real Property is located and all judgment and Tax Lien filings which may have been made with respect to any personal or mixed property of any Loan Party, together with copies of all such filings disclosed by such search and (B) duly completed UCC termination statements, and authorization of the filing thereof from the applicable secured party, as may be necessary to terminate any effective UCC financing statements or fixture filings in jurisdictions where Owned Real Property is located disclosed in such search (other than any such financing statements or fixture filings in respect of Liens permitted to remain outstanding pursuant to the terms of this Agreement);

 

97


(iii) UCC Financing Statements and Fixture Filings. Delivery to Administrative Agent of duly completed UCC financing statements with respect to all personal and mixed property Collateral of such Loan Party, for filing in all jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the security interests created in such Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents;

(iv) IP Filings. Delivery to Administrative Agent of documents or instruments required to be filed with any IP Filing Office and reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in order to create or perfect Liens in respect of any registered or pending IP Collateral in the United States;

(v) [Reserved];

(vi) Opinions of Local Counsel. To the extent not addressed in the opinion provided pursuant to Section 4.1(d), delivery to Administrative Agent of the written opinions of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, California and Massachusetts counsel for the Loan Parties, and Shumaker, Loop & Kendrick, LLP, Ohio counsel for the Loan Parties, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

(g) Refinancing. The Refinancing shall have been consummated, and Holdings and Borrower shall have delivered (or caused to be delivered) to Administrative Agent all pay off letters, documents or instruments reasonably necessary to release all Liens securing, and cause the termination or release of all guarantees in respect of, the Existing Credit Agreement and Burgess Note on or before the Closing Date.

(h) Company Material Adverse Effect. (i) Since the date of the Latest Balance Sheet (as defined in the Merger Agreement (as in effect on December 11, 2018)) to the date hereof, or as otherwise contemplated by the express terms of the Merger Agreement, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has suffered a Company Material Adverse Effect and (ii) since the date of the Merger Agreement, there shall not have occurred a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(i) Required Documentation. Administrative Agent shall have received, at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date (to the extent requested at least ten Business Days prior to the Closing Date), all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act that is required by Administrative Agent and, if the Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, each Lender that so requested shall have received, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to the Borrower.

(j) Closing of Merger. The Merger shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing hereunder shall be, consummated in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, without giving effect to any modifications, amendments or waivers or consents thereto that are materially adverse to the Lenders or the Arrangers without the prior written consent of the Arrangers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (it being understood and agreed that (a) any decrease in the purchase price shall not be materially adverse to the Lenders or the Arrangers so long as such decrease is allocated to reduce the amount of the Equity Financing and the amount of the Initial Term Loans on a pro rata basis and (b) any increase in the purchase price shall not be materially adverse to the Lenders or the Arrangers so long as such increase is funded by an increase in the Equity Financing).

(k) Equity Financing. The Equity Financing (as such amount shall have been modified pursuant to Section 4.1(j) above) shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing hereunder shall be, consummated.

 

98


(l) Financial Statements. The Arrangers shall have received (a) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended, (b) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of September 30, 2018 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the nine (9)-month period then ended, (c) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for each month and fiscal quarter after September 30, 2018 that has ended at least 60 days before the Closing Date and (d) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of operations of the Company as of and for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the most recently completed four-Fiscal Quarter period ended at least 60 days before the Closing Date, prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such other statement of income).

(m) No Default. No event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the borrowing contemplated by such Notice of Borrowing that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default.

(n) Officer’s Certificate. Administrative Agent shall have received an Officer’s Certificate from the Borrower certifying as to the conditions contained in Sections 4.1(c), (h), (j), (k) and (m).

(o) Funding Notice. Administrative Agent shall have received on or before the Closing Date, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1(b), a duly executed Notice of Borrowing, signed by a duly authorized Officer of Borrower.

Section 4.2 Conditions to Subsequent Loans.

The obligation of each Lender to make its Loans (other than any PIK Loan) on each Funding Date (other than the Closing Date) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) Administrative Agent shall have received before that Funding Date, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1(b), a duly executed Notice of Borrowing, in each case signed by a duly authorized Officer of Borrower.

(b) As of that Funding Date and subject to the exceptions and limitations provided in respect of Loans under any Incremental Facility as set forth in Section 2.11(a) and any Delayed Draw Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.4:

(i) the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of that Funding Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided, that, if a representation and warranty is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect”, such materiality qualifiers set forth above in this subclause (i) shall be disregarded with respect to such representation and warranty for purposes of this condition; and

(ii) No event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the borrowing contemplated by such Notice of Borrowing that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default.

 

99


Section 4.3 Conditions to Letters of Credit.

Any Letter of Credit Extension is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) On or before the date of any Letter of Credit Extension, Administrative Agent shall have received, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1(b)(i), a duly executed Request for Issuance signed by a duly authorized Officer of Borrower, together with all other information specified in Section 3.1(b)(i) and such other documents or information as Issuing Lender may reasonably require in connection with the Letter of Credit Extension; and

(b) On the date of any Letter of Credit Extension, all conditions precedent described in Section 4.2(b) shall be satisfied to the same extent as if the any Letter of Credit Extension were the making of a Loan and the date of any Letter of Credit Extension were a Funding Date.

The representations and warranties set forth in any Notice of Borrowing or Request for Issuance (or any certificate delivered in connection therewith) shall be deemed to be made again on and as of the date of the relevant Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit and the acceptance of the proceeds thereof or of the delivery of the relevant Letter of Credit.

Section 4.4 Conditions to Delayed Draw Term Loans.

The obligation of each Lender to make Delayed Draw Term Loans is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) on each drawing date of any Delayed Draw Term Loans, after giving effect to the borrowing of such Delayed Draw Term Loans and the use of proceeds thereof on a Pro Forma Basis, no Default or Event of Default would exist after giving effect to such Delayed Draw Term Loans, and the representations and warranties this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the incurrence of such Delayed Draw Term Loans (although any representations and warranties which expressly relate to a given date or period shall be required only to be true and correct in all material respects as of the respective date or for the respective period, as the case may be); provided that, if the proceeds of such loan are being used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment permitted hereunder that is not subject to a financing condition or that contemplates a “funds certain” or similarly conditioned financing (a “Limited Conditionality Investment”), (A) the signing of the agreement governing such Limited Conditionality Investment shall be subject to (x) no Event of Default and (y) accuracy in all material respects of representations and warranties and (B) the funding of such loan shall be subject to (x) no Event of Default under Section 8.1, Section 8.6 or Section 8.7 and (y) customary “SunGard” limitations (including that the absence of a Default (other than a Default under Section 8.1, Section 8.6 or Section 8.7) is not a condition to funding and that only “specified acquisition representations” and “specified representations” must be accurate as a condition to funding);

(b) after giving effect to the borrowing of any Delayed Draw Term Loan and the use of proceeds thereof as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period (but excluding the cash proceeds thereof to Borrower), (i) the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Covenants and (ii) the Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio shall not exceed 1.25 to 1.00;

(c) subject to the foregoing clause (a), the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2; and

(d) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an authorized Officer of Borrower certifying as to each of clauses (a), (b) and (c) in this Section 4.4.

 

100


ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce Agents and Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to induce Lenders to make the Loans, to induce Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit and to induce Revolving Lenders to purchase participations therein, each of Holdings and Borrower represents and warrants to each Agent and Lender, as of the Closing Date and as of each Credit Extension:

Section 5.1 Organization, Powers, Qualification, Good Standing, Business and Subsidiaries.

(a) Organization and Powers. Each Group Member is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation which, as of the Closing Date, is as specified on Schedule 5.1 annexed hereto (to the extent such concept is applicable in the relevant jurisdiction). Each Loan Party has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to perform their respective obligations thereunder and to carry out the Transactions.

(b) Qualification and Good Standing. Each Group Member is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Conduct of Business. Holdings has no assets other than the Capital Stock of Borrower and the rights and assets appurtenant or incidental thereto. The Group Members are engaged only in the businesses permitted to be engaged in pursuant to Section 7.9.

(d) Holdings and its Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date, (i) all of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings and their jurisdictions of incorporation, organization or formation are identified on Schedule 5.1 annexed hereto; (ii) the Capital Stock of each of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries identified on Schedule 5.1 annexed hereto is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (to the extent applicable thereto) and none of such Capital Stock constitutes Margin Stock and (iii) Schedule 5.1 annexed hereto correctly sets forth the ownership interest of Holdings and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in each of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings identified therein. All outstanding Capital Stock of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is owned beneficially and of record by a Group Member (or, in the case of Borrower, by Holdings) free and clear of all Liens other than the security interests created by the Loan Documents and, in the case of Joint Ventures, Liens permitted under the Loan Documents. There are no Stock Equivalents with respect to the Capital Stock of any Group Member or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Group Member and, as of the Closing Date, there are no Contractual Obligations or other understandings to which any Group Member or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Group Member is a party with respect to (including any restriction on) the issuance, voting, disposition or pledge of any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalent of any Group Member or any such Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Section 5.2 Authorization of Borrowing, etc.

(a) Authorization of Borrowing. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Loan Party that is a party thereto.

 

101


(b) No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the Transactions do not and will not (i) violate any provision of the Organizational Documents of such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) violate any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any order, judgment, decree or order of any court or other Government Authority binding on such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than those that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Liens created or permitted under any of the Loan Documents), or (v) require any approval of stockholders or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except for such approvals or consents which will be obtained on or before the Closing Date.

(c) Governmental Consents. The execution, delivery and performance by each applicable Loan Party of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the consummation of the Transactions and the exercise by Administrative Agent of any rights or remedies in respect of any Collateral (whether specifically granted to created pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or created or provided for by applicable law) do not and will not require any Governmental Authorization except for (i) such approvals which have been obtained and are in full force and effect, (ii) filings or recordings in connection with the Liens created by or pursuant to the Loan Documents, (iii) in connection with the exercise of remedies in respect of the Collateral and (iv) other filings for which the failure to obtain or make, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Binding Obligation. Each of the Transaction Documents has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability or the availability of equitable remedies.

Section 5.3 Financial Condition.

(a) Each of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended, and (ii) subject to the absence of footnote disclosure and normal recurring year-end audit adjustments, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of September 30, 2018 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the four (4)-month period then ended, copies of which have been furnished to Lenders on or prior to the Closing Date, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition (on a consolidated basis) of the entities described in such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows (on a consolidated basis) of the entities described therein for each of the periods then ended in accordance with GAAP.

(b) The pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of operations of the Company as of and for the twelve-month period ending September 30, 2018, prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such other statement of income), a copy of which has been furnished to Lenders on or prior to the Closing Date, have been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions that are believed by the Group Members to be reasonable at the time made and on the Closing Date based on the information available to Borrower at each such date.

 

102


Section 5.4 No Material Adverse Change.

Since December 11, 2018, no event, change or circumstance has occurred which, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.5 Title to Properties; Liens; Real Property Assets; Intellectual Property; Insurance.

(a) Title to Properties; Liens. Each Group Member has good and marketable fee simple title to all Owned Real Property (if any) and valid leasehold interests in all Leased Real Property, and good and valid title to all material personal property, in each case that is purported to be owned or leased by it, including those reflected on the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or (c), as the case may be (or, prior to the delivery of financial statements under Section 6.1(b) or (c), the financial statements referred to in Section 5.3(a)(ii)), except where the failure to have such title or other property interests described above, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances and except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement.

(b) Owned Real Property. As of the Closing Date, the Group Members do not own any Owned Real Property except as set forth on Schedule 5.5(b) annexed hereto.

(c) Leased Real Property. All Leases are valid and in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, except Leases in respect of which the failure to be valid or in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is not, under any Lease, any existing default by any Group Member or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default by any Group Member that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Intellectual Property. To the knowledge of each Group Member, each Group Member owns, licenses or otherwise has the right to use all Intellectual Property that is necessary for the operation of its businesses as currently conducted. To the knowledge of each Group Member, (a) the conduct and operations of the businesses of each Group Member does not infringe, dilute, misappropriate, or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property owned by any other Person in a manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) except as set forth on Schedule 5.5(d) annexed hereto, no other Person has contested any right, title or interest of any Group Member in, or relating to, any Intellectual Property owned by such Group Member, other than, individually or in the aggregate, as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.5(d), (x) there are no pending (or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, threatened in writing) Proceedings affecting any Group Member with respect to, (y) no judgment or order regarding any such claim has been rendered by any competent Government Authority with respect to and (z) no settlement agreement or similar Contractual Obligation has been entered into by any Group Member (which would limit, cancel or question the validity of any Group Member’s rights in any Intellectual Property owned by such Group Member) with respect to, any such infringement, other than, individually or in the aggregate, as would not reasonably be expected, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Insurance. Each Group Member has insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are customary for companies of a similar size engaged in similar businesses in similar locations. All insurance maintained by the Group Members is in full force and effect, all premiums have been duly paid, no Group Member has received notice of violation, invalidity or cancellation thereof.

 

103


Section 5.6 Litigation.

Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.6 annexed hereto, there are no Proceedings (whether or not purportedly on behalf of any Group Member or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) at law or in equity, or before or by any court or other Government Authority that are pending or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, threatened against any Group Member or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Group Member is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or other Government Authority.

Section 5.7 Payment of Taxes.

Except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, all U.S. federal, and state, local and foreign income and other Tax returns, reports and statements (including those required in a capacity of a withholding agent) (collectively, the “Tax Returns”) required to be filed by any Group Member have been timely filed with the appropriate Government Authorities in all jurisdictions in which such Tax Returns are required to be filed, all such Tax Returns are true, complete and correct in all respects, and all Taxes, charges and other impositions reflected therein or otherwise due and payable have been paid prior to the date on which any liability may be added thereto for non-payment thereof, except for those that are being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves are maintained on the books of the appropriate Group Member in accordance with GAAP.

Section 5.8 Federal Regulations.

(a) Investment Company Act. No Group Member is required to be registered as an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company”, as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act.

(b) Terrorism Laws. Neither the making of the Loans to Borrower nor the use of the proceeds thereof by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Holdings and/or Borrower, any Affiliates thereof (a) is a Person whose property or interests in property are blocked pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) or (b) engages in any dealings or transactions, or is otherwise associated, with any such Person. Holdings, Borrower and its Subsidiaries and to the knowledge of Holdings and/or Borrower, its Affiliates are in compliance, in all material respects, with any applicable provisions of the USA Patriot Act.

(c) Anti-Money Laundering Laws. None of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any holder of a direct or indirect interest in Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (i) is, to the best of its knowledge, under investigation by any Government Authority for, or has been charged with, or convicted of, money laundering under 18 U.S.C. §§ 1956 and 1957, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes, or any violation of the Bank Secrecy Act, 31 U.S.C. §§ 5311 et. seq. (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), (ii) has been assessed civil penalties under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws or (iii) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

 

104


(d) Federal Reserve Regulations. Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of, and no proceeds of any Loan or other extensions of credit hereunder will be used for the purpose of, buying or carrying Margin Stock or extending credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock, in each case in contravention of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

(e) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or, to the knowledge of Holdings, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

Section 5.9 ERISA.

No Group Member maintains, contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to, or has any liability with respect to, any Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan or has any present intention to maintain or contribute to any such plans, nor has any Group Member taken any steps towards adopting or amending any Employee Plan or contributing to or incurring liability under a Multiemployer Plan. No event has occurred and no condition exists that would, by reason of any Group Member’s affiliation with any of its respective current or former ERISA Affiliates, subject the Group Member or ERISA Affiliate to any tax, fine, lien, penalty or other liability under ERISA that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.10 Environmental Matters.

Except as set forth on Schedule 5.10 annexed hereto:

(a) no Group Member or any of their respective Real Property Assets or operations and facilities are subject to any outstanding written order, consent decree or settlement agreement relating to (i) any Environmental Law, (ii) any Environmental Claim or (iii) any Hazardous Materials Activity that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no Release by any Group Member at any properties formerly owned, leased or operated by any Group Member that is subject to any outstanding written order, consent decree or settlement agreement relating to (i) any Environmental Law, (ii) any Environmental Claim or (iii) any Hazardous Materials Activity that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) no Group Member has received any letter or request for information under Section 104 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9604) or any comparable state law;

(c) to the knowledge of Loan Parties, there are and have been no conditions, occurrences, or Hazardous Materials Activities that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against any Group Member that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

105


(d) each Group Member has complied and is in compliance with all Environmental Laws, except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) no Lien in favor of any Government Authority securing, in whole or in part, Environmental Liabilities has attached to any property of any Group Member and, to the knowledge of any Group Member, no facts, circumstances or conditions exist that would reasonably be expected to result in any such Lien attaching to any such property;

(f) each Group Member possesses and is and has been in compliance with all Governmental Authorizations required to conduct their respective businesses under or issued pursuant to any Environmental Law, except for such failure to possess or such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, has not or would not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(g) except as, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (x) there has been no Release and there is no threatened Release of any Hazardous Material at any Real Property Asset; (y) there has been no Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material by any Group Member at any facility or property formerly owned, operated or leased by the Group Members; and (z) to the knowledge of Loan Parties, there has been no Release and there is no threatened Release of any Hazardous Material at any facility or property where the Group Members have sent waste for disposal.

Section 5.11 Labor Agreements and Employee Matters.

(a) Labor Agreements. (i) None of the Group Members is a party to any labor or collective bargaining agreement and, with respect to any employees of the Group Members not currently covered by any labor or collective bargaining agreement, no petition for certification or election of any union, labor organization, works council or similar representative covering any employee of any Group Member is existing or pending with respect to any employee of any Group Member and (ii) to the knowledge of the Group Members, no such representative has sought certification or recognition with respect to any employee of any Group Member; and

(b) Employee Matters. There are no strikes, picketing, or work stoppages against or involving any Group Member.

Section 5.12 Solvency.

Immediately after giving effect to the Transactions, on the Closing Date, Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

Section 5.13 Matters Relating to Collateral.

(a) Governmental Authorizations. No authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Government Authority is required for either (i) the pledge or grant by any Loan Party of the Liens purported to be created in favor of Administrative Agent pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or (ii) the exercise by Administrative Agent of any rights or remedies in respect of any Collateral (whether specifically granted or created pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or created or provided for by applicable law), except (i) for filings or recordings contemplated by the Collateral Documents, (ii) as may be required in connection with the disposition of any Pledged Collateral, by laws generally affecting the offering and sale of Securities, and (iii) for laws and requirements addressing the transfer of control of Governmental Authorizations.

 

106


(b) Absence of Third-Party Filings. Except such as may have been filed in favor of Administrative Agent as contemplated by the Collateral Documents or to effect or maintain the perfection of Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2, (i) no effective UCC financing statement, fixture filing or other instrument similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any filing or recording office and (ii) no effective filing creating a Lien in all or any part of the IP Collateral is on file in any IP Filing Office.

(c) First Priority Security Interest. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, when executed and delivered and, upon the making of the initial Loans hereunder, will create and grant to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties (upon (i) the filing of the appropriate UCC-1 financing statements with the filing offices listed on Schedule 5.13 annexed hereto, (ii) the filing of a patent and trademark security agreement with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and a copyright security agreement with the U.S. Copyright Office, and (iii) to the extent required pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, the delivery of the Pledged Collateral with (in the case of Pledged Collateral comprising Capital Stock or Pledged Notes (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement)) appropriate stock powers or other endorsements in blank to Administrative Agent and Administrative Agent taking possession or control of such Pledged Collateral) valid and First Priority perfected security interests in the Collateral subject only to Permitted Encumbrances and other Liens permitted under Section 7.2(a)) including in the pledged Securities; provided, however, that (x) additional filings may be required in the applicable IP Filing Office to perfect the security interest in IP Collateral acquired after the Closing Date and (y) with respect to the Mortgages, notice of the Lien of the Mortgage shall not be effective against any third party until such Mortgage is properly filed or recorded in the applicable real estate records where the Mortgaged Property is located.

Section 5.14 Compliance with Laws.

(a) Each of the Group Members is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Government Authority (including, without limitation, ERISA, Environmental Laws and FINRA) applicable to it or its property, except where failure to do so, individually or in aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(b) All Governmental Authorizations required to be held or obtained by any Group Member in connection with the conduct of its business as presently conducted have been obtained, are in full force and effect, are being complied with and there has not been any default under any such Governmental Authorizations except, individually or in the aggregate, where the failure to obtain, maintain in full force and effect or comply with any such Governmental Authorizations, or any such default thereunder, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.15 Disclosure.

The representations and warranties of each Group Member contained in each Loan Document or in each other document, certificate or written statement furnished to Lenders, Agents or Issuing Lenders by or on behalf of such Group Member for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (excluding projections and other forward-looking information, pro forma financial information and information of a general economic or industry nature) were, when furnished and taken as a whole, correct in all material respects and did not, when furnished and taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in the light of the circumstances under which such statements are made. Any projections and other forward-looking information and pro forma financial information contained in such materials were prepared in good faith based upon assumptions that were believed by the Group Members to be reasonable at the time prepared and at the time furnished in

 

107


light of conditions and facts then known (it being recognized that such projections and other forward-looking information and pro forma financial information are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections or information may differ from the projected results, and such differences may be material). As of the Closing Date, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification is true and correct in all material respects.

Section 5.16 Use of Proceeds.

Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit issued hereunder solely for the purposes described in Section 2.5.

Section 5.17 Senior Indebtedness.

The Obligations constitute “Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) under and as defined in the documentation governing any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations.

Section 5.18 U.S. Trade Controls.

(a) Holdings, its Subsidiaries, and any of their respective directors and officers, and, to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, any employees or Persons acting on behalf thereof, are and at all times within the past five years have been in compliance in all material respects with applicable United States laws, regulations, and orders pertaining to trade and economic sanctions and export controls, including, without limitation, such laws and regulations administered and enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the U.S. Department of State, and the U.S. Department of Commerce (collectively, “U.S. Trade Controls”). In the past five years, there have been no claims, complaints, charges, investigations, voluntary disclosures or proceedings involving alleged violations of U.S. Trade Controls, and, to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, there are no pending or threatened claims or investigations involving suspect or confirmed violations thereof.

(b) Neither Holdings, its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective directors or officers, nor, to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, employees or Persons acting on behalf thereof, respectively, is: (1) located, organized, or resident in a country or territory that is or may, from time to time be, the target of a comprehensive trade embargo by the U.S. government (presently, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, or the Crimea region of Ukraine (collectively, “Sanctioned Countries”)); (2) the target of U.S. Trade Controls, including being identified on a U.S. government restricted parties list, such as OFAC’s Specially Designated Nationals (“SDN”) and Blocked Persons List, the Department of State’s Nonproliferation Sanctions List, or the Department of Commerce’s Denied Persons List or Entity List, or is owned fifty percent or more, in the aggregate, by one or more SDNs (collectively, a “Sanctioned Person”); or (3) engaged, directly or indirectly, in dealings or transactions in or with Sanctioned Countries or Sanctioned Parties in violation of U.S. Trade Controls.

(c) Neither Holdings, its Subsidiaries, nor any of the respective directors, officers, employees, or Persons acting on behalf thereof, respectively, will, directly or knowingly indirectly, use the proceeds of this transaction or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner, or other Person (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any Person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the target of U.S. Trade Controls, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in or with any Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person; or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person of U.S. Trade Controls.

 

108


ARTICLE VI

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each of Holdings and Borrower covenants and agrees, jointly and severally, for the benefit of Agents, the Issuing Lenders and Lenders that, so long as any of the Commitments hereunder shall remain in effect and until payment in full of all of the Loans and other Obligations (other than Unasserted Obligations and obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements) and the cancellation, Cash Collateralization, backstop or expiration of all Letters of Credit, it shall perform, and Borrower shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this ARTICLE VI.

Section 6.1 Financial Statements and Other Reports.

Holdings will maintain, and will cause Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound business practices to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Holdings will deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Administrative Agent for distribution to Lenders:

(a) Events of Default, Etc. Promptly upon any Officer of a Group Member obtaining knowledge (i) of any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default or Default, (ii) that any Person has given any notice to any Group Member or taken any other material action against any Group Member or their respective assets with respect to a claimed default or event or condition of the type referred to in Section 8.2 or (iii) of the occurrence of any event or change that caused or evidences, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, an Officer’s Certificate specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given or action taken by any such Person and the nature of such Event of Default, Default, claimed default, event or condition, and what action the Group Members have taken, are taking and propose to take with respect thereto;

(b) Quarterly Financials. Within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year, (i) the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal period and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal period and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such fiscal period, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Financial Plan for the current Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP and certified by the chief financial officer of Holdings as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in accordance with GAAP (subject to the absence of footnote disclosures and normal year-end audit adjustments), and (ii) a summary narrative management report (x) describing the operations and financial condition of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the fiscal period then ended and (y) briefly discussing the reasons for any significant variations against the current Financial Plan (if applicable).

(c) Year-End Financials. Within 150 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Financial Plan for the Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a report thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by Holdings and reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, which report (i) shall be unqualified as to scope of audit or going concern or any other similar qualification (other than a going-concern exception or explanatory

 

109


note resulting solely from (x) an upcoming maturity date under the Facilities occurring within one year from the time such report is delivered or (y) any actual or potential inability to satisfy any financial covenant on a future date or for a future period), (ii) shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the date indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such financial statements), (iii) shall state that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and (iv) shall state that, in the course of the regular audit of the businesses of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, such accountants have obtained no knowledge that an Event of Default or a Default in respect of the Financial Covenants is continuing or, if in the opinion of such accountants such an Event of Default or a Default is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof;

(d) Compliance Certificate. Together with the quarterly financial statements for each Fiscal Quarter in the case of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 6.1 and within 60 days of the fourth Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year, (i) an Officer’s Certificate of Holdings stating that the signers do not have knowledge of the existence as at the date of such Officer’s Certificate, of any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default or Default, or, if any such condition or event exists, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Group Members have taken, are taking and propose to take with respect thereto, (ii) a Compliance Certificate (A) demonstrating in reasonable detail (1) compliance at the end of the applicable accounting periods with Section 7.5(a) or (c), as applicable, and (2) in the case of the Compliance Certificate delivered within 60 days after the fourth Fiscal Quarter of any Fiscal Year, the calculations used in determining Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year, (B)(1) identifying any changes in the (v) legal name of any Loan Party, (w) identity or type of organization or corporate structure of any Loan Party, (x) jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party, (y) jurisdiction in which any Loan Party’s chief executive office is located and (z) Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number (to the extent relevant to the perfection of Liens) of any Loan Party or (2) confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the last Compliance Certificate, (C) identifying each Subsidiary as a Material Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate or confirming that there is no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date or the date of the last Compliance Certificate and (D) identifying each Subsidiary of Holdings as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate or confirming that there is no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date or the date of the last Compliance Certificate, (iii) if such Compliance Certificate demonstrates an Event of Default resulting from a violation of the Financial Covenants, Holdings may deliver, together with such Compliance Certificate, notice of its intent to cure such Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.11(c), (iv) an Officer’s Certificate of Holdings or Borrower that (A) the Loan Parties have delivered all documents (including updated schedules as to locations of Collateral and acquisition of registered and applied for U.S. Intellectual Property or real property) they are required to deliver pursuant to any Loan Document on or prior to the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate and (B) complete and correct copies of all documents modifying any term of any Organizational Document of any Group Member or any Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture thereof on or prior to the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate have been delivered to Administrative Agent or are attached to such certificate and (v) the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) (which may be in footnote form only) from such consolidated financial statements;

(e) Forecast. As soon as practicable and in any event no later than 90 days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year commencing in 2020, a consolidated financial forecast for such Fiscal Year (such forecast, together with the equivalent projections for the Fiscal Year in which the Closing Date occurs, the “Financial Plan” for such Fiscal Year) comprised of a forecasted consolidated balance sheet and forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year and an explanation of the assumptions on which such forecasts are based;

 

110


(f) Reconciliation Statements. If, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those used in the preparation of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 5.3(a), the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to subsections (b) or (c) of this Section 6.1 will differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such paragraphs had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made or any such change affects the calculation of the Financial Covenants, then within 30 days of the first delivery of financial statements pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 6.1 following such change, (i) consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the current Fiscal Year to the effective date of such change, in each case prepared on a pro forma basis as if such change had been in effect during such periods and (ii) if required pursuant to Section 1.2, a written statement of the chief accounting officer or chief financial officer of Holdings setting forth the differences (including any differences that would affect any calculations relating to the Financial Covenants) which would have resulted if such financial statements had been prepared without giving effect to such change;

(g) Liquidity Certificate. Within 30 days after the end of each month, beginning with the month ending March 31, 2019 through the month ending January 31, 2022, a Liquidity Certificate demonstrating in reasonable detail compliance at the end of the preceding month with Section 7.5(b).

(h) Accountants’ Reports. Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all final reports submitted to Holdings by any independent certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit of the financial statements of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries made by such accountants, including any final comment letter submitted by such accountants to management in connection with their annual audit;

(i) SEC Filings and Press Releases. Promptly upon their becoming available, (i) at any time that Holdings or Borrower (or any parent thereof) is a Public Reporting Company, copies of all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent or made available generally by any Group Member to its respective security holders generally following a Qualified Public Offering for so long as such Group Member is a reporting company under the Exchange Act, (ii) copies of all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements (other than on Form S-8 or a similar form) and prospectuses, if any, filed by any Group Member with any securities exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor Government Authority or any private regulatory authority, (iii) copies of all press releases and other statements made available generally by any Group Member to the public concerning material developments in the business of any Group Member and (iv) copies of all material regulatory reports filed with FINRA;

(j) Litigation or Other Proceedings. Promptly upon any Officer of any Group Member obtaining knowledge of (i) the institution or overt written threat of any Proceeding against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any property of any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not previously disclosed in writing by Holdings or Borrower to Administrative Agent, (ii) any material development in any Proceeding that (A) seeks injunctive or similar relief, (B) in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, exposes any Group Member to liability in an aggregate amount in excess of $2,500,000 or (C) if adversely determined, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) potential violations of Securities Laws which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to the Group Members (or any of them) to enable Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

 

111


(k) ERISA Matters. (i) promptly, and in any event within 10 days after any Office of any Group Member knows or has reason to know an ERISA Event has occurred, a notice (which may be made by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing) describing such ERISA Event and any action that any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining thereto;

(l) Insurance. No less frequently than once per Fiscal Year, a summary of all material insurance coverage maintained as of the date thereof by any Group Member, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, together with such other related documents and information as Administrative Agent may reasonably require; and

(m) Other Information. With reasonable promptness, such other information and data with respect to any Group Member or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as from time to time may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent acting at the direction of any Lender (other than information subject to attorney/client privilege or pre-existing third party confidentiality obligations).

Information required to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (b), (c) or (i) of this Section 6.1 shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which any Loan Party provides notice to Administrative Agent that such information has been posted on Holdings’ or Borrower’s Internet website, at http://www.sec.gov/ or at the website address listed on the signature page hereof; provided that such Loan Party shall deliver paper copies of such information to any Lender, Issuing Lender or Agent that requests such delivery.

Section 6.2 Existence, Etc.

Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect (a) its legal existence in the jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation specified on Schedule 5.1 annexed hereto and (b) all rights, qualifications, licenses, permits, Governmental Authorizations, and franchises necessary to conduct its business, except in the consummation of a transaction otherwise expressly permitted under Section 7.6; provided, however, that in the case of the preceding clause (b), no Group Member shall be required to preserve any such rights, qualifications, licenses, permits, Governmental Authorizations or franchises unless the lack of preservation thereof, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.3 Payment of Taxes and Claims; Tax; Payment of Obligations.

Except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay before they become delinquent all Taxes, assessments, levies and other governmental charges imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises, or due to be collected and remitted by it in its capacity as a withholding agent, and all other lawful claims, liabilities and obligations (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets; provided that no such Tax, assessment, levy, charge, claim, liability or obligation need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as adequate reserves or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor.

 

112


Section 6.4 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.

(a) Maintenance of Properties. Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve (i) in good working order and condition, subject to ordinary wear and tear, all of its tangible property necessary in the conduct of its business and (ii) all rights, permits, licenses, approvals and privileges (including all permits, approvals, consents, authorizations, licenses, provisional licenses, registrations, certificates, certificates of need, qualifications, concessions, grants, franchises, variances or permissions from, and any other Contractual Obligations with, any Government Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law and applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject) necessary, used or useful, whether because of its ownership, lease, sublease or other operation or occupation of property or other conduct of its business, and shall make all necessary or appropriate filings with, and give all required notices to, Government Authorities, except for such failures to maintain and preserve the items set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Insurance. Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, such insurance with respect to the assets, properties and businesses of any Group Member as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by corporations of established reputation engaged in similar businesses and/or owning similar properties in the same general area and in any event all insurance required by any of the Collateral Documents, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for corporations similarly situated in the industry in the same general area. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained flood insurance with respect to each Flood Hazard Property that is located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, in each case in compliance with and only to the extent required by any applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Each such policy of insurance shall (A) name Administrative Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear, (B) in the case of each business interruption and casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Administrative Agent, that names Administrative Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties as loss payee thereunder for any covered loss in excess of applicable deductibles and (C) other than in the case of insurance policies in respect of pollution, data breaches, workers compensation and director’s and officer’s and professional liability, at the request of Administrative Agent, provides for at least 30 days prior written notice to Administrative Agent of any material modification or cancellation (or 10 days’ prior written notice if cancellation is for non-payment). In connection with the renewal of each such policy of insurance, Borrower promptly shall deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate from Borrower’s insurance broker or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent that Administrative Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, has been named as additional insured and/or loss payee thereunder.

Section 6.5 Inspection Rights; Books and Records.

(a) Inspection Rights. Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit Administrative Agent and any authorized representatives designated by Administrative Agent, not more than one time each calendar year or at any time or from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to visit and inspect one or more of the properties of such Group Member, to inspect, copy and take extracts from its financial and accounting records, and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its Officers and independent public accountants (provided that any Group Member may, if it so chooses, be present at or participate in any such discussion), all upon reasonable advance notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours. Each Loan Party

 

113


will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, authorize their respective registered certified public accountants (including the Group Members’ Accountants) to communicate directly with Administrative Agent and to disclose to Administrative Agent all financial statements and other documents and information as they might have that Administrative Agent reasonably requests with respect to any Group Member

(b) Maintenance of Books and Records. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books and records which fully and accurately reflect, in accordance with GAAP (or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower, applicable foreign accounting standards) and all other requirements of law, rule or regulation, all financial transactions and the assets and businesses of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 6.6 Compliance with Laws, Etc.

Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and use commercially reasonable efforts to include in any applicable Lease or similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date with respect to any Real Property Asset a requirement that all other Persons on or occupying such Real Property Asset and party to such Lease or similar agreement) to, comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, judgments, orders and decrees of any Government Authority (including, without limitation ERISA, Environmental Laws, Securities Laws and FINRA), the noncompliance with which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.7 Environmental Matters.

(a) Environmental Disclosure. Borrower will deliver to Administrative Agent (for distribution to Lenders) as soon as practicable following the occurrence or receipt of knowledge thereof, written notice describing in reasonable detail:

(i) any Hazardous Materials Activities which, individually or in the aggregate, have had or would reasonably be expected to result in Environmental Liabilities or one or more Environmental Claims, which Environmental Liabilities or Environmental Claims have had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) any Environmental Claims or Environmental Liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, have had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) any request for information from any Government Authority that indicates that such Government Authority is investigating whether a Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may be potentially responsible for any Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, the subject matter of which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(iv) (A) any proposed acquisition of stock, assets, or property by any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to (1) expose such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, or result in, Environmental Claims or Environmental Liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, have had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (2) affect the ability of any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain in full force and effect all material Governmental Authorizations required under any Environmental Laws for their respective operations where such failure to maintain, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,

 

114


and (B) any proposed action to be taken by any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to modify current operations in a manner that could reasonably be expected to subject any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any material additional obligations or requirements under any Environmental Laws that, individually or in the aggregate, have had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each Group Member shall comply with, and maintain its real property, whether owned, leased, subleased or otherwise operated or occupied, in compliance with, all applicable Environmental Laws (including, where the Group Member is the responsible party, by implementing any Remedial Action necessary to achieve such compliance or that is required by orders and directives of any Government Authority) except for failures to comply that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, if an Event of Default is continuing or if Administrative Agent at any time has a reasonable basis to believe that there exist violations of Environmental Laws by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary or that there exist any Environmental Liabilities, which violations or Environmental Liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected have a Material Adverse Effect, then each Group Member shall, promptly upon receipt of request from Administrative Agent, cause the performance of, and allow Administrative Agent and its Related Parties access to such real property for the purpose of conducting, such environmental audits and assessments, including subsurface sampling of soil and groundwater, where appropriate, and cause the preparation of such reports, in each case as Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request, to address such violations or Environmental Liabilities. Such audits, assessments and reports, to the extent not conducted by Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties, shall be conducted and prepared by reputable environmental consulting firms reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent and shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.

Section 6.8 Execution of Loan Documents After the Closing Date.

(a) Execution of Guaranty and Personal Property Collateral Documents. In the event that any Person becomes a Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) of a Loan Party after the Closing Date or any existing direct or indirect Subsidiary is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.13 (in each case, other than an Excluded Subsidiary) or any Subsidiary becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (in each case, other than an Excluded Subsidiary), or any Excluded Subsidiary designated as a Guarantor, or any Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, Borrower will promptly (but in any event no later than 45 days (or such longer time period as may be agreed by Administrative Agent) after the occurrence of such event, subject, in the case of Material Owned Real Property, to Section 6.9) notify Administrative Agent of that fact and cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to Administrative Agent a counterpart of the Guaranty and Pledge and Security Agreement and to take all such further actions and execute all such further documents and instruments (including, without limitation, actions, documents and instruments comparable to those described in Section 4.1(f) and any fixture filings) as may be requested by Administrative Agent and necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent, desirable to create in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a valid and perfected First Priority Lien on all of the personal and mixed property assets of such Subsidiary described in the applicable forms of Collateral Documents to the extent required thereunder. In addition, as provided in the Pledge and Security Agreement, Borrower shall, or shall cause the Loan Party that directly owns the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary described in the immediately preceding sentence to, execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an appropriate supplement to the Pledge and Security Agreement with respect to, and deliver to Administrative Agent all certificates representing such Capital Stock of such Person (accompanied by irrevocable undated stock powers, duly endorsed in blank); provided, that (x) in no event shall more than 65% of the Voting Securities of (1) any first-tier Foreign Subsidiary of any Loan Party or (2) any Foreign Holdco be required to be pledged as Collateral and (y) in no event shall Capital Stock of any Subsidiary owned directly or indirectly by a CFC be required to be pledged as Collateral.

 

115


(b) Subsidiary Organizational Documents, Legal Opinions, Etc. To the extent reasonably requested by Administrative Agent, Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent, together with any Loan Documents delivered pursuant to this Section 6.8, (i) certified copies of the Organizational Documents of any new Subsidiary referred to in Section 6.8(a), together with a good standing certificate (to the extent such concept is applicable in the relevant jurisdiction) from the Secretary of State or similar Government Authority of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation and, to the extent generally available, a certificate or other evidence of good standing as to payment of any applicable franchise or similar Taxes from the appropriate taxing authority of such jurisdiction, each to be dated a recent date prior to their delivery to Administrative Agent, (ii) a certificate executed by the secretary or similar Officer of such Subsidiary as to (A) the fact that the attached resolutions of the Governing Body of such Subsidiary approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of such Loan Documents are in full force and effect and have not been modified or amended and (B) the incumbency and signatures of the Officers of such Subsidiary executing such Loan Documents and (iii) a favorable opinion of counsel to such Subsidiary, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and its counsel, as to (A) the due organization and good standing of such Subsidiary, (B) the due authorization, execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of such Loan Documents, (C) the enforceability of such Loan Documents against such Subsidiary and (D) such other matters (including matters relating to the creation and perfection of Liens in any Collateral pursuant to such Loan Documents) as Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all of the foregoing to be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Administrative Agent and its counsel.

Section 6.9 Matters Relating to Real Property Collateral.

In the event that (i) any Group Member (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) acquires any Material Owned Real Property or (ii) at the time any Person becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Person owns any Material Owned Real Property (any such Material Owned Real Property being an “Additional Mortgaged Property” and together with any Material Owned Real Property described in clause (i), collectively the “Mortgaged Properties” and each a “Mortgaged Property”), such Loan Party shall deliver to Administrative Agent within 90 days (or such longer time period as may be agreed by Administrative Agent) after such Person acquires any such Mortgaged Property or becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, (A) a fully executed and notarized Mortgage (together with an applicable Mortgage Policy) in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, in proper form for recording in all appropriate places in all applicable jurisdictions, encumbering the interest of such Loan Party in such Mortgaged Property; (B) such opinions of counsel regarding the enforceability, due authorization, execution and delivery of the Mortgage and such other matters customarily covered in real estate counsel opinions as Administrative Agent may reasonably request (in form and substance and from counsel reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent); (C) a Standard Flood Hazard Determination Form, along with a letter from an insurance broker or a municipal engineer, or such other evidence as to whether the Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property and, if such Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property, (1) evidence as to whether the community in which any such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program, (2) the applicable Loan Party’s written acknowledgement of receipt of written notification from Administrative Agent (x) as to the existence of each such Flood Hazard Property and (y) as to whether the community in which each such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program and (3) in the event any such Flood Hazard Property is located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, evidence that Borrower has obtained flood insurance in respect of such Flood Hazard Property to the extent required under the applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (D) to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, a phase I environmental assessment (in form and substance, and issued to Administrative Agent by, or with a reliance letter from, an environmental consultant, reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent); and (E) such other documents, in each case, that may otherwise be reasonably required by Administrative Agent.

 

116


Section 6.10 Anti-Terrorism Laws.

(a) No Group Member shall knowingly engage in any transaction that violates any of the applicable prohibitions set forth in any applicable terrorism law described in Section 5.8(b).

(b) No Designated Person shall, to the knowledge of any Officers of any Group Member, have any direct or indirect interest in such Group Member that would constitute a violation, in any material respect, of any applicable terrorism laws described in Section 5.8(b).

(c) No Group Member shall, and each Group Member shall ensure that, to the knowledge of any Officers thereof, none of its Subsidiaries will, fund all or part of any payment under this Agreement out of proceeds derived from transactions that violate, in any material respect, the prohibitions set forth in any applicable terrorism law described in Section 5.8(b).

Section 6.11 Federal Regulation.

Each Loan Party shall ensure that it will not, by act or omission, knowingly violate any of the applicable laws or regulations described in Section 5.8(a) (in each case if such violation would limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or otherwise render all or any of the Obligations unenforceable), Section 5.8(c) and Section 5.8(d).

Section 6.12 Further Assurances.

Each Loan Party shall:

(a) upon the reasonable request of Administrative Agent, duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, at the cost and expense of the Loan Parties, such further instruments as may be necessary or desirable in the reasonable judgment of Administrative Agent to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and

(b) upon the reasonable request of Administrative Agent, promptly execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, at the cost and expense of the Loan Parties, such further instruments as may be appropriate in the reasonable judgment of Administrative Agent, to provide Administrative Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties, a First Priority Lien in the Collateral and any and all documents (including, without limitation, the execution, amendment or supplementation of any financing statement and continuation statement or other statement) for filing under the provisions of the UCC and the rules and regulations thereunder, or any other applicable law, and perform or cause to be performed such other ministerial acts which are reasonably necessary or advisable, from time to time as requested by Administrative Agent, in order to grant and maintain in favor of Administrative Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties, the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

Section 6.13 Designation of Subsidiaries.

Borrower may at any time after the Closing Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after such designation, (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) (i)

 

117


the Borrower is in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Covenants and (ii) on or prior to the Conversion Date, Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio does not exceed 1.15 to 1.00 and (y) for any date of measurement thereafter, a Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio not to exceed 5.50 to 1.00, as of the most recent Test Period, in each case on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such designation and (c) no Restricted Subsidiary shall be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if, at such date of designation, such Subsidiary (i) had total assets with a net book value at the last day of the most recent Test Period that were equal to or greater than 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets at such date, (ii) whose gross revenues for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP or (iii) owns Intellectual Property that is material to the business of the Group Members, taken as a whole; provided, that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Unrestricted Subsidiaries comprise in the aggregate more than (x) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or (c) or (y) 5.0% of the consolidated gross revenues of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period, then Borrower shall, not later than 45 days after the date by which financial statements for such fiscal quarter are required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), re-designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries as “Restricted Subsidiaries” such that, after giving effect to such re-designation, the Consolidated Total Assets and consolidated gross revenues of all such Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall no longer exceed the amounts specified in the foregoing clauses (x) and (y). Each Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary only once and such Unrestricted Subsidiary may be reclassified as a Restricted Subsidiary only once. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date shall constitute an Investment therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value as determined in good faith by Borrower of Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a Return on any Investment by Borrower in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value as determined in good faith by Borrower at the date of such designation of Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment in such Subsidiary.

Section 6.14 Use of Proceeds.

The proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit issued hereunder shall be used solely for the purposes described in Section 2.5.

Section 6.15 Post-Closing.

Within the time periods after the Closing Date specified on Schedule 6.15 or such later date as the Administrative Agent agrees to in its sole discretion in writing, Borrower and each other Loan Party will deliver the documents and take the actions specified on Schedule 6.15.

ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each of Holdings and Borrower covenants and agrees, jointly and severally, for the benefit of Agents, the Issuing Lenders and Lenders that, so long as any of the Commitments hereunder shall remain in effect and until payment in full of all of the Loans and other Obligations (other than Unasserted Obligations and obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements) and the cancellation, Cash Collateralization, backstop or expiration of all Letters of Credit it shall perform, and Borrower shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this ARTICLE VII.

 

118


Section 7.1 Indebtedness.

No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:

(a) the Obligations (including any Incremental Facilities);

(b) Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with respect to Indebtedness consisting of obligations under or in respect of Capital Leases (other than with respect to a lease entered into as part of a sale and leaseback transaction) and purchase money Indebtedness, in each case incurred within 270 days of the acquisition, lease, construction, installation, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other assets (whether through the direct purchase of property or the Voting Securities of any person owning such property) to finance such acquisition, lease, construction, installation, repair, replacement or improvement; provided that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any such Indebtedness) shall not in the aggregate exceed the greater of (x) $3,500,000 and (y) 15.0% of Consolidated EBITDA at any time outstanding;

(c) Contingent Obligations of any Group Member with respect to Indebtedness of any Group Member (other than Holdings) otherwise permitted hereunder; provided that, (x) in each case, if the primary obligation being guaranteed is subordinated to all or any of the Obligations hereunder, such guarantees shall be subordinated to those Obligations on substantially the same basis as such primary obligation is subordinated and (y) any Contingent Obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party for any Indebtedness of a Loan Party, shall be permitted to the extent permitted as an Investment by Section 7.3;

(d) Borrower may become and remain liable with respect to Indebtedness to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower may become and remain liable with respect to Indebtedness to Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower; provided that (i) all such intercompany Indebtedness owed by any Loan Party to any Excluded Subsidiary shall be subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the applicable promissory notes or an intercompany subordination agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and (ii) any intercompany Indebtedness owed by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any Group Member under this clause (d) shall be permitted to the extent permitted as an Investment by Section 7.3;

(e) Indebtedness of (i) any Person assumed by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition and (ii) any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower as a result of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted under Section 7.3 and in existence on the date of such Permitted Acquisition or Investment; provided that (A) such Indebtedness is not created in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition or Investment, (B) such Indebtedness is secured only by assets acquired in such Permitted Acquisition or Investment and the only obligors in respect of such Indebtedness shall be those Persons who were obligors in respect thereof prior to such Permitted Acquisition or Investment and (C) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted under this clause (e) (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any such Indebtedness), shall not in the aggregate exceed $10,000,000;

(f) Indebtedness (i) existing on the Closing Date and described in reasonable detail on Schedule 7.1 annexed hereto or (ii) intercompany Indebtedness among the Loan Parties existing on the date hereof and, in each case, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness;

 

119


(g) Indebtedness incurred by one or more Excluded Subsidiaries (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any such Indebtedness); provided that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness incurred by Excluded Subsidiaries under this clause (g) shall not exceed $3,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(h) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid and surety bonds and completion guaranties, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(i) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, cash management obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protection and similar arrangements, in each case, in connection with cash management and Deposit Accounts;

(j) Indebtedness incurred in favor of insurance companies or their financing Affiliates consisting of the financing of insurance premiums, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(k) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations under Hedge Agreements entered into for the sole purpose of hedging in the normal course of business consistent with industry practices and not for speculative purposes;

(l) Contingent Obligations in respect of customary indemnification and purchase price adjustment obligations incurred in connection with Asset Sales, sales of assets otherwise permitted under Section 7.6 or Permitted Acquisitions;

(m) (x) Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any such Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness) in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $10,000,000; provided that, at the time of incurrence thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or shall result therefrom;

(n) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for customary indemnification and purchase price adjustment or similar obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisitions, other Investments or Asset Sales permitted hereunder but, in any event, other than earn-outs and other similar obligations;

(o) unsecured Indebtedness comprised of earn-outs and other similar obligations owing under the Merger Agreement or under agreements for Permitted Acquisitions and other similar Investments permitted under this Agreement to Persons other than Affiliates of Holdings or Borrower, which earn-outs and other similar obligations are on terms reasonably consistent with the past practice of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(p) other Indebtedness of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA at any time outstanding;

(q) [reserved];

(r) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

(s) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of Holdings, Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

120


(t) Indebtedness consisting of unsecured promissory notes issued by Holdings or Borrower to current or former officers, directors and employees or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Voting Securities in Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 7.4 in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(u) unsecured Indebtedness consisting of obligations under deferred purchase price consideration or other similar arrangements incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment (including, for the avoidance of doubt, hold-backs and other similar obligations to the extent due and payable) permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $7,500,000 at any time outstanding;

(v) Indebtedness consisting of take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(w) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit; and

(x) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (w) above.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.1, (A) Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) described in Section 7.1(a) through (x) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the clauses set forth in Section 2.11(a) but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof, and (B) in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) described in Sections 7.1(a) through (x) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the clauses set forth in Section 2.11(a)), Borrower may, in its sole discretion, classify or divide such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) on the date of incurrence thereof in any manner that complies with this Section 7.1 and at the time of incurrence will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in one of the above clauses (or any portion thereof) and such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) shall be treated as having been incurred or existing pursuant to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) without giving pro forma effect to such item (or portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to any other clause (or portion thereof) at such time.

Section 7.2 Liens and Related Matters.

(a) Prohibition on Liens. No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any of its property or assets of any kind (including any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts receivable), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or file or permit to remain in effect any financing statement or other similar notice of any Lien with respect to any such property, asset, income or profits under the UCC or under any similar recording or notice statute, except:

(i) Permitted Encumbrances;

(ii) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.1(b); provided that (x) such Liens exist prior to the acquisition of, or attach substantially simultaneously with, or within 270 days after, the acquisition, lease, construction, installment, repair, replacement or improvement of, such property financed by such Indebtedness or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in

 

121


respect thereof and (y) such Liens do not extend to any property of any Group Member other than the property (and accessions and additions thereto, proceeds and products thereof) acquired or built, or the improvements or repairs, financed by such Indebtedness or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof

(iii) Liens existing on the Closing Date and described in reasonable detail on Schedule 7.2 annexed hereto and continuations, replacements or extensions thereof; provided that the principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased, except pursuant to or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided, further, that such Liens do not attach to or cover any property or assets other than the property and assets secured by such Liens on the Closing Date (including after-acquired property affixed or incorporated into such property or assets and proceeds and products thereof to the extent such Liens would attach to or cover such property, proceeds and products immediately prior to the Closing Date and were not granted in contemplation of the Transactions);

(iv) Liens securing Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.1(m);

(v) Liens granted by an Excluded Subsidiary securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1(g); provided that such Liens encumber only the property of such Excluded Subsidiary (and, for the avoidance of doubt, do not encumber any Collateral);

(vi) Liens (a) assumed by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition and (b) on assets of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower after the date of this Agreement in a Permitted Acquisition or as a result of an Investment otherwise permitted under Section 7.3, provided, however, that such Liens (x) exist at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and are not created in contemplation of such acquisition or Investment and, in any event, do not secure Indebtedness other than that assumed pursuant to Section 7.1(e) at the time of such Permitted Acquisition or Investment or attach to or encumber the assets of any other Group Member and (y) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness secured by all such Liens shall not exceed the amount set forth in clause (c) to the proviso to Section 7.1(e);

(vii) Liens of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under the foregoing clauses of this Section 7.2 securing Indebtedness or other obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA at any time outstanding;

(viii) Liens on the Collateral securing obligations in respect of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt;

(ix) [reserved];

(x) Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of any Loan Party, Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; and

(xi) Liens on cash or Permitted Investments securing Hedge Agreements in the ordinary course of business submitted for clearing in accordance with applicable requirements of law.

 

122


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into, or suffer to exist, any control agreements with respect to any operating account, concentration account or similar Deposit Account (as defined in the UCC), other than pursuant to the Loan Documents.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.2, (A) a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in clauses (a) through (o) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances or in Sections 7.2(a)(i) through (a)(xi) but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in clauses (a) through (o) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances or in Sections 7.2(a)(i) through (a)(xi), Borrower may, in its sole discretion, classify or divide such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) on the date of incurrence thereof in any manner that complies with this Section 7.2 and at the time of incurrence will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Indebtedness secured by such Lien (or any portion thereof) in one of the clauses contained in the definition of Permitted Encumbrances or in this Section 7.2 (or any portion thereof) and such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) will be treated as being incurred or existing pursuant to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) without giving pro forma effect to such item (or any portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Liens or Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to any other clause (or any portion thereof) at such time.

(b) No Further Negative Pledges. No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired other than (i) the Loan Documents, (ii) any documentation governing any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 7.1(p), (q) and (r) and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that with respect to any such Indebtedness referenced in this clause (ii), such restrictions shall be no more restrictive in any material respect than the restrictions and conditions in the Loan Documents. (iii) any agreement evidencing Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness so long as the terms thereof are no more restrictive on any of the Group Members than those set forth in the Loan Documents, (iv) restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof and described in reasonable detail on Schedule 7.2 annexed hereto (but this exception shall not apply to any extension or renewal, or any amendment or modification of such restriction or condition that has the effect of expanding the scope of any such restriction or condition); (v) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower or any Asset Sales pending such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary or assets that are to be sold, leased, transferred or disposed of and such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition is permitted hereunder, (vi) customary anti-assignment and anti-licensing provisions in contracts or licenses restricting the assignment or licensing thereof, (vii) any agreements governing any leasehold interest (including any Rights of Way, allocation agreements and other similar such interests in real estate) or building entry agreements that limit the ability to grant a security interest in such leasehold interest or building entry agreements, (viii) any instrument governing Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired, (ix) pursuant to any agreement in effect at the time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower, (x) imposed by the laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority, (xi) restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement to the extent such restriction applies only to the property securing by such Indebtedness, (xii) restrictions or conditions in any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.1 that is incurred or assumed by Excluded Subsidiaries to the extent such restrictions

 

123


or conditions are no more restrictive in any material respect than the restrictions and conditions in the Loan Documents, (xiii) restrictions on cash (or Cash Equivalents) or other deposits imposed by agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (or other restrictions on cash or deposits constituting Permitted Encumbrances), (xiv) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted by Section 7.3 and applicable solely to such joint venture and entered into in the ordinary course of business, and (xv) customary net worth provisions contained in real property leases entered into by Subsidiaries, so long as Holdings has determined in good faith that such net worth provisions could not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries to meet their ongoing obligations.

(c) No Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions to Borrower or Other Subsidiaries. No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind, whether, direct or indirect, on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock, (ii) repay or prepay any Indebtedness owed by such Restricted Subsidiary to any Loan Party (other than Holdings) except (A) restrictions or conditions in any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.1 that is incurred or assumed by Excluded Subsidiaries to the extent such restrictions or conditions are no more restrictive in any material respect than the restrictions and conditions in the Loan Documents, (B) restrictions on cash (or Cash Equivalents) or other deposits imposed by agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (or other restrictions on cash or deposits constituting Permitted Encumbrances) and (C) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted by Section 7.3 and applicable solely to such joint venture and entered into in the ordinary course of business,(iii) make loans or advances to any Loan Party (other than Holdings), or (iv) transfer any of its property or assets to any Loan Party (other than Holdings), except (A) as provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (B) as provided in Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness so long as the terms thereof are no more restrictive on any of the Group Members than those set forth in the Loan Documents, (C) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower or any Asset Sales pending such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary or assets that are to be sold, leased, transferred or disposed of and such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition is permitted hereunder, (D) restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof and described in reasonable detail on Schedule 7.2 annexed hereto (but this exception shall not apply to any extension or renewal, or any amendment or modification, of such restriction or condition that has the effect of expanding the scope of any such restriction or condition); (E) customary anti-assignment and anti-licensing provisions in leases, contracts or licenses restricting the assignment and licensing thereof; (F) pursuant to any agreement in effect at the time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower after the date of this Agreement in a Permitted Acquisition; provided that such agreement exists at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and is not created in anticipation of such Permitted Acquisition; (G) pursuant to agreements evidencing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 7.1(p) and (r) and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that with respect to any such Indebtedness referenced in this clause (G), such restrictions shall be no more restrictive in any material respect than the restrictions and conditions in the Loan Documents, (H) restrictions imposed by the laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority and (I) Borrower may exercise or permit the exercise (and payment thereunder) of the call or put option as set forth in Section 7 of the Limited Liability Operating Agreement of ImageVision.Net, LLC in effect as of the date hereof as long as no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such exercise and prior to such exercise.

 

124


Section 7.3 Investments; Acquisitions.

No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make or own any Investment in any Person, including any Joint Venture, or acquire, by purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all the business, property or fixed assets of, or Capital Stock of any Person, or any division or line of business of any Person, except:

(a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(b) Investments by (i) Holdings in Borrower, (ii) any Loan Party (other than Holdings) in any other Loan Party (other than Holdings), (iii) any Loan Party (other than Holdings) in any Group Members that are not Loan Parties; provided, however, that the aggregate outstanding amount of all Investments permitted pursuant to this clause (iii) shall not exceed $2,500,000 at any time and (iv) any Group Member that is not a Loan Party in any Loan Party or any other Group Member that is not a Loan Party; provided, however, that any Investment consisting of loans or advances to any Loan Party pursuant to this clause (iv) above shall be subordinated in full to the payment of the Obligations of such Loan Party on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

(c) Investments by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in Hedge Agreements entered into for the sole purpose of hedging in the normal course of business consistent with industry practices and not for speculative purposes;

(d) Contingent Obligations permitted by Section 7.1(c);

(e) Investments constituting non-cash consideration received by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with Asset Sales permitted hereby, to the extent such non-cash consideration is permitted to be received hereunder;

(f) [reserved];

(g) Investments of Holdings, Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing or contemplated on the Closing Date and described in reasonable detail on Schedule 7.3 annexed hereto and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment to the extent as set forth on Schedule 7.3 or as otherwise permitted by this Section 7.3;

(h) Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may acquire (by way of acquisition, merger, consolidation or otherwise) all or substantially all of the assets (including Business Lines or divisions) or a majority of the Capital Stock (including Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries formed in connection with any such acquisition)) of any Person not previously held by any Group Member (to the extent such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary), and continue to own such assets after the acquisition thereof; provided that (A)(I) in the case of any such acquisition that constitutes a Limited Conditionality Investment (x) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time the purchase agreement for such acquisition is entered into or shall occur as a result thereof and (y) no Event of Default, in each case, under Section 8.1, Section 8.6 or Section 8.7, shall have occurred and be continuing at the time such acquisition is consummated or immediately after giving effect thereto and (II) in the case of any other such acquisition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of consummation of such acquisition and immediately after giving effect thereto, (B) where applicable, Borrower shall, and shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with the requirements of Section 6.8 and Section 6.9, (C) the acquired assets comprise or are in respect of a business permitted by Section 7.9, (D) after giving effect to such acquisition (including any incurrence of Indebtedness in connection therewith), Borrower and its Restricted

 

125


Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance for the most recently completed Test Period with the Financial Covenants, (E) Borrower shall have provided at least five Business Days prior to the proposed acquisition with respect to acquisitions having a purchase price in excess of $15,000,000 (1) financial statements for any Person or Business Line acquired in any such acquisition for the last fiscal year of such Person or Business Line, to the extent available, (2) a description of the proposed acquisition and, on or prior to the closing date of such acquisition, execution versions of the principal acquisition documentation and (3) a pro-forma Compliance Certificate certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower and demonstrating compliance with clauses (A) through (F) of this definition and (F) with respect to any such acquisition of Persons that do not become Loan Parties or of assets that do not constitute Collateral, the aggregate amount of consideration paid to fund such acquisitions under this Section 7.3(h) shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate (which limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not apply to Investments made under Section 7.3(n));

(i) (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (ii) extensions of trade credit (other than to Affiliates of Borrower) arising or acquired in the ordinary course of business and (iii) Investments received in settlements in the ordinary course of business of such extensions of trade credit;

(j) loans by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Holdings to the extent a distribution could otherwise be made to Holdings at such time under Section 7.4 with the amount of such loan reducing the amount available under the applicable clause of Section 7.4 on a dollar-for-dollar basis;

(k) loans or advances to employees of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance travel, entertainment and relocation expenses and other ordinary business purposes in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all loans and advances permitted pursuant to this clause (k) shall not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time;

(l) the Transactions;

(m) Investments by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.3; provided, however, that the aggregate outstanding amount of all such Investments made under this Section 7.3(m) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $3,500,000 and (y) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA in the aggregate at any time;

(n) subject to compliance with the applicable Available Amount Usage Conditions, additional Investments (including Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments permitted under this Section 7.3) by any Group Member in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount as of the applicable date of such Investment;

(o) Investments (including debt obligations and Voting Securities) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers, from financially troubled account debtors or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(p) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Investments and other acquisitions to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Qualified Capital Stock (excluding Cure Amounts) of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof or the IPO Entity); provided that (i) such amounts used pursuant to this clause (q) shall not increase the Available Amount and (ii) any amounts used for such an Investment or other acquisition that are not Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof or the IPO Entity) shall otherwise be permitted pursuant to this Section 7.3;

 

126


(r) Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a Person merged or consolidated with any Subsidiary in accordance with this Section and Section 7.6 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were (i) existing at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, and (ii) not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(s) non-cash Investments in connection with tax planning and reorganization activities; provided that after giving effect to any such activities, the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral, taken as a whole, would not be materially impaired;

(t) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors or other service providers or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of Holdings or Borrower; and

(u) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, in no event shall any Group Member make any Investment consisting of Intellectual Property that is material to the business of the Group Members, taken as a whole, in any Person that is not a Loan Party.

Section 7.4 Restricted Junior Payments.

No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to pay or make or set apart any sum for any Restricted Junior Payment, except:

(a) Restricted Junior Payments to Holdings and by Holdings or any Upper Tier Entity:

(i) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in an aggregate amount not to exceed in any Fiscal Year the sum of $3,000,000 (or $6,000,000 after a Qualified Public Offering), plus any amounts not used in the immediately preceding prior Fiscal Year, to the extent necessary to permit Holdings or any Upper Tier Entity to purchase Capital Stock or Capital Stock options (A) from present or former Officers, directors, consultants or employees (or the assigns, estate, heirs or current or former spouses thereof) of any Group Member or Upper Tier Entity upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such Officer, director, consultant or employee or (B) pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any employee or director of any Group Member or Upper Tier Entity; provided that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to any Group Member from members of management, directors, managers or consultants of any Group Member in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of Holdings will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Junior Payment for purposes of this Section 7.4 or any other provision of this Agreement;

(ii) to pay Holdings’ or any Upper Tier Entity’s general administrative and comparable overhead costs and expenses, including legal and accounting fees and expenses of Holdings or any Upper Tier Entity in the ordinary course of business;

 

127


(iii) to pay any and all amounts payable under the Merger Agreement by Holdings, Borrower or any Upper Tier Entity to the Sellers (each as defined in the Merger Agreement) after the Closing Date, including without limitation purchase price payments and amounts related to tax refunds;

(iv) for the payment when due by Holdings or any Upper Tier Entity of franchise Taxes and filing fees and other fees, Taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence; and

(v) for the payment by Holdings or any Upper Tier Entity of fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any equity or debt offering (whether or not successful) by a Group Member which is permitted by this Agreement;

(b) (x) dividends and distributions (i) by any Group Member that is a Loan Party to any Loan Party other than Holdings and (ii) by any Group Member that is not a Loan Party to any Group Member other than Holdings and (y) dividends and distributions by any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Loan Party to any holder of its Capital Stock, to the extent made to all such holders ratably according to their ownership interests in such Capital Stock;

(c) Restricted Junior Payments with the proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder or under the subordination provisions, if any, applicable thereto;

(d) the conversion or exchange of any outstanding Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, any other Indebtedness that is subordinated to, or secured on a junior Lien Basis with, the Obligations, and/or unsecured Indebtedness of any Group Member for Qualified Capital Stock, in each case, in accordance with the terms thereof;

(e) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, one or more Group Members may make Restricted Junior Payments not to exceed the greater of (x) $2,000,000 and (y) 10% of Consolidated EBITDA;

(f) subject to compliance with the applicable Available Amount Usage Conditions, one or more Group Members may make Restricted Junior Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount as of the applicable date of such Restricted Junior Payment;

(g) Tax Distributions;

(h) [reserved];

(i) repurchases of Voting Securities in Holdings (or Restricted Junior Payments by Holdings to allow repurchases of Voting Securities in any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) or any Parent, Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or other incentive interests if such Voting Securities represent a portion of the exercise price of such stock options or warrants or other incentive interests;

(j) redemptions in whole or in part of any of its Voting Securities for another class of its Voting Securities or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Voting Securities; provided that such new Voting Securities contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Voting Securities redeemed thereby;

(k) payments made or expected to be made in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and any repurchases of Voting Securities in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options and the vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units; and

 

128


(l) Holdings may pay cash in lieu of fractional Voting Securities in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition (or other similar Investment).

Section 7.5 Financial Covenants.

(a) Maximum Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio. Beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2019, Holdings shall not permit the Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period that ends on the date set forth below to exceed the correlative ratio set forth opposite such period (the “Maximum Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio”):

 

Test Period Ended

  

Maximum Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio

June 30, 2019    1.35 to 1.00
September 30, 2019    1.35 to 1.00
December 31, 2019    1.35 to 1.00
March 31, 2020    1.30 to 1.00
June 30, 2020    1.25 to 1.00
September 30, 2020    1.20 to 1.00
December 31, 2020    1.15 to 1.00
March 31, 2021    1.10 to 1.00
June 30, 2021    1.05 to 1.00
September 30, 2021    1.00 to 1.00
December 31, 2021    1.00 to 1.00

(b) Minimum Liquidity. Beginning with the month ending March 31 2019 through the month ending January 31, 2022, Holdings shall not permit Liquidity to be less than $4,000,000 as of the last day of any calendar month that ends on or before January 31, 2022 (the “Minimum Liquidity”).

(c) Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio. Beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2022, Holdings shall not permit the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period that ends on the date set forth below to exceed the correlative ratio set forth opposite such period (the “Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio”):

 

Test Period Ended

  

Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio

March 31, 2022    7.00 to 1.00

 

129


June 30, 2022    7.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2022    6.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2022    6.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2023    6.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2023    6.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2023    5.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2023    5.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2024    5.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2024    5.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2024    5.00 to 1.00
December 31, 2024    5.00 to 1.00

Notwithstanding the foregoing in Section 7.5(a) above, upon the funding of any Delayed Draw Term Loan or Incremental Term Loan, incurred to permit any acquisition of all of the business and assets, or Capital Stock, of any Person or Business Line which acquisition is permitted pursuant to Section 7.03, and the use of proceeds therefrom, each of the maximum Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio, the levels set forth in Section 7.5(a) above shall be increased for each subsequent fiscal quarter by the Additional Leverage Ratio Amount (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that no adjustment shall be made to the maximum Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio levels in respect of any such acquisition which reduces the Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect thereto); provided, that the maximum Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio level permitted (i) in respect of any Test Period from the Test Period ending June 30, 2019 through the Test Period ending March 31, 2021 shall not exceed 1.45:1.00 at any time, and (ii) in respect of any Test Period ending thereafter shall not exceed 1.35:1.00 at any time.

Section 7.6 Restriction on Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales.

No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) or convey, sell, lease or sub-lease (as lessor or sublessor), transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any part of its business, property or assets (including its notes or receivables and Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, whether newly issued or outstanding), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(a) Any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower may be merged with or into Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, or be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, or all or any part of its business, property or assets may be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary thereof; provided that, in the case of such a merger or disposition, (i) if the parties to such merger or disposition include Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, Borrower (or, if Borrower is not a party to such merger or disposition, a Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the transferee of such disposition, and (ii) no Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall merge into, or make any such disposition to, a Person that is not Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary thereof;

 

130


(b) any Excluded Subsidiary or Immaterial Subsidiary may be dissolved to the extent its assets were previously sold, transferred, liquidated or otherwise disposed of to another Group Member (other than Holdings);

(c) (i) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) sales, abandonments or other dispositions of property that is obsolete, damaged, worn out or surplus or no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of business of any Group Member and (iii) any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of credit card readers, kiosks and similar equipment to customers in the ordinary course of business;

(d) other Asset Sales; provided that (i) the Asset Sale is made for fair market value, (ii) the consideration received for such assets shall be at least 75% cash or Cash Equivalents; (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result therefrom; and (iv) the proceeds of such Asset Sales shall be applied as required by Section 2.4(b)(iii)(A);

(e) in each case to the extent entered into in the ordinary course of business, (i) licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business or the sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment, abandonment or granting of any other rights in any Intellectual Property that, in the good faith determination of Borrower, are not material to the conduct of the Group Members’ business taken as a whole and (ii) dispositions between or among Foreign Subsidiaries; provided, that if any such disposition is made to a Person that is an Affiliate of Borrower, such disposition is made on terms that are no less favorable to any Group Member than those that could be obtained at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person who is not an Affiliate;

(f) a true lease, license or sublease of real property not constituting Indebtedness and not entered into as part of a sale and leaseback transaction;

(g) any sale, lease, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of any property (other than their own Capital Stock) by any Group Member (other than Holdings) to any other Group Member (other than Holdings) to the extent any resulting Investment constitutes an Investment otherwise permitted hereunder;

(h) (i) any sale, lease, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition or issuance by Holdings of its own Capital Stock to any Person, (ii) any sale, lease, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition or issuance by Borrower of its own Capital Stock to Holdings, (iii) any sale, lease, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition or issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower of its own Capital Stock to any Group Member (other than Holdings);

(i) Liens expressly permitted by Section 7.2; Investments expressly permitted by Section 7.3 and Restricted Junior Payments expressly permitted under Section 7.4 in each case to the extent constituting an Asset Sale;

(j) any sale, lease, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) an amount equal to the Net Asset Sale Proceeds of such transaction are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

 

131


(k) any sale, lease, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(l) any sale, lease, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of any assets (including Voting Securities) (A) acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, which assets are not used or useful to the core or principal business of Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) made to obtain the approval of any applicable antitrust authority in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; and

(m) transfers of condemned property as a result of the exercise of “eminent domain” or other similar powers to the respective Governmental Authority or agency that has condemned the same (whether by deed in lieu of condemnation or otherwise), and transfers of property arising from foreclosure or similar action or that have been subject to a casualty to the respective insurer of such real property as part of an insurance settlement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, in no event shall any Group Member convey, sell, lease or sub-lease (as lessor or sublessor), transfer or otherwise dispose of any Intellectual Property that is material to the business of the Group Members, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Loan Party.

Section 7.7 Transactions with Affiliates.

No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Holdings, on terms that are less favorable to any Group Member than those that could be obtained at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person who is not an Affiliate; provided that the foregoing restrictions in this Section 7.7 shall not apply to:

(a) any transaction solely among Group Members;

(b) the consummation of the Transactions;

(c) fees, compensation and other benefits to, and customary indemnity and reimbursement provided on behalf of employees, officers or consultants in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Investments and acquisitions among Group Members expressly permitted under Section 7.3;

(e) Restricted Junior Payments permitted under Section 7.4;

(f) transactions permitted under Section 10.1(b)(vi);

(g) transactions, agreements and arrangements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.7 or any amendment thereto or replacement thereof or similar arrangement to the extent such amendment, replacement or arrangement is not adverse to the Lenders when taken as a whole in any material respect (as determined by Borrower in good faith);

(h) issuances of Voting Securities of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), any Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement;

 

132


(i) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof), Borrower, any Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings, any Parent, Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(j) customary payments by Holdings, any Parent, Borrower and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions, divestitures or financings), which payments are approved by the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of such Person in good faith; and

(k) the issuance or transfer of Voting Securities (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings to any Permitted Holder or to any former, current or future director, manager, officer, employee or consultant (or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing) of Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of any of the foregoing.

Section 7.8 Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with respect to any Capital Lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (a) that any Group Member has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person (other than any Group Member) or (b) that any Group Member intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property that has been or is to be sold or transferred by any Group Member to any Person (other than any Group Member) in connection with such Capital Lease; provided that any Group Member may become and remain liable as lessee, guarantor or other surety with respect to any such Capital Lease if and to the extent that such Group Member would be permitted to enter into, and remain liable under, such Capital Lease under Section 7.1.

Section 7.9 Conduct of Business.

(a) No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than those lines of business carried on by them on the date hereof, any business, operations or activities reasonably incidental, complementary, ancillary or related thereto and reasonable extensions thereof.

(b) Holdings shall not engage in any business, operations or activity, or own or hold any property, other than (i) owning the Capital Stock of Borrower, (ii) issuing, selling and redeeming its own Qualified Capital Stock, (ii) paying Taxes, (iii) holding directors’ and stockholders’ meetings, preparing corporate and similar records and other activities (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance) required to maintain its separate corporate or other legal structure or to participate in Tax, accounting or other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of the Group Members, (iv) preparing reports to, and preparing and making notices to and filings with, Government Authorities and to its holders of Capital Stock, (v) receiving, and holding proceeds of, Restricted Junior Payments from Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and distributing the proceeds thereof to the extent permitted in Section 7.4, (vi) entering into and performing its obligations under and in accordance with the Transaction Documents to which it is a party (including, without limitation, the payment of Transaction Costs), Contingent Obligations permitted to be incurred by it under this Agreement, other liabilities expressly permitted to be incurred by it by the terms of this Agreement and liabilities imposed by applicable laws, (vii) providing indemnification to officers and directors, (viii) as necessary to consummate any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted under Section 7.3 and (ix) activities incidental to the business or activities described in each foregoing clause of this clause (b).

 

133


Section 7.10 Amendments or Waivers of Certain Agreements; Amendments of Documents Relating to Other Indebtedness.

(a) Amendments or Waivers of Certain Agreements. No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, agree to any amendment to, or waive any of its rights under, any of its respective Organizational Documents in a manner that, individually or in the aggregate, could materially and adversely affect in any material respect the rights or interests of Administrative Agent, the Lenders or the Issuing Lenders.

(b) Amendments of Documents Relating to Other Indebtedness. No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, waive or otherwise modify any term of any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, any other Indebtedness that is subordinated to, or secured on a junior Lien basis with, the Obligations, or any unsecured Indebtedness if the effect thereof is to (i) increase the interest rate thereon, (ii) change the due dates for principal or interest, other than to extend such dates, (iii) modify any default or event of default, other than to delete it or make it less restrictive, (iv) add any covenant with respect thereto, (v) modify any subordination provision, (vi) modify any redemption or prepayment provision, other than to extend the dates therefor or to reduce the premiums payable in connection therewith or (vii) materially increase any obligation of any Group Member or confer additional material rights to the holder of such Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, other subordinated or junior Lien Indebtedness or unsecured Indebtedness in a manner adverse to any Group Member or any Secured Party, except for any waiver, amendment or modification that will not take effect until after all Obligations (other than Unasserted Obligations and obligations under any Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case, not yet due and payable) shall have been paid in full and all commitments therefor have been terminated.

Section 7.11 Fiscal Year.

No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, change its (a) accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP or any requirement of law or regulation, or (b) its Fiscal Year or its method for determining Fiscal Quarters.

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following conditions or events (“Events of Default”) shall occur:

Section 8.1 Failure to Make Payments When Due.

(a) Failure by any Loan Party to pay any installment of principal of any Loan when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of voluntary prepayment (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal installment that would be due as a result of a notice of voluntary prepayment but for the effective rescission of such notice pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i)), by mandatory prepayment or otherwise (including, for the avoidance of doubt, failure to pay all outstanding Obligations, other than Unasserted Obligations, on or prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date);

(b) failure by any Loan Party to pay when due any amount payable to Issuing Lender in reimbursement of any drawing under a Letter of Credit within five Business Days after the date due therefor; or

 

134


(c) failure by any Loan Party to pay any interest on any Loan, any fee or any other amount due under this Agreement (other than amounts addressed in Section 8.1(a) and (b)) within five Business Days after the date due therefor (for the avoidance of doubt, the parties expressly agree that the payment of any interest due hereunder by the making of a PIK Loan (to the extent permitted herein) shall not constitute a failure to pay interest as and when due).

Section 8.2 Default in Other Agreements.

(a) Failure of any Group Member to pay when due (whether by stated maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) any principal of or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of one or more items of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness referred to in Section 8.1) or Contingent Obligations for Indebtedness with an aggregate principal (or equivalent) amount of $7,500,000 or more, in each case beyond the end of any grace period provided therefor;

(b) breach or default by any Group Member with respect to any other term or condition of one or more items of Indebtedness or Contingent Obligations for Indebtedness in the aggregate principal amounts referred to in clause (a) above, if the effect of such breach or default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation(s) (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, any such Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation(s) to become or be declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be, in each case beyond the end of any grace period provided thereafter unless such holder or holders of such Indebtedness shall have (or through its or their trustee or agent on its or their behalf) waived such default in a writing to Borrower; or

(c) any Indebtedness or Contingent Obligations for Indebtedness in the aggregate principal amounts referred to in clause (a) above shall become or be declared to be due and payable, or be required to be prepaid, redeemed, defeased or repurchased other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a mandatory prepayment (and, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, other than due to a termination event or equivalent event pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements), prior to the stated maturity thereof.

Section 8.3 Breach of Certain Covenants.

Failure of any Loan Party to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Section 6.1(a)(i), Section 6.2 (in respect of the existence of the Loan Parties), Section 6.14, Section 6.15 or Article VII of this Agreement.

Section 8.4 Breach of Representations and Warranties.

Any representation, warranty, or certification made or deemed made by any Group Member or on behalf of any Group Member in any Loan Document or in any statement or certificate at any time given by any Group Member in writing pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made (or in any respect if such representation, warranty or certification is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect”); provided that such incorrectness of any such representation or warranty (other than the representations and warranties referenced in Section 4.1(c)), if such representation or warranty had been made on the Closing Date, will not be a Default or an Event of Default hereunder.

 

135


Section 8.5 Other Defaults Under Loan Documents.

Any Loan Party shall default in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (other than any such term referred to in any other Section of this ARTICLE VIII) and (x) with respect to any default arising under Section 6.1(b), (c) (d), (g), such default shall not have been remedied or waived within 30 days after the occurrence of such default or (y) otherwise, such default shall not have been remedied or waived within 30 days after receipt by a Loan Party of notice from Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders of such default.

Section 8.6 Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc.

(a) A court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal or state law; or

(b) an involuntary case shall be commenced against any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer having similar powers over any Group Member, or over all or a substantial part of its property, shall have been entered; or there shall have occurred the involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) for all or a substantial part of its property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the property of any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary), and any such event described in this clause (b) shall continue for 60 days unless vacated, dismissed, bonded or discharged.

Section 8.7 Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc.

(a) Any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) shall have an order for relief entered with respect to it or commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its property; or any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(b) any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, generally, to pay its debts as such debts become due or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the Governing Body of any Group Member (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to in Section 8.7(a) or this Section 8.7(b).

Section 8.8 ERISA.

(i) An ERISA Event occurs that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate fails to make full payment when due of amounts in excess of $7,500,000 which, under the provisions of any Employee Plan, ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code, any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate is required to pay with respect to any Employee Plan as contributions thereto, (iii) an Unfunded Pension Liability in excess of $7,500,000 occurs or exists, whether or not waived, with respect to any Employee Plan, or (iv) any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate incurs Withdrawal Liability to any Multiemployer Plan requiring aggregate payments that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

136


Section 8.9 Judgments and Attachments; Dissolution.

(a) One or more money judgments, orders or decrees (or other similar process) shall be rendered against any Group Member (i)(A) requiring payment of an aggregate amount (excluding amounts adequately covered by insurance payable by a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company to any Group Member, to the extent such insurance company has not denied coverage therefor) in excess of $7,500,000 or (B) otherwise, that, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect (excluding amounts adequately covered by insurance payable by a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company to any Group Member, to the extent such insurance company has not affirmatively accepted coverage therefor) and (ii) either (A) enforcement Proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon any such judgment, order or decree or any judgment creditor shall legally attach or levy upon assets of any Group Member or (B) any such judgment shall remain unsatisfied, unstayed or undischarged for a period of at least 60 days; or

(b) any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against any Group Member (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) decreeing the dissolution or split up of such Group Member and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of 60 days.

Section 8.10 Change of Control.

A Change of Control shall have occurred.

Section 8.11 Invalidity of Loan Documents; Failure of Security; Repudiation of Obligations.

At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (a) any Loan Document or any provision thereof, for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations, shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void, (b) Administrative Agent shall not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected (subject to the qualifications with respect to perfection contained in the Loan Documents) First Priority Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by the Collateral Documents, to the extent required by the Collateral Documents, having a fair market value, individually or in the aggregate, exceeding $7,500,000 (except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of Administrative Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements when it has complete and proper information to do so), (c) any Loan Party shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any provision thereof in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability, including with respect to future advances by Lenders, under any Loan Document or any provision thereof to which it is a party or (d) any of the Obligations for any reason shall cease to be “Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any documentation relating to any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness or any other Indebtedness that is subordinated to, or secured on a junior Lien basis with, the Obligations, or the subordination provisions set forth in any documentation relating to such Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness or other Indebtedness shall cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders thereof, or in any such case any Group Member shall assert any of the foregoing;

 

137


THEN:

(a) Acceleration. in addition to any other right or remedy provided under any Loan Document or by any applicable law, (i) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.6 or Section 8.7, each of (A) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Loans, (B) an obligation to Cash Collateralize the maximum amount that may at any time be drawn under all Letters of Credit then outstanding (whether or not any beneficiary under any such Letter of Credit shall have presented, or shall be entitled at such time to present, the drafts or other documents or certificates required to draw under such Letter of Credit), and (C) all other Obligations (including any accrued but unpaid interest thereon) shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower and the other Loan Parties, and the Commitments and obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, the obligation of Issuing Lender to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder shall thereupon terminate, and (ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any other Event of Default not specified in clause (i) above, Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request or with the written consent of Requisite Lenders, by written notice to Borrower, declare all or any portion of the amounts described in clauses (A) and (C) above to be, and the same shall forthwith become, immediately due and payable, and the obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, and the obligation of Issuing Lender to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder shall thereupon terminate, and thereafter, Administrative Agent may, upon the written request or with the written consent of Required Revolving Lenders, by written notice to Borrower, declare all or any portion of the amounts described in clause (B) above to be, and the same shall forthwith become, immediately due and payable; provided that the foregoing shall not affect in any way the obligations of Revolving Lenders under Section 2.1(a)(iii) and Section 3.3(c)(i).

(b) Letters of Credit Amounts. Any amounts described in clause (a)(i)(B) above, when received by Administrative Agent, shall be held by Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement and shall be applied as therein provided to satisfy Obligations in respect of Letter of Credit Usage when and if the same become due and payable.

Right to Cure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article VIII, in the event that Borrower fails to comply with the Financial Covenants, then until the tenth Business Day following the last date on which the Compliance Certificate in respect of the applicable Fiscal Quarter is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(d) or such last date on which the Liquidity Certificate in respect of the applicable calendar month is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(g), the Permitted Holders have the right to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any Upper Tier Entity, to contribute additional common equity capital in respect of their existing Capital Stock of any Upper Tier Entity and make payment for such Capital Stock in cash or make such capital contributions within 10 Business Days following such last date on which the Compliance Certificate in respect of the applicable Fiscal Quarter is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(d) or such last date on which the Liquidity Certificate in respect of the applicable calendar month is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(g) (collectively, the “Cure Right”); provided that such Upper Tier Entity shall immediately upon receipt of such payment contribute 100% of such payment as common equity to the capital of Holdings, which shall contribute 100% of such payment as common equity to the capital of Borrower, and upon the receipt by Borrower of such cash contribution (the “Specified Equity Contribution”) pursuant to the exercise by the Permitted Holders, such Upper Tier Entity and Holdings of such Cure Right, (i) either Liquidity or Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, shall be increased, solely for the purpose of determining compliance with the Financial Covenants with respect to any measurement period that includes the Fiscal Quarter or calendar month, as applicable, for which the Cure Right was exercised, and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the amount of the Specified Equity Contribution (the “Cure Amount”) or (ii) or in the case of an exercise of the Cure Right in respect of the Financial Covenant set forth in Section 7.5(a), such Cure Amount shall instead be applied to repay the Loans and reduce Consolidated Debt by the

 

138


amount of Loans so repaid. If, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenants (and shall deliver to Administrative Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate or Liquidity Certificate, as applicable, demonstrating such compliance), Borrower shall be deemed to have complied with the Financial Covenants as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Covenants that had occurred shall be deemed cured for all purposes of the Agreement; provided, that so long as any Default or Event of Default shall be in existence due to failure of the Loan Parties to comply with the Liquidity Covenant or CTLR Financial Covenant, none of Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender nor any Lender shall be required to advance any Loans and/or issue any Letters of Credit. Upon Administrative Agent’s receipt of a notice from Holdings or Borrower that Permitted Holders, an Upper Tier Entity and Holdings intend to exercise the Cure Right (a “Notice of Intent to Cure”), until the 10th Business Day following the last date required for delivery of the Compliance Certificate under Section 6.1(d) or the delivery of the Liquidity Certificate under Section 6.1(g), as the case may be, to which such Notice of Intent to Cure relates, (x) none of Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall exercise the right to accelerate the Loans, require Cash Collateralization of the Letter of Credit Usage or terminate the Commitments and (y) none of Administrative Agent, any other Lender or other Secured Party shall exercise any right to foreclose on or take possession of the Collateral solely on the basis of an Event of Default having occurred and being continuing as a result of a breach of such Financial Covenant in or as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter or calendar month, as applicable (including as a result of any breach of a representation or warranty that the Loan Parties were in compliance with the Financial Covenants during or as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter or calendar month, as applicable); it being understood that any Default or Event of Default that shall have occurred as a result of the failure to comply with such covenants shall exist for all other purposes under the Loan Documents until such Cure Right is exercised.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Cure Right shall not be exercised more than once during the term of the Agreement with respect to the Liquidity Covenant, (ii) in each four-Fiscal Quarter period there shall be at least two Fiscal Quarters in which no Cure Right is exercised, (iii) no more than five Specified Equity Contributions may be made during the term of this Agreement, (iv) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the minimum amount required to cause Borrower to be in compliance with the Financial Covenants, (v) there shall be no pro forma reduction in Indebtedness for purposes of determining compliance with the Financial Covenants set forth in Section 7.5(b) or (c) in which the Cure Right is exercised and (vi) all Specified Equity Contributions shall be disregarded in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the purposes of determining basket levels, pricing and other items governed by reference to Consolidated EBITDA (other than the Financial Covenants). For the avoidance of doubt, after determining compliance with the Liquidity Covenant or CTLR Financial Covenant pursuant to Section 6.1(d), Section 6.1(g) and Section 7.5 for all applicable periods in which the Cure Amount is included in determining such compliance, all Specified Equity Contributions shall be disregarded for all other purposes under this Agreement, including for purposes of determining the availability or amount of any covenant baskets or carve-outs or of any Incremental Facility, in each case that would otherwise be impacted by Financial Covenants levels.

ARTICLE IX

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 9.1 Appointment.

(a) Each Lender and the Issuing Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as an agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

139


Each Lender and each Issuing Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, through its agents or employees, to take such actions on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article IX are solely for the benefit of the Agents, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, and no Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provisions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and any rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Agent shall act solely as an agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(b) Each Lender irrevocably appoints each other Lender as its agent and bailee for the purpose of perfecting Liens (whether pursuant to Section 8-301(a)(2) of the UCC or otherwise), for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in assets in which, in accordance with the UCC or any other applicable law a security interest can be perfected by possession or control. Should any Lender (other than the collateral agent) obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the collateral agent thereof, and, promptly following the collateral agent’s request therefor, shall deliver such Collateral to the collateral agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the collateral agent’s instructions.

Section 9.2 Agent in Its Individual Capacity.

Each person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for, and generally engage in any kind of business with, any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder and without duty to account therefor to the Lenders or the Issuing Lender.

Section 9.3 Exculpatory Provisions.

No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) no Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Requisite Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.6); provided that no Agent shall be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability, if the Agent is not indemnified to its satisfactory, or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable laws including, for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Insolvency Law or that may effect a foreclosure, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender under any Debtor Relief Law, and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, no Agent shall have any duty to disclose or shall be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Loan Party

 

140


or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the person serving as such Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Requisite Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as any Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.6) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof describing such default is given to such Agent by Borrower, a Lender, or the Issuing Lender, and no Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent may from time to time use one or more outside service providers for the tracking of all UCC financing statements (and/or other collateral related filings and registrations from time to time) required to be filed or recorded pursuant to the Loan Documents and the notification to the Administrative Agent, of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof, and that each of such service providers will be deemed to be acting at the request and on behalf of Borrower and the other Loan Parties. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by any such service provider. Neither any Agent nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to the Lenders for any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the Loan Documents.

Section 9.4 Reliance by Agent.

Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent, or otherwise authenticated by a proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally and believed by it to be made by a proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Lender, each Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Lender unless each Agent shall have received written notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Issuing Lender prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Borrower), independent accountants and other advisors selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or advisors.

Section 9.5 Delegation of Duties.

Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document by or through, or delegate any and all such rights and powers to, any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory, indemnification and other provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply, without limiting the foregoing, to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent. The Agents shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agent except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that such Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agent.

 

141


Section 9.6 Successor Agent.

Each Agent may resign as such at any time upon at least 10 days’ prior notice to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Requisite Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with Borrower, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent from among the Lenders. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Requisite Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 10 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which successor shall be a commercial banking institution organized under the laws of the United States (or any State thereof) or a United States branch or agency of a commercial banking institution, in each case, having combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000; provided that if such retiring Agent is unable to find a commercial banking institution that is willing to accept such appointment and which meets the qualifications set forth above, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents, and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents until such time, if any, as the Requisite Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent.

Upon the acceptance of its appointment as an Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After an Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article IX, Sections 10.2, 10.3, 10.11, 10.12, 10.14, 10.16 and 10.17, shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Affiliates in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

Section 9.7 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders.

Each Lender and the Issuing Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their respective Affiliates and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, conducted its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender further represents and warrants that it has reviewed each document made available to it on Intralinks, SyndTrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system in connection with this Agreement and has acknowledged and accepted the terms and conditions applicable to the recipients thereof (including any such terms and conditions set forth, or otherwise maintained, on Intralinks, SyndTrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system with respect thereto). Each Lender and the Issuing Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any of their respective Affiliates and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

142


Section 9.8 Name Agents.

The parties hereto acknowledge that the Arrangers hold such titles in name only, and that such titles confer no additional rights or obligations relative to those conferred on any Lender or the Issuing Lender hereunder.

Section 9.9 Indemnification.

The Lenders severally agree to indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such and each of its Related Parties (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower or the Guarantors and without limiting the obligation of Borrower or the Guarantors to do so), ratably according to their respective outstanding Loans and Commitments in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 9.9 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which all Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans and Borrower’s obligations under Section 3.3(b) to repay disbursements made by the Issuer Lender pursuant to a Letter of Credit shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such outstanding Loans and Commitments as in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, fines, penalties, actions, claims, suits, judgments, litigations, investigations, inquiries or Proceedings, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans and Borrower’s obligations under Section 3.3(b) to repay disbursements made by the Issuer Lender pursuant to a Letter of Credit) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent or Related Party in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein, the Transactions or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent or Related Party under or in connection with any of the foregoing (IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY AGENT OR RELATED PERSON); provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, claims, suits, judgments, litigations, investigations, inquiries or Proceedings, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have directly resulted solely and directly from such Agent’s or Related Party’s, as the case may be, gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section 9.9 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 9.10 Withholding Taxes.

To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Government Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, or if Administrative Agent reasonably determines that a payment was made to a Lender pursuant to this Agreement without deduction of applicable withholding tax from such payment, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred.

 

143


Section 9.11 Lender’s Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgements.

(a) Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in connection with Credit Extensions hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries. No Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to the Lenders. Each Lender and Issuing Lender acknowledges that no Agent or Related Party of any Agent has made any representation or warranty to it. Except for documents expressly required by any Loan Document to be transmitted by an Agent to the Lenders or Issuing Lender, no Agent shall have any duty or responsibility (either express or implied) to provide any Lender or Issuing Lender with any credit or other information concerning any Loan Party, including the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party, that may come in to the possession of an Agent or any of its Related Parties.

(b) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement or an Assignment Agreement and funding its Loan, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, the Requisite Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable, on the Closing Date.

Section 9.12 Collateral Documents and Guaranty.

(a) Agents under Collateral Documents and Guaranty. Each Secured Party hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent, as applicable, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to be the agent for and representative of the Secured Parties with respect to the Guaranty, the Collateral and the Loan Documents; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not owe any fiduciary duty, duty of loyalty, duty of care, duty of disclosure or any other obligation whatsoever to any holder of Obligations with respect to any permitted Hedge Agreement. Subject to Section 10.6, without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, the Administrative Agent may execute any documents or instruments necessary to (i) in connection with a sale or disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement, release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of such sale or other disposition of assets or to which the Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 10.6) have otherwise consented or (ii) release any Guarantor from the Guaranty pursuant to Section 7.9 or with respect to which the Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 10.6) have otherwise consented.

(b) Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guaranty. Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under any of the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as collateral agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in accordance with the terms thereof, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure or similar enforcement action by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or otherwise of the Bankruptcy Code), the Administrative Agent (or any Lender, except with respect to a “credit bid” pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or otherwise of the Bankruptcy Code,) may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities) shall be entitled, upon instructions from the Requisite Lenders, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale or disposition, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Administrative Agent at such sale or other disposition.

 

144


(c) Release of Collateral and Guarantees, Termination of Loan Documents.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender, or any affiliate of any Lender that is a party to any Hedge Agreement), upon the reasonable request of Borrower and at Borrower’s sole expense, take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in any Collateral subject to any disposition (to a person other than a Loan Party) permitted by the Loan Documents, and to release any guarantee obligations under any Loan Document of any person subject to such disposition, to the extent necessary to permit consummation of such disposition in accordance with the Loan Documents.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, when all Obligations (other than Unasserted Obligations and Obligations under Hedge Agreements) have been paid in full and all Commitments have terminated or expired, upon request of Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender, or any affiliate of any Lender that is a party to any Hedge Agreement) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in all Collateral, and to release all guarantee obligations provided for in any Loan Document, whether or not on the date of such release there may be outstanding Obligations in respect of Hedge Agreements. Any such release of guarantee obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such guarantee obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

Section 9.13 Administrative Agent May File Bankruptcy Disclosure and Proofs of Claim.

In case of the pendency of any Proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such Proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file a verified statement pursuant to rule 2019 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure that, in its sole opinion, complies with such rule’s disclosure requirements for entities representing more than one creditor;

 

145


(b) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Section 10.2 and 10.3) allowed in such judicial Proceeding; and

(c) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial Proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under this Agreement out of the estate in any such Proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Lenders may be entitled to receive in such Proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such Proceeding.

Section 9.14 Certain ERISA Matters.

(a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments,

(ii) the prohibited transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable so as to exempt from the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform

 

146


the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement.

(b) In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender, such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, and each of their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that none of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto).

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Successors and Assigns; Assignments and Participations in Loans and Letters of Credit.

(a) General. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of Lenders (it being understood that Lenders’ rights of assignment are subject to the further provisions of this Section 10.1). No Loan Party’s rights nor obligations hereunder nor any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by any Loan Party without the prior written consent of all Lenders (and any attempted assignment or transfer by any Loan Party without such consent shall be null and void). No sale, assignment or transfer or participation of any Letter of Credit or any participation therein may be made separately from a sale, assignment, transfer or participation of a corresponding interest in the Revolving Loan Commitment and the Revolving Loans of the Revolving Lender effecting such sale, assignment, transfer or participation. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Affiliates of each of Administrative Agent and Lenders and Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments.

(i) Amounts and Terms of Assignments. Any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that (A) except (1) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement or (2) in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund of a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Loan Exposure or Term Loan Exposure, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender and the assignee subject to each such assignment shall not be less than $2,500,000, in the case of any assignment of a Revolving Loan, or $1,000,000, in the case of any assignment of a Term Loan (aggregating concurrent assignments by or to two or more Affiliated Funds for purposes of determining such minimum amount), unless each of Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default under Section 8.1, Section 8.6 or Section 8.7 has occurred and is continuing, Borrower otherwise consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (B) each partial

 

147


assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned, and any assignment of all or any portion of a Revolving Loan Commitment, Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit participation shall be made only as an assignment of the same proportionate part of the assigning Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment, Revolving Loans and Letter of Credit participations, (C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an Assignment Agreement, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 paid by the assignee (unless the assignee or the assignor is an Agent, in which case no fee shall be required), and the Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to Administrative Agent (and, in the case of any Tax documentation required hereunder to be delivered to Borrower, to Borrower) information reasonably requested by Administrative Agent, and such forms, certificates or other evidence, if any, with respect to Tax matters as the assignee under such Assignment Agreement may be required to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(iii) as well as any documentation or information required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, and (D) except in the case of an assignment to another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund of a Lender, each of Administrative Agent and, if no Event of Default under Section 8.1, Section 8.6 or Section 8.7 has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have consented thereto (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, assignments of all or any portion of a Revolving Loan Commitment, Revolving Loans and Letter of Credit participations shall require that Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender shall have consented thereto (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, further, that Issuing Lender shall have a reasonable opportunity to satisfy its internal credit process.

(ii) Effect of Assignments. Upon such execution, delivery and consent, from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment Agreement, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, relinquish its rights (other than any rights which survive the termination of this Agreement under Section 10.9(b)) and be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment Agreement covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto; provided that, anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, if such Lender is Issuing Lender such Lender shall continue to have all rights and obligations of Issuing Lender until the cancellation or expiration of any Letters of Credit issued by it and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder). The assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender its Notes, if any, to Administrative Agent for cancellation, and thereupon new Notes shall, if so requested by the assignee and/or the assigning Lender in accordance with Section 2.1(e), be issued to the assignee and/or to the assigning Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit IV, Exhibit V or Exhibit VI annexed hereto, as the case may be, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the amounts of the new Commitments and/or outstanding Revolving Loans and/or outstanding Term Loans, as the case may be, of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender. Other than as provided in Section 2.1(a)(iii) and Section 10.5, any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.1(b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.1(c).

 

148


(iii) Acceptance by Administrative Agent; Recordation in Register. Upon its receipt of an Assignment Agreement executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee representing that it is an Eligible Assignee, together with the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 10.1(b)(i) and any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to Tax matters that such assignee may be required to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.7(b), Administrative Agent shall, if Administrative Agent and Borrower have consented to the assignment evidenced thereby (in each case to the extent such consent is required pursuant to Section 10.1(b)(i)), (A) accept such Assignment Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof as provided therein (which acceptance shall evidence any required consent of Administrative Agent to such assignment), (B) record the information contained therein in the Register and (C) give prompt notice thereof to Borrower. Administrative Agent shall maintain a copy of each Assignment Agreement delivered to and accepted by it as provided in this Section 10.1(b)(iii).

(iv) Deemed Consent by Borrower. If the consent of Borrower to an assignment of Term Loans or Term Loan Commitments to an Eligible Assignee is required hereunder (including a consent to an assignment which does not meet the minimum assignment thresholds specified in Section 10.1(b)(i)), Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent ten Business Days after the date notice thereof has been delivered by the assigning Lender (through Administrative Agent) unless such consent is expressly refused by Borrower on or prior to such tenth Business Day.

(v) Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

(vi) Affiliated Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (A) the Term Loans (including, for purposes of this clause (A), any participations in respect of any Term Loans) owned or held by Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not, in the aggregate, exceed 20% of the aggregate outstanding Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments at any time, (B) any Term Loan or Term Loan Commitment owned or held by Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) shall be excluded in the determination of any Requisite Lender vote; provided that any consent, amendment, waiver or modification or other action that would otherwise require the consent of such Affiliated Lender under Section 10.6(a)(i)(A) or (a)(i)(B) or that results in a disproportionate and adverse effect on an Affiliated Lender in relation to all non-Affiliated Lenders, shall not become effective without the consent of such Affiliated Lender, (C) Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) will not receive any “lender only” information and Affiliated Lenders shall not be permitted to participate in “lender only” meetings, (D) no Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund) shall be permitted to purchase Revolving Loans or Revolving Loan Commitments, (E) each Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund) that receives a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case, pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v), shall be required to accept such offer at the Specified Discount or, in the case of a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or a Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, at the largest discount to par or the largest Offered Discount, respectively, that Borrower accepts from any other Lender, (F) each Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund), solely in its capacity as a holder of any Term Loans, hereby agrees that, if any Loan Party shall be subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, with respect to any matter requiring the vote of holders of Term Loans during the pendency of such Insolvency Proceeding (including voting on any plan of reorganization pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §1126), the

 

149


Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds), in their capacity as Lenders hereunder, shall grant to Administrative Agent a power of attorney, giving Administrative Agent the right to vote the Affiliated Lenders’ claims in bankruptcy on all matters submitted to the Lenders for a vote, and such claims shall, in any event, be voted in the same proportion, for and against, as votes were cast on each matter by Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders, (G) at the option of Borrower, Term Loans purchased by Affiliated Lenders pursuant to this Section 10.1(b)(vi) may be contributed to Borrower provided that all such Term Loans are immediately cancelled and (H) no more than two Affiliated Lenders shall be permitted to hold Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments at any time. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders and each Affiliated Lender agree and acknowledge that the provisions set forth in this clause (vi), and the related provisions set forth in each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption, constitute a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, and, as such, would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where a Loan Party has filed for protection under the Bankruptcy Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments owned or held by Affiliated Debt Funds shall not account for more than 49.9% of the amounts included in determining whether the Requisite Lenders have consented to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom and (ii) it is understood and agreed that either (x) each Affiliated Lender shall be required to make a representation that it is not in possession of material non-public information with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries or their respective securities or (y) all parties to any assignment of Term Loans involving an Affiliated Lender pursuant to this Section 10.1(b)(vi) shall render customary “big-boy” disclaimer letters to the other party to such assignment acknowledging that they may be in possession of material non-public information that may be material to the decision by such other party to enter into such assignment.

(c) Participations. Subject to Section 10.1(b)(vi)(A) in the case of participations sold to Affiliated Lenders, any Lender may, without the consent of, or notice to, any Loan Party or Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more Persons (other than a natural Person or a Disqualified Institution) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement; provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged (except to the extent such Lender is required to give Borrower and Administrative Agent an IRS Form W-8IMY in accordance with Section 2.7(b)(iii)), (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) Borrower, Administrative Agent and Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver directly affecting (A) an extension of the regularly scheduled date of payment of any portion of the principal amount of or interest on or any fee payable with respect to any Loan allocated to such participation, (B) a reduction of the principal amount of or the rate of interest payable on any Loan allocated to such participation, (C) an increase in the Commitment allocated to such participation, (D) the release of any Lien granted in favor of Administrative Agent with respect to all or substantially all of the Collateral or the release of the guarantees of all or substantially all of the Guarantors, in each case other than in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents or (E) the definition of “Requisite Lenders” (except for any changes resulting solely from increases or other changes in the aggregate amount of the Commitments permitted hereunder or otherwise approved pursuant to Section 10.6). Subject to the further provisions of this Section 10.1(c), Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.6(d) and Section 2.7 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.1(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of

 

150


Section 10.4 as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 10.5 as though it were a Lender. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.6(d) and Section 2.7 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with Borrower’s prior written consent. No Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.7 unless Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of Borrower, to comply with Section 2.7(b)(iv) as though it were a Lender (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.7(b) shall be delivered to the participating Lender). Any Lender that sells a participation in any Loan, Commitment or other interest to a Participant under this Section 10.1(c) shall indemnify and hold harmless Borrower and Administrative Agent from and against any Taxes, penalties, interest or other costs or losses (including reasonable and documented attorney’s fees and expenses) incurred or payable by Borrower or Administrative Agent as a result of the failure of Borrower or Administrative Agent to comply with its obligations to deduct or withhold any Taxes from any payments made pursuant to this Agreement to such Lender or Administrative Agent, as the case may be, which Taxes would not have been incurred or payable if such Participant had complied with Section 2.7(b)(iii) as though it were a Lender (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.7(b) shall be delivered to the participating Lender). Each Lender that sells a participating interest in any Loan, Commitment or other interest to a Participant shall, as agent of Borrower solely for the purpose of this Section 10.1, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) and Proposed Section 1.163-5(b) of the United States Treasury Regulations (and, in each case, any amended or successor version). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(d) Pledges and Assignments. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its Loans, and the other Obligations owed to such Lender, to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to any Federal Reserve Bank or any other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender; provided that (i) no Lender shall be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such assignment or pledge and (ii) in no event shall any assignee or pledgee be considered to be a “Lender” or be entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder.

(e) SPC Grants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to Administrative Agent and Borrower (an “SPC”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, (ii) if an SPC elects to exercise such option, it shall comply with Section 2.7(b)(iii) as if it were a Lender, and (iii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (A) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 2.7), (B) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar

 

151


payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable and (C) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the applicable Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation Proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (1) with notice to, but without prior consent of Borrower and Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500 paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (2) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(f) Information. Each Lender may furnish any information reasonably required to effect an assignment or participation hereunder concerning Holdings and its Subsidiaries in the possession of that Lender from time to time to assignees and Participants (including prospective assignees and Participants), subject to Section 10.18. The Administrative Agent may disclose the list of Disqualified Lenders to a Lender upon request and subject to the prior consent of Borrower. It is understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have no liability to Borrower, any Guarantor or any Lender arising out of or in respect of such list of Disqualified Lenders.

(g) Agreements of Lenders. Each Lender listed on the signature pages hereof hereby agrees, and each Lender that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to agree, (i) that it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) that it has experience and expertise in the making of or purchasing loans such as the Loans; and (iii) that it will make or purchase Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and without a view to distribution of such Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.1, the disposition of such Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).

(h) [Reserved].

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Loans are registered obligations, the right, title and interest of the Lenders and their assignees in and to such Loans, shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register or Participant Register, as applicable, and no assignment thereof shall be effective until recorded therein. This Section 10.1 and Section 2.1(d) shall be construed so that the Loans are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code.

Section 10.2 Expenses.

On and after the Closing Date, Borrower agrees to pay within ten Business Days of delivery of a reasonably detailed invoice (a) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Agents of negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, filing and administration of the Loan Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and of syndication of the Commitments (including, but not limited to, reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Intralinks (or substantially similar electronic system) data site for the transactions contemplated hereby), (b) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to Agents

 

152


and Lenders, taken as a whole, in any relevant local jurisdiction, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and administration of the Loan Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and any other documents or matters requested by Borrower, (c) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of creating and perfecting Liens in favor of Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders pursuant to any Collateral Document, including filing and recording fees, expenses and Other Taxes, search fees, title insurance premiums, and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to Administrative Agent and of counsel providing any opinions that Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders may request in respect of the Collateral Documents or the Liens created pursuant thereto to the extent permitted hereunder, (d) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Administrative Agent in connection with the custody or preservation of any of the Collateral, (e) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and fees, costs and expenses of accountants, advisors and consultants, incurred by Administrative Agent and its counsel relating to efforts to protect, evaluate, assess or dispose of any of the Collateral and (f) all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, fees, costs and expenses of accountants, advisors and consultants and costs of settlement, incurred by Agents and Lenders in enforcing any of the Loan Documents or any Obligations of, or in collecting any payments due from, any Loan Party hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (including in connection with the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Loan Documents) or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement in the nature of a “work-out” or pursuant to any Insolvency Proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of legal fees and expenses subject to reimbursement pursuant to this Section 10.2, such fees and expenses shall be limited to the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and charges of one external counsel to the Agents and the Lenders, taken as a whole, and one local counsel to the Agents and the Lenders, taken as a whole, in each material jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where any Lender affected by such conflict informs Borrower of such conflict, one additional external counsel in each material jurisdiction to each group of affected persons similarly situated when taken as a whole.

Section 10.3 Indemnity.

(a) In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 10.2, Borrower will defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless Agents and Lenders (including Issuing Lender) and their respective Affiliates and each of their respective Officers, directors, partners, trustees, employees, shareholders, agents, advisors, attorneys and controlling persons and each of their respective heirs, successors and assigns (collectively called the “Indemnitees”), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities (as hereinafter defined); provided that Borrower shall have any obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of that Indemnitee or any of its Related Parties, (ii) a material breach by that Indemnitee of its obligations under the Loan Documents or (iii) any claim, action, suit, inquiry, litigation, investigation or other Proceeding that does not involve an act or omission of any Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates and that is brought by one Indemnitee against another Indemnitee (other than any claim, action, suit, inquiry, litigation, investigation or other Proceeding brought by or against Administrative Agent or Arrangers in their respective capacities as such).

(b) As used herein, “Indemnified Liabilities” means, collectively, any and all losses, claims, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred in connection with (i) this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including Lenders’ agreement to make the Loans hereunder or the use or intended use of the proceeds thereof or the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder or the use or intended use of any thereof, the failure of Issuing Lender to honor a drawing under a Letter of Credit as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or

 

153


de facto Government Authority, or any enforcement of any of the Loan Documents (including any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranty), (ii) any Environmental Claim, Environmental Liability, or any Hazardous Materials Activity to the extent relating to or arising from any past or present activity, operation, land ownership, or practice of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) any claim, litigation, arbitration, investigation or Proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, and all other out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of counsel for Indemnitees in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial Proceeding commenced or threatened by any Person, in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of such Indemnitee and regardless of whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto and whether or not any such claim, litigation, arbitration, investigation or Proceeding is brought by the Borrower, its equity holders, its affiliates, its creditors or any other Person, and any fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity) incurred in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending or providing evidence in or preparing to serve or serving as a witness with respect to any lawsuit, investigation, arbitration, claim or other Proceeding relating to any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, in connection with the enforcement of the indemnification obligations under this Section 10.3) whether direct, indirect or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations and Environmental Laws), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Indemnitee. This Section 10.3 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, liabilities, costs or expenses arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of legal fees and expenses subject to reimbursement pursuant to this Section 10.3, such fees and expenses shall be limited to the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and charges of one external counsel to the Agents and the Lenders, taken as a whole, and one local counsel to the Agents and the Lenders, taken as a whole, in each material jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where any Lender affected by such conflict informs Borrower of such conflict, one additional external counsel in each material jurisdiction to each group of affected persons similarly situated when taken as a whole.

Section 10.4 Set-Off.

In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default each Lender is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Loan Party or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, including Indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, but not including trust accounts) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of each Loan Party against and on account of the Obligations of any Loan Party to such Lender, such Affiliate or to any other Lender under this Agreement, the Letters of Credit and the other Loan Documents to the extent then due and payable, including all claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected with this Agreement, the Letters of Credit and participations therein or any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not (i) that Lender shall have made any demand hereunder or (ii) the principal of or the interest on the Loans or any amounts in respect of the Letters of Credit or any other amounts due hereunder shall have become due and payable pursuant to ARTICLE VIII and although said obligations and liabilities, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of set off, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.5 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff.

 

154


Section 10.5 Ratable Sharing.

Except as provided by Section 2.4(d), the Lenders hereby agree among themselves that if any of them shall, whether by voluntary or mandatory payment (other than a payment or prepayment of Loans made and applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), by realization upon security, through the exercise of any right of set-off or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action or by the enforcement of any right under the Loan Documents or otherwise, or as adequate protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code, receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the aggregate amount of principal, interest, amounts payable in respect of Letters of Credit, fees and other amounts then due and owing to that Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (collectively, the “Aggregate Amounts Due” to such Lender) that is greater than the proportion received by any other Lender in respect of the Aggregate Amounts Due to such other Lender, then the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment shall, unless such proportionately greater payment is required by the terms of this Agreement, (a) notify Administrative Agent and each other Lender of the receipt of such payment and (b) apply a portion of such payment to purchase assignments (which it shall be deemed to have purchased from each seller of an assignment simultaneously upon the receipt by such seller of its portion of such payment) of the Aggregate Amounts Due to the other Lenders so that all such recoveries of Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by all Lenders in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them; provided that (i) if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Loan Party or otherwise, those purchases shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such assignments shall be returned to such purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery, but without interest and (ii) the foregoing provisions shall not apply to (A) any payment made by any Loan Party pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment (other than an assignment pursuant to this Section 10.5) of or the sale of a participation in any of its Obligations to any Eligible Assignee or Participant pursuant to Section 10.1(b) or any payment made by Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.4(b)(v). Each Loan Party expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and agrees that any purchaser of an assignment so purchased may exercise any and all rights of a Lender as to such assignment as fully as if that Lender had complied with the provisions of Section 10.1(b) with respect to such assignment. In order to further evidence such assignment (and without prejudice to the effectiveness of the assignment provisions set forth above), each purchasing Lender and each selling Lender agree to enter into an Assignment Agreement at the request of a selling Lender or a purchasing Lender, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each such Lender.

Section 10.6 Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Consent Required. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (other than Fee Letter and Secured Hedge Agreements, each of which may be amended solely with the consent of the parties thereto), and no consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of Borrower and Requisite Lenders (except with respect to clause (i) of this Section 10.6(a), which shall not also require the consent of Requisite Lenders); provided that no such amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent shall, without the consent of:

(i) each Lender with Obligations directly and adversely affected thereby, do any of the following:

(A) reduce the principal amount of any Loan;

 

155


(B) increase the amount or extend the expiry date of any scheduled reduction in amount of any Commitment (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default, mandatory repayments or mandatory reductions of Loans or Commitments, shall not constitute an increase of the Commitment of any Lender, and that an increase in the available portion of any Commitment of any Lender shall not constitute an increase of the Commitment of such Lender);

(C) postpone the scheduled final maturity date of any Loan, or postpone the date or reduce the amount of any scheduled payment (but not mandatory prepayment, with respect to which any such amendment or modification shall only require the consent of the Requisite Lenders) of principal of any Loan or any reimbursement of a Letter of Credit drawing;

(D) postpone the date on which any interest or any fees are payable (other than default interest and fees payable hereunder to Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender);

(E) decrease the interest rate borne by any Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate applicable to any of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.2(e) (“Default Rate”)) or the amount of any fees payable hereunder (other than any fees payable hereunder to Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender or any waiver of any increase in the fees applicable to Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.2 following an Event of Default), in each case excluding any change in the manner in which any financial ratio used in determining any interest rate or fee is calculated that would result in a reduction of any such rate or fee;

(F) change in any manner or waive the provisions contained in this Section 10.6 in any manner that adversely affects the rights of such Lender;

(G) amend, modify or waive the provisions contained in Section 10.1 in a manner that would further restrict the rights of any Lender to assign all or any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

(H) change in any manner the definition of “Requisite Lenders” (except for any changes resulting solely from increases or other changes in the aggregate amount of the Commitments permitted hereunder or otherwise approved pursuant to this Section 10.6);

(I) change in any manner any provision of this Agreement that by its terms, expressly requires the approval or consent of all Lenders;

(J) release or subordinate any Lien granted in favor of Administrative Agent with respect to all or substantially all of the Collateral or release all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty, in each case other than in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents; and

(K) amend, modify or waive any of the pro rata sharing provisions in this Agreement without the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby.

 

156


(ii) Issuing Lender, do any of the following:

(A) reduce the amount or postpone the due date of or waive any amount payable in respect of any Letter of Credit (including fees, expenses and/or indemnities payable to Issuing Lender hereunder); or

(B) extend the expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date.

(iii) Issuing Lender and each Revolving Lender, do any of the following:

(A) extend the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date;

(B) change in any manner the obligations of Revolving Lenders relating to the purchase of participations in Letters of Credit; provided that increases in the maximum amount of Letters of Credit as a sub-limit of the aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment Amount shall be effective with the consent of each Issuing Lender and the Required Revolving Lenders;

(C) change in any manner the definition of “Required Revolving Lenders” (except for any changes resulting solely from increases or other changes in the aggregate amount of the Commitments permitted hereunder on the date hereof or otherwise hereafter approved pursuant to this Section 10.6);

(D) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision set forth in Section 4.2 or Section 4.3 (other than Section 4.2(b)(ii)) with respect to the borrowing of any Revolving Loan or the issuance, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit; or

(E) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii), Section 2.1(a)(iii), Section 2.1(b)(i) or Section 2.1(c) (solely as each such section relates to the use or funding of the Revolving Loans), Section 2.4(d), Article III, clause (i)(B) of the paragraph entitled “Acceleration” set forth in Article VIII, Section 10.5, Section 10.23 (and definitions used therein for purposes of that section) or the definitions of “Pro Rata Share” or “paid in full”.

(iv) [reserved].

(v) Agents, do any of the following:

(A) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of ARTICLE IX or of any other provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, expressly requires the approval or concurrence of such Agent; or

(B) reduce the amount or postpone the due date of or waive any fees, expenses and/or indemnities payable to such Agent hereunder;

(vi) each Lender with a remaining Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment that is required to fund such Delayed Draw Term Loan, amend, modify or waiver the conditions precedent for making a particular Delayed Draw Term Loan set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iv);

(vii) the Required Revolving Lenders, do any of the following:

 

157


  (A)

with respect to prepaying Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v), amend, modify, terminate or waive (x) the requirement set forth therein that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or (y) the requirement under Section 2.4(b)(v)(K);

 

  (B)

increase, amend, modify, terminate or waive the Incremental Revolver Sublimit or provide for additional Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments in excess thereof;

(C) amend, modify, terminate or waive the right of the Administrative Agent to take the actions set forth in Section 9.13 on behalf of the Revolving Lenders;

(D) amend, modify or terminate any provision set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) or waive any Default or Event of Default for purposes of such section, in each case with respect to the borrowing of any Revolving Loan or the issuance, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit (provided that for the avoidance of doubt, a Default or Event of Default may be waived pursuant to this Section 10.6 for all other purposes); or

(E) increase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including participations or unfunded commitments in respect thereof) permitted to be held pursuant to Section 10.1 by Affiliated Lenders to greater than 30% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans and unfunded commitments related thereto outstanding or permit any Affiliated Lenders to hold any Revolving Loans or Revolving Loan Commitments.

(viii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (x) any waiver of any prepayment of Term Loans under Section 2.4(b)(iii) and any modification of the application of any such prepayment of Term Loans under Section 2.4(b)(iv)(A) shall require the consent of Required Term Loan Lenders without also requiring the consent of Requisite Lenders and (y) any change to the definition of the term “Required Term Loan Lenders” shall require the consent of the Required Term Loan Lenders without requiring the consent of Requisite Lenders.

(b) Defaulting Lenders. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender will not be entitled to vote in respect of any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, and the Commitments and the outstanding Loans or other extensions of credit of such Lender hereunder shall be excluded from calculating Requisite Lenders or any other approval threshold under this Section 10.6 (and the definition of “Requisite Lenders” will automatically be deemed modified accordingly for the duration of such period); provided that any such amendment or waiver that would increase or extend the term of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, extend the date fixed for the payment of principal or interest owing to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, reduce the principal amount of any obligation owing to such Defaulting Lender, reduce the amount of or the rate or amount of interest on any amount owing to such Defaulting Lender or of any fee payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, or alter the terms of this proviso, will require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(c) Correction of Errors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.6, if following the effective date of any Loan Document, Administrative Agent and Borrower shall have identified an obvious error or any error or omission, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then Administrative Agent and Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Requisite Lenders within five Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.

 

158


(d) General. Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of that Lender. Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 10.6 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by Borrower, on Borrower.

(e) Incremental Facility; Refinancing Amendment; Purchase Option. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, it is hereby understood and agreed that the consent of the Requisite Lenders shall not be required to effect the terms and provisions of any Incremental Facility pursuant to Section 2.11, any Refinancing Amendment pursuant to Section 2.12 or the purchase option set forth in Section 10.23.

(f) Extensions of Maturity Dates. Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 2.4 or Section 10.5 or anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.6, any Lender may extend the Term Loan Maturity Date of such Lender’s Term Loans and/or the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date of such Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitments hereunder without the written consent of any other Lender or Administrative Agent; provided that with respect to any extension of Revolving Loan Commitments, the consent of each Issuing Lender shall be required, in each case, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, further, that each such extension shall be made pursuant to an offer made by Borrower to all Lenders of any affected Class on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the respective Loans of such Class) and on the same terms to each such Lender of the same Class. The applicable margin paid to and fees received by any Lender agreeing to such extension shall be as agreed between Borrower and such Lender. The extended maturity date of any Loan or Commitment hereunder shall be deemed to be a new Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date or Term Loan Maturity Date, as the case may be, for all purposes hereunder and each of the parties hereto agrees that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended without the consent of any Lender who declines to extend the Term Loan Maturity Date of such Lender’s Term Loans and/or the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date of such Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitments, as the case may be, solely to the extent necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent and Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section.

(g) Replaced Term Loans. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, Borrower and the Lenders providing the Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all or a portion of the outstanding Term Loans of any Class (“Replaced Term Loans”) with one or more tranches of replacement term loans (“Replacement Term Loans”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Replaced Term Loans (plus accrued interest, fees, expenses and premium), (b) the weighted average life to maturity of Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Replaced Term Loans, at the time of such refinancing, (c) such Replacement Term Loans must satisfy the requirements of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be as agreed between Borrower and the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans.

 

159


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender consent is required for the Administrative Agent to enter into or to effect any amendment, modification or supplement to any intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement or in any document pertaining to any Indebtedness permitted hereby that is permitted to be secured by the Collateral, including any Incremental Facility, any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or any Replacement Term Loans, for the purpose of adding the holders of such Indebtedness (or their Senior Representative) as a party thereto and otherwise causing such Indebtedness to be subject thereto, in each case as contemplated by the terms of such intercreditor agreement or arrangement (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing; provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect (taken as a whole), to the interests of the Lenders; provided, further, that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Requisite Lenders, the Administrative Agent and Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans, Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Requisite Lenders.

Section 10.7 Independence of Covenants.

All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of an Event of Default or Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

Section 10.8 Notices; Effectiveness of Signatures.

(a) Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served, or sent by telefacsimile, electronic mail or United States mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of telefacsimile or electronic mail in complete and legible form, or three Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided that notices to Administrative Agent and any Issuing Lender shall not be effective until received. For the purposes hereof, the address of each party hereto shall be as set forth under such party’s name on the signature pages hereof or (i) as to the Loan Parties and Administrative Agent, such other address as shall be designated by such Person in a written notice delivered to the other parties hereto and (ii) as to each other party, such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice delivered to Administrative Agent. Electronic transmission (including electronic mail and Internet and intranet websites) may be used to distribute routine communications, such as financial statements and other information as provided in Section 6.1. Each of Borrower and Holdings acknowledges and agrees (on behalf of the Loan Parties) that any agreement by Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to receive certain notices or other communications by telephonic, telefacsimile, electronic mail or other electronic transmission is solely for the convenience, and at the request, of the Loan Parties. Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party shall be entitled to rely on the stated authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by Borrower to give any notice or communication and shall have no liability to any Loan Party or any other Person on account of any action taken (or not taken) in reliance upon such telephonic, telefacsimile, electronic mail or other electronic notice or communication. Holdings hereby appoints Borrower as its agent for purposes of the giving and receipt of notices under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

160


(b) Loan Documents and notices under the Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or executed by telefacsimile and by signatures delivered in ‘PDF’ format by electronic mail. The parties hereto agree that delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement or any other Loan Document by telefacsimile or in ‘PDF’ format by electronic mail shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement or such other Loan Document. Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed copy thereof; provided, however, that the failure to request or deliver any such manually-signed copy shall not affect the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.

Section 10.9 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements.

(a) All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit hereunder.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of Borrower set forth in Section 2.6(d), Section 2.7, Section 10.2, Section 10.3 and the agreements of Lenders set forth in Section 9.9 and Section 10.5 shall survive the payment of the Loans, the cancellation or expiration of the Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder, and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 10.10 Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.

No failure or delay on the part of any Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

Section 10.11 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside.

Neither any Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Loan Party or any other party or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that any Loan Party makes a payment or payments to Administrative Agent or Secured Parties (or to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Lenders), or Agents or Lenders enforce any security interests or exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

 

161


Section 10.12 Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights; Damage Waiver.

(a) The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitments of any other Lender hereunder. Nothing contained herein or in any other Loan Document, and no action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders, or Lenders and Loan Parties, as a partnership, an association, a Joint Venture or any other kind of entity. The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and independent debt, and, subject to Section 9.6, each Lender shall be entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender to be joined as an additional party in any Proceeding for such purpose.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, no Group Member nor Holdings nor any Lender, Agent or Indemnitee against Borrower, Holdings, or any Group Member or any of their affiliates shall assert and each of them hereby waives any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with or as a result of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 2.1(c) hereof), any other Loan Document, any transaction contemplated by the Loan Documents, any Loan or the use of proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(c) Without limitation of Borrower’s obligations under Section 10.3, no Loan Party shall be liable, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with or as a result of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any transaction contemplated by the Loan Documents, any Loan or the use of proceeds thereof.

Section 10.13 Release of Security Interest or Guaranty.

(a) Each Lender and each Issuing Lender hereby consents to the automatic release and hereby directs the applicable Agent to release the following:

(i) the guaranty by any Subsidiary of Borrower of the Obligations if all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary owned by the Loan Parties is sold or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted hereunder if, after giving effect to such sale or other disposition, such Subsidiary would not have been required to guaranty any Obligations pursuant to Section 6.8, or with the consent of the Lenders required under Section 10.6; and

(ii) the security interest in favor of the Secured Parties in any Property constituting Collateral upon the sale or other disposition of such Property to any Person (other than a Loan Party), provided that such sale or other disposition is permitted by this Agreement, or with the consent of the Lenders required under Section 10.6;

provided that, prior to such release, Borrower shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate to Administrative Agent (x) stating that the Property or the Capital Stock subject to such disposition is being sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with the terms hereof and (y) specifying the Collateral or Capital Stock being sold or otherwise disposed of in the proposed transaction. Administrative Agent may rely conclusively on such Officer’s Certificate and shall, upon receipt thereof, execute and deliver such instruments as may be reasonably requested by Borrower and necessary to evidence the releases of such guarantees and security interest, at Borrower’s expense.

(b) Upon the payment in full of all Obligations (other than Unasserted Obligations and Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements), the cancellation or termination of the Commitments and the cancellation or expiration of all outstanding Letters of Credit (or the Cash Collateralization thereof), the security interest granted under the Pledge and Security Agreement and each other Collateral Document

 

162


(other than with respect to any cash collateral in respect of Letters of Credit) shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the applicable Loan Party, whether or not on the date of such release there may be any Obligations in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreements or any Unasserted Obligations. Any such release of Obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such Obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. Upon any such termination Administrative Agent will, at the Loan Parties’ expense, execute and deliver to the Loan Parties such documents as Borrower shall reasonably request to evidence the repayment of the Obligations and such termination.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, no release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner required by this Agreement shall require the consent of any holder of obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, solely in its capacity as such, at any time when Administrative Agent has not been notified of a claim for payments owing under such Secured Hedge Agreement.

Section 10.14 Applicable Law.

THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ANY SUCH LOAN DOCUMENT) BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 10.15 Construction of Agreement; Nature of Relationship.

Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that (a) it has been represented by counsel in the negotiation and documentation of the terms of this Agreement, (b) it has had full and fair opportunity to review and revise the terms of this Agreement, (c) this Agreement has been drafted jointly by all of the parties hereto and (d) no Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Group Member arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between Administrative Agent, the other Agents and Lenders, on one hand, and the Group Members, on the other hand, in connection herewith or with such other Loan Documents is solely that of debtor and creditor. Accordingly, each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Agreement shall not be construed against or in favor of another party.

Section 10.16 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.

ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY HERETO ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, IRREVOCABLY:

(a) ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS;

 

163


(b) WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS;

(c) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO IT AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 10.8;

(d) AGREES THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (c) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER IT IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT;

(e) AGREES THAT, NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, AGENTS AND LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST HOLDINGS AND/OR BORROWER IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND

(f) AGREES THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 10.16 RELATING TO JURISDICTION AND VENUE SHALL BE BINDING AND ENFORCEABLE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMISSIBLE UNDER NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SECTION 5-1402 OR OTHERWISE.

Section 10.17 Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this transaction, including contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party hereto acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship, that each has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 10.17 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE HEREUNDER. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

Section 10.18 Confidentiality.

Each Lender and each Agent shall hold all information obtained pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement in accordance with such Lender’s customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature, it being understood and agreed by the Loan Parties that in any event a Lender may make disclosures (a) on a need to know basis to its and its Affiliates’ respective directors, Officers,

 

164


employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors directly involved with the transactions contemplated hereby (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential), (b) to the extent requested or required by any Government Authority (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with a pledge or assignment permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(d)), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or Proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.18, to (i) any Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective bona fide Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any direct or indirect contractual counterparty or prospective counterparty (or such contractual counterparty’s or prospective counterparty’s professional advisor) to any credit derivative transaction relating to obligations of Borrower, (g) with the written consent of Borrower and (h) to the extent such information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.18 or (ii) becomes available to Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Loan Parties or (iii) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s or its Affiliates’ investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender or its Affiliates and that no written or oral communications from counsel to an Agent and no information that is or is designated as privileged or as attorney work product may be disclosed to any Person unless such Person is a Lender or a Participant hereunder; provided that, unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender shall notify Borrower of any request by any Government Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such Government Authority) for disclosure of any such information and of any disclosure required under clause (c) above prior to disclosure of such information; provided, further that in no event shall any Lender be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, further, that in no event shall any disclosure of such information be made to a Disqualified Institution. In addition, Administrative Agent and Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and customarily disclosed information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to Administrative Agent and Lenders, and Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates may place customary “tombstone” advertisements (which may include the Loan Parties’ and/or their Subsidiaries’ trade names or corporate logos) subject to approval by Borrower in publications of its choice (including without limitation “e-tombstones” published or otherwise circulated in electronic form and related hyperlinks to any of Loan Parties’ or its Subsidiaries’ corporate websites) at its own expense.

Section 10.19 USA Patriot Act.

Each Lender hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA Patriot Act.

Section 10.20 Usury Savings Clause.

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the aggregate interest rate charged with respect to any of the Obligations, including all charges or fees in connection therewith deemed in the nature of interest under applicable law shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. If the rate of interest (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder

 

165


if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In addition, if when the Loans made hereunder are repaid in full the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, Loan Parties shall pay to Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if the Highest Lawful Rate had at all times been in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of Lenders and Borrower to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws. Accordingly, if any Lender contracts for, charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then any such excess shall be cancelled automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Lender’s option be applied to the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder or be refunded to Borrower.

Section 10.21 Successor Issuing Lender.

Issuing Lender may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify Lenders thereof) and Borrower, such resignation to be effective on the date that is the later of (a) the 30th day following delivery of such written notice to Administrative Agent and Borrower and (b) the appointment of and acceptance by a successor Issuing Lender, as provided below; provided, however, that if a Revolving Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender, Issuing Lender may, upon prior written notice to Borrower and Administrative Agent, resign as Issuing Lender effective at the close of business New York time on a date specified in such notice (which date may not be less than three Business Days after the date of such notice), it being understood and agreed that such resignation by Issuing Lender will have no effect on the validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit then outstanding or on the obligations of Borrower or any Lender under this Agreement with respect to any such outstanding Letter of Credit or otherwise to Issuing Lender. To the extent Administrative Agent fails to appoint a successor Issuing Lender that accepts such appointment within such time, Issuing Lender may appoint a Revolving Lender as successor Issuing Lender. Unless Issuing Lender is Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender may be removed at any time with or without cause by an instrument or concurrent instruments in writing delivered to Borrower and Administrative Agent and signed by Revolving Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Revolving Lenders, such removal to become effective immediately upon the appointment of and acceptance by a successor Issuing Lender, as provided below. Upon any such notice of resignation or removal, Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon five Business Days’ notice to Borrower, to appoint a successor Issuing Lender. Any appointment of a successor Issuing Lender, whether by Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender, shall be subject to consent of Borrower and Revolving Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Revolving Lenders, which, in either case, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Issuing Lender hereunder by a successor Issuing Lender, and consent of Borrower and Revolving Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Revolving Lenders, that successor Issuing Lender shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Issuing Lender and the retiring or removed Issuing Lender shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement; provided that, anything contained in this Section 10.21 or otherwise in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the resigning or removed Issuing Lender shall continue to have all rights and obligations of Issuing Lender, with respect to any Letter of Credit issued prior to the effective date of the appointment of a successor Issuing Lender until the cancellation or expiration of such Letter of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder.

 

166


Section 10.22 Counterparts; Effectiveness.

This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto.

Section 10.23 Purchase Option.

(a) Termination Notice; Purchase Notice. Solely as among the Administrative Agent, the Revolving Lenders and the Term Lenders (and whether or not the Administrative Agent is directed to terminate the Revolving Loan Commitments by the Required Revolving Lenders), the Administrative Agent shall, absent Exigent Circumstances, give to the Term Lenders, at least five (5) Business Days prior written notice, or, should Exigent Circumstances arise or exist, such prior or contemporary notice as may be practicable under the circumstances before terminating the Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to Article VIII. On one occasion exercised at any time, the Term Lenders shall have the option, but not the obligation, to (x) purchase from the Revolving Lenders all, but not less than all, of the Revolving Loans and other Revolving Credit Obligations owing to the Revolving Lenders and (y) assume all, but not less than all, of the then existing Revolving Loan Commitments, including the obligation to purchase participations in Letters of Credit. Such right shall be exercised by the applicable Term Lenders giving a written notice (the “Purchase Notice”) to the Administrative Agent (who shall in turn promptly deliver such notice to each Revolving Lender). A Purchase Notice once delivered shall be irrevocable. Each Term Lender shall have the right to purchase its pro rata share of the Revolving Credit Obligations and assume its pro rata share of the Revolving Loan Commitments, and Term Lenders exercising such rights may exercise the rights of non-exercising Term Lenders, in each case on a pro rata basis as among exercising Term Lenders until such rights have been exercised as to all Revolving Credit Obligations and all Revolving Loan Commitments (in any case, prior to issuance of the Purchase Notice).

(b) Purchase Option Closing. On the date specified in the Purchase Notice (which shall not be less than 3 Business Days nor more than 5 Business Days after delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Purchase Notice), the Revolving Lenders shall sell to the exercising Term Lenders, and the exercising Term Lenders shall purchase from the Revolving Lenders, all, but not less than all, of the Revolving Credit Obligations, and the Revolving Lenders shall assign to the exercising Term Lenders, and the exercising Term Lenders shall assume from the Revolving Lenders all, but not less than all, of the then existing Revolving Loan Commitments. Upon such closing, each selling Revolving Lender shall be released for all of its Revolving Loan Commitments hereunder, along with any obligation to purchase any participation in any Letter of Credit.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase, sale and assumption pursuant to this Section 10.23 shall be made by execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent, Revolving Lenders and exercising Term Lenders of an Assignment Agreement. Upon the date of such purchase and sale, (a) the exercising Term Lenders shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders as the purchase price therefor 100% of the outstanding Obligations with respect to the Revolving Loans owing to the Revolving Lenders, including, without limitation, principal, interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and any fees accrued and unpaid thereon, to the extent earned or due and payable in accordance with the Loan Documents and irrespective of whether allowed or allowable in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding, (b) any unreimbursed Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit owing to the Revolving Lenders (which, in the case of contingent reimbursement obligations in respect of the undrawn portion of

 

167


any Letter of Credit, shall be satisfied by providing the Administrative Agent cash collateral in an amount equal to 102.5% of the undrawn face amount thereof; it being agreed by the parties hereto that the Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender shall (A) be entitled to apply such cash collateral solely to reimburse any drawings on such Letters of Credit issued by Issuing Lender or in respect of fees and costs chargeable under the Loan Documents in respect thereof for which the selling Revolving Lenders remain liable in respect of funding participations therein, and (B) promptly return any unapplied portion of such cash collateral to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Term Lenders at such time as (x) the Letters of Credit issued by it have been returned for cancellation, have expired, or otherwise have been terminated and (y) all Obligations with respect to such Letters of Credit have been paid in full), (c) any contingent indemnification obligations in respect of asserted indemnity claims payable to the Revolving Lenders or their respective Affiliates (which, in the case of contingent obligations in respect thereof, shall be satisfied by providing the Administrative Agent cash collateral in an amount equal to 102.5% of such obligations; it being agreed by the parties hereto that the Administrative Agent shall (A) be entitled to apply such cash collateral solely to satisfy such obligations owing to the selling Revolving Lenders and their respective Affiliates, and (B) promptly return any unapplied portion of such cash collateral to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Term Lenders at such time as all such obligations have been paid in full) and (d) all expenses to the extent owing to the Revolving Lenders in accordance with the Loan Documents. Such purchase price and cash collateral shall be remitted by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.4(c), solely for the account of the selling Revolving Lenders and shall be immediately distributed to such selling Lenders in accordance with their respective ratable shares. Interest and fees shall be calculated to but excluding the Business Day on which such purchase and sale shall occur if the amounts so paid by the Term Lenders are received by the Administrative Agent prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time and interest and fees shall be calculated to and including such Business Day if the amounts so paid by the Term Lenders are received by the Administrative Agent later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time.

(d) Secured Hedge Agreements. In connection with the purchase option described in this Section 10.23, (w) no selling Revolving Lender shall be obligated to transfer pursuant to this Agreement, and the Term Lenders shall not be required to acquire (from any selling Revolving Lender) pursuant to this Agreement, any Obligations in respect of Secured Hedge Agreements; (x) all amounts owing to the selling Revolving Lenders and their respective Affiliates in respect of Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements accrued through the latest date that the applicable selling Revolving Lender or its Affiliates was a Lender under this Agreement shall remain secured by the Collateral and the Administrative Agent hereby agrees that it will, or will cause any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to this Agreement to, act as collateral agent for such selling Revolving Lender or its Affiliates in respect of such Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements; (y) each Term Lender agrees in favor of each selling Revolving Lender and its Affiliates that it will not vote as a Lender in favor of any modification to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents that would in any way subordinate the priority of the Liens granted in and to the Collateral under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in respect of Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements or amend or otherwise modify this Agreement or any other Loan Document in a manner which would adversely affect the priority of application of proceeds of Collateral to the payment of any portion of the Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements; and (z) without duplication of cash collateral otherwise provided, each Secured Party and its Affiliates shall be entitled to payment in respect of all such Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

(e) Nature of Sale. The purchase and sale pursuant to this Section 10.23 shall be expressly made without representation or warranty of any kind by the Revolving Lenders as to the Revolving Credit Obligations or otherwise and without recourse to the Revolving Lenders, except for representations and warranties as to the following made by each selling Lender severally (and not jointly): (a) the amount of

 

168


the Revolving Credit Obligations being purchased from such selling Lender (including as to the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on such Revolving Credit Obligations, fees and expenses thereof), (b) that such selling Lender owns the Revolving Credit Obligations held by it free and clear of any Liens created by it and (c) such selling Lender has the full right and power to assign its Revolving Credit Obligations and such assignment has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action by such selling Lender. Notwithstanding anything herein, each selling Revolving Lender shall retain all of their respective indemnification rights under the Loan Documents arising in respect of any act or omission that occurred on or before the date of such purchase and sale, and in furtherance of the foregoing, no amendment to such indemnification rights or their priority under any waterfall provision shall be amended, modified, waived or terminated without the consent of each affected selling Lender.

(f) Affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, the purchase option of the Term Lenders described in this Section 10.23 may be exercised by such Term Lenders’ respective Affiliates who are Eligible Assignees hereunder.

Section 10.24 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

169


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

HANCOCK MERGER SUB, as Initial Borrower
By:   /s/ Christopher G. Lanning
  Name: Christopher G. Lanning
  Title: President
Notice Address:
[    ]
Attn: [    ]
Email: [    ]
Fax: [    ]

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


HANCOCK MICDO, LLC, as Holdings
By:   /s/ Robert Bennett
  Name: Robert Bennett
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
Notice Address:
[    ]
Attn: [    ]
Email: [    ]
Fax: [    ]

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
ARES CAPITAL CORPORATION as Administrative Agent and a Lender
By:   /s/ Penni Roll
         Name: Penni Roll
  Title: Authorized Signatory
Notice Address:
[    ]
Attention: [    ]
Facsimile: [    ]
Email: [    ]

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


LENDER:
GOLUB CAPITAL LLC
as a Lender
By:   /s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer
         Name: Robert G. Tuchscherer
  Title: Managing Director
Notice Address:
[    ]
Attention: [    ]
Facsimile: [    ]
Email: [    ]

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

[     ], 20[ ]

Pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”; all capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto, this notice represents Borrower’s request to borrow Loans as follows:

 

(c)

Name of Borrower: Invoice Cloud, Inc.

 

(d)

Date of borrowing: ___________________1 (the “Proposed Funding Date”)

 

(e)

Principal amount of borrowing: $ ______________2

 

(f)

Type of Loans:

 

  (i)

Term Loans

 

  (ii)

Revolving Loans

 

  (iii)

Delayed Draw Term Loans

 

(g)

Interest rate option:

 

  (i)

Base Rate Loan

(ii) LIBOR Loan with an initial Interest Period of [one] [two] [three] [six] [if available to all relevant Lenders, twelve or shorter] month(s)

[[Choose one:

[The Borrower hereby elects to pay interest on the Loans being borrowed hereunder pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement]] 3

 

 

 

1 

Notice of Borrowing to be delivered (x) in the case Revolving Loans, no later than 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed Funding Date (in the case of a LIBOR Loan) or 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the Business Day of the proposed Funding Date (in the case of a Base Rate Loan);.

2 

(x) In the case of Loans, to be in an aggregate minimum amount of $250,000, and multiples of $50,000 in excess thereof and (y) in the case of Delayed Draw Term Loans, to be in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000.

3 

To be included if electing the cash only interest option pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i).

 

1


[The Borrower hereby elects to pay interest on the Loans being borrowed hereunder pursuant to Section 2.2(g) of the Credit Agreement]]4

The proceeds of such Loans are to be deposited in Borrower’s account at the Funding and Payment Office.

The undersigned officer of Borrower (to the best of his or her knowledge and in his or her capacity as an officer, and not individually) on behalf of Borrower certifies that:5

 

  (1)

The representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents will be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Funding Date to the same extent as though made on and as of the Funding Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that, if a representation or warranty is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect,” such materiality qualifiers set forth above shall be disregarded with respect to such representation or warranty for purposes of this condition; and

 

  (2)

No event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the borrowing contemplated hereby that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

 

 

4 

To be included if electing the payment in kind option pursuant to Section 2.2(g).

5 

To be included for Notices of Borrowing after the Closing Date.

 

2


Invoice Cloud, Inc.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

I-3


EXHIBIT II

FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION

[                ], 20[     ]

Pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”; all capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto, this notice represents Borrower’s request to [convert] [continue] Loans as follows:

 

(h)

Name of Borrower: Invoice Cloud, Inc.

 

(i)

Date of [conversion] [continuation]: ___________________6

 

(j)

Principal amount of Loans being [converted] [continued]: $ _______________

 

(k)

Type of Loans being [converted] [continued]:

 

  (i)    Term

Loans

 

  (ii)    Revolving

Loans

 

(l)

Nature of conversion/continuation:

 

  (i)    Conversion

of Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans

 

  (ii)    Conversion

of LIBOR Loans to Base Rate Loans

 

  (iii)    Continuation

of LIBOR Loans as such

 

(m)

If Loans are being continued as or converted to LIBOR Loans, the duration of the new Interest Period that commences on the [conversion] [continuation] date is [one] [two] [three] [six] [if available to all relevant Lenders, twelve or shorter] month(s).

[[Choose one:

[The Borrower hereby elects to pay interest on the Loans being [converted] [continued] hereunder pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement]] 7

 

6 

Notice of Conversion/Continuation to be delivered (x) in the case of a conversion to a Base Rate Loan, no later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed conversion date and (y) in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a LIBOR Loan, no later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed conversion/continuation date.

7 

To be included if electing the cash only interest option pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i).

 

1


[The Borrower hereby elects to pay interest on the Loans being [converted] [continued] hereunder pursuant to Section 2.2(g) of the Credit Agreement]]8

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

8 

To be included if electing the payment in kind option pursuant to Section 2.2(g)

 

2


Invoice Cloud, Inc.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

3


EXHIBIT III

FORM OF REQUEST FOR ISSUANCE

[                ], 20[     ]

Pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”; all capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto, this notice represents Borrower’s request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit by Issuing Lender as follows:

 

(n)

Name of Borrower: Invoice Cloud, Inc.

 

(o)

Issuing Lender: [Administrative Agent] [__________________]1

 

(p)

Date of issuance of Letter of Credit: ___________________2 (the “Issue Date”)

 

(q)

Face amount of Letter of Credit: $_______________

 

(r)

Expiration date of Letter of Credit: ___________________

 

(s)

Name and address of beneficiary:

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

 

(t)

Attached hereto is:

[     ]    the verbatim text of such proposed Letter of Credit

[     ]    a description of the proposed terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, including a precise description of any documents to be presented by the beneficiary which, if presented by the beneficiary prior to the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, would require the Issuing Lender to make payment under such Letter of Credit.

 

 

 

1 

Insert name of Issuing Lender if not Administrative Agent.

2 

Request for Issuance to be delivered no later than 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) at least three Business Days (or such shorter period agreed by Issuing Bank) in advance of the proposed date of issuance.

 

1


The undersigned officer of Borrower (to the best of his or her knowledge and in his or her capacity as an officer, and not individually) on behalf of Borrower certifies that:

 

  (1)

The representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents will be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the issue date to the same extent as though made on and as of the issue date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that, if a representation or warranty is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect,” such materiality qualifiers set forth above shall be disregarded with respect to such representation or warranty for purposes of this condition; and

 

  (2)

No event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the issuance of the Letter of Credit contemplated hereby that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

2


Invoice Cloud, Inc.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

3


EXHIBIT IV

FORM OF TERM NOTE

Invoice Cloud, Inc.

 

$ _________       

New York, NY

[Issuance Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, pursuant to the terms of this Term Note (this “Note”), Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), promises to pay to [**LENDER’S NAME**] (“Payee”) or its registered assigns the principal amount of $ _________. The principal amount of this Note shall be payable on the dates and in the amounts specified in that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Borrower, as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto; provided that the last such installment shall be in an amount sufficient to repay the entire unpaid principal balance of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon in accordance with the Credit Agreement. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans evidenced hereby, until paid in full, at the rates and at the times which shall be determined in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of Borrower’s “Term Notes” and is issued pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the Term Loans evidenced hereby were made and are to be repaid.

All payments of principal and interest (subject to Section 2.2(g) of the Credit Agreement) in respect of this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in same day funds at the Funding and Payment Office or at such other place as shall be designated in writing for such purpose in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. Unless and until an Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer of this Note shall have been accepted by Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register as provided in the Credit Agreement, Borrower and Administrative Agent shall be entitled to deem and treat Payee as the owner and holder of this Note and the Term Loans evidenced hereby. Payee hereby agrees, by its acceptance hereof, that before disposing of this Note or any part hereof, it will make a notation hereon of all principal payments previously made hereunder and of the date to which interest hereon has been paid; provided, however, that the failure to make a notation of any payment made on this Note shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower hereunder with respect to payments of principal of, or interest on, this Note.

Whenever any payment on this Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment will be deemed due on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest on this Note.

This Note is subject to mandatory prepayment as provided in the Credit Agreement and Borrower may, from time to time, make voluntary prepayments of the outstanding principal amount of, and interest on, this Note, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement) pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i) of the Credit Agreement.

 

1


THIS NOTE AND ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES, TO THE EXTENT THEY WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A DIFFERENT JURISDICTION.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the unpaid balance of the principal amount of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, may become, or may be declared to be, due and payable in the manner, upon the conditions and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The terms of this Note are subject to amendment only in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is subject to restrictions on transfer or assignment as provided in the Credit Agreement.

Borrower promises to pay all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, all as provided in the Credit Agreement, incurred in the collection and enforcement of this Note. Borrower and any endorsers of this Note hereby consent to renewals and extensions of time at or after the maturity hereof, without notice, and in accordance with the Credit Agreement, hereby waive diligence, presentment, protest, demand and notice of every kind and, to the full extent permitted by law, the right to plead any statute of limitations as a defense to any demand hereunder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date and at the place first written above.

 

Invoice Cloud, Inc.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

3


TRANSACTIONS ON

TERM NOTE

 

Date

  

Amount of Loan

Made This Date

(or amount of

interest

capitalized)

  

Amount of

Principal Paid

This Date

  

Outstanding

Principal

Balance This

Date

  

Notation Made

By

           

 

4


EXHIBIT V

FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE

Invoice Cloud, Inc.

 

Up to $[**Amount of Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment**]    New York, NY

[Issuance Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, pursuant to the terms of this Revolving Note (this “Note”), Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) promises to pay to [**LENDER’S NAME**] (“Payee”) or its registered assigns, the lesser of (x) [**Amount of Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment**] ($ [**Amount**]) and (y) the unpaid principal amount of all advances made by Payee to Borrower as Revolving Loans under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Borrower, as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto. The principal amount of this Note shall be payable on the dates and in the amounts specified in the Credit Agreement. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loans evidenced hereby, until paid in full, at the rates and at the times which shall be determined in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of Borrower’s “Revolving Notes” and is issued pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the Revolving Loans evidenced hereby were made and are to be repaid.

All payments of principal and interest (subject to Section 2.2(g) of the Credit Agreement) in respect of this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in same day funds at the Funding and Payment Office or at such other place as shall be designated in writing for such purpose in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. Unless and until an Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer of this Note shall have been accepted by Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register as provided in the Credit Agreement, Borrower and Administrative Agent shall be entitled to deem and treat Payee as the owner and holder of this Note and the Loans evidenced hereby. Payee hereby agrees, by its acceptance hereof, that before disposing of this Note or any part hereof, it will make a notation hereon of all principal payments previously made hereunder and of the date to which interest hereon has been paid; provided, however, that the failure to make a notation of any payment made on this Note shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower hereunder with respect to payments of principal of, or interest on, this Note.

Whenever any payment on this Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment will be deemed due on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest on this Note.

This Note is subject to mandatory prepayment as provided in the Credit Agreement and Borrower may, from time to time, make voluntary prepayments of the outstanding principal amount of, and interest on, this Note, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i) of the Credit Agreement.

 

1


THIS NOTE AND ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES, TO THE EXTENT THEY WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A DIFFERENT JURISDICTION.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the unpaid balance of the principal amount of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, may become, or may be declared to be, due and payable in the manner, upon the conditions and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The terms of this Note are subject to amendment only in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is subject to restrictions on transfer or assignment as provided in the Credit Agreement.

Borrower promises to pay all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, all as provided in the Credit Agreement, incurred in the collection and enforcement of this Note. Borrower and any endorsers of this Note hereby consent to renewals and extensions of time at or after the maturity hereof, without notice, and in accordance with the Credit Agreement, hereby waive diligence, presentment, protest, demand and notice of every kind and, to the full extent permitted by law, the right to plead any statute of limitations as a defense to any demand hereunder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date and at the place first written above.

 

Invoice Cloud, Inc.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

3


TRANSACTIONS ON

REVOLVING NOTE

 

Date

  

Type of Loan

Made This Date

and Amount of

Loan Made This

Date (or amount

of interest

capitalized)

  

Amount of

Principal Paid

This Date

  

Outstanding

Principal

Balance This

Date

  

Notation Made

By

           

 

4


EXHIBIT VI

[Reserved]

 

1


EXHIBIT VII

FORM OF DELAYED DRAW TERM NOTE

Invoice Cloud, Inc.

 

$ _________        New York, NY

[Issuance Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, pursuant to the terms of this Delayed Draw Term Note (this “Note”), Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), promises to pay to [**LENDER’S NAME**] (“Payee”) or its registered assigns the principal amount of $ _________. The principal amount of this Note shall be payable on the dates and in the amounts specified in that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Borrower, as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto; provided that the last such installment shall be in an amount sufficient to repay the entire unpaid principal balance of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon in accordance with the Credit Agreement. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loans evidenced hereby, until paid in full, at the rates and at the times which shall be determined in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of Borrower’s “Delayed Draw Term Notes” and is issued pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the Delayed Draw Term Loans evidenced hereby were made and are to be repaid.

All payments of principal and interest (subject to Section 2.2(g) of the Credit Agreement) in respect of this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in same day funds at the Funding and Payment Office or at such other place as shall be designated in writing for such purpose in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. Unless and until an Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer of this Note shall have been accepted by Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register as provided in the Credit Agreement, Borrower and Administrative Agent shall be entitled to deem and treat Payee as the owner and holder of this Note and the Delayed Draw Term Loans evidenced hereby. Payee hereby agrees, by its acceptance hereof, that before disposing of this Note or any part hereof, it will make a notation hereon of all principal payments previously made hereunder and of the date to which interest hereon has been paid; provided, however, that the failure to make a notation of any payment made on this Note shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower hereunder with respect to payments of principal of, or interest on, this Note.

Whenever any payment on this Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment will be deemed due on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest on this Note.

 

1


This Note is subject to mandatory prepayment as provided in the Credit Agreement and Borrower may, from time to time, make voluntary prepayments of the outstanding principal amount of, and interest on, this Note, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement) pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i) of the Credit Agreement.

THIS NOTE AND ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES, TO THE EXTENT THEY WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATOIN OF THE LAWS OF A DIFFERENT JURISDICTION.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the unpaid balance of the principal amount of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, may become, or may be declared to be, due and payable in the manner, upon the conditions and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The terms of this Note are subject to amendment only in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is subject to restrictions on transfer or assignment as provided in the Credit Agreement.

Borrower promises to pay all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, all as provided in the Credit Agreement, incurred in the collection and enforcement of this Note. Borrower and any endorsers of this Note hereby consent to renewals and extensions of time at or after the maturity hereof, without notice, and in accordance with the Credit Agreement, hereby waive diligence, presentment, protest, demand and notice of every kind and, to the full extent permitted by law, the right to plead any statute of limitations as a defense to any demand hereunder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date and at the place first written above.

 

Invoice Cloud, Inc.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

3


TRANSACTIONS ON

DELAYED DRAW TERM NOTE

 

Date

  

Amount of Loan

Made This Date

(or amount of

interest capitalized)

  

Amount of

Principal Paid

This Date

  

Outstanding

Principal

Balance This

Date

  

Notation Made

By

           

 

4


EXHIBIT VIII-1

FORM OF ACCEPTANCE AND PREPAYMENT NOTICE

 

To: [Ares Capital Corporation]1, as Auction Agent        Date: [___]

This Acceptance and Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to (a) Section 2.4(b)(v)(D)(2) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”; all capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto, and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated [___] from the Borrower (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”).

The Borrower hereby irrevocably notifies you that it accepts offers delivered in response to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice having an Offered Discount equal to or greater than [__]% in respect of the [Term Loans][[___] tranche of Term Loans] (the “Acceptable Discount”) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount.

The Borrower expressly agrees that this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice shall be irrevocable and is subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b)(v)(D) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Auction Agent and the Term Lenders in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] as follows:

 

  1.

The Borrower will not make a borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund this Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

 

  2.

[At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment] [At least three (3) Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.]2

The Borrower acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Term Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer.

 

1 

If not Ares Capital Corporation, insert name of other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

2 

Insert applicable representation.

 

VIII-1-1


The Borrower requests that the Auction Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Term Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

VIII-1-2


Invoice Cloud, Inc.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

VIII-1-3


EXHIBIT VII-2

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT NOTICE

 

To: [Ares Capital Corporation]1, as Auction Agent    Date: [___]

This Discount Range Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(C)(1) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”; all capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto.

The Borrower hereby requests that each Term Lender in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] submit a Discount Range Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

 

  1.

This Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each Term Lender in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans].

 

  2.

The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is $[__] of [Term Loans] [[___] tranche of Term Loans] (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”).2

 

  3.

The Borrower is willing to make Discounted Term Loan Prepayments at a percentage discount to par value greater than or equal to [__]% but less than or equal to [__]% in respect of the [Term Loans] [[___] tranche of Term Loans] (the “Discount Range”).

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Auction Agent a Discount Range Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(C)(1) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Auction Agent and the Term Lenders in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] as follows:

 

  1.

The Borrower will not make a borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund this Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

 

1 

If not Ares Capital Corporation insert name of other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

2 

Minimum of $1.0 million and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof.

 

VIII-2-1


  2.

[At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment] [At least three (3) Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.]3

The Borrower acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Term Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with any Discount Range Prepayment Offer made in response to this Discount Range Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that the Auction Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Term Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

3 

Insert applicable representation.

 

VIII-2-2


Invoice Cloud, Inc.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Enclosure: Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

 

VIII-2-3


EXHIBIT VII-3

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT OFFER

 

To: [Ares Capital Corporation]1, as Auction Agent        Dated: [___]

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto, and (b) that certain Discount Range Prepayment Notice, dated [__], from the Borrower (the “Discount Range Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Discount Range Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Term Lender in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(C) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

 

  1.

This Discount Range Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Term Loans] [[_____] tranche of Term Loans] held by the undersigned.

 

  2.

The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Submitted Amount”):

[Term Loans – $___]

[ [_____] tranche of Term Loans – $___]

 

  3.

The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [___]% in respect of the [Term Loans] [[___] tranche of Term Loans] (the “Submitted Discount”).

The undersigned Term Lender in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Term Loans]    [[_____] tranche of Term Loans] indicated above pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(C) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Applicable Discount and in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the Submitted Amount, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Discount Range Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

1 

If not Ares Capital Corporation, insert name of other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

 

1


[Lender]
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

2


EXHIBIT VIII-4

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT NOTICE

Dated: [___]

This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(D)(1) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”; all capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto.

The Borrower hereby requests that each Term Lender in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] submit a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

 

  1.

This Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each Term Lender in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans].

 

  2.

The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”):1

[Term Loans – $___]

[[_____] tranche of Term Loans – $___]

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Auction Agent a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three (3) Business Days following delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(D)(1) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Auction Agent and the Term Lenders in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] as follows:

 

  1.

The Borrower will not make a borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund this Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

 

1 

Minimum of $1.0 million and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof.

 

1


  2.

[At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment] [At least three (3) Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.]2

The Borrower acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Term Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer made in response to this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that the Auction Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Term Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

2 

Insert applicable representation.

 

2


Invoice Cloud, Inc.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Enclosure: Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

 

3


EXHIBIT VIII-5

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT OFFER

To: [Ares Capital Corporation]1, as Auction Agent                                                                                                                  Dated: [__]

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto, and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated [__], from the Borrower (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, the Credit Agreement.

To accept the offer set forth herein, you must submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice on or before the third Business Day following your receipt of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers submitted pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(D)(2) of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Term Lender in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(D) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

 

  1.

This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Term Loans] [[_____] tranche of Term Loans] held by the undersigned.

 

  2.

The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Offered Amount”):

[Term Loans – $___]

[[_____] tranche of Term Loans – $___]

 

  3.

The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [___]% in respect of the [Term Loans] [[___] tranche of Term Loans] (the “Offered Discount”).

The undersigned Term Lender in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Term Loans] [[_____] tranche of Term Loans] indicated above pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(D) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Acceptable Discount and in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed such Lender’s Offered Amount as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Solicited Discount Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

 

1 

If not Ares Capital Corporation, insert name of other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

 

1


[Lender]
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

2


EXHIBIT VIII-6

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT NOTICE

Dated: [___]

This Specified Discount Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(B)(1) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”; all capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto.

The Borrower hereby offers to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment to each Term Lender in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] on the following terms:

 

  1.

This Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment is available only to each Term Lender in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans].

 

  2.

The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed $[__] of [Term Loans] [[_____] tranche of Term Loans] (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”).1

 

  3.

The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment will be made is [__]% in respect of the [Term Loans] [[_____] tranche of Term Loans] (the “Specified Discount”).

To accept this offer, you are required to submit to the Auction Agent a Specified Discount Prepayment Response on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(B)(1) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Auction Agent and the Term Lenders in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] as follows:

 

  1.

The Borrower will not make a borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund this Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

 

  2.

[At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment] [At least three (3) Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at

  any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.]2

 

1 

Minimum of $1.0 million and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof.

2 

Insert applicable representation.

 

1


The Borrower acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Term Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with their decision whether or not to accept the offer set forth in this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that the Auction Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Term Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

2


Invoice Cloud, Inc.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Enclosure: Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

3


EXHIBIT VIII-7

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT RESPONSE

To: [Ares Capital Corporation]1, as Auction Agent                                                                                                          Dated: [_____]

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto, and (b) that certain Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, dated [__], from the Borrower (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Specified Discount Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Term Lender in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(B) of the Credit Agreement, that it agrees to accept a prepayment of the following [Term Loans]    [[_____] tranche of Term Loans] at the Specified Discount in an aggregate outstanding amount as follows:

[Term Loans – $___]

[[_____] tranche of Term Loans – $___]

The undersigned Term Lender in respect of the [[                ] tranche of the] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans][Incremental Term Loans][Refinancing Term Loans][Replacement Term Loans] hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Term Loans] [[_____] tranche of Term Loans] indicated above pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v)(B) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the [applicable] Specified Discount in the aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the amount set forth above, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Specified Discount Proration, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

1 

If not Ares Capital Corporation, insert name of other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

 

1


[Lender]
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

2


EXHIBIT IX

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

IX-1


EXHIBIT IX

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

OF INVOICE CLOUD, INC.

Date: [•]

This Compliance Certificate, including the attachments annexed hereto and made a part hereof (this “Certificate”), is delivered in connection with that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

This Certificate is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(d) of the Credit Agreement.23 The undersigned Officer, to the best of his or her knowledge and in his or her capacity as an Officer, and not individually, on behalf of Holdings, hereby certifies that:

 

1.

The undersigned is the duly elected [**Title**] of Holdings.

 

2.

The undersigned has (a) reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and (b) made, or caused to be made under his or her supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.

 

3.

The review described in paragraph 2 above has not disclosed the existence during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements, and the undersigned has no knowledge of the existence as at the date of this Certificate, of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default [, except as set forth below].

[Set forth [below] [in a separate attachment to this Certificate]] are all exceptions to paragraph (3) above specifying, any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default which exists, the nature and period of existence thereof and what action any Loan Party has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event, including any notice of intent to cure such Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.11(c) of the Credit Agreement.

____________________________________________________].

 

4.

[Attached hereto as Annex [1] are (i) the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of the Fiscal Quarter ending _________________, 20__, and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end

 

23 

Or as otherwise required under the Credit Agreement.

 

IX-2


  of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Financial Plan for the current Fiscal Year, prepared in accordance with GAAP, which financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in accordance with GAAP (subject to the absence of footnote disclosures and normal year-end audit adjustments), and (ii) a summary narrative management report (x) describing the operations and financial condition of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the fiscal period then ended and (y) briefly discussing the reasons for any significant variations against the current Financial Plan (if applicable).]24

[Attached hereto as Annex [1] are the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of the Fiscal Year ending _________________, 20__, and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Financial Plan for the Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements, prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a report thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by Holdings and reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and which report is in compliance with the requirements under Section 6.1(c).]25

 

5.

Attached hereto as Annex [2] are true, complete and correct copies of the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) (which may be in footnote form only) from the consolidated financial statements referenced above.

 

6.

The undersigned confirms that since [the Closing Date] [the last delivered Compliance Certificate, dated [__]] there has been no change to the (a) legal name of any Loan Party, (b) identity or type of organization or corporate structure of any Loan Party, (c) jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party, (d) jurisdiction in which any Loan Party’s chief executive office is located, (e) Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number (to the extent relevant to the perfection of Liens) of any Loan Party, (f) the status of each Subsidiary as a Material Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary or (g) the status of each Subsidiary of Holdings as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary[, except as set forth below].

[Set forth [below] [in a separate attachment to this Certificate]] are all exceptions to paragraph (6) above.

____________________________________________________].

 

7.

The undersigned confirms that the Loan Parties have delivered all documents (including updated schedules as to locations of Collateral and acquisition of registered U.S. Intellectual Property, material, unregistered Intellectual Property or real property) they are required to deliver pursuant to any Loan Document on or prior to the date of this Compliance Certificate, or such schedules are attached hereto.

 

 

 

24 

Include in Compliance Certificates accompanying financial statements for each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of the Credit Agreement.

25 

Include in Compliance Certificates accompanying financial statements for each Fiscal Year delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(c) of the Credit Agreement.

 

IX-3


8.

The undersigned confirms that complete and correct copies of all documents modifying any term of any Organizational Document of any Group Member or any Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture thereof on or prior to the date of this Compliance Certificate have been delivered to Administrative Agent or are attached hereto.

 

9.

Attached hereto as Annex [3] is a calculation in reasonable detail of the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.5 [a]26 [c], 27 of the Credit Agreement for the Fiscal [Quarter/Year] ending ____________________, 20__.

 

10.

[Attached hereto as Annex [3] is a calculation in reasonable detail of the Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for the Fiscal Year ending ____________________, 20__.]28

The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in the attachments hereto and the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered on the date first written above.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

26 

Include in Compliance Certificates accompanying financials statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) and (c) beginning with the financial statements for the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2019 and ending with the financial statements for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2021

27 

Include in Compliance Certificates accompanying financials statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) and (c) beginning with the financial statements for the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2022.

28 

Include in Compliance Certificates accompanying financials statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) with respect to the fourth Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year beginning with the financial statements for the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2019.

 

IX-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Compliance Certificate on the date first written above.

 

INVOICE CLOUD, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

IX-5


ANNEX [3]

TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

This Annex [3] is attached to and made a part of the Compliance Certificate dated as of [•] and pertains to the period from [•] to [•] (such date, the “End Date”). Section references herein relate to sections of the Credit Agreement.

(A) Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio for the four-Fiscal Quarter ended [___]

 

  1.    Consolidated Total Debt of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries:    $____________
  2.    Unrestricted Cash of the Group Members that is available as of such last day in an amount not to exceed (i) for any Test Period ending prior to the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, $15,000,000 and (ii) for any Test Period ending from and after the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, (x) $5,000,000 plus (y) without duplication, Unrestricted Cash held in Deposit Accounts of Borrower and the Guarantors subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement and pursuant to which the Administrative Agent has a perfected first priority lien; provided that, the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash that may be subtracted from the amount in the foregoing clause (1), pursuant to the foregoing clauses (2)(ii)(x) and (2)(ii)(y), shall not in any event, collectively exceed $15,000,000:    $____________
  3.    Consolidated EBITDA (the total of the following listed below: (a)+(b)+(c)+(d)+(e)+(f)+(g)+(h)+(i)+(j)+
(k)+(l)+(m)+(n)+(o)+(p)+(q)+(r)+(s)-(t)-(u)-(v)-(w)-(x)-(y)-(z))
   $____________
     (a) Consolidated Net Income of the Group Members    $____________
     plus without duplication and, if applicable, to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income (regardless of classification) for such period, and in each case (other than in the case of clause (i)) only to the extent (and in the same proportion) deducted (and not added back or excluded) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:   
     (b) any Tax Distributions and any Taxes payable by a Group Member paid or accrued during such period;    $____________
     (c)(x) Consolidated Interest Expense and, to the extent not reflected in such Consolidated Interest Expense, (y) any net losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, amortization or write-off of debt discount and (z) debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including commitment, letter of credit and administrative fees and charges with respect to the Loans and Commitments under the Credit Agreement);    $____________


     (d) depreciation and amortization expense and non-cash impairment charges (other than write-downs or write-offs of accounts receivable or inventory);    $____________
     (e) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses, provided that the aggregate amount of add-backs or amounts added back in reliance on this clause (e), together with the amounts permitted to be added back pursuant to clauses (i) and (p), shall not exceed 30% of Consolidated EBITDA in any four consecutive Fiscal Quarter period (in each case, calculated prior to giving effect to any such adjustments);    $____________
     (f) any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses (except to the extent such charges, expenses or losses represent an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or an amortization of a prepaid cash expense paid in a prior period);    $____________
     (g) costs, charges and expenses arising from stock option based and other equity based compensation, and from repurchase of equity from directors, officers, consultants and employees, of the Group Members to the extent such costs, charges and expenses are non-cash or otherwise funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Voting Securities of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock or Cure Amounts);    $____________
     (h) proceeds actually received by the Group Members during such period from any business interruption insurance (to the extent such proceeds are not reflected as revenue or income in such statement of such Consolidated Net Income);    $____________
     (i) the amount of pro forma “run rate” cost savings and other operating improvements and synergies projected by Holdings or Borrower in good faith and certified in writing to Administrative Agent to be realized as a result of any acquisition or Asset Sale otherwise permitted hereunder (including the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such business) of business entities or properties or assets, constituting a division or line of business of any business entity, division or line of business that is the subject of any such acquisition or Asset Sale during such period, or from any operational change taken or committed to be taken during such period, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions to the extent already included in the Consolidated Net Income for such period; provided that Holdings or Borrower shall have certified to Administrative Agent that (A) such cost savings, operating improvements and synergies are reasonably anticipated to result from such actions, (B) such actions have been taken or committed to be taken and the benefits resulting therefrom are anticipated by Holdings and Borrower to be realized within 18 months after the related merger or other business combination, acquisition, divestiture, restructuring, cost savings initiative or other initiative is consummated and (C) the aggregate amount of add-backs or amounts added back in reliance on this clause (i), together with the amounts permitted to be added back pursuant to clauses (e) and (p), shall not exceed 30% of Consolidated EBITDA in any four consecutive Fiscal Quarter period (in each case, calculated prior to giving effect to any such adjustments);    $____________


     (j) cash expenses relating to earn-outs and similar obligations otherwise included in the definition of “Indebtedness”;    $____________
     (k) charges, losses, costs, expenses or write offs to the extent indemnified or insured by a third party, including expenses covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with the Transactions, a Permitted Acquisition or any other acquisition permitted by this Agreement, to the extent actually reimbursed (and to the extent such reimbursement proceeds are not included in arriving at Consolidated Net Income);    $____________
     (l) any unrealized foreign currency translation losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets and liabilities of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, but only to the extent deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income;    $____________
     (m) any unrealized mark-to-market losses relating to Securities and other Investments of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, but only to the extent deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income;    $____________
     (n) costs of surety bonds, letters of credit, bank guarantees and similar instruments in connection with financing activities of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;    $____________
     (o) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense as described in the preceding clause (d)) related to any issuance of Capital Stock, Investment, acquisition, Asset Sale, Recovery Event, recapitalization or the incurrence, issuance, SEC registration, modification or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the Credit Agreement and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Obligations or other Indebtedness permitted under the Credit Agreement;    $____________
     (p) charges, fees, expenses or other costs or reserves attributable to the undertaking and/or implementation of cost savings initiatives, operating expense reductions, transition, business optimization and other restructuring and integration charges, fees, expenses or other costs or reserves (including costs related to the closure or consolidation of facilities, costs relating to curtailments, costs related to entry into new markets, strategic initiatives and contracts, consulting fees, signing or retention costs, retention or completion bonuses, expansion and relocation expenses, severance payments, modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, contract termination costs, new systems design and implementation costs and startup costs); provided that the aggregate amount of add-backs or amounts added back in reliance on this clause (p), together with the amounts permitted to be added back pursuant to clauses (e) and (i), shall not exceed 30% of Consolidated EBITDA in any four consecutive Fiscal Quarter period (in each case, calculated prior to giving effect to any such adjustments);    $____________


     (q) [reserved];    $____________
     (r) the amount of reasonable board of director fees and expenses (including out of pocket director fees and expenses) actually paid by or on behalf of, or accrued by, such Person to the extent permitted to be paid under this Agreement; and    $____________
     (s) one-time charges, fees, expenses or other costs or reserves associated with commencing public company compliance;    $____________
     minus, to the extent reflected as income or a gain in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:   
     (t) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains (including gains on the sales of assets) outside of the ordinary course of business;    $____________
     (u)(A) any other non-cash income or gains (other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course), but excluding any such items (i) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period or (ii) which represent the reversal in such period of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period where such accrual or reserve is no longer required and (B) any net gains on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purposes of hedging interest rate risk;    $____________
     (v) non-cash items added in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income (other than any such non-cash item (i) to the extent it is anticipated to result in the receipt of cash payments in any future period or in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or (ii) which represents the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period);    $____________
     (w) net gains from discontinued or disposed operations (in the case of discontinued operations, solely to the extent incurred from the date such operations were held for sale in accordance with GAAP);    $____________
     (x) any unrealized foreign currency translation gains realized and income accrued from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets and liabilities of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, but only to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income;    $____________
     (y) any unrealized mark-to-market gains realized and income accrued relating to Securities and other Investments of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, but only to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income; and    $____________


     (z) deferred software development costs and expenditures incurred by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period that have been capitalized in accordance with GAAP and recorded as such on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, which, if such capitalization has been required by GAAP, will be deducted solely to the extent that such costs and expenditures exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (with only the amount of such excess to be deducted):    $____________
  4.    Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio (1-2):(3):    ____:1.00
  5.    Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio permitted under Section 7.5(c):    ____:1.00

(B) Maximum Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio for the four-Fiscal Quarter ended [___]

 

  1.    Consolidated Total Debt of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries:    $____________
     minus, without duplication, the sum of:   
  2.    Unrestricted Cash of Group Members that is available as of the End Date in an amount not to exceed (i) for any Test Period ending prior to the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, $15.0 million and (ii) for any Test Period ending from and after the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, (x) $5,000,000 plus (y) without duplication, Unrestricted Cash held in Deposit Accounts of Borrower and the Guarantors subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement and pursuant to which the Administrative Agent has a perfected first priority lien; provided that, the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash that may be subtracted from the amount in the foregoing clause (1), pursuant to the foregoing clauses (2)(ii)(x) and (2)(ii)(y), shall not in any event, collectively exceed $15,000,000:    $____________
  3.    LQA Recurring Revenues of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries:    $____________
  4.    Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio (1-2:3):    ____:1.00
  5.    Maximum Consolidated Debt to Revenue Ratio permitted under Section 7.5(a):    ____:1.00

(C) Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for the four-Fiscal Quarter ended [___]

 

 

Consolidated Excess Cash Flow (The total of the following

listed below (a)+(b)+(c)-(d)-(e)-(f)-(g)-(h)-(i)-(j)-(m)) :

  

$________

  The sum, without duplication, of the following:   
  (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period: 1    $_________

 

1 

For any Compliance Certificate delivered which does not otherwise include the detailed Consolidated EBITDA calculation required under Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio financial covenant calculation, such Consolidated EBITDA calculation shall be included herein and shall include the same level of detail as required with respect to the Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio financial covenant calculation.


     (b) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than (1) any such decreases arising from reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa and (2) any such decreases arising from acquisitions or Asset Sales by Group Members completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting):   
     (c) cash receipts in respect of interest income and Interest Rate Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income:    $__________
     less the sum, without duplication, of the following:    $__________
     (d) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than (1) any such increases arising from reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa and (2) any such increases arising from acquisitions or Asset Sales by any group Member completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting):    $__________
     (e) the amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures made in cash during such period, except to the extent that such Consolidated Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds received from the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness, or the issuance of Capital Stock, of one or more of the Group Members:    $__________
     (f) the aggregate amount of all scheduled and mandatory principal payments of Indebtedness of the Group Members made during such period (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of obligations under Capital Leases, (B) [reserved], (C) the actual cash amount used to voluntarily prepay any Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v) of the Credit Agreement, except to the extent financed with the proceeds received from the issuance or incurrence of other long-term Indebtedness, or the issuance of Capital Stock, of one or more of the Group Members:    $__________
     (g) the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by the Group Members (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments made during such period which are permitted under Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement to the extent that such Investments were not financed with the proceeds received from the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness, or the issuance of Capital Stock, of one or more of the Group Members:    $__________


     (h) the amount of Restricted Junior Payments otherwise permitted to be made during such period under Section 7.4 of the Credit Agreement and actually paid during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Group Members in cash, to the extent such dividends were financed with internally generated cash flow of Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries:    $__________
     (i) the aggregate cash payments made during such period to satisfy Taxes measured by net income, including, without duplication, Permitted Tax Distributions:    $____________
     (j) cash expenditures in respect of Interest Rate Agreements during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income:    $__________
     (k) any Transaction Costs paid in cash during such period to the extent such payments were not financed with proceeds of Loans or the issuance of incurrence of other Indebtedness of one or more Group Members:    $__________
     (l) the aggregate cash payments made during such period to satisfy earn-outs and similar obligations then due and payable by their terms to the extent such earn-outs or other similar obligations are (A) added back in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such period and (B) otherwise permitted under this Agreement;    $__________
     (m) the amount related to items that were added to or not deducted from net income in calculating Consolidated Net Income or were added to or not deducted from net income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA to the extent such items represented a cash payment by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or did not represent cash received by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis during such period.    $__________


EXHIBIT X

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

Date: [__], 20__

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”), Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto; unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Certificate shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned hereby certifies as follows, solely in his capacity as [chief financial officer/treasurer] of the Borrower and not in his individual capacity:

1. I am the [Chief Financial Officer] of the Borrower.

2. I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the financial statements referenced in Section 5.3 of the Credit Agreement, and have made such examination or investigation as I have deemed relevant for the purposes of the matters referred to herein.

3. For the purposes of this Certificate, it is assumed that the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual and matured liability.

4. Based upon my review and examination described in paragraph 2 above, I certify on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, that, as of the date hereof and after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement:

(i) The “fair value” of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis.

(ii) The “present fair saleable value” of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of the debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured.

(iii) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as such liabilities become absolute and matured and do not intend to, and do not believe that they will, incur debts or liabilities beyond their ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature.

 

1


(iv) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which they have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.

The foregoing certifications are made and delivered as of [DATE].

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solvency Certificate on the date first written above.

 

Invoice Cloud, Inc.
By:  
Name:    
Title:   [Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer]

 

3


EXHIBIT XI

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

This Assignment and Assumption (the “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the date set forth below (the “Effective Date”) and is entered into by and between [Insert Name of Assignor] (the “Assignor”) and [Insert Name of Assignee] (the “Assignee”) [[and agreed and consented to by [Borrower][,] [and] [Administrative Agent][,] [and] [Issuing Lender]]1. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto (the “Standard Terms and Conditions”) are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including without limitation any Letters of Credit and guarantees included in such facilities), and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by the Assignor to the Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “Assigned Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

(u)    Assignor:                                                                 
(v)    Assignee:                                                                 
      [and is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund, an Affiliated Debt Fund or an Affiliated Lender]2
(w)    Borrower:    Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(x)    Administrative Agent:    Ares Capital Corporation, as the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement
(y)    Credit Agreement:    The Credit Agreement dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto.

 

 

1 

Include consenting parties to the extent required under Section 10.1(b) of the Credit Agreement.

2 

Select if and as applicable.

 

1


(z)

Assigned Interest[s]:

 

Facility Assigned

   Aggregate Amount of
Commitments/Loans
for all Lenders
   Amount of
Commitments/Loans
Assigned
   Percentage Assigned of
Commitments/
Loans3

Term Loan

   $    $    %

Revolving Loan Commitment

   $    $    %
   $    $    %

 

7.

Effective Date: _____________ ___, 20___ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

 

 

3 

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitments/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

 

2


By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

XI-3


[**Consented to and Accepted:**]1
Invoice Cloud, Inc.
as Borrower
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

 

1 

To be added only if the consent of Borrower is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

XI-4


[**Consented to and Accepted:**]1
ARES CAPITAL CORPORATION, as
Administrative Agent
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[**Consented to and Accepted**:]2
ARES CAPITAL CORPORATION, as
Issuing Lender
By:    
Name:    
Title:  

 

 

1 

To be added only if the consent of Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

2 

To be added only if the consent of the Issuing Lender is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

XI-5


(i)         to Assignment and Assumption

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

Representations and Warranties.

Assignor.

The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than this Assignment and Assumption), (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents (other than this Assignment and Assumption) or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Holdings, Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document, or (iv) the performance or observance by Holdings, Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

Assignee.

The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it is not a Disqualified Institution and it meets all the requirements of an Eligible Assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest, (vii) it is not a Defaulting Lender at the time it acquires the Assigned Interest or after giving effect to its acquisition of the Assigned Interest, (viii) if it is not already a Lender under the Credit Agreement, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is an Administrative Questionnaire in the form provided by the Administrative Agent[,] [and] (ix) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee[, (x) on the Effective Date, after giving effect to this Assignment and Assumption, the Term Loans (including, for purposes of this clause (x), any participations in respect of any Term Loans) owned or held by Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) will not, in the aggregate, exceed 20% of the aggregate outstanding Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments, (xi) on the Effective Date, after


giving effect to this Assignment and Assumption, no more than two Affiliated Lenders will hold Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments, and (xii) [Assignee is not in possession of material non-public information with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries or their respective securities][each Assignor and Assignee have rendered customary “big-boy” disclaimer letters to each other acknowledging that they may be in possession of material non-public information that may be material to the decision by such other party to enter into this Assignment and Assumption]1]2; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, [and] (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender[, and (iii) it will observe the restrictions described in Section 10.1(b)(vi) applicable to Affiliated Lenders]3.

Payments.

From and after the Effective Date, Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued up to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

General Provisions.

This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. THIS AGREEMENT AND ASSUMPTION AND ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ASSUMPTION (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES, TO THE EXTENT THEY WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A DIFFERENT JURISDICTION.

 

 

1 

Select appropriate representation.

2 

Insert if assignment is to an Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund).

3 

Insert if assignment is to an Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund).


EXHIBIT XII

FORM OF PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

1


EXHIBIT XIII

FORM OF GUARANTY

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

1


EXHIBIT XIV

FORM OF LIQUIDITY CERTIFICATE

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

1


EXHIBIT XIV

FORM OF LIQUIDITY CERTIFICATE39

Dated as of ___________, 20__

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Invoice Cloud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to Hancock Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Hancock Midco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

This certificate is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(g) of the Credit Agreement. The Borrower hereby certifies that, as of [____],40 the sum of (a) Unrestricted Cash of the Group Members plus (b) the difference between the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount and the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments meets or exceeds $4,000,000, as reflected on the attached Schedule 1.

The computations set forth on the attached Schedule 1 were prepared by the Borrower in good faith. The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth on the attached Schedule 1, are made and delivered as of the date first written above.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

39 

To be delivered within 30 days after the end of each month, beginning with the month ending March 31, 2019 through the month ending January 31, 2022.

40 

To be dated as of the month end date.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed by its duly Authorized Officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

INVOICE CLOUD, INC.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

Signature Page to Liquidity Certificate


Schedule 1

The sum, without duplication, of the following:

 

4.    Unrestricted Cash of Group Member at such date:    $ ____________  
   plus   
5.    Revolving Loan Commitment minus the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitment at such date:    $ ____________  
6.    Total Liquidity (1+2):    $ ____________  

 

Signature Page to Liquidity Certificate


EXHIBIT XV-1

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among INVOICE CLOUD, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to HANCOCK MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), HANCOCK MIDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.7(b) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]


EXHIBIT XV-2

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among INVOICE CLOUD, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to HANCOCK MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), HANCOCK MIDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.7(b) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[    ]


EXHIBIT XV-3

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among INVOICE CLOUD, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to HANCOCK MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), HANCOCK MIDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.7(b) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, OR (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by either an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[    ]


EXHIBIT XV-4

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of February 11, 2019 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among INVOICE CLOUD, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), as successor by merger on the Closing Date to HANCOCK MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), HANCOCK MIDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), Ares Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”), and the other parties from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.7(b) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by either an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[    ]

 

1

Exhibit 10.16

ENGAGESMART, INC.

2021 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSE

The Plan’s purpose is to enhance the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing these individuals with equity ownership opportunities and/or equity-linked compensatory opportunities. Capitalized terms used in the Plan are defined in Article XI.

ARTICLE II.

ELIGIBILITY

Service Providers are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan, subject to the limitations described herein.

ARTICLE III.

ADMINISTRATION AND DELEGATION

3.1 Administration. The Plan is administered by the Administrator. The Administrator has authority to determine which Service Providers receive Awards, grant Awards and set Award terms and conditions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the Plan. The Administrator also has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the Plan, to interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal Plan administrative rules, guidelines and practices as it deems advisable. The Administrator may correct defects and ambiguities, supply omissions and reconcile inconsistencies in the Plan or any Award Agreement as it deems necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and any Awards. The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan are in its sole discretion and will be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or any Award.

3.2 Appointment of Committees. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Board or the Administrator may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more Committees or one or more committees of directors or officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant Awards to, or amend Awards held by, the following individuals: (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or (b) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder. The Board or the Administrator, as applicable, may rescind any such delegation, abolish any such Committee or committee and/or re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority at any time.

ARTICLE IV.

STOCK AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

4.1 Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment under Article VIII and the terms of this Article IV, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be equal to the Overall Share Limit. As of the Effective Date, the Company will cease granting awards under the Prior Plan; however, Prior Plan Awards will remain subject to the terms of the applicable Prior Plan. Shares issued under the Plan may consist of authorized but unissued Shares, Shares purchased on the open market or treasury Shares.


4.2 Share Recycling. If all or any part of an Award expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for or settled in cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, in any case, in a manner that results in the Company acquiring Shares covered by the Award at a price not greater than the price (as adjusted to reflect any Equity Restructuring) paid by the Participant for such Shares or not issuing any Shares covered by the Award, the unused Shares covered by the Award will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. In addition, Shares delivered (either by actual delivery or attestation) to the Company by a Participant to satisfy the applicable exercise or purchase price of an Award and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award (including Shares retained by the Company from the Award being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation) will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not count against the Overall Share Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the following Shares shall not be added to the Shares authorized for grant under Section 4.1 and shall not be available for future grants of Awards: (i) Shares subject to a Stock Appreciation Right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the Stock Appreciation Right on exercise thereof; and (ii) Shares purchased on the open market by the Company with the cash proceeds from the exercise of Options.

4.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no more than 90,000,000 Shares may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

4.4 Substitute Awards. In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or the Company’s acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, the Administrator may grant Substitute Awards for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its affiliate in accordance with Applicable Laws. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards will not count against the Overall Share Limit (nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award be added back to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided in Section 4.2 above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive Stock Options will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not count against the Overall Share Limit (and Shares subject to such Awards shall not be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided in Section 4.2 above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Service Providers prior to such acquisition or combination.

4.5 Non-Employee Director Compensation. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may, pursuant to the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it deems relevant from time to time, establish compensation for non-employee Directors from time to time, subject to the limitations in the Plan and/or pursuant to a written nondiscretionary formula established by the Administrator (the “Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy”). The sum of any cash compensation, or other compensation, and the value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting

 

2


Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of Awards granted to a non-employee Director as compensation for services as a non-employee Director during any fiscal year of the Company may not exceed $750,000, increased to $1,000,000 in the fiscal year of a non-employee Director’s initial service as a non-employee Director (the “Director Limits”). The Administrator may make exceptions to the Director Limits in extraordinary circumstances, as the Administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee Director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving non-employee Directors.

ARTICLE V.

STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

5.1 General. The Administrator may grant Options or Stock Appreciation Rights to Service Providers subject to the limitations in the Plan, including any limitations in the Plan that apply to Incentive Stock Options. A Stock Appreciation Right will entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right) to receive from the Company upon exercise of the exercisable portion of the Stock Appreciation Right an amount determined by multiplying the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the exercise price per Share of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, subject to any limitations of the Plan or that the Administrator may impose and payable in cash, Shares valued at Fair Market Value or a combination of the two as the Administrator may determine or provide in the Award Agreement.

5.2 Exercise Price. The Administrator will establish each Option’s and Stock Appreciation Right’s exercise price and specify the exercise price in the Award Agreement. The exercise price will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date of the Option (subject to Section 5.6) or Stock Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the exercise price per share of the Shares subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the exercise price of any Substitute Award shall be determined in accordance with the applicable requirements of Sections 424 and 409A of the Code.

5.3 Duration. Each Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable at such times and as specified in the Award Agreement, provided that, subject to Section 5.6, the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right will not exceed ten years. Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless determined otherwise by the Company, in the event that on the last business day of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right (other than an Incentive Stock Option) (a) the exercise of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right is prohibited by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, or (b) Shares may not be purchased or sold by the applicable Participant due to any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) or a “lock-up” agreement undertaken in connection with an issuance of securities by the Company, the term of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be extended until the date that is 30 days after the end of the legal prohibition, black-out period or lock-up agreement, as determined by the Company; provided, however, in no event shall the extension last beyond the ten year term of the applicable Option or Stock Appreciation Right. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in the Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (i) no portion of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right which is unexercisable at a Participant’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable and (ii) the portion of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is unexercisable at a Participant’s Termination of Service shall automatically expire thirty (30) days following such Termination of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted under Applicable Laws, if the Participant, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, violates the non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other similar restrictive covenant provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary, the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Stock Appreciation Right issued to the Participant shall terminate immediately upon such violation, unless the Company otherwise determines.

 

3


5.4 Exercise. Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised by delivering to the Company a written notice of exercise, in a form the Administrator approves (which may be electronic), signed by the person authorized to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, together with, as applicable, payment in full (a) as specified in Section 5.5 for the number of Shares for which the Award is exercised and (b) as specified in Section 9.5 for any applicable taxes. Unless the Administrator otherwise determines, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

5.5 Payment Upon Exercise. Subject to Section 10.8, any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) and Applicable Laws, the exercise price of an Option must be paid by:

(a) cash, wire transfer of immediately available funds or by check payable to the order of the Company, provided that the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted;

(b) if there is a public market for Shares at the time of exercise, unless the Company otherwise determines, (i) delivery (including electronically or telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or (ii) the Participant’s delivery to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator;

(c) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of Shares owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value;

(d) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, surrendering Shares then issuable upon the Option’s exercise valued at their Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(e) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery of a promissory note or any other property that the Administrator determines is good and valuable consideration; or

(f) to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the above payment forms approved by the Administrator.

5.6 Additional Terms of Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of its present or future parent or subsidiary corporations, as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. If an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the exercise price will not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the Option’s grant date, and the term of the Option will not exceed five years. All Incentive Stock Options will be subject to and construed consistently with Section 422 of the Code. By accepting an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant agrees to give prompt notice to the Company of dispositions or other transfers (other than in connection with a Change in Control) of Shares acquired under the Option made within (a) two years from the grant date of the Option or (b) one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, specifying the date of the disposition or other transfer and the amount the Participant realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, in such disposition or other transfer. Neither the Company nor the Administrator will be liable to a Participant, or

 

4


any other party, if an Incentive Stock Option fails or ceases to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Stock Option or portion thereof that fails to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code for any reason, including becoming exercisable with respect to Shares having a fair market value exceeding the $100,000 limitation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-4, will be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

ARTICLE VI.

RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

6.1 General. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock, or the right to purchase Restricted Stock, to any Service Provider, subject to the Company’s right to repurchase all or part of such Shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant (or to require forfeiture of such Shares) if conditions the Administrator specifies in the Award Agreement are not satisfied before the end of the applicable restriction period or periods that the Administrator establishes for such Award. In addition, the Administrator may grant to Service Providers Restricted Stock Units, which may be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period or periods, as set forth in an Award Agreement.

6.2 Restricted Stock.

(a) Rights as Stockholders. Subject to the Company’s right of repurchase as described above, upon issuance of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the restrictions in the Plan.

(b) Dividends. Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise in the Award Agreement. In addition, unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock of property other than an ordinary cash dividend, the Shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(c) Stock Certificates. The Company may require that the Participant deposit in escrow with the Company (or its designee) any stock certificates issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock, together with a stock power endorsed in blank.

6.3 Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Settlement. The Administrator may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Restricted Stock Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participant’s election, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A.

(b) Stockholder Rights. A Participant will have no rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to any Restricted Stock Unit unless and until the Shares are delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit.

 

5


ARTICLE VII.

OTHER STOCK OR CASH BASED AWARDS; DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS

7.1 Other Stock or Cash Based Awards. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be granted to Participants, including Awards entitling Participants to receive Shares to be delivered in the future and including annual or other periodic or long-term cash bonus awards (whether based on specified Performance Criteria or otherwise), in each case subject to any conditions and limitations in the Plan. Such Other Stock or Cash Based Awards will also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other Awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be paid in Shares, cash or other property, as the Administrator determines.

7.2 Dividend Equivalents. A grant of Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock or Cash Based Award may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents, and no Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or Shares and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Award with to which the Dividend Equivalents are paid and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII.

ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK

AND CERTAIN OTHER EVENTS

8.1 Equity Restructuring(a) . In connection with any Equity Restructuring, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VIII, the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding Award as it deems appropriate to reflect the Equity Restructuring, which may include adjusting the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the Award’s exercise price or grant price (if applicable), granting new Awards to Participants, and making a cash payment to Participants. The adjustments provided under this Section 8.1 will be nondiscretionary and final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company; provided that the Administrator will determine whether an adjustment is equitable.

8.2 Corporate Transactions. In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, amalgamation, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, Change in Control, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, other similar corporate transaction or event, other unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company or its financial statements or any change in any Applicable Laws or accounting principles, the Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event (except that action to give effect to a change in Applicable Law or accounting principles may be made within a reasonable period of time after such change) and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award granted or issued under the Plan, (y) facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles:

 

6


(a) To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under the vested portion of such Award, as applicable; provided that, if the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then the Award may be terminated without payment;

(b) To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all Shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award;

(c) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and/or applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;

(d) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards and/or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Article IV on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued, including pursuant to any Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy) and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price or applicable performance goals), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards;

(e) To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or

(f) To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.

8.3 Effect of Non-Assumption in a Change in Control.

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.2, if a Change in Control occurs and a Participant’s Award is not continued, converted, assumed or replaced with a substantially similar award by (i) the Company, or (ii) a successor entity or its parent or subsidiary (an “Assumption”), and provided that the Participant has not had a Termination of Service, then, immediately prior to the Change in Control, such Award shall become fully vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, and all forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions on such Award shall lapse, in which case, such Award shall be canceled upon the consummation of the Change in Control in exchange for the right to receive the Change in Control consideration payable to other holders of Common Stock (A) which may be on such terms and conditions as apply generally to holders of Common Stock under the Change in Control documents (including, without limitation, any escrow, earn-out or other deferred consideration provisions) or such other terms and conditions as the Administrator may provide, and (B) determined by reference to the number of Shares subject to such Award and net of any applicable exercise price; provided that to the extent that any Award constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” that may not be paid upon the Change in Control under Section 409A without the imposition of taxes thereon under Section 409A (including payments as a result of any termination of “nonqualified deferred compensation” Awards permitted under Section 409A in connection with a Change in Control), the timing of such payments shall be governed by the applicable Award Agreement (subject to any deferred consideration provisions applicable under the Change in Control documents); and provided, further, that if the amount to which the Participant would be entitled upon the settlement or exercise of such Award at the time of the Change in Control is equal to or less than zero, then such Award may be terminated without payment. The Administrator shall determine whether an Assumption of an Award has occurred in connection with a Change in Control.

 

7


(b) If a Change in Control occurs and a Participant’s Awards are assumed pursuant to Section 8.3(a), and, on or within 12 months following such Change in Control, the Company or its successor entity or a parent or subsidiary thereof terminates such Participant’s employment or service with such entity for any reason (other than for Cause and other than as a result of such Participant’s death or Disability), then (i) such Participant’s remaining unvested Awards (including any Substitute Awards) shall become fully vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, and all forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions on such Awards (including any Substitute Awards) shall lapse, on the date of such Termination of Service, and (ii) with respect to Options then held by such Participant, the Participant shall have a period of 6 months following the date of such Termination of Service (or such longer period as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement(s)) to exercise such Options, to the extent that he or she was otherwise entitled to exercise such Options on the date of such Termination of Service (but in no event shall any Option remain exercisable beyond its outside expiration date).

8.4 Administrative Stand Still. In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other extraordinary transaction or change affecting the Shares or the Share price, including any Equity Restructuring or any securities offering or other similar transaction, for administrative convenience, the Administrator may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award for up to 60 days before or after such transaction.

8.5 General. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no Participant will have any rights due to any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, dividend payment, increase or decrease in the number of Shares of any class or dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or other corporation. Except as expressly provided with respect to an Equity Restructuring under Section 8.1 or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of Shares of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of any class, will affect, and no adjustment will be made regarding, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the Award’s grant price or exercise price (if applicable). The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder will not affect or restrict in any way the Company’s right or power to make or authorize (a) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (b) any merger, consolidation dissolution or liquidation of the Company or sale of Company assets or (c) any sale or issuance of securities, including securities with rights superior to those of the Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares. The Administrator may treat Participants and Awards (or portions thereof) differently under this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX.

GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

9.1 Transferability(a) . Except as the Administrator may determine or provide in an Award Agreement or otherwise for Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, Awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except for certain beneficiary designations, by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the Administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, will be exercisable only by the Participant. Any permitted transfer of an Award hereunder shall be without consideration, except as required by Applicable Law, and such Award transferred to a permitted transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Participant and the Participant or transferor and the receiving permitted transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, will include references to a Participant’s authorized transferee that the Administrator specifically approves.

 

8


9.2 Documentation. Each Award will be evidenced in an Award Agreement, which may be written or electronic, as the Administrator determines. The Award Agreement will contain the terms and conditions applicable to an Award. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

9.3 Discretion. Except as the Plan otherwise provides, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award to a Participant need not be identical, and the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) uniformly.

9.4 Change in Status. The Administrator will determine how the disability, death, retirement, an authorized leave of absence or any other change or purported change in a Participant’s Service Provider status affects an Award and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award, if applicable.

9.5 Withholding. Each Participant must pay the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required by Applicable Law to be withheld in connection with such Participant’s Awards by the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company may deduct an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations based on the applicable statutory withholding rates (or such other rate as may be determined by the Company after considering any accounting consequences or costs) from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant. In the absence of a contrary determination by the Company (or, with respect to withholding pursuant to clause (b) below with respect to Awards held by individuals subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, a contrary determination by the Administrator), all tax withholding obligations will be calculated based on the maximum applicable statutory withholding rates. Subject to Section 10.8 and any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods), Participants may satisfy such tax obligations (a) in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by check made payable to the order of the Company, provided that the Company may limit the use of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted, (b) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, in whole or in part by delivery of Shares, including Shares delivered by attestation and Shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery, (c) if there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligations are satisfied, unless the Company otherwise determines, (i) delivery (including electronically or telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to satisfy the tax obligations, or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator, or (d) to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the foregoing payment forms approved by the Administrator. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of Shares which may be so delivered or retained pursuant to clause (b) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery or retention no greater than the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the maximum individual statutory tax rate in the applicable jurisdiction at the time of such withholding (or such other rate as may be required to avoid the liability classification of the applicable Award under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America); provided, however, to the extent such Shares were acquired by Participant from the Company as compensation, the Shares must have been held for the minimum period required by applicable accounting rules to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes; provided, further, that, any such Shares delivered or retained shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share to the extent rounding up to the nearest whole Share does not result in the liability classification of the applicable Award under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. If any tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under clause (b) above by the Company’s retention of Shares

 

9


from the Award creating the tax obligation and there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligation is satisfied, the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on the applicable Participant’s behalf some or all of the Shares retained and to remit the proceeds of the sale to the Company or its designee, and each Participant’s acceptance of an Award under the Plan will constitute the Participant’s authorization to the Company and instruction and authorization to such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this sentence.

9.6 Amendment of Award; Repricing. The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including by substituting another Award of the same or a different type, changing the exercise or settlement date, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action will be required unless (a) the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Award, or (b) the change is permitted under Article VIII or pursuant to Section 10.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, (i) reduce the exercise price per share of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or (ii) cancel outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise price per share that is less than the exercise price per share of the original Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

9.7 Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares under the Plan or remove restrictions from Shares previously delivered under the Plan until (a) all Award conditions have been met or removed to the Company’s satisfaction, (b) as determined by the Company, all other legal matters regarding the issuance and delivery of such Shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (c) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy any Applicable Laws. The Company’s inability to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which the Administrator determines is necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any securities, will relieve the Company of any liability for failing to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority has not been obtained.

9.8 Acceleration. The Administrator may at any time provide that any Award will become immediately vested and fully or partially exercisable, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise fully or partially realizable.

9.9 Cash Settlement. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of the Plan, the Administrator may provide, in an Award Agreement or subsequent to the grant of an Award, in its discretion, that any Award may be settled in cash, Shares or a combination thereof.

9.10 Broker-Assisted Sales9.11 . In the event of a broker-assisted sale of Shares in connection with the payment of amounts owed by a Participant under or with respect to the Plan or Awards, including amounts to be paid under the final sentence of Section 9.5: (a) any Shares to be sold through the broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the payment first becomes due, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (b) such Shares may be sold as part of a block trade with other Participants in the Plan in which all Participants receive an average price; (c) the applicable Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and by accepting an Award, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (d) to the extent the Company or its designee receives proceeds of such sale that exceed the amount owed, the Company will pay such excess in cash to the applicable Participant as soon as reasonably practicable; (e) the Company and its designees are under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price; and (f) in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the Participant’s applicable obligation, the Participant may be required to pay immediately upon demand to the Company or its designee an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the Participant’s obligation.

 

10


ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 No Right to Employment or Other Status. No person will have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company and its Subsidiaries expressly reserve the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided in an Award Agreement or in the Plan.

10.2 No Rights as Stockholder; Certificates. Subject to the Award Agreement, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary will have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under an Award until becoming the record holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless the Administrator otherwise determines or Applicable Laws require, the Company will not be required to deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares may be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator). The Company may place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan that the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws.

10.3 Effective Date and Term of Plan. Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Plan will become effective on the day prior to the Public Trading Date (the “Effective Date”) and will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (a) the date the Board adopted the Plan or (b) the date the Company’s stockholders approved the Plan, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date in accordance with the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, an Incentive Stock Option may not be granted under the Plan after 10 years from the earlier of (i) the date the Board adopted the Plan or (ii) the date the Company’s stockholders approved the Plan, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date in accordance with the Plan. If the Plan is not approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Plan will not become effective, no Awards will be granted under the Plan and the Prior Plan (to the extent in effect as of the Effective Date) will continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

10.4 Amendment and Termination of Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided that no amendment, other than an increase to the Overall Share Limit, may materially and adversely affect any Award outstanding at the time of such amendment without the affected Participant’s consent. No Awards may be granted under the Plan during any suspension period or after the Plan’s termination. Awards outstanding at the time of any Plan suspension or termination will continue to be governed by the Plan and the Award Agreement, as in effect before such suspension or termination. The Board will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

10.5 Provisions for Foreign Participants. The Administrator may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters; provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the Overall Share Limit or the Director Limit.

 

11


10.6 Section 409A.

(a) General. The Company intends that all Awards be structured to comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A, such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, without a Participant’s consent, amend this Plan or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and retroactive actions) as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of Awards, including any such actions intended to (i) exempt this Plan or any Award from Section 409A, or (ii) comply with Section 409A, including regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after an Award’s grant date. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to an Award’s tax treatment under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company will have no obligation under this Section 10.6 or otherwise to avoid the taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and will have no liability to any Participant or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute noncompliant “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A.

(b) Separation from Service. If an Award constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any payment or settlement of such Award upon a termination of a Participant’s Service Provider relationship will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A, be made only upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), whether such “separation from service” occurs upon or after the termination of the Participant’s Service Provider relationship. For purposes of this Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms means a “separation from service.”

(c) Payments to Specified Employees. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” required to be made under an Award to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A and as the Administrator determines) due to his or her “separation from service” will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, be delayed for the six-month period immediately following such “separation from service” (or, if earlier, until the specified employee’s death) and will instead be paid (as set forth in the Award Agreement) on the day immediately following such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter (without interest). Any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under such Award payable more than six months following the Participant’s “separation from service” will be paid at the time or times the payments are otherwise scheduled to be made.

10.7 Limitations on Liability. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan or any Award, and such individual will not be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument executed in his or her capacity as an Administrator, director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee and agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that has been or will be granted or delegated any duty or power relating to the Plan’s administration or interpretation, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Administrator’s approval) arising from any act or omission concerning this Plan unless arising from such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

10.8 Lock-Up Period. The Company may, at the request of any underwriter representative or otherwise, in connection with registering the offering of any Company securities under the Securities Act, prohibit Participants from, directly or indirectly, selling or otherwise transferring any Shares or other Company securities during a period of up to 180 days following the effective date of a Company registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or such longer period as determined by the underwriter.

 

12


10.9 Data Privacy. As a condition for receiving any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this section by and among the Company and any Subsidiary and any of their respective affiliates exclusively for implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company and the Subsidiaries and their respective affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including the Participant’s name, address and telephone number; birthdate; social security, insurance number or other identification number; salary; nationality; job title(s); any Shares held in the Company or any Subsidiaries or any of their respective affiliates; and Award details, to implement, manage and administer the Plan and Awards (the “Data”). The Company and the Subsidiaries and their respective affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary to implement, administer and manage a Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and the Subsidiaries and their respective affiliates may transfer the Data to third parties assisting the Company with Plan implementation, administration and management. These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any required Data transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Company, any Subsidiary or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data that the Company and any Subsidiary hold regarding such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data regarding such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data regarding the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents in this Section 10.9 in writing, without cost, by contacting the local human resources representative. If the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents in this Section 10.9, the Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards. For more information on the consequences of refusing or withdrawing consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

10.10 Severability. If any portion of the Plan or any action taken under it is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had been excluded, and the illegal or invalid action will be null and void.

10.11 Governing Documents. If any contradiction occurs between the Plan and any Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company (or any Subsidiary) that the Administrator has approved, the Plan will govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that a specific provision of the Plan will not apply.

10.12 Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice-of-law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws other than the State of Delaware.

10.13 Claw-back Provisions. All Awards (including, without limitation, any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by Participant upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with Applicable Laws (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as and to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy or the Award Agreement.

 

13


10.14 Titles and Headings. The titles and headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, if any conflict, the Plan’s text, rather than such titles or headings, will control.

10.15 Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Awards will be administered only in conformance with Applicable Laws. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Plan and all Award Agreements will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

10.16 Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan will be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

ARTICLE XI.

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases will have the following meanings:

11.1 “Administrator” means the Board or a Committee to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Directors and, with respect to such Awards, the term “Administrator” as used in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board.

11.2 “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where Awards are granted.

11.3 “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Dividend Equivalents, or Other Stock or Cash Based Awards.

11.4 “Award Agreement” means a written agreement evidencing an Award, which may be electronic, that contains such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines, consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

11.5 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

11.6 “Cause” with respect to a Participant, shall mean “Cause” (or any term of similar effect) as defined in such Participant’s employment or service agreement with the Company or an affiliate thereof if such an agreement exists and contains a definition of Cause (or term of similar effect), or, if no such agreement exists or such agreement does not contain a definition of Cause (or term of similar effect), then “Cause” shall mean one or more of the following: (a) willful violation of any Company policies and/or repeated and gross failure to perform Participant’s material duties, after written notice of such violation or nonperformance has been given to Participant with 30 days to cure such violation or nonperformance; (b)

 

14


use of illegal drugs by Participant; (c) commission of a felony, a crime of moral turpitude or a misdemeanor involving fraud or dishonesty; (d) the perpetration of any act of fraud or material dishonesty against or affecting the Company, any of its affiliates, or any customer, agent or employee thereof; (e) material breach of fiduciary duty or material breach of this Agreement, after written notice of such breach has been given to Participant and, to the event such breach is curable, within 30 days to cure such breach; (f) repeated insolent or abusive conduct in the workplace, including but not limited to, harassment of others of a racial or sexual nature after notice of such behavior; (g) taking any action which is intended to harm or disparage the Company or its affiliates, or their reputations, or which would reasonably be expected to lead to unwanted or unfavorable publicity to the Company or its affiliates; or (h) engaging in any act of material self-dealing without prior notice to and consent by the Board.

11.7 “Change in Control” means and includes each of the following:

(a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a transaction or series of transactions that meets the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (c) below) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of the Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

(b) During any period of 24 consecutive months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subsections (a) or (c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the 24-month period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i) which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.

 

15


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or portion of any Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b) or (c) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

11.8 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.

11.9 “Committee” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board, which may include one or more directors or executive officers of the Company, to the extent Applicable Laws permit. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3, it is intended that each member of the Committee will be, at the time the Committee takes any action with respect to an Award that is subject to Rule 16b-3, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3; however, a Committee member’s failure to qualify as a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 will not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

11.10 “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

11.11 “Company” means EngageSmart, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor.

11.12 “Consultant” means any person, including any adviser, engaged by the Company or any Subsidiary to render services to such entity if the consultant or adviser: (a) renders bona fide services to the Company or the Subsidiary; (b) renders services not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and does not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (c) is a natural person.

11.13 “Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries the Participant designates, in a manner the Administrator determines, to receive amounts due or exercise the Participant’s rights if the Participant dies or becomes incapacitated. Without a Participant’s effective designation, “Designated Beneficiary” will mean the Participant’s estate.

11.14 “Director” means a Board member.

11.15 “Disability” means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

11.16 “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant under the Plan to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares.

11.17 “Employee” means any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

16


11.18 “Equity Restructuring” means, as determined by the Administrator, a non-reciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, or other large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

11.19 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

11.20 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows: (a) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Common Stock as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (b) if the Common Stock is not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (c) without an established market for the Common Stock, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted on the pricing date of the Company’s initial public offering, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

11.21 “Greater Than 10% Stockholder” means an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively.

11.22 “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

11.23 “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option, or portion thereof, not intended or not qualifying as an Incentive Stock Option.

11.24 “Option” means an option to purchase Shares, which will either be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

11.25 “Other Stock or Cash Based Awards” means cash awards, awards of Shares, and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or are otherwise based on, Shares or other property awarded to a Participant under Article VII.

11.26 “Overall Share Limit” means the sum of (a) 14,798,186 Shares; and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031, equal to the lesser of (i) 5.0% of the aggregate number of Shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) such smaller number of Shares as is determined by the Board.

 

17


11.27 “Participant” means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award.

11.28 “Performance Criteria” mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator may select for an Award to establish performance goals for a performance period, which may include (but is not limited to) the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; environmental, social and governance measures; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the Company’s performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the Company or a Subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies.

11.29 “Plan” means this 2021 Incentive Award Plan.

11.30 “Prior Plan” means the Company’s Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option Plan, as amended.

11.31 “Prior Plan Award” means an award outstanding under any Prior Plan as of the Effective Date.

11.32 “Public Trading Date” means the first date upon which the Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

11.33 “Restricted Stock” means Shares awarded to a Participant under Article VI subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

11.34 “Restricted Stock Unit” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Administrator to be of equal value as of such settlement date awarded to a Participant under Article VI subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

11.35 “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

18


11.36 “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder.

11.37 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

11.38 “Service Provider” means an Employee, Consultant or Director.

11.39 “Shares” means shares of Common Stock.

11.40 “Stock Appreciation Right” means a stock appreciation right granted under Article V.

11.41 “Subsidiary” means any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

11.42 “Substitute Awards” mean Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, in each case by a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.

11.43 “Termination of Service” means the date the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

* * * * *

 

19

Exhibit 10.17

 

ENGAGESMART, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) have the meanings given to them in the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) of EngageSmart, Inc. (the “Company”). The Company hereby grants to the participant listed below (“Participant”) the Restricted Stock Units described in this Grant Notice (the “RSUs”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”), both of which are incorporated into this Grant Notice by reference.

 

Participant:                                             
Grant Date:                                             
Number of Restricted Stock Units:                        
Vesting Commencement Date:                        
Vesting Schedule:                        

[Withholding Tax Election: By accepting this Award electronically through the Plan service provider’s online grant acceptance policy, the Participant understands and agrees that as a condition of the grant of the RSUs hereunder, the Participant is required to, and hereby affirmatively elects to (the “Sell to Cover Election”), (1) sell that number of Shares determined in accordance with Section 2.5 of the Agreement as may be necessary to satisfy all applicable withholding obligations with respect to any taxable event arising in connection with the RSUs and similarly sell such number of Shares as may be necessary to satisfy all applicable withholding obligations with respect to any other awards of restricted stock units granted to the Participant under the Plan or any other equity incentive plans of the Company, and (2) to allow the Agent (as defined in the Agreement) to remit the cash proceeds of such sale(s) to the Company. Furthermore, the Participant directs the Company to make a cash payment equal to the required tax withholding from the cash proceeds of such sale(s) directly to the appropriate taxing authorities. The Participant has carefully reviewed Section 2.5 of the Agreement and the Participant hereby represents and warrants that on the date hereof he or she is not aware of any material, nonpublic information with respect to the Company or any securities of the Company, is not subject to any legal, regulatory or contractual restriction that would prevent the Agent from conducting sales, does not have, and will not attempt to exercise, authority, influence or control over any sales of Shares effected by the Agent pursuant to the Agreement, and is entering into the Agreement and this election to “sell to cover” in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b5-1 (regarding trading of the Company’s securities on the basis of material nonpublic information) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). It is the Participant’s intent that this election to “sell to cover” comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) under the Exchange Act and be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act.]

By Participant’s signature below or electronic acceptance or authentication in a form authorized by the Company, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, the Grant Notice, the Agreement or relating to the RSUs.


ENGAGESMART, INC.      PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

     By:   

             

Print Name:  

 

     Print Name:   

 

Title:  

 

       
       Address:   

             

         

 

 

2


EXHIBIT A

TO RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached, the Company has granted to Participant the number of RSUs set forth in the Grant Notice.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

Section 1.1 Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan or the Grant Notice.

(a) “Cessation Date” shall mean the date of Participant’s Termination of Service (regardless of the reason for such termination).

(b) “Participating Company” shall mean the Company or any of its parents or Subsidiaries.

Section 1.2 Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The RSUs and the shares of Common Stock (“Stock”) to be issued to Participant hereunder (“Shares”) are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

Section 1.3 Consideration to the Company. In consideration of the grant of the RSUs by the Company, Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to any Participating Company.

ARTICLE II.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AND DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS

Section 2.1 Award of RSUs and Dividend Equivalents.

(a) In consideration of Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to any Participating Company and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”), the Company has granted to Participant the number of RSUs set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice, the Plan and this Agreement, subject to adjustments as provided in Article 12 of the Plan. Each RSU represents the right to receive one Share or, at the option of the Company, an amount of cash as set forth in Section 2.3(b), in either case, at the times and subject to the conditions set forth herein. However, unless and until the RSUs have vested, Participant will have no right to the payment of any Shares subject thereto. Prior to the actual delivery of any Shares, the RSUs will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable only from the general assets of the Company.


Section 2.2 Vesting of RSUs and Dividend Equivalents.

(a) Subject to Participant’s continued employment with or service to the Participating Companies on each applicable vesting date and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the RSUs shall vest in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice. Each additional RSU which results from deemed reinvestments of Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Section 2.1(b) hereof shall vest whenever the underlying RSU to which such additional RSU relates vests.

(c) In the event Participant incurs a Termination of Service, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between Participant and the Company, Participant shall immediately forfeit any and all RSUs and Dividend Equivalents granted under this Agreement which have not vested or do not vest on or prior to the date on which such Termination of Service occurs, and Participant’s rights in any such RSUs and Dividend Equivalents which are not so vested shall lapse and expire.

Section 2.3 Distribution or Payment of RSUs.

(a) Participant’s RSUs shall be distributed in Shares (either in book-entry form or otherwise) or, at the option of the Company, paid in an amount of cash as set forth in Section 2.3(b), in either case, as soon as administratively practicable following the vesting of the applicable RSU pursuant to Section 2.2, and, in any event, no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the year in which such vesting occurred (for the avoidance of doubt, this deadline is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” exemption from Section 409A). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delay a distribution or payment in settlement of RSUs if it reasonably determines that such payment or distribution will violate federal securities laws or any other Applicable Law, provided that such distribution or payment shall be made at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably determines that the making of such distribution or payment will not cause such violation, as required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(ii), and provided further that no payment or distribution shall be delayed under this Section 2.3(a) if such delay will result in a violation of Section 409A.

(c) In the event that the Company elects to make payment of Participant’s RSUs in cash, the amount of cash payable with respect to each RSU shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the day immediately preceding the applicable distribution or payment date set forth in Section 2.3(a). All distributions made in Shares shall be made by the Company in the form of whole Shares unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall determine whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding down.

Section 2.4 Conditions to Issuance of Certificates. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for any Shares or to cause any Shares to be held in book-entry form prior to the fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) the admission of the Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Shares are then listed, (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable, (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable, and (d) the receipt of full payment of any applicable withholding tax in accordance with Section 2.5 by the Participating Company with respect to which the applicable withholding obligation arises.

 

A-2


Section 2.5 Tax Withholding. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

(a) As set forth in Section 10.2 of the Plan, the Participating Companies have the authority to deduct or withhold, or require Participant to remit to the applicable Participating Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the employee portion of any FICA obligation) required by Applicable Law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising in connection with the RSUs. [The Participating Companies may withhold or Participant may make such payment in one or more of the forms specified below:

(i) by cash or check made payable to the Participating Company with respect to which the withholding obligation arises;

(ii) by the deduction of such amount from other compensation payable to Participant;

(iii) with respect to any withholding taxes arising in connection with the distribution of the RSUs, with the consent of the Administrator, by requesting that the Company withhold a net number of vested shares of Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the RSUs having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Participating Companies based on the maximum statutory withholding rates in Participant’s applicable jurisdictions for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such taxable income;

(iv) with respect to any withholding taxes arising in connection with the distribution of the RSUs, with the consent of the Administrator, by tendering to the Company vested shares of Stock having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Participating Companies based on the maximum statutory withholding rates in Participant’s applicable jurisdictions for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such taxable income;

(v) with respect to any withholding taxes arising in connection with the distribution of the RSUs, through the delivery of a notice that Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to shares of Stock then issuable to Participant pursuant to the RSUs, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Participating Company with respect to which the withholding obligation arises in satisfaction of such withholding taxes; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the applicable Participating Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale; or

(vi) in any combination of the foregoing.]

[In satisfaction of such tax withholding obligations and in accordance with the Sell to Cover Election included in the Grant Notice, the Participant has irrevocably elected to sell the portion of the Shares to be delivered under the Restricted Stock Units necessary so as to satisfy the tax withholding obligations and shall execute any letter of instruction or agreement required by the Company’s transfer agent (together with any other party the Company determines necessary to execute the Sell to Cover Election, the “Agent”) to cause the Agent to irrevocably commit to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the tax withholding obligations directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any new certificate representing Shares to the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative or enter such Shares in book entry form unless and until the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state and local taxes applicable to the taxable income of the Participant resulting from the grant or vesting of the RSUs or the issuance of Shares. In accordance with Participant’s Sell to Cover Election pursuant to the Grant Notice, the Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees:

 

A-3


(vii) The Participant hereby appoints the Agent as the Participant’s agent and authorizes the Agent to (1) sell on the open market at the then prevailing market price(s), on the Participant’s behalf, as soon as practicable on or after the Shares are issued upon the vesting of the RSUs, that number (rounded up to the next whole number) of the Shares so issued necessary to generate proceeds to cover (x) any tax withholding obligations incurred with respect to such vesting or issuance and (y) all applicable fees and commissions due to, or required to be collected by, the Agent with respect thereto and (2) apply any remaining funds to the Participant’s federal tax withholding.

(viii) The Participant hereby authorizes the Company and the Agent to cooperate and communicate with one another to determine the number of Shares that must be sold pursuant to subsection (i) above.

(ix) The Participant understands that the Agent may effect sales as provided in subsection (i) above in one or more sales and that the average price for executions resulting from bunched orders will be assigned to the Participant’s account. In addition, the Participant acknowledges that it may not be possible to sell Shares as provided by subsection (i) above due to (1) a legal or contractual restriction applicable to the Participant or the Agent, (2) a market disruption, or (3) rules governing order execution priority on the national exchange where the Shares may be traded. The Participant further agrees and acknowledges that in the event the sale of Shares would result in material adverse harm to the Company, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, the Company may instruct the Agent not to sell Shares as provided by subsection (i) above. In the event of the Agent’s inability to sell Shares, the Participant will continue to be responsible for the timely payment to the Company and/or its Affiliates of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required by applicable laws and regulations to be withheld, including but not limited to those amounts specified in subsection (i) above.

(x) The Participant acknowledges that regardless of any other term or condition of this Section 2.5(a), the Agent will not be liable to the Participant for (1) special, indirect, punitive, exemplary, or consequential damages, or incidental losses or damages of any kind, or (2) any failure to perform or for any delay in performance that results from a cause or circumstance that is beyond its reasonable control.

(xi) The Participant hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Agent any other agreements or documents as the Agent reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and intent of this Section 2.5(a). The Agent is a third-party beneficiary of this Section 2.5(a).

(xii) This Section 2.5(a) shall terminate not later than the date on which all tax withholding obligations arising in connection with the vesting of the Award have been satisfied.]

(b) [With respect to any withholding taxes arising in connection with the RSUs, in the event Participant fails to provide timely payment of all sums required pursuant to Section 2.5(a), the Company shall have the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat such failure as an election by Participant to satisfy all or any portion of Participant’s required payment obligation pursuant to Section 2.5(a)(ii) or Section 2.5(a)(iii) above, or any combination of the foregoing as the Company may determine to be appropriate.] The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any certificate representing shares of Stock issuable with respect to the RSUs to, or to cause any such Shares to be held in book-entry form by, Participant or his or her legal representative unless and until Participant or his or her legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes applicable with respect to the taxable income of Participant resulting from the vesting or settlement of the RSUs or any other taxable event related to the RSUs.

 

A-4


(c) [In the event any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the RSUs will be satisfied under Section 2.5(a)(iii), then the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on Participant’s behalf a whole number of shares from those shares of Stock then issuable to Participant pursuant to the RSUs as the Company determines to be appropriate to generate cash proceeds sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding obligation and to remit the proceeds of such sale to the Participating Company with respect to which the withholding obligation arises. Participant’s acceptance of this Award constitutes Participant’s instruction and authorization to the Company and such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this Section 2.5(c), including the transactions described in the previous sentence, as applicable. The Company may refuse to issue any shares of Stock in settlement of the RSUs to Participant until the foregoing tax withholding obligations are satisfied, provided that no payment shall be delayed under this Section 2.5(c) if such delay will result in a violation of Section 409A of the Code.]

(d) Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the RSUs, regardless of any action any Participating Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the RSUs. No Participating Company makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or payment of the RSUs or the subsequent sale of Shares. The Participating Companies do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the RSUs to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

Section 2.6 Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any Person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book-entry form) will have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). Except as otherwise provided herein, after such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such Shares, including, without limitation, the right to receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

ARTICLE III.

Section 3.1 Restrictive Covenants. In consideration of the benefits being provided to Participant pursuant to this Agreement, Participant agrees to be bound by the restrictive covenants contained in this Article III.

(a) Obligation to Maintain Confidentiality. Participant agrees not to divulge to third parties, or use in a manner not authorized by the Company, any confidential or Company proprietary information gathered or learned by Participant during his or her employment with the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates. “Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to, information in oral, written or recorded form regarding business plans, trade or business secrets, Company financial records, supplier contracts or relationships, or any other information that the Company does not regularly disclose to the public. To the extent that Participant has any doubt as to whether information constitutes Confidential Information, Participant agrees to obtain advice from the Company’s General Counsel prior to divulging or using such information. Participant understands and agrees that divulging such information to third parties, or using such information in an unauthorized manner, would cause serious competitive harm to the Company. Confidential Information shall exclude: (a) information that is generally known by or available for use by the public, (b) information that was known by Participant prior to his or her employment with the Company (including its predecessor in interest, affiliates and Subsidiaries) and was obtained, to the best of Participant’s knowledge, without violation of any obligation of confidentiality to the Company, or (c) information that is required to be disclosed pursuant to applicable law or a court order. If information is required to be disclosed because of a court order, Participant must notify the Company’s General Counsel immediately. Nothing in this Section 3.1(a) shall be interpreted to preclude Participant from communicating to a governmental agency about terms or conditions of employment or legal compliance issues, or from cooperating with an investigation being conducted by a governmental agency.

 

A-5


(c) Ownership of Property. Participant acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, processes, programs, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work, and mask work (whether or not including any Confidential Information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information, and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) that relate to the Participating Companies’ or affiliates’ actual or anticipated business, research and development, or existing or future products or services, and that were or are conceived, developed, contributed to, made or reduced to practice by Participant (either solely or jointly with others) while employed by or in the service of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates (including, without limitation, prior to the date of this Agreement) (including any of the foregoing that constitutes any proprietary information or records) (“Work Product”) belong to the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates, and Participant hereby assigns, and agrees to assign, all of the above Work Product to a Participating Company or affiliate thereof. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or in part by Participant in the course of Participant’s work for any of the foregoing entities shall be deemed a “work made for hire” under the copyright laws, and the Participating Company or affiliate thereof shall own all rights therein. To the extent that any such copyrightable work is not a “work made for hire,” Participant hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Participating Company or affiliate thereof all right, title, and interest, including without limitation, copyright in and to such copyrightable work. Participant shall as promptly as practicable under the circumstances disclose such Work Product and copyrightable work to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company (whether during or after Participant’s employment with or service to the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates) to establish and confirm the Participating Company’s or such affiliate’s ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney, and other instruments). Participant is hereby provided notice of immunity under the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, which states: (i) an individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (A) is made (1) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney and (2) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal; and (ii) an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual (A) files any document containing the trade secret under seal and (B) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

(d) Third Party Information. Participant understands that the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“Third Party Information”) subject to a duty on the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the period of Participant’s employment with or service to the Company or its Subsidiaries or affiliates and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 3.1(a) above, Participant will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to any one (other than personnel and consultants of the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates who need to know such information in connection with their work for the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates) or use, except in connection with Participant’s work for the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by the Company in writing or unless and to the extent that the Third Party Information (a) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Participant’s acts or omissions to act, (b) was known to Participant prior to Participant’s employment with or service to the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates and was obtained, to the best of Participant’s knowledge, without violation of any obligation of confidentiality to the Company, or (c) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order.

 

A-6


(e) Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation. Participant acknowledges that, in the course of Participant’s employment, Participant will become familiar with the Participating Companies’ and their respective affiliates’ trade secrets and with other confidential information concerning the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates and that Participant’s services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates.

(i) Noncompetition. Participant agrees that while employed by any Participating Company or its affiliates, and continuing until the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date of any termination of Participant’s employment or service (the “Noncompete Period”), Participant shall not, anywhere in the world where the Company or its Subsidiaries or affiliates conduct or actively propose to conduct business during Participant’s employment, directly or indirectly own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, be employed by or in any manner engage in (collectively, the “Restricted Activities”) any business that is engaged in, or plans to be engaged in, services or products offered by the Company or any of its affiliates at the time of the termination of Participant’s employment or service that represent more than 1% of the Company’s annual revenue, or products or services that are actively being developed as part of the Company’s internal development efforts at the time of the termination of Participant’s employment or service (a “Competitive Business”), provided that the Restricted Activities shall only be applicable to similar line(s) of business or similar functions conducted by the Competitive Business for which the Participant had knowledge, involvement, and/or responsibility while at the Company. Further, during the Noncompete Period, Participant shall not conduct any of the Restricted Activities in similar line(s) of business or similar functions for which the Participant had knowledge, involvement, and/or responsibility while at the Company for any business that had sales to the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates during the immediately preceding fiscal year (a “Vendor Business”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant may own up to 2% of any class of an issuer’s publicly traded securities regardless of whether such entity is a Competitive Business. Nothing in this Section 3.1(d) confers upon Participant any right to receive severance or obligates the Company to pay any severance to Participant in connection with his or her termination of employment for any reason.

(ii) Nonsolicitation. Participant agrees that during the Noncompete Period, Participant shall not directly or indirectly through another entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates to leave the employ of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates and any employee thereof, (ii) hire any person who was an employee of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates within 180 days prior to the time such employee was hired by Participant, (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates to cease doing business with the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, licensee or business relation and the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates, or (iv) directly or indirectly acquire or attempt to acquire an interest in any business relating to the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries or affiliates and with which any of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates have entered into substantive negotiations or has requested and received confidential information relating to the acquisition of such business by the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates in the two-year period immediately preceding Participant’s termination of employment with any Participating Company.

(f) Non-disparagement. Participant agrees that at no time during his or her employment by any Participating Company or thereafter shall he or she make, or cause or assist any other person to make, any statement or other communication to any third party which impugns or attacks, or is otherwise critical of, in any material respect, the reputation, business or character of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers or employees; provided that Participant shall not be required to make any untruthful statement or to violate any law.

 

A-7


Section 3.2 Enforcement. If, at the time of enforcement of Article III of this Agreement, a court holds that the restrictions stated therein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum duration, scope and area permitted by law. Participant agrees that because his or her services are unique and Participant has access to confidential information, money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Article III and its subsections. Participant agrees that the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Article III or any of its subsections, may seek injunctive or other equitable relief in addition to any other remedy available to them in a court of competent jurisdiction without posting bond or other security.

Section 3.3 Acknowledgments. Participant acknowledges that the provisions of this Article III and its subsections are (a) in addition to, and not in limitation of, any obligation of Participant under the terms of any other agreement with the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates (including, without limitation, the restrictive covenants in any employment or severance agreement between the Participant and any Participating Company, which Participant acknowledges remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms), and (b) in consideration of (i) employment with the Participating Companies, and (ii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement. In addition, Participant agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Article III and its subsections do not preclude Participant from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Participant’s ability to earn a living. Participant agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates of the non-enforcement of this Article III and its subsections outweighs any potential harm to Participant of its enforcement by injunction or otherwise. Participant acknowledges that he or she has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Participant by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future. Participant expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical area.

ARTICLE IV.

OTHER PROVISIONS

Section 4.1 Administration. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested Persons. To the extent allowable pursuant to Applicable Law, no member of the Committee or the Board will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made with respect to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

 

A-8


Section 4.2 RSUs Not Transferable. The RSUs may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the Shares underlying the RSUs have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed. No RSUs or any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.

Section 4.3 Adjustments. The Administrator may accelerate the vesting of all or a portion of the RSUs in such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may determine. Participant acknowledges that the RSUs and the Shares subject to the RSUs are subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan, including Section 12.2 of the Plan.

Section 4.4 Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 4.4, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

Section 4.5 Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

Section 4.6 Governing Law.    The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

Section 4.7 Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and any and all regulations and rules promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the RSUs are granted, only in such a manner as to conform to Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to Applicable Law.

Section 4.8 Amendment, Suspension and Termination. To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator or the Board, provided that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the RSUs in any material way without the prior written consent of Participant.

Section 4.9 Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 4.2 and the Plan, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

A-9


Section 4.10 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the RSUs (including RSUs which result from the deemed reinvestment of Dividend Equivalents), the Dividend Equivalents, the Grant Notice and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

Section 4.11 Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Participant any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of any Participating Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of any Participating Company, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent (i) expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between a Participating Company and Participant or (ii) where such provisions are not consistent with applicable foreign or local laws, in which case such applicable foreign or local laws shall control.

Section 4.12 Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings, notices, communications and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 4.13 Section 409A. This Award is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A. However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, if at any time the Administrator determines that this Award (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator shall have the right in its sole discretion (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Participant or any other Person for failure to do so) to adopt such amendments to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate for this Award either to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

Section 4.14 Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

Section 4.15 Limitation on Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the RSUs and Dividend Equivalents.

Section 4.16 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

A-10


Section 4.17 [Broker-Assisted Sales. In the event of any broker-assisted sale of shares of Stock in connection with the payment of withholding taxes as provided in Section 2.5(a)(iii) or Section 2.5(a)(v): (A) any shares of Stock to be sold through a broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the tax withholding obligation arises or as soon thereafter as practicable; (B) such shares of Stock may be sold as part of a block trade with other participants in the Plan in which all participants receive an average price; (C) Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (D) to the extent the proceeds of such sale exceed the applicable tax withholding obligation, the Company agrees to pay such excess in cash to Participant as soon as reasonably practicable; (E) Participant acknowledges that the Company or its designee is under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price, and that the proceeds of any such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy the applicable tax withholding obligation; and (F) in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the applicable tax withholding obligation, Participant agrees to pay immediately upon demand to the Participating Company with respect to which the withholding obligation arises an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the applicable Participating Company’s withholding obligation.]

 

A-11

Exhibit 10.18

 

ENGAGESMART, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) have the meanings given to them in the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) of EngageSmart, Inc. (the “Company”). The Company hereby grants to the participant listed below (“Participant”) the stock option described in this Grant Notice (the “Option”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”), both of which are incorporated into this Grant Notice by reference.

 

Participant:   
Grant Date:   
Exercise Price per Share:   
Shares Subject to the Option:   
Final Expiration Date:   
Vesting Commencement Date:   
Vesting Schedule:    [To be specified in individual agreements]
Type of Option    ☐ Incentive Stock Option     ☐ Non-Qualified Stock Option

By Participant’s signature below or electronic acceptance or authentication in a form authorized by the Company, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or relating to the Option.

 

ENGAGESMART, INC.       PARTICIPANT
By:  

                     

      By:  

                          

Print Name:              Print Name:  
Title:          


EXHIBIT A

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1 Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.

1.2 Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan or the Grant Notice. For purposes of this Agreement,

(a) “Cessation Date” shall mean the date of Participant’s Termination of Service (regardless of the reason for such termination).

(b) “Participating Company” shall mean the Company or any of its parents or Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE I.

GRANT OF OPTION

Section 1.1 Grant of Option. In consideration of Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to a Participating Company and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”), the Company has granted to the Participant the Option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate number of Shares set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice, the Plan and this Agreement, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12.2 of the Plan.

Section 1.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share of the Shares subject to the Option (the “Exercise Price”) shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice.

Section 1.3 Consideration to the Company. In consideration of the grant of the Option by the Company, Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to any Participating Company.

ARTICLE II.

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

Section 2.1 Commencement of Exercisability.

(a) Subject to Participant’s continued employment with or service to a Participating Company on each applicable vesting date and subject to Sections 2.2, 2.3, 5.9 and 5.14 hereof, the Option shall become vested and exercisable in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice.

(b) Subject to Section 2.1(b) and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between Participant and the Company, any portion of the Option that has not become vested and exercisable on or prior to the Cessation Date (including, without limitation, pursuant to any employment or similar agreement by and between Participant and the Company) shall be forfeited on the Cessation Date and shall not thereafter become vested or exercisable.

 

A-1


Section 2.2 Duration of Exercisability. The installments provided for in the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are cumulative. Each such installment that becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 2.3 hereof. Once the Option becomes unexercisable, it shall be forfeited immediately.

Section 2.3 Expiration of Option. The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

(a) The expiration date set forth in the Grant Notice; provided that such expiration date shall not be later than the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Grant Date;

(b) Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the ninetieth (90th) day following the Cessation Date by reason of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason other than due to death, Disability or by a Participating Company for Cause;

(c) Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, immediately upon the Cessation Date by reason of Participant’s Termination of Service by a Participating Company for Cause; and

(d) The expiration of twelve (12) months from the Cessation Date by reason of Participant’s Termination of Employment due to death or Disability.

Section 2.4 Tax Withholding. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

(a) The Participating Companies have the authority to deduct or withhold, or require Participant to remit to the applicable Participating Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the employee portion of any FICA obligation) required by Applicable Law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising pursuant to this Agreement. The Participating Companies may withhold or Participant may make such payment in one or more of the forms specified below:

(i) by cash or check made payable to the Participating Company with respect to which the withholding obligation arises;

(ii) by the deduction of such amount from other compensation payable to Participant;

(iii) with respect to any withholding taxes arising in connection with the exercise of the Option, with the consent of the Administrator, by requesting that the Participating Companies withhold a net number of vested Shares otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Participating Companies based on the maximum statutory withholding rates in Participant’s applicable jurisdictions for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such taxable income;

(iv) with respect to any withholding taxes arising in connection with the exercise of the Option, with the consent of the Administrator, by tendering to the Company vested Shares held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences and having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Participating Companies based on the maximum statutory withholding rates in Participant’s applicable jurisdictions for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such taxable income;

 

A-2


(v) with respect to any withholding taxes arising in connection with the exercise of the Option, through the delivery of a notice that Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to Shares then issuable to Participant pursuant to the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Participating Company with respect to which the withholding obligation arises in satisfaction of such withholding taxes; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the applicable Participating Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale; or

(vi) in any combination of the foregoing.

(b) With respect to any withholding taxes arising in connection with the Option, in the event Participant fails to provide timely payment of all sums required pursuant to Section 2.4(a), the Company shall have the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat such failure as an election by Participant to satisfy all or any portion of Participant’s required payment obligation pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(ii) or Section 2.4(a)(iii) above, or any combination of the foregoing as the Company may determine to be appropriate. The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any certificate representing Shares issuable with respect to the exercise of the Option to, or to cause any such Shares to be held in book-entry form by, Participant or his or her legal representative unless and until Participant or his or her legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes applicable with respect to the taxable income of Participant resulting from the exercise of the Option or any other taxable event related to the Option.

(c) In the event any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option will be satisfied under Section 2.4(a)(iii), then the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on Participant’s behalf a whole number of Shares from those Shares then issuable upon the exercise of the Option as the Company determines to be appropriate to generate cash proceeds sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding obligation and to remit the proceeds of such sale to the Participating Company with respect to which the withholding obligation arises. Participant’s acceptance of this Option constitutes Participant’s instruction and authorization to the Company and such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this Section 2.4(c), including the transactions described in the previous sentence, as applicable. The Company may refuse to issue any Shares to Participant until the foregoing tax withholding obligations are satisfied, provided that no payment shall be delayed under this Section 2.4(c) if such delay will result in a violation of Section 409A.

(d) Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Option, regardless of any action any Participating Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Option. No Participating Company makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of Shares. The Participating Companies do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

 

A-3


ARTICLE III.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

Section 3.1 Person Eligible to Exercise. During the lifetime of Participant, only Participant may exercise the Option or any portion thereof. After the death of Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 2.3 hereof, be exercised by Participant’s personal representative or by any Person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then Applicable Laws of descent and distribution.

Section 3.2 Partial Exercise. Subject to Section 5.2, any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 2.3 hereof.

Section 3.3 Manner of Exercise. The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of the Company (or any third party administrator or other Person designated by the Company), during regular business hours, of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 2.3 hereof.

(a) An exercise notice in a form specified by the Administrator, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Administrator;

(b) The receipt by the Company of full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is exercised, in such form of consideration permitted under Section 3.4 that is acceptable to the Administrator;

(c) The payment of any applicable withholding tax in accordance with Section 2.4;

(d) Any other written representations or documents as may be required in the Administrator’s sole discretion to effect compliance with Applicable Law; and

(e) In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 3.1 by any Person or Persons other than Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such Person or Persons to exercise the Option.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the right to specify all conditions of the manner of exercise, which conditions may vary by country and which may be subject to change from time to time.

Section 3.4 Method of Payment. Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) Cash or check;

(b) With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of vested Shares (including, without limitation, Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option) held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option or exercised portion thereof;

(c) Through the delivery of a notice that Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Exercise Price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale; or

 

A-4


(d) Any other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator.

Section 3.5 Conditions to Issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for any Shares or to cause any Shares to be held in book-entry form prior to the fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) the admission of the Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Shares are then listed, (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable, (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable, (d) the receipt by the Company of full payment for such Shares, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted under Section 3.4, and (e) the receipt of full payment of any applicable withholding tax in accordance with Section 2.4 by the Participating Company with respect to which the applicable withholding obligation arises.

Section 3.6 Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any Person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book-entry form) will have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of such issuance, recordation and delivery, except as provided in Section 12.2 of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided herein, after such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such Shares, including, without limitation, the right to receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

ARTICLE IV.

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

Section 4.1 Restrictive Covenants. In consideration of the benefits being provided to Participant pursuant to this Agreement, Participant agrees to be bound by the restrictive covenants contained in this Article IV.

(a) Obligation to Maintain Confidentiality. Participant agrees not to divulge to third parties, or use in a manner not authorized by the Company, any confidential or Company proprietary information gathered or learned by Participant during his or her employment with the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates. “Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to, information in oral, written or recorded form regarding business plans, trade or business secrets, Company financial records, supplier contracts or relationships, or any other information that the Company does not regularly disclose to the public. To the extent that Participant has any doubt as to whether information constitutes Confidential Information, Participant agrees to obtain advice from the Company’s General Counsel prior to divulging or using such information. Participant understands and agrees that divulging such information to third parties, or using such information in an unauthorized manner, would cause serious competitive harm to the Company. Confidential Information shall exclude: (a) information that is generally known by or available for use by the public, (b) information that was known by Participant prior to his or her employment with the Company (including its predecessor in interest, affiliates and Subsidiaries) and was obtained, to the best of Participant’s knowledge, without violation of any obligation of confidentiality to the Company, or (c) information that is required to be disclosed pursuant to applicable law or a court order. If information is required to be disclosed because of a court order, Participant must notify the Company’s General Counsel immediately. Nothing in this Section 4.1(a) shall be interpreted to preclude Participant from communicating to a governmental agency about terms or conditions of employment or legal compliance issues, or from cooperating with an investigation being conducted by a governmental agency.

 

A-5


(b) Ownership of Property. Participant acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, processes, programs, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work, and mask work (whether or not including any Confidential Information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information, and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) that relate to the Participating Companies’ or affiliates’ actual or anticipated business, research and development, or existing or future products or services, and that were or are conceived, developed, contributed to, made or reduced to practice by Participant (either solely or jointly with others) while employed by or in the service of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates (including, without limitation, prior to the date of this Agreement) (including any of the foregoing that constitutes any proprietary information or records) (“Work Product”) belong to the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates, and Participant hereby assigns, and agrees to assign, all of the above Work Product to a Participating Company or affiliate thereof. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or in part by Participant in the course of Participant’s work for any of the foregoing entities shall be deemed a “work made for hire” under the copyright laws, and the Participating Company or affiliate thereof shall own all rights therein. To the extent that any such copyrightable work is not a “work made for hire,” Participant hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Participating Company or affiliate thereof all right, title, and interest, including without limitation, copyright in and to such copyrightable work. Participant shall as promptly as practicable under the circumstances disclose such Work Product and copyrightable work to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company (whether during or after Participant’s employment with or service to the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates) to establish and confirm the Participating Company’s or such affiliate’s ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney, and other instruments). Participant is hereby provided notice of immunity under the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, which states: (i) an individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (A) is made (1) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney and (2) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal; and (ii) an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual (A) files any document containing the trade secret under seal and (B) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

(c) Third Party Information. Participant understands that the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“Third Party Information”) subject to a duty on the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the period of Participant’s employment with or service to the Company or its Subsidiaries or affiliates and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 4.1(a) above, Participant will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to any one (other than personnel and consultants of the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates who need to know such information in connection with their work for the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates) or use, except in connection with Participant’s work for the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by the Company in writing or unless and to the extent that the Third Party Information (a) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Participant’s acts or omissions to act, (b) was known to Participant prior to Participant’s employment with or service to the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates and was obtained, to the best of Participant’s knowledge, without violation of any obligation of confidentiality to the Company, or (c) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order.

 

A-6


(d) Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation. Participant acknowledges that, in the course of Participant’s employment, Participant will become familiar with the Participating Companies’ and their respective affiliates’ trade secrets and with other confidential information concerning the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates and that Participant’s services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates.

(i) Noncompetition. Participant agrees that while employed by any Participating Company or its affiliates, and continuing until the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date of any termination of Participant’s employment or service (the “Noncompete Period”), Participant shall not, anywhere in the world where the Company or its Subsidiaries or affiliates conduct or actively propose to conduct business during Participant’s employment, directly or indirectly own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, be employed by or in any manner engage in (collectively, the “Restricted Activities”) any business that is engaged in, or plans to be engaged in, services or products offered by the Company or any of its affiliates at the time of the termination of Participant’s employment or service that represent more than 1% of the Company’s annual revenue, or products or services that are actively being developed as part of the Company’s internal development efforts at the time of the termination of Participant’s employment or service (a “Competitive Business”), provided that the Restricted Activities shall only be applicable to similar line(s) of business or similar functions conducted by the Competitive Business for which the Participant had knowledge, involvement, and/or responsibility while at the Company. Further, during the Noncompete Period, Participant shall not conduct any of the Restricted Activities in similar line(s) of business or similar functions for which the Participant had knowledge, involvement, and/or responsibility while at the Company for any business that had sales to the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates during the immediately preceding fiscal year (a “Vendor Business”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant may own up to 2% of any class of an issuer’s publicly traded securities regardless of whether such entity is a Competitive Business. Nothing in this Section 4.1(d) confers upon Participant any right to receive severance or obligates the Company to pay any severance to Participant in connection with his or her termination of employment for any reason.

(ii) Nonsolicitation. Participant agrees that during the Noncompete Period, Participant shall not directly or indirectly through another entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates to leave the employ of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates and any employee thereof, (ii) hire any person who was an employee of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates within 180 days prior to the time such employee was hired by Participant, (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates to cease doing business with the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, licensee or business relation and the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates, or (iv) directly or indirectly acquire or attempt to acquire an interest in any business relating to the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries or affiliates and with which any of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates have entered into substantive negotiations or has requested and received confidential information relating to the acquisition of such business by the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates in the two-year period immediately preceding Participant’s termination of employment with any Participating Company.

(e) Non-disparagement. Participant agrees that at no time during his or her employment by any Participating Company or thereafter shall he or she make, or cause or assist any other person to make, any statement or other communication to any third party which impugns or attacks, or is otherwise critical of, in any material respect, the reputation, business or character of the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers or employees; provided that Participant shall not be required to make any untruthful statement or to violate any law.

 

A-7


Section 4.2 Enforcement. If, at the time of enforcement of Article IV of this Agreement, a court holds that the restrictions stated therein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum duration, scope and area permitted by law. Participant agrees that because his or her services are unique and Participant has access to confidential information, money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Article IV and its subsections. Participant agrees that the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Article IV or any of its subsections, may seek injunctive or other equitable relief in addition to any other remedy available to them in a court of competent jurisdiction without posting bond or other security.

Section 4.3 Acknowledgments. Participant acknowledges that the provisions of this Article IV and its subsections are (a) in addition to, and not in limitation of, any obligation of Participant under the terms of any other agreement with the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates (including, without limitation, the restrictive covenants in any employment or severance agreement between the Participant and any Participating Company, which Participant acknowledges remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms), and (b) in consideration of (i) employment with the Participating Companies, and (ii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement. In addition, Participant agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Article IV and its subsections do not preclude Participant from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Participant’s ability to earn a living. Participant agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Participating Companies or their respective affiliates of the non-enforcement of this Article IV and its subsections outweighs any potential harm to Participant of its enforcement by injunction or otherwise. Participant acknowledges that he or she has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Participant by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Participating Companies and their respective affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future. Participant expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical area.

ARTICLE V.

OTHER PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Administration. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested Persons. To the extent allowable pursuant to Applicable Law, no member of the Committee or the Board will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made with respect to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Whole Shares. The Option may only be exercised for whole Shares.

 

A-8


Section 5.3 Option Not Transferable. Subject to Section 3.1 hereof, the Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the Shares underlying the Option have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed. Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with the consent of the Administrator, if the Option is a Non-Qualified Stock Option, it may be transferred to Permitted Transferees pursuant to any conditions and procedures the Administrator may require.

Section 5.4 Adjustments. The Administrator may accelerate the vesting of all or a portion of the Option in such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may determine. Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan, including Section 12.2 of the Plan.

Section 5.5 Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.5, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

Section 5.6 Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

Section 5.7 Governing Law. The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

Section 5.8 Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and any and all regulations and rules promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to Applicable Law.

Section 5.9 Amendment, Suspension and Termination. To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator or the Board, provided that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the Option in any material way without the prior written consent of Participant.

 

A-9


Section 5.10 Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5.3 and the Plan, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

Section 5.11 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option, the Grant Notice and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

Section 5.12 Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Participant any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of any Participating Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of any Participating Company, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent (i) expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between a Participating Company and Participant or (ii) where such provisions are not consistent with applicable foreign or local laws, in which case such applicable foreign or local laws shall control.

Section 5.13 Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 5.14 Section 409A. This Option is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A. However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, if at any time the Administrator determines that this Option (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator shall have the right in its sole discretion (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Participant or any other Person for failure to do so) to adopt such amendments to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate for this Option either to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

Section 5.15 Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

Section 5.16 Limitation on Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant shall have only the right to receive Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the Option, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.

Section 5.17 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

A-10


Section 5.18 Broker-Assisted Sales. In the event of any broker-assisted sale of Shares in connection with the payment of withholding taxes as provided in Section 2.4(a)(v) or Section 2.4(c) or the payment of the Exercise Price as provided in Section 3.4(c): (a) any Shares to be sold through a broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the tax withholding obligation or exercise of the Option, as applicable, occurs or arises, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (b) such Shares may be sold as part of a block trade with other participants in the Plan in which all participants receive an average price; (c) Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (d) to the extent the proceeds of such sale exceed the applicable tax withholding obligation or Exercise Price, the Company agrees to pay such excess in cash to Participant as soon as reasonably practicable; (e) Participant acknowledges that the Company or its designee is under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price, and that the proceeds of any such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy the applicable tax withholding obligation or Exercise Price; and (f) in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the applicable tax withholding obligation, Participant agrees to pay immediately upon demand to the Participating Company with respect to which the withholding obligation arises an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the applicable Participating Company’s withholding obligation.

Section 5.19 Incentive Stock Options. Participant acknowledges that to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares (determined as of the time the option with respect to the Shares is granted) with respect to which Incentive Stock Options, including this Option (if applicable), are exercisable for the first time by Participant during any calendar year exceeds $100,000 or if for any other reason such Incentive Stock Options do not qualify or cease to qualify for treatment as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Code, such Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. Participant further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking the Option and other stock options into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Participant also acknowledges that an Incentive Stock Option exercised more than three (3) months after Participant’s Termination of Service, other than by reason of death or disability, will be taxed as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

Section 5.20 Notification of Disposition. If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, Participant shall give prompt written notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares acquired under this Agreement if such disposition or transfer is made (a) within two (2) years from the Grant Date or (b) within one (1) year after the transfer of such Shares to Participant. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

* * * * *

 

A-11

Exhibit 10.19

ENGAGESMART, INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Plan is to assist Eligible Employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company.

The Plan consists of two components: (i) the Section 423 Component and (ii) the Non-Section 423 Component. The Section 423 Component is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code and shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. The Non-Section 423 Component authorizes the grant of rights which need not qualify as rights granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. Rights granted under the Non-Section 423 Component shall be granted pursuant to separate Offerings containing such sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures as may be adopted by the Administrator and designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and Designated Subsidiaries but shall not be intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator or provided herein, the Non-Section 423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the Section 423 Component. Offerings intended to be made under the Non-Section 423 Component will be designated as such by the Administrator at or prior to the time of such Offering.

For purposes of this Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan in which Eligible Employees will participate. The terms of these Offerings need not be identical, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Period(s) in each such Offering are identical, provided that the terms of participation are the same within each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component (as determined under Section 423 of the Code). Solely by way of example and without limiting the foregoing, the Company could, but shall not be required to, provide for simultaneous Offerings under the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component of the Plan.

ARTICLE II.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

2.1 “Administrator” means the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article XI. The term “Administrator” shall refer to the Committee unless the Board has assumed the authority for administration of the Plan as provided in Article XI.

2.2 Agent” means the brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution, entity or person(s), if any, engaged, retained, appointed or authorized to act as the agent of the Company or an Employee with regard to the Plan.

2.3 Applicable Law” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares are listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where rights under this Plan are granted.


2.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.

2.6 “Common Stock” means common stock of the Company and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted therefore.

2.7 “Company” means EngageSmart, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor.

2.8 “Compensation” of an Eligible Employee means, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the gross base compensation received by such Eligible Employee as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary but excluding vacation pay, holiday pay, jury duty pay, funeral leave pay, military leave pay, commissions, incentive compensation, one-time bonuses (e.g., retention or sign on bonuses), education or tuition reimbursements, travel expenses, business and moving reimbursements, income received in connection with any stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other compensatory equity awards, fringe benefits, other special payments and all contributions made by the Company or any Designated Subsidiary for the Employee’s benefit under any employee benefit plan now or hereafter established.

2.9 “Designated Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary designated by the Administrator in accordance with Section 11.2(b), such designation to specify whether such participation is in the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component. A Designated Subsidiary may participate in either the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component, but not both; provided that a Subsidiary that, for U.S. tax purposes, is disregarded from the Company or any Subsidiary that participates in the Section 423 Component shall automatically constitute a Designated Subsidiary that participates in the Section 423 Component.

2.10 “Effective Date” means the day prior to the Public Trading Date.

2.11 “Eligible Employee” means:

(a) an Employee who does not, immediately after any rights under this Plan are granted, own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Common Stock and other securities of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary (as determined under Section 423(b)(3) of the Code). For purposes of the foregoing, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock that an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may provide in an Offering Document that an Employee shall not be eligible to participate in an Offering Period under the Section 423 Component if: (i) such Employee is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code; (ii) such Employee has not met a service requirement designated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 423(b)(4)(A) of the Code (which service requirement may not exceed two years); (iii) such Employee’s customary employment is for twenty hours per week or less; (iv) such Employee’s customary employment is for less than five months in any calendar year; and/or (v) such Employee is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction and the grant of a right to purchase Shares under the Plan to such Employee would be prohibited under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase Shares under the Plan to such Employee in compliance with the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, further, that any exclusion in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) shall be applied in an identical manner under each Offering Period to all Employees, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e).

 

2


(c) Further notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, the first sentence in this definition shall apply in determining who is an “Eligible Employee,” except (i) the Administrator may limit eligibility further within the Company or a Designated Subsidiary so as to only designate some Employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary as Eligible Employees, and (ii) to the extent the restrictions in the first sentence in this definition are not consistent with applicable local laws, the applicable local laws shall control.

2.12 “Employee” means any individual who renders services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary in the status of an employee, and, with respect to the Section 423 Component, a person who is an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code. For purposes of an individual’s participation in, or other rights under the Plan, all determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive, notwithstanding that any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or Designated Subsidiary and meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2). Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such three (3)-month period.

2.13 “Enrollment Date” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

2.14 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows: (i) if the Shares are listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Shares as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Shares are not traded on a stock exchange but are quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii) without an established market for the Shares, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion.

2.15 “Non-Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan, together with the sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures, if any, adopted by the Administrator as a part of this Plan, in each case, pursuant to which rights to purchase Shares during an Offering Period may be granted to Eligible Employees that need not satisfy the requirements for rights to purchase Shares granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” that are set forth under Section 423 of the Code.

2.16 “Offering” means an offer under the Plan of a right to purchase Shares that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Article IV hereof. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, each Offering to the Eligible Employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary shall be deemed a separate Offering, even if the dates and other terms of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical, and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component need not be identical, provided that the terms of the Section 423 Component and an Offering thereunder together satisfy Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

2.17 “Offering Document” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

 

3


2.18 “Offering Period” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

2.19 “Parent” means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

2.20 “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who has executed a subscription agreement and been granted rights to purchase Shares pursuant to the Plan.

2.21 “Payday” means the regular and recurring established day for payment of Compensation to an Employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary.

2.22 Plan” means this 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including both the Section 423 Component and Non-Section 423 Component and any other sub-plans or appendices hereto, as amended from time to time.

2.23 “Public Trading Date means the first date upon which the Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

2.24 “Purchase Date” means the last Trading Day of each Purchase Period or such other date as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Offering Document.

2.25 “Purchase Period” means one or more periods within an Offering Period, as designated in the applicable Offering Document; provided, however, that, in the event no Purchase Period is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the Purchase Period for each Offering Period covered by such Offering Document shall be the same as the applicable Offering Period.

2.26 “Purchase Price” means the purchase price designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which purchase price, for purposes of the Section 423 Component, shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower); provided, however, that, in the event no purchase price is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the purchase price for the Offering Periods covered by such Offering Document shall be 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower; provided, further, that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator pursuant to Article VIII and shall not be less than the par value of a Share.

2.27 “Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan, together with the sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures, if any, adopted by the Administrator as a part of this Plan, in each case, pursuant to which rights to purchase Shares during an Offering Period may be granted to Eligible Employees that are intended to satisfy the requirements for rights to purchase Shares granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” that are set forth under Section 423 of the Code.

2.28 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.29 “Share” means a share of Common Stock.

 

4


2.30 “Subsidiary” means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in an unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain; provided, however, that a limited liability company or partnership may be treated as a Subsidiary to the extent either (a) such entity is treated as a disregarded entity under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) by reason of the Company or any other Subsidiary that is a corporation being the sole owner of such entity, or (b) such entity elects to be classified as a corporation under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) and such entity would otherwise qualify as a Subsidiary. In addition, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, Subsidiary shall include any corporate or non-corporate entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect equity interest or significant business relationship.

2.31 “Trading Day” means a day on which national stock exchanges in the United States are open for trading.

2.32 “Treas. Reg.” means U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations.

ARTICLE III.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares. Subject to Article VIII, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall be 2,219,728 Shares. In addition to the foregoing, subject to Article VIII, on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be increased by that number of Shares equal to the lesser of (a) 1.0% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board. If any right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the Shares not purchased under such right shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to the rights granted under the Section 423 Component of the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 17,500,000 Shares, subject to Article VIII.

3.2 Shares Distributed. Any Shares distributed pursuant to the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFERING PERIODS; OFFERING DOCUMENTS; PURCHASE DATES

4.1 Offering Periods. The Administrator may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of rights to purchase Shares under the Plan to Eligible Employees during one or more periods (each, an “Offering Period”) selected by the Administrator. The terms and conditions applicable to each Offering Period shall be set forth in an “Offering Document” adopted by the Administrator, which Offering Document shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and shall be incorporated by reference into and made part of the Plan and shall be attached hereto as part of the Plan. The Administrator shall establish in each Offering Document one or more Purchase Periods during such Offering Period during which rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised and purchases of Shares carried out during such Offering Period in accordance with such Offering Document and the Plan. The provisions of separate Offering Periods under the Plan need not be identical.

 

5


4.2 Offering Documents. Each Offering Document with respect to an Offering Period shall specify (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference or otherwise):

(a) the length of the Offering Period, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven months;

(b) the length of the Purchase Period(s) within the Offering Period;

(c) in connection with each Offering Period that contains only one Purchase Period the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during such Offering Period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be 10,000 Shares;

(d) in connection with each Offering Period that contains more than one Purchase Period, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during each Purchase Period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be 10,000 Shares; and

(e) such other provisions as the Administrator determines are appropriate, subject to the Plan.

ARTICLE V.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

5.1 Eligibility. Any Eligible Employee who shall be employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of this Article V and, for the Section 423 Component, the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.

5.2 Enrollment in Plan.

(a) Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan for an Offering Period by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company by such time prior to the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period (or such other date specified in the Offering Document) designated by the Administrator and in such form as the Company provides.

(b) Each subscription agreement shall designate a whole percentage of such Eligible Employee’s Compensation to be withheld by the Company or the Designated Subsidiary employing such Eligible Employee on each Payday during the Offering Period as payroll deductions under the Plan. The percentage of Compensation designated by an Eligible Employee may not be less than 1% and may not be more than the maximum percentage specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which percentage shall be 15% in the absence of any such designation) as payroll deductions. The payroll deductions made for each Participant shall be credited to an account for such Participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company.

(c) A Participant may increase or decrease the percentage of Compensation designated in his or her subscription agreement, subject to the limits of this Section 5.2, or may suspend his or her payroll deductions, at any time during an Offering Period; provided, however, that the Administrator may limit the number of changes a Participant may make to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period in the applicable Offering Document (and in the absence of any specific designation by the Administrator, a Participant shall be allowed to decrease and/or suspend (but not increase) his or her payroll

 

6


deduction elections one time during each Offering Period). Any such change or suspension of payroll deductions shall be effective with the first full payroll period following five business days after the Company’s receipt of the new subscription agreement (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). In the event a Participant suspends his or her payroll deductions, such Participant’s cumulative payroll deductions prior to the suspension shall remain in his or her account and shall be applied to the purchase of Shares on the next occurring Purchase Date and shall not be paid to such Participant unless he or she withdraws from participation in the Plan pursuant to Article VII.

(d) Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, a Participant may participate in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction and may not make contributions by lump sum payment for any Offering Period.

5.3 Payroll Deductions. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Offering Document, payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first Payday following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last Payday in the Offering Period to which the Participant’s authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Article VII or suspended by the Participant or the Administrator as provided in Section 5.2 and Section 5.6, respectively. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in non-U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the Plan through payroll deductions is prohibited, the Administrator may provide that an Eligible Employee may elect to participate through contributions to the Participant’s account under the Plan in a form acceptable to the Administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions; provided, however, that, for any Offering under the Section 423 Component, the Administrator shall take into consideration any limitations under Section 423 of the Code when applying an alternative method of contribution.

5.4 Effect of Enrollment. A Participant’s completion of a subscription agreement will enroll such Participant in the Plan for each subsequent Offering Period on the terms contained therein until the Participant either submits a new subscription agreement, withdraws from participation under the Plan as provided in Article VII or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan.

5.5 Limitation on Purchase of Shares. An Eligible Employee may be granted rights under the Section 423 Component only if such rights, together with any other rights granted to such Eligible Employee under “employee stock purchase plans” of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary, as specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined as of the first day of the Offering Period during which such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time. This limitation shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.

5.6 Suspension of Payroll Deductions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 5.5 (with respect to the Section 423 Component) or the other limitations set forth in this Plan, a Participant’s payroll deductions may be suspended by the Administrator at any time during an Offering Period. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares by reason of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, Section 5.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.

 

7


5.7 Foreign Employees. In order to facilitate participation in the Plan, the Administrator may provide for such special terms applicable to Participants who are citizens or residents of a foreign jurisdiction, or who are employed by a Designated Subsidiary outside of the United States, as the Administrator may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Except as permitted by Section 423 of the Code, with respect to the Section 423 Component, such special terms may not be more favorable than the terms of rights granted under the Section 423 Component to Eligible Employees who are residents of the United States. Such special terms may be set forth in an addendum to the Plan in the form of an appendix or sub-plan (which appendix or sub-plan may be designed to govern Offerings under the Section 423 Component or the Non-Section 423 Component, as determined by the Administrator). To the extent that the terms and conditions set forth in an appendix or sub-plan conflict with any provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the appendix or sub-plan shall govern. The adoption of any such appendix or sub-plan shall be pursuant to Section 11.2(g). Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures, with respect to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed in non-U.S. jurisdictions, regarding the exclusion of particular Subsidiaries from participation in the Plan, eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of payroll deductions or other contributions by Participants, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, data privacy security, payroll tax, withholding procedures, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold payroll deductions or contributions.

5.8 Leave of Absence. During leaves of absence approved by the Company meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2) under the Code, a Participant may continue participation in the Plan by making cash payments to the Company on his or her normal Payday equal to the Participant’s authorized payroll deduction.

ARTICLE VI.

GRANT AND EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

6.1 Grant of Rights. On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted a right to purchase the maximum number of Shares specified under Section 4.2, subject to the limits in Section 5.5, and shall have the right to buy, on each Purchase Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price), such number of whole Shares as is determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Purchase Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Purchase Date, by (b) the applicable Purchase Price (rounded down to the nearest Share). The right shall expire on the earliest of: (x) the last Purchase Date of the Offering Period, (y) the last day of the Offering Period, and (z) the date on which the Participant withdraws in accordance with Section 7.1 or Section 7.3.

6.2 Exercise of Rights. On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions and any other additional payments specifically provided for in the applicable Offering Document will be applied to the purchase of whole Shares, up to the maximum number of Shares permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering Document, at the Purchase Price. No fractional Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of rights granted under the Plan, unless the Offering Document specifically provides otherwise. Any cash in lieu of fractional Shares remaining after the purchase of whole Shares upon exercise of a purchase right will be credited to a Participant’s account and carried forward and applied toward the purchase of whole Shares for the next following Offering Period. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator may determine and may be issued in certificated form or issued pursuant to book-entry procedures.

6.3 Pro Rata Allocation of Shares. If the Administrator determines that, on a given Purchase Date, the number of Shares with respect to which rights are to be exercised may exceed (a) the number of Shares that were available for issuance under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (b) the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan on such Purchase Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the Shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all

 

8


Participants for whom rights to purchase Shares are to be exercised pursuant to this Article VI on such Purchase Date, and shall either (i) continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (ii) terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Article IX. The Company may make pro rata allocation of the Shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional Shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date or such earlier date as determined by the Administrator.

6.4 Withholding. At the time a Participant’s rights under the Plan are exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Shares issued under the Plan is disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, that arise upon the exercise of the right or the disposition of the Shares. At any time, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation or Shares received pursuant to the Plan the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Shares by the Participant.

6.5 Conditions to Issuance of 6.6 Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for, or make any book entries evidencing, Shares purchased upon the exercise of rights under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges, if any, on which the Shares are then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; (d) the payment to the Company of all amounts that it is required to withhold under federal, state or local law upon exercise of the rights, if any; and (e) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the rights as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

ARTICLE VII.

WITHDRAWAL; CESSATION OF ELIGIBILITY

7.1 Withdrawal. A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all of the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her rights under the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company in a form acceptable to the Company no later than one week prior to the end of the Offering Period or, if earlier, the end of the Purchase Period (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). All of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account during an Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of notice of withdrawal without any interest thereon (except as may be required by applicable local laws) and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares shall be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the next Offering Period unless the Participant timely delivers to the Company a new subscription agreement.

7.2 Future Participation. A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary or in subsequent Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

 

 

9


7.3 Cessation of Eligibility. Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to this Article VII and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 12.4, as soon as reasonably practicable without any interest thereon (except as may be required by applicable local laws), and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated. If a Participant transfers employment from the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Section 423 Component to any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Non-Section 423 Component, such transfer shall not be treated as a termination of employment, but the Participant shall immediately cease to participate in the Section 423 Component; however, any contributions made for the Offering Period in which such transfer occurs shall be transferred to the Non-Section 423 Component, and such Participant shall immediately join the then-current Offering under the Non-Section 423 Component upon the same terms and conditions in effect for the Participant’s participation in the Section 423 Component, except for such modifications otherwise applicable for Participants in such Offering. A Participant who transfers employment from any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Non-Section 423 Component to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Section 423 Component shall not be treated as terminating the Participant’s employment and shall remain a Participant in the Non-Section 423 Component until the earlier of (i) the end of the current Offering Period under the Non-Section 423 Component or (ii) the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period in which the Participant is eligible to participate following such transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may establish different rules to govern transfers of employment between entities participating in the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component, consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

ARTICLE VIII.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN SHARES

8.1 Changes in Capitalization. Subject to Section 8.3, in the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), change in control, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, combination, repurchase, redemption, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, as determined by the Administrator, affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any outstanding purchase rights under the Plan, the Administrator shall make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 and the limitations established in each Offering Document pursuant to Section 4.2 on the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased); (b) the class(es) and number of Shares and price per Share subject to outstanding rights; and (c) the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

 

10


8.2 Other Adjustments. Subject to Section 8.3, in the event of any transaction or event described in Section 8.1 or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate, or of changes in Applicable Law or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any right under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

(a) To provide for either (i) termination of any outstanding right in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such right had such right been currently exercisable or (ii) the replacement of such outstanding right with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;

(b) To provide that the outstanding rights under the Plan shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar rights covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

(c) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding rights under the Plan and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding rights and rights that may be granted in the future;

(d) To provide that Participants’ accumulated payroll deductions may be used to purchase Shares prior to the next occurring Purchase Date on such date as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion and the Participants’ rights under the ongoing Offering Period(s) shall be terminated; and

(e) To provide that all outstanding rights shall terminate without being exercised.

8.3 No Adjustment Under Certain Circumstances. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, no adjustment or action described in this Article VIII or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Section 423 Component of the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

8.4 No Other Rights. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to outstanding rights under the Plan or the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

9.1 Amendment, Modification and Termination. The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided, however, that approval of the Company’s stockholders shall be required to amend the Plan to: (a) increase the aggregate number, or change the type, of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the Plan under Section 3.1 (other than an adjustment as provided by Article VIII) or (b) change the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees may be granted rights under the Plan.

 

11


9.2 Certain Changes to Plan. Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected (and, with respect to the Section 423 Component of the Plan, after taking into account Section 423 of the Code), the Administrator shall be entitled to change or terminate the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld from Compensation during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of payroll withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Shares for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion to be advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

9.3 Actions In the Event of Unfavorable Financial Accounting Consequences. In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(a) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(b) shortening any Offering Period so that the Offering Period ends on a new Purchase Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action; and

(c) allocating Shares.

Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participant.

9.4 Payments Upon Termination of Plan. Upon termination of the Plan, the balance in each Participant’s Plan account shall be refunded as soon as practicable after such termination, without any interest thereon, or the Offering Period may be shortened so that the purchase of Shares occurs prior to the termination of the Plan.

ARTICLE X.

TERM OF PLAN

The Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date. The effectiveness of the Section 423 Component of the Plan shall be subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders within twelve months following the date the Plan is first approved by the Board. No right may be granted under the Section 423 Component of the Plan prior to such stockholder approval. The Plan shall remain in effect until terminated under Section 9.1. No rights may be granted under the Plan during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

ARTICLE XI.

ADMINISTRATION

11.1 Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Administrator of the Plan shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board to which the Board delegates administration of the Plan). The Board may at any time vest in the Board any authority or duties for administration of the Plan. The Administrator may delegate administrative tasks under the Plan to the services of an Agent or Employees to assist in the administration of the Plan, including establishing and maintaining an individual securities account under the Plan for each Participant.

 

12


11.2 Authority of Administrator. The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(a) To determine when and how rights to purchase Shares shall be granted and the provisions of each offering of such rights (which need not be identical).

(b) To designate from time to time which Subsidiaries of the Company shall be Designated Subsidiaries, which designation may be made without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

(c) To impose a mandatory holding period pursuant to which Employees may not dispose of or transfer Shares purchased under the Plan for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) To construe and interpret the Plan and rights granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(e) To amend, suspend or terminate the Plan as provided in Article IX.

(f) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code for the Section 423 Component.

(g) The Administrator may adopt sub-plans applicable to particular Designated Subsidiaries or locations, which sub-plans may be designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code. The rules of such sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 3.1 hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan.

11.3 Decisions Binding. The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any rights granted pursuant to the Plan, any subscription agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1 Restriction upon Assignment. A right granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. Except as provided in Section 12.4 hereof, a right under the Plan may not be exercised to any extent except by the Participant. The Company shall not recognize and shall be under no duty to recognize any assignment or alienation of the Participant’s interest in the Plan, the Participant’s rights under the Plan or any rights thereunder.

 

13


12.2 Rights as a Stockholder. With respect to Shares subject to a right granted under the Plan, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company, and the Participant shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder, until such Shares have been issued to the Participant or his or her nominee following exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. No adjustments shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash securities, or other property) or distribution or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date of such issuance, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as determined by the Administrator.

12.3 Interest. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions or contributions of a Participant under the Plan.

12.4 Designation of Beneficiary.

(a) A Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any Shares and/or cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to a Purchase Date on which the Participant’s rights are exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such Shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice to the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such Shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such Shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

12.5 Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

12.6 Equal Rights and Privileges. Subject to Section 5.7, all Eligible Employees will have equal rights and privileges under the Section 423 Component so that the Section 423 Component of this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Subject to Section 5.7, any provision of the Section 423 Component that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code will, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Board or the Administrator, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code. Eligible Employees participating in the Non-Section 423 Component need not have the same rights and privileges as other Eligible Employees participating in the Non-Section 423 Component or as Eligible Employees participating in the Section 423 Component.

12.7 Use of Funds. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

 

14


12.8 Reports. Statements of account shall be given to Participants at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of Shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

12.9 No Employment Rights. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or affect the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) at any time, with or without cause.

12.10 Notice of Disposition of Shares. Each Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares purchased upon exercise of a right under the Section 423 Component of the Plan if such disposition or transfer is made: (a) within two years from the Enrollment Date of the Offering Period in which the Shares were purchased or (b) within one year after the Purchase Date on which such Shares were purchased. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

12.11 Governing Law. The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice of law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws other than the State of Delaware.

12.12 Electronic Forms. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law and in the discretion of the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may submit any form or notice as set forth herein by means of an electronic form approved by the Administrator. Before the commencement of an Offering Period, the Administrator shall prescribe the time limits within which any such electronic form shall be submitted to the Administrator with respect to such Offering Period in order to be a valid election.

* * * * *

 

15

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement No. 333-259101 on Form S-1 of our report dated June 30, 2021 (September 13, 2021, as to Note 19), relating to the financial statements of EngageSmart, LLC. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

September 13, 2021

Exhibit 99.1

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

In connection with the filing by EngageSmart, LLC (to be converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation (EngageSmart, Inc.)) of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-259101) with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of EngageSmart, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments and supplements thereto.

Dated: September 13, 2021

 

/s/ Deborah A. Dunnam

Name: Deborah A. Dunnam

Exhibit 99.2

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

In connection with the filing by EngageSmart, LLC (to be converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation (EngageSmart, Inc.)) of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-259101) with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of EngageSmart, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments and supplements thereto.

Dated: September 13, 2021

 

/s/ Ashley C. Glover

Name: Ashley C. Glover